<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0"
    xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
    xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
    xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/" xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
    xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:spotify="http://www.spotify.com/ns/rss">
    <channel>
        <title>Audience</title>
        <generator>Castos</generator>
        <atom:link href="https://feeds.castos.com/z1nq" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
        <link>https://audience.castos.com</link>
        <description>Each episode of Audience goes behind the scenes of all kinds of podcasts to uncover the creative process that powers audio creators.

Audience is a Castos Original Series that is hosted, produced and edited by Stuart Barefoot.</description>
        <lastBuildDate>Thu, 01 Feb 2024 12:00:00 +0000</lastBuildDate>
        <language>en-us</language>
        <copyright>© 2019-2023</copyright>
        
        <spotify:limit recentCount="500" />
        
        <spotify:countryOfOrigin>
              
        </spotify:countryOfOrigin>
                    <image>
                <url>https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/Audience-Cover-2022.jpeg</url>
                <title>Audience</title>
                <link>https://audience.castos.com</link>
            </image>
                <itunes:subtitle>Each episode of Audience goes behind the scenes of all kinds of podcasts to uncover the creative process that powers audio creators.

Audience is a Castos Original Series that is hosted, produced and edited by Stuart Barefoot.</itunes:subtitle>
        <itunes:author>Castos Productions</itunes:author>
        <itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type>
        <itunes:summary>Each episode of Audience goes behind the scenes of all kinds of podcasts to uncover the creative process that powers audio creators.

Audience is a Castos Original Series that is hosted, produced and edited by Stuart Barefoot.</itunes:summary>
        <itunes:owner>
            <itunes:name>Castos</itunes:name>
            <itunes:email>craig@castos.com</itunes:email>
        </itunes:owner>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/Audience-Cover-2022.jpeg"></itunes:image>
        
                                    <itunes:category text="Technology" />
                                                <itunes:category text="Business" />
                                                <itunes:category text="Arts" />
                    
                    <itunes:new-feed-url>https://feeds.castos.com/z1nq</itunes:new-feed-url>
                
        
        <podcast:locked>yes</podcast:locked>
                    <podcast:funding url="https://castos.com/">"Start a podcast!"</podcast:funding>
                                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[And That's a Wrap...]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 01 Feb 2024 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1641975</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/and-thats-a-wrap</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>As Audience comes to an end, we're signing off with a collection of podcasting tips from our season 3 guests</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[As Audience comes to an end, we're signing off with a collection of podcasting tips from our season 3 guests]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[And That's a Wrap...]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>As Audience comes to an end, we're signing off with a collection of podcasting tips from our season 3 guests</p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1641975/c1e-d0kckpd88hwmn56-xmpk91qofgw8-erz4wf.mp3" length="15552192"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[As Audience comes to an end, we're signing off with a collection of podcasting tips from our season 3 guests]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:10:39</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Feedswap:  Podcast Perspectives]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 21 Dec 2023 12:23:26 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1619428</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/feedswap-podcast-perspectives</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">We're excited to collaborate with our friends at The Podglomerate and their show, Podcast Perspectives:</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">How does the Washington Post share sweeping stories through audio?</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today on the podcast, we’re excited to feature a conversation from Podcast Perspectives, produced by our friends at The Podglomerate (the podcast firm specialized in producing, distributing, and monetizing podcasts for high-profile clients including Freakonomics Radio, PBS, NPR stations, Harvard Business School, and more). Podcast Perspectives brings on audio leaders and industry executives to walk through the biggest news of the day and to go deep on topics that podcasters need to know - like IP and rights issues, ad tech, podcasting’s role in media at-large, and more. </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In today’s episode, Podglomerate founder/CEO Jeff Umbro sits down with The Washington Post’s Lillian Cunningham, who produced, wrote, and hosted one of the Washington Post’s first podcasts: Presidential, a series about the history of the American presidents. Despite the show being Lillian and The Post’s first audio project, it was an immediate hit. Since then, Lillian has gone on to produce and host three more narrative series for The Post, including Constitutional, Moonrise, and most recently Field Trip, a series about the messy past and uncertain future of America’s national parks.</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Listen to more episodes of Podcast Perspectives and follow the podcast:</span> <a href="https://listen.podglomerate.com/show/podcast-perspectives/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://listen.podglomerate.com/show/podcast-perspectives/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p> </p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[We're excited to collaborate with our friends at The Podglomerate and their show, Podcast Perspectives:
 
How does the Washington Post share sweeping stories through audio?
 
Today on the podcast, we’re excited to feature a conversation from Podcast Perspectives, produced by our friends at The Podglomerate (the podcast firm specialized in producing, distributing, and monetizing podcasts for high-profile clients including Freakonomics Radio, PBS, NPR stations, Harvard Business School, and more). Podcast Perspectives brings on audio leaders and industry executives to walk through the biggest news of the day and to go deep on topics that podcasters need to know - like IP and rights issues, ad tech, podcasting’s role in media at-large, and more. 
 
In today’s episode, Podglomerate founder/CEO Jeff Umbro sits down with The Washington Post’s Lillian Cunningham, who produced, wrote, and hosted one of the Washington Post’s first podcasts: Presidential, a series about the history of the American presidents. Despite the show being Lillian and The Post’s first audio project, it was an immediate hit. Since then, Lillian has gone on to produce and host three more narrative series for The Post, including Constitutional, Moonrise, and most recently Field Trip, a series about the messy past and uncertain future of America’s national parks.
 
Listen to more episodes of Podcast Perspectives and follow the podcast: https://listen.podglomerate.com/show/podcast-perspectives/ 
 ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Feedswap:  Podcast Perspectives]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">We're excited to collaborate with our friends at The Podglomerate and their show, Podcast Perspectives:</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">How does the Washington Post share sweeping stories through audio?</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today on the podcast, we’re excited to feature a conversation from Podcast Perspectives, produced by our friends at The Podglomerate (the podcast firm specialized in producing, distributing, and monetizing podcasts for high-profile clients including Freakonomics Radio, PBS, NPR stations, Harvard Business School, and more). Podcast Perspectives brings on audio leaders and industry executives to walk through the biggest news of the day and to go deep on topics that podcasters need to know - like IP and rights issues, ad tech, podcasting’s role in media at-large, and more. </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In today’s episode, Podglomerate founder/CEO Jeff Umbro sits down with The Washington Post’s Lillian Cunningham, who produced, wrote, and hosted one of the Washington Post’s first podcasts: Presidential, a series about the history of the American presidents. Despite the show being Lillian and The Post’s first audio project, it was an immediate hit. Since then, Lillian has gone on to produce and host three more narrative series for The Post, including Constitutional, Moonrise, and most recently Field Trip, a series about the messy past and uncertain future of America’s national parks.</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Listen to more episodes of Podcast Perspectives and follow the podcast:</span> <a href="https://listen.podglomerate.com/show/podcast-perspectives/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://listen.podglomerate.com/show/podcast-perspectives/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p> </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1619428/c1e-0ors84oz8t1n6p8-gdxx198wcok9-6edwjk.mp3" length="39363850"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[We're excited to collaborate with our friends at The Podglomerate and their show, Podcast Perspectives:
 
How does the Washington Post share sweeping stories through audio?
 
Today on the podcast, we’re excited to feature a conversation from Podcast Perspectives, produced by our friends at The Podglomerate (the podcast firm specialized in producing, distributing, and monetizing podcasts for high-profile clients including Freakonomics Radio, PBS, NPR stations, Harvard Business School, and more). Podcast Perspectives brings on audio leaders and industry executives to walk through the biggest news of the day and to go deep on topics that podcasters need to know - like IP and rights issues, ad tech, podcasting’s role in media at-large, and more. 
 
In today’s episode, Podglomerate founder/CEO Jeff Umbro sits down with The Washington Post’s Lillian Cunningham, who produced, wrote, and hosted one of the Washington Post’s first podcasts: Presidential, a series about the history of the American presidents. Despite the show being Lillian and The Post’s first audio project, it was an immediate hit. Since then, Lillian has gone on to produce and host three more narrative series for The Post, including Constitutional, Moonrise, and most recently Field Trip, a series about the messy past and uncertain future of America’s national parks.
 
Listen to more episodes of Podcast Perspectives and follow the podcast: https://listen.podglomerate.com/show/podcast-perspectives/ 
 ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1619428/c1a-em58-1x11z787s432-x3qdne.jpeg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:27:17</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[A Psychedelic Western with David Weinberg]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 14 Dec 2023 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1614167</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/a-psychedelic-western-with-david-weinberg</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart and David talk about his limited series, Dreamtown, the Story of Adelanto. David shares his expertise on podcasting and storytelling in general. It can be difficult to tell someone else’s story compassionately and compellingly. Dreamtown aims to do that for–not only–the main character, but also the town of Adelanto. He also touches on the importance of being able to explain your podcast in one sentence, what to do when your story evolves during the production process, and the reason why he chose to use a narrator (who wasn’t him).</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">David Weinberg grew up in Colorado and moved around for a while until he found himself in New Orleans. There he got his start in radio, writing and creating stories for WWOZ. He was a staff reporter at Marketplace and KCRW where he hosted the podcast Welcome to LA podcast. Welcome to LA was named one of the best podcasts of 2018 and 2020. His latest project is Dreamtown: The Story of Adelanto. His print work has been published in The New York Times. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">David’s journey from freelance to radio to podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The story behind Dreamtown</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Finding the focus of your story and staying true to your vision</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Establishing trust with guests and interviewees</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Reasons behind the use of a narrator </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The sound design for Dreamtown</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">David’s next big project</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How David gets his story ideas</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">David C Weinberg: </span><a href="https://www.davidcweinberg.com/about-1"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.davidcweinberg.com/about-1</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Dreamtown: </span><a href="https://crooked.com/podcast-series/dreamtown-the-story-of-adelanto/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://crooked.com/podcast-series/dreamtown-the-story-of-adelanto/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span></span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart and David talk about his limited series, Dreamtown, the Story of Adelanto. David shares his expertise on podcasting and storytelling in general. It can be difficult to tell someone else’s story compassionately and compellingly. Dreamtown aims to do that for–not only–the main character, but also the town of Adelanto. He also touches on the importance of being able to explain your podcast in one sentence, what to do when your story evolves during the production process, and the reason why he chose to use a narrator (who wasn’t him).
David Weinberg grew up in Colorado and moved around for a while until he found himself in New Orleans. There he got his start in radio, writing and creating stories for WWOZ. He was a staff reporter at Marketplace and KCRW where he hosted the podcast Welcome to LA podcast. Welcome to LA was named one of the best podcasts of 2018 and 2020. His latest project is Dreamtown: The Story of Adelanto. His print work has been published in The New York Times. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

David’s journey from freelance to radio to podcasting
The story behind Dreamtown
Finding the focus of your story and staying true to your vision
Establishing trust with guests and interviewees
Reasons behind the use of a narrator 
The sound design for Dreamtown
David’s next big project
How David gets his story ideas

Resources/Links:
David C Weinberg: https://www.davidcweinberg.com/about-1 
Dreamtown: https://crooked.com/podcast-series/dreamtown-the-story-of-adelanto/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[A Psychedelic Western with David Weinberg]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart and David talk about his limited series, Dreamtown, the Story of Adelanto. David shares his expertise on podcasting and storytelling in general. It can be difficult to tell someone else’s story compassionately and compellingly. Dreamtown aims to do that for–not only–the main character, but also the town of Adelanto. He also touches on the importance of being able to explain your podcast in one sentence, what to do when your story evolves during the production process, and the reason why he chose to use a narrator (who wasn’t him).</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">David Weinberg grew up in Colorado and moved around for a while until he found himself in New Orleans. There he got his start in radio, writing and creating stories for WWOZ. He was a staff reporter at Marketplace and KCRW where he hosted the podcast Welcome to LA podcast. Welcome to LA was named one of the best podcasts of 2018 and 2020. His latest project is Dreamtown: The Story of Adelanto. His print work has been published in The New York Times. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">David’s journey from freelance to radio to podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The story behind Dreamtown</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Finding the focus of your story and staying true to your vision</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Establishing trust with guests and interviewees</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Reasons behind the use of a narrator </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The sound design for Dreamtown</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">David’s next big project</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How David gets his story ideas</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">David C Weinberg: </span><a href="https://www.davidcweinberg.com/about-1"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.davidcweinberg.com/about-1</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Dreamtown: </span><a href="https://crooked.com/podcast-series/dreamtown-the-story-of-adelanto/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://crooked.com/podcast-series/dreamtown-the-story-of-adelanto/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1614167/Audience-S3E12-DT-FinalV.mp3" length="53839395"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart and David talk about his limited series, Dreamtown, the Story of Adelanto. David shares his expertise on podcasting and storytelling in general. It can be difficult to tell someone else’s story compassionately and compellingly. Dreamtown aims to do that for–not only–the main character, but also the town of Adelanto. He also touches on the importance of being able to explain your podcast in one sentence, what to do when your story evolves during the production process, and the reason why he chose to use a narrator (who wasn’t him).
David Weinberg grew up in Colorado and moved around for a while until he found himself in New Orleans. There he got his start in radio, writing and creating stories for WWOZ. He was a staff reporter at Marketplace and KCRW where he hosted the podcast Welcome to LA podcast. Welcome to LA was named one of the best podcasts of 2018 and 2020. His latest project is Dreamtown: The Story of Adelanto. His print work has been published in The New York Times. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

David’s journey from freelance to radio to podcasting
The story behind Dreamtown
Finding the focus of your story and staying true to your vision
Establishing trust with guests and interviewees
Reasons behind the use of a narrator 
The sound design for Dreamtown
David’s next big project
How David gets his story ideas

Resources/Links:
David C Weinberg: https://www.davidcweinberg.com/about-1 
Dreamtown: https://crooked.com/podcast-series/dreamtown-the-story-of-adelanto/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1614167/Audience-David.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:37:15</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Audio and Artifacts with Tania Mohammad]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 07 Dec 2023 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1610397</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/audio-and-artifacts-with-tania-mohammad</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart talks to Tania Mohammad, the host and producer of the award-winning podcast,<a href="https://undiscarded.org/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em> Undiscarded: Stories of New York</em></a>. They talk about how audio can be used to bring artifacts back to life and how objects can tell bigger stories.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The story behind Undiscarded: a museum of New York by New Yorkers</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The collaboration of many institutions of New York behind the scenes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The selection process for the objects focused on in each episode</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Most well-known New York landmarks</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Hanging on to classic New York as it evolves and changes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Gentrification can happen anywhere</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The difficulties of being an indie podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Trusting in yourself and your perspective</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Tania Mohammad’s LinkedIn: </span><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/taniamohammad/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.linkedin.com/in/taniamohammad/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Undiscarded Podcast: </span><a href="https://undiscarded.org/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://undiscarded.org/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p> </p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Stuart talks to Tania Mohammad, the host and producer of the award-winning podcast, Undiscarded: Stories of New York. They talk about how audio can be used to bring artifacts back to life and how objects can tell bigger stories.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

The story behind Undiscarded: a museum of New York by New Yorkers
The collaboration of many institutions of New York behind the scenes
The selection process for the objects focused on in each episode
Most well-known New York landmarks
Hanging on to classic New York as it evolves and changes
Gentrification can happen anywhere
The difficulties of being an indie podcast
Trusting in yourself and your perspective

Resources/Links:
Tania Mohammad’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/taniamohammad/ 
Undiscarded Podcast: https://undiscarded.org/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw 
 ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Audio and Artifacts with Tania Mohammad]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart talks to Tania Mohammad, the host and producer of the award-winning podcast,<a href="https://undiscarded.org/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em> Undiscarded: Stories of New York</em></a>. They talk about how audio can be used to bring artifacts back to life and how objects can tell bigger stories.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The story behind Undiscarded: a museum of New York by New Yorkers</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The collaboration of many institutions of New York behind the scenes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The selection process for the objects focused on in each episode</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Most well-known New York landmarks</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Hanging on to classic New York as it evolves and changes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Gentrification can happen anywhere</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The difficulties of being an indie podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Trusting in yourself and your perspective</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Tania Mohammad’s LinkedIn: </span><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/taniamohammad/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.linkedin.com/in/taniamohammad/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Undiscarded Podcast: </span><a href="https://undiscarded.org/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://undiscarded.org/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p> </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1610397/Audience-S3E11-UN-Final.mp3" length="48584757"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Stuart talks to Tania Mohammad, the host and producer of the award-winning podcast, Undiscarded: Stories of New York. They talk about how audio can be used to bring artifacts back to life and how objects can tell bigger stories.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

The story behind Undiscarded: a museum of New York by New Yorkers
The collaboration of many institutions of New York behind the scenes
The selection process for the objects focused on in each episode
Most well-known New York landmarks
Hanging on to classic New York as it evolves and changes
Gentrification can happen anywhere
The difficulties of being an indie podcast
Trusting in yourself and your perspective

Resources/Links:
Tania Mohammad’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/taniamohammad/ 
Undiscarded Podcast: https://undiscarded.org/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw 
 ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1610397/Audience-Tania-1-.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:33:35</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Asking "Dumb" Questions with Christopher Linnane]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 30 Nov 2023 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1604774</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/asking-dumb-questions-with-christopher-linnane</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today, Stuart and Chris Linnane discuss Chris' podcast </span><a href="https://online.hbs.edu/podcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Parlor Room</span></a>,<span style="font-weight:400;"> and what it's like to talk to experts. Chris lives his life surrounding himself with smart people on purpose. For some people, that can lead to imposter syndrome. Chris uses it to motivate him to do better. He also talks about his background in music, what makes The Parlor Room stand out from other podcasts, and the value of video in podcasting.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Chris Linnane is the creative director of Harvard Business School Online (HBS Online). In The Parlor Room,  Chris sits down with HBS faculty to discuss business education in a way that’s both entertaining and insightful. The Parlor Room is your key to breaking down academic theory without sacrificing depth—all while gaining practical takeaways for navigating the business world.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">“Never be the best guitar player in the room”</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Chris’ creative background led him to his podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The anonymity of creating music versus podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Dealing with imposter syndrome</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Parlor Room and what makes it different from other podcasts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Chris’ thoughts about AI and the future</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Truly trying and truly failing and how it can help people grow</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Making audio for video and how video can give a podcast more personality</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Microphones for newbie podcasters</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Christopher Linnane LinkedIn: </span><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/christopherlinnane/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.linkedin.com/in/christopherlinnane/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Parlor Room: </span><a href="https://online.hbs.edu/podcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://online.hbs.edu/podcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span></span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Today, Stuart and Chris Linnane discuss Chris' podcast The Parlor Room, and what it's like to talk to experts. Chris lives his life surrounding himself with smart people on purpose. For some people, that can lead to imposter syndrome. Chris uses it to motivate him to do better. He also talks about his background in music, what makes The Parlor Room stand out from other podcasts, and the value of video in podcasting.
Chris Linnane is the creative director of Harvard Business School Online (HBS Online). In The Parlor Room,  Chris sits down with HBS faculty to discuss business education in a way that’s both entertaining and insightful. The Parlor Room is your key to breaking down academic theory without sacrificing depth—all while gaining practical takeaways for navigating the business world.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

“Never be the best guitar player in the room”
How Chris’ creative background led him to his podcast
The anonymity of creating music versus podcasting
Dealing with imposter syndrome
The Parlor Room and what makes it different from other podcasts
Chris’ thoughts about AI and the future
Truly trying and truly failing and how it can help people grow
Making audio for video and how video can give a podcast more personality
Microphones for newbie podcasters

Resources/Links:
Christopher Linnane LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/christopherlinnane/ 
The Parlor Room: https://online.hbs.edu/podcast/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Asking "Dumb" Questions with Christopher Linnane]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today, Stuart and Chris Linnane discuss Chris' podcast </span><a href="https://online.hbs.edu/podcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Parlor Room</span></a>,<span style="font-weight:400;"> and what it's like to talk to experts. Chris lives his life surrounding himself with smart people on purpose. For some people, that can lead to imposter syndrome. Chris uses it to motivate him to do better. He also talks about his background in music, what makes The Parlor Room stand out from other podcasts, and the value of video in podcasting.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Chris Linnane is the creative director of Harvard Business School Online (HBS Online). In The Parlor Room,  Chris sits down with HBS faculty to discuss business education in a way that’s both entertaining and insightful. The Parlor Room is your key to breaking down academic theory without sacrificing depth—all while gaining practical takeaways for navigating the business world.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">“Never be the best guitar player in the room”</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Chris’ creative background led him to his podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The anonymity of creating music versus podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Dealing with imposter syndrome</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Parlor Room and what makes it different from other podcasts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Chris’ thoughts about AI and the future</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Truly trying and truly failing and how it can help people grow</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Making audio for video and how video can give a podcast more personality</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Microphones for newbie podcasters</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Christopher Linnane LinkedIn: </span><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/christopherlinnane/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.linkedin.com/in/christopherlinnane/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Parlor Room: </span><a href="https://online.hbs.edu/podcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://online.hbs.edu/podcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p> </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1604774/Audience-S3E10-PR-Final.mp3" length="52742405"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Today, Stuart and Chris Linnane discuss Chris' podcast The Parlor Room, and what it's like to talk to experts. Chris lives his life surrounding himself with smart people on purpose. For some people, that can lead to imposter syndrome. Chris uses it to motivate him to do better. He also talks about his background in music, what makes The Parlor Room stand out from other podcasts, and the value of video in podcasting.
Chris Linnane is the creative director of Harvard Business School Online (HBS Online). In The Parlor Room,  Chris sits down with HBS faculty to discuss business education in a way that’s both entertaining and insightful. The Parlor Room is your key to breaking down academic theory without sacrificing depth—all while gaining practical takeaways for navigating the business world.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

“Never be the best guitar player in the room”
How Chris’ creative background led him to his podcast
The anonymity of creating music versus podcasting
Dealing with imposter syndrome
The Parlor Room and what makes it different from other podcasts
Chris’ thoughts about AI and the future
Truly trying and truly failing and how it can help people grow
Making audio for video and how video can give a podcast more personality
Microphones for newbie podcasters

Resources/Links:
Christopher Linnane LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/christopherlinnane/ 
The Parlor Room: https://online.hbs.edu/podcast/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1604774/Audience-Linnane.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:29</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[3 Clips Re-Air:  Drilled:  Rigorous Audio Journalism (ft. Amy Westervelt)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 23 Nov 2023 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1600025</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/3-clips-re-air-drilled-rigorous-audio-journalism-ft-amy-westervelt</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>As we continue to work on new Audience episodes, here's an episode from one of our other shows, 3 Clips. It first aired on September 6, 2021, was hosted by Jay acunzo and was produced/ edited by Cherie Turner</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Amy Westervelt is a print and audio journalist and environmentalist; she founded the podcast network Critical Frequency, which raises up important but often overlooked voices; and she is the executive producer and host of the critically acclaimed show Drilled.</p>
<p>The through line here is that Amy has an enduring interest in telling stories that are getting covered up, and doing the hard work of figuring out what’s really going on.<br />Jay and Amy discuss the rigorous and thorough process involved in creating a show like Drilled, which focuses on stories that investigate propaganda in the fossil fuel industry. And they get into why audio is a powerful medium for the stories Amy chooses to cover on the podcast.<br />EXPLORE THE SHOW<br />Visit 3clipspodcast.com for all episodes of the show. </p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[As we continue to work on new Audience episodes, here's an episode from one of our other shows, 3 Clips. It first aired on September 6, 2021, was hosted by Jay acunzo and was produced/ edited by Cherie Turner
 
Amy Westervelt is a print and audio journalist and environmentalist; she founded the podcast network Critical Frequency, which raises up important but often overlooked voices; and she is the executive producer and host of the critically acclaimed show Drilled.
The through line here is that Amy has an enduring interest in telling stories that are getting covered up, and doing the hard work of figuring out what’s really going on.Jay and Amy discuss the rigorous and thorough process involved in creating a show like Drilled, which focuses on stories that investigate propaganda in the fossil fuel industry. And they get into why audio is a powerful medium for the stories Amy chooses to cover on the podcast.EXPLORE THE SHOWVisit 3clipspodcast.com for all episodes of the show. ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[3 Clips Re-Air:  Drilled:  Rigorous Audio Journalism (ft. Amy Westervelt)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>As we continue to work on new Audience episodes, here's an episode from one of our other shows, 3 Clips. It first aired on September 6, 2021, was hosted by Jay acunzo and was produced/ edited by Cherie Turner</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Amy Westervelt is a print and audio journalist and environmentalist; she founded the podcast network Critical Frequency, which raises up important but often overlooked voices; and she is the executive producer and host of the critically acclaimed show Drilled.</p>
<p>The through line here is that Amy has an enduring interest in telling stories that are getting covered up, and doing the hard work of figuring out what’s really going on.<br />Jay and Amy discuss the rigorous and thorough process involved in creating a show like Drilled, which focuses on stories that investigate propaganda in the fossil fuel industry. And they get into why audio is a powerful medium for the stories Amy chooses to cover on the podcast.<br />EXPLORE THE SHOW<br />Visit 3clipspodcast.com for all episodes of the show. </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1600025/3-Clips-Drilled-re-air.mp3" length="60290346"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[As we continue to work on new Audience episodes, here's an episode from one of our other shows, 3 Clips. It first aired on September 6, 2021, was hosted by Jay acunzo and was produced/ edited by Cherie Turner
 
Amy Westervelt is a print and audio journalist and environmentalist; she founded the podcast network Critical Frequency, which raises up important but often overlooked voices; and she is the executive producer and host of the critically acclaimed show Drilled.
The through line here is that Amy has an enduring interest in telling stories that are getting covered up, and doing the hard work of figuring out what’s really going on.Jay and Amy discuss the rigorous and thorough process involved in creating a show like Drilled, which focuses on stories that investigate propaganda in the fossil fuel industry. And they get into why audio is a powerful medium for the stories Amy chooses to cover on the podcast.EXPLORE THE SHOWVisit 3clipspodcast.com for all episodes of the show. ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1600025/drilled-re-size.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:41:17</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Laughing at Ourselves with Charles Austin]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 16 Nov 2023 07:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1596295</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/laughing-at-ourselves-with-charles-austin</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks to Charles Austin about the comedy podcast, Episode One.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Episode One is a satirical podcast that started out as just a funny passion project for three friends. After a while, they realized that they had an idea that could possibly take off. E1 is a podcast starring Andrew, Branson, and Charles. Each episode is the first—and only—episode of a failed podcast that never existed. Today, Stuart and Charles talk about what it takes to make a funny podcast while staying genuine. They also talk about when to delegate tasks, when to crowdsource ideas, and when to collaborate.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Charles’ background in music helps him with podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of having fun and making each other laugh</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Developing an internal idea of what’s funny</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Not boxing yourself in </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Audiences have a massive demand for a large amount of content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Staying in character and being genuine</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The talents of each host and what they bring to E1</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How they come up with topics and episodes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Delegation and collaboration among multiple hosts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is passion burnout and gauging your passion for your podcast</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Episode One Podcast:</span> <a href="https://www.e1pod.com/about"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.e1pod.com/about</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Solipse Linktree: </span><a href="https://linktr.ee/solipse"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://linktr.ee/solipse</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>...]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks to Charles Austin about the comedy podcast, Episode One.
Episode One is a satirical podcast that started out as just a funny passion project for three friends. After a while, they realized that they had an idea that could possibly take off. E1 is a podcast starring Andrew, Branson, and Charles. Each episode is the first—and only—episode of a failed podcast that never existed. Today, Stuart and Charles talk about what it takes to make a funny podcast while staying genuine. They also talk about when to delegate tasks, when to crowdsource ideas, and when to collaborate.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

How Charles’ background in music helps him with podcasting
The importance of having fun and making each other laugh
Developing an internal idea of what’s funny
Not boxing yourself in 
Audiences have a massive demand for a large amount of content
Staying in character and being genuine
The talents of each host and what they bring to E1
How they come up with topics and episodes
Delegation and collaboration among multiple hosts
What is passion burnout and gauging your passion for your podcast

Resources/Links:
Episode One Podcast: https://www.e1pod.com/about 
Solipse Linktree: https://linktr.ee/solipse 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  ...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Laughing at Ourselves with Charles Austin]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks to Charles Austin about the comedy podcast, Episode One.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Episode One is a satirical podcast that started out as just a funny passion project for three friends. After a while, they realized that they had an idea that could possibly take off. E1 is a podcast starring Andrew, Branson, and Charles. Each episode is the first—and only—episode of a failed podcast that never existed. Today, Stuart and Charles talk about what it takes to make a funny podcast while staying genuine. They also talk about when to delegate tasks, when to crowdsource ideas, and when to collaborate.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Charles’ background in music helps him with podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of having fun and making each other laugh</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Developing an internal idea of what’s funny</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Not boxing yourself in </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Audiences have a massive demand for a large amount of content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Staying in character and being genuine</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The talents of each host and what they bring to E1</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How they come up with topics and episodes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Delegation and collaboration among multiple hosts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is passion burnout and gauging your passion for your podcast</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Episode One Podcast:</span> <a href="https://www.e1pod.com/about"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.e1pod.com/about</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Solipse Linktree: </span><a href="https://linktr.ee/solipse"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://linktr.ee/solipse</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart's Other Podcast:  <a href="https://obscureballpod.com/">https://obscureballpod.com/</a></span></p>
<p> </p>
<p> </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1596295/Audience-S3E9-CA-FinalV.mp3" length="51971425"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks to Charles Austin about the comedy podcast, Episode One.
Episode One is a satirical podcast that started out as just a funny passion project for three friends. After a while, they realized that they had an idea that could possibly take off. E1 is a podcast starring Andrew, Branson, and Charles. Each episode is the first—and only—episode of a failed podcast that never existed. Today, Stuart and Charles talk about what it takes to make a funny podcast while staying genuine. They also talk about when to delegate tasks, when to crowdsource ideas, and when to collaborate.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

How Charles’ background in music helps him with podcasting
The importance of having fun and making each other laugh
Developing an internal idea of what’s funny
Not boxing yourself in 
Audiences have a massive demand for a large amount of content
Staying in character and being genuine
The talents of each host and what they bring to E1
How they come up with topics and episodes
Delegation and collaboration among multiple hosts
What is passion burnout and gauging your passion for your podcast

Resources/Links:
Episode One Podcast: https://www.e1pod.com/about 
Solipse Linktree: https://linktr.ee/solipse 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  ...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1596295/Audience-Charles-Austin.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:35:57</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Hostiness with Elaine Appleton Grant]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 09 Nov 2023 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1591269</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/hostiness-with-elaine-appleton-grant</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart and Elaine talk about her podcast "Sound Judgment" and what it takes to be a great host. (Stuart gets a lesson from an expert.) Elaine uses her experience as a lifelong journalist to help hosts become better at what they do, no matter the genre. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Elaine Appleton Grant is the CEO of Podcast Allies, an audio storytelling consulting, production and training company helping public media, NGOs, social impact and higher ed organizations make beautifully crafted shows. She is also the host and executive producer of the podcast Sound Judgment, which unpacks how today's best radio and podcast hosts make their magic. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">When not leading Podcast Allies, Elaine is a gardener, kayaker, traveler, entertainer, partner, and mom and bonus mom of four kids, a dog, and a cat.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Bringing who you are to the table</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Elaine’s past experience helps her as a host</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Qualities of good hosts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Does the role of a host differ with each genre?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Knowing your audience</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of “sound vision”</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is your animating force or motivation</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Psychological safety is "the permission you give a source to feel safe and candid"</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">H.E.A.R. M.E.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Examples of great hosts and their qualities</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast Allies: </span><a href="https://podcastallies.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcastallies.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Sound Judgement Podcast:  <a href="https://www.soundjudgmentpodcast.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://www.soundjudgmentpodcast.com/</a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Elaine Appleton Grant, LinkedIn: </span><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/appletongrant/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.linkedin.com/in/appletongrant/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">C...</span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart and Elaine talk about her podcast "Sound Judgment" and what it takes to be a great host. (Stuart gets a lesson from an expert.) Elaine uses her experience as a lifelong journalist to help hosts become better at what they do, no matter the genre. 
Elaine Appleton Grant is the CEO of Podcast Allies, an audio storytelling consulting, production and training company helping public media, NGOs, social impact and higher ed organizations make beautifully crafted shows. She is also the host and executive producer of the podcast Sound Judgment, which unpacks how today's best radio and podcast hosts make their magic. 
When not leading Podcast Allies, Elaine is a gardener, kayaker, traveler, entertainer, partner, and mom and bonus mom of four kids, a dog, and a cat.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Bringing who you are to the table
How Elaine’s past experience helps her as a host
Qualities of good hosts
Does the role of a host differ with each genre?
Knowing your audience
The importance of “sound vision”
What is your animating force or motivation
Psychological safety is "the permission you give a source to feel safe and candid"
H.E.A.R. M.E.
Examples of great hosts and their qualities

Resources/Links:
Podcast Allies: https://podcastallies.com 
Sound Judgement Podcast:  https://www.soundjudgmentpodcast.com/
Elaine Appleton Grant, LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/appletongrant/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
C...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Hostiness with Elaine Appleton Grant]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart and Elaine talk about her podcast "Sound Judgment" and what it takes to be a great host. (Stuart gets a lesson from an expert.) Elaine uses her experience as a lifelong journalist to help hosts become better at what they do, no matter the genre. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Elaine Appleton Grant is the CEO of Podcast Allies, an audio storytelling consulting, production and training company helping public media, NGOs, social impact and higher ed organizations make beautifully crafted shows. She is also the host and executive producer of the podcast Sound Judgment, which unpacks how today's best radio and podcast hosts make their magic. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">When not leading Podcast Allies, Elaine is a gardener, kayaker, traveler, entertainer, partner, and mom and bonus mom of four kids, a dog, and a cat.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Bringing who you are to the table</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Elaine’s past experience helps her as a host</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Qualities of good hosts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Does the role of a host differ with each genre?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Knowing your audience</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of “sound vision”</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is your animating force or motivation</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Psychological safety is "the permission you give a source to feel safe and candid"</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">H.E.A.R. M.E.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Examples of great hosts and their qualities</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast Allies: </span><a href="https://podcastallies.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcastallies.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Sound Judgement Podcast:  <a href="https://www.soundjudgmentpodcast.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://www.soundjudgmentpodcast.com/</a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Elaine Appleton Grant, LinkedIn: </span><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/appletongrant/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.linkedin.com/in/appletongrant/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p> </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1591269/Audience-S3E8-SJ-Final.mp3" length="50879375"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart and Elaine talk about her podcast "Sound Judgment" and what it takes to be a great host. (Stuart gets a lesson from an expert.) Elaine uses her experience as a lifelong journalist to help hosts become better at what they do, no matter the genre. 
Elaine Appleton Grant is the CEO of Podcast Allies, an audio storytelling consulting, production and training company helping public media, NGOs, social impact and higher ed organizations make beautifully crafted shows. She is also the host and executive producer of the podcast Sound Judgment, which unpacks how today's best radio and podcast hosts make their magic. 
When not leading Podcast Allies, Elaine is a gardener, kayaker, traveler, entertainer, partner, and mom and bonus mom of four kids, a dog, and a cat.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Bringing who you are to the table
How Elaine’s past experience helps her as a host
Qualities of good hosts
Does the role of a host differ with each genre?
Knowing your audience
The importance of “sound vision”
What is your animating force or motivation
Psychological safety is "the permission you give a source to feel safe and candid"
H.E.A.R. M.E.
Examples of great hosts and their qualities

Resources/Links:
Podcast Allies: https://podcastallies.com 
Sound Judgement Podcast:  https://www.soundjudgmentpodcast.com/
Elaine Appleton Grant, LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/appletongrant/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
C...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1591269/Audience-EAG.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:35:11</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[A Novel Concept with Bethanne Patrick]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 02 Nov 2023 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1584798</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/a-novel-concept-with-bethanne-patrick</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today Stuart talks to Bethanne Patrick about her podcast, Missing Pages. Being a critic of your professional industry can go one of two ways, horribly wrong or positively eye-opening. Bethanne’s podcast, Missing Pages, is all about the controversies in the publishing industry. From the way that big publishers treat their authors, to plagiarism, to scams, to literal snake oil salespeople, the publishing industry is no stranger to controversy. Bethanne dives deep into these controversies while also conveying deeply meaningful and thought-provoking stories to her listeners.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Missing Pages is an investigative podcast hosted by world-renowned literary critic and publishing insider Bethanne Patrick. Book bans are on the rise across America. With the rise of social media, book publishers are losing their power as the industry gatekeepers. More and more celebrities and influencers are publishing books with ghostwriters. Writing communities are splintering because members are at cross purposes about their mission. An all-new season of the investigative podcast Missing Pages premieres on October 23rd. Produced by The Podglomerate.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Bethanne’s writing journey</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The stories behind Missing Pages </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The problems in the publishing industry </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Feedback and response from the community</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The future of Missing Pages, podcasting, and the literary industry</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting as a literary form</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Audio and video podcasts</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Bethanne Patrick’s website: </span><a href="https://www.bethannepatrick.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.bethannepatrick.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Missing Pages: </span><a href="https://listen.podglomerate.com/show/missing-pages/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://listen.podglomerate.com/show/missing-pages/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podglomerate: </span><a href="https://podglomerate.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podglomerate.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span>...</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Today Stuart talks to Bethanne Patrick about her podcast, Missing Pages. Being a critic of your professional industry can go one of two ways, horribly wrong or positively eye-opening. Bethanne’s podcast, Missing Pages, is all about the controversies in the publishing industry. From the way that big publishers treat their authors, to plagiarism, to scams, to literal snake oil salespeople, the publishing industry is no stranger to controversy. Bethanne dives deep into these controversies while also conveying deeply meaningful and thought-provoking stories to her listeners.
Missing Pages is an investigative podcast hosted by world-renowned literary critic and publishing insider Bethanne Patrick. Book bans are on the rise across America. With the rise of social media, book publishers are losing their power as the industry gatekeepers. More and more celebrities and influencers are publishing books with ghostwriters. Writing communities are splintering because members are at cross purposes about their mission. An all-new season of the investigative podcast Missing Pages premieres on October 23rd. Produced by The Podglomerate.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Bethanne’s writing journey
The stories behind Missing Pages 
The problems in the publishing industry 
Feedback and response from the community
The future of Missing Pages, podcasting, and the literary industry
Podcasting as a literary form
Audio and video podcasts

 
Resources/Links:
Bethanne Patrick’s website: https://www.bethannepatrick.com/
Missing Pages: https://listen.podglomerate.com/show/missing-pages/
Podglomerate: https://podglomerate.com/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[A Novel Concept with Bethanne Patrick]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today Stuart talks to Bethanne Patrick about her podcast, Missing Pages. Being a critic of your professional industry can go one of two ways, horribly wrong or positively eye-opening. Bethanne’s podcast, Missing Pages, is all about the controversies in the publishing industry. From the way that big publishers treat their authors, to plagiarism, to scams, to literal snake oil salespeople, the publishing industry is no stranger to controversy. Bethanne dives deep into these controversies while also conveying deeply meaningful and thought-provoking stories to her listeners.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Missing Pages is an investigative podcast hosted by world-renowned literary critic and publishing insider Bethanne Patrick. Book bans are on the rise across America. With the rise of social media, book publishers are losing their power as the industry gatekeepers. More and more celebrities and influencers are publishing books with ghostwriters. Writing communities are splintering because members are at cross purposes about their mission. An all-new season of the investigative podcast Missing Pages premieres on October 23rd. Produced by The Podglomerate.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Bethanne’s writing journey</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The stories behind Missing Pages </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The problems in the publishing industry </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Feedback and response from the community</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The future of Missing Pages, podcasting, and the literary industry</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting as a literary form</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Audio and video podcasts</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Bethanne Patrick’s website: </span><a href="https://www.bethannepatrick.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.bethannepatrick.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Missing Pages: </span><a href="https://listen.podglomerate.com/show/missing-pages/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://listen.podglomerate.com/show/missing-pages/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podglomerate: </span><a href="https://podglomerate.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podglomerate.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><br /><br /></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1584798/Audience-S3E7-MP.FinalV.mp3" length="53188877"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Today Stuart talks to Bethanne Patrick about her podcast, Missing Pages. Being a critic of your professional industry can go one of two ways, horribly wrong or positively eye-opening. Bethanne’s podcast, Missing Pages, is all about the controversies in the publishing industry. From the way that big publishers treat their authors, to plagiarism, to scams, to literal snake oil salespeople, the publishing industry is no stranger to controversy. Bethanne dives deep into these controversies while also conveying deeply meaningful and thought-provoking stories to her listeners.
Missing Pages is an investigative podcast hosted by world-renowned literary critic and publishing insider Bethanne Patrick. Book bans are on the rise across America. With the rise of social media, book publishers are losing their power as the industry gatekeepers. More and more celebrities and influencers are publishing books with ghostwriters. Writing communities are splintering because members are at cross purposes about their mission. An all-new season of the investigative podcast Missing Pages premieres on October 23rd. Produced by The Podglomerate.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Bethanne’s writing journey
The stories behind Missing Pages 
The problems in the publishing industry 
Feedback and response from the community
The future of Missing Pages, podcasting, and the literary industry
Podcasting as a literary form
Audio and video podcasts

 
Resources/Links:
Bethanne Patrick’s website: https://www.bethannepatrick.com/
Missing Pages: https://listen.podglomerate.com/show/missing-pages/
Podglomerate: https://podglomerate.com/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1584798/Audience-Bethanne.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:48</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[3 Clips Re-Air:  Creating With Sensitivity ]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 26 Oct 2023 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1579815</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/3-clips-re-air-creating-with-sensitivity</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>While we work on new episodes, here's an episode from another Castos Original, 3 Clips. It firt aired in October of 2021, was hosted by jay Acunzo, produced by Andrea Muraskin and was edited by Stuart Barefoot. </p>
<p> </p>
<p>---------------------</p>
<p> </p>
<p>The World needs more sensitive creators. Content that moves the world, moves listeners and make things better. And you know what? That doesn’t have to come in the form of some epic narrative. It can be stories from daily life. The seemingly innocuous details of our day-to-day can provide inspiration.<br />Enter Ian Coss. For this episode he and Jay break down his five part series, Forever is a Long Time. Ian explores the topic of marriage by interviewing members of his family who are divorced, which is most of them. These candid and poignant conversation with his relatives are both deeply personal and relatable at the same time.</p>
<p><br />Ian is an award winning musician, podcaster and sound designer who has worked with well known outlets like PRX, and the nationally syndicated radio show, The World. He’s been recognized with a national Edward R. Murrow Award for excellence in sound and his music is even featured in museums. Forever is a Long Time, however, was produced independently, something he and Jay discuss at length.</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[While we work on new episodes, here's an episode from another Castos Original, 3 Clips. It firt aired in October of 2021, was hosted by jay Acunzo, produced by Andrea Muraskin and was edited by Stuart Barefoot. 
 
---------------------
 
The World needs more sensitive creators. Content that moves the world, moves listeners and make things better. And you know what? That doesn’t have to come in the form of some epic narrative. It can be stories from daily life. The seemingly innocuous details of our day-to-day can provide inspiration.Enter Ian Coss. For this episode he and Jay break down his five part series, Forever is a Long Time. Ian explores the topic of marriage by interviewing members of his family who are divorced, which is most of them. These candid and poignant conversation with his relatives are both deeply personal and relatable at the same time.
Ian is an award winning musician, podcaster and sound designer who has worked with well known outlets like PRX, and the nationally syndicated radio show, The World. He’s been recognized with a national Edward R. Murrow Award for excellence in sound and his music is even featured in museums. Forever is a Long Time, however, was produced independently, something he and Jay discuss at length.]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[3 Clips Re-Air:  Creating With Sensitivity ]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>While we work on new episodes, here's an episode from another Castos Original, 3 Clips. It firt aired in October of 2021, was hosted by jay Acunzo, produced by Andrea Muraskin and was edited by Stuart Barefoot. </p>
<p> </p>
<p>---------------------</p>
<p> </p>
<p>The World needs more sensitive creators. Content that moves the world, moves listeners and make things better. And you know what? That doesn’t have to come in the form of some epic narrative. It can be stories from daily life. The seemingly innocuous details of our day-to-day can provide inspiration.<br />Enter Ian Coss. For this episode he and Jay break down his five part series, Forever is a Long Time. Ian explores the topic of marriage by interviewing members of his family who are divorced, which is most of them. These candid and poignant conversation with his relatives are both deeply personal and relatable at the same time.</p>
<p><br />Ian is an award winning musician, podcaster and sound designer who has worked with well known outlets like PRX, and the nationally syndicated radio show, The World. He’s been recognized with a national Edward R. Murrow Award for excellence in sound and his music is even featured in museums. Forever is a Long Time, however, was produced independently, something he and Jay discuss at length.</p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1579815/Audience-FIALT-Re-Air.mp3" length="77005250"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[While we work on new episodes, here's an episode from another Castos Original, 3 Clips. It firt aired in October of 2021, was hosted by jay Acunzo, produced by Andrea Muraskin and was edited by Stuart Barefoot. 
 
---------------------
 
The World needs more sensitive creators. Content that moves the world, moves listeners and make things better. And you know what? That doesn’t have to come in the form of some epic narrative. It can be stories from daily life. The seemingly innocuous details of our day-to-day can provide inspiration.Enter Ian Coss. For this episode he and Jay break down his five part series, Forever is a Long Time. Ian explores the topic of marriage by interviewing members of his family who are divorced, which is most of them. These candid and poignant conversation with his relatives are both deeply personal and relatable at the same time.
Ian is an award winning musician, podcaster and sound designer who has worked with well known outlets like PRX, and the nationally syndicated radio show, The World. He’s been recognized with a national Edward R. Murrow Award for excellence in sound and his music is even featured in museums. Forever is a Long Time, however, was produced independently, something he and Jay discuss at length.]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1579815/3-Clips-FIALT.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:53:20</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[A Podcast About (Almost) Everything with Anisa Khalifa]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 19 Oct 2023 08:01:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1577247</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/a-podcast-about-almost-everything</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of Audience, Stuart talks to Anisa Khalifa about her podcast, The Broadside, which is a podcast that covers a variety of different topics. Anisa talks about her career in radio and podcasting and how she and her team work to develop great stories in order to fully immerse listeners in each of their stories. While most of the stories on The Broadside cover topics that are centered in North Carolina, the themes are universal so everyone can get value and information out of each episode.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Anisa Khalifa is an award-winning podcast producer and host at WUNC. She grew up in a public radio household and fell in love with podcasts shortly before her friends convinced her to start one with them about Korean dramas. Since joining WUNC in 2021, Anisa has produced </span><a href="https://www.meandmymuslimfriends.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Me and My Muslim Friends</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, </span><a href="https://www.wunc.org/podcast/creep"><span style="font-weight:400;">CREEP</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, </span><a href="https://www.wunc.org/podcast/tested-podcast"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tested</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, and </span><a href="https://www.wunc.org/podcast/dating-while-gray"><span style="font-weight:400;">Dating While Gray</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, and is the host of WUNC's weekly podcast </span><a href="https://www.wunc.org/podcast/the-broadside"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Broadside</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. Anisa is also the co-creator of indie podcasts </span><a href="https://www.dramasoverflowers.net/podcast"><span style="font-weight:400;">Dramas Over Flowers</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> and </span><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/muslim-in-plain-sight/id1584903198"><span style="font-weight:400;">Muslim in Plain Sight</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. In her non-podcast life, she’s a culture writer, poet, visual artist, and chronic insomniac, who is fascinated by the stories we tell about ourselves and each other.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Anisa’s past and present projects</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why The Broadside has such eclectic topics</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Highlighting why these topics matter to everyone</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The variety of WUNC podcasts and how they deal with stereotypes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Breaking down barriers with podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The team behind The Broadside and what they bring to the podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Collaborating with other newsrooms</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of preparation</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Broadside: </span><a></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of Audience, Stuart talks to Anisa Khalifa about her podcast, The Broadside, which is a podcast that covers a variety of different topics. Anisa talks about her career in radio and podcasting and how she and her team work to develop great stories in order to fully immerse listeners in each of their stories. While most of the stories on The Broadside cover topics that are centered in North Carolina, the themes are universal so everyone can get value and information out of each episode.
Anisa Khalifa is an award-winning podcast producer and host at WUNC. She grew up in a public radio household and fell in love with podcasts shortly before her friends convinced her to start one with them about Korean dramas. Since joining WUNC in 2021, Anisa has produced Me and My Muslim Friends, CREEP, Tested, and Dating While Gray, and is the host of WUNC's weekly podcast The Broadside. Anisa is also the co-creator of indie podcasts Dramas Over Flowers and Muslim in Plain Sight. In her non-podcast life, she’s a culture writer, poet, visual artist, and chronic insomniac, who is fascinated by the stories we tell about ourselves and each other.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Anisa’s past and present projects
Why The Broadside has such eclectic topics
Highlighting why these topics matter to everyone
The variety of WUNC podcasts and how they deal with stereotypes
Breaking down barriers with podcasting
The team behind The Broadside and what they bring to the podcast
Collaborating with other newsrooms
The importance of preparation

Resources/Links:
The Broadside: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[A Podcast About (Almost) Everything with Anisa Khalifa]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of Audience, Stuart talks to Anisa Khalifa about her podcast, The Broadside, which is a podcast that covers a variety of different topics. Anisa talks about her career in radio and podcasting and how she and her team work to develop great stories in order to fully immerse listeners in each of their stories. While most of the stories on The Broadside cover topics that are centered in North Carolina, the themes are universal so everyone can get value and information out of each episode.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Anisa Khalifa is an award-winning podcast producer and host at WUNC. She grew up in a public radio household and fell in love with podcasts shortly before her friends convinced her to start one with them about Korean dramas. Since joining WUNC in 2021, Anisa has produced </span><a href="https://www.meandmymuslimfriends.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Me and My Muslim Friends</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, </span><a href="https://www.wunc.org/podcast/creep"><span style="font-weight:400;">CREEP</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, </span><a href="https://www.wunc.org/podcast/tested-podcast"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tested</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, and </span><a href="https://www.wunc.org/podcast/dating-while-gray"><span style="font-weight:400;">Dating While Gray</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, and is the host of WUNC's weekly podcast </span><a href="https://www.wunc.org/podcast/the-broadside"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Broadside</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. Anisa is also the co-creator of indie podcasts </span><a href="https://www.dramasoverflowers.net/podcast"><span style="font-weight:400;">Dramas Over Flowers</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> and </span><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/muslim-in-plain-sight/id1584903198"><span style="font-weight:400;">Muslim in Plain Sight</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. In her non-podcast life, she’s a culture writer, poet, visual artist, and chronic insomniac, who is fascinated by the stories we tell about ourselves and each other.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Anisa’s past and present projects</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why The Broadside has such eclectic topics</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Highlighting why these topics matter to everyone</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The variety of WUNC podcasts and how they deal with stereotypes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Breaking down barriers with podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The team behind The Broadside and what they bring to the podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Collaborating with other newsrooms</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of preparation</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Broadside: </span><a href="https://www.wunc.org/podcast/the-broadside"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.wunc.org/podcast/the-broadside</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">CREEP podcast: </span><a href="https://www.wunc.org/podcast/creep"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.wunc.org/podcast/creep</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Me and My Muslim Friends: </span><a href="https://www.meandmymuslimfriends.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.meandmymuslimfriends.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p>Stuart's Other Podcast:  <a href="https://obscureballpod.com/">https://obscureballpod.com/</a><br /><br /><br /></p>
<p> </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1577247/Audience-S3E6-Broadside-Final.mp3" length="42715499"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of Audience, Stuart talks to Anisa Khalifa about her podcast, The Broadside, which is a podcast that covers a variety of different topics. Anisa talks about her career in radio and podcasting and how she and her team work to develop great stories in order to fully immerse listeners in each of their stories. While most of the stories on The Broadside cover topics that are centered in North Carolina, the themes are universal so everyone can get value and information out of each episode.
Anisa Khalifa is an award-winning podcast producer and host at WUNC. She grew up in a public radio household and fell in love with podcasts shortly before her friends convinced her to start one with them about Korean dramas. Since joining WUNC in 2021, Anisa has produced Me and My Muslim Friends, CREEP, Tested, and Dating While Gray, and is the host of WUNC's weekly podcast The Broadside. Anisa is also the co-creator of indie podcasts Dramas Over Flowers and Muslim in Plain Sight. In her non-podcast life, she’s a culture writer, poet, visual artist, and chronic insomniac, who is fascinated by the stories we tell about ourselves and each other.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Anisa’s past and present projects
Why The Broadside has such eclectic topics
Highlighting why these topics matter to everyone
The variety of WUNC podcasts and how they deal with stereotypes
Breaking down barriers with podcasting
The team behind The Broadside and what they bring to the podcast
Collaborating with other newsrooms
The importance of preparation

Resources/Links:
The Broadside: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1577247/Audience-Anisa.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:29:31</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Creating Moments with Rick Wimberly]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 12 Oct 2023 08:01:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1571980</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/creating-moments-with-rick-wimberly</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today, Stuart chats with Rick Wimberly about how to create great moments during a podcast. He is a great storyteller and, boy, does he have some interesting stories to tell. Between the behind the scenes stories from his career in radio, to his stories about being a government sales consultant, he is a natural storyteller. In this episode of the Audience podcast, Rick talks about the skills he transfers over to podcasting, what it means to be a good storyteller, and how to find those good moments in podcasts. Rick’s podcast, “</span><a href="https://www.govsellingmyths.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Myths of Selling to the Government</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">,” is a great example of how you can find those moments anywhere and everywhere.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Rick Wimberly has been telling stories for over fifty years. He's been heard on radio throughout the US and TV regionally. In addition, he recently added "Podcast Host" to his resume.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Rick’s journey from radio to news anchor to podcaster</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What it means to be a government sales consultant</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Rick’s background in radio helps him with podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating good experiences for your listeners</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to create memorable moments for your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The innate skills of good storytellers</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Interviewing skills</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How dialogue can elevate the podcasting experience</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Rick’s email: </span><a href="mailto:rick@govselling.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">rick@govselling.com</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Rick’s website: </span><a href="https://www.voiceovergrandude.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.voiceovergrandude.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Myths of Selling to the Government podcast: </span><a href="https://www.govsellingmyths.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.govsellingmyths.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Government Selling Solutions website: </span><a href="https://www.govselling.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.govselling.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://acad...</span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Today, Stuart chats with Rick Wimberly about how to create great moments during a podcast. He is a great storyteller and, boy, does he have some interesting stories to tell. Between the behind the scenes stories from his career in radio, to his stories about being a government sales consultant, he is a natural storyteller. In this episode of the Audience podcast, Rick talks about the skills he transfers over to podcasting, what it means to be a good storyteller, and how to find those good moments in podcasts. Rick’s podcast, “Myths of Selling to the Government,” is a great example of how you can find those moments anywhere and everywhere.
Rick Wimberly has been telling stories for over fifty years. He's been heard on radio throughout the US and TV regionally. In addition, he recently added "Podcast Host" to his resume.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Rick’s journey from radio to news anchor to podcaster
What it means to be a government sales consultant
How Rick’s background in radio helps him with podcasting
Creating good experiences for your listeners
How to create memorable moments for your podcast
The innate skills of good storytellers
Interviewing skills
How dialogue can elevate the podcasting experience

Resources/Links:
Rick’s email: rick@govselling.com
Rick’s website: https://www.voiceovergrandude.com/ 
Myths of Selling to the Government podcast: https://www.govsellingmyths.com/ 
The Government Selling Solutions website: https://www.govselling.com/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://acad...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Creating Moments with Rick Wimberly]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today, Stuart chats with Rick Wimberly about how to create great moments during a podcast. He is a great storyteller and, boy, does he have some interesting stories to tell. Between the behind the scenes stories from his career in radio, to his stories about being a government sales consultant, he is a natural storyteller. In this episode of the Audience podcast, Rick talks about the skills he transfers over to podcasting, what it means to be a good storyteller, and how to find those good moments in podcasts. Rick’s podcast, “</span><a href="https://www.govsellingmyths.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Myths of Selling to the Government</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">,” is a great example of how you can find those moments anywhere and everywhere.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Rick Wimberly has been telling stories for over fifty years. He's been heard on radio throughout the US and TV regionally. In addition, he recently added "Podcast Host" to his resume.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Rick’s journey from radio to news anchor to podcaster</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What it means to be a government sales consultant</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Rick’s background in radio helps him with podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating good experiences for your listeners</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to create memorable moments for your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The innate skills of good storytellers</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Interviewing skills</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How dialogue can elevate the podcasting experience</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Rick’s email: </span><a href="mailto:rick@govselling.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">rick@govselling.com</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Rick’s website: </span><a href="https://www.voiceovergrandude.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.voiceovergrandude.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Myths of Selling to the Government podcast: </span><a href="https://www.govsellingmyths.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.govsellingmyths.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Government Selling Solutions website: </span><a href="https://www.govselling.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.govselling.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart's Other Podcast:  <a href="https://obscureballpod.com/">https://obscureballpod.com/</a></span></p>
<p> </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1571980/Audience-S3E5-Rick-Final.mp3" length="35819779"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Today, Stuart chats with Rick Wimberly about how to create great moments during a podcast. He is a great storyteller and, boy, does he have some interesting stories to tell. Between the behind the scenes stories from his career in radio, to his stories about being a government sales consultant, he is a natural storyteller. In this episode of the Audience podcast, Rick talks about the skills he transfers over to podcasting, what it means to be a good storyteller, and how to find those good moments in podcasts. Rick’s podcast, “Myths of Selling to the Government,” is a great example of how you can find those moments anywhere and everywhere.
Rick Wimberly has been telling stories for over fifty years. He's been heard on radio throughout the US and TV regionally. In addition, he recently added "Podcast Host" to his resume.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Rick’s journey from radio to news anchor to podcaster
What it means to be a government sales consultant
How Rick’s background in radio helps him with podcasting
Creating good experiences for your listeners
How to create memorable moments for your podcast
The innate skills of good storytellers
Interviewing skills
How dialogue can elevate the podcasting experience

Resources/Links:
Rick’s email: rick@govselling.com
Rick’s website: https://www.voiceovergrandude.com/ 
Myths of Selling to the Government podcast: https://www.govsellingmyths.com/ 
The Government Selling Solutions website: https://www.govselling.com/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://acad...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1571980/Audience-Rick-.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:24:44</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[The Stories Food Can Tell with Melissa Hall]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 05 Oct 2023 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1567575</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/the-stories-food-can-tell-with-melissa-hall</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart and Melissa talk about the podcast, Gravy and how it's a springboard to bigger stories. Gravy tells the stories of the changing American South through the foods we eat. It showcases a South that is constantly evolving, gives voices to the unsung folks who prepare and serve everyday foods, and challenges stereotypes. From how KFC is succeeding in China to the story behind sweet potato vodka, the culture of The South is both varied and wide-reaching. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Sometimes producing a podcast can feel like having too many cooks in the kitchen. Melissa talks about the importance of getting out of the way in order to tell a great story. She also talks about how the producers bring the stories to life, what makes a great story, and why there are so many to tell.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Melissa Booth Hall holds a J.D. from Northern Kentucky University and a B.A. in English from Centre College. In 2003 she volunteered at the SFA’s Fall Symposium…13 1/2 gallons of pimento cheese and 1000 deviled eggs later, she was hooked. Since joining the SFA’s staff, Melissa has led field trips and Summer Symposia, organized countless Potlikker Film Festivals across the region (and beyond), and served as operations manager for many many Fall Symposiums. These days, Melissa manages people and programs for the SFA.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The history behind the Gravy podcast and the Southern Foodways Alliance</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Melissa Hall’s story and how it started with a briefcase and a skillet</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating a dynamic where the values of the creators are cohesive and curious</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Getting out of the way in order to tell a great story</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Gravy is challenging stereotypes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What makes a Gravy story?</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Gravy podcast: </span><a href="https://www.southernfoodways.org/gravy/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.southernfoodways.org/gravy/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart and Melissa talk about the podcast, Gravy and how it's a springboard to bigger stories. Gravy tells the stories of the changing American South through the foods we eat. It showcases a South that is constantly evolving, gives voices to the unsung folks who prepare and serve everyday foods, and challenges stereotypes. From how KFC is succeeding in China to the story behind sweet potato vodka, the culture of The South is both varied and wide-reaching. 
Sometimes producing a podcast can feel like having too many cooks in the kitchen. Melissa talks about the importance of getting out of the way in order to tell a great story. She also talks about how the producers bring the stories to life, what makes a great story, and why there are so many to tell.
Melissa Booth Hall holds a J.D. from Northern Kentucky University and a B.A. in English from Centre College. In 2003 she volunteered at the SFA’s Fall Symposium…13 1/2 gallons of pimento cheese and 1000 deviled eggs later, she was hooked. Since joining the SFA’s staff, Melissa has led field trips and Summer Symposia, organized countless Potlikker Film Festivals across the region (and beyond), and served as operations manager for many many Fall Symposiums. These days, Melissa manages people and programs for the SFA.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

The history behind the Gravy podcast and the Southern Foodways Alliance
Melissa Hall’s story and how it started with a briefcase and a skillet
Creating a dynamic where the values of the creators are cohesive and curious
Getting out of the way in order to tell a great story
How Gravy is challenging stereotypes
What makes a Gravy story?

Resources/Links:
The Gravy podcast: https://www.southernfoodways.org/gravy/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[The Stories Food Can Tell with Melissa Hall]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart and Melissa talk about the podcast, Gravy and how it's a springboard to bigger stories. Gravy tells the stories of the changing American South through the foods we eat. It showcases a South that is constantly evolving, gives voices to the unsung folks who prepare and serve everyday foods, and challenges stereotypes. From how KFC is succeeding in China to the story behind sweet potato vodka, the culture of The South is both varied and wide-reaching. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Sometimes producing a podcast can feel like having too many cooks in the kitchen. Melissa talks about the importance of getting out of the way in order to tell a great story. She also talks about how the producers bring the stories to life, what makes a great story, and why there are so many to tell.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Melissa Booth Hall holds a J.D. from Northern Kentucky University and a B.A. in English from Centre College. In 2003 she volunteered at the SFA’s Fall Symposium…13 1/2 gallons of pimento cheese and 1000 deviled eggs later, she was hooked. Since joining the SFA’s staff, Melissa has led field trips and Summer Symposia, organized countless Potlikker Film Festivals across the region (and beyond), and served as operations manager for many many Fall Symposiums. These days, Melissa manages people and programs for the SFA.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The history behind the Gravy podcast and the Southern Foodways Alliance</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Melissa Hall’s story and how it started with a briefcase and a skillet</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating a dynamic where the values of the creators are cohesive and curious</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Getting out of the way in order to tell a great story</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Gravy is challenging stereotypes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What makes a Gravy story?</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Gravy podcast: </span><a href="https://www.southernfoodways.org/gravy/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.southernfoodways.org/gravy/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart's Other Podcast:  <a href="https://obscureballpod.com/">https://obscureballpod.com/</a></span></p>
<p> </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1567575/Audience-S3E4-Gravy-FinalV.mp3" length="40541972"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart and Melissa talk about the podcast, Gravy and how it's a springboard to bigger stories. Gravy tells the stories of the changing American South through the foods we eat. It showcases a South that is constantly evolving, gives voices to the unsung folks who prepare and serve everyday foods, and challenges stereotypes. From how KFC is succeeding in China to the story behind sweet potato vodka, the culture of The South is both varied and wide-reaching. 
Sometimes producing a podcast can feel like having too many cooks in the kitchen. Melissa talks about the importance of getting out of the way in order to tell a great story. She also talks about how the producers bring the stories to life, what makes a great story, and why there are so many to tell.
Melissa Booth Hall holds a J.D. from Northern Kentucky University and a B.A. in English from Centre College. In 2003 she volunteered at the SFA’s Fall Symposium…13 1/2 gallons of pimento cheese and 1000 deviled eggs later, she was hooked. Since joining the SFA’s staff, Melissa has led field trips and Summer Symposia, organized countless Potlikker Film Festivals across the region (and beyond), and served as operations manager for many many Fall Symposiums. These days, Melissa manages people and programs for the SFA.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

The history behind the Gravy podcast and the Southern Foodways Alliance
Melissa Hall’s story and how it started with a briefcase and a skillet
Creating a dynamic where the values of the creators are cohesive and curious
Getting out of the way in order to tell a great story
How Gravy is challenging stereotypes
What makes a Gravy story?

Resources/Links:
The Gravy podcast: https://www.southernfoodways.org/gravy/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1567575/Audience-Gravy-.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:28:01</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Re-Air: Realism in Audio Fiction]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 28 Sep 2023 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1564361</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/re-air-realsim-in-audio-fiction</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>As we continue work on new episodes, let's listen in on an episode from August of 2022. </p>
<p> </p>
<p>*****************************</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Some of the best, most diverse, and talented audio creators alive make their living creating audio fiction. Shows like Welcome to Nightvale, Limetown, and Alice isn’t Dead, just to name a few, weave complex story arcs, colorful characters, and of course, great production value for listeners. We’re all lucky these shows exist. </p>
<p>Northwoods Baseball Sleep Radio is firmly in the realm of audio fiction. But unlike most audio fiction, there are no supernatural elements, heroes, villains, or any traditional story arc. In this podcast series, each episode is presented as a full-length minor league baseball broadcast. The teams, the players, the sponsors, all of it is made up. The catch? There is none. It’s just nine innings of fictional baseball.</p>
<p>Created by a podcaster known only as Mr. King, Sleep Baseball is a work of fiction that feels very much like it’s a real broadcast. And if that seems boring, it’s the point. This “boring” show is resonating with listeners. Fans of the show support it through Patreon and merch sales. It’s even been written up in The New Yorker. </p>
<p>In this episode, Stuart and “Mr. King” chat about the inspiration for making the show, the process of producing fake baseball broadcasts, and how listener support makes a project of this size financially viable.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Links</strong></p>
<p>Full Episodes and Merch:  <a href="https://www.sleepbaseball.com/">sleepbaseball.com</a></p>
<p>A piece on Sleep Baseball in the New Yorker:  <a href="https://www.newyorker.com/culture/rabbit-holes/the-rapture-of-listening-to-a-fake-baseball-game">newyorker.com/culture/rabbit-holes/the-rapture-of-listening-to-a-fake-baseball-game</a></p>
<p>Connect your Podcast to Stripe with Castos:  <a href="https://castos.com/integrations/stripe/">castos.com/integrations/stripe/</a></p>
<p>***Between the time of this recording and the publishing date, legendary baseball broadcaster Vin Scully passed away. Read more <a href="https://www.cbssports.com/mlb/news/vin-scully-legendary-sports-broadcaster-and-los-angeles-dodgers-icon-dies-at-94/">HERE </a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[As we continue work on new episodes, let's listen in on an episode from August of 2022. 
 
*****************************
 
Some of the best, most diverse, and talented audio creators alive make their living creating audio fiction. Shows like Welcome to Nightvale, Limetown, and Alice isn’t Dead, just to name a few, weave complex story arcs, colorful characters, and of course, great production value for listeners. We’re all lucky these shows exist. 
Northwoods Baseball Sleep Radio is firmly in the realm of audio fiction. But unlike most audio fiction, there are no supernatural elements, heroes, villains, or any traditional story arc. In this podcast series, each episode is presented as a full-length minor league baseball broadcast. The teams, the players, the sponsors, all of it is made up. The catch? There is none. It’s just nine innings of fictional baseball.
Created by a podcaster known only as Mr. King, Sleep Baseball is a work of fiction that feels very much like it’s a real broadcast. And if that seems boring, it’s the point. This “boring” show is resonating with listeners. Fans of the show support it through Patreon and merch sales. It’s even been written up in The New Yorker. 
In this episode, Stuart and “Mr. King” chat about the inspiration for making the show, the process of producing fake baseball broadcasts, and how listener support makes a project of this size financially viable.
 
Links
Full Episodes and Merch:  sleepbaseball.com
A piece on Sleep Baseball in the New Yorker:  newyorker.com/culture/rabbit-holes/the-rapture-of-listening-to-a-fake-baseball-game
Connect your Podcast to Stripe with Castos:  castos.com/integrations/stripe/
***Between the time of this recording and the publishing date, legendary baseball broadcaster Vin Scully passed away. Read more HERE ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Re-Air: Realism in Audio Fiction]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>As we continue work on new episodes, let's listen in on an episode from August of 2022. </p>
<p> </p>
<p>*****************************</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Some of the best, most diverse, and talented audio creators alive make their living creating audio fiction. Shows like Welcome to Nightvale, Limetown, and Alice isn’t Dead, just to name a few, weave complex story arcs, colorful characters, and of course, great production value for listeners. We’re all lucky these shows exist. </p>
<p>Northwoods Baseball Sleep Radio is firmly in the realm of audio fiction. But unlike most audio fiction, there are no supernatural elements, heroes, villains, or any traditional story arc. In this podcast series, each episode is presented as a full-length minor league baseball broadcast. The teams, the players, the sponsors, all of it is made up. The catch? There is none. It’s just nine innings of fictional baseball.</p>
<p>Created by a podcaster known only as Mr. King, Sleep Baseball is a work of fiction that feels very much like it’s a real broadcast. And if that seems boring, it’s the point. This “boring” show is resonating with listeners. Fans of the show support it through Patreon and merch sales. It’s even been written up in The New Yorker. </p>
<p>In this episode, Stuart and “Mr. King” chat about the inspiration for making the show, the process of producing fake baseball broadcasts, and how listener support makes a project of this size financially viable.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Links</strong></p>
<p>Full Episodes and Merch:  <a href="https://www.sleepbaseball.com/">sleepbaseball.com</a></p>
<p>A piece on Sleep Baseball in the New Yorker:  <a href="https://www.newyorker.com/culture/rabbit-holes/the-rapture-of-listening-to-a-fake-baseball-game">newyorker.com/culture/rabbit-holes/the-rapture-of-listening-to-a-fake-baseball-game</a></p>
<p>Connect your Podcast to Stripe with Castos:  <a href="https://castos.com/integrations/stripe/">castos.com/integrations/stripe/</a></p>
<p>***Between the time of this recording and the publishing date, legendary baseball broadcaster Vin Scully passed away. Read more <a href="https://www.cbssports.com/mlb/news/vin-scully-legendary-sports-broadcaster-and-los-angeles-dodgers-icon-dies-at-94/">HERE </a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1564361/Sleep-Baseball-Reair.mp3" length="38946638"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[As we continue work on new episodes, let's listen in on an episode from August of 2022. 
 
*****************************
 
Some of the best, most diverse, and talented audio creators alive make their living creating audio fiction. Shows like Welcome to Nightvale, Limetown, and Alice isn’t Dead, just to name a few, weave complex story arcs, colorful characters, and of course, great production value for listeners. We’re all lucky these shows exist. 
Northwoods Baseball Sleep Radio is firmly in the realm of audio fiction. But unlike most audio fiction, there are no supernatural elements, heroes, villains, or any traditional story arc. In this podcast series, each episode is presented as a full-length minor league baseball broadcast. The teams, the players, the sponsors, all of it is made up. The catch? There is none. It’s just nine innings of fictional baseball.
Created by a podcaster known only as Mr. King, Sleep Baseball is a work of fiction that feels very much like it’s a real broadcast. And if that seems boring, it’s the point. This “boring” show is resonating with listeners. Fans of the show support it through Patreon and merch sales. It’s even been written up in The New Yorker. 
In this episode, Stuart and “Mr. King” chat about the inspiration for making the show, the process of producing fake baseball broadcasts, and how listener support makes a project of this size financially viable.
 
Links
Full Episodes and Merch:  sleepbaseball.com
A piece on Sleep Baseball in the New Yorker:  newyorker.com/culture/rabbit-holes/the-rapture-of-listening-to-a-fake-baseball-game
Connect your Podcast to Stripe with Castos:  castos.com/integrations/stripe/
***Between the time of this recording and the publishing date, legendary baseball broadcaster Vin Scully passed away. Read more HERE ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1564361/Audience-Sleep-baseball-1-.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:26:54</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Looking for Wonder with Aaron Millar]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 21 Sep 2023 06:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1559850</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/looking-for-wonder-with-aaron-millar</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart and Aaron Millar discuss his travel and adventure podcast, Armchair Explorer. On his podcast, Aaron showcases some of the world’s greatest adventurers. He shares their stories and their journeys to help inspire his listeners. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today he talks about how he curates each topic and episode, shares his message and motivation behind Armchair Explorer, and talks about how we don’t have to go out to the Gobi desert to find adventure. Pulling great stories from your interviewees doesn’t always come easy. Aaron shares how he is able to get the best from his guests.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Where Aaron’s love of adventure came from</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The development of Armchair Explorer</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How great explorers and adventurers can inspire </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Aaron sources his topics for episodes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The journey is a vehicle for other stories</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Facing dangerous extraordinary moments</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Our responsibility, as travelers, not to imprint our own values on other cultures</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Conservation projects and looking for adventure in your own backyard</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of “just going for it”</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Blue Dot Perspective: </span><a href="https://www.thebluedotperspective.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.thebluedotperspective.com</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Armchair Explorer: </span><a href="https://www.armchair-explorer.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.armchair-explorer.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;"></span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart and Aaron Millar discuss his travel and adventure podcast, Armchair Explorer. On his podcast, Aaron showcases some of the world’s greatest adventurers. He shares their stories and their journeys to help inspire his listeners. 
Today he talks about how he curates each topic and episode, shares his message and motivation behind Armchair Explorer, and talks about how we don’t have to go out to the Gobi desert to find adventure. Pulling great stories from your interviewees doesn’t always come easy. Aaron shares how he is able to get the best from his guests.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Where Aaron’s love of adventure came from
The development of Armchair Explorer
How great explorers and adventurers can inspire 
How Aaron sources his topics for episodes
The journey is a vehicle for other stories
Facing dangerous extraordinary moments
Our responsibility, as travelers, not to imprint our own values on other cultures
Conservation projects and looking for adventure in your own backyard
The importance of “just going for it”

Resources/Links:
The Blue Dot Perspective: https://www.thebluedotperspective.com
Armchair Explorer: https://www.armchair-explorer.com 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Looking for Wonder with Aaron Millar]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart and Aaron Millar discuss his travel and adventure podcast, Armchair Explorer. On his podcast, Aaron showcases some of the world’s greatest adventurers. He shares their stories and their journeys to help inspire his listeners. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today he talks about how he curates each topic and episode, shares his message and motivation behind Armchair Explorer, and talks about how we don’t have to go out to the Gobi desert to find adventure. Pulling great stories from your interviewees doesn’t always come easy. Aaron shares how he is able to get the best from his guests.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Where Aaron’s love of adventure came from</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The development of Armchair Explorer</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How great explorers and adventurers can inspire </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Aaron sources his topics for episodes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The journey is a vehicle for other stories</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Facing dangerous extraordinary moments</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Our responsibility, as travelers, not to imprint our own values on other cultures</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Conservation projects and looking for adventure in your own backyard</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of “just going for it”</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Blue Dot Perspective: </span><a href="https://www.thebluedotperspective.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.thebluedotperspective.com</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Armchair Explorer: </span><a href="https://www.armchair-explorer.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.armchair-explorer.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart's Other Podcast:  <a href="https://obscureballpod.com/">https://obscureballpod.com/</a></span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Episodes of Armchair Explorer sampled:</span></p>
<p><strong>If I live Until Morning</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://www.armchair-explorer.com/podcast/episode/7acd050a/if-i-live-until-morning-cheating-death-on-the-john-muir-trail-with-jean-muenchrath">https://www.armchair-explorer.com/podcast/episode/7acd050a/if-i-live-until-morning-cheating-death-on-the-john-muir-trail-with-jean-muenchrath</a></span></p>
<p><strong>Hitchiking to Pamplona </strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://www.armchair-explorer.com/podcast/episode/4d5e875d/hitchhiking-to-pamplona-with-comedian-andy-smart">https://www.armchair-explorer.com/podcast/episode/4d5e875d/hitchhiking-to-pamplona-with-comedian-andy-smart</a></span></p>
<p><strong>Kayak the Kwanza </strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.armchair-explorer.com/podcast/episode/477cc357/kayak-the-kwanza-the-world-record-paddle-down-angolas-longest-river-with-travel-author-oscar-scafidi</span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1559850/Audience-S3E3-AE-Final.mp3" length="55379519"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart and Aaron Millar discuss his travel and adventure podcast, Armchair Explorer. On his podcast, Aaron showcases some of the world’s greatest adventurers. He shares their stories and their journeys to help inspire his listeners. 
Today he talks about how he curates each topic and episode, shares his message and motivation behind Armchair Explorer, and talks about how we don’t have to go out to the Gobi desert to find adventure. Pulling great stories from your interviewees doesn’t always come easy. Aaron shares how he is able to get the best from his guests.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Where Aaron’s love of adventure came from
The development of Armchair Explorer
How great explorers and adventurers can inspire 
How Aaron sources his topics for episodes
The journey is a vehicle for other stories
Facing dangerous extraordinary moments
Our responsibility, as travelers, not to imprint our own values on other cultures
Conservation projects and looking for adventure in your own backyard
The importance of “just going for it”

Resources/Links:
The Blue Dot Perspective: https://www.thebluedotperspective.com
Armchair Explorer: https://www.armchair-explorer.com 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1559850/Audience-Aaron.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:38:19</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Passion and Compassion with Jenna Flanagan]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 14 Sep 2023 07:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1554667</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/passion-and-compassion-with-jenna-flanagan</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of Audience, Stuart chats with Jenna Flanagan about her podcast, After Broad and Market, a show about what happens when the dust settles after a crime. Twenty years ago, the Newark community was rocked by the death of a young lesbian black teen named Sakia Gunn, or was it? Why wasn’t there more of an outcry? What were the reasons behind the silence and the lack of compassion from the public? In After Broad and Market, Jenna explores these questions and more, highlighting the effects of trauma and racism, and what we will need to do in order to become the tolerant and compassionate society we claim to be. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode, Jenna also talks about why it took twenty years for this story to be told. What changes have happened in order for the language to become available to her and the public? When handling such a powerful and emotional topic, it can be difficult to walk the line between finding answers and justice and helping victims and loved ones feel comfortable. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Jenna Flanagan is a writer, reporter, journalist, producer, and current on-screen host for The WNET Group’s MetroFocus. Jenna grew up in New Paltz where her interest in journalism began after attending a journalism camp at SUNY New Paltz at age 12. She went on to study communications and journalism at Seton Hall University in South Orange, NJ where she was on the staff of the college newspaper, The Setonian.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The heartwrenching story of Sakia Gunn</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The rippling effect of trauma</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Being empathetic without losing your journalistic integrity</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What it means to exist with your friends without appearing like a threat to “mainstream” society</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What was driving the distancing behaviors in the public</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How it feels to be able to fully express yourself</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Showing empathy and making victims and interviewees feel comfortable</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What we need to surpass in order to become a true multicultural and open society</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of a good editor and passion for your subject matter</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">After Broad and Market: </span><a href="https://www.npr.org/podcasts/1184536483/after-broad-and-market"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.npr.org/podcasts/1184536483/after-broad-and-market</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span></span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of Audience, Stuart chats with Jenna Flanagan about her podcast, After Broad and Market, a show about what happens when the dust settles after a crime. Twenty years ago, the Newark community was rocked by the death of a young lesbian black teen named Sakia Gunn, or was it? Why wasn’t there more of an outcry? What were the reasons behind the silence and the lack of compassion from the public? In After Broad and Market, Jenna explores these questions and more, highlighting the effects of trauma and racism, and what we will need to do in order to become the tolerant and compassionate society we claim to be. 
In this episode, Jenna also talks about why it took twenty years for this story to be told. What changes have happened in order for the language to become available to her and the public? When handling such a powerful and emotional topic, it can be difficult to walk the line between finding answers and justice and helping victims and loved ones feel comfortable. 
Jenna Flanagan is a writer, reporter, journalist, producer, and current on-screen host for The WNET Group’s MetroFocus. Jenna grew up in New Paltz where her interest in journalism began after attending a journalism camp at SUNY New Paltz at age 12. She went on to study communications and journalism at Seton Hall University in South Orange, NJ where she was on the staff of the college newspaper, The Setonian.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

The heartwrenching story of Sakia Gunn
The rippling effect of trauma
Being empathetic without losing your journalistic integrity
What it means to exist with your friends without appearing like a threat to “mainstream” society
What was driving the distancing behaviors in the public
How it feels to be able to fully express yourself
Showing empathy and making victims and interviewees feel comfortable
What we need to surpass in order to become a true multicultural and open society
The importance of a good editor and passion for your subject matter

Resources/Links:
After Broad and Market: https://www.npr.org/podcasts/1184536483/after-broad-and-market 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Passion and Compassion with Jenna Flanagan]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of Audience, Stuart chats with Jenna Flanagan about her podcast, After Broad and Market, a show about what happens when the dust settles after a crime. Twenty years ago, the Newark community was rocked by the death of a young lesbian black teen named Sakia Gunn, or was it? Why wasn’t there more of an outcry? What were the reasons behind the silence and the lack of compassion from the public? In After Broad and Market, Jenna explores these questions and more, highlighting the effects of trauma and racism, and what we will need to do in order to become the tolerant and compassionate society we claim to be. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode, Jenna also talks about why it took twenty years for this story to be told. What changes have happened in order for the language to become available to her and the public? When handling such a powerful and emotional topic, it can be difficult to walk the line between finding answers and justice and helping victims and loved ones feel comfortable. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Jenna Flanagan is a writer, reporter, journalist, producer, and current on-screen host for The WNET Group’s MetroFocus. Jenna grew up in New Paltz where her interest in journalism began after attending a journalism camp at SUNY New Paltz at age 12. She went on to study communications and journalism at Seton Hall University in South Orange, NJ where she was on the staff of the college newspaper, The Setonian.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The heartwrenching story of Sakia Gunn</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The rippling effect of trauma</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Being empathetic without losing your journalistic integrity</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What it means to exist with your friends without appearing like a threat to “mainstream” society</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What was driving the distancing behaviors in the public</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How it feels to be able to fully express yourself</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Showing empathy and making victims and interviewees feel comfortable</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What we need to surpass in order to become a true multicultural and open society</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of a good editor and passion for your subject matter</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">After Broad and Market: </span><a href="https://www.npr.org/podcasts/1184536483/after-broad-and-market"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.npr.org/podcasts/1184536483/after-broad-and-market</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1554667/Audience-S3E2-ABM-Final.mp3" length="67412433"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of Audience, Stuart chats with Jenna Flanagan about her podcast, After Broad and Market, a show about what happens when the dust settles after a crime. Twenty years ago, the Newark community was rocked by the death of a young lesbian black teen named Sakia Gunn, or was it? Why wasn’t there more of an outcry? What were the reasons behind the silence and the lack of compassion from the public? In After Broad and Market, Jenna explores these questions and more, highlighting the effects of trauma and racism, and what we will need to do in order to become the tolerant and compassionate society we claim to be. 
In this episode, Jenna also talks about why it took twenty years for this story to be told. What changes have happened in order for the language to become available to her and the public? When handling such a powerful and emotional topic, it can be difficult to walk the line between finding answers and justice and helping victims and loved ones feel comfortable. 
Jenna Flanagan is a writer, reporter, journalist, producer, and current on-screen host for The WNET Group’s MetroFocus. Jenna grew up in New Paltz where her interest in journalism began after attending a journalism camp at SUNY New Paltz at age 12. She went on to study communications and journalism at Seton Hall University in South Orange, NJ where she was on the staff of the college newspaper, The Setonian.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

The heartwrenching story of Sakia Gunn
The rippling effect of trauma
Being empathetic without losing your journalistic integrity
What it means to exist with your friends without appearing like a threat to “mainstream” society
What was driving the distancing behaviors in the public
How it feels to be able to fully express yourself
Showing empathy and making victims and interviewees feel comfortable
What we need to surpass in order to become a true multicultural and open society
The importance of a good editor and passion for your subject matter

Resources/Links:
After Broad and Market: https://www.npr.org/podcasts/1184536483/after-broad-and-market 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1554667/Audience-Jenna-Flanagan.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:46:40</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Fiction Reveals Truth with Jonathan Mitchell]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 07 Sep 2023 08:01:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1549540</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/truth-reveals-fiction-with-jonathan-mitchell</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Jonathan Mitchell, the creator and producer of The Truth takes Stuart and the listeners behind the scenes of this award winning fiction anthology. Audio drama and audio fiction is a different podcast animal and it takes a keen ear to create a podcast with such an authentic feel. On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart and Jonathan talk about Jonathan’s creative process, his philosophy on radio and the musicality of speech, and what it takes to adapt a story from the page to a podcast.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Jonathan’s love for fiction and his audio drama journey</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The story behind Jonathan’s fiction podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Jonathan gets the authentic feel of his episodes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Music as organized sound; Speech as music</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The recording process: improvisation, practice, and recording free takes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The writers and stories behind the episodes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Adapting a story to an audio performance</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating and working on post-production with limited feedback</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Truth Reveals Fiction Podcast: </span><a href="http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/about"><span style="font-weight:400;">http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/about</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">"Moon Graffiti":  </span><a href="http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2015/10/15/moon-graffiti"><span style="font-weight:400;">http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2015/10/15/moon-graffiti</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">"Heat Meat":  </span><a href="http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2023/03/05/heat-meet"><span style="font-weight:400;">http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2023/03/05/heat-meet</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">"Instruction Manual For Jason":  </span><a href="http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2023/31/05/instruction-manual-for-jason"><span style="font-weight:400;">http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2023/31/05/instruction-manual-for-jason</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">"Can You Help Me Find My Mom":  </span><a href="http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2015/4/8/can-you-help-me-find-my-mom"><span style="font-weight:400;">http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2015/4/8/can-you-help-me-find-my-mom</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">"That's Democracy":  </span><a href="http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2012/9/4/thats-democracy"><span style="font-weight:400;">http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2012/9/4/thats-democracy</span></a><span></span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Jonathan Mitchell, the creator and producer of The Truth takes Stuart and the listeners behind the scenes of this award winning fiction anthology. Audio drama and audio fiction is a different podcast animal and it takes a keen ear to create a podcast with such an authentic feel. On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart and Jonathan talk about Jonathan’s creative process, his philosophy on radio and the musicality of speech, and what it takes to adapt a story from the page to a podcast.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Jonathan’s love for fiction and his audio drama journey
The story behind Jonathan’s fiction podcast
How Jonathan gets the authentic feel of his episodes
Music as organized sound; Speech as music
The recording process: improvisation, practice, and recording free takes
The writers and stories behind the episodes
Adapting a story to an audio performance
Creating and working on post-production with limited feedback

Resources/Links:
The Truth Reveals Fiction Podcast: http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/about 
"Moon Graffiti":  http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2015/10/15/moon-graffiti 
"Heat Meat":  http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2023/03/05/heat-meet 
"Instruction Manual For Jason":  http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2023/31/05/instruction-manual-for-jason 
"Can You Help Me Find My Mom":  http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2015/4/8/can-you-help-me-find-my-mom 
"That's Democracy":  http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2012/9/4/thats-democracy]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Fiction Reveals Truth with Jonathan Mitchell]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Jonathan Mitchell, the creator and producer of The Truth takes Stuart and the listeners behind the scenes of this award winning fiction anthology. Audio drama and audio fiction is a different podcast animal and it takes a keen ear to create a podcast with such an authentic feel. On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart and Jonathan talk about Jonathan’s creative process, his philosophy on radio and the musicality of speech, and what it takes to adapt a story from the page to a podcast.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Jonathan’s love for fiction and his audio drama journey</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The story behind Jonathan’s fiction podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Jonathan gets the authentic feel of his episodes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Music as organized sound; Speech as music</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The recording process: improvisation, practice, and recording free takes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The writers and stories behind the episodes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Adapting a story to an audio performance</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating and working on post-production with limited feedback</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Truth Reveals Fiction Podcast: </span><a href="http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/about"><span style="font-weight:400;">http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/about</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">"Moon Graffiti":  </span><a href="http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2015/10/15/moon-graffiti"><span style="font-weight:400;">http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2015/10/15/moon-graffiti</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">"Heat Meat":  </span><a href="http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2023/03/05/heat-meet"><span style="font-weight:400;">http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2023/03/05/heat-meet</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">"Instruction Manual For Jason":  </span><a href="http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2023/31/05/instruction-manual-for-jason"><span style="font-weight:400;">http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2023/31/05/instruction-manual-for-jason</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">"Can You Help Me Find My Mom":  </span><a href="http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2015/4/8/can-you-help-me-find-my-mom"><span style="font-weight:400;">http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2015/4/8/can-you-help-me-find-my-mom</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">"That's Democracy":  </span><a href="http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2012/9/4/thats-democracy"><span style="font-weight:400;">http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2012/9/4/thats-democracy</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart's Other Podcast:  </span><a href="https://obscureballpod.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://obscureballpod.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1549540/Audience-S3E1-FRT-Final.mp3" length="52743546"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Jonathan Mitchell, the creator and producer of The Truth takes Stuart and the listeners behind the scenes of this award winning fiction anthology. Audio drama and audio fiction is a different podcast animal and it takes a keen ear to create a podcast with such an authentic feel. On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart and Jonathan talk about Jonathan’s creative process, his philosophy on radio and the musicality of speech, and what it takes to adapt a story from the page to a podcast.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Jonathan’s love for fiction and his audio drama journey
The story behind Jonathan’s fiction podcast
How Jonathan gets the authentic feel of his episodes
Music as organized sound; Speech as music
The recording process: improvisation, practice, and recording free takes
The writers and stories behind the episodes
Adapting a story to an audio performance
Creating and working on post-production with limited feedback

Resources/Links:
The Truth Reveals Fiction Podcast: http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/about 
"Moon Graffiti":  http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2015/10/15/moon-graffiti 
"Heat Meat":  http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2023/03/05/heat-meet 
"Instruction Manual For Jason":  http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2023/31/05/instruction-manual-for-jason 
"Can You Help Me Find My Mom":  http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2015/4/8/can-you-help-me-find-my-mom 
"That's Democracy":  http://www.thetruthpodcast.com/story/2012/9/4/thats-democracy]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1549540/Audience-Jonathan-Mitchell.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:29</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Introducing Creative Architects by Castos]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 10 Aug 2023 17:07:38 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1534760</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/introducing-creative-architects-by-castos-1</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Introducing Creative Architects by Castos. Join creative entrepreneur Angela Hollowell as she talks to the creators shaping the future of the creator economy through education, community and tech. Presented by Castos</p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://castos.com/series/creative-architects/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Full Episodes of Creative Architects</a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLQX-MHyR9D1V5smdCetluLaQB1pYy_VLb" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Watch on YouTube</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Introducing Creative Architects by Castos. Join creative entrepreneur Angela Hollowell as she talks to the creators shaping the future of the creator economy through education, community and tech. Presented by Castos
 
Full Episodes of Creative Architects
 
Watch on YouTube]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Introducing Creative Architects by Castos]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Introducing Creative Architects by Castos. Join creative entrepreneur Angela Hollowell as she talks to the creators shaping the future of the creator economy through education, community and tech. Presented by Castos</p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://castos.com/series/creative-architects/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Full Episodes of Creative Architects</a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLQX-MHyR9D1V5smdCetluLaQB1pYy_VLb" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Watch on YouTube</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1534760/CA-Feed-Drop-Audience.mp3" length="48996537"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Introducing Creative Architects by Castos. Join creative entrepreneur Angela Hollowell as she talks to the creators shaping the future of the creator economy through education, community and tech. Presented by Castos
 
Full Episodes of Creative Architects
 
Watch on YouTube]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1534760/Copy-of-Creative-Architects-Episode-Cover.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:34:01</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Re-Air:  Hearing Pictures with Allen Clark]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 20 Jul 2023 13:39:55 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1520577</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/re-air-hearing-pictures-with-allen-clark</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>RE-AIR:  As we work on new episodes for season 3, listen in on this episode from November 17, 2022. Stay tuned to this feed more updates about Audience and Castos</p>
<p> </p>
<p>______</p>
<p> </p>
<p>On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart chats with photographer Allen Clark about photography, his journey as an artist and as a podcaster, and what it’s like to photograph a president. Allen is well-known as an artist who will do anything to capture the perfect image. He has built a name for himself behind his lens, but, as <a href="https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/podcast">The Photo Untaken Podcast</a> will show you, he is more than a photographer. </p>
<p>Today, Stuart and Allen talk about how to get more out of an interview than just the superficial. Allen loves to have bigger conversations with his guests. His interviewing technique and podcasting style helps bring in more listeners than just photographers. Allen talks about how to create a welcoming atmosphere with your podcast as well.</p>
<p>If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to <a href="https://castos.com/audience/">Castos.com/podcast</a>. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at <a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/">castos.com/subscribe</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Choosing conversation points that go beyond your profession</li>
<li>Avoiding too much jargon so you don’t alienate any listeners</li>
<li>How to create fully realized ideas with each episode</li>
<li>Collaborations with Marcus dePaula</li>
<li>Putting in the extra step and how to make your show better</li>
<li>What it was like to photograph a president</li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p>Allen Clark: <a href="https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/">https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/</a> </p>
<p>Photo Career Acadmey:  <a href="https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/photo-career-academy">https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/photo-career-academy</a></p>
<p>The Photo Untaken Podcast: <a href="https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/podcast">https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/podcast</a> </p>
<p>Castos Academy: <a href="https://academy.castos.com/">https://academy.castos.com/</a> </p>
<p>Castos, private podcast: <a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</a> </p>
<p>Castos, website: <a href="https://castos.com/">https://castos.com/</a> </p>
<p>Castos, YouTube: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos">https://www.youtube.com/castos</a>  </p>
<p>Clubhouse video: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</a> </p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[RE-AIR:  As we work on new episodes for season 3, listen in on this episode from November 17, 2022. Stay tuned to this feed more updates about Audience and Castos
 
______
 
On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart chats with photographer Allen Clark about photography, his journey as an artist and as a podcaster, and what it’s like to photograph a president. Allen is well-known as an artist who will do anything to capture the perfect image. He has built a name for himself behind his lens, but, as The Photo Untaken Podcast will show you, he is more than a photographer. 
Today, Stuart and Allen talk about how to get more out of an interview than just the superficial. Allen loves to have bigger conversations with his guests. His interviewing technique and podcasting style helps bring in more listeners than just photographers. Allen talks about how to create a welcoming atmosphere with your podcast as well.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Choosing conversation points that go beyond your profession
Avoiding too much jargon so you don’t alienate any listeners
How to create fully realized ideas with each episode
Collaborations with Marcus dePaula
Putting in the extra step and how to make your show better
What it was like to photograph a president

Resources/Links:
Allen Clark: https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/ 
Photo Career Acadmey:  https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/photo-career-academy
The Photo Untaken Podcast: https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/podcast 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Re-Air:  Hearing Pictures with Allen Clark]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>RE-AIR:  As we work on new episodes for season 3, listen in on this episode from November 17, 2022. Stay tuned to this feed more updates about Audience and Castos</p>
<p> </p>
<p>______</p>
<p> </p>
<p>On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart chats with photographer Allen Clark about photography, his journey as an artist and as a podcaster, and what it’s like to photograph a president. Allen is well-known as an artist who will do anything to capture the perfect image. He has built a name for himself behind his lens, but, as <a href="https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/podcast">The Photo Untaken Podcast</a> will show you, he is more than a photographer. </p>
<p>Today, Stuart and Allen talk about how to get more out of an interview than just the superficial. Allen loves to have bigger conversations with his guests. His interviewing technique and podcasting style helps bring in more listeners than just photographers. Allen talks about how to create a welcoming atmosphere with your podcast as well.</p>
<p>If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to <a href="https://castos.com/audience/">Castos.com/podcast</a>. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at <a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/">castos.com/subscribe</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Choosing conversation points that go beyond your profession</li>
<li>Avoiding too much jargon so you don’t alienate any listeners</li>
<li>How to create fully realized ideas with each episode</li>
<li>Collaborations with Marcus dePaula</li>
<li>Putting in the extra step and how to make your show better</li>
<li>What it was like to photograph a president</li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p>Allen Clark: <a href="https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/">https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/</a> </p>
<p>Photo Career Acadmey:  <a href="https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/photo-career-academy">https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/photo-career-academy</a></p>
<p>The Photo Untaken Podcast: <a href="https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/podcast">https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/podcast</a> </p>
<p>Castos Academy: <a href="https://academy.castos.com/">https://academy.castos.com/</a> </p>
<p>Castos, private podcast: <a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</a> </p>
<p>Castos, website: <a href="https://castos.com/">https://castos.com/</a> </p>
<p>Castos, YouTube: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos">https://www.youtube.com/castos</a>  </p>
<p>Clubhouse video: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</a> </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1520577/Hearing-Pictures-Reair.mp3" length="67530692"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[RE-AIR:  As we work on new episodes for season 3, listen in on this episode from November 17, 2022. Stay tuned to this feed more updates about Audience and Castos
 
______
 
On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart chats with photographer Allen Clark about photography, his journey as an artist and as a podcaster, and what it’s like to photograph a president. Allen is well-known as an artist who will do anything to capture the perfect image. He has built a name for himself behind his lens, but, as The Photo Untaken Podcast will show you, he is more than a photographer. 
Today, Stuart and Allen talk about how to get more out of an interview than just the superficial. Allen loves to have bigger conversations with his guests. His interviewing technique and podcasting style helps bring in more listeners than just photographers. Allen talks about how to create a welcoming atmosphere with your podcast as well.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Choosing conversation points that go beyond your profession
Avoiding too much jargon so you don’t alienate any listeners
How to create fully realized ideas with each episode
Collaborations with Marcus dePaula
Putting in the extra step and how to make your show better
What it was like to photograph a president

Resources/Links:
Allen Clark: https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/ 
Photo Career Acadmey:  https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/photo-career-academy
The Photo Untaken Podcast: https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/podcast 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1520577/Allen-Clark-Cover.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:46:45</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[3 Clips Re-Air:  You Heard Me Write:  Structure Sets Us Free (ft. Kacie Willis)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 29 Jun 2023 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1506293</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/3-clips-re-air-you-heard-me-write-structure-sets-us-free-ft-kacie-willis</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>We are currently between seasons, so in the meantime, enjoy a re-air from another Castos Original:</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Every so often we come across a show so refreshing, so original, it revamps our whole idea of what a podcast can be. Before the Covid-19 pandemic, Atlanta-based sound designer Kacie Willis made her living from live theater. In 2020, Kacie found herself stuck at home without any gigs – and, like many of us, watching people hide behind screen names to attack each other on the internet. So Kacie created You Heard Me Write, a podcast that draws on the creativity of local writers and sound artists, and uses anonymity to unite rather than divide. The show uses a very specific episode structure, and we promise you haven’t heard anything like it before. In the interview, Kacie also discusses working with Spotify, and how she-  a self-described introvert-  developed her hosting persona. </p>
<p><strong>EXPLORE THE SHOW</strong></p>
<p>Visit http://3clipspodcast.com for all episodes of the show. </p>
<p><strong>LEARN MORE ABOUT CASTOS</strong></p>
<p>3 Clips is a Castos Original Series. Castos provides tools for public and private podcasts and believes podcasters should own their turf to provide the best possible audience experience. Visit <a href="http://castos.com/">http://castos.com</a> </p>
<p><strong>INSIDE THIS EPISODE:</strong> </p>
<p>You Heard Me Write can be found here: <a href="https://www.heardwritepod.com/">https://www.heardwritepod.com/</a></p>
<p>Follow You Heard Me Write host Kacie Willis on Twitter here:<a href="https://twitter.com/Robert_Rose"> </a><a href="https://twitter.com/kcshar1">https://twitter.com/kcshar1</a>shar1</p>
<p>Follow 3 Clips host Jay Acunzo on Twitter here:<a href="https://twitter.com/jayacunzo/"> https://twitter.com/jayacunzo/</a></p>
<p>From Play It Forward: This week’s recommended podcast is Three Unwise Women: <a href="https://threeunwisewomen.buzzsprout.com/">https://threeunwisewomen.buzzsprout.com/</a></p>
<p>This episode was produced by Andrea Muraskin. Learn more: <a href="https://andreamuraskin.com/">https://andreamuraskin.com</a></p>
<p>Theme music provided by Cardboard Rocketship: https://open.spotify.com/artist/5TzmK85fEdotyi2mu582Sm</p>
<p>Thanks for listening!</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[We are currently between seasons, so in the meantime, enjoy a re-air from another Castos Original:
 
Every so often we come across a show so refreshing, so original, it revamps our whole idea of what a podcast can be. Before the Covid-19 pandemic, Atlanta-based sound designer Kacie Willis made her living from live theater. In 2020, Kacie found herself stuck at home without any gigs – and, like many of us, watching people hide behind screen names to attack each other on the internet. So Kacie created You Heard Me Write, a podcast that draws on the creativity of local writers and sound artists, and uses anonymity to unite rather than divide. The show uses a very specific episode structure, and we promise you haven’t heard anything like it before. In the interview, Kacie also discusses working with Spotify, and how she-  a self-described introvert-  developed her hosting persona. 
EXPLORE THE SHOW
Visit http://3clipspodcast.com for all episodes of the show. 
LEARN MORE ABOUT CASTOS
3 Clips is a Castos Original Series. Castos provides tools for public and private podcasts and believes podcasters should own their turf to provide the best possible audience experience. Visit http://castos.com 
INSIDE THIS EPISODE: 
You Heard Me Write can be found here: https://www.heardwritepod.com/
Follow You Heard Me Write host Kacie Willis on Twitter here: https://twitter.com/kcshar1shar1
Follow 3 Clips host Jay Acunzo on Twitter here: https://twitter.com/jayacunzo/
From Play It Forward: This week’s recommended podcast is Three Unwise Women: https://threeunwisewomen.buzzsprout.com/
This episode was produced by Andrea Muraskin. Learn more: https://andreamuraskin.com
Theme music provided by Cardboard Rocketship: https://open.spotify.com/artist/5TzmK85fEdotyi2mu582Sm
Thanks for listening!]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[3 Clips Re-Air:  You Heard Me Write:  Structure Sets Us Free (ft. Kacie Willis)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>We are currently between seasons, so in the meantime, enjoy a re-air from another Castos Original:</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Every so often we come across a show so refreshing, so original, it revamps our whole idea of what a podcast can be. Before the Covid-19 pandemic, Atlanta-based sound designer Kacie Willis made her living from live theater. In 2020, Kacie found herself stuck at home without any gigs – and, like many of us, watching people hide behind screen names to attack each other on the internet. So Kacie created You Heard Me Write, a podcast that draws on the creativity of local writers and sound artists, and uses anonymity to unite rather than divide. The show uses a very specific episode structure, and we promise you haven’t heard anything like it before. In the interview, Kacie also discusses working with Spotify, and how she-  a self-described introvert-  developed her hosting persona. </p>
<p><strong>EXPLORE THE SHOW</strong></p>
<p>Visit http://3clipspodcast.com for all episodes of the show. </p>
<p><strong>LEARN MORE ABOUT CASTOS</strong></p>
<p>3 Clips is a Castos Original Series. Castos provides tools for public and private podcasts and believes podcasters should own their turf to provide the best possible audience experience. Visit <a href="http://castos.com/">http://castos.com</a> </p>
<p><strong>INSIDE THIS EPISODE:</strong> </p>
<p>You Heard Me Write can be found here: <a href="https://www.heardwritepod.com/">https://www.heardwritepod.com/</a></p>
<p>Follow You Heard Me Write host Kacie Willis on Twitter here:<a href="https://twitter.com/Robert_Rose"> </a><a href="https://twitter.com/kcshar1">https://twitter.com/kcshar1</a>shar1</p>
<p>Follow 3 Clips host Jay Acunzo on Twitter here:<a href="https://twitter.com/jayacunzo/"> https://twitter.com/jayacunzo/</a></p>
<p>From Play It Forward: This week’s recommended podcast is Three Unwise Women: <a href="https://threeunwisewomen.buzzsprout.com/">https://threeunwisewomen.buzzsprout.com/</a></p>
<p>This episode was produced by Andrea Muraskin. Learn more: <a href="https://andreamuraskin.com/">https://andreamuraskin.com</a></p>
<p>Theme music provided by Cardboard Rocketship: https://open.spotify.com/artist/5TzmK85fEdotyi2mu582Sm</p>
<p>Thanks for listening!</p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1506293/You-Heard-Me-Write-Re-Air.mp3" length="75393126"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[We are currently between seasons, so in the meantime, enjoy a re-air from another Castos Original:
 
Every so often we come across a show so refreshing, so original, it revamps our whole idea of what a podcast can be. Before the Covid-19 pandemic, Atlanta-based sound designer Kacie Willis made her living from live theater. In 2020, Kacie found herself stuck at home without any gigs – and, like many of us, watching people hide behind screen names to attack each other on the internet. So Kacie created You Heard Me Write, a podcast that draws on the creativity of local writers and sound artists, and uses anonymity to unite rather than divide. The show uses a very specific episode structure, and we promise you haven’t heard anything like it before. In the interview, Kacie also discusses working with Spotify, and how she-  a self-described introvert-  developed her hosting persona. 
EXPLORE THE SHOW
Visit http://3clipspodcast.com for all episodes of the show. 
LEARN MORE ABOUT CASTOS
3 Clips is a Castos Original Series. Castos provides tools for public and private podcasts and believes podcasters should own their turf to provide the best possible audience experience. Visit http://castos.com 
INSIDE THIS EPISODE: 
You Heard Me Write can be found here: https://www.heardwritepod.com/
Follow You Heard Me Write host Kacie Willis on Twitter here: https://twitter.com/kcshar1shar1
Follow 3 Clips host Jay Acunzo on Twitter here: https://twitter.com/jayacunzo/
From Play It Forward: This week’s recommended podcast is Three Unwise Women: https://threeunwisewomen.buzzsprout.com/
This episode was produced by Andrea Muraskin. Learn more: https://andreamuraskin.com
Theme music provided by Cardboard Rocketship: https://open.spotify.com/artist/5TzmK85fEdotyi2mu582Sm
Thanks for listening!]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:52:13</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Do No Harm with Jasmyn Morris]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 15 Jun 2023 07:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1496694</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/do-no-harm-with-jasmyn-morris</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart talks to journalist Jasmyn Morris, the host and producer of a limited series called Hitman. They discuss true crime as a genre, Jasmyn's background in reporting, and journalistic ethics. Also in this episode, Stuart curates a conversation between Jasmyn and Tiffani Horn, someone impacted by the events of Hitman.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The process of covering a true crime story</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The true story behind Hit Man</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How collaboration helped create a better podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The controversy around Paladin Press</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Freedom of Speech and its murky waters</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of talking to people</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Being supportive and advocating for victims</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How and why you should tell important stories about hard topics</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Hit Home Media: </span><a href="https://www.hithomemedia.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.hithomemedia.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Jasmyn Morris’ LinkedIn: </span><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/jasmyn-morris-14906a13/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.linkedin.com/in/jasmyn-morris-14906a13/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Hit Man Podcast:  </span><a href="https://www.iheart.com/podcast/105-hit-man-45764628/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.iheart.com/podcast/105-hit-man-45764628/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Stuart talks to journalist Jasmyn Morris, the host and producer of a limited series called Hitman. They discuss true crime as a genre, Jasmyn's background in reporting, and journalistic ethics. Also in this episode, Stuart curates a conversation between Jasmyn and Tiffani Horn, someone impacted by the events of Hitman.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

The process of covering a true crime story
The true story behind Hit Man
How collaboration helped create a better podcast
The controversy around Paladin Press
Freedom of Speech and its murky waters
The importance of talking to people
Being supportive and advocating for victims
How and why you should tell important stories about hard topics

Resources/Links:
Hit Home Media: https://www.hithomemedia.com/ 
Jasmyn Morris’ LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jasmyn-morris-14906a13/ 
Hit Man Podcast:  https://www.iheart.com/podcast/105-hit-man-45764628/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Do No Harm with Jasmyn Morris]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart talks to journalist Jasmyn Morris, the host and producer of a limited series called Hitman. They discuss true crime as a genre, Jasmyn's background in reporting, and journalistic ethics. Also in this episode, Stuart curates a conversation between Jasmyn and Tiffani Horn, someone impacted by the events of Hitman.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The process of covering a true crime story</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The true story behind Hit Man</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How collaboration helped create a better podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The controversy around Paladin Press</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Freedom of Speech and its murky waters</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of talking to people</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Being supportive and advocating for victims</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How and why you should tell important stories about hard topics</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Hit Home Media: </span><a href="https://www.hithomemedia.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.hithomemedia.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Jasmyn Morris’ LinkedIn: </span><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/jasmyn-morris-14906a13/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.linkedin.com/in/jasmyn-morris-14906a13/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Hit Man Podcast:  </span><a href="https://www.iheart.com/podcast/105-hit-man-45764628/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.iheart.com/podcast/105-hit-man-45764628/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1496694/Audience-S2E12-Final2.mp3" length="70402707"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Stuart talks to journalist Jasmyn Morris, the host and producer of a limited series called Hitman. They discuss true crime as a genre, Jasmyn's background in reporting, and journalistic ethics. Also in this episode, Stuart curates a conversation between Jasmyn and Tiffani Horn, someone impacted by the events of Hitman.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

The process of covering a true crime story
The true story behind Hit Man
How collaboration helped create a better podcast
The controversy around Paladin Press
Freedom of Speech and its murky waters
The importance of talking to people
Being supportive and advocating for victims
How and why you should tell important stories about hard topics

Resources/Links:
Hit Home Media: https://www.hithomemedia.com/ 
Jasmyn Morris’ LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jasmyn-morris-14906a13/ 
Hit Man Podcast:  https://www.iheart.com/podcast/105-hit-man-45764628/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1496694/Audience-Jasmyn.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:48:45</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Season 2 Podcasting Tips]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 08 Jun 2023 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1492610</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/season-2-podcasting-tips</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>As we prepare to wrap up season 2, this week's episode features many of our guests's podcasting tips. </p>
<p> </p>
<p>Next week's episode will be the final episode of season 2 featuring Jasmyn Morris from the podcast, 'Hitman.' Stuart and Jasmyn will be discussing journalistic ethics, particaurly as they relate to the true crime genre. If you want to listen to Hitman it's linked below. </p>
<p> </p>
<p>https://www.iheart.com/podcast/105-hit-man-45764628/</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[As we prepare to wrap up season 2, this week's episode features many of our guests's podcasting tips. 
 
Next week's episode will be the final episode of season 2 featuring Jasmyn Morris from the podcast, 'Hitman.' Stuart and Jasmyn will be discussing journalistic ethics, particaurly as they relate to the true crime genre. If you want to listen to Hitman it's linked below. 
 
https://www.iheart.com/podcast/105-hit-man-45764628/]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Season 2 Podcasting Tips]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>As we prepare to wrap up season 2, this week's episode features many of our guests's podcasting tips. </p>
<p> </p>
<p>Next week's episode will be the final episode of season 2 featuring Jasmyn Morris from the podcast, 'Hitman.' Stuart and Jasmyn will be discussing journalistic ethics, particaurly as they relate to the true crime genre. If you want to listen to Hitman it's linked below. </p>
<p> </p>
<p>https://www.iheart.com/podcast/105-hit-man-45764628/</p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1492610/Audience-S2-Montage.mp3" length="14732297"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[As we prepare to wrap up season 2, this week's episode features many of our guests's podcasting tips. 
 
Next week's episode will be the final episode of season 2 featuring Jasmyn Morris from the podcast, 'Hitman.' Stuart and Jasmyn will be discussing journalistic ethics, particaurly as they relate to the true crime genre. If you want to listen to Hitman it's linked below. 
 
https://www.iheart.com/podcast/105-hit-man-45764628/]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:10:05</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Beyond the Big Screen with Jenny Turner Hall]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 01 Jun 2023 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1488435</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/beyond-the-big-screen-with-jenny-turner-hall</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart talks with director, writer and producer, Jenny Turner Hall about her groundbreaking kids' podcast, <em>The Unexplainable Disappearance of Mars Patel</em>. They also discuss how Speilberg films influenced her work and some of her other projects like <em>Marvel's Wastelanders: Wolverine</em>.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why mysteries are so interesting to us</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to create high stakes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Audio fiction and cinema as a storytelling artform</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The inspiration behind Mars Patel</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating audio fiction from scratch</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Writing and directing for an already existing universe (Marvel) </span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Jenny Turner Hall: </span><a href="https://www.jennyturnerhall.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.jennyturnerhall.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Jenny Turner Hall, IMDB: </span><a href="https://www.imdb.com/name/nm8751305/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.imdb.com/name/nm8751305/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Stuart talks with director, writer and producer, Jenny Turner Hall about her groundbreaking kids' podcast, The Unexplainable Disappearance of Mars Patel. They also discuss how Speilberg films influenced her work and some of her other projects like Marvel's Wastelanders: Wolverine.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Why mysteries are so interesting to us
How to create high stakes
Audio fiction and cinema as a storytelling artform
The inspiration behind Mars Patel
Creating audio fiction from scratch
Writing and directing for an already existing universe (Marvel) 

Resources/Links:
Jenny Turner Hall: https://www.jennyturnerhall.com 
Jenny Turner Hall, IMDB: https://www.imdb.com/name/nm8751305/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Beyond the Big Screen with Jenny Turner Hall]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart talks with director, writer and producer, Jenny Turner Hall about her groundbreaking kids' podcast, <em>The Unexplainable Disappearance of Mars Patel</em>. They also discuss how Speilberg films influenced her work and some of her other projects like <em>Marvel's Wastelanders: Wolverine</em>.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why mysteries are so interesting to us</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to create high stakes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Audio fiction and cinema as a storytelling artform</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The inspiration behind Mars Patel</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating audio fiction from scratch</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Writing and directing for an already existing universe (Marvel) </span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Jenny Turner Hall: </span><a href="https://www.jennyturnerhall.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.jennyturnerhall.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Jenny Turner Hall, IMDB: </span><a href="https://www.imdb.com/name/nm8751305/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.imdb.com/name/nm8751305/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1488435/Audience-S2E11-JTH-Final.mp3" length="45276165"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Stuart talks with director, writer and producer, Jenny Turner Hall about her groundbreaking kids' podcast, The Unexplainable Disappearance of Mars Patel. They also discuss how Speilberg films influenced her work and some of her other projects like Marvel's Wastelanders: Wolverine.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Why mysteries are so interesting to us
How to create high stakes
Audio fiction and cinema as a storytelling artform
The inspiration behind Mars Patel
Creating audio fiction from scratch
Writing and directing for an already existing universe (Marvel) 

Resources/Links:
Jenny Turner Hall: https://www.jennyturnerhall.com 
Jenny Turner Hall, IMDB: https://www.imdb.com/name/nm8751305/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1488435/Audience-JTH.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:31:18</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Re-Air:  Immersive Storytelling with Morgan Givens]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 25 May 2023 10:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1484581</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/re-air-immersive-storytelling-with-morgan-givens</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>This episode is a re-air from November of 2022. We're currently working on new episodes, but if you missed Morgan's episode the first time around, this is worth your time.</p>
<p>****************</p>
<p> </p>
<p>In this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Morgan Givens about how he uses field recordings and immersive sound design to create unique episodes that come to life for his listeners. Morgan shares the relatable story of Antoine in his fiction podcast, <a href="https://www.morgangivens.com/flyest-fables">Flyest Fables</a>. </p>
<p>Flyest Fables is more than just a story of a young bullied boy. Morgan’s amazing storytelling abilities help Antoine’s story transcend race, gender, and age barriers. Today Morgan shares his storytelling process: how he writes, records, and edits his fiction podcast. Morgan also shares tips on how you can make your podcast come to life for your listeners. </p>
<p>If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to <a href="https://castos.com/audience/">Castos.com/podcast</a>. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at <a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/">castos.com/subscribe</a>.</p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li>Morgan’s journey into audio and podcasting</li>
<li>Why Morgan moved away from being a police officer</li>
<li>Morgan's storytelling process</li>
<li>How to use sound effectively in your podcast</li>
<li>The importance of podcasts like Flyest Fables</li>
<li>How great stories can be universal and relatable to everyone</li>
<li>Morgan’s audio recording and editing process</li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p>Morgan Givens: <a href="https://www.morgangivens.com/">https://www.morgangivens.com/</a></p>
<p>Flyest Fables: <a href="https://www.morgangivens.com/flyest-fables">https://www.morgangivens.com/flyest-fables</a> </p>
<p>Dispatches on Apple Podcasts: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/dispatches/id1120440782?mt=2">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/dispatches/id1120440782?mt=2</a> </p>
<p>Morgan’s Guest Appearance on 1A: <a href="https://the1a.org/segments/2018-01-17-1a-movie-club-sees-saturday-church/">https://the1a.org/segments/2018-01-17-1a-movie-club-sees-saturday-church/</a> </p>
<p>Castos Academy: <a href="https://academy.castos.com/">https://academy.castos.com/</a> </p>
<p>Castos, private podcast: <a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</a> </p>
<p>Castos, website: <a href="https://castos.com/">https://castos.com/</a> </p>
<p>Castos, YouTube: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos">https://www.youtube.com/castos</a>  </p>
<p>Clubhouse video: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[This episode is a re-air from November of 2022. We're currently working on new episodes, but if you missed Morgan's episode the first time around, this is worth your time.
****************
 
In this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Morgan Givens about how he uses field recordings and immersive sound design to create unique episodes that come to life for his listeners. Morgan shares the relatable story of Antoine in his fiction podcast, Flyest Fables. 
Flyest Fables is more than just a story of a young bullied boy. Morgan’s amazing storytelling abilities help Antoine’s story transcend race, gender, and age barriers. Today Morgan shares his storytelling process: how he writes, records, and edits his fiction podcast. Morgan also shares tips on how you can make your podcast come to life for your listeners. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Morgan’s journey into audio and podcasting
Why Morgan moved away from being a police officer
Morgan's storytelling process
How to use sound effectively in your podcast
The importance of podcasts like Flyest Fables
How great stories can be universal and relatable to everyone
Morgan’s audio recording and editing process

Resources/Links:
Morgan Givens: https://www.morgangivens.com/
Flyest Fables: https://www.morgangivens.com/flyest-fables 
Dispatches on Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/dispatches/id1120440782?mt=2 
Morgan’s Guest Appearance on 1A: https://the1a.org/segments/2018-01-17-1a-movie-club-sees-saturday-church/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Re-Air:  Immersive Storytelling with Morgan Givens]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>This episode is a re-air from November of 2022. We're currently working on new episodes, but if you missed Morgan's episode the first time around, this is worth your time.</p>
<p>****************</p>
<p> </p>
<p>In this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Morgan Givens about how he uses field recordings and immersive sound design to create unique episodes that come to life for his listeners. Morgan shares the relatable story of Antoine in his fiction podcast, <a href="https://www.morgangivens.com/flyest-fables">Flyest Fables</a>. </p>
<p>Flyest Fables is more than just a story of a young bullied boy. Morgan’s amazing storytelling abilities help Antoine’s story transcend race, gender, and age barriers. Today Morgan shares his storytelling process: how he writes, records, and edits his fiction podcast. Morgan also shares tips on how you can make your podcast come to life for your listeners. </p>
<p>If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to <a href="https://castos.com/audience/">Castos.com/podcast</a>. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at <a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/">castos.com/subscribe</a>.</p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li>Morgan’s journey into audio and podcasting</li>
<li>Why Morgan moved away from being a police officer</li>
<li>Morgan's storytelling process</li>
<li>How to use sound effectively in your podcast</li>
<li>The importance of podcasts like Flyest Fables</li>
<li>How great stories can be universal and relatable to everyone</li>
<li>Morgan’s audio recording and editing process</li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p>Morgan Givens: <a href="https://www.morgangivens.com/">https://www.morgangivens.com/</a></p>
<p>Flyest Fables: <a href="https://www.morgangivens.com/flyest-fables">https://www.morgangivens.com/flyest-fables</a> </p>
<p>Dispatches on Apple Podcasts: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/dispatches/id1120440782?mt=2">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/dispatches/id1120440782?mt=2</a> </p>
<p>Morgan’s Guest Appearance on 1A: <a href="https://the1a.org/segments/2018-01-17-1a-movie-club-sees-saturday-church/">https://the1a.org/segments/2018-01-17-1a-movie-club-sees-saturday-church/</a> </p>
<p>Castos Academy: <a href="https://academy.castos.com/">https://academy.castos.com/</a> </p>
<p>Castos, private podcast: <a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</a> </p>
<p>Castos, website: <a href="https://castos.com/">https://castos.com/</a> </p>
<p>Castos, YouTube: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos">https://www.youtube.com/castos</a>  </p>
<p>Clubhouse video: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1484581/Morgan-Givens-Re-Air.mp3" length="71496674"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[This episode is a re-air from November of 2022. We're currently working on new episodes, but if you missed Morgan's episode the first time around, this is worth your time.
****************
 
In this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Morgan Givens about how he uses field recordings and immersive sound design to create unique episodes that come to life for his listeners. Morgan shares the relatable story of Antoine in his fiction podcast, Flyest Fables. 
Flyest Fables is more than just a story of a young bullied boy. Morgan’s amazing storytelling abilities help Antoine’s story transcend race, gender, and age barriers. Today Morgan shares his storytelling process: how he writes, records, and edits his fiction podcast. Morgan also shares tips on how you can make your podcast come to life for your listeners. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Morgan’s journey into audio and podcasting
Why Morgan moved away from being a police officer
Morgan's storytelling process
How to use sound effectively in your podcast
The importance of podcasts like Flyest Fables
How great stories can be universal and relatable to everyone
Morgan’s audio recording and editing process

Resources/Links:
Morgan Givens: https://www.morgangivens.com/
Flyest Fables: https://www.morgangivens.com/flyest-fables 
Dispatches on Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/dispatches/id1120440782?mt=2 
Morgan’s Guest Appearance on 1A: https://the1a.org/segments/2018-01-17-1a-movie-club-sees-saturday-church/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1484581/Morgan-Givens-Cover.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:49:30</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[When Objects Tell Human Stories, with Shin Yu Pai]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 18 May 2023 07:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1479192</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/when-objects-tell-human-stories-with-shin-yu-pai</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart talks with Shin Yu Pai about her podcast Ten Thousand Things from KUOW Public Radio. They discuss how commonplace objects can tell much broader stories. While she might be new to podcasting, Shin Yu’s background in poetry, art, and writing adds depth to her content as well as craft a new experience for listeners.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Shin Yu is the writer, host, and producer of Ten Thousand Things – a podcast on Asian American stories for KUOW Public Radio, Seattle’s NPR affiliate station. Ten Thousand Things first launched in July 2022 as “The Blue Suit” and is currently in production for a second season, which will begin releasing episodes in May 2023.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">From Poet to Essayist to Podcaster </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Live poetry readings versus podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How different backgrounds can redefine what a podcast can be</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The story behind Blue Suit and Ten Thousand Things</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How writing radio scripts can affect how you think of voice</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Everyday objects and nuances and how they can inspire and provide a sense of comfort</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating an episode: aiming for a thought-feeling and welcoming surprises</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What to expect in the second season of Ten Thousand Things</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Shin Yu Pai’s LinkedIn:</span> <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/shinyupai/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.linkedin.com/in/shinyupai/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Ten Thousand Things: </span><a href="https://www.kuow.org/podcasts/bluesuit"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.kuow.org/podcasts/bluesuit</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Shin Yu Pai’s Website: </span><a href="https://shinyupai.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://shinyupai.com</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span></span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Stuart talks with Shin Yu Pai about her podcast Ten Thousand Things from KUOW Public Radio. They discuss how commonplace objects can tell much broader stories. While she might be new to podcasting, Shin Yu’s background in poetry, art, and writing adds depth to her content as well as craft a new experience for listeners.
Shin Yu is the writer, host, and producer of Ten Thousand Things – a podcast on Asian American stories for KUOW Public Radio, Seattle’s NPR affiliate station. Ten Thousand Things first launched in July 2022 as “The Blue Suit” and is currently in production for a second season, which will begin releasing episodes in May 2023.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

From Poet to Essayist to Podcaster 
Live poetry readings versus podcasting
How different backgrounds can redefine what a podcast can be
The story behind Blue Suit and Ten Thousand Things
How writing radio scripts can affect how you think of voice
Everyday objects and nuances and how they can inspire and provide a sense of comfort
Creating an episode: aiming for a thought-feeling and welcoming surprises
What to expect in the second season of Ten Thousand Things

Resources/Links:
Shin Yu Pai’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/shinyupai/
Ten Thousand Things: https://www.kuow.org/podcasts/bluesuit
Shin Yu Pai’s Website: https://shinyupai.com
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[When Objects Tell Human Stories, with Shin Yu Pai]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                    <itunes:episode>10</itunes:episode>
                                                    <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart talks with Shin Yu Pai about her podcast Ten Thousand Things from KUOW Public Radio. They discuss how commonplace objects can tell much broader stories. While she might be new to podcasting, Shin Yu’s background in poetry, art, and writing adds depth to her content as well as craft a new experience for listeners.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Shin Yu is the writer, host, and producer of Ten Thousand Things – a podcast on Asian American stories for KUOW Public Radio, Seattle’s NPR affiliate station. Ten Thousand Things first launched in July 2022 as “The Blue Suit” and is currently in production for a second season, which will begin releasing episodes in May 2023.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">From Poet to Essayist to Podcaster </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Live poetry readings versus podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How different backgrounds can redefine what a podcast can be</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The story behind Blue Suit and Ten Thousand Things</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How writing radio scripts can affect how you think of voice</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Everyday objects and nuances and how they can inspire and provide a sense of comfort</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating an episode: aiming for a thought-feeling and welcoming surprises</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What to expect in the second season of Ten Thousand Things</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Shin Yu Pai’s LinkedIn:</span> <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/shinyupai/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.linkedin.com/in/shinyupai/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Ten Thousand Things: </span><a href="https://www.kuow.org/podcasts/bluesuit"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.kuow.org/podcasts/bluesuit</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Shin Yu Pai’s Website: </span><a href="https://shinyupai.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://shinyupai.com</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1479192/Audience-S2-E10-FinalV.mp3" length="55170989"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Stuart talks with Shin Yu Pai about her podcast Ten Thousand Things from KUOW Public Radio. They discuss how commonplace objects can tell much broader stories. While she might be new to podcasting, Shin Yu’s background in poetry, art, and writing adds depth to her content as well as craft a new experience for listeners.
Shin Yu is the writer, host, and producer of Ten Thousand Things – a podcast on Asian American stories for KUOW Public Radio, Seattle’s NPR affiliate station. Ten Thousand Things first launched in July 2022 as “The Blue Suit” and is currently in production for a second season, which will begin releasing episodes in May 2023.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

From Poet to Essayist to Podcaster 
Live poetry readings versus podcasting
How different backgrounds can redefine what a podcast can be
The story behind Blue Suit and Ten Thousand Things
How writing radio scripts can affect how you think of voice
Everyday objects and nuances and how they can inspire and provide a sense of comfort
Creating an episode: aiming for a thought-feeling and welcoming surprises
What to expect in the second season of Ten Thousand Things

Resources/Links:
Shin Yu Pai’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/shinyupai/
Ten Thousand Things: https://www.kuow.org/podcasts/bluesuit
Shin Yu Pai’s Website: https://shinyupai.com
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1479192/Audience-Shin-Yu-2c.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:38:10</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Honoring a Legacy with Joe Skinner]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 11 May 2023 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1474688</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/honoring-a-legacy-with-joe-skinner</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart talks to Joe Skinner, the host and producer of PBS's American Masters: Creative Spark. Storytelling is everywhere and provides more than just entertainment for the masses. On this episode of Audience, Stuart and Joe chat about Joe's interview process and how he creates engaging and thought-provoking episodes. He also goes in-depth about what it is like to have partnerships with companies like PBS and collaborate with a team. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Joe's background is in film documentaries and he currently serves as the digital lead for American Masters, a documentary film series at PBS. American Masters: Creative Spark is a podcast spinoff series, where Joe chats with artists of all stripes about a specific work of art.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Joe creates his show, American Masters: Creative Spark</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating boundaries as an interviewer</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">focus </span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">can create a more engaging interview </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The team behind American Masters: Creative Spark</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Long-form interviews and narrative nonfiction-style podcasts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">We’ve barely scratched the surface with audio and video as artforms</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Storytelling is in every medium</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Joe’s partnerships and how they have helped form his podcast</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Joe Skinner’s LinkedIn: </span><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/joe-skinner1/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.linkedin.com/in/joe-skinner1/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">American Masters: Creative Spark: </span><a href="https://www.pbs.org/wnet/americanmasters/podcast/introducing-american-masters-creative-spark/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.pbs.org/wnet/americanmasters/podcast/introducing-american-masters-creative-spark/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Stuart talks to Joe Skinner, the host and producer of PBS's American Masters: Creative Spark. Storytelling is everywhere and provides more than just entertainment for the masses. On this episode of Audience, Stuart and Joe chat about Joe's interview process and how he creates engaging and thought-provoking episodes. He also goes in-depth about what it is like to have partnerships with companies like PBS and collaborate with a team. 
Joe's background is in film documentaries and he currently serves as the digital lead for American Masters, a documentary film series at PBS. American Masters: Creative Spark is a podcast spinoff series, where Joe chats with artists of all stripes about a specific work of art.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

How Joe creates his show, American Masters: Creative Spark
Creating boundaries as an interviewer
How focus can create a more engaging interview 
The team behind American Masters: Creative Spark
Long-form interviews and narrative nonfiction-style podcasts
We’ve barely scratched the surface with audio and video as artforms
Storytelling is in every medium
Joe’s partnerships and how they have helped form his podcast

Resources/Links:
Joe Skinner’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/joe-skinner1/ 
American Masters: Creative Spark: https://www.pbs.org/wnet/americanmasters/podcast/introducing-american-masters-creative-spark/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Honoring a Legacy with Joe Skinner]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart talks to Joe Skinner, the host and producer of PBS's American Masters: Creative Spark. Storytelling is everywhere and provides more than just entertainment for the masses. On this episode of Audience, Stuart and Joe chat about Joe's interview process and how he creates engaging and thought-provoking episodes. He also goes in-depth about what it is like to have partnerships with companies like PBS and collaborate with a team. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Joe's background is in film documentaries and he currently serves as the digital lead for American Masters, a documentary film series at PBS. American Masters: Creative Spark is a podcast spinoff series, where Joe chats with artists of all stripes about a specific work of art.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Joe creates his show, American Masters: Creative Spark</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating boundaries as an interviewer</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">focus </span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">can create a more engaging interview </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The team behind American Masters: Creative Spark</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Long-form interviews and narrative nonfiction-style podcasts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">We’ve barely scratched the surface with audio and video as artforms</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Storytelling is in every medium</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Joe’s partnerships and how they have helped form his podcast</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Joe Skinner’s LinkedIn: </span><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/joe-skinner1/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.linkedin.com/in/joe-skinner1/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">American Masters: Creative Spark: </span><a href="https://www.pbs.org/wnet/americanmasters/podcast/introducing-american-masters-creative-spark/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.pbs.org/wnet/americanmasters/podcast/introducing-american-masters-creative-spark/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><br /><br /></p>
<p> </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1474688/Audience-S2E9-American-Masters.mp3" length="45438365"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Stuart talks to Joe Skinner, the host and producer of PBS's American Masters: Creative Spark. Storytelling is everywhere and provides more than just entertainment for the masses. On this episode of Audience, Stuart and Joe chat about Joe's interview process and how he creates engaging and thought-provoking episodes. He also goes in-depth about what it is like to have partnerships with companies like PBS and collaborate with a team. 
Joe's background is in film documentaries and he currently serves as the digital lead for American Masters, a documentary film series at PBS. American Masters: Creative Spark is a podcast spinoff series, where Joe chats with artists of all stripes about a specific work of art.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

How Joe creates his show, American Masters: Creative Spark
Creating boundaries as an interviewer
How focus can create a more engaging interview 
The team behind American Masters: Creative Spark
Long-form interviews and narrative nonfiction-style podcasts
We’ve barely scratched the surface with audio and video as artforms
Storytelling is in every medium
Joe’s partnerships and how they have helped form his podcast

Resources/Links:
Joe Skinner’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/joe-skinner1/ 
American Masters: Creative Spark: https://www.pbs.org/wnet/americanmasters/podcast/introducing-american-masters-creative-spark/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1474688/Audience-Joe-Skinner.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:31:25</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Entertainment in a Time of Crisis with Emily Y. Wu ]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 04 May 2023 07:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1471048</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/entertainment-in-a-time-of-crisis</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart talks to Emily Y. Wu, the co-founder of Ghost Island Media to talk about the podcasting scene in Taiwain, and why entertainment is important in a time of crisis. Emily talks about why Taiwan has been in the news for the past few years and what sorts of conversations need to happen in order to stay knowledgeable and instigate change. What will it take in order for the West to understand what is going on across the world?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting is an incredible medium that covers everything from art, to pop culture, to politics. If you have a message that you want to share with the world, podcasting can be just a tool for you to use in order to share that message with the public. Emily talks about how podcasting has helped her cause and helped spread her message.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Emily also dives into her other projects including Metalhead Politics, Ghost Island Media, and Gamechangers. Stuart and Emily talk about what it means to have a limited series and how it works for her. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Taiwan in the news and recent history</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How prepared are </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">you </span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">for a crisis?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Western understanding of the struggles in Taiwan</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The origins of Ghost Island Media </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The conversations that need to happen in order to perpetuate change</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Metalhead Politics got started</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The concepts behind limited series</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The story behind Gamechangers</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Ghost Island: </span><a href="https://ghostisland.media/en/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://ghostisland.media/en/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Emily Wu, LinkedIn: </span><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/emilyywu/?originalSubdomain=tw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.linkedin.com/in/emilyywu/?originalSubdomain=tw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Gamechangers: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ekUV0rj-M0Q&amp;list=PLZzATvbhwVo9wa6VFscicSBeldfpNInYc&amp;index=18"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ekUV0rj-M0Q&amp;list=PLZzATvbhwVo9wa6VFscicSBeldfpNInYc&amp;index=18</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https..."></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Stuart talks to Emily Y. Wu, the co-founder of Ghost Island Media to talk about the podcasting scene in Taiwain, and why entertainment is important in a time of crisis. Emily talks about why Taiwan has been in the news for the past few years and what sorts of conversations need to happen in order to stay knowledgeable and instigate change. What will it take in order for the West to understand what is going on across the world?
Podcasting is an incredible medium that covers everything from art, to pop culture, to politics. If you have a message that you want to share with the world, podcasting can be just a tool for you to use in order to share that message with the public. Emily talks about how podcasting has helped her cause and helped spread her message.
Emily also dives into her other projects including Metalhead Politics, Ghost Island Media, and Gamechangers. Stuart and Emily talk about what it means to have a limited series and how it works for her. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Taiwan in the news and recent history
How prepared are you for a crisis?
Western understanding of the struggles in Taiwan
The origins of Ghost Island Media 
The conversations that need to happen in order to perpetuate change
How Metalhead Politics got started
The concepts behind limited series
The story behind Gamechangers

Resources/Links:
Ghost Island: https://ghostisland.media/en/ 
Emily Wu, LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/emilyywu/?originalSubdomain=tw 
Gamechangers: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ekUV0rj-M0Q&list=PLZzATvbhwVo9wa6VFscicSBeldfpNInYc&index=18 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Entertainment in a Time of Crisis with Emily Y. Wu ]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart talks to Emily Y. Wu, the co-founder of Ghost Island Media to talk about the podcasting scene in Taiwain, and why entertainment is important in a time of crisis. Emily talks about why Taiwan has been in the news for the past few years and what sorts of conversations need to happen in order to stay knowledgeable and instigate change. What will it take in order for the West to understand what is going on across the world?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting is an incredible medium that covers everything from art, to pop culture, to politics. If you have a message that you want to share with the world, podcasting can be just a tool for you to use in order to share that message with the public. Emily talks about how podcasting has helped her cause and helped spread her message.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Emily also dives into her other projects including Metalhead Politics, Ghost Island Media, and Gamechangers. Stuart and Emily talk about what it means to have a limited series and how it works for her. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Taiwan in the news and recent history</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How prepared are </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">you </span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">for a crisis?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Western understanding of the struggles in Taiwan</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The origins of Ghost Island Media </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The conversations that need to happen in order to perpetuate change</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Metalhead Politics got started</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The concepts behind limited series</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The story behind Gamechangers</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Ghost Island: </span><a href="https://ghostisland.media/en/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://ghostisland.media/en/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Emily Wu, LinkedIn: </span><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/emilyywu/?originalSubdomain=tw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.linkedin.com/in/emilyywu/?originalSubdomain=tw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Gamechangers: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ekUV0rj-M0Q&amp;list=PLZzATvbhwVo9wa6VFscicSBeldfpNInYc&amp;index=18"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ekUV0rj-M0Q&amp;list=PLZzATvbhwVo9wa6VFscicSBeldfpNInYc&amp;index=18</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1471048/Audience-S2E8-GI-Final.mp3" length="54960271"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Stuart talks to Emily Y. Wu, the co-founder of Ghost Island Media to talk about the podcasting scene in Taiwain, and why entertainment is important in a time of crisis. Emily talks about why Taiwan has been in the news for the past few years and what sorts of conversations need to happen in order to stay knowledgeable and instigate change. What will it take in order for the West to understand what is going on across the world?
Podcasting is an incredible medium that covers everything from art, to pop culture, to politics. If you have a message that you want to share with the world, podcasting can be just a tool for you to use in order to share that message with the public. Emily talks about how podcasting has helped her cause and helped spread her message.
Emily also dives into her other projects including Metalhead Politics, Ghost Island Media, and Gamechangers. Stuart and Emily talk about what it means to have a limited series and how it works for her. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Taiwan in the news and recent history
How prepared are you for a crisis?
Western understanding of the struggles in Taiwan
The origins of Ghost Island Media 
The conversations that need to happen in order to perpetuate change
How Metalhead Politics got started
The concepts behind limited series
The story behind Gamechangers

Resources/Links:
Ghost Island: https://ghostisland.media/en/ 
Emily Wu, LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/emilyywu/?originalSubdomain=tw 
Gamechangers: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ekUV0rj-M0Q&list=PLZzATvbhwVo9wa6VFscicSBeldfpNInYc&index=18 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1471048/Emily-Audience-Cover.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:38:02</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Introducing The Limelight, a Castos Original Series (plus a preview for our next episode.) ]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 27 Apr 2023 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1465551</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/introducing-the-limelight-a-castos-original-series-plus-a-preview-for-our-next-episode</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Introudcing The Limelight, a new Castos Original series. </p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Limelight is a short form audio and video series that talks to Castos customers and other podcasters, about the things that make them and their shows excellent and unique and interesting.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">This is our newest podcast from the Casto original series. Here at Casto, we're building a whole network of podcasts, all serving the purpose of educating, inspiring, and, and motivating you as a podcaster and a creator to live your best podcasting world.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Also, we'll get a sneak preview of next week's episode when Stuart chats with Emily Y. Wu, the co-founder of Ghost Island Media </span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Introudcing The Limelight, a new Castos Original series. 
 
The Limelight is a short form audio and video series that talks to Castos customers and other podcasters, about the things that make them and their shows excellent and unique and interesting.
This is our newest podcast from the Casto original series. Here at Casto, we're building a whole network of podcasts, all serving the purpose of educating, inspiring, and, and motivating you as a podcaster and a creator to live your best podcasting world.
Also, we'll get a sneak preview of next week's episode when Stuart chats with Emily Y. Wu, the co-founder of Ghost Island Media ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Introducing The Limelight, a Castos Original Series (plus a preview for our next episode.) ]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Introudcing The Limelight, a new Castos Original series. </p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Limelight is a short form audio and video series that talks to Castos customers and other podcasters, about the things that make them and their shows excellent and unique and interesting.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">This is our newest podcast from the Casto original series. Here at Casto, we're building a whole network of podcasts, all serving the purpose of educating, inspiring, and, and motivating you as a podcaster and a creator to live your best podcasting world.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Also, we'll get a sneak preview of next week's episode when Stuart chats with Emily Y. Wu, the co-founder of Ghost Island Media </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1465551/Audience-LimelightPreview.mp3" length="4963159"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Introudcing The Limelight, a new Castos Original series. 
 
The Limelight is a short form audio and video series that talks to Castos customers and other podcasters, about the things that make them and their shows excellent and unique and interesting.
This is our newest podcast from the Casto original series. Here at Casto, we're building a whole network of podcasts, all serving the purpose of educating, inspiring, and, and motivating you as a podcaster and a creator to live your best podcasting world.
Also, we'll get a sneak preview of next week's episode when Stuart chats with Emily Y. Wu, the co-founder of Ghost Island Media ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:03:26</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Hearing the Past with Tricia Vita]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 20 Apr 2023 07:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1460225</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/hearing-the-past-with-tricia-vita</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart chats with Tricia Vita, from the Coney Island History podcast, about how an oral history archive was converted into a podcast series. Oral histories are important, not just for preserving and honoring the past, but also because we can learn from these memories. They can also spark important intergenerational conversations between families. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">T</span><span style="font-weight:400;">ricia talks about what it’s like to create thematic episodes using short, spontaneous interviews. She also talks about what makes Coney Island so special and shares some of her favorite stories that she’s heard from people who lived and worked there.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Coney Island History podcast is a part of the Coney Island History Project which was founded in 2004 and is a 501(c)(3) not-for-profit organization. They aim to increase awareness of Coney Island's legendary and colorful past. Their mission is to record, archive, and share oral history interviews; provide access to historical artifacts and documentary material through educational exhibits, events, and a website; and honor community leaders and amusement pioneers through the Coney Island Hall of Fame. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Organizing history by category in order to create a podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of preserving oral histories</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Conducting short, spontaneous interviews</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Editing, formatting, and collaborating with others for episodes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What makes Coney Island so special</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What Tricia has learned about the exciting and enticing history of Coney Island</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Coney Island History: </span><a href="https://www.coneyislandhistory.org/podcast"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.coneyislandhistory.org/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Stuart chats with Tricia Vita, from the Coney Island History podcast, about how an oral history archive was converted into a podcast series. Oral histories are important, not just for preserving and honoring the past, but also because we can learn from these memories. They can also spark important intergenerational conversations between families. 
Tricia talks about what it’s like to create thematic episodes using short, spontaneous interviews. She also talks about what makes Coney Island so special and shares some of her favorite stories that she’s heard from people who lived and worked there.
The Coney Island History podcast is a part of the Coney Island History Project which was founded in 2004 and is a 501(c)(3) not-for-profit organization. They aim to increase awareness of Coney Island's legendary and colorful past. Their mission is to record, archive, and share oral history interviews; provide access to historical artifacts and documentary material through educational exhibits, events, and a website; and honor community leaders and amusement pioneers through the Coney Island Hall of Fame. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Organizing history by category in order to create a podcast
The importance of preserving oral histories
Conducting short, spontaneous interviews
Editing, formatting, and collaborating with others for episodes
What makes Coney Island so special
What Tricia has learned about the exciting and enticing history of Coney Island

Resources/Links:
Coney Island History: https://www.coneyislandhistory.org/podcast 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Hearing the Past with Tricia Vita]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart chats with Tricia Vita, from the Coney Island History podcast, about how an oral history archive was converted into a podcast series. Oral histories are important, not just for preserving and honoring the past, but also because we can learn from these memories. They can also spark important intergenerational conversations between families. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">T</span><span style="font-weight:400;">ricia talks about what it’s like to create thematic episodes using short, spontaneous interviews. She also talks about what makes Coney Island so special and shares some of her favorite stories that she’s heard from people who lived and worked there.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Coney Island History podcast is a part of the Coney Island History Project which was founded in 2004 and is a 501(c)(3) not-for-profit organization. They aim to increase awareness of Coney Island's legendary and colorful past. Their mission is to record, archive, and share oral history interviews; provide access to historical artifacts and documentary material through educational exhibits, events, and a website; and honor community leaders and amusement pioneers through the Coney Island Hall of Fame. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Organizing history by category in order to create a podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of preserving oral histories</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Conducting short, spontaneous interviews</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Editing, formatting, and collaborating with others for episodes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What makes Coney Island so special</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What Tricia has learned about the exciting and enticing history of Coney Island</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Coney Island History: </span><a href="https://www.coneyislandhistory.org/podcast"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.coneyislandhistory.org/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1460225/Audience-S2E7-Coney-V1.mp3" length="65576497"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Stuart chats with Tricia Vita, from the Coney Island History podcast, about how an oral history archive was converted into a podcast series. Oral histories are important, not just for preserving and honoring the past, but also because we can learn from these memories. They can also spark important intergenerational conversations between families. 
Tricia talks about what it’s like to create thematic episodes using short, spontaneous interviews. She also talks about what makes Coney Island so special and shares some of her favorite stories that she’s heard from people who lived and worked there.
The Coney Island History podcast is a part of the Coney Island History Project which was founded in 2004 and is a 501(c)(3) not-for-profit organization. They aim to increase awareness of Coney Island's legendary and colorful past. Their mission is to record, archive, and share oral history interviews; provide access to historical artifacts and documentary material through educational exhibits, events, and a website; and honor community leaders and amusement pioneers through the Coney Island Hall of Fame. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Organizing history by category in order to create a podcast
The importance of preserving oral histories
Conducting short, spontaneous interviews
Editing, formatting, and collaborating with others for episodes
What makes Coney Island so special
What Tricia has learned about the exciting and enticing history of Coney Island

Resources/Links:
Coney Island History: https://www.coneyislandhistory.org/podcast 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1460225/Audience-Coney-Island.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:45:24</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[More Than a Hobby at The Place to Be]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 13 Apr 2023 07:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1456319</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/more-than-a-hobby-at-the-place-to-be</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today Stuart talks to Eric and Adam from The Place to Be, a Seinfeld Podcast. There are plenty of fan-made podcasts about cult TV shows, but The Place to Be is unique in that it combines multiple different formats: from interview to trivia to banter. Eric and Adam talk about the tight-knit Seinfeld community and about what made the show so iconic and timeless. Alongside fellow Seinfeld fan Stuart, they also answer some trivia questions, talk about how to connect with listeners, and what they love most about Seinfeld.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What makes The Place To Be a different type of Seinfeld podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasts about TV shows and Eric and Adam’s inspirations</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What it is like to talk to icons from the TV show</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How special Seinfeld is to everyone who watches it</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Connecting and interacting with listeners</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Seinfeld fan community and what makes them so different</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Place to Be, a Seinfeld Podcast: </span><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-place-to-be-a-seinfeld-podcast/id1555529915"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-place-to-be-a-seinfeld-podcast/id1555529915</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart's Apperance on The Place to Be:  <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/larry-davids-cameos/id1555529915?i=1000608792150">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/larry-davids-cameos/id1555529915?i=1000608792150</a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Eric's Writing for Cracked :  <a href="https://www.cracked.com/index.php/members/EricDobin">https://www.cracked.com/index.php/members/EricDobin</a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span></span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Today Stuart talks to Eric and Adam from The Place to Be, a Seinfeld Podcast. There are plenty of fan-made podcasts about cult TV shows, but The Place to Be is unique in that it combines multiple different formats: from interview to trivia to banter. Eric and Adam talk about the tight-knit Seinfeld community and about what made the show so iconic and timeless. Alongside fellow Seinfeld fan Stuart, they also answer some trivia questions, talk about how to connect with listeners, and what they love most about Seinfeld.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

What makes The Place To Be a different type of Seinfeld podcast
Podcasts about TV shows and Eric and Adam’s inspirations
What it is like to talk to icons from the TV show
How special Seinfeld is to everyone who watches it
Connecting and interacting with listeners
The Seinfeld fan community and what makes them so different

Resources/Links:
The Place to Be, a Seinfeld Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-place-to-be-a-seinfeld-podcast/id1555529915 
Stuart's Apperance on The Place to Be:  https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/larry-davids-cameos/id1555529915?i=1000608792150
Eric's Writing for Cracked :  https://www.cracked.com/index.php/members/EricDobin
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[More Than a Hobby at The Place to Be]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today Stuart talks to Eric and Adam from The Place to Be, a Seinfeld Podcast. There are plenty of fan-made podcasts about cult TV shows, but The Place to Be is unique in that it combines multiple different formats: from interview to trivia to banter. Eric and Adam talk about the tight-knit Seinfeld community and about what made the show so iconic and timeless. Alongside fellow Seinfeld fan Stuart, they also answer some trivia questions, talk about how to connect with listeners, and what they love most about Seinfeld.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What makes The Place To Be a different type of Seinfeld podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasts about TV shows and Eric and Adam’s inspirations</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What it is like to talk to icons from the TV show</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How special Seinfeld is to everyone who watches it</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Connecting and interacting with listeners</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Seinfeld fan community and what makes them so different</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Place to Be, a Seinfeld Podcast: </span><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-place-to-be-a-seinfeld-podcast/id1555529915"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-place-to-be-a-seinfeld-podcast/id1555529915</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart's Apperance on The Place to Be:  <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/larry-davids-cameos/id1555529915?i=1000608792150">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/larry-davids-cameos/id1555529915?i=1000608792150</a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Eric's Writing for Cracked :  <a href="https://www.cracked.com/index.php/members/EricDobin">https://www.cracked.com/index.php/members/EricDobin</a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p> </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1456319/S2E6-Audience-Hobby-V1.mp3" length="65812731"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Today Stuart talks to Eric and Adam from The Place to Be, a Seinfeld Podcast. There are plenty of fan-made podcasts about cult TV shows, but The Place to Be is unique in that it combines multiple different formats: from interview to trivia to banter. Eric and Adam talk about the tight-knit Seinfeld community and about what made the show so iconic and timeless. Alongside fellow Seinfeld fan Stuart, they also answer some trivia questions, talk about how to connect with listeners, and what they love most about Seinfeld.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

What makes The Place To Be a different type of Seinfeld podcast
Podcasts about TV shows and Eric and Adam’s inspirations
What it is like to talk to icons from the TV show
How special Seinfeld is to everyone who watches it
Connecting and interacting with listeners
The Seinfeld fan community and what makes them so different

Resources/Links:
The Place to Be, a Seinfeld Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-place-to-be-a-seinfeld-podcast/id1555529915 
Stuart's Apperance on The Place to Be:  https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/larry-davids-cameos/id1555529915?i=1000608792150
Eric's Writing for Cracked :  https://www.cracked.com/index.php/members/EricDobin
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1456319/Audience-ptb.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:45:34</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Documenting Culture with Andi Murphy]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 06 Apr 2023 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1452119</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/documenting-culture-with-andi-murphy</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today, Stuart and Andi Murphy chat about her award-winning podcast, Toasted Sister. Andi Murphy is Navajo from Crownpoint, N.M., and lives in Albuquerque. In addition to Toasted Sister, Andi is the producer for Native America Calling, a national show about Native issues and topics, and the 2021-2022 Civil Eats Indigenous Foodways fellow. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Food is an important aspect of all our lives and is something we sometimes take for granted. Andi talks about how important food is for culture as well as for nourishing our bodies. She also talks about her fascination with people and food, Native American culture, storytelling, and podcasting.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of food in culture, especially in indigenous cultures</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Andi produces Toasted Sister</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The free-form format of each episode </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Editing interviews and bringing out depth in conversations</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Andi’s fascination with people and food</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The passion and fire in Native America</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting as a hobby versus podcasting as a business</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Experiencing burnout and spreading yourself out too thin</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Toasted Sister Podcast: </span><a href="https://toastedsisterpodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://toastedsisterpodcast.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p>Toasted Sister Episodes discussed:  <a href="https://soundcloud.com/toastedsisterpodcast/e45-el-paso-indigenous-food-at-the-border">https://soundcloud.com/toastedsisterpodcast/e45-el-paso-indigenous-food-at-the-border</a></p>
<p><a href="https://soundcloud.com/toastedsisterpodcast/e31-navajo-sheep-theyre-my-life-i-love-them">https://soundcloud.com/toastedsisterpodcast/e31-navajo-sheep-theyre-my-life-i-love-them</a></p>
<p><a href="https://soundcloud.com/toastedsisterpodcast/e79-changing-culinary-narratives-live-recording">https://soundcloud.com/toastedsisterpodcast/e79-changing-culinary-narratives-live-recording</a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Today, Stuart and Andi Murphy chat about her award-winning podcast, Toasted Sister. Andi Murphy is Navajo from Crownpoint, N.M., and lives in Albuquerque. In addition to Toasted Sister, Andi is the producer for Native America Calling, a national show about Native issues and topics, and the 2021-2022 Civil Eats Indigenous Foodways fellow. 
Food is an important aspect of all our lives and is something we sometimes take for granted. Andi talks about how important food is for culture as well as for nourishing our bodies. She also talks about her fascination with people and food, Native American culture, storytelling, and podcasting.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

The importance of food in culture, especially in indigenous cultures
How Andi produces Toasted Sister
The free-form format of each episode 
Editing interviews and bringing out depth in conversations
Andi’s fascination with people and food
The passion and fire in Native America
Podcasting as a hobby versus podcasting as a business
Experiencing burnout and spreading yourself out too thin

Resources/Links:
Toasted Sister Podcast: https://toastedsisterpodcast.com/ 
Toasted Sister Episodes discussed:  https://soundcloud.com/toastedsisterpodcast/e45-el-paso-indigenous-food-at-the-border
https://soundcloud.com/toastedsisterpodcast/e31-navajo-sheep-theyre-my-life-i-love-them
https://soundcloud.com/toastedsisterpodcast/e79-changing-culinary-narratives-live-recording
 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Documenting Culture with Andi Murphy]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today, Stuart and Andi Murphy chat about her award-winning podcast, Toasted Sister. Andi Murphy is Navajo from Crownpoint, N.M., and lives in Albuquerque. In addition to Toasted Sister, Andi is the producer for Native America Calling, a national show about Native issues and topics, and the 2021-2022 Civil Eats Indigenous Foodways fellow. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Food is an important aspect of all our lives and is something we sometimes take for granted. Andi talks about how important food is for culture as well as for nourishing our bodies. She also talks about her fascination with people and food, Native American culture, storytelling, and podcasting.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of food in culture, especially in indigenous cultures</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Andi produces Toasted Sister</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The free-form format of each episode </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Editing interviews and bringing out depth in conversations</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Andi’s fascination with people and food</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The passion and fire in Native America</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting as a hobby versus podcasting as a business</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Experiencing burnout and spreading yourself out too thin</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Toasted Sister Podcast: </span><a href="https://toastedsisterpodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://toastedsisterpodcast.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p>Toasted Sister Episodes discussed:  <a href="https://soundcloud.com/toastedsisterpodcast/e45-el-paso-indigenous-food-at-the-border">https://soundcloud.com/toastedsisterpodcast/e45-el-paso-indigenous-food-at-the-border</a></p>
<p><a href="https://soundcloud.com/toastedsisterpodcast/e31-navajo-sheep-theyre-my-life-i-love-them">https://soundcloud.com/toastedsisterpodcast/e31-navajo-sheep-theyre-my-life-i-love-them</a></p>
<p><a href="https://soundcloud.com/toastedsisterpodcast/e79-changing-culinary-narratives-live-recording">https://soundcloud.com/toastedsisterpodcast/e79-changing-culinary-narratives-live-recording</a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1452119/Audience-S2-E5-Culture-V.mp3" length="59049995"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Today, Stuart and Andi Murphy chat about her award-winning podcast, Toasted Sister. Andi Murphy is Navajo from Crownpoint, N.M., and lives in Albuquerque. In addition to Toasted Sister, Andi is the producer for Native America Calling, a national show about Native issues and topics, and the 2021-2022 Civil Eats Indigenous Foodways fellow. 
Food is an important aspect of all our lives and is something we sometimes take for granted. Andi talks about how important food is for culture as well as for nourishing our bodies. She also talks about her fascination with people and food, Native American culture, storytelling, and podcasting.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

The importance of food in culture, especially in indigenous cultures
How Andi produces Toasted Sister
The free-form format of each episode 
Editing interviews and bringing out depth in conversations
Andi’s fascination with people and food
The passion and fire in Native America
Podcasting as a hobby versus podcasting as a business
Experiencing burnout and spreading yourself out too thin

Resources/Links:
Toasted Sister Podcast: https://toastedsisterpodcast.com/ 
Toasted Sister Episodes discussed:  https://soundcloud.com/toastedsisterpodcast/e45-el-paso-indigenous-food-at-the-border
https://soundcloud.com/toastedsisterpodcast/e31-navajo-sheep-theyre-my-life-i-love-them
https://soundcloud.com/toastedsisterpodcast/e79-changing-culinary-narratives-live-recording
 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1452119/Audience-Andi-Murphy.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:40:52</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Re-Air:  Owning and Earning a Platform with Sangeeta Pillai]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 30 Mar 2023 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1447299</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/re-air-owning-and-earning-a-platform-with-sangeeta-pillai</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart is talking with Sangeeta Pillai from the award-winning <a href="https://www.soulsutras.co.uk/top-feminist-podcast-masalapodcast-mediakit/">Masala Podcast</a> about what it is like to create a podcast that talks about taboo content. Sangeeta has important messages to share about diversity, feminism, and inclusion. She shares those messages today, as well as her experience winning multiple British Podcast Awards. Sangeeta talks about her journey into podcasting, what it is like to be backed by Spotify, and how podcasting should change.</p>
<p>If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to <a href="https://castos.com/audience/">Castos.com/podcast</a>. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at <a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/">castos.com/subscribe</a>.</p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li>What is the Masala Podcast and who is Sangeeta Pillai?</li>
<li>Creating a podcast to inspire change</li>
<li>Exploring a taboo subject in a constructive, positive way</li>
<li>Bringing women of color into feminist conversations</li>
<li>The organic evolution of the formatting of a podcast</li>
<li>The importance of season breaks</li>
<li>Promotion, marketing, and keeping creative control</li>
<li>The experience of winning a British Podcast Award</li>
<li>Supporting creators of color and from different backgrounds</li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p>Masala Podcast: <a href="https://www.soulsutras.co.uk/top-feminist-podcast-masalapodcast-mediakit/">https://www.soulsutras.co.uk/top-feminist-podcast-masalapodcast-mediakit/</a></p>
<p>Castos Academy: <a href="https://academy.castos.com/">https://academy.castos.com/</a> </p>
<p>Castos, private podcast: <a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</a> </p>
<p>Castos, website: <a href="https://castos.com/">https://castos.com/</a> </p>
<p>Castos, YouTube: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos">https://www.youtube.com/castos</a>  </p>
<p>Clubhouse video: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</a> </p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart is talking with Sangeeta Pillai from the award-winning Masala Podcast about what it is like to create a podcast that talks about taboo content. Sangeeta has important messages to share about diversity, feminism, and inclusion. She shares those messages today, as well as her experience winning multiple British Podcast Awards. Sangeeta talks about her journey into podcasting, what it is like to be backed by Spotify, and how podcasting should change.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

What is the Masala Podcast and who is Sangeeta Pillai?
Creating a podcast to inspire change
Exploring a taboo subject in a constructive, positive way
Bringing women of color into feminist conversations
The organic evolution of the formatting of a podcast
The importance of season breaks
Promotion, marketing, and keeping creative control
The experience of winning a British Podcast Award
Supporting creators of color and from different backgrounds

Resources/Links:
Masala Podcast: https://www.soulsutras.co.uk/top-feminist-podcast-masalapodcast-mediakit/
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Re-Air:  Owning and Earning a Platform with Sangeeta Pillai]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart is talking with Sangeeta Pillai from the award-winning <a href="https://www.soulsutras.co.uk/top-feminist-podcast-masalapodcast-mediakit/">Masala Podcast</a> about what it is like to create a podcast that talks about taboo content. Sangeeta has important messages to share about diversity, feminism, and inclusion. She shares those messages today, as well as her experience winning multiple British Podcast Awards. Sangeeta talks about her journey into podcasting, what it is like to be backed by Spotify, and how podcasting should change.</p>
<p>If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to <a href="https://castos.com/audience/">Castos.com/podcast</a>. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at <a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/">castos.com/subscribe</a>.</p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li>What is the Masala Podcast and who is Sangeeta Pillai?</li>
<li>Creating a podcast to inspire change</li>
<li>Exploring a taboo subject in a constructive, positive way</li>
<li>Bringing women of color into feminist conversations</li>
<li>The organic evolution of the formatting of a podcast</li>
<li>The importance of season breaks</li>
<li>Promotion, marketing, and keeping creative control</li>
<li>The experience of winning a British Podcast Award</li>
<li>Supporting creators of color and from different backgrounds</li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p>Masala Podcast: <a href="https://www.soulsutras.co.uk/top-feminist-podcast-masalapodcast-mediakit/">https://www.soulsutras.co.uk/top-feminist-podcast-masalapodcast-mediakit/</a></p>
<p>Castos Academy: <a href="https://academy.castos.com/">https://academy.castos.com/</a> </p>
<p>Castos, private podcast: <a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</a> </p>
<p>Castos, website: <a href="https://castos.com/">https://castos.com/</a> </p>
<p>Castos, YouTube: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos">https://www.youtube.com/castos</a>  </p>
<p>Clubhouse video: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</a> </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1447299/Masala-Podcast-Re-Air.mp3" length="41629437"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart is talking with Sangeeta Pillai from the award-winning Masala Podcast about what it is like to create a podcast that talks about taboo content. Sangeeta has important messages to share about diversity, feminism, and inclusion. She shares those messages today, as well as her experience winning multiple British Podcast Awards. Sangeeta talks about her journey into podcasting, what it is like to be backed by Spotify, and how podcasting should change.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

What is the Masala Podcast and who is Sangeeta Pillai?
Creating a podcast to inspire change
Exploring a taboo subject in a constructive, positive way
Bringing women of color into feminist conversations
The organic evolution of the formatting of a podcast
The importance of season breaks
Promotion, marketing, and keeping creative control
The experience of winning a British Podcast Award
Supporting creators of color and from different backgrounds

Resources/Links:
Masala Podcast: https://www.soulsutras.co.uk/top-feminist-podcast-masalapodcast-mediakit/
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1447299/Audience-Sangeeta.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:28:54</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Stories to be Lived with Clem Snide [Explicit]]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 23 Mar 2023 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1441988</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/stories-to-be-lived-with-clem-snide</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Everyone deserves a song. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today, Stuart chats with Eef Barzelay, the lead singer of indie rock band </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Clem Snide</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">, about his podcast, </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">A Life in Song.</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;"> They talk about the creative process and how it evolves and differs when he creates movie scores, writes songs, or creates podcast episodes. Eef is always busy making something, whether it’s his own brand of “simple” songs or if it’s a song based on his guest’s stories and journeys. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Eef has put his own spin on podcasting with A Life in Song. It isn’t just a conversational podcast, but a unique format for telling heartbreaking or life changing stories. In this episode of Audience, Eef uncovers how he created his podcast, what his musical influences are, and the difference between art and content.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The difference between art and content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Evolution of music and podcasting in the 90s</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The scoring process versus the “regular” music making process</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Getting topics for songs </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The concept and format behind “A Life In Song”</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The process for developing episodes and conducting interviews</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Handling differences in creative vision</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clem Snide: </span><a href="https://www.clemsni.de/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.clemsni.de/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Eef Barzelay’s Linktree: </span><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://linktr.ee/alifeinsong">https://linktr.ee/alifeinsong</a></span></p>
<p>Eef and Scott Avett Prefor "The Stuff of Us":  <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HBvCI0BViDs">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HBvCI0BViDs</a></p>
<p>Pitchfork Review of "Forever Just Beyond":  <a href="https://pitchfork.com/reviews/albums/clem-snide-forever-just-beyond/">https://pitchfork.com/reviews/albums/clem-snide-forever-just-beyond/</a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">...</span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Everyone deserves a song. 
Today, Stuart chats with Eef Barzelay, the lead singer of indie rock band Clem Snide, about his podcast, A Life in Song. They talk about the creative process and how it evolves and differs when he creates movie scores, writes songs, or creates podcast episodes. Eef is always busy making something, whether it’s his own brand of “simple” songs or if it’s a song based on his guest’s stories and journeys. 
Eef has put his own spin on podcasting with A Life in Song. It isn’t just a conversational podcast, but a unique format for telling heartbreaking or life changing stories. In this episode of Audience, Eef uncovers how he created his podcast, what his musical influences are, and the difference between art and content.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

The difference between art and content
Evolution of music and podcasting in the 90s
The scoring process versus the “regular” music making process
Getting topics for songs 
The concept and format behind “A Life In Song”
The process for developing episodes and conducting interviews
Handling differences in creative vision

Resources/Links:
Clem Snide: https://www.clemsni.de/
Eef Barzelay’s Linktree: https://linktr.ee/alifeinsong
Eef and Scott Avett Prefor "The Stuff of Us":  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HBvCI0BViDs
Pitchfork Review of "Forever Just Beyond":  https://pitchfork.com/reviews/albums/clem-snide-forever-just-beyond/
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Stories to be Lived with Clem Snide [Explicit]]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Everyone deserves a song. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today, Stuart chats with Eef Barzelay, the lead singer of indie rock band </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Clem Snide</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">, about his podcast, </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">A Life in Song.</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;"> They talk about the creative process and how it evolves and differs when he creates movie scores, writes songs, or creates podcast episodes. Eef is always busy making something, whether it’s his own brand of “simple” songs or if it’s a song based on his guest’s stories and journeys. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Eef has put his own spin on podcasting with A Life in Song. It isn’t just a conversational podcast, but a unique format for telling heartbreaking or life changing stories. In this episode of Audience, Eef uncovers how he created his podcast, what his musical influences are, and the difference between art and content.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The difference between art and content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Evolution of music and podcasting in the 90s</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The scoring process versus the “regular” music making process</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Getting topics for songs </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The concept and format behind “A Life In Song”</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The process for developing episodes and conducting interviews</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Handling differences in creative vision</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clem Snide: </span><a href="https://www.clemsni.de/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.clemsni.de/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Eef Barzelay’s Linktree: </span><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://linktr.ee/alifeinsong">https://linktr.ee/alifeinsong</a></span></p>
<p>Eef and Scott Avett Prefor "The Stuff of Us":  <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HBvCI0BViDs">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HBvCI0BViDs</a></p>
<p>Pitchfork Review of "Forever Just Beyond":  <a href="https://pitchfork.com/reviews/albums/clem-snide-forever-just-beyond/">https://pitchfork.com/reviews/albums/clem-snide-forever-just-beyond/</a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1441988/Audience-S2E4-LifeinSong-FinalV.mp3" length="65871627"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Everyone deserves a song. 
Today, Stuart chats with Eef Barzelay, the lead singer of indie rock band Clem Snide, about his podcast, A Life in Song. They talk about the creative process and how it evolves and differs when he creates movie scores, writes songs, or creates podcast episodes. Eef is always busy making something, whether it’s his own brand of “simple” songs or if it’s a song based on his guest’s stories and journeys. 
Eef has put his own spin on podcasting with A Life in Song. It isn’t just a conversational podcast, but a unique format for telling heartbreaking or life changing stories. In this episode of Audience, Eef uncovers how he created his podcast, what his musical influences are, and the difference between art and content.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

The difference between art and content
Evolution of music and podcasting in the 90s
The scoring process versus the “regular” music making process
Getting topics for songs 
The concept and format behind “A Life In Song”
The process for developing episodes and conducting interviews
Handling differences in creative vision

Resources/Links:
Clem Snide: https://www.clemsni.de/
Eef Barzelay’s Linktree: https://linktr.ee/alifeinsong
Eef and Scott Avett Prefor "The Stuff of Us":  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HBvCI0BViDs
Pitchfork Review of "Forever Just Beyond":  https://pitchfork.com/reviews/albums/clem-snide-forever-just-beyond/
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1441988/Audience-Eef-2.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:45:36</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[A Brighter Future with Zachary Karabell and Emma Varvaloucas]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 16 Mar 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1431660</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/a-brighter-future-with-zachary-karabell-and-emma-varvalucus</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of Audience, Stuart talks with Zachary Karabell and Emma Varvaloucas of the </span><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/what-could-go-right/id1579067635"><span style="font-weight:400;">What Could Go Right?</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, a podcast that talks about current events that range from artificial intelligence, to climate change, to democracy. Zach and Emma talk about their influences, their vision, and their background. They share tips on podcasting and how to share your mission with your audience.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On their podcast, Zach and Emma tackle the big topics while looking at them through a positive lens and posing questions like, ‘How can we make a change for the better?’ In a world where the most outspoken can also be the most cynical, podcasts like "What Could Go Right?" are a much-needed lighthouse shining a spotlight through the fog of the internet.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The world isn’t always a dark place</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Zach and Emma’s journey into podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The story behind What Could Go Right?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Cynicism versus positivity: changing the approach to encourage reflection</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The written word versus the audio format versus panel shows</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating podcasts that make your audiences think</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Zachary Karabell: </span><a href="https://www.zacharykarabell.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.zacharykarabell.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Emma Varvaloucus: </span><a href="https://www.emmavarv.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.emmavarv.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Progress Network: </span><a href="https://theprogressnetwork.org/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://theprogressnetwork.org/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Factfulness: Ten Reasons We're Wrong About the World--and Why Things Are Better Than You Think by Hans Rosling, Anna Rosling Ronnlund, and Ola Rosling: </span><a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/1250107814?ref_=cm_sw_r_cp_ud_dp_6GQ122JQVGDDP2VPAECS"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.amazon.com/dp/1250107814?ref_=cm_sw_r_cp_ud_dp_6GQ122JQVGDDP2VPAECS</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span></span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of Audience, Stuart talks with Zachary Karabell and Emma Varvaloucas of the What Could Go Right?, a podcast that talks about current events that range from artificial intelligence, to climate change, to democracy. Zach and Emma talk about their influences, their vision, and their background. They share tips on podcasting and how to share your mission with your audience.
On their podcast, Zach and Emma tackle the big topics while looking at them through a positive lens and posing questions like, ‘How can we make a change for the better?’ In a world where the most outspoken can also be the most cynical, podcasts like "What Could Go Right?" are a much-needed lighthouse shining a spotlight through the fog of the internet.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

The world isn’t always a dark place
Zach and Emma’s journey into podcasting
The story behind What Could Go Right?
Cynicism versus positivity: changing the approach to encourage reflection
The written word versus the audio format versus panel shows
Creating podcasts that make your audiences think

Resources/Links:
Zachary Karabell: https://www.zacharykarabell.com/
Emma Varvaloucus: https://www.emmavarv.com/ 
The Progress Network: https://theprogressnetwork.org/ 
Factfulness: Ten Reasons We're Wrong About the World--and Why Things Are Better Than You Think by Hans Rosling, Anna Rosling Ronnlund, and Ola Rosling: https://www.amazon.com/dp/1250107814?ref_=cm_sw_r_cp_ud_dp_6GQ122JQVGDDP2VPAECS 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[A Brighter Future with Zachary Karabell and Emma Varvaloucas]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of Audience, Stuart talks with Zachary Karabell and Emma Varvaloucas of the </span><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/what-could-go-right/id1579067635"><span style="font-weight:400;">What Could Go Right?</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, a podcast that talks about current events that range from artificial intelligence, to climate change, to democracy. Zach and Emma talk about their influences, their vision, and their background. They share tips on podcasting and how to share your mission with your audience.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On their podcast, Zach and Emma tackle the big topics while looking at them through a positive lens and posing questions like, ‘How can we make a change for the better?’ In a world where the most outspoken can also be the most cynical, podcasts like "What Could Go Right?" are a much-needed lighthouse shining a spotlight through the fog of the internet.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The world isn’t always a dark place</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Zach and Emma’s journey into podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The story behind What Could Go Right?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Cynicism versus positivity: changing the approach to encourage reflection</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The written word versus the audio format versus panel shows</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating podcasts that make your audiences think</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Zachary Karabell: </span><a href="https://www.zacharykarabell.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.zacharykarabell.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Emma Varvaloucus: </span><a href="https://www.emmavarv.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.emmavarv.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Progress Network: </span><a href="https://theprogressnetwork.org/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://theprogressnetwork.org/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Factfulness: Ten Reasons We're Wrong About the World--and Why Things Are Better Than You Think by Hans Rosling, Anna Rosling Ronnlund, and Ola Rosling: </span><a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/1250107814?ref_=cm_sw_r_cp_ud_dp_6GQ122JQVGDDP2VPAECS"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.amazon.com/dp/1250107814?ref_=cm_sw_r_cp_ud_dp_6GQ122JQVGDDP2VPAECS</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1431660/S2-E3-Audience-wcgr.-Final.mp3" length="58943098"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of Audience, Stuart talks with Zachary Karabell and Emma Varvaloucas of the What Could Go Right?, a podcast that talks about current events that range from artificial intelligence, to climate change, to democracy. Zach and Emma talk about their influences, their vision, and their background. They share tips on podcasting and how to share your mission with your audience.
On their podcast, Zach and Emma tackle the big topics while looking at them through a positive lens and posing questions like, ‘How can we make a change for the better?’ In a world where the most outspoken can also be the most cynical, podcasts like "What Could Go Right?" are a much-needed lighthouse shining a spotlight through the fog of the internet.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

The world isn’t always a dark place
Zach and Emma’s journey into podcasting
The story behind What Could Go Right?
Cynicism versus positivity: changing the approach to encourage reflection
The written word versus the audio format versus panel shows
Creating podcasts that make your audiences think

Resources/Links:
Zachary Karabell: https://www.zacharykarabell.com/
Emma Varvaloucus: https://www.emmavarv.com/ 
The Progress Network: https://theprogressnetwork.org/ 
Factfulness: Ten Reasons We're Wrong About the World--and Why Things Are Better Than You Think by Hans Rosling, Anna Rosling Ronnlund, and Ola Rosling: https://www.amazon.com/dp/1250107814?ref_=cm_sw_r_cp_ud_dp_6GQ122JQVGDDP2VPAECS 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1431660/WCGR3-1-.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:40:47</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Weaving the Endless Thread with Ben Brock Johnson and Amory Sivertson]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 09 Mar 2023 14:10:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1427399</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/weaving-the-endless-thread-with-ben-brock-johnson-and-amory-silverston</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of Audience, Stuart chats with Ben Brock Johnson and Amory Sivertson from the acclaimed podcast, Endless Thread. It is quite a feat to be able to build a show that stays relevant while also standing the test of time. Endless Thread has proven to be one of those great podcasts. On the show, Ben and Amory explore the depths of the internet in order to find niche communities, untold histories, unsolved mysteries, and other jaw-dropping stories. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today, Amory and Ben talk about what makes a good story, how they conduct their research, and how to stay relevant in the quickly evolving world of the internet. They also talk about the importance of getting out from behind the computer screen and conducting their own fieldwork.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The story behind Endless Thread</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What makes a story worth covering</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Putting together research and interviews for complex stories</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The difference between starting an episode and ending one</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The trial and error journey of podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Funding and capital for podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of getting out of the recording booth</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Endless Thread: </span><a href="https://www.wbur.org/podcasts/endlessthread/about"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.wbur.org/podcasts/endlessthread/about</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of Audience, Stuart chats with Ben Brock Johnson and Amory Sivertson from the acclaimed podcast, Endless Thread. It is quite a feat to be able to build a show that stays relevant while also standing the test of time. Endless Thread has proven to be one of those great podcasts. On the show, Ben and Amory explore the depths of the internet in order to find niche communities, untold histories, unsolved mysteries, and other jaw-dropping stories. 
Today, Amory and Ben talk about what makes a good story, how they conduct their research, and how to stay relevant in the quickly evolving world of the internet. They also talk about the importance of getting out from behind the computer screen and conducting their own fieldwork.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

The story behind Endless Thread
What makes a story worth covering
Putting together research and interviews for complex stories
The difference between starting an episode and ending one
The trial and error journey of podcasting
Funding and capital for podcasting
The importance of getting out of the recording booth

Resources/Links:
Endless Thread: https://www.wbur.org/podcasts/endlessthread/about 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Weaving the Endless Thread with Ben Brock Johnson and Amory Sivertson]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of Audience, Stuart chats with Ben Brock Johnson and Amory Sivertson from the acclaimed podcast, Endless Thread. It is quite a feat to be able to build a show that stays relevant while also standing the test of time. Endless Thread has proven to be one of those great podcasts. On the show, Ben and Amory explore the depths of the internet in order to find niche communities, untold histories, unsolved mysteries, and other jaw-dropping stories. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today, Amory and Ben talk about what makes a good story, how they conduct their research, and how to stay relevant in the quickly evolving world of the internet. They also talk about the importance of getting out from behind the computer screen and conducting their own fieldwork.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The story behind Endless Thread</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What makes a story worth covering</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Putting together research and interviews for complex stories</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The difference between starting an episode and ending one</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The trial and error journey of podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Funding and capital for podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of getting out of the recording booth</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Endless Thread: </span><a href="https://www.wbur.org/podcasts/endlessthread/about"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.wbur.org/podcasts/endlessthread/about</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1427399/Audience-S2E2-ET-V2.mp3" length="58337720"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of Audience, Stuart chats with Ben Brock Johnson and Amory Sivertson from the acclaimed podcast, Endless Thread. It is quite a feat to be able to build a show that stays relevant while also standing the test of time. Endless Thread has proven to be one of those great podcasts. On the show, Ben and Amory explore the depths of the internet in order to find niche communities, untold histories, unsolved mysteries, and other jaw-dropping stories. 
Today, Amory and Ben talk about what makes a good story, how they conduct their research, and how to stay relevant in the quickly evolving world of the internet. They also talk about the importance of getting out from behind the computer screen and conducting their own fieldwork.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

The story behind Endless Thread
What makes a story worth covering
Putting together research and interviews for complex stories
The difference between starting an episode and ending one
The trial and error journey of podcasting
Funding and capital for podcasting
The importance of getting out of the recording booth

Resources/Links:
Endless Thread: https://www.wbur.org/podcasts/endlessthread/about 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1427399/Audience-ET3.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:40:22</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Art and Vox Pop with Tamar Avishai]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 02 Mar 2023 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1422198</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/art-and-vox-pop-with-tamar-avishai</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart and Tamar go inside her critically acclaimed podcast, The Lonely Palette. The Lonely Palatte started its wonderful journey in 2016, a different time for podcasts where things were both uncomplicated but also uncharted. Tamar talks about her experiences in podcasting, the importance of art history, how to bring visual art to an auditory medium, and different types of guests and what they can bring to a show.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Art history’s branding problem and accessibility</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The similarities between art history and sports</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Visual versus audio mediums for visual topics like art</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The difference between an expert guest and other types of guests</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Bringing interpretations and descriptions out of your guests</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Using the perspectives of your guests and letting them guide the episode</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Making quality shows versus making “sellable” shows</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">To Patreon or not to Patreon?</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Lonely Palatte: </span><a href="http://www.thelonelypalette.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">http://www.thelonelypalette.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Tamar Avishai: </span><a href="https://www.tamaravishai.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.tamaravishai.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Stuart and Tamar go inside her critically acclaimed podcast, The Lonely Palette. The Lonely Palatte started its wonderful journey in 2016, a different time for podcasts where things were both uncomplicated but also uncharted. Tamar talks about her experiences in podcasting, the importance of art history, how to bring visual art to an auditory medium, and different types of guests and what they can bring to a show.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Art history’s branding problem and accessibility
The similarities between art history and sports
Visual versus audio mediums for visual topics like art
The difference between an expert guest and other types of guests
Bringing interpretations and descriptions out of your guests
Using the perspectives of your guests and letting them guide the episode
Making quality shows versus making “sellable” shows
To Patreon or not to Patreon?

Resources/Links:
The Lonely Palatte: http://www.thelonelypalette.com/ 
Tamar Avishai: https://www.tamaravishai.com/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Art and Vox Pop with Tamar Avishai]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart and Tamar go inside her critically acclaimed podcast, The Lonely Palette. The Lonely Palatte started its wonderful journey in 2016, a different time for podcasts where things were both uncomplicated but also uncharted. Tamar talks about her experiences in podcasting, the importance of art history, how to bring visual art to an auditory medium, and different types of guests and what they can bring to a show.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Art history’s branding problem and accessibility</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The similarities between art history and sports</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Visual versus audio mediums for visual topics like art</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The difference between an expert guest and other types of guests</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Bringing interpretations and descriptions out of your guests</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Using the perspectives of your guests and letting them guide the episode</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Making quality shows versus making “sellable” shows</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">To Patreon or not to Patreon?</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Lonely Palatte: </span><a href="http://www.thelonelypalette.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">http://www.thelonelypalette.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Tamar Avishai: </span><a href="https://www.tamaravishai.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.tamaravishai.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/51029c11-2968-4f42-bd9a-5b7dad31a4a4/Audience-S2E1-Vox-Pop-V1.mp3" length="80314113"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Stuart and Tamar go inside her critically acclaimed podcast, The Lonely Palette. The Lonely Palatte started its wonderful journey in 2016, a different time for podcasts where things were both uncomplicated but also uncharted. Tamar talks about her experiences in podcasting, the importance of art history, how to bring visual art to an auditory medium, and different types of guests and what they can bring to a show.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Art history’s branding problem and accessibility
The similarities between art history and sports
Visual versus audio mediums for visual topics like art
The difference between an expert guest and other types of guests
Bringing interpretations and descriptions out of your guests
Using the perspectives of your guests and letting them guide the episode
Making quality shows versus making “sellable” shows
To Patreon or not to Patreon?

Resources/Links:
The Lonely Palatte: http://www.thelonelypalette.com/ 
Tamar Avishai: https://www.tamaravishai.com/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1422198/Lonely-P-Audience-.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:55:38</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Season 2 Trailer]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 23 Feb 2023 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1414626</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/season-2-trailer-2</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Audience is an original series by Castos. At it’s core, it’s a podcast about podcasting. The team here at Castos is passionate about bringing valuable information, tips, and podcasting news to listeners so they can elevate their shows to the next level. In the second season of Audience, Stuart talks with podcasters from different backgrounds about their stories and how they achieved success. Join Stuart as he uncovers the process for making better shows and as he unravels the business behind podcasts.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Audience is an original series by Castos. At it’s core, it’s a podcast about podcasting. The team here at Castos is passionate about bringing valuable information, tips, and podcasting news to listeners so they can elevate their shows to the next level. In the second season of Audience, Stuart talks with podcasters from different backgrounds about their stories and how they achieved success. Join Stuart as he uncovers the process for making better shows and as he unravels the business behind podcasts.
Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Resources/Links:
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Season 2 Trailer]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Audience is an original series by Castos. At it’s core, it’s a podcast about podcasting. The team here at Castos is passionate about bringing valuable information, tips, and podcasting news to listeners so they can elevate their shows to the next level. In the second season of Audience, Stuart talks with podcasters from different backgrounds about their stories and how they achieved success. Join Stuart as he uncovers the process for making better shows and as he unravels the business behind podcasts.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1414626/Audience-S2-Trailer-NowAvailable.mp3" length="3345739"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Audience is an original series by Castos. At it’s core, it’s a podcast about podcasting. The team here at Castos is passionate about bringing valuable information, tips, and podcasting news to listeners so they can elevate their shows to the next level. In the second season of Audience, Stuart talks with podcasters from different backgrounds about their stories and how they achieved success. Join Stuart as he uncovers the process for making better shows and as he unravels the business behind podcasts.
Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Resources/Links:
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:02:19</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[3 Clips Re-Air: Design Matters with Debbie Millman]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 09 Feb 2023 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1400913</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/3-clips-re-air-design-matters-with-debbie-millman</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Since Audience is between seasons, we’re offering up a great episode from our 3 Clips archives. Today’s episode features an episode originally published in 2021 and highlights the first podcast about design. Ever. In this interview, host Jay Acunzo and Debbie discuss how she got started as a host, what’s kept her going, and why her research documents for each and every guest can be as long as 70 pages.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Debbie Millman started her interview show about design as a radio program to fulfill her need to explore her own creativity. That was 16 years ago, and Design Matters has been in production every since: it’s the world’s first podcast about design. Debbie has welcomed over 500 guests to her now wildly popular podcast to explore creative culture and how some of the most influential thinkers, artists, musicians, writers, and designers create their work, career, and life.</span></p>
<h3><strong>LEARN MORE ABOUT CASTOS:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips is a Castos Original Series. Castos provides tools for public and private podcasts and believes podcasters should own their turf to provide the best possible audience experience. Visit </span><a href="http://castos.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">http://castos.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Debbie Millman and Design Matters can be found </span><a href="https://www.designmattersmedia.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">here</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Follow Debbie Millman on Twitter </span><a href="https://twitter.com/debbiemillman"><span style="font-weight:400;">@debbiemillman</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Follow 3 Clips host Jay Acunzo on Twitter </span><a href="https://twitter.com/jayacunzo/"><span style="font-weight:400;">@jayacunzo</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">From Play It Forward: This week’s recommended podcast is </span><a href="https://the-lisa-congdon-sessions.simplecast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Lisa Congdon Sessions</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">This episode was produced by Cherie Turner: learn more </span><a href="http://stridesforwardpodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">here</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Theme music provided by </span><a href="https://open.spotify.com/artist/5TzmK85fEdotyi2mu582Sm"><span style="font-weight:400;">Cardboard Rocketship</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Since Audience is between seasons, we’re offering up a great episode from our 3 Clips archives. Today’s episode features an episode originally published in 2021 and highlights the first podcast about design. Ever. In this interview, host Jay Acunzo and Debbie discuss how she got started as a host, what’s kept her going, and why her research documents for each and every guest can be as long as 70 pages.
Debbie Millman started her interview show about design as a radio program to fulfill her need to explore her own creativity. That was 16 years ago, and Design Matters has been in production every since: it’s the world’s first podcast about design. Debbie has welcomed over 500 guests to her now wildly popular podcast to explore creative culture and how some of the most influential thinkers, artists, musicians, writers, and designers create their work, career, and life.
LEARN MORE ABOUT CASTOS:
3 Clips is a Castos Original Series. Castos provides tools for public and private podcasts and believes podcasters should own their turf to provide the best possible audience experience. Visit http://castos.com.  
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Resources/Links:
Debbie Millman and Design Matters can be found here
Follow Debbie Millman on Twitter @debbiemillman
Follow 3 Clips host Jay Acunzo on Twitter @jayacunzo
From Play It Forward: This week’s recommended podcast is The Lisa Congdon Sessions
This episode was produced by Cherie Turner: learn more here
Theme music provided by Cardboard Rocketship
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[3 Clips Re-Air: Design Matters with Debbie Millman]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Since Audience is between seasons, we’re offering up a great episode from our 3 Clips archives. Today’s episode features an episode originally published in 2021 and highlights the first podcast about design. Ever. In this interview, host Jay Acunzo and Debbie discuss how she got started as a host, what’s kept her going, and why her research documents for each and every guest can be as long as 70 pages.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Debbie Millman started her interview show about design as a radio program to fulfill her need to explore her own creativity. That was 16 years ago, and Design Matters has been in production every since: it’s the world’s first podcast about design. Debbie has welcomed over 500 guests to her now wildly popular podcast to explore creative culture and how some of the most influential thinkers, artists, musicians, writers, and designers create their work, career, and life.</span></p>
<h3><strong>LEARN MORE ABOUT CASTOS:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips is a Castos Original Series. Castos provides tools for public and private podcasts and believes podcasters should own their turf to provide the best possible audience experience. Visit </span><a href="http://castos.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">http://castos.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Debbie Millman and Design Matters can be found </span><a href="https://www.designmattersmedia.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">here</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Follow Debbie Millman on Twitter </span><a href="https://twitter.com/debbiemillman"><span style="font-weight:400;">@debbiemillman</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Follow 3 Clips host Jay Acunzo on Twitter </span><a href="https://twitter.com/jayacunzo/"><span style="font-weight:400;">@jayacunzo</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">From Play It Forward: This week’s recommended podcast is </span><a href="https://the-lisa-congdon-sessions.simplecast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Lisa Congdon Sessions</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">This episode was produced by Cherie Turner: learn more </span><a href="http://stridesforwardpodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">here</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Theme music provided by </span><a href="https://open.spotify.com/artist/5TzmK85fEdotyi2mu582Sm"><span style="font-weight:400;">Cardboard Rocketship</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/e7e206a0-7bae-44df-8c8d-1c52d2160a69/Design-Matters-Re-Air-for-Audience.mp3" length="77977976"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Since Audience is between seasons, we’re offering up a great episode from our 3 Clips archives. Today’s episode features an episode originally published in 2021 and highlights the first podcast about design. Ever. In this interview, host Jay Acunzo and Debbie discuss how she got started as a host, what’s kept her going, and why her research documents for each and every guest can be as long as 70 pages.
Debbie Millman started her interview show about design as a radio program to fulfill her need to explore her own creativity. That was 16 years ago, and Design Matters has been in production every since: it’s the world’s first podcast about design. Debbie has welcomed over 500 guests to her now wildly popular podcast to explore creative culture and how some of the most influential thinkers, artists, musicians, writers, and designers create their work, career, and life.
LEARN MORE ABOUT CASTOS:
3 Clips is a Castos Original Series. Castos provides tools for public and private podcasts and believes podcasters should own their turf to provide the best possible audience experience. Visit http://castos.com.  
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Resources/Links:
Debbie Millman and Design Matters can be found here
Follow Debbie Millman on Twitter @debbiemillman
Follow 3 Clips host Jay Acunzo on Twitter @jayacunzo
From Play It Forward: This week’s recommended podcast is The Lisa Congdon Sessions
This episode was produced by Cherie Turner: learn more here
Theme music provided by Cardboard Rocketship
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1400913/Design-Matters-Re-Air.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:54:01</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[2022 Wrap-Up]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 29 Dec 2022 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1365148</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/2022-wrap-up</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today on Audience, Stuart and Matt talk about 2022 and the future of podcasting. There was a lot of news in big tech last year as well as the recession playing Hokey Pokey with the general public. Stuart and Matt chat about how those things affected podcasting as an industry and what 2023 will hold for Audience and the industry in general. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Have a few spare seconds? Do us a solid and fill out this anonymous </span><a href="https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSeNbxM2BChC_aV-KFQc7kkHSDBe0eOO3fmpkTqrtU9wD-9kug/viewform"><span style="font-weight:400;">survey</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. We really appreciate any input you have. Thanks!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Spotify and the evolution in Big Tech</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The recession and podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Evergreen content in podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting’s advantage? Accessibility and staying power</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Marketing vs just putting out quality content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Changes in 2023: seasons and live events</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Centralized vs decentralized podcasting, and what we learned from Spotify and Twitter</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Autonomy in podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">“What if Elon Musk bought Spotify?”</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Open source, Podcasting 2.0, and RSS feeds</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://mastodon.social/explore"><span style="font-weight:400;">Mastodon</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> and the big Twitter exit</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Blue collar digital workers</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The upward trajectory for 2023</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Survey: </span><a href="https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSeNbxM2BChC_aV-KFQc7kkHSDBe0eOO3fmpkTqrtU9wD-9kug/viewform"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSeNbxM2BChC_aV-KFQc7kkHSDBe0eOO3fmpkTqrtU9wD-9kug/viewform</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span></span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Today on Audience, Stuart and Matt talk about 2022 and the future of podcasting. There was a lot of news in big tech last year as well as the recession playing Hokey Pokey with the general public. Stuart and Matt chat about how those things affected podcasting as an industry and what 2023 will hold for Audience and the industry in general. 
Have a few spare seconds? Do us a solid and fill out this anonymous survey. We really appreciate any input you have. Thanks!
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Spotify and the evolution in Big Tech
The recession and podcasting
Evergreen content in podcasting
Podcasting’s advantage? Accessibility and staying power
Marketing vs just putting out quality content
Changes in 2023: seasons and live events
Centralized vs decentralized podcasting, and what we learned from Spotify and Twitter
Autonomy in podcasting
“What if Elon Musk bought Spotify?”
Open source, Podcasting 2.0, and RSS feeds


Mastodon and the big Twitter exit
Blue collar digital workers
The upward trajectory for 2023

Resources/Links:
Survey: https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSeNbxM2BChC_aV-KFQc7kkHSDBe0eOO3fmpkTqrtU9wD-9kug/viewform 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[2022 Wrap-Up]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today on Audience, Stuart and Matt talk about 2022 and the future of podcasting. There was a lot of news in big tech last year as well as the recession playing Hokey Pokey with the general public. Stuart and Matt chat about how those things affected podcasting as an industry and what 2023 will hold for Audience and the industry in general. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Have a few spare seconds? Do us a solid and fill out this anonymous </span><a href="https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSeNbxM2BChC_aV-KFQc7kkHSDBe0eOO3fmpkTqrtU9wD-9kug/viewform"><span style="font-weight:400;">survey</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. We really appreciate any input you have. Thanks!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Spotify and the evolution in Big Tech</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The recession and podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Evergreen content in podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting’s advantage? Accessibility and staying power</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Marketing vs just putting out quality content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Changes in 2023: seasons and live events</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Centralized vs decentralized podcasting, and what we learned from Spotify and Twitter</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Autonomy in podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">“What if Elon Musk bought Spotify?”</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Open source, Podcasting 2.0, and RSS feeds</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://mastodon.social/explore"><span style="font-weight:400;">Mastodon</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> and the big Twitter exit</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Blue collar digital workers</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The upward trajectory for 2023</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Survey: </span><a href="https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSeNbxM2BChC_aV-KFQc7kkHSDBe0eOO3fmpkTqrtU9wD-9kug/viewform"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSeNbxM2BChC_aV-KFQc7kkHSDBe0eOO3fmpkTqrtU9wD-9kug/viewform</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/734092bc-6216-448e-a593-910c0d8d59ce/Audience-wrap-22.mp3" length="45738115"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Today on Audience, Stuart and Matt talk about 2022 and the future of podcasting. There was a lot of news in big tech last year as well as the recession playing Hokey Pokey with the general public. Stuart and Matt chat about how those things affected podcasting as an industry and what 2023 will hold for Audience and the industry in general. 
Have a few spare seconds? Do us a solid and fill out this anonymous survey. We really appreciate any input you have. Thanks!
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Spotify and the evolution in Big Tech
The recession and podcasting
Evergreen content in podcasting
Podcasting’s advantage? Accessibility and staying power
Marketing vs just putting out quality content
Changes in 2023: seasons and live events
Centralized vs decentralized podcasting, and what we learned from Spotify and Twitter
Autonomy in podcasting
“What if Elon Musk bought Spotify?”
Open source, Podcasting 2.0, and RSS feeds


Mastodon and the big Twitter exit
Blue collar digital workers
The upward trajectory for 2023

Resources/Links:
Survey: https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSeNbxM2BChC_aV-KFQc7kkHSDBe0eOO3fmpkTqrtU9wD-9kug/viewform 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:31:37</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[3 Clips Re-Air: Smithsonian's Sidedoor]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 22 Dec 2022 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1354159</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/3-clips-re-air-smithsonian39s-sidedoor</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, we’re going back into our archives for another episode of </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. This one is hosted by Jay Acunzo and is with guest Lizzy Peabody. This episode focuses on narrative podcasting and how to create an immersive experience, especially if you don’t have a ton of resources.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Finding your voice as a podcaster</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is Smithsonian’s Sidedoor about?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to create a narrative: “Why should I care about these people?”</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Balancing the story and the Smithsonian</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating vignettes within the story</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of anchor points within the episode</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Trust your instincts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Layering voices and creating depth</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Reinvention and how to keep your show fresh over time</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips Podcast: </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://3clipspodcast.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Sidedoor can be found here: </span><a href="https://si.edu/sidedoor"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://si.edu/sidedoor</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Follow Sidedoor host Lizzie Peabody on Twitter here: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/LizziePeabody"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/LizziePeabody</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Follow Sidedoor on Twitter here: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/SidedoorPod"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/SidedoorPod</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">From Play It Forward: This week’s recommended podcast is </span><a href="https://thesecretadventuresofblackpeople.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://thesecretadventuresofblackpeople.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Follow 3 Clips host Jay Acunzo on Twitter here: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/jayacunzo/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/jayacunzo/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">This episode was produced by Andrea Muraskin. Learn more: </span><a href="https://andreamuraskin.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://andreamuraskin.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span></span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, we’re going back into our archives for another episode of 3 Clips. This one is hosted by Jay Acunzo and is with guest Lizzy Peabody. This episode focuses on narrative podcasting and how to create an immersive experience, especially if you don’t have a ton of resources.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Finding your voice as a podcaster
What is Smithsonian’s Sidedoor about?
How to create a narrative: “Why should I care about these people?”
Balancing the story and the Smithsonian
Creating vignettes within the story
The importance of anchor points within the episode
Trust your instincts
Layering voices and creating depth
Reinvention and how to keep your show fresh over time

Resources/Links:
3 Clips Podcast: https://3clipspodcast.com/ 
Sidedoor can be found here: https://si.edu/sidedoor 
Follow Sidedoor host Lizzie Peabody on Twitter here: https://twitter.com/LizziePeabody  
Follow Sidedoor on Twitter here: https://twitter.com/SidedoorPod 
From Play It Forward: This week’s recommended podcast is https://thesecretadventuresofblackpeople.com/ 
Follow 3 Clips host Jay Acunzo on Twitter here: https://twitter.com/jayacunzo/ 
This episode was produced by Andrea Muraskin. Learn more: https://andreamuraskin.com 
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[3 Clips Re-Air: Smithsonian's Sidedoor]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, we’re going back into our archives for another episode of </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. This one is hosted by Jay Acunzo and is with guest Lizzy Peabody. This episode focuses on narrative podcasting and how to create an immersive experience, especially if you don’t have a ton of resources.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Finding your voice as a podcaster</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is Smithsonian’s Sidedoor about?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to create a narrative: “Why should I care about these people?”</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Balancing the story and the Smithsonian</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating vignettes within the story</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of anchor points within the episode</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Trust your instincts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Layering voices and creating depth</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Reinvention and how to keep your show fresh over time</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips Podcast: </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://3clipspodcast.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Sidedoor can be found here: </span><a href="https://si.edu/sidedoor"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://si.edu/sidedoor</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Follow Sidedoor host Lizzie Peabody on Twitter here: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/LizziePeabody"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/LizziePeabody</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Follow Sidedoor on Twitter here: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/SidedoorPod"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/SidedoorPod</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">From Play It Forward: This week’s recommended podcast is </span><a href="https://thesecretadventuresofblackpeople.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://thesecretadventuresofblackpeople.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Follow 3 Clips host Jay Acunzo on Twitter here: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/jayacunzo/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/jayacunzo/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">This episode was produced by Andrea Muraskin. Learn more: </span><a href="https://andreamuraskin.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://andreamuraskin.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Theme music provided by Cardboard Rocketship: </span><a href="https://open.spotify.com/artist/5TzmK85fEdotyi2mu582Sm"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://open.spotify.com/artist/5TzmK85fEdotyi2mu582Sm</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p> </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/239c8f3a-43d1-4bda-9ee9-b47360b318a1/side-door-re-air-audio.mp3" length="59719276"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, we’re going back into our archives for another episode of 3 Clips. This one is hosted by Jay Acunzo and is with guest Lizzy Peabody. This episode focuses on narrative podcasting and how to create an immersive experience, especially if you don’t have a ton of resources.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Finding your voice as a podcaster
What is Smithsonian’s Sidedoor about?
How to create a narrative: “Why should I care about these people?”
Balancing the story and the Smithsonian
Creating vignettes within the story
The importance of anchor points within the episode
Trust your instincts
Layering voices and creating depth
Reinvention and how to keep your show fresh over time

Resources/Links:
3 Clips Podcast: https://3clipspodcast.com/ 
Sidedoor can be found here: https://si.edu/sidedoor 
Follow Sidedoor host Lizzie Peabody on Twitter here: https://twitter.com/LizziePeabody  
Follow Sidedoor on Twitter here: https://twitter.com/SidedoorPod 
From Play It Forward: This week’s recommended podcast is https://thesecretadventuresofblackpeople.com/ 
Follow 3 Clips host Jay Acunzo on Twitter here: https://twitter.com/jayacunzo/ 
This episode was produced by Andrea Muraskin. Learn more: https://andreamuraskin.com 
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1354159/Sidedoor-re-air.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:41:20</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[World Building with Jonathan Goldberg]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 15 Dec 2022 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1349210</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/world-building-with-jonathan-goldberg</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart chats with award-winning playwright Jonathan Goldberg about how he builds a world for the stage and behind the mic for his podcast, “The Fall of the House of Sunshine.” How do you create and portray a believable world for your podcast? Which details do you focus on and which do you leave out? Jonathan also shares his perspective on working as a writer, his influences, and why (and how) dark comedies work so well today.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What Jonathan’s background in theater taught him about storytelling and worldbuilding</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Jonathan’s playwright and audiodrama influences</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Discoverability for writers</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The difference between entertainment and art</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Defining Jonathan’s brand</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Jonathan builds a world from scratch</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Building a fiction or nonfiction world for a podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How dark comedies work: it’s about perspective</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The fun in playing with genre and tropes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting as a skill</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of collaboration in podcasting</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Jonathan A Goldberg: </span><a href="http://jonathanagoldberg.org/"><span style="font-weight:400;">http://jonathanagoldberg.org/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Fall of the House of Sunshine: </span><a href="http://www.podmusical.com/#new-page"><span style="font-weight:400;">http://www.podmusical.com/#new-page</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">A Simple Herstory: </span><a href="https://www.asimpleherstory.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.asimpleherstory.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/cast..."></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart chats with award-winning playwright Jonathan Goldberg about how he builds a world for the stage and behind the mic for his podcast, “The Fall of the House of Sunshine.” How do you create and portray a believable world for your podcast? Which details do you focus on and which do you leave out? Jonathan also shares his perspective on working as a writer, his influences, and why (and how) dark comedies work so well today.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

What Jonathan’s background in theater taught him about storytelling and worldbuilding
Jonathan’s playwright and audiodrama influences
Discoverability for writers
The difference between entertainment and art
Defining Jonathan’s brand
How Jonathan builds a world from scratch
Building a fiction or nonfiction world for a podcast
How dark comedies work: it’s about perspective
The fun in playing with genre and tropes
Podcasting as a skill
The importance of collaboration in podcasting

Resources/Links:
Jonathan A Goldberg: http://jonathanagoldberg.org/ 
The Fall of the House of Sunshine: http://www.podmusical.com/#new-page 
A Simple Herstory: https://www.asimpleherstory.com/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[World Building with Jonathan Goldberg]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart chats with award-winning playwright Jonathan Goldberg about how he builds a world for the stage and behind the mic for his podcast, “The Fall of the House of Sunshine.” How do you create and portray a believable world for your podcast? Which details do you focus on and which do you leave out? Jonathan also shares his perspective on working as a writer, his influences, and why (and how) dark comedies work so well today.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What Jonathan’s background in theater taught him about storytelling and worldbuilding</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Jonathan’s playwright and audiodrama influences</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Discoverability for writers</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The difference between entertainment and art</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Defining Jonathan’s brand</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Jonathan builds a world from scratch</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Building a fiction or nonfiction world for a podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How dark comedies work: it’s about perspective</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The fun in playing with genre and tropes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting as a skill</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of collaboration in podcasting</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Jonathan A Goldberg: </span><a href="http://jonathanagoldberg.org/"><span style="font-weight:400;">http://jonathanagoldberg.org/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Fall of the House of Sunshine: </span><a href="http://www.podmusical.com/#new-page"><span style="font-weight:400;">http://www.podmusical.com/#new-page</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">A Simple Herstory: </span><a href="https://www.asimpleherstory.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.asimpleherstory.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/a8478889-4e93-4d57-809c-0133f1cbfdda/World-Building-Jonathan-Goldberg-Final.mp3" length="58444149"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart chats with award-winning playwright Jonathan Goldberg about how he builds a world for the stage and behind the mic for his podcast, “The Fall of the House of Sunshine.” How do you create and portray a believable world for your podcast? Which details do you focus on and which do you leave out? Jonathan also shares his perspective on working as a writer, his influences, and why (and how) dark comedies work so well today.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

What Jonathan’s background in theater taught him about storytelling and worldbuilding
Jonathan’s playwright and audiodrama influences
Discoverability for writers
The difference between entertainment and art
Defining Jonathan’s brand
How Jonathan builds a world from scratch
Building a fiction or nonfiction world for a podcast
How dark comedies work: it’s about perspective
The fun in playing with genre and tropes
Podcasting as a skill
The importance of collaboration in podcasting

Resources/Links:
Jonathan A Goldberg: http://jonathanagoldberg.org/ 
The Fall of the House of Sunshine: http://www.podmusical.com/#new-page 
A Simple Herstory: https://www.asimpleherstory.com/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1349210/Audience-Jonathan-.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:40:27</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Creating Complex Characters with Jenny Turner Hall and Florencia Lozano]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 08 Dec 2022 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1342054</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/creating-complex-characters-with-jenny-turner-hall-and-florencia-lozano</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart chats with Jenny Turner Hall and Florencia Lozano about how they created a high-concept podcast with a complex protagonist. With the rise of fiction podcasts, audio fiction, and docuseries, some podcasts now require better stories and compelling characters. How do podcasters achieve that level of storytelling? What are the ins and outs of audio fiction? Jenny and Florencia also talk about A Simple Herstory, “a theatrical and high-concept podcast series about the women who have run for President of the United States.”</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The story behind “</span><a href="https://www.asimpleherstory.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">A Simple Herstory</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">”</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Looking at history and thinking through history critically</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Choosing a multi-dimentional main character for a complex story</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Writing complex characters </span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Crafting characters that are based on actual people</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Discovery through word-of-mouth</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Audio fiction audiences</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The audio fiction community and engagement</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Welcome to Nightvale and old teleplays</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to support audio fiction</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Florencia Lozano: </span><a href="https://www.imdb.com/name/nm0523568/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.imdb.com/name/nm0523568/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Jenny Turner Hall: </span><a href="https://www.jennyturnerhall.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.jennyturnerhall.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">“A Simple Herstory: Audio as Theater (ft. Jocelyn Kuritsky)”: </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/a-simpler-herstory-audio-as-theater/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://3clipspodcast.com/a-simpler-herstory-audio-as-theater/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span></span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart chats with Jenny Turner Hall and Florencia Lozano about how they created a high-concept podcast with a complex protagonist. With the rise of fiction podcasts, audio fiction, and docuseries, some podcasts now require better stories and compelling characters. How do podcasters achieve that level of storytelling? What are the ins and outs of audio fiction? Jenny and Florencia also talk about A Simple Herstory, “a theatrical and high-concept podcast series about the women who have run for President of the United States.”
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

The story behind “A Simple Herstory”
Looking at history and thinking through history critically
Choosing a multi-dimentional main character for a complex story
Writing complex characters 
Crafting characters that are based on actual people


Discovery through word-of-mouth
Audio fiction audiences
The audio fiction community and engagement
Welcome to Nightvale and old teleplays
How to support audio fiction

Resources/Links:
Florencia Lozano: https://www.imdb.com/name/nm0523568/ 
Jenny Turner Hall: https://www.jennyturnerhall.com/ 
“A Simple Herstory: Audio as Theater (ft. Jocelyn Kuritsky)”: https://3clipspodcast.com/a-simpler-herstory-audio-as-theater/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Creating Complex Characters with Jenny Turner Hall and Florencia Lozano]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart chats with Jenny Turner Hall and Florencia Lozano about how they created a high-concept podcast with a complex protagonist. With the rise of fiction podcasts, audio fiction, and docuseries, some podcasts now require better stories and compelling characters. How do podcasters achieve that level of storytelling? What are the ins and outs of audio fiction? Jenny and Florencia also talk about A Simple Herstory, “a theatrical and high-concept podcast series about the women who have run for President of the United States.”</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The story behind “</span><a href="https://www.asimpleherstory.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">A Simple Herstory</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">”</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Looking at history and thinking through history critically</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Choosing a multi-dimentional main character for a complex story</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Writing complex characters </span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Crafting characters that are based on actual people</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Discovery through word-of-mouth</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Audio fiction audiences</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The audio fiction community and engagement</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Welcome to Nightvale and old teleplays</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to support audio fiction</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Florencia Lozano: </span><a href="https://www.imdb.com/name/nm0523568/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.imdb.com/name/nm0523568/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Jenny Turner Hall: </span><a href="https://www.jennyturnerhall.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.jennyturnerhall.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">“A Simple Herstory: Audio as Theater (ft. Jocelyn Kuritsky)”: </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/a-simpler-herstory-audio-as-theater/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://3clipspodcast.com/a-simpler-herstory-audio-as-theater/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/6bc52bae-0d01-4b23-9643-0d5a780560dd/Creating-Complex-Chararcters.mp3" length="66382255"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart chats with Jenny Turner Hall and Florencia Lozano about how they created a high-concept podcast with a complex protagonist. With the rise of fiction podcasts, audio fiction, and docuseries, some podcasts now require better stories and compelling characters. How do podcasters achieve that level of storytelling? What are the ins and outs of audio fiction? Jenny and Florencia also talk about A Simple Herstory, “a theatrical and high-concept podcast series about the women who have run for President of the United States.”
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

The story behind “A Simple Herstory”
Looking at history and thinking through history critically
Choosing a multi-dimentional main character for a complex story
Writing complex characters 
Crafting characters that are based on actual people


Discovery through word-of-mouth
Audio fiction audiences
The audio fiction community and engagement
Welcome to Nightvale and old teleplays
How to support audio fiction

Resources/Links:
Florencia Lozano: https://www.imdb.com/name/nm0523568/ 
Jenny Turner Hall: https://www.jennyturnerhall.com/ 
“A Simple Herstory: Audio as Theater (ft. Jocelyn Kuritsky)”: https://3clipspodcast.com/a-simpler-herstory-audio-as-theater/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1342054/Jenny-and-Flow.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:45:57</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Changing a Show with Sam Sethi]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 01 Dec 2022 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1338177</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/changing-a-show-with-sam-sethi</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt chats with Sam Sethi about what he’s been up to and about the future of podcasting. It’s surprising to hear that Sam’s only been in the podcasting space for around three years. In 2019, he was named Best Newcomer of the Year at the Community Radio Awards and since then, he has built a name for himself in the industry. Today Matt and Sam talk about Elon Musk, the future of opensource tech, and what it’s like getting some hard criticisms from big names. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What’s happening in the podcast space: </span><a href="https://podnews.net/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podnews Daily</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> and </span><a href="https://weekly.podnews.net/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podnews Weekly</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The hard edits of Descript: overediting versus no editing</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Lessons from “Off the Mic,” what to consider when you come up with a new podcast idea</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Revisiting technology and Big Tech</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The future of podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Opensource and the community around it</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Growing through your pocketbook</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Sam Sethi, LinkedIn: </span><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/samsethi/?originalSubdomain=uk"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.linkedin.com/in/samsethi/?originalSubdomain=uk</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Sam Talks: </span><a href="https://samtalks.technology/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://samtalks.technology/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Sam Sethi, Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/SamTalksTech"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/SamTalksTech</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt chats with Sam Sethi about what he’s been up to and about the future of podcasting. It’s surprising to hear that Sam’s only been in the podcasting space for around three years. In 2019, he was named Best Newcomer of the Year at the Community Radio Awards and since then, he has built a name for himself in the industry. Today Matt and Sam talk about Elon Musk, the future of opensource tech, and what it’s like getting some hard criticisms from big names. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

What’s happening in the podcast space: Podnews Daily and Podnews Weekly
The hard edits of Descript: overediting versus no editing
Lessons from “Off the Mic,” what to consider when you come up with a new podcast idea
Revisiting technology and Big Tech
The future of podcasting
Opensource and the community around it
Growing through your pocketbook

 
Resources/Links:
Sam Sethi, LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samsethi/?originalSubdomain=uk 
Sam Talks: https://samtalks.technology/ 
Sam Sethi, Twitter: https://twitter.com/SamTalksTech 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Changing a Show with Sam Sethi]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt chats with Sam Sethi about what he’s been up to and about the future of podcasting. It’s surprising to hear that Sam’s only been in the podcasting space for around three years. In 2019, he was named Best Newcomer of the Year at the Community Radio Awards and since then, he has built a name for himself in the industry. Today Matt and Sam talk about Elon Musk, the future of opensource tech, and what it’s like getting some hard criticisms from big names. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What’s happening in the podcast space: </span><a href="https://podnews.net/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podnews Daily</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> and </span><a href="https://weekly.podnews.net/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podnews Weekly</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The hard edits of Descript: overediting versus no editing</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Lessons from “Off the Mic,” what to consider when you come up with a new podcast idea</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Revisiting technology and Big Tech</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The future of podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Opensource and the community around it</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Growing through your pocketbook</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Sam Sethi, LinkedIn: </span><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/samsethi/?originalSubdomain=uk"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.linkedin.com/in/samsethi/?originalSubdomain=uk</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Sam Talks: </span><a href="https://samtalks.technology/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://samtalks.technology/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Sam Sethi, Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/SamTalksTech"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/SamTalksTech</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/5368e33d-095f-40ed-8c2b-7606625978a8/Sam-Sethi2-Final.mp3" length="44502932"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt chats with Sam Sethi about what he’s been up to and about the future of podcasting. It’s surprising to hear that Sam’s only been in the podcasting space for around three years. In 2019, he was named Best Newcomer of the Year at the Community Radio Awards and since then, he has built a name for himself in the industry. Today Matt and Sam talk about Elon Musk, the future of opensource tech, and what it’s like getting some hard criticisms from big names. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

What’s happening in the podcast space: Podnews Daily and Podnews Weekly
The hard edits of Descript: overediting versus no editing
Lessons from “Off the Mic,” what to consider when you come up with a new podcast idea
Revisiting technology and Big Tech
The future of podcasting
Opensource and the community around it
Growing through your pocketbook

 
Resources/Links:
Sam Sethi, LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samsethi/?originalSubdomain=uk 
Sam Talks: https://samtalks.technology/ 
Sam Sethi, Twitter: https://twitter.com/SamTalksTech 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1338177/Audience-Sam-Sethi.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:30:46</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[3 Clips Re-Air: Dirt Cheap: Serious Goofballs (ft. Amanda Meadows and Geoffrey Golden)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 24 Nov 2022 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1331792</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/3-clips-re-air-dirt-cheap-serious-goofballs-ft-amanda-meadows-and-geoffrey-golden</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">As always, we’re working really hard on new episodes of Audience. In the meantime, we're going to take a trip into our archives this week and listen in on a 3 Clips Episode. This one features the podcast </span><a href="https://www.neonhum.com/show-pages/dirt-cheap.html"><span style="font-weight:400;">Dirt Cheap</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. Dirt Cheap is all about the world of dirt cheap paperback novels, specifically old pulp novels. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Host Evo Terra talks with podcasters Amanda Meadows and Geoffrey Golden about what it is like to collaborate with a loved one on a creative project, the importance of structure (even in a comedy show), and the balance needed with banter. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">At Castos, we can help you make your show. Aside from our suite of creative tools, we also have a team of professionals who can help bring your show to life. You can contact us at </span><a href="mailto:hello@castos.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">hello@castos.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> or by clicking on the link in the Resources/Links section below.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips is a Castos Original Series. Castos provides tools for public and private podcasts and believes podcasters should own their turf to provide the best possible audience experience. Visit </span><a href="http://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<h3><strong>Inside This Episode:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">You can listen to all episodes of Dirt Cheap on </span><a href="https://www.neonhum.com/show-pages/dirt-cheap.html"><span style="font-weight:400;">Neon Hum’s website</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">You can follow Amanda Meadows on twitter </span><a href="https://twitter.com/amandonium"><span style="font-weight:400;">@amandonium</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">To learn more about Geoffrey, check out his </span><a href="https://www.geoffreygolden.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">website</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">This episode was produced and edited by Stuart Barefoot </span><a href="https://twitter.com/smallleaguestu"><span style="font-weight:400;">@smallleaguestu</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Music is by Tyler Litwin</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>About Evo:</strong></h3>
<p><strong>Evo Terra </strong><span style="font-weight:400;">has the dubious honor of releasing the 40th podcast… ever. Other notable podcasting elements from his past include authoring Podcasting For Dummies and Expert Podcasting Practices for Dummies, launching and running one of the first large podcast networks, building a successful strategic podcast consultancy, and is a celebrated keynote speaker on stages around the world. He’s also done a bunch of really, really weird stuff that Google still shows. </span></p>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://ww...</span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[As always, we’re working really hard on new episodes of Audience. In the meantime, we're going to take a trip into our archives this week and listen in on a 3 Clips Episode. This one features the podcast Dirt Cheap. Dirt Cheap is all about the world of dirt cheap paperback novels, specifically old pulp novels. 
Host Evo Terra talks with podcasters Amanda Meadows and Geoffrey Golden about what it is like to collaborate with a loved one on a creative project, the importance of structure (even in a comedy show), and the balance needed with banter. 
At Castos, we can help you make your show. Aside from our suite of creative tools, we also have a team of professionals who can help bring your show to life. You can contact us at hello@castos.com or by clicking on the link in the Resources/Links section below.
3 Clips is a Castos Original Series. Castos provides tools for public and private podcasts and believes podcasters should own their turf to provide the best possible audience experience. Visit castos.com 
Inside This Episode:

You can listen to all episodes of Dirt Cheap on Neon Hum’s website
You can follow Amanda Meadows on twitter @amandonium
To learn more about Geoffrey, check out his website
This episode was produced and edited by Stuart Barefoot @smallleaguestu
Music is by Tyler Litwin

About Evo:
Evo Terra has the dubious honor of releasing the 40th podcast… ever. Other notable podcasting elements from his past include authoring Podcasting For Dummies and Expert Podcasting Practices for Dummies, launching and running one of the first large podcast networks, building a successful strategic podcast consultancy, and is a celebrated keynote speaker on stages around the world. He’s also done a bunch of really, really weird stuff that Google still shows. 
Resources/Links:
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://ww...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[3 Clips Re-Air: Dirt Cheap: Serious Goofballs (ft. Amanda Meadows and Geoffrey Golden)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">As always, we’re working really hard on new episodes of Audience. In the meantime, we're going to take a trip into our archives this week and listen in on a 3 Clips Episode. This one features the podcast </span><a href="https://www.neonhum.com/show-pages/dirt-cheap.html"><span style="font-weight:400;">Dirt Cheap</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. Dirt Cheap is all about the world of dirt cheap paperback novels, specifically old pulp novels. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Host Evo Terra talks with podcasters Amanda Meadows and Geoffrey Golden about what it is like to collaborate with a loved one on a creative project, the importance of structure (even in a comedy show), and the balance needed with banter. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">At Castos, we can help you make your show. Aside from our suite of creative tools, we also have a team of professionals who can help bring your show to life. You can contact us at </span><a href="mailto:hello@castos.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">hello@castos.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> or by clicking on the link in the Resources/Links section below.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips is a Castos Original Series. Castos provides tools for public and private podcasts and believes podcasters should own their turf to provide the best possible audience experience. Visit </span><a href="http://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<h3><strong>Inside This Episode:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">You can listen to all episodes of Dirt Cheap on </span><a href="https://www.neonhum.com/show-pages/dirt-cheap.html"><span style="font-weight:400;">Neon Hum’s website</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">You can follow Amanda Meadows on twitter </span><a href="https://twitter.com/amandonium"><span style="font-weight:400;">@amandonium</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">To learn more about Geoffrey, check out his </span><a href="https://www.geoffreygolden.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">website</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">This episode was produced and edited by Stuart Barefoot </span><a href="https://twitter.com/smallleaguestu"><span style="font-weight:400;">@smallleaguestu</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Music is by Tyler Litwin</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>About Evo:</strong></h3>
<p><strong>Evo Terra </strong><span style="font-weight:400;">has the dubious honor of releasing the 40th podcast… ever. Other notable podcasting elements from his past include authoring Podcasting For Dummies and Expert Podcasting Practices for Dummies, launching and running one of the first large podcast networks, building a successful strategic podcast consultancy, and is a celebrated keynote speaker on stages around the world. He’s also done a bunch of really, really weird stuff that Google still shows. </span></p>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/315d6718-d307-41fe-bac0-79e3e346d51e/Dirt-Cheap-Reair.mp3" length="62302510"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[As always, we’re working really hard on new episodes of Audience. In the meantime, we're going to take a trip into our archives this week and listen in on a 3 Clips Episode. This one features the podcast Dirt Cheap. Dirt Cheap is all about the world of dirt cheap paperback novels, specifically old pulp novels. 
Host Evo Terra talks with podcasters Amanda Meadows and Geoffrey Golden about what it is like to collaborate with a loved one on a creative project, the importance of structure (even in a comedy show), and the balance needed with banter. 
At Castos, we can help you make your show. Aside from our suite of creative tools, we also have a team of professionals who can help bring your show to life. You can contact us at hello@castos.com or by clicking on the link in the Resources/Links section below.
3 Clips is a Castos Original Series. Castos provides tools for public and private podcasts and believes podcasters should own their turf to provide the best possible audience experience. Visit castos.com 
Inside This Episode:

You can listen to all episodes of Dirt Cheap on Neon Hum’s website
You can follow Amanda Meadows on twitter @amandonium
To learn more about Geoffrey, check out his website
This episode was produced and edited by Stuart Barefoot @smallleaguestu
Music is by Tyler Litwin

About Evo:
Evo Terra has the dubious honor of releasing the 40th podcast… ever. Other notable podcasting elements from his past include authoring Podcasting For Dummies and Expert Podcasting Practices for Dummies, launching and running one of the first large podcast networks, building a successful strategic podcast consultancy, and is a celebrated keynote speaker on stages around the world. He’s also done a bunch of really, really weird stuff that Google still shows. 
Resources/Links:
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://ww...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1331792/Audience-Dirt-Cheap-Logo.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:43:08</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Hearing Pictures with Allen Clark]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 17 Nov 2022 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1322595</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/hearing-pictures-with-allen-clark</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart chats with photographer Allen Clark about photography, his journey as an artist and as a podcaster, and what it’s like to photograph a president. Allen is well-known as an artist who will do anything to capture the perfect image. He has built a name for himself behind his lens, but, as </span><a href="https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/podcast"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Photo Untaken Podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> will show you, he is more than a photographer. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today, Stuart and Allen talk about how to get more out of an interview than just the superficial. Allen loves to have bigger conversations with his guests. His interviewing technique and podcasting style helps bring in more listeners than just photographers. Allen talks about how to create a welcoming atmosphere with your podcast as well.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Choosing conversation points that go beyond your profession</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Avoiding too much jargon so you don’t alienate any listeners</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to create fully realized ideas with each episode</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Collaborations with Marcus dePaula</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Putting in the extra step and how to make your show better</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What it was like to photograph a president</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Allen Clark: </span><a href="https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Photo Career Acadmey:  <a href="https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/photo-career-academy">https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/photo-career-academy</a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Photo Untaken Podcast: </span><a href="https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/podcast"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span>&lt;...</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart chats with photographer Allen Clark about photography, his journey as an artist and as a podcaster, and what it’s like to photograph a president. Allen is well-known as an artist who will do anything to capture the perfect image. He has built a name for himself behind his lens, but, as The Photo Untaken Podcast will show you, he is more than a photographer. 
Today, Stuart and Allen talk about how to get more out of an interview than just the superficial. Allen loves to have bigger conversations with his guests. His interviewing technique and podcasting style helps bring in more listeners than just photographers. Allen talks about how to create a welcoming atmosphere with your podcast as well.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Choosing conversation points that go beyond your profession
Avoiding too much jargon so you don’t alienate any listeners
How to create fully realized ideas with each episode
Collaborations with Marcus dePaula
Putting in the extra step and how to make your show better
What it was like to photograph a president

Resources/Links:
Allen Clark: https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/ 
Photo Career Acadmey:  https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/photo-career-academy
The Photo Untaken Podcast: https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/podcast 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos<...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Hearing Pictures with Allen Clark]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart chats with photographer Allen Clark about photography, his journey as an artist and as a podcaster, and what it’s like to photograph a president. Allen is well-known as an artist who will do anything to capture the perfect image. He has built a name for himself behind his lens, but, as </span><a href="https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/podcast"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Photo Untaken Podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> will show you, he is more than a photographer. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today, Stuart and Allen talk about how to get more out of an interview than just the superficial. Allen loves to have bigger conversations with his guests. His interviewing technique and podcasting style helps bring in more listeners than just photographers. Allen talks about how to create a welcoming atmosphere with your podcast as well.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Choosing conversation points that go beyond your profession</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Avoiding too much jargon so you don’t alienate any listeners</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to create fully realized ideas with each episode</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Collaborations with Marcus dePaula</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Putting in the extra step and how to make your show better</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What it was like to photograph a president</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Allen Clark: </span><a href="https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Photo Career Acadmey:  <a href="https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/photo-career-academy">https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/photo-career-academy</a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Photo Untaken Podcast: </span><a href="https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/podcast"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/008785a9-930b-4083-ab8c-5e78cd834068/Hearing-Pictures-V1.mp3" length="66712579"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart chats with photographer Allen Clark about photography, his journey as an artist and as a podcaster, and what it’s like to photograph a president. Allen is well-known as an artist who will do anything to capture the perfect image. He has built a name for himself behind his lens, but, as The Photo Untaken Podcast will show you, he is more than a photographer. 
Today, Stuart and Allen talk about how to get more out of an interview than just the superficial. Allen loves to have bigger conversations with his guests. His interviewing technique and podcasting style helps bring in more listeners than just photographers. Allen talks about how to create a welcoming atmosphere with your podcast as well.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Choosing conversation points that go beyond your profession
Avoiding too much jargon so you don’t alienate any listeners
How to create fully realized ideas with each episode
Collaborations with Marcus dePaula
Putting in the extra step and how to make your show better
What it was like to photograph a president

Resources/Links:
Allen Clark: https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/ 
Photo Career Acadmey:  https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/photo-career-academy
The Photo Untaken Podcast: https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/podcast 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos<...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1322595/ca9ac9ae5fb84aaa55fa89b88dc6f0c7-Allen-Clark-Cover.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:46:11</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Immersive Storytelling with Morgan Givens]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 10 Nov 2022 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1315281</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/immersive-storytelling-with-morgan-givens</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Morgan Givens about how he uses field recordings and immersive sound design to create unique episodes that come to life for his listeners. Morgan shares the relatable story of Antoine in his fiction podcast, </span><a href="https://www.morgangivens.com/flyest-fables"><span style="font-weight:400;">Flyest Fables</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Flyest Fables is more than just a story of a young bullied boy. Morgan’s amazing storytelling abilities help Antoine’s story transcend race, gender, and age barriers. Today Morgan shares his storytelling process: how he writes, records, and edits his fiction podcast. Morgan also shares tips on how you can make your podcast come to life for your listeners. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Morgan’s journey into audio and podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why Morgan moved away from being a police officer</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Morgan's storytelling process</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to use sound effectively in your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of podcasts like Flyest Fables</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How great stories can be universal and relatable to everyone</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Morgan’s audio recording and editing process</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Morgan Givens: </span><a href="https://www.morgangivens.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.morgangivens.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Flyest Fables: </span><a href="https://www.morgangivens.com/flyest-fables"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.morgangivens.com/flyest-fables</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Dispatches on Apple Podcasts: </span><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/dispatches/id1120440782?mt=2"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/dispatches/id1120440782?mt=2</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Morgan’s Guest Appearance on 1A: </span><a href="https://the1a.org/segments/2018-01-17-1a-movie-club-sees-saturday-church/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://the1a.org/segments/2018-01-17-1a-movie-club-sees-saturday-church/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, web...</span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Morgan Givens about how he uses field recordings and immersive sound design to create unique episodes that come to life for his listeners. Morgan shares the relatable story of Antoine in his fiction podcast, Flyest Fables. 
Flyest Fables is more than just a story of a young bullied boy. Morgan’s amazing storytelling abilities help Antoine’s story transcend race, gender, and age barriers. Today Morgan shares his storytelling process: how he writes, records, and edits his fiction podcast. Morgan also shares tips on how you can make your podcast come to life for your listeners. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Morgan’s journey into audio and podcasting
Why Morgan moved away from being a police officer
Morgan's storytelling process
How to use sound effectively in your podcast
The importance of podcasts like Flyest Fables
How great stories can be universal and relatable to everyone
Morgan’s audio recording and editing process

Resources/Links:
Morgan Givens: https://www.morgangivens.com/
Flyest Fables: https://www.morgangivens.com/flyest-fables 
Dispatches on Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/dispatches/id1120440782?mt=2 
Morgan’s Guest Appearance on 1A: https://the1a.org/segments/2018-01-17-1a-movie-club-sees-saturday-church/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, web...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Immersive Storytelling with Morgan Givens]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Morgan Givens about how he uses field recordings and immersive sound design to create unique episodes that come to life for his listeners. Morgan shares the relatable story of Antoine in his fiction podcast, </span><a href="https://www.morgangivens.com/flyest-fables"><span style="font-weight:400;">Flyest Fables</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Flyest Fables is more than just a story of a young bullied boy. Morgan’s amazing storytelling abilities help Antoine’s story transcend race, gender, and age barriers. Today Morgan shares his storytelling process: how he writes, records, and edits his fiction podcast. Morgan also shares tips on how you can make your podcast come to life for your listeners. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Morgan’s journey into audio and podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why Morgan moved away from being a police officer</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Morgan's storytelling process</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to use sound effectively in your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of podcasts like Flyest Fables</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How great stories can be universal and relatable to everyone</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Morgan’s audio recording and editing process</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Morgan Givens: </span><a href="https://www.morgangivens.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.morgangivens.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Flyest Fables: </span><a href="https://www.morgangivens.com/flyest-fables"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.morgangivens.com/flyest-fables</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Dispatches on Apple Podcasts: </span><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/dispatches/id1120440782?mt=2"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/dispatches/id1120440782?mt=2</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Morgan’s Guest Appearance on 1A: </span><a href="https://the1a.org/segments/2018-01-17-1a-movie-club-sees-saturday-church/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://the1a.org/segments/2018-01-17-1a-movie-club-sees-saturday-church/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/0860a3ea-1be0-4c68-aff5-948b904fa889/Immersive-Storytelling-V1.mp3" length="68412266"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Morgan Givens about how he uses field recordings and immersive sound design to create unique episodes that come to life for his listeners. Morgan shares the relatable story of Antoine in his fiction podcast, Flyest Fables. 
Flyest Fables is more than just a story of a young bullied boy. Morgan’s amazing storytelling abilities help Antoine’s story transcend race, gender, and age barriers. Today Morgan shares his storytelling process: how he writes, records, and edits his fiction podcast. Morgan also shares tips on how you can make your podcast come to life for your listeners. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Morgan’s journey into audio and podcasting
Why Morgan moved away from being a police officer
Morgan's storytelling process
How to use sound effectively in your podcast
The importance of podcasts like Flyest Fables
How great stories can be universal and relatable to everyone
Morgan’s audio recording and editing process

Resources/Links:
Morgan Givens: https://www.morgangivens.com/
Flyest Fables: https://www.morgangivens.com/flyest-fables 
Dispatches on Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/dispatches/id1120440782?mt=2 
Morgan’s Guest Appearance on 1A: https://the1a.org/segments/2018-01-17-1a-movie-club-sees-saturday-church/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, web...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1315281/Morgan-Givens-Cover.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:47:22</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[The Joy of Collaboration with Wil Williams]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 03 Nov 2022 09:25:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1308836</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/the-joy-of-collaboration-with-wil-williams</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<h3><strong>Introduction:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Wil Williams of Hug House Productions. Together they chat about their podcasts (</span><a href="https://hughouse.productions/podcasts/scoring-magic/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span style="font-weight:400;">Scoring Magic</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> and </span><a href="https://hughouse.productions/podcasts/valence/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span style="font-weight:400;">Valence</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">) as well as the story behind </span><a href="https://hughouse.productions/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span style="font-weight:400;">Hug House Productions</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, a collective that focuses on spotlighting stories by and about marginalized groups. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Wil is the CEO of Hug House Productions, the showrunner for Valence, the head of communications and community at Apollo Podcasts, and a writer at <a href="https://discoverpods.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Discover Pods</a>. Today they talk about what it takes to create and maintain a successful crowdfunding campaign, the importance of working collaboratively, and representation in podcasting (and the lack thereof).</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The journey behind Valence</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The dangers of being an online personality and living online</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The story behind Hug House Productions</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Audio dramas and audio documentaries: the hardest forms of podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The process of audio dramas</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to connect remotely in a smooth and healthy way</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How working collaboratively helps your story grow</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Behind the scenes of a successful crowdfunding campaign for a podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Apollo Podcasts and fiction in the space of podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Minority and marginal representation in podcasting</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Scoring Magic: </span><a href="https://hughouse.productions/podcasts/scoring-magic/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://hughouse.productions/podcasts/scoring-magic/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Valence: </span><a href="https://hughouse.productions/podcasts/valence/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://hughouse.productions/podcasts/valence/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span></span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Introduction:
On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Wil Williams of Hug House Productions. Together they chat about their podcasts (Scoring Magic and Valence) as well as the story behind Hug House Productions, a collective that focuses on spotlighting stories by and about marginalized groups. 
Wil is the CEO of Hug House Productions, the showrunner for Valence, the head of communications and community at Apollo Podcasts, and a writer at Discover Pods. Today they talk about what it takes to create and maintain a successful crowdfunding campaign, the importance of working collaboratively, and representation in podcasting (and the lack thereof).
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

The journey behind Valence
The dangers of being an online personality and living online
The story behind Hug House Productions
Audio dramas and audio documentaries: the hardest forms of podcasting
The process of audio dramas
How to connect remotely in a smooth and healthy way
How working collaboratively helps your story grow
Behind the scenes of a successful crowdfunding campaign for a podcast
Apollo Podcasts and fiction in the space of podcasting
Minority and marginal representation in podcasting

Resources/Links:
Scoring Magic: https://hughouse.productions/podcasts/scoring-magic/ 
Valence: https://hughouse.productions/podcasts/valence/ 
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[The Joy of Collaboration with Wil Williams]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<h3><strong>Introduction:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Wil Williams of Hug House Productions. Together they chat about their podcasts (</span><a href="https://hughouse.productions/podcasts/scoring-magic/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span style="font-weight:400;">Scoring Magic</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> and </span><a href="https://hughouse.productions/podcasts/valence/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span style="font-weight:400;">Valence</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">) as well as the story behind </span><a href="https://hughouse.productions/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span style="font-weight:400;">Hug House Productions</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, a collective that focuses on spotlighting stories by and about marginalized groups. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Wil is the CEO of Hug House Productions, the showrunner for Valence, the head of communications and community at Apollo Podcasts, and a writer at <a href="https://discoverpods.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Discover Pods</a>. Today they talk about what it takes to create and maintain a successful crowdfunding campaign, the importance of working collaboratively, and representation in podcasting (and the lack thereof).</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The journey behind Valence</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The dangers of being an online personality and living online</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The story behind Hug House Productions</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Audio dramas and audio documentaries: the hardest forms of podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The process of audio dramas</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to connect remotely in a smooth and healthy way</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How working collaboratively helps your story grow</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Behind the scenes of a successful crowdfunding campaign for a podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Apollo Podcasts and fiction in the space of podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Minority and marginal representation in podcasting</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Scoring Magic: </span><a href="https://hughouse.productions/podcasts/scoring-magic/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://hughouse.productions/podcasts/scoring-magic/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Valence: </span><a href="https://hughouse.productions/podcasts/valence/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://hughouse.productions/podcasts/valence/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Hug House Productions: </span><a href="https://hughouse.productions/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://hughouse.productions/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Wil Williams Reviews: </span><a href="https://wilwilliams.reviews/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://wilwilliams.reviews/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Apollo Podcasts: </span><a href="https://apollopods.tumblr.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://apollopods.tumblr.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/e9f4a7ac-3394-42cd-a1bd-d87e14c7f882/Joy-Of-Collab-Final-Revised.mp3" length="71943822"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Introduction:
On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Wil Williams of Hug House Productions. Together they chat about their podcasts (Scoring Magic and Valence) as well as the story behind Hug House Productions, a collective that focuses on spotlighting stories by and about marginalized groups. 
Wil is the CEO of Hug House Productions, the showrunner for Valence, the head of communications and community at Apollo Podcasts, and a writer at Discover Pods. Today they talk about what it takes to create and maintain a successful crowdfunding campaign, the importance of working collaboratively, and representation in podcasting (and the lack thereof).
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

The journey behind Valence
The dangers of being an online personality and living online
The story behind Hug House Productions
Audio dramas and audio documentaries: the hardest forms of podcasting
The process of audio dramas
How to connect remotely in a smooth and healthy way
How working collaboratively helps your story grow
Behind the scenes of a successful crowdfunding campaign for a podcast
Apollo Podcasts and fiction in the space of podcasting
Minority and marginal representation in podcasting

Resources/Links:
Scoring Magic: https://hughouse.productions/podcasts/scoring-magic/ 
Valence: https://hughouse.productions/podcasts/valence/ 
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1308836/Audience-Wil-Williams.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:49:49</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[3 Clips Re-Air:  Darknet Diaries]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 27 Oct 2022 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1305987</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/3-clips-re-air-darknet-diaries</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>As work on new episodes continues, we're going to take a trip into our archives this week and listen in on a 3 Clips Episode. </p>
<p> </p>
<p>In the meantime, we need help with a story we're working on. Do you use stock media for your projects? Do you create stock media for ohters to use? As a listener can you tell the difference between projects that use stock media and shows that comission art? We want to hear from you.</p>
<p>Reach out directly <a href="mailto:stuart@castos.com">stuart@castos.com</a> </p>
<p> </p>
<p>Cyber crime, hacking and the dark side of the internet. In many ways, Darknet Diaries seems like a scary podcast and at times it can be. But it’s not scary in the sense that you need a lot of technical knowledge to enjoy it. That’s because Jack Rhysider is a brilliant storyteller. He takes really complicated subjects like hacking and makes them palpable. So if you don’t know anything about the Darknet, don’t worry. Jack is the perfect guide for a world that might seem foreign for many of us.</p>
<p><strong>LEARN MORE ABOUT CASTOS</strong></p>
<p>3 Clips is a Castos Original Series. Castos provides tools for public and private podcasts and believes podcasters should own their turf to provide the best possible audience experience. Visit <a href="http://castos.com/">castos.com</a> </p>
<p><strong>Inside This Episode</strong></p>
<p>You can listen to all previous episodes of Darknet Diaries on their website <a href="https://darknetdiaries.com/">darknetdiaries.com</a></p>
<p>The episode featured is <a href="https://darknetdiaries.com/episode/109/">109: Team Poison</a></p>
<p>Follow Jack Rhysider on Twitter <a href="https://twitter.com/JackRhysider">@JackRhysider</a></p>
<p>This episode was produced and edited by Stuart Barefoot <a href="https://twitter.com/smallleaguestu">@smallleaguestu</a></p>
<p><strong>About the Host</strong></p>
<p><a href="https://www.evoterra.com/">Evo Terra</a> has the dubious honor of releasing the 40th podcast… ever. Other notable podcasting elements from his past include authoring <a href="https://amzn.to/3GjVshe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Podcasting For Dummies</em></a> and <a href="https://amzn.to/3GjVshe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Expert Podcasting Practices for Dummies</em></a>, launching and running one of the first large podcast networks, building a successful strategic podcast consultancy, and is a celebrated keynote speaker on stages around the world. He’s also done a bunch of really, really weird stuff that Google still shows.</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[As work on new episodes continues, we're going to take a trip into our archives this week and listen in on a 3 Clips Episode. 
 
In the meantime, we need help with a story we're working on. Do you use stock media for your projects? Do you create stock media for ohters to use? As a listener can you tell the difference between projects that use stock media and shows that comission art? We want to hear from you.
Reach out directly stuart@castos.com 
 
Cyber crime, hacking and the dark side of the internet. In many ways, Darknet Diaries seems like a scary podcast and at times it can be. But it’s not scary in the sense that you need a lot of technical knowledge to enjoy it. That’s because Jack Rhysider is a brilliant storyteller. He takes really complicated subjects like hacking and makes them palpable. So if you don’t know anything about the Darknet, don’t worry. Jack is the perfect guide for a world that might seem foreign for many of us.
LEARN MORE ABOUT CASTOS
3 Clips is a Castos Original Series. Castos provides tools for public and private podcasts and believes podcasters should own their turf to provide the best possible audience experience. Visit castos.com 
Inside This Episode
You can listen to all previous episodes of Darknet Diaries on their website darknetdiaries.com
The episode featured is 109: Team Poison
Follow Jack Rhysider on Twitter @JackRhysider
This episode was produced and edited by Stuart Barefoot @smallleaguestu
About the Host
Evo Terra has the dubious honor of releasing the 40th podcast… ever. Other notable podcasting elements from his past include authoring Podcasting For Dummies and Expert Podcasting Practices for Dummies, launching and running one of the first large podcast networks, building a successful strategic podcast consultancy, and is a celebrated keynote speaker on stages around the world. He’s also done a bunch of really, really weird stuff that Google still shows.]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[3 Clips Re-Air:  Darknet Diaries]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>As work on new episodes continues, we're going to take a trip into our archives this week and listen in on a 3 Clips Episode. </p>
<p> </p>
<p>In the meantime, we need help with a story we're working on. Do you use stock media for your projects? Do you create stock media for ohters to use? As a listener can you tell the difference between projects that use stock media and shows that comission art? We want to hear from you.</p>
<p>Reach out directly <a href="mailto:stuart@castos.com">stuart@castos.com</a> </p>
<p> </p>
<p>Cyber crime, hacking and the dark side of the internet. In many ways, Darknet Diaries seems like a scary podcast and at times it can be. But it’s not scary in the sense that you need a lot of technical knowledge to enjoy it. That’s because Jack Rhysider is a brilliant storyteller. He takes really complicated subjects like hacking and makes them palpable. So if you don’t know anything about the Darknet, don’t worry. Jack is the perfect guide for a world that might seem foreign for many of us.</p>
<p><strong>LEARN MORE ABOUT CASTOS</strong></p>
<p>3 Clips is a Castos Original Series. Castos provides tools for public and private podcasts and believes podcasters should own their turf to provide the best possible audience experience. Visit <a href="http://castos.com/">castos.com</a> </p>
<p><strong>Inside This Episode</strong></p>
<p>You can listen to all previous episodes of Darknet Diaries on their website <a href="https://darknetdiaries.com/">darknetdiaries.com</a></p>
<p>The episode featured is <a href="https://darknetdiaries.com/episode/109/">109: Team Poison</a></p>
<p>Follow Jack Rhysider on Twitter <a href="https://twitter.com/JackRhysider">@JackRhysider</a></p>
<p>This episode was produced and edited by Stuart Barefoot <a href="https://twitter.com/smallleaguestu">@smallleaguestu</a></p>
<p><strong>About the Host</strong></p>
<p><a href="https://www.evoterra.com/">Evo Terra</a> has the dubious honor of releasing the 40th podcast… ever. Other notable podcasting elements from his past include authoring <a href="https://amzn.to/3GjVshe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Podcasting For Dummies</em></a> and <a href="https://amzn.to/3GjVshe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Expert Podcasting Practices for Dummies</em></a>, launching and running one of the first large podcast networks, building a successful strategic podcast consultancy, and is a celebrated keynote speaker on stages around the world. He’s also done a bunch of really, really weird stuff that Google still shows.</p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/a680459b-fd39-4b72-af32-f9c1b63987b7/DND-Re-Air.mp3" length="50021294"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[As work on new episodes continues, we're going to take a trip into our archives this week and listen in on a 3 Clips Episode. 
 
In the meantime, we need help with a story we're working on. Do you use stock media for your projects? Do you create stock media for ohters to use? As a listener can you tell the difference between projects that use stock media and shows that comission art? We want to hear from you.
Reach out directly stuart@castos.com 
 
Cyber crime, hacking and the dark side of the internet. In many ways, Darknet Diaries seems like a scary podcast and at times it can be. But it’s not scary in the sense that you need a lot of technical knowledge to enjoy it. That’s because Jack Rhysider is a brilliant storyteller. He takes really complicated subjects like hacking and makes them palpable. So if you don’t know anything about the Darknet, don’t worry. Jack is the perfect guide for a world that might seem foreign for many of us.
LEARN MORE ABOUT CASTOS
3 Clips is a Castos Original Series. Castos provides tools for public and private podcasts and believes podcasters should own their turf to provide the best possible audience experience. Visit castos.com 
Inside This Episode
You can listen to all previous episodes of Darknet Diaries on their website darknetdiaries.com
The episode featured is 109: Team Poison
Follow Jack Rhysider on Twitter @JackRhysider
This episode was produced and edited by Stuart Barefoot @smallleaguestu
About the Host
Evo Terra has the dubious honor of releasing the 40th podcast… ever. Other notable podcasting elements from his past include authoring Podcasting For Dummies and Expert Podcasting Practices for Dummies, launching and running one of the first large podcast networks, building a successful strategic podcast consultancy, and is a celebrated keynote speaker on stages around the world. He’s also done a bunch of really, really weird stuff that Google still shows.]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1305987/Audience-DND.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:34:36</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Think Globally, Pod Locally with Angela Hollowell]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 20 Oct 2022 08:35:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1297451</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/think-globally-pod-locally-with-angela-hollowell</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><strong>Introduction:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Angela Hollowell from </span><a href="https://anghstudio.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">Ang H Studios</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> based out of Durham, North Carolina, about independent media, the perks of staying small, and things to think about as you grow as a podcast. Angela is a visual brand storyteller and she uses her local podcast to connect with listeners from all over the world. On her video podcast, the </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLSRDgLW25aGyWGG43t9TxfrMWkGf1GajG"><span style="font-weight:400;">Honey &amp; Hustle</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> podcast, Angela focuses on storytelling and entrepreneurship where the global issues brought up by local businesses are both intriguing and relatable.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Brand marketing and storytelling </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Going viral: is it a good thing or a bad thing?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to avoid getting “lost in the sauce”: substance over the superficial</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Angela’s background in audio</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Angela’s journey with video podcasting with Honey &amp; Hustle</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Starting with the root of a good idea and letting the process come with it</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What it means to have a local podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Balancing local connections with relatable global issues</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">YouTube as a platform: pushing the envelope and building a community</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Dynamic ad insertion </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of jumping in and getting started</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Ang H. Studeo:</span> <a href="https://anghstudio.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://anghstudio.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Angela Hollowell, LinkedIn: </span><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/angelahollowell/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.linkedin.com/in/angelahollowell/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Angela Hollowell, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/c/AngelaHollowell"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/c/AngelaHollowell</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">C...</span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Introduction:
On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Angela Hollowell from Ang H Studios based out of Durham, North Carolina, about independent media, the perks of staying small, and things to think about as you grow as a podcast. Angela is a visual brand storyteller and she uses her local podcast to connect with listeners from all over the world. On her video podcast, the Honey & Hustle podcast, Angela focuses on storytelling and entrepreneurship where the global issues brought up by local businesses are both intriguing and relatable.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
 
Today you’ll learn about:

Brand marketing and storytelling 
Going viral: is it a good thing or a bad thing?
How to avoid getting “lost in the sauce”: substance over the superficial
Angela’s background in audio
Angela’s journey with video podcasting with Honey & Hustle
Starting with the root of a good idea and letting the process come with it
What it means to have a local podcast
Balancing local connections with relatable global issues
YouTube as a platform: pushing the envelope and building a community
Dynamic ad insertion 
The importance of jumping in and getting started

 
Resources/Links:
Ang H. Studeo: https://anghstudio.com 
Angela Hollowell, LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/angelahollowell/ 
Angela Hollowell, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/AngelaHollowell 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
C...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Think Globally, Pod Locally with Angela Hollowell]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><strong>Introduction:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Angela Hollowell from </span><a href="https://anghstudio.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">Ang H Studios</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> based out of Durham, North Carolina, about independent media, the perks of staying small, and things to think about as you grow as a podcast. Angela is a visual brand storyteller and she uses her local podcast to connect with listeners from all over the world. On her video podcast, the </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLSRDgLW25aGyWGG43t9TxfrMWkGf1GajG"><span style="font-weight:400;">Honey &amp; Hustle</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> podcast, Angela focuses on storytelling and entrepreneurship where the global issues brought up by local businesses are both intriguing and relatable.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Brand marketing and storytelling </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Going viral: is it a good thing or a bad thing?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to avoid getting “lost in the sauce”: substance over the superficial</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Angela’s background in audio</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Angela’s journey with video podcasting with Honey &amp; Hustle</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Starting with the root of a good idea and letting the process come with it</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What it means to have a local podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Balancing local connections with relatable global issues</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">YouTube as a platform: pushing the envelope and building a community</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Dynamic ad insertion </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of jumping in and getting started</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Ang H. Studeo:</span> <a href="https://anghstudio.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://anghstudio.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Angela Hollowell, LinkedIn: </span><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/angelahollowell/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.linkedin.com/in/angelahollowell/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Angela Hollowell, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/c/AngelaHollowell"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/c/AngelaHollowell</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/e5b13c09-085c-43de-810d-1cd8b1d0f009/HH-Edit-Final.mp3" length="50238565"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Introduction:
On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Angela Hollowell from Ang H Studios based out of Durham, North Carolina, about independent media, the perks of staying small, and things to think about as you grow as a podcast. Angela is a visual brand storyteller and she uses her local podcast to connect with listeners from all over the world. On her video podcast, the Honey & Hustle podcast, Angela focuses on storytelling and entrepreneurship where the global issues brought up by local businesses are both intriguing and relatable.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
 
Today you’ll learn about:

Brand marketing and storytelling 
Going viral: is it a good thing or a bad thing?
How to avoid getting “lost in the sauce”: substance over the superficial
Angela’s background in audio
Angela’s journey with video podcasting with Honey & Hustle
Starting with the root of a good idea and letting the process come with it
What it means to have a local podcast
Balancing local connections with relatable global issues
YouTube as a platform: pushing the envelope and building a community
Dynamic ad insertion 
The importance of jumping in and getting started

 
Resources/Links:
Ang H. Studeo: https://anghstudio.com 
Angela Hollowell, LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/angelahollowell/ 
Angela Hollowell, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/AngelaHollowell 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
C...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1297451/Audience-Angela-H.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:34:45</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Blending Art and Utility with Bruce Wawrzyniak]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2022 09:25:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1292789</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/blending-art-and-utility-with-bruce-wawrzyniak</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><strong>Introduction:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">How do you monetize without alienating your audience? What is the right mindset when going into a podcast? </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Bruce Wawrzyniak, who started his podcast (</span><a href="https://nhte.net/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Now Hear This Entertainment</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">) as a way to promote his business. This is a path that a lot of business owners take since it is an easy way to get valuable information out to their customers and potential customers. Today Bruce talks about his success and how his podcast has evolved from a marketing tool to something quite extraordinary. He also talks about the importance of putting your audience’s needs first (give them value and give them something to enjoy). </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Bruce’s past in radio and his journey as a podcaster</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How curiosity plays a good role in interview shows</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Gaining customers’ loyalty and how to focus on your target audience</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Building a business and a podcast and how to balance both</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How podcasting can help your personal and professional life</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Bruce’s philosophy on monetizing podcasts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Promoting products and podcasts on your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">One of the great strengths of the podcasting medium: the formatting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Bruce’s big podcasting tip</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Bruce Wawzyniak, LinkedIn: </span><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/brucewawrzyniak/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.linkedin.com/in/brucewawrzyniak/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Now Hear This Management: </span><a href="https://nhte.net/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://nhte.net/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Now Hear This Entertainment: </span><a href="https://now-hear-this.net/content/podcast"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://now-hear-this.net/content/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Bruce Wawzyniak, Instagram: <a href="https://www.instagram.com/nowhearthisentertainment/">https://www.instagram.com/nowhearthisentertainment/</a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="ht..."></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Introduction:
How do you monetize without alienating your audience? What is the right mindset when going into a podcast? 
On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Bruce Wawrzyniak, who started his podcast (Now Hear This Entertainment) as a way to promote his business. This is a path that a lot of business owners take since it is an easy way to get valuable information out to their customers and potential customers. Today Bruce talks about his success and how his podcast has evolved from a marketing tool to something quite extraordinary. He also talks about the importance of putting your audience’s needs first (give them value and give them something to enjoy). 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Bruce’s past in radio and his journey as a podcaster
How curiosity plays a good role in interview shows
Gaining customers’ loyalty and how to focus on your target audience
Building a business and a podcast and how to balance both
How podcasting can help your personal and professional life
Bruce’s philosophy on monetizing podcasts
Promoting products and podcasts on your podcast
One of the great strengths of the podcasting medium: the formatting
Bruce’s big podcasting tip

 
Resources/Links:
Bruce Wawzyniak, LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/brucewawrzyniak/ 
Now Hear This Management: https://nhte.net/  
Now Hear This Entertainment: https://now-hear-this.net/content/podcast 
Bruce Wawzyniak, Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/nowhearthisentertainment/
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Blending Art and Utility with Bruce Wawrzyniak]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><strong>Introduction:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">How do you monetize without alienating your audience? What is the right mindset when going into a podcast? </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Bruce Wawrzyniak, who started his podcast (</span><a href="https://nhte.net/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Now Hear This Entertainment</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">) as a way to promote his business. This is a path that a lot of business owners take since it is an easy way to get valuable information out to their customers and potential customers. Today Bruce talks about his success and how his podcast has evolved from a marketing tool to something quite extraordinary. He also talks about the importance of putting your audience’s needs first (give them value and give them something to enjoy). </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Bruce’s past in radio and his journey as a podcaster</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How curiosity plays a good role in interview shows</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Gaining customers’ loyalty and how to focus on your target audience</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Building a business and a podcast and how to balance both</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How podcasting can help your personal and professional life</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Bruce’s philosophy on monetizing podcasts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Promoting products and podcasts on your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">One of the great strengths of the podcasting medium: the formatting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Bruce’s big podcasting tip</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Bruce Wawzyniak, LinkedIn: </span><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/brucewawrzyniak/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.linkedin.com/in/brucewawrzyniak/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Now Hear This Management: </span><a href="https://nhte.net/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://nhte.net/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Now Hear This Entertainment: </span><a href="https://now-hear-this.net/content/podcast"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://now-hear-this.net/content/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Bruce Wawzyniak, Instagram: <a href="https://www.instagram.com/nowhearthisentertainment/">https://www.instagram.com/nowhearthisentertainment/</a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/7ec2336e-af89-4b7b-aeee-dff845bb1a80/Blending-Art-Utility-v2.mp3" length="54192057"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Introduction:
How do you monetize without alienating your audience? What is the right mindset when going into a podcast? 
On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Bruce Wawrzyniak, who started his podcast (Now Hear This Entertainment) as a way to promote his business. This is a path that a lot of business owners take since it is an easy way to get valuable information out to their customers and potential customers. Today Bruce talks about his success and how his podcast has evolved from a marketing tool to something quite extraordinary. He also talks about the importance of putting your audience’s needs first (give them value and give them something to enjoy). 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Bruce’s past in radio and his journey as a podcaster
How curiosity plays a good role in interview shows
Gaining customers’ loyalty and how to focus on your target audience
Building a business and a podcast and how to balance both
How podcasting can help your personal and professional life
Bruce’s philosophy on monetizing podcasts
Promoting products and podcasts on your podcast
One of the great strengths of the podcasting medium: the formatting
Bruce’s big podcasting tip

 
Resources/Links:
Bruce Wawzyniak, LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/brucewawrzyniak/ 
Now Hear This Management: https://nhte.net/  
Now Hear This Entertainment: https://now-hear-this.net/content/podcast 
Bruce Wawzyniak, Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/nowhearthisentertainment/
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1292789/Audience-Bruce-2.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:37:30</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[The Editor's View with Stephanie Fuccio]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 06 Oct 2022 08:50:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1288937</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/the-editor39s-view-with-stephanie-fuccio-1</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt chats with Stephanie Fuccio, a multi-passionate creative who produces podcasts for herself and other creatives. She also writes about podcasts, and podcasting, and runs the </span><a href="https://globalpodcasteditors.substack.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Global Podcast Editors</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> community. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today, Stephanie and Matt talk about their editing process, why Stephanie leans into newsletters, how to gain confidence on a big platform like podcasting, and the best way to talk with (and not at) your audience. Listen in to get some insight into Stephanie’s process and what she’s learned through her journey into podcasting.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Stephanie’s journey into podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How the community helps Stephanie grow as a creative</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What it means to ‘learn as you earn’</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to gain confidence as a podcaster</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Building a website for your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Promotion and growing your show</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Matt and Stephanie’s editing process</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Guest and host etiquette</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast monetization</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Stephanie’s horror stories from editing other podcasts</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stephanie Fuccio: </span><a href="https://www.stephfuccio.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.stephfuccio.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>...]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt chats with Stephanie Fuccio, a multi-passionate creative who produces podcasts for herself and other creatives. She also writes about podcasts, and podcasting, and runs the Global Podcast Editors community. 
Today, Stephanie and Matt talk about their editing process, why Stephanie leans into newsletters, how to gain confidence on a big platform like podcasting, and the best way to talk with (and not at) your audience. Listen in to get some insight into Stephanie’s process and what she’s learned through her journey into podcasting.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Stephanie’s journey into podcasting
How the community helps Stephanie grow as a creative
What it means to ‘learn as you earn’
How to gain confidence as a podcaster
Building a website for your podcast
Promotion and growing your show
Matt and Stephanie’s editing process
Guest and host etiquette
Podcast monetization
Stephanie’s horror stories from editing other podcasts

 
Resources/Links:
Stephanie Fuccio: https://www.stephfuccio.com 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[The Editor's View with Stephanie Fuccio]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt chats with Stephanie Fuccio, a multi-passionate creative who produces podcasts for herself and other creatives. She also writes about podcasts, and podcasting, and runs the </span><a href="https://globalpodcasteditors.substack.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Global Podcast Editors</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> community. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today, Stephanie and Matt talk about their editing process, why Stephanie leans into newsletters, how to gain confidence on a big platform like podcasting, and the best way to talk with (and not at) your audience. Listen in to get some insight into Stephanie’s process and what she’s learned through her journey into podcasting.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Stephanie’s journey into podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How the community helps Stephanie grow as a creative</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What it means to ‘learn as you earn’</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to gain confidence as a podcaster</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Building a website for your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Promotion and growing your show</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Matt and Stephanie’s editing process</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Guest and host etiquette</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast monetization</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Stephanie’s horror stories from editing other podcasts</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stephanie Fuccio: </span><a href="https://www.stephfuccio.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.stephfuccio.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p> </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/8149b112-8600-46a0-adef-b36f3f156cf4/The-View-Of-An-Editor.mp3" length="47676540"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt chats with Stephanie Fuccio, a multi-passionate creative who produces podcasts for herself and other creatives. She also writes about podcasts, and podcasting, and runs the Global Podcast Editors community. 
Today, Stephanie and Matt talk about their editing process, why Stephanie leans into newsletters, how to gain confidence on a big platform like podcasting, and the best way to talk with (and not at) your audience. Listen in to get some insight into Stephanie’s process and what she’s learned through her journey into podcasting.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Stephanie’s journey into podcasting
How the community helps Stephanie grow as a creative
What it means to ‘learn as you earn’
How to gain confidence as a podcaster
Building a website for your podcast
Promotion and growing your show
Matt and Stephanie’s editing process
Guest and host etiquette
Podcast monetization
Stephanie’s horror stories from editing other podcasts

 
Resources/Links:
Stephanie Fuccio: https://www.stephfuccio.com 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1288937/Audience-Steph.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:32:58</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Discussing September Headlines]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 29 Sep 2022 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1284391</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/discussing-september-headlines</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Matt and Stuart catch up with some headlines from the audio space</p>
<p> </p>
<p>If you have quesitons that you want answered on an episode, you can send a quesiton in audio or written form to <a href="mailto:matt@castos.com">matt@castos.com</a></p>
<p> </p>
<p>We're also working on a story about the use of stock media in podcasting. Do you use stock media for your projects? Do you make stock media for others to use? As a listener can you tell the difference between podcasts that use stock media versus those that have custom art? We want to hear from you. Reach out to Stuart at <a href="mailto:stuart@castos.com">stuart@castos.com</a></p>
<p><strong>Links</strong></p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight:400;">Tom Webster talks about the future of podcasting. Ads are not the devil.</span></strong></p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://www.sixpixels.com/articles/archives/tom-webster-on-the-future-of-podcasting-this-weeks-six-pixels-of-separation-podcast/">https://www.sixpixels.com/articles/archives/tom-webster-on-the-future-of-podcasting-this-weeks-six-pixels-of-separation-podcast/</a></span></strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast companies are buying millions of listens through auto-playing episodes populated in free mobile games.</span></strong></p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-09-27/inside-podcasters-explosive-audience-growth">https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-09-27/inside-podcasters-explosive-audience-growth</a></span></strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Alby helps you earn Bitcoin/Sats as a podcaster. They are integrating the value4value methodolgy/tech into a dashboard for boostagrams. Engagement/metrics</span></p>
<p><a href="https://blog.getalby.com/saturn/">https://blog.getalby.com/saturn/</a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Spotify Now Offers Audiobooks</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"><a title="https://newsroom.spotify.com/2022-09-20/with-audiobooks-launching-in-the-u-s-today-spotify-is-the-home-for-all-the-audio-you-love/?utm_source=podnews.net&amp;utm_medium=email&amp;utm_campaign=podnews.net:2022-09-21" href="https://newsroom.spotify.com/2022-09-20/with-audiobooks-launching-in-the-u-s-today-spotify-is-the-home-for-all-the-audio-you-love/?utm_source=podnews.net&amp;utm_medium=email&amp;utm_campaign=podnews.net:2022-09-21" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://newsroom.spotify.com/</a></span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">What James Earl Jones and AI could mean for the future of audio</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://www.vanityfair.com/hollywood/2022/09/darth-vaders-voice-emanated-from-war-torn-ukraine">https://www.vanityfair.com/hollywood/2022/09/darth-vaders-voice-emanated-from-war-torn-ukraine</a></span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting can have real world impact. Adnan Syed has his murder conviction overturned</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://www.npr.org/2022/09/19/1123926818/murder-conviction-is-overturned-for-adnan-syed-of-serial-podcast">https://www.npr.org/2022/09/19/1123926818/murder-conviction-is-overturned-for-adnan-syed-of-serial-podcast</a></span></p>
<p> </p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Matt and Stuart catch up with some headlines from the audio space
 
If you have quesitons that you want answered on an episode, you can send a quesiton in audio or written form to matt@castos.com
 
We're also working on a story about the use of stock media in podcasting. Do you use stock media for your projects? Do you make stock media for others to use? As a listener can you tell the difference between podcasts that use stock media versus those that have custom art? We want to hear from you. Reach out to Stuart at stuart@castos.com
Links
Tom Webster talks about the future of podcasting. Ads are not the devil.
https://www.sixpixels.com/articles/archives/tom-webster-on-the-future-of-podcasting-this-weeks-six-pixels-of-separation-podcast/
 
Podcast companies are buying millions of listens through auto-playing episodes populated in free mobile games.
https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-09-27/inside-podcasters-explosive-audience-growth
 
Alby helps you earn Bitcoin/Sats as a podcaster. They are integrating the value4value methodolgy/tech into a dashboard for boostagrams. Engagement/metrics
https://blog.getalby.com/saturn/
 
Spotify Now Offers Audiobooks
https://newsroom.spotify.com/
 
What James Earl Jones and AI could mean for the future of audio
https://www.vanityfair.com/hollywood/2022/09/darth-vaders-voice-emanated-from-war-torn-ukraine
 
Podcasting can have real world impact. Adnan Syed has his murder conviction overturned
https://www.npr.org/2022/09/19/1123926818/murder-conviction-is-overturned-for-adnan-syed-of-serial-podcast
 ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Discussing September Headlines]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Matt and Stuart catch up with some headlines from the audio space</p>
<p> </p>
<p>If you have quesitons that you want answered on an episode, you can send a quesiton in audio or written form to <a href="mailto:matt@castos.com">matt@castos.com</a></p>
<p> </p>
<p>We're also working on a story about the use of stock media in podcasting. Do you use stock media for your projects? Do you make stock media for others to use? As a listener can you tell the difference between podcasts that use stock media versus those that have custom art? We want to hear from you. Reach out to Stuart at <a href="mailto:stuart@castos.com">stuart@castos.com</a></p>
<p><strong>Links</strong></p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight:400;">Tom Webster talks about the future of podcasting. Ads are not the devil.</span></strong></p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://www.sixpixels.com/articles/archives/tom-webster-on-the-future-of-podcasting-this-weeks-six-pixels-of-separation-podcast/">https://www.sixpixels.com/articles/archives/tom-webster-on-the-future-of-podcasting-this-weeks-six-pixels-of-separation-podcast/</a></span></strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast companies are buying millions of listens through auto-playing episodes populated in free mobile games.</span></strong></p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-09-27/inside-podcasters-explosive-audience-growth">https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-09-27/inside-podcasters-explosive-audience-growth</a></span></strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Alby helps you earn Bitcoin/Sats as a podcaster. They are integrating the value4value methodolgy/tech into a dashboard for boostagrams. Engagement/metrics</span></p>
<p><a href="https://blog.getalby.com/saturn/">https://blog.getalby.com/saturn/</a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Spotify Now Offers Audiobooks</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"><a title="https://newsroom.spotify.com/2022-09-20/with-audiobooks-launching-in-the-u-s-today-spotify-is-the-home-for-all-the-audio-you-love/?utm_source=podnews.net&amp;utm_medium=email&amp;utm_campaign=podnews.net:2022-09-21" href="https://newsroom.spotify.com/2022-09-20/with-audiobooks-launching-in-the-u-s-today-spotify-is-the-home-for-all-the-audio-you-love/?utm_source=podnews.net&amp;utm_medium=email&amp;utm_campaign=podnews.net:2022-09-21" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://newsroom.spotify.com/</a></span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">What James Earl Jones and AI could mean for the future of audio</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://www.vanityfair.com/hollywood/2022/09/darth-vaders-voice-emanated-from-war-torn-ukraine">https://www.vanityfair.com/hollywood/2022/09/darth-vaders-voice-emanated-from-war-torn-ukraine</a></span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting can have real world impact. Adnan Syed has his murder conviction overturned</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://www.npr.org/2022/09/19/1123926818/murder-conviction-is-overturned-for-adnan-syed-of-serial-podcast">https://www.npr.org/2022/09/19/1123926818/murder-conviction-is-overturned-for-adnan-syed-of-serial-podcast</a></span></p>
<p> </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/a9e44e81-8c9b-44b7-a94f-159cf8e60a21/September-Audience-Final-1-.mp3" length="51579848"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Matt and Stuart catch up with some headlines from the audio space
 
If you have quesitons that you want answered on an episode, you can send a quesiton in audio or written form to matt@castos.com
 
We're also working on a story about the use of stock media in podcasting. Do you use stock media for your projects? Do you make stock media for others to use? As a listener can you tell the difference between podcasts that use stock media versus those that have custom art? We want to hear from you. Reach out to Stuart at stuart@castos.com
Links
Tom Webster talks about the future of podcasting. Ads are not the devil.
https://www.sixpixels.com/articles/archives/tom-webster-on-the-future-of-podcasting-this-weeks-six-pixels-of-separation-podcast/
 
Podcast companies are buying millions of listens through auto-playing episodes populated in free mobile games.
https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-09-27/inside-podcasters-explosive-audience-growth
 
Alby helps you earn Bitcoin/Sats as a podcaster. They are integrating the value4value methodolgy/tech into a dashboard for boostagrams. Engagement/metrics
https://blog.getalby.com/saturn/
 
Spotify Now Offers Audiobooks
https://newsroom.spotify.com/
 
What James Earl Jones and AI could mean for the future of audio
https://www.vanityfair.com/hollywood/2022/09/darth-vaders-voice-emanated-from-war-torn-ukraine
 
Podcasting can have real world impact. Adnan Syed has his murder conviction overturned
https://www.npr.org/2022/09/19/1123926818/murder-conviction-is-overturned-for-adnan-syed-of-serial-podcast
 ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:35:41</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Re-Air:  Creating an Audio Experience with Eric Nuzum]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 22 Sep 2022 08:56:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/re-air-creating-an-audio-experience-with-eric-nuzum</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/re-air-creating-an-audio-experience-with-eric-nuzum</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">**Do you use stock media for your creative projects? Are you a creator who makes stock media for others to use? As a listener can you tell the difference between stock media and something that has been commissioned? We want to hear from you! Reach out directly to Stuart: </span><a href="mailto:stuart@castos.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">stuart@castos.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">We’re going back to our archives and listening to an episode from March of 2022. It features Eric Nuzum from Magnificent Noise. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Technology is only good if it solves a problem. In the case of podcasting, it definitely does solve problems. It’s basically broken down all major barriers to access when it comes to creating and distributing your audio.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">But creating a good podcast is so much more than simply choosing the right microphones, the best software, and distributing an RSS Feed. To make a good podcast, you need to create an audio experience, ideally, an experience that is unique to your show. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Eric Nuzum is an expert in doing that. At NPR he helped bring to life shows like the TED Radio Hour and has worked on bringing shows like ‘</span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Fresh Air’</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;"> and </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">‘Wait Wait Don’t Tell Me!</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">’ into podcasting. He was also vital in the creation of the critically acclaimed podcast,  </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Invisibilia</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">. Eric is the founder of </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Magnificent Noise</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">, a podcast, audio, and creative consulting company. </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Links</strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Magnificent Noise:  </span><a href="https://magnificentnoise.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">maginifcintnoise.com </span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Ted Radio Hour:  </span><a href="https://www.npr.org/podcasts/510298/ted-radio-hour"><span style="font-weight:400;">npr.org/podcasts/ted-radio-hour</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Invisibilia:  </span><a href="https://www.npr.org/podcasts/510307/invisibilia"><span style="font-weight:400;">npr.org/podcasts/invisibilia</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Where Should We Begin with Esther Perel:  </span><a href="https://whereshouldwebegin.estherperel.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">whereshouldwebegin.eshterperel.com </span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Connect with Eric on LinkedIn:  </span><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ericnuzum/?locale=en_US"><span style="font-weight:400;">linkedin.com/ericnuzum</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Connect Stripe to Your Private Podcast: <a href="https://castos.com/integrations/stripe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos and Stripe Integration</span></a></strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos offers integrative tools to create revenue for your private podcast. View our </span><a href="https://castos.com/offer-paid-podcast-subscriptions-with-stripe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">blog </span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">and Matt’s </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eXn6_iMBtgk"><span style="font-weight:400;">YouTube Video</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p> </p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[**Do you use stock media for your creative projects? Are you a creator who makes stock media for others to use? As a listener can you tell the difference between stock media and something that has been commissioned? We want to hear from you! Reach out directly to Stuart: stuart@castos.com 
We’re going back to our archives and listening to an episode from March of 2022. It features Eric Nuzum from Magnificent Noise. 
Technology is only good if it solves a problem. In the case of podcasting, it definitely does solve problems. It’s basically broken down all major barriers to access when it comes to creating and distributing your audio.
But creating a good podcast is so much more than simply choosing the right microphones, the best software, and distributing an RSS Feed. To make a good podcast, you need to create an audio experience, ideally, an experience that is unique to your show. 
Eric Nuzum is an expert in doing that. At NPR he helped bring to life shows like the TED Radio Hour and has worked on bringing shows like ‘Fresh Air’ and ‘Wait Wait Don’t Tell Me!’ into podcasting. He was also vital in the creation of the critically acclaimed podcast,  Invisibilia. Eric is the founder of Magnificent Noise, a podcast, audio, and creative consulting company. 
 
Links
 
Magnificent Noise:  maginifcintnoise.com 
The Ted Radio Hour:  npr.org/podcasts/ted-radio-hour
Invisibilia:  npr.org/podcasts/invisibilia
Where Should We Begin with Esther Perel:  whereshouldwebegin.eshterperel.com 
Connect with Eric on LinkedIn:  linkedin.com/ericnuzum
 
Connect Stripe to Your Private Podcast: Castos and Stripe Integration
 
Castos offers integrative tools to create revenue for your private podcast. View our blog and Matt’s YouTube Video
 
 
 ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Re-Air:  Creating an Audio Experience with Eric Nuzum]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">**Do you use stock media for your creative projects? Are you a creator who makes stock media for others to use? As a listener can you tell the difference between stock media and something that has been commissioned? We want to hear from you! Reach out directly to Stuart: </span><a href="mailto:stuart@castos.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">stuart@castos.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">We’re going back to our archives and listening to an episode from March of 2022. It features Eric Nuzum from Magnificent Noise. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Technology is only good if it solves a problem. In the case of podcasting, it definitely does solve problems. It’s basically broken down all major barriers to access when it comes to creating and distributing your audio.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">But creating a good podcast is so much more than simply choosing the right microphones, the best software, and distributing an RSS Feed. To make a good podcast, you need to create an audio experience, ideally, an experience that is unique to your show. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Eric Nuzum is an expert in doing that. At NPR he helped bring to life shows like the TED Radio Hour and has worked on bringing shows like ‘</span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Fresh Air’</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;"> and </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">‘Wait Wait Don’t Tell Me!</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">’ into podcasting. He was also vital in the creation of the critically acclaimed podcast,  </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Invisibilia</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">. Eric is the founder of </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Magnificent Noise</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">, a podcast, audio, and creative consulting company. </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Links</strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Magnificent Noise:  </span><a href="https://magnificentnoise.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">maginifcintnoise.com </span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Ted Radio Hour:  </span><a href="https://www.npr.org/podcasts/510298/ted-radio-hour"><span style="font-weight:400;">npr.org/podcasts/ted-radio-hour</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Invisibilia:  </span><a href="https://www.npr.org/podcasts/510307/invisibilia"><span style="font-weight:400;">npr.org/podcasts/invisibilia</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Where Should We Begin with Esther Perel:  </span><a href="https://whereshouldwebegin.estherperel.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">whereshouldwebegin.eshterperel.com </span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Connect with Eric on LinkedIn:  </span><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ericnuzum/?locale=en_US"><span style="font-weight:400;">linkedin.com/ericnuzum</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Connect Stripe to Your Private Podcast: <a href="https://castos.com/integrations/stripe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos and Stripe Integration</span></a></strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos offers integrative tools to create revenue for your private podcast. View our </span><a href="https://castos.com/offer-paid-podcast-subscriptions-with-stripe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">blog </span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">and Matt’s </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eXn6_iMBtgk"><span style="font-weight:400;">YouTube Video</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p> </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/135cdd36-9cff-4bab-ab57-eb598fe053fa/Nuzum-Re-air-Final.mp3" length="28809111"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[**Do you use stock media for your creative projects? Are you a creator who makes stock media for others to use? As a listener can you tell the difference between stock media and something that has been commissioned? We want to hear from you! Reach out directly to Stuart: stuart@castos.com 
We’re going back to our archives and listening to an episode from March of 2022. It features Eric Nuzum from Magnificent Noise. 
Technology is only good if it solves a problem. In the case of podcasting, it definitely does solve problems. It’s basically broken down all major barriers to access when it comes to creating and distributing your audio.
But creating a good podcast is so much more than simply choosing the right microphones, the best software, and distributing an RSS Feed. To make a good podcast, you need to create an audio experience, ideally, an experience that is unique to your show. 
Eric Nuzum is an expert in doing that. At NPR he helped bring to life shows like the TED Radio Hour and has worked on bringing shows like ‘Fresh Air’ and ‘Wait Wait Don’t Tell Me!’ into podcasting. He was also vital in the creation of the critically acclaimed podcast,  Invisibilia. Eric is the founder of Magnificent Noise, a podcast, audio, and creative consulting company. 
 
Links
 
Magnificent Noise:  maginifcintnoise.com 
The Ted Radio Hour:  npr.org/podcasts/ted-radio-hour
Invisibilia:  npr.org/podcasts/invisibilia
Where Should We Begin with Esther Perel:  whereshouldwebegin.eshterperel.com 
Connect with Eric on LinkedIn:  linkedin.com/ericnuzum
 
Connect Stripe to Your Private Podcast: Castos and Stripe Integration
 
Castos offers integrative tools to create revenue for your private podcast. View our blog and Matt’s YouTube Video
 
 
 ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1275853/Audience-Eric.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:19:52</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Owning and Earning a Platform with Sangeeta Pillai]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 15 Sep 2022 08:03:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/owning-and-earning-a-platform-with-sangeeta-pillai</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/owning-and-earning-a-platform-with-sangeeta-pillai</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><strong>Introduction:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart is talking with Sangeeta Pillai from the award-winning </span><a href="https://www.soulsutras.co.uk/top-feminist-podcast-masalapodcast-mediakit/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Masala Podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> about what it is like to create a podcast that talks about taboo content. Sangeeta has important messages to share about diversity, feminism, and inclusion. She shares those messages today, as well as her experience winning multiple British Podcast Awards. Sangeeta talks about her journey into podcasting, what it is like to be backed by Spotify, and how podcasting should change.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is the Masala Podcast and who is Sangeeta Pillai?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating a podcast to inspire change</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Exploring a taboo subject in a constructive, positive way</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Bringing women of color into feminist conversations</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The organic evolution of the formatting of a podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of season breaks</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Promotion, marketing, and keeping creative control</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The experience of winning a British Podcast Award</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Supporting creators of color and from different backgrounds</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Masala Podcast:</span> <a href="https://www.soulsutras.co.uk/top-feminist-podcast-masalapodcast-mediakit/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.soulsutras.co.uk/top-feminist-podcast-masalapodcast-mediakit/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Introduction:
On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart is talking with Sangeeta Pillai from the award-winning Masala Podcast about what it is like to create a podcast that talks about taboo content. Sangeeta has important messages to share about diversity, feminism, and inclusion. She shares those messages today, as well as her experience winning multiple British Podcast Awards. Sangeeta talks about her journey into podcasting, what it is like to be backed by Spotify, and how podcasting should change.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

What is the Masala Podcast and who is Sangeeta Pillai?
Creating a podcast to inspire change
Exploring a taboo subject in a constructive, positive way
Bringing women of color into feminist conversations
The organic evolution of the formatting of a podcast
The importance of season breaks
Promotion, marketing, and keeping creative control
The experience of winning a British Podcast Award
Supporting creators of color and from different backgrounds

Resources/Links:
Masala Podcast: https://www.soulsutras.co.uk/top-feminist-podcast-masalapodcast-mediakit/
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Owning and Earning a Platform with Sangeeta Pillai]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><strong>Introduction:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart is talking with Sangeeta Pillai from the award-winning </span><a href="https://www.soulsutras.co.uk/top-feminist-podcast-masalapodcast-mediakit/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Masala Podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> about what it is like to create a podcast that talks about taboo content. Sangeeta has important messages to share about diversity, feminism, and inclusion. She shares those messages today, as well as her experience winning multiple British Podcast Awards. Sangeeta talks about her journey into podcasting, what it is like to be backed by Spotify, and how podcasting should change.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is the Masala Podcast and who is Sangeeta Pillai?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating a podcast to inspire change</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Exploring a taboo subject in a constructive, positive way</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Bringing women of color into feminist conversations</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The organic evolution of the formatting of a podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of season breaks</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Promotion, marketing, and keeping creative control</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The experience of winning a British Podcast Award</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Supporting creators of color and from different backgrounds</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Masala Podcast:</span> <a href="https://www.soulsutras.co.uk/top-feminist-podcast-masalapodcast-mediakit/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.soulsutras.co.uk/top-feminist-podcast-masalapodcast-mediakit/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/3edb94f9-a1e9-4473-8821-99e38d60bf35/Masala-Audience-Final.mp3" length="39957942"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Introduction:
On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart is talking with Sangeeta Pillai from the award-winning Masala Podcast about what it is like to create a podcast that talks about taboo content. Sangeeta has important messages to share about diversity, feminism, and inclusion. She shares those messages today, as well as her experience winning multiple British Podcast Awards. Sangeeta talks about her journey into podcasting, what it is like to be backed by Spotify, and how podcasting should change.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

What is the Masala Podcast and who is Sangeeta Pillai?
Creating a podcast to inspire change
Exploring a taboo subject in a constructive, positive way
Bringing women of color into feminist conversations
The organic evolution of the formatting of a podcast
The importance of season breaks
Promotion, marketing, and keeping creative control
The experience of winning a British Podcast Award
Supporting creators of color and from different backgrounds

Resources/Links:
Masala Podcast: https://www.soulsutras.co.uk/top-feminist-podcast-masalapodcast-mediakit/
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1270678/Audience-Sangeeta.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:27:36</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Writing for Audio with Megan Bagala]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 08 Sep 2022 05:14:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/writing-for-audio-with-megan-bagala</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/writing-for-audio-with-megan-bagala</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><strong>Introduction:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Megan Bagala about what it means to write for audio. Megan is a podcast producer, songwriter, musician, writer, actor, and renaissance woman. In addition to doing a bit of everything, she is also an expert in the topic of writing for audio, whether it be a musical, narrative, or chat show. She shares tips and advice from her experiences in order to help new podcasters, as well as veteran podcasters, look at their copy in a different light. </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Megan is currently working as the Senior Producer on </span><a href="https://wondery.com/shows/melons-house-party/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Melon's House Party</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> at Wondery. She is a proud participant of the 2021 </span><a href="https://www.prx.org/ready-to-learn"><span style="font-weight:400;">Ready to Learn Podcast Accelerator</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> from PBS KIDS, PRX, and the CPB. Her work can be heard on podcasts from </span><a href="https://open.spotify.com/episode/139LYRaGtXa3s4JlCyKIgM?si=63a1c214623148f6"><span style="font-weight:400;">Marvel Entertainment</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, </span><a href="https://open.spotify.com/episode/0wcyK6CRzdOG2ZGhUf1LB2?si=-DJGiPRUTUGeaIltK5x68g"><span style="font-weight:400;">Gimlet</span></a> <a href="https://open.spotify.com/episode/6PgqPc1Bf8YfNogY15ZJ2a?si=9JnQPJkUSvWgOQ95Gd-9yA"><span style="font-weight:400;">Media</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, </span><a href="https://open.spotify.com/episode/2BNIYvMUzNozsY1zgfWske?si=oNC_OclNRQCkHr8mL10sSw"><span style="font-weight:400;">America's Test Kitchen</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, and more. She's currently developing a middle-grade fiction series about music theory, and a YA fiction series about the ramifications of climate change.  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Megan’s journey from her MFA in musical theater to podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Transferable skills in writing for audio</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What it means to write for the ear and not the eye</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">You don’t always know the full story until after you’ve recorded it</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tips for setting up your work and trusting your listener</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Megan switches hats so smoothly</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Megan Bagala: </span><a href="https://www.meganbagala.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.meganbagala.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Introduction:
On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Megan Bagala about what it means to write for audio. Megan is a podcast producer, songwriter, musician, writer, actor, and renaissance woman. In addition to doing a bit of everything, she is also an expert in the topic of writing for audio, whether it be a musical, narrative, or chat show. She shares tips and advice from her experiences in order to help new podcasters, as well as veteran podcasters, look at their copy in a different light. 
 
Megan is currently working as the Senior Producer on Melon's House Party at Wondery. She is a proud participant of the 2021 Ready to Learn Podcast Accelerator from PBS KIDS, PRX, and the CPB. Her work can be heard on podcasts from Marvel Entertainment, Gimlet Media, America's Test Kitchen, and more. She's currently developing a middle-grade fiction series about music theory, and a YA fiction series about the ramifications of climate change.  
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Megan’s journey from her MFA in musical theater to podcasting
Transferable skills in writing for audio
What it means to write for the ear and not the eye
You don’t always know the full story until after you’ve recorded it
Tips for setting up your work and trusting your listener
How Megan switches hats so smoothly

 
Resources/Links:
Megan Bagala: https://www.meganbagala.com/
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Writing for Audio with Megan Bagala]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><strong>Introduction:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Megan Bagala about what it means to write for audio. Megan is a podcast producer, songwriter, musician, writer, actor, and renaissance woman. In addition to doing a bit of everything, she is also an expert in the topic of writing for audio, whether it be a musical, narrative, or chat show. She shares tips and advice from her experiences in order to help new podcasters, as well as veteran podcasters, look at their copy in a different light. </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Megan is currently working as the Senior Producer on </span><a href="https://wondery.com/shows/melons-house-party/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Melon's House Party</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> at Wondery. She is a proud participant of the 2021 </span><a href="https://www.prx.org/ready-to-learn"><span style="font-weight:400;">Ready to Learn Podcast Accelerator</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> from PBS KIDS, PRX, and the CPB. Her work can be heard on podcasts from </span><a href="https://open.spotify.com/episode/139LYRaGtXa3s4JlCyKIgM?si=63a1c214623148f6"><span style="font-weight:400;">Marvel Entertainment</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, </span><a href="https://open.spotify.com/episode/0wcyK6CRzdOG2ZGhUf1LB2?si=-DJGiPRUTUGeaIltK5x68g"><span style="font-weight:400;">Gimlet</span></a> <a href="https://open.spotify.com/episode/6PgqPc1Bf8YfNogY15ZJ2a?si=9JnQPJkUSvWgOQ95Gd-9yA"><span style="font-weight:400;">Media</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, </span><a href="https://open.spotify.com/episode/2BNIYvMUzNozsY1zgfWske?si=oNC_OclNRQCkHr8mL10sSw"><span style="font-weight:400;">America's Test Kitchen</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, and more. She's currently developing a middle-grade fiction series about music theory, and a YA fiction series about the ramifications of climate change.  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Megan’s journey from her MFA in musical theater to podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Transferable skills in writing for audio</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What it means to write for the ear and not the eye</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">You don’t always know the full story until after you’ve recorded it</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tips for setting up your work and trusting your listener</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Megan switches hats so smoothly</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Megan Bagala: </span><a href="https://www.meganbagala.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.meganbagala.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p> </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/f8ef1353-63a1-448a-b5f1-2d5489221dd5/Writing-For-Audio-Final.mp3" length="47128155"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Introduction:
On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Megan Bagala about what it means to write for audio. Megan is a podcast producer, songwriter, musician, writer, actor, and renaissance woman. In addition to doing a bit of everything, she is also an expert in the topic of writing for audio, whether it be a musical, narrative, or chat show. She shares tips and advice from her experiences in order to help new podcasters, as well as veteran podcasters, look at their copy in a different light. 
 
Megan is currently working as the Senior Producer on Melon's House Party at Wondery. She is a proud participant of the 2021 Ready to Learn Podcast Accelerator from PBS KIDS, PRX, and the CPB. Her work can be heard on podcasts from Marvel Entertainment, Gimlet Media, America's Test Kitchen, and more. She's currently developing a middle-grade fiction series about music theory, and a YA fiction series about the ramifications of climate change.  
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Megan’s journey from her MFA in musical theater to podcasting
Transferable skills in writing for audio
What it means to write for the ear and not the eye
You don’t always know the full story until after you’ve recorded it
Tips for setting up your work and trusting your listener
How Megan switches hats so smoothly

 
Resources/Links:
Megan Bagala: https://www.meganbagala.com/
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1267867/Audience-Megan.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:32:35</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[3 Clips Re-Air: Nice Try with Avery Trufelman]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 01 Sep 2022 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/4310/episode/1255030</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/3-clips-re-air-nice-try-with-avery-trufelman-1</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode, we dive back into our archives and an old episode of 3 Clips. This episode aired on January 17, 2022, and was hosted by Evo Terra. It was edited and produced by Stuart Barefoot</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">For connoisseurs of podcasts, </span><a href="https://www.averytrufelman.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Avery Trufelman</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> shouldn’t need much of an introduction. She’s worked on popular shows like </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">99% Invisible </span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">and its successful spinoff, </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Articles of Interest</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">. More recently she teamed up with Vox and Curbed to create </span><a href="https://podcasts.voxmedia.com/show/nice-try"><span style="font-weight:400;">Nice Try!</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In season one of this investigative series, Avery explored failed attempts at creating Utopias. For season two titled</span><em><span style="font-weight:400;"> Interior,</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;"> she turned her attention to the home. Each episode dissects the history and the stories of household appliances and the role they play in our attempt to turn our homes into our own little fiefdoms. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">She joined Evo to discuss the making of Season 2 Episode 1 titled </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">The Doorbell</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">. Sow how does someone make an entire episode about a doorbell? Well, with breadth comes depth.</span></p>
<p><strong>LEARN MORE ABOUT CASTOS</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips is a Castos Original Series. Castos provides tools for public and private podcasts and believes podcasters should own their turf to provide the best possible audience experience. Visit </span><a href="http://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">http://castos.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><strong>Inside the Episode</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Listen to full episodes of Nice Try! at </span><a href="https://podcasts.voxmedia.com/show/nice-try"><span style="font-weight:400;">podcasts.voxmedia.com </span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Learn more about Avery’s work at her website </span><a href="https://www.averytrufelman.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">averytrufelman.com </span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">This episode was produced by Stuart Barefoot </span><a href="https://twitter.com/smallleaguestu"><span style="font-weight:400;">@smallleaguestu </span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Music was provided by Tyler Litwin </span></p>
<p><strong>About the Host </strong></p>
<p><a href="https://www.evoterra.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Evo Terra</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> has the dubious honor of releasing the 40th podcast… ever. Other notable podcasting elements from his past include authoring </span><a href="https://amzn.to/3GjVshe"><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting For Dummies</span></em></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> and </span><a href="https://amzn.to/3GjVshe"><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Expert Podcasting Practices for Dummies</span></em></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, launching and running one of the first large podcast networks, building a successful strategic podcast consultancy, and is a celebrated keynote speaker on stages around the world. He’s also done a bunch of really, really weird stuff that Google still shows.</span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode, we dive back into our archives and an old episode of 3 Clips. This episode aired on January 17, 2022, and was hosted by Evo Terra. It was edited and produced by Stuart Barefoot
 
For connoisseurs of podcasts, Avery Trufelman shouldn’t need much of an introduction. She’s worked on popular shows like 99% Invisible and its successful spinoff, Articles of Interest. More recently she teamed up with Vox and Curbed to create Nice Try!
In season one of this investigative series, Avery explored failed attempts at creating Utopias. For season two titled Interior, she turned her attention to the home. Each episode dissects the history and the stories of household appliances and the role they play in our attempt to turn our homes into our own little fiefdoms. 
She joined Evo to discuss the making of Season 2 Episode 1 titled The Doorbell. Sow how does someone make an entire episode about a doorbell? Well, with breadth comes depth.
LEARN MORE ABOUT CASTOS
3 Clips is a Castos Original Series. Castos provides tools for public and private podcasts and believes podcasters should own their turf to provide the best possible audience experience. Visit http://castos.com 
Inside the Episode
Listen to full episodes of Nice Try! at podcasts.voxmedia.com 
Learn more about Avery’s work at her website averytrufelman.com 
This episode was produced by Stuart Barefoot @smallleaguestu 
Music was provided by Tyler Litwin 
About the Host 
Evo Terra has the dubious honor of releasing the 40th podcast… ever. Other notable podcasting elements from his past include authoring Podcasting For Dummies and Expert Podcasting Practices for Dummies, launching and running one of the first large podcast networks, building a successful strategic podcast consultancy, and is a celebrated keynote speaker on stages around the world. He’s also done a bunch of really, really weird stuff that Google still shows.]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[3 Clips Re-Air: Nice Try with Avery Trufelman]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode, we dive back into our archives and an old episode of 3 Clips. This episode aired on January 17, 2022, and was hosted by Evo Terra. It was edited and produced by Stuart Barefoot</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">For connoisseurs of podcasts, </span><a href="https://www.averytrufelman.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Avery Trufelman</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> shouldn’t need much of an introduction. She’s worked on popular shows like </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">99% Invisible </span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">and its successful spinoff, </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Articles of Interest</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">. More recently she teamed up with Vox and Curbed to create </span><a href="https://podcasts.voxmedia.com/show/nice-try"><span style="font-weight:400;">Nice Try!</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In season one of this investigative series, Avery explored failed attempts at creating Utopias. For season two titled</span><em><span style="font-weight:400;"> Interior,</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;"> she turned her attention to the home. Each episode dissects the history and the stories of household appliances and the role they play in our attempt to turn our homes into our own little fiefdoms. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">She joined Evo to discuss the making of Season 2 Episode 1 titled </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">The Doorbell</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">. Sow how does someone make an entire episode about a doorbell? Well, with breadth comes depth.</span></p>
<p><strong>LEARN MORE ABOUT CASTOS</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips is a Castos Original Series. Castos provides tools for public and private podcasts and believes podcasters should own their turf to provide the best possible audience experience. Visit </span><a href="http://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">http://castos.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><strong>Inside the Episode</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Listen to full episodes of Nice Try! at </span><a href="https://podcasts.voxmedia.com/show/nice-try"><span style="font-weight:400;">podcasts.voxmedia.com </span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Learn more about Avery’s work at her website </span><a href="https://www.averytrufelman.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">averytrufelman.com </span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">This episode was produced by Stuart Barefoot </span><a href="https://twitter.com/smallleaguestu"><span style="font-weight:400;">@smallleaguestu </span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Music was provided by Tyler Litwin </span></p>
<p><strong>About the Host </strong></p>
<p><a href="https://www.evoterra.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Evo Terra</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> has the dubious honor of releasing the 40th podcast… ever. Other notable podcasting elements from his past include authoring </span><a href="https://amzn.to/3GjVshe"><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting For Dummies</span></em></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> and </span><a href="https://amzn.to/3GjVshe"><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Expert Podcasting Practices for Dummies</span></em></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, launching and running one of the first large podcast networks, building a successful strategic podcast consultancy, and is a celebrated keynote speaker on stages around the world. He’s also done a bunch of really, really weird stuff that Google still shows.</span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/355065e3-d213-4815-b0ff-e12cdcade809/Nice-Try-re-air.mp3" length="55923924"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode, we dive back into our archives and an old episode of 3 Clips. This episode aired on January 17, 2022, and was hosted by Evo Terra. It was edited and produced by Stuart Barefoot
 
For connoisseurs of podcasts, Avery Trufelman shouldn’t need much of an introduction. She’s worked on popular shows like 99% Invisible and its successful spinoff, Articles of Interest. More recently she teamed up with Vox and Curbed to create Nice Try!
In season one of this investigative series, Avery explored failed attempts at creating Utopias. For season two titled Interior, she turned her attention to the home. Each episode dissects the history and the stories of household appliances and the role they play in our attempt to turn our homes into our own little fiefdoms. 
She joined Evo to discuss the making of Season 2 Episode 1 titled The Doorbell. Sow how does someone make an entire episode about a doorbell? Well, with breadth comes depth.
LEARN MORE ABOUT CASTOS
3 Clips is a Castos Original Series. Castos provides tools for public and private podcasts and believes podcasters should own their turf to provide the best possible audience experience. Visit http://castos.com 
Inside the Episode
Listen to full episodes of Nice Try! at podcasts.voxmedia.com 
Learn more about Avery’s work at her website averytrufelman.com 
This episode was produced by Stuart Barefoot @smallleaguestu 
Music was provided by Tyler Litwin 
About the Host 
Evo Terra has the dubious honor of releasing the 40th podcast… ever. Other notable podcasting elements from his past include authoring Podcasting For Dummies and Expert Podcasting Practices for Dummies, launching and running one of the first large podcast networks, building a successful strategic podcast consultancy, and is a celebrated keynote speaker on stages around the world. He’s also done a bunch of really, really weird stuff that Google still shows.]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1255030/Audience-NT.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:38:49</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Centralized vs. Decentralized: The Space Between]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 25 Aug 2022 05:59:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/centralized-vs-decentralized-the-space-between</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/centralized-vs-decentralized-the-space-between</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt and Stuart share their discussions with Juleyka Lantigua, Sam Sethi, and Skye Pillsbury about centralized and decentralized monetization and podcasting. Take a peek into these fun and informative conversations as they delve into the definitions of indie podcasting, what kind of conversation you should have with advertisers, and the best possible route for different podcasters.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Should we welcome corporate overlords into our podcasts? Should we stay as indie podcasts? What are your goals as a podcaster? Are you looking for an easy path to monetization or are you looking for something else?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What it means to have centralized vs a decentralized podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Downloads and advertising </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Clear expectations and communication with advertisers</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Interactivity for listeners: looking for the interesting conversation</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Which platform is going to give us the best technology for listener reach, advertising, and monetization</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What does it mean to have a “small” podcast or to be a “small” creator? Who is considered an indie creator?</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Juleyka Lantigua Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/JuleykaLantigua"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/JuleykaLantigua</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Sam Sethi Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/samsethi?lang=en"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/samsethi?lang=en</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Skye Pillsbury Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/SkyePillsbury?ref_src=twsrc%5Egoogle%7Ctwcamp%5Eserp%7Ctwgr%5Eauthor"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/SkyePillsbury?ref_src=twsrc%5Egoogle%7Ctwcamp%5Eserp%7Ctwgr%5Eauthor</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt and Stuart share their discussions with Juleyka Lantigua, Sam Sethi, and Skye Pillsbury about centralized and decentralized monetization and podcasting. Take a peek into these fun and informative conversations as they delve into the definitions of indie podcasting, what kind of conversation you should have with advertisers, and the best possible route for different podcasters.
Should we welcome corporate overlords into our podcasts? Should we stay as indie podcasts? What are your goals as a podcaster? Are you looking for an easy path to monetization or are you looking for something else?
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

What it means to have centralized vs a decentralized podcast
Downloads and advertising 
Clear expectations and communication with advertisers
Interactivity for listeners: looking for the interesting conversation
Which platform is going to give us the best technology for listener reach, advertising, and monetization
What does it mean to have a “small” podcast or to be a “small” creator? Who is considered an indie creator?

Resources/Links:
Juleyka Lantigua Twitter: https://twitter.com/JuleykaLantigua
Sam Sethi Twitter: https://twitter.com/samsethi?lang=en
Skye Pillsbury Twitter: https://twitter.com/SkyePillsbury?ref_src=twsrc%5Egoogle%7Ctwcamp%5Eserp%7Ctwgr%5Eauthor
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Centralized vs. Decentralized: The Space Between]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt and Stuart share their discussions with Juleyka Lantigua, Sam Sethi, and Skye Pillsbury about centralized and decentralized monetization and podcasting. Take a peek into these fun and informative conversations as they delve into the definitions of indie podcasting, what kind of conversation you should have with advertisers, and the best possible route for different podcasters.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Should we welcome corporate overlords into our podcasts? Should we stay as indie podcasts? What are your goals as a podcaster? Are you looking for an easy path to monetization or are you looking for something else?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What it means to have centralized vs a decentralized podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Downloads and advertising </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Clear expectations and communication with advertisers</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Interactivity for listeners: looking for the interesting conversation</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Which platform is going to give us the best technology for listener reach, advertising, and monetization</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What does it mean to have a “small” podcast or to be a “small” creator? Who is considered an indie creator?</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Juleyka Lantigua Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/JuleykaLantigua"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/JuleykaLantigua</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Sam Sethi Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/samsethi?lang=en"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/samsethi?lang=en</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Skye Pillsbury Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/SkyePillsbury?ref_src=twsrc%5Egoogle%7Ctwcamp%5Eserp%7Ctwgr%5Eauthor"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/SkyePillsbury?ref_src=twsrc%5Egoogle%7Ctwcamp%5Eserp%7Ctwgr%5Eauthor</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p> </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/27bdb8d0-d792-44d3-b81a-ae593f0b32f1/The-Story-Part3-Final.mp3" length="58655669"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt and Stuart share their discussions with Juleyka Lantigua, Sam Sethi, and Skye Pillsbury about centralized and decentralized monetization and podcasting. Take a peek into these fun and informative conversations as they delve into the definitions of indie podcasting, what kind of conversation you should have with advertisers, and the best possible route for different podcasters.
Should we welcome corporate overlords into our podcasts? Should we stay as indie podcasts? What are your goals as a podcaster? Are you looking for an easy path to monetization or are you looking for something else?
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

What it means to have centralized vs a decentralized podcast
Downloads and advertising 
Clear expectations and communication with advertisers
Interactivity for listeners: looking for the interesting conversation
Which platform is going to give us the best technology for listener reach, advertising, and monetization
What does it mean to have a “small” podcast or to be a “small” creator? Who is considered an indie creator?

Resources/Links:
Juleyka Lantigua Twitter: https://twitter.com/JuleykaLantigua
Sam Sethi Twitter: https://twitter.com/samsethi?lang=en
Skye Pillsbury Twitter: https://twitter.com/SkyePillsbury?ref_src=twsrc%5Egoogle%7Ctwcamp%5Eserp%7Ctwgr%5Eauthor
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/privatepodcast/ 
Castos, website: https://castos.com/ 
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:40:35</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Centralized vs Decentralized:  Value 4 Value ]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 18 Aug 2022 13:39:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/centralized-vs-decentralized-value-4-value</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/centralized-vs-decentralized-value-4-value</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode of Audience, you’ll hear Part II of our “Centralized vs. Decentralized” series.  Matt and Stuart are joined by “The Podfather” himself, Adam Curry.  Adam stops by to talk about protecting podcasting, and all those involved with creating podcast content. In addition to his many successes in podcasting, Adam is the Founder of PodcastIndex.Org, whose mission is to preserve, protect, and extend the open, independent podcasting ecosystem. </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Adam and Matt also discuss the “value 4 value” construct that allows payment to be distributed easily from listener/consumer to independent creators, including compensating smaller participants in the podcasting sphere such as the app designers.  Adam also touches on topics like the network of small independent podcasting production companies that currently exist (like Castos.com) which form a perfectly distributed and decentralized network that protects content creators from being de-platformed completely.  </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Thanks to Skye Pillsbury from The Squeeze podcast for the opening of this episode. You’ll hear more from Skye next time, as a guest for Part III, the final installment of our series, and she’ll be joined by guests Sam Sethi from Podland and Juleyka Lantigua from LWC Studios. </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources:</strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://twitter.com/adamcurry"><span style="font-weight:400;">Adam Curry Twitter</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://www.noagendashow.net/"><span style="font-weight:400;">No Agenda Podcast</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9tcDNzLm5hc2hvd25vdGVzLmNvbS9wYzIwcnNzLnhtbA?sa=X&amp;ved=0CAMQ4aUDahcKEwjYz8fb6875AhUAAAAAHQAAAAAQLw&amp;hl=en-MX" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting 2.0 Podcast w Adam &amp; Dave</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://podcastindex.org/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span style="font-weight:400;">PodcastIndex.org</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://thisisthesqueeze.substack.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Squeeze Podcast Newsletter w Skye Pillsbury</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/juleykalantigua/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span style="font-weight:400;">Juleyka Lantigua LinkedIn</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://twitter.com/JuleykaLantigua" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span style="font-weight:400;">Julkeyka Lantigua on Twitter</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://www.podland.news/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podland Podcast</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/mattmm/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span style="font-weight:400;">Matt Medeiros LinkedIn</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/stuart-barefoot-a13a2539/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart Barefoot LinkedIn</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://audiencepodcast.fm/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Audience Podcast</span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode of Audience, you’ll hear Part II of our “Centralized vs. Decentralized” series.  Matt and Stuart are joined by “The Podfather” himself, Adam Curry.  Adam stops by to talk about protecting podcasting, and all those involved with creating podcast content. In addition to his many successes in podcasting, Adam is the Founder of PodcastIndex.Org, whose mission is to preserve, protect, and extend the open, independent podcasting ecosystem. 
 
Adam and Matt also discuss the “value 4 value” construct that allows payment to be distributed easily from listener/consumer to independent creators, including compensating smaller participants in the podcasting sphere such as the app designers.  Adam also touches on topics like the network of small independent podcasting production companies that currently exist (like Castos.com) which form a perfectly distributed and decentralized network that protects content creators from being de-platformed completely.  
 
Thanks to Skye Pillsbury from The Squeeze podcast for the opening of this episode. You’ll hear more from Skye next time, as a guest for Part III, the final installment of our series, and she’ll be joined by guests Sam Sethi from Podland and Juleyka Lantigua from LWC Studios. 
 
Resources:
 
Adam Curry Twitter
 
No Agenda Podcast
 
Podcasting 2.0 Podcast w Adam & Dave
 
PodcastIndex.org
 
The Squeeze Podcast Newsletter w Skye Pillsbury
 
Juleyka Lantigua LinkedIn
 
Julkeyka Lantigua on Twitter
 
Podland Podcast
 
Matt Medeiros LinkedIn
 
Stuart Barefoot LinkedIn
 
Audience Podcast]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Centralized vs Decentralized:  Value 4 Value ]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode of Audience, you’ll hear Part II of our “Centralized vs. Decentralized” series.  Matt and Stuart are joined by “The Podfather” himself, Adam Curry.  Adam stops by to talk about protecting podcasting, and all those involved with creating podcast content. In addition to his many successes in podcasting, Adam is the Founder of PodcastIndex.Org, whose mission is to preserve, protect, and extend the open, independent podcasting ecosystem. </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Adam and Matt also discuss the “value 4 value” construct that allows payment to be distributed easily from listener/consumer to independent creators, including compensating smaller participants in the podcasting sphere such as the app designers.  Adam also touches on topics like the network of small independent podcasting production companies that currently exist (like Castos.com) which form a perfectly distributed and decentralized network that protects content creators from being de-platformed completely.  </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Thanks to Skye Pillsbury from The Squeeze podcast for the opening of this episode. You’ll hear more from Skye next time, as a guest for Part III, the final installment of our series, and she’ll be joined by guests Sam Sethi from Podland and Juleyka Lantigua from LWC Studios. </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources:</strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://twitter.com/adamcurry"><span style="font-weight:400;">Adam Curry Twitter</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://www.noagendashow.net/"><span style="font-weight:400;">No Agenda Podcast</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9tcDNzLm5hc2hvd25vdGVzLmNvbS9wYzIwcnNzLnhtbA?sa=X&amp;ved=0CAMQ4aUDahcKEwjYz8fb6875AhUAAAAAHQAAAAAQLw&amp;hl=en-MX" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting 2.0 Podcast w Adam &amp; Dave</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://podcastindex.org/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span style="font-weight:400;">PodcastIndex.org</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://thisisthesqueeze.substack.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Squeeze Podcast Newsletter w Skye Pillsbury</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/juleykalantigua/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span style="font-weight:400;">Juleyka Lantigua LinkedIn</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://twitter.com/JuleykaLantigua" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span style="font-weight:400;">Julkeyka Lantigua on Twitter</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://www.podland.news/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podland Podcast</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/mattmm/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span style="font-weight:400;">Matt Medeiros LinkedIn</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/stuart-barefoot-a13a2539/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart Barefoot LinkedIn</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://audiencepodcast.fm/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Audience Podcast</span></a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/297250d8-f388-434d-a91a-541526bfec72/The-Story-Part-2-Final.mp3" length="62299863"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode of Audience, you’ll hear Part II of our “Centralized vs. Decentralized” series.  Matt and Stuart are joined by “The Podfather” himself, Adam Curry.  Adam stops by to talk about protecting podcasting, and all those involved with creating podcast content. In addition to his many successes in podcasting, Adam is the Founder of PodcastIndex.Org, whose mission is to preserve, protect, and extend the open, independent podcasting ecosystem. 
 
Adam and Matt also discuss the “value 4 value” construct that allows payment to be distributed easily from listener/consumer to independent creators, including compensating smaller participants in the podcasting sphere such as the app designers.  Adam also touches on topics like the network of small independent podcasting production companies that currently exist (like Castos.com) which form a perfectly distributed and decentralized network that protects content creators from being de-platformed completely.  
 
Thanks to Skye Pillsbury from The Squeeze podcast for the opening of this episode. You’ll hear more from Skye next time, as a guest for Part III, the final installment of our series, and she’ll be joined by guests Sam Sethi from Podland and Juleyka Lantigua from LWC Studios. 
 
Resources:
 
Adam Curry Twitter
 
No Agenda Podcast
 
Podcasting 2.0 Podcast w Adam & Dave
 
PodcastIndex.org
 
The Squeeze Podcast Newsletter w Skye Pillsbury
 
Juleyka Lantigua LinkedIn
 
Julkeyka Lantigua on Twitter
 
Podland Podcast
 
Matt Medeiros LinkedIn
 
Stuart Barefoot LinkedIn
 
Audience Podcast]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:43:07</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Centralized vs Decentralized:  The Case for Discoverability ]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 11 Aug 2022 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/centralized-vs-decentralized-the-case-for-discoverability</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/centralized-vs-decentralized-the-case-for-discoverability</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>As podcasters (and creators in general) look for ways to generate more interest in their work, the method of distribtuion is sometimes being debated. So Matt and Stuart set out to ask podcasters of all stripes how they feel about centralized and decentralized distribution. </p>
<p> </p>
<p>In part one Matt talks to Tanner Campbell who advocates for a more centralized system. He tells Matt this could help solve for discoverability and could streamline monetezation tools for podcasters.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Thanks to Juleyka Lantigua for our openeing. Stay tuned for more of her in part three of this series. </p>
<p><strong>Links</strong></p>
<p><a href="https://twitter.com/tannerhelps">Tanner on Twitter</a></p>
<p><a href="https://twitter.com/JuleykaLantigua">Juleyka Lantigua on Twitter</a></p>
<p><a href="https://tannerhelps.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">tannerhelps.com </a></p>
<p><a href="https://castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">castos.com </a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[As podcasters (and creators in general) look for ways to generate more interest in their work, the method of distribtuion is sometimes being debated. So Matt and Stuart set out to ask podcasters of all stripes how they feel about centralized and decentralized distribution. 
 
In part one Matt talks to Tanner Campbell who advocates for a more centralized system. He tells Matt this could help solve for discoverability and could streamline monetezation tools for podcasters.
 
Thanks to Juleyka Lantigua for our openeing. Stay tuned for more of her in part three of this series. 
Links
Tanner on Twitter
Juleyka Lantigua on Twitter
tannerhelps.com 
castos.com ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Centralized vs Decentralized:  The Case for Discoverability ]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>As podcasters (and creators in general) look for ways to generate more interest in their work, the method of distribtuion is sometimes being debated. So Matt and Stuart set out to ask podcasters of all stripes how they feel about centralized and decentralized distribution. </p>
<p> </p>
<p>In part one Matt talks to Tanner Campbell who advocates for a more centralized system. He tells Matt this could help solve for discoverability and could streamline monetezation tools for podcasters.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Thanks to Juleyka Lantigua for our openeing. Stay tuned for more of her in part three of this series. </p>
<p><strong>Links</strong></p>
<p><a href="https://twitter.com/tannerhelps">Tanner on Twitter</a></p>
<p><a href="https://twitter.com/JuleykaLantigua">Juleyka Lantigua on Twitter</a></p>
<p><a href="https://tannerhelps.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">tannerhelps.com </a></p>
<p><a href="https://castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">castos.com </a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/51a85cde-792d-4e76-95d0-eac59da463ff/The-Story-Part-1-Revised.mp3" length="56106074"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[As podcasters (and creators in general) look for ways to generate more interest in their work, the method of distribtuion is sometimes being debated. So Matt and Stuart set out to ask podcasters of all stripes how they feel about centralized and decentralized distribution. 
 
In part one Matt talks to Tanner Campbell who advocates for a more centralized system. He tells Matt this could help solve for discoverability and could streamline monetezation tools for podcasters.
 
Thanks to Juleyka Lantigua for our openeing. Stay tuned for more of her in part three of this series. 
Links
Tanner on Twitter
Juleyka Lantigua on Twitter
tannerhelps.com 
castos.com ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:38:49</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Realism in Audio Fiction]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 04 Aug 2022 08:56:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/realism-in-audio-fiction</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/realism-in-audio-fiction</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Some of the best, most diverse, and talented audio creators alive make their living creating audio fiction. Shows like Welcome to Nightvale, Limetown, and Alice isn’t Dead, just to name a few, weave complex story arcs, colorful characters, and of course, great production value for listeners. We’re all lucky these shows exist. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Northwoods Baseball Sleep Radio is firmly in the realm of audio fiction. But unlike most audio fiction, there are no supernatural elements, heroes, villains, or any traditional story arc. In this podcast series, each episode is presented as a full-length minor league baseball broadcast. The teams, the players, the sponsors, all of it is made up. The catch? There is none. It’s just nine innings of fictional baseball.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Created by a podcaster known only as Mr. King, Sleep Baseball is a work of fiction that feels very much like it’s a real broadcast. And if that seems boring, it’s the point. This “boring” show is resonating with listeners. Fans of the show support it through Patreon and merch sales. It’s even been written up in The New Yorker. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode, Stuart and “Mr. King” chat about the inspiration for making the show, the process of producing fake baseball broadcasts, and how listener support makes a project of this size financially viable.</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Links</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Full Episodes and Merch:  </span><a href="https://www.sleepbaseball.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">sleepbaseball.com</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">A piece on Sleep Baseball in the New Yorker:  </span><a href="https://www.newyorker.com/culture/rabbit-holes/the-rapture-of-listening-to-a-fake-baseball-game"><span style="font-weight:400;">newyorker.com/culture/rabbit-holes/the-rapture-of-listening-to-a-fake-baseball-game</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Connect your Podcast to Stripe with Castos:  </span><a href="https://castos.com/integrations/stripe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/integrations/stripe/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">***Between the time of this recording and the publishing date, legendary baseball broadcaster Vin Scully passed away. Read more </span><a href="https://www.cbssports.com/mlb/news/vin-scully-legendary-sports-broadcaster-and-los-angeles-dodgers-icon-dies-at-94/"><span style="font-weight:400;">HERE </span></a></p>
<p><br /><br /></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Some of the best, most diverse, and talented audio creators alive make their living creating audio fiction. Shows like Welcome to Nightvale, Limetown, and Alice isn’t Dead, just to name a few, weave complex story arcs, colorful characters, and of course, great production value for listeners. We’re all lucky these shows exist. 
Northwoods Baseball Sleep Radio is firmly in the realm of audio fiction. But unlike most audio fiction, there are no supernatural elements, heroes, villains, or any traditional story arc. In this podcast series, each episode is presented as a full-length minor league baseball broadcast. The teams, the players, the sponsors, all of it is made up. The catch? There is none. It’s just nine innings of fictional baseball.
Created by a podcaster known only as Mr. King, Sleep Baseball is a work of fiction that feels very much like it’s a real broadcast. And if that seems boring, it’s the point. This “boring” show is resonating with listeners. Fans of the show support it through Patreon and merch sales. It’s even been written up in The New Yorker. 
In this episode, Stuart and “Mr. King” chat about the inspiration for making the show, the process of producing fake baseball broadcasts, and how listener support makes a project of this size financially viable.
 
Links
Full Episodes and Merch:  sleepbaseball.com
A piece on Sleep Baseball in the New Yorker:  newyorker.com/culture/rabbit-holes/the-rapture-of-listening-to-a-fake-baseball-game
Connect your Podcast to Stripe with Castos:  castos.com/integrations/stripe/
***Between the time of this recording and the publishing date, legendary baseball broadcaster Vin Scully passed away. Read more HERE 
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Realism in Audio Fiction]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Some of the best, most diverse, and talented audio creators alive make their living creating audio fiction. Shows like Welcome to Nightvale, Limetown, and Alice isn’t Dead, just to name a few, weave complex story arcs, colorful characters, and of course, great production value for listeners. We’re all lucky these shows exist. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Northwoods Baseball Sleep Radio is firmly in the realm of audio fiction. But unlike most audio fiction, there are no supernatural elements, heroes, villains, or any traditional story arc. In this podcast series, each episode is presented as a full-length minor league baseball broadcast. The teams, the players, the sponsors, all of it is made up. The catch? There is none. It’s just nine innings of fictional baseball.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Created by a podcaster known only as Mr. King, Sleep Baseball is a work of fiction that feels very much like it’s a real broadcast. And if that seems boring, it’s the point. This “boring” show is resonating with listeners. Fans of the show support it through Patreon and merch sales. It’s even been written up in The New Yorker. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode, Stuart and “Mr. King” chat about the inspiration for making the show, the process of producing fake baseball broadcasts, and how listener support makes a project of this size financially viable.</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Links</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Full Episodes and Merch:  </span><a href="https://www.sleepbaseball.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">sleepbaseball.com</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">A piece on Sleep Baseball in the New Yorker:  </span><a href="https://www.newyorker.com/culture/rabbit-holes/the-rapture-of-listening-to-a-fake-baseball-game"><span style="font-weight:400;">newyorker.com/culture/rabbit-holes/the-rapture-of-listening-to-a-fake-baseball-game</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Connect your Podcast to Stripe with Castos:  </span><a href="https://castos.com/integrations/stripe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/integrations/stripe/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">***Between the time of this recording and the publishing date, legendary baseball broadcaster Vin Scully passed away. Read more </span><a href="https://www.cbssports.com/mlb/news/vin-scully-legendary-sports-broadcaster-and-los-angeles-dodgers-icon-dies-at-94/"><span style="font-weight:400;">HERE </span></a></p>
<p><br /><br /></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/4afff4e7-a577-4b49-8558-5baf2a1dda7e/Realism-in-Audio-Fiction.mp3" length="38240270"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Some of the best, most diverse, and talented audio creators alive make their living creating audio fiction. Shows like Welcome to Nightvale, Limetown, and Alice isn’t Dead, just to name a few, weave complex story arcs, colorful characters, and of course, great production value for listeners. We’re all lucky these shows exist. 
Northwoods Baseball Sleep Radio is firmly in the realm of audio fiction. But unlike most audio fiction, there are no supernatural elements, heroes, villains, or any traditional story arc. In this podcast series, each episode is presented as a full-length minor league baseball broadcast. The teams, the players, the sponsors, all of it is made up. The catch? There is none. It’s just nine innings of fictional baseball.
Created by a podcaster known only as Mr. King, Sleep Baseball is a work of fiction that feels very much like it’s a real broadcast. And if that seems boring, it’s the point. This “boring” show is resonating with listeners. Fans of the show support it through Patreon and merch sales. It’s even been written up in The New Yorker. 
In this episode, Stuart and “Mr. King” chat about the inspiration for making the show, the process of producing fake baseball broadcasts, and how listener support makes a project of this size financially viable.
 
Links
Full Episodes and Merch:  sleepbaseball.com
A piece on Sleep Baseball in the New Yorker:  newyorker.com/culture/rabbit-holes/the-rapture-of-listening-to-a-fake-baseball-game
Connect your Podcast to Stripe with Castos:  castos.com/integrations/stripe/
***Between the time of this recording and the publishing date, legendary baseball broadcaster Vin Scully passed away. Read more HERE 
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1219105/Audience-Episode-Cover-Mr.-King-2-.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:26:25</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Discussing podcast industry headlines for July 2022]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 28 Jul 2022 14:15:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/discussing-podcast-industry-headlines-for-july-2022</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/discussing-podcast-industry-headlines-for-july-2022</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Stuart and Matt are back to discuss their top podcast industry news stories for the month of July. </p>
<p>Acast continues to make the news from spamming podcast host customers like us at Castos, to purchasing Podchaser, the "only social media site for podcasters." </p>
<p>Subscription podcasts are making a splash with Marc Maron jumping into the game of selling exclusive access content. Subscription podcasting will be on the rise as more and more creators adopt the method. </p>
<p>Castos is proud to host British Podcast Awards, Bronze place winner the <em>Masala Podcast!</em></p>
<p><strong>Send us your audio message!<br /></strong></p>
<p>Email us <a href="mailto:hello@castos.com">hello@castos.com</a> with the subject "Audience podcast" and we'll take your question or audio clip for the next espiode. </p>
<p><strong>Links mentioned</strong></p>
<p><a href="https://podnews.net/press-release/acast-podchaser">https://podnews.net/press-release/acast-podchaser</a></p>
<p><a href="https://plus.acast.com/s/wtf-with-marc-maron-podcast?utm_source=podnews.net&amp;utm_medium=web&amp;utm_campaign=podcast-page">https://plus.acast.com/s/wtf-with-marc-maron-podcast</a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.soulsutras.co.uk/about-masala-podcast/">https://www.soulsutras.co.uk/about-masala-podcast/</a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.insiderintelligence.com/content/rising-podcast-listenership-draws-advertising-dollars">https://www.insiderintelligence.com/content/rising-podcast-listenership-draws-advertising-dollars</a></p>
<p><a href="https://twitter.com/marcoarment/status/1546852808049270786?s=20&amp;t=bMUR9ZwMyr2CsfK28-BshQ">https://twitter.com/marcoarment/status/1546852808049270786?s=20&amp;t=bMUR9ZwMyr2CsfK28-BshQ</a></p>
<p> </p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Stuart and Matt are back to discuss their top podcast industry news stories for the month of July. 
Acast continues to make the news from spamming podcast host customers like us at Castos, to purchasing Podchaser, the "only social media site for podcasters." 
Subscription podcasts are making a splash with Marc Maron jumping into the game of selling exclusive access content. Subscription podcasting will be on the rise as more and more creators adopt the method. 
Castos is proud to host British Podcast Awards, Bronze place winner the Masala Podcast!
Send us your audio message!
Email us hello@castos.com with the subject "Audience podcast" and we'll take your question or audio clip for the next espiode. 
Links mentioned
https://podnews.net/press-release/acast-podchaser
https://plus.acast.com/s/wtf-with-marc-maron-podcast
https://www.soulsutras.co.uk/about-masala-podcast/
https://www.insiderintelligence.com/content/rising-podcast-listenership-draws-advertising-dollars
https://twitter.com/marcoarment/status/1546852808049270786?s=20&t=bMUR9ZwMyr2CsfK28-BshQ
 ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Discussing podcast industry headlines for July 2022]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Stuart and Matt are back to discuss their top podcast industry news stories for the month of July. </p>
<p>Acast continues to make the news from spamming podcast host customers like us at Castos, to purchasing Podchaser, the "only social media site for podcasters." </p>
<p>Subscription podcasts are making a splash with Marc Maron jumping into the game of selling exclusive access content. Subscription podcasting will be on the rise as more and more creators adopt the method. </p>
<p>Castos is proud to host British Podcast Awards, Bronze place winner the <em>Masala Podcast!</em></p>
<p><strong>Send us your audio message!<br /></strong></p>
<p>Email us <a href="mailto:hello@castos.com">hello@castos.com</a> with the subject "Audience podcast" and we'll take your question or audio clip for the next espiode. </p>
<p><strong>Links mentioned</strong></p>
<p><a href="https://podnews.net/press-release/acast-podchaser">https://podnews.net/press-release/acast-podchaser</a></p>
<p><a href="https://plus.acast.com/s/wtf-with-marc-maron-podcast?utm_source=podnews.net&amp;utm_medium=web&amp;utm_campaign=podcast-page">https://plus.acast.com/s/wtf-with-marc-maron-podcast</a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.soulsutras.co.uk/about-masala-podcast/">https://www.soulsutras.co.uk/about-masala-podcast/</a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.insiderintelligence.com/content/rising-podcast-listenership-draws-advertising-dollars">https://www.insiderintelligence.com/content/rising-podcast-listenership-draws-advertising-dollars</a></p>
<p><a href="https://twitter.com/marcoarment/status/1546852808049270786?s=20&amp;t=bMUR9ZwMyr2CsfK28-BshQ">https://twitter.com/marcoarment/status/1546852808049270786?s=20&amp;t=bMUR9ZwMyr2CsfK28-BshQ</a></p>
<p> </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/cd0baa09-e03f-4932-844b-35e77bfa8d5a/July-Audience-News-Final.mp3" length="41521877"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Stuart and Matt are back to discuss their top podcast industry news stories for the month of July. 
Acast continues to make the news from spamming podcast host customers like us at Castos, to purchasing Podchaser, the "only social media site for podcasters." 
Subscription podcasts are making a splash with Marc Maron jumping into the game of selling exclusive access content. Subscription podcasting will be on the rise as more and more creators adopt the method. 
Castos is proud to host British Podcast Awards, Bronze place winner the Masala Podcast!
Send us your audio message!
Email us hello@castos.com with the subject "Audience podcast" and we'll take your question or audio clip for the next espiode. 
Links mentioned
https://podnews.net/press-release/acast-podchaser
https://plus.acast.com/s/wtf-with-marc-maron-podcast
https://www.soulsutras.co.uk/about-masala-podcast/
https://www.insiderintelligence.com/content/rising-podcast-listenership-draws-advertising-dollars
https://twitter.com/marcoarment/status/1546852808049270786?s=20&t=bMUR9ZwMyr2CsfK28-BshQ
 ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:28:49</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Coping with (creative) loss]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 21 Jul 2022 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/coping-with-creative-loss</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/coping-with-creative-loss</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Matt interviews Dr. Sherry Walling about her new book, <em>Touching Two Worlds: A Gudie for Finding Hope in the Landscape of Loss.</em></p>
<p>Dr. Sherry Walling is a clinical psychologist, speaker, podcaster, best-selling author, yoga teacher, and mental health advocate. Their discussion crosses into many different areas of creativity, life, entrepreneurship, and podcasting. </p>
<p>The last few years have been tough on everyone -- this is an episode you don't want to miss! </p>
<p><strong>Links</strong></p>
<p><a href="https://www.sherrywalling.com/about">https://www.sherrywalling.com/about</a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.touchingtwoworlds.com/">https://www.touchingtwoworlds.com/</a></p>
<p><a href="https://twitter.com/sherrywalling">https://twitter.com/sherrywalling</a></p>
<p><a href="https://castos.com/">https://castos.com/</a></p>
<p> </p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Matt interviews Dr. Sherry Walling about her new book, Touching Two Worlds: A Gudie for Finding Hope in the Landscape of Loss.
Dr. Sherry Walling is a clinical psychologist, speaker, podcaster, best-selling author, yoga teacher, and mental health advocate. Their discussion crosses into many different areas of creativity, life, entrepreneurship, and podcasting. 
The last few years have been tough on everyone -- this is an episode you don't want to miss! 
Links
https://www.sherrywalling.com/about
https://www.touchingtwoworlds.com/
https://twitter.com/sherrywalling
https://castos.com/
 ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Coping with (creative) loss]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Matt interviews Dr. Sherry Walling about her new book, <em>Touching Two Worlds: A Gudie for Finding Hope in the Landscape of Loss.</em></p>
<p>Dr. Sherry Walling is a clinical psychologist, speaker, podcaster, best-selling author, yoga teacher, and mental health advocate. Their discussion crosses into many different areas of creativity, life, entrepreneurship, and podcasting. </p>
<p>The last few years have been tough on everyone -- this is an episode you don't want to miss! </p>
<p><strong>Links</strong></p>
<p><a href="https://www.sherrywalling.com/about">https://www.sherrywalling.com/about</a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.touchingtwoworlds.com/">https://www.touchingtwoworlds.com/</a></p>
<p><a href="https://twitter.com/sherrywalling">https://twitter.com/sherrywalling</a></p>
<p><a href="https://castos.com/">https://castos.com/</a></p>
<p> </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/1db46997-36f4-4625-9782-0bc0a2e92d07/Sherry-Walling-Complete.mp3" length="39370625"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Matt interviews Dr. Sherry Walling about her new book, Touching Two Worlds: A Gudie for Finding Hope in the Landscape of Loss.
Dr. Sherry Walling is a clinical psychologist, speaker, podcaster, best-selling author, yoga teacher, and mental health advocate. Their discussion crosses into many different areas of creativity, life, entrepreneurship, and podcasting. 
The last few years have been tough on everyone -- this is an episode you don't want to miss! 
Links
https://www.sherrywalling.com/about
https://www.touchingtwoworlds.com/
https://twitter.com/sherrywalling
https://castos.com/
 ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1200329/shery-walling-cover-image.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:27:19</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Grant Funding a Podcast with Danielle Desir Corbett]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 14 Jul 2022 10:59:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/grant-funding-a-podcast-with-danielle-desir-corbett</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/grant-funding-a-podcast-with-danielle-desir-corbett</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Funding a podcast can be tricky. Unless you’re one of the top-rated podcasts, ads typically won’t generate all that much revenue. Paywalls are great under the right circumstances. But if you don’t already have a large following, they can be a barrier to your podcast being discovered.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Enter grant funding. Yes, grants exist for podcasters, you just have to know where to find them. So Danielle Desir Corbet, founder of WOC Podcasters and host of The Thought Card Podcast, started ‘Grants for Creators’ a bi-weekly newsletter aimed at helping creators find grant funding for their projects. She chats with Stuart about what grants can do for a project and how to find the right one for your project. </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources</strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Danielle’s Website: </span><a href="https://danielledesir.com/about/"><span style="font-weight:400;">danielledesir.com/about/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">NYT Story about Podcasting </span><a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2022/03/04/arts/indie-podcasts-fiasco-campside.html"><span style="font-weight:400;">nytimes.com/2022/03/04/arts/indie-podcasts-fiasco-campside.html</span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Funding a podcast can be tricky. Unless you’re one of the top-rated podcasts, ads typically won’t generate all that much revenue. Paywalls are great under the right circumstances. But if you don’t already have a large following, they can be a barrier to your podcast being discovered.
Enter grant funding. Yes, grants exist for podcasters, you just have to know where to find them. So Danielle Desir Corbet, founder of WOC Podcasters and host of The Thought Card Podcast, started ‘Grants for Creators’ a bi-weekly newsletter aimed at helping creators find grant funding for their projects. She chats with Stuart about what grants can do for a project and how to find the right one for your project. 
 
Resources
 
Danielle’s Website: danielledesir.com/about/
NYT Story about Podcasting nytimes.com/2022/03/04/arts/indie-podcasts-fiasco-campside.html]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Grant Funding a Podcast with Danielle Desir Corbett]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Funding a podcast can be tricky. Unless you’re one of the top-rated podcasts, ads typically won’t generate all that much revenue. Paywalls are great under the right circumstances. But if you don’t already have a large following, they can be a barrier to your podcast being discovered.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Enter grant funding. Yes, grants exist for podcasters, you just have to know where to find them. So Danielle Desir Corbet, founder of WOC Podcasters and host of The Thought Card Podcast, started ‘Grants for Creators’ a bi-weekly newsletter aimed at helping creators find grant funding for their projects. She chats with Stuart about what grants can do for a project and how to find the right one for your project. </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources</strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Danielle’s Website: </span><a href="https://danielledesir.com/about/"><span style="font-weight:400;">danielledesir.com/about/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">NYT Story about Podcasting </span><a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2022/03/04/arts/indie-podcasts-fiasco-campside.html"><span style="font-weight:400;">nytimes.com/2022/03/04/arts/indie-podcasts-fiasco-campside.html</span></a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/15733178-fb6e-406f-9447-5e43a795c5cf/Danielle-ep-Final.mp3" length="33214490"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Funding a podcast can be tricky. Unless you’re one of the top-rated podcasts, ads typically won’t generate all that much revenue. Paywalls are great under the right circumstances. But if you don’t already have a large following, they can be a barrier to your podcast being discovered.
Enter grant funding. Yes, grants exist for podcasters, you just have to know where to find them. So Danielle Desir Corbet, founder of WOC Podcasters and host of The Thought Card Podcast, started ‘Grants for Creators’ a bi-weekly newsletter aimed at helping creators find grant funding for their projects. She chats with Stuart about what grants can do for a project and how to find the right one for your project. 
 
Resources
 
Danielle’s Website: danielledesir.com/about/
NYT Story about Podcasting nytimes.com/2022/03/04/arts/indie-podcasts-fiasco-campside.html]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1194142/Danielle-Desir-Corbett.jpeg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:23:03</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[3 Clips Re-Air:  Bellwether]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 07 Jul 2022 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/3-clips-re-air-bellwether</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/3-clips-re-air-bellwether</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">For this episode, we’ll go back into our Archives to listen to an episode of <a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/3-clips-podcast/">3Clips</a>. It features Sam Greenspan and their podcast of speculative journalism, Bellwether. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Not only is Sam one of the best minds in radio and podcasting (and the masterpiece that is Bellwether reflects that) but they also were able to use crowdfunding to bring a project five years in the making to life. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">This episode first aired in February of 2022 and was hosted by Evo Terra and was produced and edited by Stuart Barefoot.</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Links</strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/3-clips-podcast/"><strong>3clipspodcast.com </strong></a></p>
<p><a href="https://bellwether.show/"><strong>bellwether.show </strong></a></p>
<p><a href="https://castos.com/integrations/stripe/"><strong>castos.com/intergrations/stripe </strong></a></p>
<p><br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p> </p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[For this episode, we’ll go back into our Archives to listen to an episode of 3Clips. It features Sam Greenspan and their podcast of speculative journalism, Bellwether. 
Not only is Sam one of the best minds in radio and podcasting (and the masterpiece that is Bellwether reflects that) but they also were able to use crowdfunding to bring a project five years in the making to life. 
This episode first aired in February of 2022 and was hosted by Evo Terra and was produced and edited by Stuart Barefoot.
 
Links
 
3clipspodcast.com 
bellwether.show 
castos.com/intergrations/stripe 

 
 ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[3 Clips Re-Air:  Bellwether]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">For this episode, we’ll go back into our Archives to listen to an episode of <a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/3-clips-podcast/">3Clips</a>. It features Sam Greenspan and their podcast of speculative journalism, Bellwether. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Not only is Sam one of the best minds in radio and podcasting (and the masterpiece that is Bellwether reflects that) but they also were able to use crowdfunding to bring a project five years in the making to life. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">This episode first aired in February of 2022 and was hosted by Evo Terra and was produced and edited by Stuart Barefoot.</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Links</strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/3-clips-podcast/"><strong>3clipspodcast.com </strong></a></p>
<p><a href="https://bellwether.show/"><strong>bellwether.show </strong></a></p>
<p><a href="https://castos.com/integrations/stripe/"><strong>castos.com/intergrations/stripe </strong></a></p>
<p><br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p> </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/73f7f164-31a4-4351-b88c-0148eb2487d4/Bellwether-Re-air-Audience.mp3" length="49528470"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[For this episode, we’ll go back into our Archives to listen to an episode of 3Clips. It features Sam Greenspan and their podcast of speculative journalism, Bellwether. 
Not only is Sam one of the best minds in radio and podcasting (and the masterpiece that is Bellwether reflects that) but they also were able to use crowdfunding to bring a project five years in the making to life. 
This episode first aired in February of 2022 and was hosted by Evo Terra and was produced and edited by Stuart Barefoot.
 
Links
 
3clipspodcast.com 
bellwether.show 
castos.com/intergrations/stripe 

 
 ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1186666/with-sam-greenspan.jpeg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:34:23</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[In the News:  White Noise Podcasts, Spotify’s Proclamation and More]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jun 2022 10:36:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/in-the-news-white-noise-podcasts-spotifys-proclamation-and-more</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/in-the-news-white-noise-podcasts-spotifys-proclamation-and-more</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart and Matt gather to discuss a few stories from the world of audio.</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Pod Voices</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In light of the recent Supreme Court ruling that overturned Roe Vs. Wade podcasters are uniting to support women’s right and pro choice policies. If you’re a podcaster who feels called to speak out, Arielle Nissenblatt has a website for how podcasters can spread awareness and link to resources. </span></p>
<p><a href="https://www.podvoices.help"><span style="font-weight:400;"> podvoices.help</span></a></p>
<p><strong>White Noise in Podcasting</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Ashley Carmen from Bloomberg reports that some podcasters are making $18,000 per month by producing white noise. </span></p>
<p><a href="https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-06-01/how-to-make-money-on-spotify-a-white-noise-podcast-could-bring-you-big-bucks"><span style="font-weight:400;">bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-06-01/how-to-make-money-on-spotify-a-white-noise-podcast-could-bring-you-big-bucks</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>From Edison Research</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Some insight into advertising and podcasting</span></p>
<p><a href="https://www.edisonresearch.com/how-many-shows-must-one-buy-to-reach-the-majority-of-podcast-listeners-in-the-u-s/"><span style="font-weight:400;">edisonresearch.com/how-many-shows-must-one-buy-to-reach-the-majority-of-podcast-listeners-in-the-u-s/</span></a></p>
<p><strong>Headliner Strikes back at Descript: </strong><a href="https://editeddy.com/signup"><span style="font-weight:400;">editeddy.com/signup</span></a></p>
<p><strong>Some Comments from Spotify</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Johan Seidefors talks about why he sees scripted podcasts as being a big part of podcasting’s future: </span></p>
<p><a href="https://twitter.com/RadiodaysEurope/status/1526508588268658688"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/RadiodaysEurope/status/1526508588268658688</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">More commentary from Spotify’s Investor Day 2022: </span><a href="https://newsroom.spotify.com/2022-06-08/investor-day-2022/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://newsroom.spotify.com/2022-06-08/investor-day-2022/</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Indie Rock and Podcasting </strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Singer Songwriter eef Barzelay also know as Clem Snide presents “A Life in Song”: </span><a href="https://linktr.ee/alifeinsong"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://linktr.ee/alifeinsong</span></a></p>
<p><br /><span style="font-weight:400;">Matt Reviews the Rodecaster Pro II: </span><a href="https://castos.com/rodecaster-pro-2-review/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/rodecaster-pro-2-review/</span></a></p>
<p><br /><br /><br /></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Stuart and Matt gather to discuss a few stories from the world of audio.
 
Pod Voices
In light of the recent Supreme Court ruling that overturned Roe Vs. Wade podcasters are uniting to support women’s right and pro choice policies. If you’re a podcaster who feels called to speak out, Arielle Nissenblatt has a website for how podcasters can spread awareness and link to resources. 
 podvoices.help
White Noise in Podcasting
Ashley Carmen from Bloomberg reports that some podcasters are making $18,000 per month by producing white noise. 
bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-06-01/how-to-make-money-on-spotify-a-white-noise-podcast-could-bring-you-big-bucks
 
From Edison Research
Some insight into advertising and podcasting
edisonresearch.com/how-many-shows-must-one-buy-to-reach-the-majority-of-podcast-listeners-in-the-u-s/
Headliner Strikes back at Descript: editeddy.com/signup
Some Comments from Spotify
Johan Seidefors talks about why he sees scripted podcasts as being a big part of podcasting’s future: 
https://twitter.com/RadiodaysEurope/status/1526508588268658688
 
More commentary from Spotify’s Investor Day 2022: https://newsroom.spotify.com/2022-06-08/investor-day-2022/
 
Indie Rock and Podcasting 
Singer Songwriter eef Barzelay also know as Clem Snide presents “A Life in Song”: https://linktr.ee/alifeinsong
Matt Reviews the Rodecaster Pro II: castos.com/rodecaster-pro-2-review/
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[In the News:  White Noise Podcasts, Spotify’s Proclamation and More]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart and Matt gather to discuss a few stories from the world of audio.</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Pod Voices</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In light of the recent Supreme Court ruling that overturned Roe Vs. Wade podcasters are uniting to support women’s right and pro choice policies. If you’re a podcaster who feels called to speak out, Arielle Nissenblatt has a website for how podcasters can spread awareness and link to resources. </span></p>
<p><a href="https://www.podvoices.help"><span style="font-weight:400;"> podvoices.help</span></a></p>
<p><strong>White Noise in Podcasting</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Ashley Carmen from Bloomberg reports that some podcasters are making $18,000 per month by producing white noise. </span></p>
<p><a href="https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-06-01/how-to-make-money-on-spotify-a-white-noise-podcast-could-bring-you-big-bucks"><span style="font-weight:400;">bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-06-01/how-to-make-money-on-spotify-a-white-noise-podcast-could-bring-you-big-bucks</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>From Edison Research</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Some insight into advertising and podcasting</span></p>
<p><a href="https://www.edisonresearch.com/how-many-shows-must-one-buy-to-reach-the-majority-of-podcast-listeners-in-the-u-s/"><span style="font-weight:400;">edisonresearch.com/how-many-shows-must-one-buy-to-reach-the-majority-of-podcast-listeners-in-the-u-s/</span></a></p>
<p><strong>Headliner Strikes back at Descript: </strong><a href="https://editeddy.com/signup"><span style="font-weight:400;">editeddy.com/signup</span></a></p>
<p><strong>Some Comments from Spotify</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Johan Seidefors talks about why he sees scripted podcasts as being a big part of podcasting’s future: </span></p>
<p><a href="https://twitter.com/RadiodaysEurope/status/1526508588268658688"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/RadiodaysEurope/status/1526508588268658688</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">More commentary from Spotify’s Investor Day 2022: </span><a href="https://newsroom.spotify.com/2022-06-08/investor-day-2022/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://newsroom.spotify.com/2022-06-08/investor-day-2022/</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Indie Rock and Podcasting </strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Singer Songwriter eef Barzelay also know as Clem Snide presents “A Life in Song”: </span><a href="https://linktr.ee/alifeinsong"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://linktr.ee/alifeinsong</span></a></p>
<p><br /><span style="font-weight:400;">Matt Reviews the Rodecaster Pro II: </span><a href="https://castos.com/rodecaster-pro-2-review/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/rodecaster-pro-2-review/</span></a></p>
<p><br /><br /><br /></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/258d5e3c-7d03-468a-a4ef-e06b25272c15/June-audience-Final.mp3" length="52848821"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Stuart and Matt gather to discuss a few stories from the world of audio.
 
Pod Voices
In light of the recent Supreme Court ruling that overturned Roe Vs. Wade podcasters are uniting to support women’s right and pro choice policies. If you’re a podcaster who feels called to speak out, Arielle Nissenblatt has a website for how podcasters can spread awareness and link to resources. 
 podvoices.help
White Noise in Podcasting
Ashley Carmen from Bloomberg reports that some podcasters are making $18,000 per month by producing white noise. 
bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-06-01/how-to-make-money-on-spotify-a-white-noise-podcast-could-bring-you-big-bucks
 
From Edison Research
Some insight into advertising and podcasting
edisonresearch.com/how-many-shows-must-one-buy-to-reach-the-majority-of-podcast-listeners-in-the-u-s/
Headliner Strikes back at Descript: editeddy.com/signup
Some Comments from Spotify
Johan Seidefors talks about why he sees scripted podcasts as being a big part of podcasting’s future: 
https://twitter.com/RadiodaysEurope/status/1526508588268658688
 
More commentary from Spotify’s Investor Day 2022: https://newsroom.spotify.com/2022-06-08/investor-day-2022/
 
Indie Rock and Podcasting 
Singer Songwriter eef Barzelay also know as Clem Snide presents “A Life in Song”: https://linktr.ee/alifeinsong
Matt Reviews the Rodecaster Pro II: castos.com/rodecaster-pro-2-review/
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:41</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[We Need Podcast Critics - with Keelin Peterson]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jun 2022 10:46:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/we-need-podcast-critics-with-keelin-peterson</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/we-need-podcast-critics-with-keelin-peterson</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Keelin Peterson runs the website Mentally a Magpie where she reviews podcasts. She joins Audience to discuss what she looks for in a podcast and how thoughtful, objective criticism can help podcasting. </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Links:</strong></p>
<p><strong>Connect with Keelin</strong></p>
<p><a href="https://www.mentallyamagpie.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">mentallyamagpie.com </span></a></p>
<p><a href="https://twitter.com/IAmKeelinIt"><span style="font-weight:400;">@IAmKeelinIt</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Podcasts Mentioned </strong></p>
<p><a href="https://www.goodniks.org/"><span style="font-weight:400;">goodniks.org </span></a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.20k.org"><span style="font-weight:400;">20k.org </span></a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.iheart.com/podcast/stuff-you-missed-in-history-cl-21124503/"><span style="font-weight:400;">iheart.com/podcast/stuff-you-missed-in-history-cl-21124503/</span></a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.theringer.com/gene-and-roger-podcast"><span style="font-weight:400;">theringer.com/gene-and-roger-podcast</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Castos </strong></p>
<p><a href="https://castos.com/integrations/stripe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/integrations/stripe</span></a><br /><br /></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Keelin Peterson runs the website Mentally a Magpie where she reviews podcasts. She joins Audience to discuss what she looks for in a podcast and how thoughtful, objective criticism can help podcasting. 
 
Links:
Connect with Keelin
mentallyamagpie.com 
@IAmKeelinIt
 
Podcasts Mentioned 
goodniks.org 
20k.org 
iheart.com/podcast/stuff-you-missed-in-history-cl-21124503/
theringer.com/gene-and-roger-podcast
 
Castos 
castos.com/integrations/stripe]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[We Need Podcast Critics - with Keelin Peterson]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Keelin Peterson runs the website Mentally a Magpie where she reviews podcasts. She joins Audience to discuss what she looks for in a podcast and how thoughtful, objective criticism can help podcasting. </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Links:</strong></p>
<p><strong>Connect with Keelin</strong></p>
<p><a href="https://www.mentallyamagpie.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">mentallyamagpie.com </span></a></p>
<p><a href="https://twitter.com/IAmKeelinIt"><span style="font-weight:400;">@IAmKeelinIt</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Podcasts Mentioned </strong></p>
<p><a href="https://www.goodniks.org/"><span style="font-weight:400;">goodniks.org </span></a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.20k.org"><span style="font-weight:400;">20k.org </span></a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.iheart.com/podcast/stuff-you-missed-in-history-cl-21124503/"><span style="font-weight:400;">iheart.com/podcast/stuff-you-missed-in-history-cl-21124503/</span></a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.theringer.com/gene-and-roger-podcast"><span style="font-weight:400;">theringer.com/gene-and-roger-podcast</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Castos </strong></p>
<p><a href="https://castos.com/integrations/stripe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/integrations/stripe</span></a><br /><br /></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/7f48e17d-16cf-4d4a-ae42-f3efc4158025/We-Need-Podcast-Critics-with-Keelin-Peterson.mp3" length="42429142"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Keelin Peterson runs the website Mentally a Magpie where she reviews podcasts. She joins Audience to discuss what she looks for in a podcast and how thoughtful, objective criticism can help podcasting. 
 
Links:
Connect with Keelin
mentallyamagpie.com 
@IAmKeelinIt
 
Podcasts Mentioned 
goodniks.org 
20k.org 
iheart.com/podcast/stuff-you-missed-in-history-cl-21124503/
theringer.com/gene-and-roger-podcast
 
Castos 
castos.com/integrations/stripe]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/1169841/keelin-peterson-audience.jpeg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:29:27</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[When Passion Meets Profession: How to fund a Project with Newt Schottelkotte]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 16 Jun 2022 11:48:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/when-passion-meets-profession-how-to-fund-a-project-with-newt-schottelkotte</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/when-passion-meets-profession-how-to-fund-a-project-with-newt-schottelkotte</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Newt Schottelkotte created their first audio drama in 2017 when they were only 15 years old. That led to the creation of Caldera Studios, a production company where Newt produces their work including their latest series, Where the Stars Fell.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode, Newt and Stuart discuss the creative process of making a fiction podcast, the need for budgets in audio drama, and strategies for crowdfunding.</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Links</strong></p>
<p><a href="https://castos.com/integrations/stripe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos and Stripe Integration</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://newtschottelkotte.com">Newt’s website</a></span></p>
<p><a href="https://medium.com/@newtschott/business-or-pleasure-fiction-podcasters-are-learning-the-hard-truth-about-having-it-all-78d4a6ee8bcf"><span style="font-weight:400;">Newt’s piece on Medium</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://newtonschottelkotte.bandcamp.com/track/cemetery">Caldera Studio’s Bandcamp</a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://inkwyrmpodcastt.tumblr.com">Inkwyrm Podcast</a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://wherethestarsfell.com">Where The Stars Fell Podcast</a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://twitter.com/newtschott">Connect with Newt on Twitter</a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://fableandfolly.com/">Fable and Folly</a></span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Newt Schottelkotte created their first audio drama in 2017 when they were only 15 years old. That led to the creation of Caldera Studios, a production company where Newt produces their work including their latest series, Where the Stars Fell.
In this episode, Newt and Stuart discuss the creative process of making a fiction podcast, the need for budgets in audio drama, and strategies for crowdfunding.
 
Links
Castos and Stripe Integration
Newt’s website
Newt’s piece on Medium
Caldera Studio’s Bandcamp
Inkwyrm Podcast
Where The Stars Fell Podcast
Connect with Newt on Twitter
Fable and Folly]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[When Passion Meets Profession: How to fund a Project with Newt Schottelkotte]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Newt Schottelkotte created their first audio drama in 2017 when they were only 15 years old. That led to the creation of Caldera Studios, a production company where Newt produces their work including their latest series, Where the Stars Fell.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode, Newt and Stuart discuss the creative process of making a fiction podcast, the need for budgets in audio drama, and strategies for crowdfunding.</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Links</strong></p>
<p><a href="https://castos.com/integrations/stripe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos and Stripe Integration</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://newtschottelkotte.com">Newt’s website</a></span></p>
<p><a href="https://medium.com/@newtschott/business-or-pleasure-fiction-podcasters-are-learning-the-hard-truth-about-having-it-all-78d4a6ee8bcf"><span style="font-weight:400;">Newt’s piece on Medium</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://newtonschottelkotte.bandcamp.com/track/cemetery">Caldera Studio’s Bandcamp</a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://inkwyrmpodcastt.tumblr.com">Inkwyrm Podcast</a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://wherethestarsfell.com">Where The Stars Fell Podcast</a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://twitter.com/newtschott">Connect with Newt on Twitter</a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://fableandfolly.com/">Fable and Folly</a></span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/762b792d-b3a6-498a-9a0a-24c41405b3b0/Newt-Audience-Ep-Final.mp3" length="54740497"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Newt Schottelkotte created their first audio drama in 2017 when they were only 15 years old. That led to the creation of Caldera Studios, a production company where Newt produces their work including their latest series, Where the Stars Fell.
In this episode, Newt and Stuart discuss the creative process of making a fiction podcast, the need for budgets in audio drama, and strategies for crowdfunding.
 
Links
Castos and Stripe Integration
Newt’s website
Newt’s piece on Medium
Caldera Studio’s Bandcamp
Inkwyrm Podcast
Where The Stars Fell Podcast
Connect with Newt on Twitter
Fable and Folly]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/Audience-5-.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:38:00</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Camp Monsters (Re-Air) ]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 09 Jun 2022 10:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/camp-monsters-re-air</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/camp-monsters-re-air</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">For brands and companies, incorporating podcasting into their content marketing strategy probably seems like a no-brainer. But doing it well? It’s more art than science, but REI at least has the “art” part of that down pretty well.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Among their many podcast offerings is Camp Monsters. So we go to our archives and a previous episode of another Castos Original, 3 Clips. This episode first aired on November 1, 2021 and was hosted by Jay Acunzo and produced and edited by Stuart Barefoot. IT features Weston Davis and his show, produced by REI, Camp Monsters</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">You can find the full episode here at: </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/camp-monsters-audio-as-a-visual-medium-ft-weston-davis/"><span style="font-weight:400;">3clipspodcast.com/camp-monsters-audio-as-a-visual-medium-ft-weston-davis/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">For more Camp Monsters episodes: </span><a href="https://www.rei.com/blog/podcasts/camp-monsters"><span style="font-weight:400;">rei.com/blog/podcasts/camp-monsters</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">For more on Castos: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com</span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[For brands and companies, incorporating podcasting into their content marketing strategy probably seems like a no-brainer. But doing it well? It’s more art than science, but REI at least has the “art” part of that down pretty well.
Among their many podcast offerings is Camp Monsters. So we go to our archives and a previous episode of another Castos Original, 3 Clips. This episode first aired on November 1, 2021 and was hosted by Jay Acunzo and produced and edited by Stuart Barefoot. IT features Weston Davis and his show, produced by REI, Camp Monsters
 
You can find the full episode here at: 3clipspodcast.com/camp-monsters-audio-as-a-visual-medium-ft-weston-davis/
For more Camp Monsters episodes: rei.com/blog/podcasts/camp-monsters
For more on Castos: castos.com]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Camp Monsters (Re-Air) ]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">For brands and companies, incorporating podcasting into their content marketing strategy probably seems like a no-brainer. But doing it well? It’s more art than science, but REI at least has the “art” part of that down pretty well.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Among their many podcast offerings is Camp Monsters. So we go to our archives and a previous episode of another Castos Original, 3 Clips. This episode first aired on November 1, 2021 and was hosted by Jay Acunzo and produced and edited by Stuart Barefoot. IT features Weston Davis and his show, produced by REI, Camp Monsters</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">You can find the full episode here at: </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/camp-monsters-audio-as-a-visual-medium-ft-weston-davis/"><span style="font-weight:400;">3clipspodcast.com/camp-monsters-audio-as-a-visual-medium-ft-weston-davis/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">For more Camp Monsters episodes: </span><a href="https://www.rei.com/blog/podcasts/camp-monsters"><span style="font-weight:400;">rei.com/blog/podcasts/camp-monsters</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">For more on Castos: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com</span></a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/a29499db-225f-4230-9d9e-acb99d27580b/Camp-Monsters-Reair-Audience.mp3" length="68130496"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[For brands and companies, incorporating podcasting into their content marketing strategy probably seems like a no-brainer. But doing it well? It’s more art than science, but REI at least has the “art” part of that down pretty well.
Among their many podcast offerings is Camp Monsters. So we go to our archives and a previous episode of another Castos Original, 3 Clips. This episode first aired on November 1, 2021 and was hosted by Jay Acunzo and produced and edited by Stuart Barefoot. IT features Weston Davis and his show, produced by REI, Camp Monsters
 
You can find the full episode here at: 3clipspodcast.com/camp-monsters-audio-as-a-visual-medium-ft-weston-davis/
For more Camp Monsters episodes: rei.com/blog/podcasts/camp-monsters
For more on Castos: castos.com]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/Audience-3-.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:47:18</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Selling an audio book through a podcast]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 02 Jun 2022 17:42:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/selling-an-audio-book-through-a-podcast</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/selling-an-audio-book-through-a-podcast</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p></p>
<p>Matt and Jonathan get back together to give us an update on their “build in public” subscription podcast experiment.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>In their first episode, Matt pitched the idea to Jonathan as a way to add another revenue stream to his podcast efforts. It was a new concept to Jonathan, who still had to come up with a plan on what he would actually sell.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Today, he’s back to share his ideas on selling an audiobook version of his printed book, and what other value he can deliver to his customers through subscription podcasts.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://www.yourpodcastmentorshow.com/">Your Podcast Mentor Show with Jonathan Jones</a><br /><a href="https://twitter.com/JonathanJSpeaks">https://twitter.com/JonathanJSpeaks</a><br /><a href="https://castos.com/private-podcasting-solutions/">Private Podcasting Solutions | Castos</a><br /><a href="https://youtube.com/castos">https://youtube.com/castos<br /></a><a href="https://twitter.com/castosHQ">https://twitter.com/castosHQ</a></p>
<p></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
Matt and Jonathan get back together to give us an update on their “build in public” subscription podcast experiment.
 
In their first episode, Matt pitched the idea to Jonathan as a way to add another revenue stream to his podcast efforts. It was a new concept to Jonathan, who still had to come up with a plan on what he would actually sell.
 
Today, he’s back to share his ideas on selling an audiobook version of his printed book, and what other value he can deliver to his customers through subscription podcasts.
 
Your Podcast Mentor Show with Jonathan Joneshttps://twitter.com/JonathanJSpeaksPrivate Podcasting Solutions | Castoshttps://youtube.com/castoshttps://twitter.com/castosHQ
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Selling an audio book through a podcast]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p></p>
<p>Matt and Jonathan get back together to give us an update on their “build in public” subscription podcast experiment.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>In their first episode, Matt pitched the idea to Jonathan as a way to add another revenue stream to his podcast efforts. It was a new concept to Jonathan, who still had to come up with a plan on what he would actually sell.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Today, he’s back to share his ideas on selling an audiobook version of his printed book, and what other value he can deliver to his customers through subscription podcasts.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://www.yourpodcastmentorshow.com/">Your Podcast Mentor Show with Jonathan Jones</a><br /><a href="https://twitter.com/JonathanJSpeaks">https://twitter.com/JonathanJSpeaks</a><br /><a href="https://castos.com/private-podcasting-solutions/">Private Podcasting Solutions | Castos</a><br /><a href="https://youtube.com/castos">https://youtube.com/castos<br /></a><a href="https://twitter.com/castosHQ">https://twitter.com/castosHQ</a></p>
<p></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/1ec6cccb-cfe0-4c45-a71f-bc05b699224d/Jonathan-Jones-sells-an-audio-book.mp3" length="12424365"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
Matt and Jonathan get back together to give us an update on their “build in public” subscription podcast experiment.
 
In their first episode, Matt pitched the idea to Jonathan as a way to add another revenue stream to his podcast efforts. It was a new concept to Jonathan, who still had to come up with a plan on what he would actually sell.
 
Today, he’s back to share his ideas on selling an audiobook version of his printed book, and what other value he can deliver to his customers through subscription podcasts.
 
Your Podcast Mentor Show with Jonathan Joneshttps://twitter.com/JonathanJSpeaksPrivate Podcasting Solutions | Castoshttps://youtube.com/castoshttps://twitter.com/castosHQ
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/jonathan-jones-audiobook.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:12:56</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[From the Road to the Studio]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 26 May 2022 09:48:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/from-the-road-to-the-studio</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/from-the-road-to-the-studio</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In his decades-long relationship with audio, Marcus dePaula has been a musician, a live audio engineer touring with bands and now he’s a podcast producer. Through his company “Me Only Louder” he works with business and creative professionals to make podcasts and website content. He also works with his wife at Mixtus Media to create websites</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">He joins Audience to discuss his time on the road and how he gained the technical skills and the attention to detail that are crucial in making good podcasts. </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Links: </strong></p>
<p><a href="https://www.meonlylouder.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">meonlylouder.com </span></a></p>
<p><a href="https://stealtheshow.com/podcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">stealtheshow.com/podcast</span></a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/podcast"><span style="font-weight:400;">allenclarkphotography.com/podcast</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://www.castos.com/private-podcasting-solutions/">Castos Private Podcasting</a> </span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In his decades-long relationship with audio, Marcus dePaula has been a musician, a live audio engineer touring with bands and now he’s a podcast producer. Through his company “Me Only Louder” he works with business and creative professionals to make podcasts and website content. He also works with his wife at Mixtus Media to create websites
He joins Audience to discuss his time on the road and how he gained the technical skills and the attention to detail that are crucial in making good podcasts. 
 
Links: 
meonlylouder.com 
stealtheshow.com/podcast
allenclarkphotography.com/podcast
Castos Private Podcasting ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[From the Road to the Studio]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In his decades-long relationship with audio, Marcus dePaula has been a musician, a live audio engineer touring with bands and now he’s a podcast producer. Through his company “Me Only Louder” he works with business and creative professionals to make podcasts and website content. He also works with his wife at Mixtus Media to create websites</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">He joins Audience to discuss his time on the road and how he gained the technical skills and the attention to detail that are crucial in making good podcasts. </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Links: </strong></p>
<p><a href="https://www.meonlylouder.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">meonlylouder.com </span></a></p>
<p><a href="https://stealtheshow.com/podcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">stealtheshow.com/podcast</span></a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.allenclarkphotography.com/podcast"><span style="font-weight:400;">allenclarkphotography.com/podcast</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://www.castos.com/private-podcasting-solutions/">Castos Private Podcasting</a> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/4713de03-c2c6-46f7-a9d6-db90825115cd/Marcus-dePaula-FinalV.mp3" length="45115538"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In his decades-long relationship with audio, Marcus dePaula has been a musician, a live audio engineer touring with bands and now he’s a podcast producer. Through his company “Me Only Louder” he works with business and creative professionals to make podcasts and website content. He also works with his wife at Mixtus Media to create websites
He joins Audience to discuss his time on the road and how he gained the technical skills and the attention to detail that are crucial in making good podcasts. 
 
Links: 
meonlylouder.com 
stealtheshow.com/podcast
allenclarkphotography.com/podcast
Castos Private Podcasting ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/Audience-1-.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:31:19</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Facebook quits while podcast listenership on the rise]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 19 May 2022 14:48:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/facebook-quits-while-podcast-listenership-on-the-rise</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/facebook-quits-while-podcast-listenership-on-the-rise</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart and Matt are back with some of the most impactful headlines in the podcasting space. Listen for a breakdown of how some of the big players in the space might impact your podcast. If you want us to cover a </span></p>
<p><a href="https://finance.yahoo.com/news/facebook-pulls-plug-podcast-business-184557380.html"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://finance.yahoo.com/news/facebook-pulls-plug-podcast-business-184557380.html</span></a></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The company will stop creators adding podcasts to the service this week. They don’t plan to communicate the closure to Facebook users.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><a href="https://www.edisonresearch.com/the-top-50-most-listened-to-podcasts-in-the-u-s-q1-2022"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.edisonresearch.com/the-top-50-most-listened-to-podcasts-in-the-u-s-q1-2022</span></a></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Top 50 shows in US</span></li>
</ul>
<p><a href="https://www.edisonresearch.com/comedy-is-top-podcast-genre-in-u-s/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.edisonresearch.com/comedy-is-top-podcast-genre-in-u-s/</span></a></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Top genres in US</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">This is more interesting to talk about, especially in the sense of how competitive a genre might be or how much you have to invest in making a better show.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><a href="https://podnews.net/press-release/podcasting-opportunities-nielsen-s-advertising-marketers"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podnews.net/press-release/podcasting-opportunities-nielsen-s-advertising-marketers</span></a></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting is attracting more new listeners than ever, according to new research. Over 50% of daily podcast listeners began listening in the last two years, </span><a href="https://podnews.net/press-release/podcasting-opportunities-nielsen-s-advertising-marketers"><span style="font-weight:400;">says Nielsen’s Podcasting Today Report</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">; which also says that the number of US listeners has grown by 40% in the past three years. The data suggests that podcast advertising drives an aided brand recall of 71%.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">“When everything else feels like its going down…it’s nice to see something going up”</span></li>
</ul>
<p><a href="https://rephonic.com/blog/are-podcasts-getting-worse"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://rephonic.com/blog/are-podcasts-getting-worse</span></a></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast satisfaction peaked in 2016 and has since been declining steadily</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Listeners rate older podcasts significantly lower than newer podcasts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">But the average rating of new podcasts is slowly decreasing too</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Larger shows tend to be rated lower than smaller shows</span></li>
</ul>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Stuart and Matt are back with some of the most impactful headlines in the podcasting space. Listen for a breakdown of how some of the big players in the space might impact your podcast. If you want us to cover a 
https://finance.yahoo.com/news/facebook-pulls-plug-podcast-business-184557380.html

The company will stop creators adding podcasts to the service this week. They don’t plan to communicate the closure to Facebook users.

https://www.edisonresearch.com/the-top-50-most-listened-to-podcasts-in-the-u-s-q1-2022

Top 50 shows in US

https://www.edisonresearch.com/comedy-is-top-podcast-genre-in-u-s/

Top genres in US
This is more interesting to talk about, especially in the sense of how competitive a genre might be or how much you have to invest in making a better show.

https://podnews.net/press-release/podcasting-opportunities-nielsen-s-advertising-marketers

Podcasting is attracting more new listeners than ever, according to new research. Over 50% of daily podcast listeners began listening in the last two years, says Nielsen’s Podcasting Today Report; which also says that the number of US listeners has grown by 40% in the past three years. The data suggests that podcast advertising drives an aided brand recall of 71%.
“When everything else feels like its going down…it’s nice to see something going up”

https://rephonic.com/blog/are-podcasts-getting-worse

Podcast satisfaction peaked in 2016 and has since been declining steadily
Listeners rate older podcasts significantly lower than newer podcasts
But the average rating of new podcasts is slowly decreasing too
Larger shows tend to be rated lower than smaller shows
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Facebook quits while podcast listenership on the rise]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart and Matt are back with some of the most impactful headlines in the podcasting space. Listen for a breakdown of how some of the big players in the space might impact your podcast. If you want us to cover a </span></p>
<p><a href="https://finance.yahoo.com/news/facebook-pulls-plug-podcast-business-184557380.html"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://finance.yahoo.com/news/facebook-pulls-plug-podcast-business-184557380.html</span></a></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The company will stop creators adding podcasts to the service this week. They don’t plan to communicate the closure to Facebook users.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><a href="https://www.edisonresearch.com/the-top-50-most-listened-to-podcasts-in-the-u-s-q1-2022"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.edisonresearch.com/the-top-50-most-listened-to-podcasts-in-the-u-s-q1-2022</span></a></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Top 50 shows in US</span></li>
</ul>
<p><a href="https://www.edisonresearch.com/comedy-is-top-podcast-genre-in-u-s/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.edisonresearch.com/comedy-is-top-podcast-genre-in-u-s/</span></a></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Top genres in US</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">This is more interesting to talk about, especially in the sense of how competitive a genre might be or how much you have to invest in making a better show.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><a href="https://podnews.net/press-release/podcasting-opportunities-nielsen-s-advertising-marketers"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podnews.net/press-release/podcasting-opportunities-nielsen-s-advertising-marketers</span></a></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting is attracting more new listeners than ever, according to new research. Over 50% of daily podcast listeners began listening in the last two years, </span><a href="https://podnews.net/press-release/podcasting-opportunities-nielsen-s-advertising-marketers"><span style="font-weight:400;">says Nielsen’s Podcasting Today Report</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">; which also says that the number of US listeners has grown by 40% in the past three years. The data suggests that podcast advertising drives an aided brand recall of 71%.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">“When everything else feels like its going down…it’s nice to see something going up”</span></li>
</ul>
<p><a href="https://rephonic.com/blog/are-podcasts-getting-worse"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://rephonic.com/blog/are-podcasts-getting-worse</span></a></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast satisfaction peaked in 2016 and has since been declining steadily</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Listeners rate older podcasts significantly lower than newer podcasts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">But the average rating of new podcasts is slowly decreasing too</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Larger shows tend to be rated lower than smaller shows</span></li>
</ul>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/7cd39823-77ac-427b-8668-8d6f995a3eea/Audience-News-May22-1-.mp3" length="42626548"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Stuart and Matt are back with some of the most impactful headlines in the podcasting space. Listen for a breakdown of how some of the big players in the space might impact your podcast. If you want us to cover a 
https://finance.yahoo.com/news/facebook-pulls-plug-podcast-business-184557380.html

The company will stop creators adding podcasts to the service this week. They don’t plan to communicate the closure to Facebook users.

https://www.edisonresearch.com/the-top-50-most-listened-to-podcasts-in-the-u-s-q1-2022

Top 50 shows in US

https://www.edisonresearch.com/comedy-is-top-podcast-genre-in-u-s/

Top genres in US
This is more interesting to talk about, especially in the sense of how competitive a genre might be or how much you have to invest in making a better show.

https://podnews.net/press-release/podcasting-opportunities-nielsen-s-advertising-marketers

Podcasting is attracting more new listeners than ever, according to new research. Over 50% of daily podcast listeners began listening in the last two years, says Nielsen’s Podcasting Today Report; which also says that the number of US listeners has grown by 40% in the past three years. The data suggests that podcast advertising drives an aided brand recall of 71%.
“When everything else feels like its going down…it’s nice to see something going up”

https://rephonic.com/blog/are-podcasts-getting-worse

Podcast satisfaction peaked in 2016 and has since been declining steadily
Listeners rate older podcasts significantly lower than newer podcasts
But the average rating of new podcasts is slowly decreasing too
Larger shows tend to be rated lower than smaller shows
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:29:35</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Niche Podcasting and Learning to Love (work) Again]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 12 May 2022 10:42:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/niche-podcasting-and-learning-to-love-work-again</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/niche-podcasting-and-learning-to-love-work-again</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Ijeoma Ekeocha was over her job. A series of microaggressions and just blatant racism convinced Ijeoma, a talented Pharmacist and medical researcher, that she should quit. So she created a podcast hoping she could transition into doing that full time. She launched the podcast “Brownskin Stories” and things seemed to be going well. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">But then something happened. Podcast coach Nikaila Matthews convinced her to find even more of a niche. That’s when “Black Women Pharmacists” was created. Rather than quitting her Job, Ijeoma rediscovered her love for pharmacy and has created a community of dedicated followers, passive income and helps other black women navigate a complicated industry.  </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources:</strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://www.blackwomenpharmacists.com"><strong>Listen to Black Women Pharmacists</strong></a></p>
<p><a href="goodrx.com/hcp/pharmacists/how-racism-manifests-in-pharmacy"><strong>Read Ijeoma’s GoodRX Article </strong></a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.goodrx.com/hcp/pharmacists/how-racism-manifests-in-pharmacy"><strong>goodrx.com/hcp/pharmacists/how-racism-manifests-in-pharmacy</strong></a></p>
<p><a href="linkedin.com/in/ijeomaekeocha/"><strong>Connect With Ijeoma on LinkedIn </strong></a></p>
<p><a href="https://castos.com/integrations/stripe/"><strong>A Better Way to Monetize Your Podcast</strong></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p> </p>
<p> </p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Ijeoma Ekeocha was over her job. A series of microaggressions and just blatant racism convinced Ijeoma, a talented Pharmacist and medical researcher, that she should quit. So she created a podcast hoping she could transition into doing that full time. She launched the podcast “Brownskin Stories” and things seemed to be going well. 
But then something happened. Podcast coach Nikaila Matthews convinced her to find even more of a niche. That’s when “Black Women Pharmacists” was created. Rather than quitting her Job, Ijeoma rediscovered her love for pharmacy and has created a community of dedicated followers, passive income and helps other black women navigate a complicated industry.  
 
Resources:
 
Listen to Black Women Pharmacists
Read Ijeoma’s GoodRX Article 
goodrx.com/hcp/pharmacists/how-racism-manifests-in-pharmacy
Connect With Ijeoma on LinkedIn 
A Better Way to Monetize Your Podcast
 
 
 ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Niche Podcasting and Learning to Love (work) Again]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Ijeoma Ekeocha was over her job. A series of microaggressions and just blatant racism convinced Ijeoma, a talented Pharmacist and medical researcher, that she should quit. So she created a podcast hoping she could transition into doing that full time. She launched the podcast “Brownskin Stories” and things seemed to be going well. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">But then something happened. Podcast coach Nikaila Matthews convinced her to find even more of a niche. That’s when “Black Women Pharmacists” was created. Rather than quitting her Job, Ijeoma rediscovered her love for pharmacy and has created a community of dedicated followers, passive income and helps other black women navigate a complicated industry.  </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources:</strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a href="https://www.blackwomenpharmacists.com"><strong>Listen to Black Women Pharmacists</strong></a></p>
<p><a href="goodrx.com/hcp/pharmacists/how-racism-manifests-in-pharmacy"><strong>Read Ijeoma’s GoodRX Article </strong></a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.goodrx.com/hcp/pharmacists/how-racism-manifests-in-pharmacy"><strong>goodrx.com/hcp/pharmacists/how-racism-manifests-in-pharmacy</strong></a></p>
<p><a href="linkedin.com/in/ijeomaekeocha/"><strong>Connect With Ijeoma on LinkedIn </strong></a></p>
<p><a href="https://castos.com/integrations/stripe/"><strong>A Better Way to Monetize Your Podcast</strong></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p> </p>
<p> </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/4fd83b62-580b-4d3e-97e8-691d4396f846/Niche-Podcasting-and-Learning-to-Love-work-Again.mp3" length="37125954"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Ijeoma Ekeocha was over her job. A series of microaggressions and just blatant racism convinced Ijeoma, a talented Pharmacist and medical researcher, that she should quit. So she created a podcast hoping she could transition into doing that full time. She launched the podcast “Brownskin Stories” and things seemed to be going well. 
But then something happened. Podcast coach Nikaila Matthews convinced her to find even more of a niche. That’s when “Black Women Pharmacists” was created. Rather than quitting her Job, Ijeoma rediscovered her love for pharmacy and has created a community of dedicated followers, passive income and helps other black women navigate a complicated industry.  
 
Resources:
 
Listen to Black Women Pharmacists
Read Ijeoma’s GoodRX Article 
goodrx.com/hcp/pharmacists/how-racism-manifests-in-pharmacy
Connect With Ijeoma on LinkedIn 
A Better Way to Monetize Your Podcast
 
 
 ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/Audience-episode-cover.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:25:46</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Making a Living (3Clips)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 05 May 2022 11:22:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/making-a-living-3clips</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/making-a-living-3clips</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, we’re diving into the archives to show you an older but important episode of the </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips Podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> called, “Making a Living in Podcasting.” This episode was hosted by the 3 Clips original host, </span><a href="https://jayacunzo.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Jay Acunzo</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> with business partners </span><a href="https://twitter.com/KinseyGrant"><span style="font-weight:400;">Kinsey Grant</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> and </span><a href="https://twitter.com/jkaplan1"><span style="font-weight:400;">Josh Kaplan</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> as guests. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips is a show that focuses on the craft of podcasting. It showcases specific podcasts in each episode and breaks down their processes, three clips at a time. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode, Jay talks with Kinsey and Grant about what it takes to turn your podcasting passion into a successful career. Instead of dissecting their podcast and the process they use to create the show, Jay talks with them about their passion and career and how they’ve melded those things together. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. Interested in private podcasting? Check out Castos’ private podcasting service at </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/">https://academy.castos.com/private/</a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Individual strengths and weaknesses as podcasters</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The myth of the solo creator</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The development of the </span><a href="https://thinkingiscool.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Thinking is Cool</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How they leveraged their brand for sponsorships</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Showcasing ad content and sponsors through various mediums (including podcasting)</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Finding a healthy balance between selling everything to being too discriminatory with ads</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Disagreements with partners</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Strengths and weaknesses as partners</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Vetting creative (behind the scenes) people and building a great team</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Self-worth as a podcaster and putting your ambitions into perspective</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The difference between a creator and an entrepreneur</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Integrations: </span><a href="https://castos.com/inte..."></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, we’re diving into the archives to show you an older but important episode of the 3 Clips Podcast called, “Making a Living in Podcasting.” This episode was hosted by the 3 Clips original host, Jay Acunzo with business partners Kinsey Grant and Josh Kaplan as guests. 
3 Clips is a show that focuses on the craft of podcasting. It showcases specific podcasts in each episode and breaks down their processes, three clips at a time. 
In this episode, Jay talks with Kinsey and Grant about what it takes to turn your podcasting passion into a successful career. Instead of dissecting their podcast and the process they use to create the show, Jay talks with them about their passion and career and how they’ve melded those things together. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. Interested in private podcasting? Check out Castos’ private podcasting service at https://academy.castos.com/private/. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Individual strengths and weaknesses as podcasters
The myth of the solo creator
The development of the Thinking is Cool podcast
How they leveraged their brand for sponsorships
Showcasing ad content and sponsors through various mediums (including podcasting)
Finding a healthy balance between selling everything to being too discriminatory with ads
Disagreements with partners
Strengths and weaknesses as partners


Vetting creative (behind the scenes) people and building a great team
Self-worth as a podcaster and putting your ambitions into perspective
The difference between a creator and an entrepreneur

 
Resources/Links:
Castos Integrations: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Making a Living (3Clips)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, we’re diving into the archives to show you an older but important episode of the </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips Podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> called, “Making a Living in Podcasting.” This episode was hosted by the 3 Clips original host, </span><a href="https://jayacunzo.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Jay Acunzo</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> with business partners </span><a href="https://twitter.com/KinseyGrant"><span style="font-weight:400;">Kinsey Grant</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> and </span><a href="https://twitter.com/jkaplan1"><span style="font-weight:400;">Josh Kaplan</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> as guests. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips is a show that focuses on the craft of podcasting. It showcases specific podcasts in each episode and breaks down their processes, three clips at a time. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode, Jay talks with Kinsey and Grant about what it takes to turn your podcasting passion into a successful career. Instead of dissecting their podcast and the process they use to create the show, Jay talks with them about their passion and career and how they’ve melded those things together. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. Interested in private podcasting? Check out Castos’ private podcasting service at </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/">https://academy.castos.com/private/</a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Individual strengths and weaknesses as podcasters</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The myth of the solo creator</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The development of the </span><a href="https://thinkingiscool.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Thinking is Cool</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How they leveraged their brand for sponsorships</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Showcasing ad content and sponsors through various mediums (including podcasting)</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Finding a healthy balance between selling everything to being too discriminatory with ads</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Disagreements with partners</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Strengths and weaknesses as partners</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Vetting creative (behind the scenes) people and building a great team</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Self-worth as a podcaster and putting your ambitions into perspective</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The difference between a creator and an entrepreneur</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Integrations: </span><a href="https://castos.com/integrations/stripe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/integrations/stripe/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">3-Clips, “Making a Living in Podcasting”: </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/making-a-living-in-podcasting-ft-kinsey-grant-and-josh-kaplan-of-thinking-is-cool/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://3clipspodcast.com/making-a-living-in-podcasting-ft-kinsey-grant-and-josh-kaplan-of-thinking-is-cool/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: <a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/">https://academy.castos.com/private/</a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><br /><br /></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/d696014c-d497-4e37-90b7-a5227835641c/Making-a-Living.mp3" length="72914448"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, we’re diving into the archives to show you an older but important episode of the 3 Clips Podcast called, “Making a Living in Podcasting.” This episode was hosted by the 3 Clips original host, Jay Acunzo with business partners Kinsey Grant and Josh Kaplan as guests. 
3 Clips is a show that focuses on the craft of podcasting. It showcases specific podcasts in each episode and breaks down their processes, three clips at a time. 
In this episode, Jay talks with Kinsey and Grant about what it takes to turn your podcasting passion into a successful career. Instead of dissecting their podcast and the process they use to create the show, Jay talks with them about their passion and career and how they’ve melded those things together. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. Interested in private podcasting? Check out Castos’ private podcasting service at https://academy.castos.com/private/. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Individual strengths and weaknesses as podcasters
The myth of the solo creator
The development of the Thinking is Cool podcast
How they leveraged their brand for sponsorships
Showcasing ad content and sponsors through various mediums (including podcasting)
Finding a healthy balance between selling everything to being too discriminatory with ads
Disagreements with partners
Strengths and weaknesses as partners


Vetting creative (behind the scenes) people and building a great team
Self-worth as a podcaster and putting your ambitions into perspective
The difference between a creator and an entrepreneur

 
Resources/Links:
Castos Integrations: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/Screen-Shot-2022-05-04-at-14.33.59.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:50:37</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Formatting for a niche podcast]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 28 Apr 2022 13:19:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/formatting-for-a-niche-podcast</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/formatting-for-a-niche-podcast</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p class="p1">“No one ever says that we should stop publishing books.” is the thought that popped into Stuart’s head while he visited a bookstore in today’s episode.<span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p>
<p class="p1">After returning, he and Matt chat about finding a niche for your podcast. With over 4 million podcasts published at <a href="https://podcastindex.org"><span class="s1">podcastindex.org</span></a> and 2 million+ in Apple’s directory, you might feel discouraged to make it in this medium. Don’t fret! Learn how you can niche down and persist through the launch phase of your podcast through he advice shared today.<span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p>
<p class="p1">Learn more about subscription podcasting: <a href="https://castos.com/private-podcasting-solutions/"><span class="s1">https://castos.com/private-podcasting-solutions/</span></a></p>
<p class="p1">Erik Jones’ newsletter <a href="https://www.hurtyourbrain.com/"><span class="s1">https://www.hurtyourbrain.com/</span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[“No one ever says that we should stop publishing books.” is the thought that popped into Stuart’s head while he visited a bookstore in today’s episode. 
After returning, he and Matt chat about finding a niche for your podcast. With over 4 million podcasts published at podcastindex.org and 2 million+ in Apple’s directory, you might feel discouraged to make it in this medium. Don’t fret! Learn how you can niche down and persist through the launch phase of your podcast through he advice shared today. 
Learn more about subscription podcasting: https://castos.com/private-podcasting-solutions/
Erik Jones’ newsletter https://www.hurtyourbrain.com/]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Formatting for a niche podcast]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p class="p1">“No one ever says that we should stop publishing books.” is the thought that popped into Stuart’s head while he visited a bookstore in today’s episode.<span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p>
<p class="p1">After returning, he and Matt chat about finding a niche for your podcast. With over 4 million podcasts published at <a href="https://podcastindex.org"><span class="s1">podcastindex.org</span></a> and 2 million+ in Apple’s directory, you might feel discouraged to make it in this medium. Don’t fret! Learn how you can niche down and persist through the launch phase of your podcast through he advice shared today.<span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p>
<p class="p1">Learn more about subscription podcasting: <a href="https://castos.com/private-podcasting-solutions/"><span class="s1">https://castos.com/private-podcasting-solutions/</span></a></p>
<p class="p1">Erik Jones’ newsletter <a href="https://www.hurtyourbrain.com/"><span class="s1">https://www.hurtyourbrain.com/</span></a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/88651825-1402-486a-86b4-411f67a0b01c/Niche-Podcast-Final-Edit.mp3" length="37445015"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[“No one ever says that we should stop publishing books.” is the thought that popped into Stuart’s head while he visited a bookstore in today’s episode. 
After returning, he and Matt chat about finding a niche for your podcast. With over 4 million podcasts published at podcastindex.org and 2 million+ in Apple’s directory, you might feel discouraged to make it in this medium. Don’t fret! Learn how you can niche down and persist through the launch phase of your podcast through he advice shared today. 
Learn more about subscription podcasting: https://castos.com/private-podcasting-solutions/
Erik Jones’ newsletter https://www.hurtyourbrain.com/]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/formatting-for-a-niche-podcast.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:25:59</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[You (Probably) Need a Producer w/ Alex Lewis]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 21 Apr 2022 16:22:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/you-probably-need-a-producer-w-alex-lewis</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/you-probably-need-a-producer-w-alex-lewis</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p></p>
<p>What does a producer actually do anyway? Well, it varies from one project to the next but the best podcasts often utilize the services of a producer or multiple producers. So for this episode, Stuart chats with Alex Lewis, an audio producer and musician.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Alex has been a radio and audio producer for more than a decade and has worked with NPR, the BBC and  founded his own company, Rowhome Productions based in Philadelphia. For his work, Alex has received a National Edward R. Murrow Award and was nominated for a Peabody award as well.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Links</strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Rowhome Productions:  </strong><a href="https://rowhome.fm"><strong>rowhome.fm</strong></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>How’s Work?: </strong><a href="https://gimletmedia.com/shows/hows-work"><strong> gimletmedia.com/shows/hows-work</strong></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Kanaval:  </strong><a href="https://xpnkanaval.org"><strong>xpnkanaval.org </strong></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>WATCH:  </strong><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iCCIP32sw1I"><strong>Castos Subscription Based Podcasts </strong></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
What does a producer actually do anyway? Well, it varies from one project to the next but the best podcasts often utilize the services of a producer or multiple producers. So for this episode, Stuart chats with Alex Lewis, an audio producer and musician.
 
Alex has been a radio and audio producer for more than a decade and has worked with NPR, the BBC and  founded his own company, Rowhome Productions based in Philadelphia. For his work, Alex has received a National Edward R. Murrow Award and was nominated for a Peabody award as well.
 
Links
 
Rowhome Productions:  rowhome.fm
 
How’s Work?:  gimletmedia.com/shows/hows-work
 
Kanaval:  xpnkanaval.org 
 
WATCH:  Castos Subscription Based Podcasts ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[You (Probably) Need a Producer w/ Alex Lewis]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p></p>
<p>What does a producer actually do anyway? Well, it varies from one project to the next but the best podcasts often utilize the services of a producer or multiple producers. So for this episode, Stuart chats with Alex Lewis, an audio producer and musician.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Alex has been a radio and audio producer for more than a decade and has worked with NPR, the BBC and  founded his own company, Rowhome Productions based in Philadelphia. For his work, Alex has received a National Edward R. Murrow Award and was nominated for a Peabody award as well.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Links</strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Rowhome Productions:  </strong><a href="https://rowhome.fm"><strong>rowhome.fm</strong></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>How’s Work?: </strong><a href="https://gimletmedia.com/shows/hows-work"><strong> gimletmedia.com/shows/hows-work</strong></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Kanaval:  </strong><a href="https://xpnkanaval.org"><strong>xpnkanaval.org </strong></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>WATCH:  </strong><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iCCIP32sw1I"><strong>Castos Subscription Based Podcasts </strong></a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/ee281951-07a9-4efc-a5d8-8e21f0f484f3/Alex-Lewis-Audience-Final.mp3" length="44980363"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
What does a producer actually do anyway? Well, it varies from one project to the next but the best podcasts often utilize the services of a producer or multiple producers. So for this episode, Stuart chats with Alex Lewis, an audio producer and musician.
 
Alex has been a radio and audio producer for more than a decade and has worked with NPR, the BBC and  founded his own company, Rowhome Productions based in Philadelphia. For his work, Alex has received a National Edward R. Murrow Award and was nominated for a Peabody award as well.
 
Links
 
Rowhome Productions:  rowhome.fm
 
How’s Work?:  gimletmedia.com/shows/hows-work
 
Kanaval:  xpnkanaval.org 
 
WATCH:  Castos Subscription Based Podcasts ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/alex-lewis-audience.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:31:13</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Building a subscription podcast in public w/ Jonathan Jones]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 14 Apr 2022 10:06:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/building-a-subscription-podcast-in-public-w-jonathan-jones</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/building-a-subscription-podcast-in-public-w-jonathan-jones</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Are you curious about subscription podcasting? Do you know what a private podcast is? Are you scared about jumping into private podcasting?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Jonathan Jones and Matt do a little experiment with subscription podcasting. Jonathan is going to build a subscription podcast (at Castos) in public, with Matt. Today they go through the initial brainstorming process as Jonathan submits his membership and audiobook ideas for his private podcast. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Jonathan also talks about the process he went through when publishing both of his books, and he shares the story behind his latest book, </span><a href="https://jonathanjonesspeaks.com/products"><span style="font-weight:400;">Get Paid with Podcasting</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Jonathan’s apprehensions about private podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Uses for subscription podcasting: audiobooks and behind the scenes bonus material</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The story behind “Get Paid with Podcasting”</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tips for writing and publishing a book</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Putting stock in your own success</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Jonathan’s initial idea for his private podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Anticipating possible challenges with memberships</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Your Podcast Mentor Show: </span><a href="https://www.yourpodcastmentorshow.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.yourpodcastmentorshow.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Breaking a podcast funk w/ Jonathan Jones: </span><a href="https://castos.com/podcast/breaking-a-podcast-funk-w-jonathan-jones/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/podcast/breaking-a-podcast-funk-w-jonathan-jones/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Get Paid with Podcasting: A Blueprint For Speakers &amp; Coaches On How to Start, Manage and Monetize Their Message Through Products and Services</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;"> by Jonathan Jones: </span><a href="https://jonathanjonesspeaks.com/products"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://jonathanjonesspeaks.com/products</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> [Type “30OFF” after you click purchase, for 30% off]</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">JonathanSpeaks, Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/JonathanJSpeaks"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/JonathanJSpeaks</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">JonathanSpeaks, Instagram: </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/jonathanjonesspeaks/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.instagram.c...</span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Are you curious about subscription podcasting? Do you know what a private podcast is? Are you scared about jumping into private podcasting?
On this episode of the Audience podcast, Jonathan Jones and Matt do a little experiment with subscription podcasting. Jonathan is going to build a subscription podcast (at Castos) in public, with Matt. Today they go through the initial brainstorming process as Jonathan submits his membership and audiobook ideas for his private podcast. 
Jonathan also talks about the process he went through when publishing both of his books, and he shares the story behind his latest book, Get Paid with Podcasting.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Jonathan’s apprehensions about private podcasting
Uses for subscription podcasting: audiobooks and behind the scenes bonus material
The story behind “Get Paid with Podcasting”
Tips for writing and publishing a book
Putting stock in your own success
Jonathan’s initial idea for his private podcast
Anticipating possible challenges with memberships

 
Resources/Links:
Your Podcast Mentor Show: https://www.yourpodcastmentorshow.com/ 
Breaking a podcast funk w/ Jonathan Jones: https://castos.com/podcast/breaking-a-podcast-funk-w-jonathan-jones/ 
Get Paid with Podcasting: A Blueprint For Speakers & Coaches On How to Start, Manage and Monetize Their Message Through Products and Services by Jonathan Jones: https://jonathanjonesspeaks.com/products [Type “30OFF” after you click purchase, for 30% off]
JonathanSpeaks, Twitter: https://twitter.com/JonathanJSpeaks 
JonathanSpeaks, Instagram: https://www.instagram.c...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Building a subscription podcast in public w/ Jonathan Jones]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Are you curious about subscription podcasting? Do you know what a private podcast is? Are you scared about jumping into private podcasting?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Jonathan Jones and Matt do a little experiment with subscription podcasting. Jonathan is going to build a subscription podcast (at Castos) in public, with Matt. Today they go through the initial brainstorming process as Jonathan submits his membership and audiobook ideas for his private podcast. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Jonathan also talks about the process he went through when publishing both of his books, and he shares the story behind his latest book, </span><a href="https://jonathanjonesspeaks.com/products"><span style="font-weight:400;">Get Paid with Podcasting</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Jonathan’s apprehensions about private podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Uses for subscription podcasting: audiobooks and behind the scenes bonus material</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The story behind “Get Paid with Podcasting”</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tips for writing and publishing a book</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Putting stock in your own success</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Jonathan’s initial idea for his private podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Anticipating possible challenges with memberships</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Your Podcast Mentor Show: </span><a href="https://www.yourpodcastmentorshow.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.yourpodcastmentorshow.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Breaking a podcast funk w/ Jonathan Jones: </span><a href="https://castos.com/podcast/breaking-a-podcast-funk-w-jonathan-jones/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/podcast/breaking-a-podcast-funk-w-jonathan-jones/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Get Paid with Podcasting: A Blueprint For Speakers &amp; Coaches On How to Start, Manage and Monetize Their Message Through Products and Services</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;"> by Jonathan Jones: </span><a href="https://jonathanjonesspeaks.com/products"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://jonathanjonesspeaks.com/products</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> [Type “30OFF” after you click purchase, for 30% off]</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">JonathanSpeaks, Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/JonathanJSpeaks"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/JonathanJSpeaks</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">JonathanSpeaks, Instagram: </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/jonathanjonesspeaks/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.instagram.com/jonathanjonesspeaks/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">JonathanSpeaks, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCt4_jEC4--5s9gwxNsqEjrg"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCt4_jEC4--5s9gwxNsqEjrg</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1/2f7089ef-fd39-437d-870b-51feac80e39e/Building-a-subscription-podcast-in-public-w-Jonathan-Jones.mp3" length="16451013"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Are you curious about subscription podcasting? Do you know what a private podcast is? Are you scared about jumping into private podcasting?
On this episode of the Audience podcast, Jonathan Jones and Matt do a little experiment with subscription podcasting. Jonathan is going to build a subscription podcast (at Castos) in public, with Matt. Today they go through the initial brainstorming process as Jonathan submits his membership and audiobook ideas for his private podcast. 
Jonathan also talks about the process he went through when publishing both of his books, and he shares the story behind his latest book, Get Paid with Podcasting.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Jonathan’s apprehensions about private podcasting
Uses for subscription podcasting: audiobooks and behind the scenes bonus material
The story behind “Get Paid with Podcasting”
Tips for writing and publishing a book
Putting stock in your own success
Jonathan’s initial idea for his private podcast
Anticipating possible challenges with memberships

 
Resources/Links:
Your Podcast Mentor Show: https://www.yourpodcastmentorshow.com/ 
Breaking a podcast funk w/ Jonathan Jones: https://castos.com/podcast/breaking-a-podcast-funk-w-jonathan-jones/ 
Get Paid with Podcasting: A Blueprint For Speakers & Coaches On How to Start, Manage and Monetize Their Message Through Products and Services by Jonathan Jones: https://jonathanjonesspeaks.com/products [Type “30OFF” after you click purchase, for 30% off]
JonathanSpeaks, Twitter: https://twitter.com/JonathanJSpeaks 
JonathanSpeaks, Instagram: https://www.instagram.c...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:17:08</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Starting a paid members-only podcast w/ Joe Casabona]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 07 Apr 2022 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/starting-a-paid-members-only-podcast-w-joe-casabona</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/starting-a-paid-members-only-podcast-w-joe-casabona</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p></p>
<p>Joe Casabona joins the Audience podcast today to talk about his journey as a podcast creator. Joe produces a mix of podcasts in the web, WordPress and podcasting space.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Matt and Joe cover some of the ways you can monetize a public podcast. Including digital products, courses, memberships, ads and more. Joe has found balance in offering sponsorship spots on public podcasts, but also uses Castos private podcasts for his membership offerings.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Creating a successful podcast requires a multi-channel approach. A solid website, a thoughtful podcast approach, and multiple ways of monetizing is a must.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>If you enjoyed today's episode, please share it on social media!</p>
<p> </p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://casabona.org">https://casabona.org</a></li>
<li><a href="https://creatorcourses.com/">https://creatorcourses.com/</a></li>
<li><a href="https://howibuilt.it/">https://howibuilt.it/</a></li>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/casabona">https://twitter.com/casabona</a></li>
<li><a href="https://castos.com/private-podcasting-solutions/">https://castos.com/private-podcasting-solutions/</a></li>
<li>Matt's private podcast webinar <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iCCIP32sw1I">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iCCIP32sw1I</a></li>
</ul>
<p></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
Joe Casabona joins the Audience podcast today to talk about his journey as a podcast creator. Joe produces a mix of podcasts in the web, WordPress and podcasting space.
 
Matt and Joe cover some of the ways you can monetize a public podcast. Including digital products, courses, memberships, ads and more. Joe has found balance in offering sponsorship spots on public podcasts, but also uses Castos private podcasts for his membership offerings.
 
Creating a successful podcast requires a multi-channel approach. A solid website, a thoughtful podcast approach, and multiple ways of monetizing is a must.
 
If you enjoyed today's episode, please share it on social media!
 

https://casabona.org
https://creatorcourses.com/
https://howibuilt.it/
https://twitter.com/casabona
https://castos.com/private-podcasting-solutions/
Matt's private podcast webinar https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iCCIP32sw1I

]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Starting a paid members-only podcast w/ Joe Casabona]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p></p>
<p>Joe Casabona joins the Audience podcast today to talk about his journey as a podcast creator. Joe produces a mix of podcasts in the web, WordPress and podcasting space.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Matt and Joe cover some of the ways you can monetize a public podcast. Including digital products, courses, memberships, ads and more. Joe has found balance in offering sponsorship spots on public podcasts, but also uses Castos private podcasts for his membership offerings.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Creating a successful podcast requires a multi-channel approach. A solid website, a thoughtful podcast approach, and multiple ways of monetizing is a must.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>If you enjoyed today's episode, please share it on social media!</p>
<p> </p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://casabona.org">https://casabona.org</a></li>
<li><a href="https://creatorcourses.com/">https://creatorcourses.com/</a></li>
<li><a href="https://howibuilt.it/">https://howibuilt.it/</a></li>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/casabona">https://twitter.com/casabona</a></li>
<li><a href="https://castos.com/private-podcasting-solutions/">https://castos.com/private-podcasting-solutions/</a></li>
<li>Matt's private podcast webinar <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iCCIP32sw1I">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iCCIP32sw1I</a></li>
</ul>
<p></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/234cc5c8-d1ea-4241-bbe7-fdda7a441ca0/Joe-Casabona-on-creating-a-members-only-podcast.mp3" length="41284669"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
Joe Casabona joins the Audience podcast today to talk about his journey as a podcast creator. Joe produces a mix of podcasts in the web, WordPress and podcasting space.
 
Matt and Joe cover some of the ways you can monetize a public podcast. Including digital products, courses, memberships, ads and more. Joe has found balance in offering sponsorship spots on public podcasts, but also uses Castos private podcasts for his membership offerings.
 
Creating a successful podcast requires a multi-channel approach. A solid website, a thoughtful podcast approach, and multiple ways of monetizing is a must.
 
If you enjoyed today's episode, please share it on social media!
 

https://casabona.org
https://creatorcourses.com/
https://howibuilt.it/
https://twitter.com/casabona
https://castos.com/private-podcasting-solutions/
Matt's private podcast webinar https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iCCIP32sw1I

]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:28:40</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Planning and Producing a Great Interview Show]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 31 Mar 2022 11:43:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/planning-and-producing-a-great-interview-show</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/planning-and-producing-a-great-interview-show</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt and Stuart talk about what it takes (behind the scenes) to make a great podcast, with examples from the </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. They talk about best practices and their processes when it comes to booking guests, pre-interviews, monetization, and editing. Not only do they touch on a few newbie mistakes (and how to avoid them), they also talk about how to make your podcast better. Whether you’re a newbie or a veteran, everyone will find something to take away from today’s conversation.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">: featuring podcasts and their processes </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Booking guests: People’s time (yours and your guests)</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of pre-interviews</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Building rapport</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Reaction during interview</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Avoiding one-word answers and rambling</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Working with producers</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Editing a podcast episode</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The perks of having seasons for your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Newbie mistakes: avoiding podcast burnout</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Monetizing your podcast</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips Podcast: </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://3clipspodcast.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">SavvyCal: </span><a href="https://savvycal.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://savvycal.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Calendly: </span><a href="https://calendly.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://calendly.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">“Creating an audio experience w/ Eric Nuzum”: </span><a href="https://audience.castos.com/episodes/creating-an-audio-experience-w-eric-nuzum"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://audience.castos.com/episodes/creating-an-audio-experience-w-eric-nuzum</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Survey: </span><a href="https://public.refiner.io/s/gmw40e/a8930000-aacc-11ec-a7c2-8723e29ec24c"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/survey</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt and Stuart talk about what it takes (behind the scenes) to make a great podcast, with examples from the 3 Clips podcast. They talk about best practices and their processes when it comes to booking guests, pre-interviews, monetization, and editing. Not only do they touch on a few newbie mistakes (and how to avoid them), they also talk about how to make your podcast better. Whether you’re a newbie or a veteran, everyone will find something to take away from today’s conversation.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

 3 Clips podcast: featuring podcasts and their processes 
Booking guests: People’s time (yours and your guests)
The importance of pre-interviews
Building rapport
Reaction during interview
Avoiding one-word answers and rambling


Working with producers
Editing a podcast episode
The perks of having seasons for your podcast
Newbie mistakes: avoiding podcast burnout
Monetizing your podcast

 
Resources/Links:
3 Clips Podcast: https://3clipspodcast.com/
SavvyCal: https://savvycal.com/
Calendly: https://calendly.com/ 
“Creating an audio experience w/ Eric Nuzum”: https://audience.castos.com/episodes/creating-an-audio-experience-w-eric-nuzum 
Castos Survey: Castos.com/survey
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Planning and Producing a Great Interview Show]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt and Stuart talk about what it takes (behind the scenes) to make a great podcast, with examples from the </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. They talk about best practices and their processes when it comes to booking guests, pre-interviews, monetization, and editing. Not only do they touch on a few newbie mistakes (and how to avoid them), they also talk about how to make your podcast better. Whether you’re a newbie or a veteran, everyone will find something to take away from today’s conversation.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">: featuring podcasts and their processes </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Booking guests: People’s time (yours and your guests)</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of pre-interviews</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Building rapport</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Reaction during interview</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Avoiding one-word answers and rambling</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Working with producers</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Editing a podcast episode</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The perks of having seasons for your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Newbie mistakes: avoiding podcast burnout</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Monetizing your podcast</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips Podcast: </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://3clipspodcast.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">SavvyCal: </span><a href="https://savvycal.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://savvycal.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Calendly: </span><a href="https://calendly.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://calendly.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">“Creating an audio experience w/ Eric Nuzum”: </span><a href="https://audience.castos.com/episodes/creating-an-audio-experience-w-eric-nuzum"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://audience.castos.com/episodes/creating-an-audio-experience-w-eric-nuzum</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Survey: </span><a href="https://public.refiner.io/s/gmw40e/a8930000-aacc-11ec-a7c2-8723e29ec24c"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/survey</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1/b68acb46-9d60-4032-ba6d-3634854bf8f1/Planning-and-Producing-a-Great-Interview-Show.mp3" length="36503292"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt and Stuart talk about what it takes (behind the scenes) to make a great podcast, with examples from the 3 Clips podcast. They talk about best practices and their processes when it comes to booking guests, pre-interviews, monetization, and editing. Not only do they touch on a few newbie mistakes (and how to avoid them), they also talk about how to make your podcast better. Whether you’re a newbie or a veteran, everyone will find something to take away from today’s conversation.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

 3 Clips podcast: featuring podcasts and their processes 
Booking guests: People’s time (yours and your guests)
The importance of pre-interviews
Building rapport
Reaction during interview
Avoiding one-word answers and rambling


Working with producers
Editing a podcast episode
The perks of having seasons for your podcast
Newbie mistakes: avoiding podcast burnout
Monetizing your podcast

 
Resources/Links:
3 Clips Podcast: https://3clipspodcast.com/
SavvyCal: https://savvycal.com/
Calendly: https://calendly.com/ 
“Creating an audio experience w/ Eric Nuzum”: https://audience.castos.com/episodes/creating-an-audio-experience-w-eric-nuzum 
Castos Survey: Castos.com/survey
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:37:58</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Steal this podcast listener survey!]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 24 Mar 2022 14:06:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/steal-this-podcast-listener-survey</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/steal-this-podcast-listener-survey</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Today I'm hoping you can share in the improvement of the Audience podcast by taking part in our survey. Head there now at <a href="https://castos.com/survey">https://castos.com/survey</a></p>
<p>As you might know, Season 2 of our other podcast 3 Clips has come to close. That means Stuart will be joining us more regularly on Audience.</p>
<p>We have some new concepts cooking for you, which I think you'll really enjoy. By visiting castos.com/survey you can help us understand what types of content you'd like us to produce. And hey, if that's not enough, you can always email us <a href="mailto:hello@castos.com">hello@castos.com</a> and tell us what you'd like to hear.</p>
<p>But wait, there's something in it for you as a podcaster!</p>
<p>You've heard me say that feedback is important for your podcast and why not use a survey to do that? Even more so, how about using a free survey from a company that specializes in customer research?</p>
<p>The survey I've put together is from a free survey framework provided by Edison Research. You can download their survey for free to use for your own podcast. Use all of the questions they provide or select the few that you think is most impactful for your podcast.</p>
<p>I'll put the link in the show notes so you can grab it, too.</p>
<p>That's what I did. I took some of their questions and added a few that are specific to Castos. Like, how do you plan on monetizing your podcast, if at all? By the way, if you'd like to learn more about selling your own subscription podcasts here at Castos, let's chat. Email hello@castos.com to book a time with me.</p>
<p>Okay I think that's enough call to actions for now. Please take the survey at <a href="https://castos.com/survey">Castos.com/survey</a> that's <a href="https://castos.com/survey">castos.com/survey</a> to help improve this show.</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Today I'm hoping you can share in the improvement of the Audience podcast by taking part in our survey. Head there now at https://castos.com/survey
As you might know, Season 2 of our other podcast 3 Clips has come to close. That means Stuart will be joining us more regularly on Audience.
We have some new concepts cooking for you, which I think you'll really enjoy. By visiting castos.com/survey you can help us understand what types of content you'd like us to produce. And hey, if that's not enough, you can always email us hello@castos.com and tell us what you'd like to hear.
But wait, there's something in it for you as a podcaster!
You've heard me say that feedback is important for your podcast and why not use a survey to do that? Even more so, how about using a free survey from a company that specializes in customer research?
The survey I've put together is from a free survey framework provided by Edison Research. You can download their survey for free to use for your own podcast. Use all of the questions they provide or select the few that you think is most impactful for your podcast.
I'll put the link in the show notes so you can grab it, too.
That's what I did. I took some of their questions and added a few that are specific to Castos. Like, how do you plan on monetizing your podcast, if at all? By the way, if you'd like to learn more about selling your own subscription podcasts here at Castos, let's chat. Email hello@castos.com to book a time with me.
Okay I think that's enough call to actions for now. Please take the survey at Castos.com/survey that's castos.com/survey to help improve this show.]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Steal this podcast listener survey!]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Today I'm hoping you can share in the improvement of the Audience podcast by taking part in our survey. Head there now at <a href="https://castos.com/survey">https://castos.com/survey</a></p>
<p>As you might know, Season 2 of our other podcast 3 Clips has come to close. That means Stuart will be joining us more regularly on Audience.</p>
<p>We have some new concepts cooking for you, which I think you'll really enjoy. By visiting castos.com/survey you can help us understand what types of content you'd like us to produce. And hey, if that's not enough, you can always email us <a href="mailto:hello@castos.com">hello@castos.com</a> and tell us what you'd like to hear.</p>
<p>But wait, there's something in it for you as a podcaster!</p>
<p>You've heard me say that feedback is important for your podcast and why not use a survey to do that? Even more so, how about using a free survey from a company that specializes in customer research?</p>
<p>The survey I've put together is from a free survey framework provided by Edison Research. You can download their survey for free to use for your own podcast. Use all of the questions they provide or select the few that you think is most impactful for your podcast.</p>
<p>I'll put the link in the show notes so you can grab it, too.</p>
<p>That's what I did. I took some of their questions and added a few that are specific to Castos. Like, how do you plan on monetizing your podcast, if at all? By the way, if you'd like to learn more about selling your own subscription podcasts here at Castos, let's chat. Email hello@castos.com to book a time with me.</p>
<p>Okay I think that's enough call to actions for now. Please take the survey at <a href="https://castos.com/survey">Castos.com/survey</a> that's <a href="https://castos.com/survey">castos.com/survey</a> to help improve this show.</p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/68620432-06f8-47e3-b02e-cff60afbc020/castos-survey-episode.mp3" length="2964628"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Today I'm hoping you can share in the improvement of the Audience podcast by taking part in our survey. Head there now at https://castos.com/survey
As you might know, Season 2 of our other podcast 3 Clips has come to close. That means Stuart will be joining us more regularly on Audience.
We have some new concepts cooking for you, which I think you'll really enjoy. By visiting castos.com/survey you can help us understand what types of content you'd like us to produce. And hey, if that's not enough, you can always email us hello@castos.com and tell us what you'd like to hear.
But wait, there's something in it for you as a podcaster!
You've heard me say that feedback is important for your podcast and why not use a survey to do that? Even more so, how about using a free survey from a company that specializes in customer research?
The survey I've put together is from a free survey framework provided by Edison Research. You can download their survey for free to use for your own podcast. Use all of the questions they provide or select the few that you think is most impactful for your podcast.
I'll put the link in the show notes so you can grab it, too.
That's what I did. I took some of their questions and added a few that are specific to Castos. Like, how do you plan on monetizing your podcast, if at all? By the way, if you'd like to learn more about selling your own subscription podcasts here at Castos, let's chat. Email hello@castos.com to book a time with me.
Okay I think that's enough call to actions for now. Please take the survey at Castos.com/survey that's castos.com/survey to help improve this show.]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:02:00</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Creating an audio experience w/ Eric Nuzum]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 17 Mar 2022 12:38:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/creating-an-audio-experience-w-eric-nuzum</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/creating-an-audio-experience-w-eric-nuzum</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Technology is only good if it solves a problem. In the case of podcasting it definitely does solve problems. It’s basically broken down all major barriers to access when it comes to creating and distributing your audio.</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">But creating a good podcast is so much more than simply choosing the right microphones, the best software and distributing an RSS Feed. To make a good podcast, you need to create an audio experience, ideally an experience that is unique to your show. </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Eric Nuzum is an expert in doing that. At NPR he helped bring to life shows like the TED Radio Hour and has worked on bringing shows like ‘</span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Fresh Air’</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;"> and </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">‘Wait Wait Don’t Tell Me!</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">’ into podcasting. He was also vital in the creation of the critically acclaimed podcast,  </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Invisibilia</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">. Eric is the founder of </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Magnificent Noise</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">, a podcast, audio and creative consulting company. </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Links</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Magnificent Noise :  </span><a href="https://magnificentnoise.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">maginifcintnoise.com </span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Ted Radio Hour:  </span><a href="https://www.npr.org/podcasts/510298/ted-radio-hour"><span style="font-weight:400;">npr.org/podcasts/ted-radio-hour</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Invisibilia:  </span><a href="https://www.npr.org/podcasts/510307/invisibilia"><span style="font-weight:400;">npr.org/podcasts/invisibilia</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Where Should We Begin with Esther Perel:  </span><a href="https://whereshouldwebegin.estherperel.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">whereshouldwebegin.eshterperel.com </span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Connect with Eric on LinkedIn:  </span><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ericnuzum/?locale=en_US"><span style="font-weight:400;">linkedin.com/ericnuzum</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Connect Stripe to Your Private Podcast </strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos offers integrative tools to create revenue for your private podcast. View our </span><a href="https://castos.com/offer-paid-podcast-subscriptions-with-stripe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">blog </span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">and Matt’s </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eXn6_iMBtgk"><span style="font-weight:400;">YouTube Video</span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Technology is only good if it solves a problem. In the case of podcasting it definitely does solve problems. It’s basically broken down all major barriers to access when it comes to creating and distributing your audio.
 
But creating a good podcast is so much more than simply choosing the right microphones, the best software and distributing an RSS Feed. To make a good podcast, you need to create an audio experience, ideally an experience that is unique to your show. 
 
Eric Nuzum is an expert in doing that. At NPR he helped bring to life shows like the TED Radio Hour and has worked on bringing shows like ‘Fresh Air’ and ‘Wait Wait Don’t Tell Me!’ into podcasting. He was also vital in the creation of the critically acclaimed podcast,  Invisibilia. Eric is the founder of Magnificent Noise, a podcast, audio and creative consulting company. 
 
Links
 
Magnificent Noise :  maginifcintnoise.com 
 
The Ted Radio Hour:  npr.org/podcasts/ted-radio-hour
 
Invisibilia:  npr.org/podcasts/invisibilia
 
Where Should We Begin with Esther Perel:  whereshouldwebegin.eshterperel.com 
 
Connect with Eric on LinkedIn:  linkedin.com/ericnuzum
 
Connect Stripe to Your Private Podcast 
 
Castos offers integrative tools to create revenue for your private podcast. View our blog and Matt’s YouTube Video]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Creating an audio experience w/ Eric Nuzum]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Technology is only good if it solves a problem. In the case of podcasting it definitely does solve problems. It’s basically broken down all major barriers to access when it comes to creating and distributing your audio.</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">But creating a good podcast is so much more than simply choosing the right microphones, the best software and distributing an RSS Feed. To make a good podcast, you need to create an audio experience, ideally an experience that is unique to your show. </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Eric Nuzum is an expert in doing that. At NPR he helped bring to life shows like the TED Radio Hour and has worked on bringing shows like ‘</span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Fresh Air’</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;"> and </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">‘Wait Wait Don’t Tell Me!</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">’ into podcasting. He was also vital in the creation of the critically acclaimed podcast,  </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Invisibilia</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">. Eric is the founder of </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Magnificent Noise</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">, a podcast, audio and creative consulting company. </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Links</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Magnificent Noise :  </span><a href="https://magnificentnoise.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">maginifcintnoise.com </span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Ted Radio Hour:  </span><a href="https://www.npr.org/podcasts/510298/ted-radio-hour"><span style="font-weight:400;">npr.org/podcasts/ted-radio-hour</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Invisibilia:  </span><a href="https://www.npr.org/podcasts/510307/invisibilia"><span style="font-weight:400;">npr.org/podcasts/invisibilia</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Where Should We Begin with Esther Perel:  </span><a href="https://whereshouldwebegin.estherperel.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">whereshouldwebegin.eshterperel.com </span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Connect with Eric on LinkedIn:  </span><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ericnuzum/?locale=en_US"><span style="font-weight:400;">linkedin.com/ericnuzum</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Connect Stripe to Your Private Podcast </strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos offers integrative tools to create revenue for your private podcast. View our </span><a href="https://castos.com/offer-paid-podcast-subscriptions-with-stripe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">blog </span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">and Matt’s </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eXn6_iMBtgk"><span style="font-weight:400;">YouTube Video</span></a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/372d0541-acc9-4b4b-b78e-75e60d58183e/Make-Noise-Final.mp3" length="32051758"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Technology is only good if it solves a problem. In the case of podcasting it definitely does solve problems. It’s basically broken down all major barriers to access when it comes to creating and distributing your audio.
 
But creating a good podcast is so much more than simply choosing the right microphones, the best software and distributing an RSS Feed. To make a good podcast, you need to create an audio experience, ideally an experience that is unique to your show. 
 
Eric Nuzum is an expert in doing that. At NPR he helped bring to life shows like the TED Radio Hour and has worked on bringing shows like ‘Fresh Air’ and ‘Wait Wait Don’t Tell Me!’ into podcasting. He was also vital in the creation of the critically acclaimed podcast,  Invisibilia. Eric is the founder of Magnificent Noise, a podcast, audio and creative consulting company. 
 
Links
 
Magnificent Noise :  maginifcintnoise.com 
 
The Ted Radio Hour:  npr.org/podcasts/ted-radio-hour
 
Invisibilia:  npr.org/podcasts/invisibilia
 
Where Should We Begin with Esther Perel:  whereshouldwebegin.eshterperel.com 
 
Connect with Eric on LinkedIn:  linkedin.com/ericnuzum
 
Connect Stripe to Your Private Podcast 
 
Castos offers integrative tools to create revenue for your private podcast. View our blog and Matt’s YouTube Video]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:22:15</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Create your own subscription podcast w/ Stripe and Castos]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 03 Mar 2022 13:08:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/create-your-own-subscription-podcast-w-stripe-and-castos</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/create-your-own-subscription-podcast-w-stripe-and-castos</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p></p>
<p>Today I’d like to talk about creating your own subscription podcast without the middle man taking a cut of your revenue.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Before we get too far down into the blueprint for monetizing your podcast, there are some hard requirements I’m mentioning in this episode:</p>
<p> </p>
<ol>
<li>You must be okay with starting a free <a href="https://stripe.com">Stripe</a> account.</li>
<li>You’re using <a href="https://castos.com">Castos</a> to host your subscription podcast feed or feeds.</li>
<li>Bonus: If you want to make other automation magic happen, I also recommend a free <a href="https://zapier.com">Zapier</a> account.</li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
<h2>Why start a subscription podcast over advertising?</h2>
<p> </p>
<p>What’s your knee-jerk reaction when you hear that the average podcast ad rates are $25 per 1,000 downloads? If you’re like most of us, your podcast is barely hitting 500 downloads per episode — you can’t even buy a cup of coffee let alone that new Porsche.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Most advertisers are looking for the largest audience possible, not the most <em>valuable</em> audience possible. That’s a topic for a different podcast.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>When it comes to earning revenue, if you’re a brand new podcaster or a veteran with a niche audience, going by industry standard advertising isn’t going to make us rich.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Then there’s the quality and experience factor.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Don’t get me started on automated ad insertion from larger ad networks or other podcast hosting companies. Not only are we giving up control of the ad quality, it’s an abrasive experience for the listener. A 2020 report from Nielsen shows that host-read ads perform better anyway. <a href="https://www.nielsen.com/us/en/insights/article/2020/host-read-podcast-ads-pack-a-brand-recall-punch/">Host-Read Podcast Ads Pack a Brand Recall Punch – Nielsen</a></p>
<p> </p>
<p>If you’re going to do ads, you might as well sell them direct and read them on your own show. Again, different podcast episode for a different day.</p>
<p> </p>
<h2>Subscription podcasts at Castos vs the world</h2>
<p> </p>
<p>I rarely thank Apple for much in podcasting these days, but I am thankful that this 2.6 Trillion-dollar company decided to compete with us.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Crazy right?</p>
<p> </p>
<p>We’re going through <em>another</em> defining moment for content creators. Just like Facebook and others encroached on our blog traffic, big audio businesses are doing the same to our podcasts.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Apple offers <a href="https://podcasters.apple.com/878-subscriptions">subscription podcasts</a> through their platform at a 30% cut + a $29 annual fee. The kicker? You have to manage your podcast on their website. The content is only available to listeners using Apple podcast app.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>As a creator, you’re suffocating your total possible reach. Apple is making my case for me.</p>
<p> </p>
<h3>Subscriptions at Castos</h3>
<p> </p>
<ol>
<li>We don’t take a 30% cut. Each podcast hosting plan has a set of private subscribers.</li>
<li>You can create as many private subscription podcasts as you want.</li>
<li>Listeners can access the content on Apple or Google devices, using our <a href="https://castos.com/mobile-app/">free Castos mobile app</a> or their favorite podcast app.</li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
<p>Let’s get back to that tug of war for your content: We’re building a subscription podcast system that podcasters will love. While Apple and others want you to exist exclusively in their platform, with their fees, and their algorithm — Castos is building a subscription platform that allows you to be anywhere &amp; everywhere.</p>
<p> </p>
<h2>What type of subscription podcasts work best?</h2>
<p> </p>
<p>Here’s the thing: there are no rules; monetize as you see fit.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Want to run ads + have a premium subscription podcast? Go for it. I say however you can monetize your show is good enough for me. It’s a lot of work to get to where you are...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
Today I’d like to talk about creating your own subscription podcast without the middle man taking a cut of your revenue.
 
Before we get too far down into the blueprint for monetizing your podcast, there are some hard requirements I’m mentioning in this episode:
 

You must be okay with starting a free Stripe account.
You’re using Castos to host your subscription podcast feed or feeds.
Bonus: If you want to make other automation magic happen, I also recommend a free Zapier account.

 
Why start a subscription podcast over advertising?
 
What’s your knee-jerk reaction when you hear that the average podcast ad rates are $25 per 1,000 downloads? If you’re like most of us, your podcast is barely hitting 500 downloads per episode — you can’t even buy a cup of coffee let alone that new Porsche.
 
Most advertisers are looking for the largest audience possible, not the most valuable audience possible. That’s a topic for a different podcast.
 
When it comes to earning revenue, if you’re a brand new podcaster or a veteran with a niche audience, going by industry standard advertising isn’t going to make us rich.
 
Then there’s the quality and experience factor.
 
Don’t get me started on automated ad insertion from larger ad networks or other podcast hosting companies. Not only are we giving up control of the ad quality, it’s an abrasive experience for the listener. A 2020 report from Nielsen shows that host-read ads perform better anyway. Host-Read Podcast Ads Pack a Brand Recall Punch – Nielsen
 
If you’re going to do ads, you might as well sell them direct and read them on your own show. Again, different podcast episode for a different day.
 
Subscription podcasts at Castos vs the world
 
I rarely thank Apple for much in podcasting these days, but I am thankful that this 2.6 Trillion-dollar company decided to compete with us.
 
Crazy right?
 
We’re going through another defining moment for content creators. Just like Facebook and others encroached on our blog traffic, big audio businesses are doing the same to our podcasts.
 
Apple offers subscription podcasts through their platform at a 30% cut + a $29 annual fee. The kicker? You have to manage your podcast on their website. The content is only available to listeners using Apple podcast app.
 
As a creator, you’re suffocating your total possible reach. Apple is making my case for me.
 
Subscriptions at Castos
 

We don’t take a 30% cut. Each podcast hosting plan has a set of private subscribers.
You can create as many private subscription podcasts as you want.
Listeners can access the content on Apple or Google devices, using our free Castos mobile app or their favorite podcast app.

 
Let’s get back to that tug of war for your content: We’re building a subscription podcast system that podcasters will love. While Apple and others want you to exist exclusively in their platform, with their fees, and their algorithm — Castos is building a subscription platform that allows you to be anywhere & everywhere.
 
What type of subscription podcasts work best?
 
Here’s the thing: there are no rules; monetize as you see fit.
 
Want to run ads + have a premium subscription podcast? Go for it. I say however you can monetize your show is good enough for me. It’s a lot of work to get to where you are...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Create your own subscription podcast w/ Stripe and Castos]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p></p>
<p>Today I’d like to talk about creating your own subscription podcast without the middle man taking a cut of your revenue.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Before we get too far down into the blueprint for monetizing your podcast, there are some hard requirements I’m mentioning in this episode:</p>
<p> </p>
<ol>
<li>You must be okay with starting a free <a href="https://stripe.com">Stripe</a> account.</li>
<li>You’re using <a href="https://castos.com">Castos</a> to host your subscription podcast feed or feeds.</li>
<li>Bonus: If you want to make other automation magic happen, I also recommend a free <a href="https://zapier.com">Zapier</a> account.</li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
<h2>Why start a subscription podcast over advertising?</h2>
<p> </p>
<p>What’s your knee-jerk reaction when you hear that the average podcast ad rates are $25 per 1,000 downloads? If you’re like most of us, your podcast is barely hitting 500 downloads per episode — you can’t even buy a cup of coffee let alone that new Porsche.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Most advertisers are looking for the largest audience possible, not the most <em>valuable</em> audience possible. That’s a topic for a different podcast.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>When it comes to earning revenue, if you’re a brand new podcaster or a veteran with a niche audience, going by industry standard advertising isn’t going to make us rich.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Then there’s the quality and experience factor.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Don’t get me started on automated ad insertion from larger ad networks or other podcast hosting companies. Not only are we giving up control of the ad quality, it’s an abrasive experience for the listener. A 2020 report from Nielsen shows that host-read ads perform better anyway. <a href="https://www.nielsen.com/us/en/insights/article/2020/host-read-podcast-ads-pack-a-brand-recall-punch/">Host-Read Podcast Ads Pack a Brand Recall Punch – Nielsen</a></p>
<p> </p>
<p>If you’re going to do ads, you might as well sell them direct and read them on your own show. Again, different podcast episode for a different day.</p>
<p> </p>
<h2>Subscription podcasts at Castos vs the world</h2>
<p> </p>
<p>I rarely thank Apple for much in podcasting these days, but I am thankful that this 2.6 Trillion-dollar company decided to compete with us.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Crazy right?</p>
<p> </p>
<p>We’re going through <em>another</em> defining moment for content creators. Just like Facebook and others encroached on our blog traffic, big audio businesses are doing the same to our podcasts.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Apple offers <a href="https://podcasters.apple.com/878-subscriptions">subscription podcasts</a> through their platform at a 30% cut + a $29 annual fee. The kicker? You have to manage your podcast on their website. The content is only available to listeners using Apple podcast app.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>As a creator, you’re suffocating your total possible reach. Apple is making my case for me.</p>
<p> </p>
<h3>Subscriptions at Castos</h3>
<p> </p>
<ol>
<li>We don’t take a 30% cut. Each podcast hosting plan has a set of private subscribers.</li>
<li>You can create as many private subscription podcasts as you want.</li>
<li>Listeners can access the content on Apple or Google devices, using our <a href="https://castos.com/mobile-app/">free Castos mobile app</a> or their favorite podcast app.</li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
<p>Let’s get back to that tug of war for your content: We’re building a subscription podcast system that podcasters will love. While Apple and others want you to exist exclusively in their platform, with their fees, and their algorithm — Castos is building a subscription platform that allows you to be anywhere &amp; everywhere.</p>
<p> </p>
<h2>What type of subscription podcasts work best?</h2>
<p> </p>
<p>Here’s the thing: there are no rules; monetize as you see fit.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Want to run ads + have a premium subscription podcast? Go for it. I say however you can monetize your show is good enough for me. It’s a lot of work to get to where you are, I’m not going to hold you back.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Some subscription podcast ideas to get you started:</p>
<p> </p>
<ol>
<li>Ad-free premium podcast</li>
<li>Members-only or exclusive content</li>
<li>Courses or premium series</li>
<li>Audiobooks</li>
<li>Coaching</li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
<p>If you can upload it, you can sell it.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>And this is the important part: a subscription podcast doesn’t <em>have</em> to be an extension of your podcast or high-production.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>You’re taking a collection of audio and putting it into a podcast feed to sell as a one-time fee or through a recurring payment. You can be as creative as you want with subscription podcasts at Castos.</p>
<p> </p>
<ul>
<li>Want to sell an audio book? No problem.</li>
<li>Create a training series for members of your online community? Easy.</li>
<li>An audio feed for each client? Send them our free audio app with only your audio in it, for free.</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<h2>Stripe as the payment processor</h2>
<p> </p>
<p>We recently launched native <a href="https://castos.com/offer-paid-podcast-subscriptions-with-stripe/">integration with Stripe.</a></p>
<p> </p>
<p>You can find it in our Automations Engine inside your dashboard. Along with our Convertkit integration, the foundation to growing and monetizing your show is starting to come together.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Connecting Stripe to our Automations Engine means that as soon as a customer buys your product, we send them access to your subscription podcast to the email they used to purchase.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Remember, you can set up us many plans as you want in Stripe, and connect it to <em>any</em> private podcast in your Castos account. Handy if you want to have a few options of audio content to sell, or different tiers of access.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>At the top of the show I mentioned the bonus for using Zapier. If you’ve never heard of Zapier it’s a freemium service that acts as the glue between apps on the internet. If you want to send customer information to a CRM or another email provider like MailChimp, you can do that too. Check out our YouTube channel for more ideas.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Stripe produces a checkout link, a typical URL, that you can place anywhere your visitors are headed:</p>
<p> </p>
<ol>
<li>On your Castos website</li>
<li>On your WordPress website</li>
<li>In your weekly newsletter</li>
<li>In your Twitter bio</li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
<p>You get the picture. Stripe makes it easy to sell a subscription podcast now that Castos integrates with it natively. Combine that with our free mobile app, and die-hard podcasters should love our solution more than Patreon or Apple.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>For flexibility and fees alone.</p>
<p> </p>
<h2>Is starting a subscription podcast right for you?</h2>
<p> </p>
<p>I think building out your own subscription podcast is a fantastic idea if you are the following podcaster:</p>
<p> </p>
<ol>
<li>You have premium content people want.</li>
<li>You have an existing members-only product for your brand.</li>
<li>You sell a physical or digital good and you want to augment the experience.</li>
<li>You want to sell access to your podcast not provide a public one</li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
<p>Of course, like everything else, it will take some rolling-up the sleeves. Some hard work.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>You’ve heard me say it over and over: <em>A successful podcast relies on all of the other things that surrounds it.</em></p>
<p> </p>
<p>The unique premise, the content, and the promotion. Especially the promotion. The easy route is go back and throw your podcast in an advertising algorithm. You won’t have to think about it or work hard to sell your thing. But you’ll also get paid the least. $25 dollars for every 1,000 downloads if you’re lucky.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Your subscription podcast’s success will rely heavily on your ability to create something someone wants or sees the value in supporting you as an independent creator.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>And your marketing chops. How good are you at identifying the right audience to promote to?</p>
<p> </p>
<p>For me, it’s putting the control and the creative back into my hands, with no middle man. That’s why I love podcasting and that’s why I love subscription podcasts at Castos.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>But hey, I know I’m bias, I work here. Start a free trial and check it out yourself at <a href="https://castos.com">Castos.com</a> or email us hello@castos.com</p>
<p></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/10522698-5eb1-4f9e-8951-65db6c51fdda/Stripe-and-Castos-Audience.mp3" length="13395636"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
Today I’d like to talk about creating your own subscription podcast without the middle man taking a cut of your revenue.
 
Before we get too far down into the blueprint for monetizing your podcast, there are some hard requirements I’m mentioning in this episode:
 

You must be okay with starting a free Stripe account.
You’re using Castos to host your subscription podcast feed or feeds.
Bonus: If you want to make other automation magic happen, I also recommend a free Zapier account.

 
Why start a subscription podcast over advertising?
 
What’s your knee-jerk reaction when you hear that the average podcast ad rates are $25 per 1,000 downloads? If you’re like most of us, your podcast is barely hitting 500 downloads per episode — you can’t even buy a cup of coffee let alone that new Porsche.
 
Most advertisers are looking for the largest audience possible, not the most valuable audience possible. That’s a topic for a different podcast.
 
When it comes to earning revenue, if you’re a brand new podcaster or a veteran with a niche audience, going by industry standard advertising isn’t going to make us rich.
 
Then there’s the quality and experience factor.
 
Don’t get me started on automated ad insertion from larger ad networks or other podcast hosting companies. Not only are we giving up control of the ad quality, it’s an abrasive experience for the listener. A 2020 report from Nielsen shows that host-read ads perform better anyway. Host-Read Podcast Ads Pack a Brand Recall Punch – Nielsen
 
If you’re going to do ads, you might as well sell them direct and read them on your own show. Again, different podcast episode for a different day.
 
Subscription podcasts at Castos vs the world
 
I rarely thank Apple for much in podcasting these days, but I am thankful that this 2.6 Trillion-dollar company decided to compete with us.
 
Crazy right?
 
We’re going through another defining moment for content creators. Just like Facebook and others encroached on our blog traffic, big audio businesses are doing the same to our podcasts.
 
Apple offers subscription podcasts through their platform at a 30% cut + a $29 annual fee. The kicker? You have to manage your podcast on their website. The content is only available to listeners using Apple podcast app.
 
As a creator, you’re suffocating your total possible reach. Apple is making my case for me.
 
Subscriptions at Castos
 

We don’t take a 30% cut. Each podcast hosting plan has a set of private subscribers.
You can create as many private subscription podcasts as you want.
Listeners can access the content on Apple or Google devices, using our free Castos mobile app or their favorite podcast app.

 
Let’s get back to that tug of war for your content: We’re building a subscription podcast system that podcasters will love. While Apple and others want you to exist exclusively in their platform, with their fees, and their algorithm — Castos is building a subscription platform that allows you to be anywhere & everywhere.
 
What type of subscription podcasts work best?
 
Here’s the thing: there are no rules; monetize as you see fit.
 
Want to run ads + have a premium subscription podcast? Go for it. I say however you can monetize your show is good enough for me. It’s a lot of work to get to where you are...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:09:15</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Researching & Producing a narrated podcast with Paulina Salmas]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 24 Feb 2022 12:55:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/researching-producing-a-narrated-podcast-with-paulina-salmas</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/researching-producing-a-narrated-podcast-with-paulina-salmas</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt interviews Paulina Salmas from </span><a href="https://www.aneyesoreandaplague.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">An Eyesore and a Plague</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> podcast. Paulina talks about how Twitter Spaces has changed podcasting and what it’s like to write and perform a scripted non-fiction podcast. Their discussion goes from podcasting to the definition of a village, to Wurlitzer keyboards. Paulina’s passion for history and how things work fuels her podcast and hobbies and it shows in her enthusiasm for the topics. She is a wealth of information when it comes to podcasting, marketing, Wurlitzer keyboards, and urban geography.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Twitter Spaces and podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is An Eyesore and a Plague all about?</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The scripted non-fiction genre and the editing/revision process</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why Paulina started her podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Paulina’s goals for the podcast</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Monetization: local versus national</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Research, passion, and appreciation for the topic of your podcast </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The story behind Tropical Fish </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">A possible Wurlitzer and Gibson Jukebox podcast?!<br /><br /></span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">An Eyesore And A Plague: </span><a href="https://www.aneyesoreandaplague.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.aneyesoreandaplague.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Eyesore Plague Instagram: </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/eyesoreplague/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.instagram.com/eyesoreplague/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Eyesore Plague Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/EyesorePlague"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/EyesorePlague</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Paulina Salmas Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/paulinasalmas"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/paulinasalmas</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Tropical Fish Vintage: </span><a href="https://www.tropicalfishvintage.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.tropicalfishvintage.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span></span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt interviews Paulina Salmas from An Eyesore and a Plague podcast. Paulina talks about how Twitter Spaces has changed podcasting and what it’s like to write and perform a scripted non-fiction podcast. Their discussion goes from podcasting to the definition of a village, to Wurlitzer keyboards. Paulina’s passion for history and how things work fuels her podcast and hobbies and it shows in her enthusiasm for the topics. She is a wealth of information when it comes to podcasting, marketing, Wurlitzer keyboards, and urban geography.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Twitter Spaces and podcasting
What is An Eyesore and a Plague all about?
The scripted non-fiction genre and the editing/revision process


Why Paulina started her podcast
Paulina’s goals for the podcast
Monetization: local versus national


Research, passion, and appreciation for the topic of your podcast 
The story behind Tropical Fish 
A possible Wurlitzer and Gibson Jukebox podcast?!

Resources/Links:
An Eyesore And A Plague: https://www.aneyesoreandaplague.com/ 
Eyesore Plague Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eyesoreplague/ 
Eyesore Plague Twitter: https://twitter.com/EyesorePlague 
Paulina Salmas Twitter: https://twitter.com/paulinasalmas 
Tropical Fish Vintage: https://www.tropicalfishvintage.com/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Researching & Producing a narrated podcast with Paulina Salmas]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt interviews Paulina Salmas from </span><a href="https://www.aneyesoreandaplague.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">An Eyesore and a Plague</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> podcast. Paulina talks about how Twitter Spaces has changed podcasting and what it’s like to write and perform a scripted non-fiction podcast. Their discussion goes from podcasting to the definition of a village, to Wurlitzer keyboards. Paulina’s passion for history and how things work fuels her podcast and hobbies and it shows in her enthusiasm for the topics. She is a wealth of information when it comes to podcasting, marketing, Wurlitzer keyboards, and urban geography.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Twitter Spaces and podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is An Eyesore and a Plague all about?</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The scripted non-fiction genre and the editing/revision process</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why Paulina started her podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Paulina’s goals for the podcast</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Monetization: local versus national</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Research, passion, and appreciation for the topic of your podcast </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The story behind Tropical Fish </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">A possible Wurlitzer and Gibson Jukebox podcast?!<br /><br /></span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">An Eyesore And A Plague: </span><a href="https://www.aneyesoreandaplague.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.aneyesoreandaplague.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Eyesore Plague Instagram: </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/eyesoreplague/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.instagram.com/eyesoreplague/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Eyesore Plague Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/EyesorePlague"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/EyesorePlague</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Paulina Salmas Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/paulinasalmas"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/paulinasalmas</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Tropical Fish Vintage: </span><a href="https://www.tropicalfishvintage.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.tropicalfishvintage.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1/8c44908b-10ea-4c4f-90ca-0923b8e294dc/Researching-Producing-a-narrated-podcast-with-Paulina-Salmas.mp3" length="27656277"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt interviews Paulina Salmas from An Eyesore and a Plague podcast. Paulina talks about how Twitter Spaces has changed podcasting and what it’s like to write and perform a scripted non-fiction podcast. Their discussion goes from podcasting to the definition of a village, to Wurlitzer keyboards. Paulina’s passion for history and how things work fuels her podcast and hobbies and it shows in her enthusiasm for the topics. She is a wealth of information when it comes to podcasting, marketing, Wurlitzer keyboards, and urban geography.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Twitter Spaces and podcasting
What is An Eyesore and a Plague all about?
The scripted non-fiction genre and the editing/revision process


Why Paulina started her podcast
Paulina’s goals for the podcast
Monetization: local versus national


Research, passion, and appreciation for the topic of your podcast 
The story behind Tropical Fish 
A possible Wurlitzer and Gibson Jukebox podcast?!

Resources/Links:
An Eyesore And A Plague: https://www.aneyesoreandaplague.com/ 
Eyesore Plague Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/eyesoreplague/ 
Eyesore Plague Twitter: https://twitter.com/EyesorePlague 
Paulina Salmas Twitter: https://twitter.com/paulinasalmas 
Tropical Fish Vintage: https://www.tropicalfishvintage.com/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:28:48</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[6 Ways to be a better podcast guest]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 17 Feb 2022 13:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/6-ways-to-be-a-better-podcast-guest</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/6-ways-to-be-a-better-podcast-guest</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Chances are, if you're listening to this episode, you produce a podcast. There's a 90% chance that podcast is an interview show. There's a 50% chance you've had a guest on said show that made you exhale a gigantic w-t-f was that when the conversation stopped.</p>
<p>We've all had that guest. They sounded good on paper, but when you hit record, the whole vibe fell flat.</p>
<p>So, the mission for today: share this episode with your potential guest. Because, dear guest, my friend the podcaster here wants the best show possible.</p>
<p>Here are 6 ways to be a better podcast guest.</p>
<p><strong>Number 1: Do some research</strong></p>
<p>Spend some time researching the podcast you're going to be on. Listen to an episode that catches your eye. Read the show notes from the guest interview before you. Heck, download the transcripts and breeze through how our podcaster frames questions.</p>
<p>Anything is better than nothing at all. Especially if you were one of those guests that used a booking agency to get you on the show.</p>
<p><strong>Number 2: Bring the energy but not too much</strong></p>
<p>Be excited to share your story or lesson or moment.</p>
<p>You don't have to over emphasize everything, or even feel like you're putting on a performance. Working off of the energy of the host is key, match them to where they are in _their_ performance.</p>
<p>We don't want answers to silently fade out. It's like eating the empty calories of a bagel. I'll probably get some hate mail for that, but the idea is to deliver on your promise. We're all sharing this precious time together.</p>
<p><strong>Number 3: Say no to AirPods</strong></p>
<p>Never. Use. Airpods. On. A. Podcast. Interview. Ever.</p>
<p>If you plan on appearing across more podcasts, which by the way is great for your brand, invest in a decent USB microphone. The Samson Q2u is a great 60-80 microphone that plugs in via USB.</p>
<p><strong>Number 4: Good lighting for video</strong></p>
<p>Look, I won't tell you to invest in a Mirrorless camera that plugs into usb through a HDMI converter or has native USB-C streaming support, just check your lighting.</p>
<p>You might be anchored to your laptop webcam or one fixed to the center of an iMac, and that's okay, just make sure we can see you. Not too dark, not blown out, play with the lighting in your room if our podcaster is indeed using video.</p>
<p>Bonus points: Buy a USB webcam and a cheap desktop monopod mount to find the best permanent angle. And why not? We're all on web calls these days.</p>
<p><strong>Number 5: Value</strong></p>
<p>Stick to delivering value for the audience.</p>
<p>Give them your best stuff, not your best backstory. Even if our friendly podcaster isn't doing their job to will it out of you, just know, that's what the audience wants. Your expert opinion, action, or take on the subject matter they are there for.</p>
<p>And FYI, I'm strictly thinking about the typical b2b interview show here. Other genre's of shows might require a different softskill or emotion. Your mileage may vary.</p>
<p><strong>Bonus number 6: A call to action</strong></p>
<p>Hey, you're in this for you too right?</p>
<p>Have a solid call to action. Where can you send people after you appear on a podcast? Can you give them more information? A way to connect? A place to learn more about you or your brand.</p>
<p>Come equipped with a URL or a download to extend the relationship. Its best for everyone.</p>
<p>I could go on with more tips and tricks to be a better guest, but these six ideas lay a solid foundation that put you on the path to being a better guest on a podcast -- especially if this is your first time.</p>
<p>Back to you podcaster: want to make sure this gets across to your guest? Aside from sharing this episode with them, start scheduling pre-interviews. It's like stretching before a 3 mile run. You'll be better off you did!</p>
<p>Okay, it's outro time.</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Chances are, if you're listening to this episode, you produce a podcast. There's a 90% chance that podcast is an interview show. There's a 50% chance you've had a guest on said show that made you exhale a gigantic w-t-f was that when the conversation stopped.
We've all had that guest. They sounded good on paper, but when you hit record, the whole vibe fell flat.
So, the mission for today: share this episode with your potential guest. Because, dear guest, my friend the podcaster here wants the best show possible.
Here are 6 ways to be a better podcast guest.
Number 1: Do some research
Spend some time researching the podcast you're going to be on. Listen to an episode that catches your eye. Read the show notes from the guest interview before you. Heck, download the transcripts and breeze through how our podcaster frames questions.
Anything is better than nothing at all. Especially if you were one of those guests that used a booking agency to get you on the show.
Number 2: Bring the energy but not too much
Be excited to share your story or lesson or moment.
You don't have to over emphasize everything, or even feel like you're putting on a performance. Working off of the energy of the host is key, match them to where they are in _their_ performance.
We don't want answers to silently fade out. It's like eating the empty calories of a bagel. I'll probably get some hate mail for that, but the idea is to deliver on your promise. We're all sharing this precious time together.
Number 3: Say no to AirPods
Never. Use. Airpods. On. A. Podcast. Interview. Ever.
If you plan on appearing across more podcasts, which by the way is great for your brand, invest in a decent USB microphone. The Samson Q2u is a great 60-80 microphone that plugs in via USB.
Number 4: Good lighting for video
Look, I won't tell you to invest in a Mirrorless camera that plugs into usb through a HDMI converter or has native USB-C streaming support, just check your lighting.
You might be anchored to your laptop webcam or one fixed to the center of an iMac, and that's okay, just make sure we can see you. Not too dark, not blown out, play with the lighting in your room if our podcaster is indeed using video.
Bonus points: Buy a USB webcam and a cheap desktop monopod mount to find the best permanent angle. And why not? We're all on web calls these days.
Number 5: Value
Stick to delivering value for the audience.
Give them your best stuff, not your best backstory. Even if our friendly podcaster isn't doing their job to will it out of you, just know, that's what the audience wants. Your expert opinion, action, or take on the subject matter they are there for.
And FYI, I'm strictly thinking about the typical b2b interview show here. Other genre's of shows might require a different softskill or emotion. Your mileage may vary.
Bonus number 6: A call to action
Hey, you're in this for you too right?
Have a solid call to action. Where can you send people after you appear on a podcast? Can you give them more information? A way to connect? A place to learn more about you or your brand.
Come equipped with a URL or a download to extend the relationship. Its best for everyone.
I could go on with more tips and tricks to be a better guest, but these six ideas lay a solid foundation that put you on the path to being a better guest on a podcast -- especially if this is your first time.
Back to you podcaster: want to make sure this gets across to your guest? Aside from sharing this episode with them, start scheduling pre-interviews. It's like stretching before a 3 mile run. You'll be better off you did!
Okay, it's outro time.]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[6 Ways to be a better podcast guest]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Chances are, if you're listening to this episode, you produce a podcast. There's a 90% chance that podcast is an interview show. There's a 50% chance you've had a guest on said show that made you exhale a gigantic w-t-f was that when the conversation stopped.</p>
<p>We've all had that guest. They sounded good on paper, but when you hit record, the whole vibe fell flat.</p>
<p>So, the mission for today: share this episode with your potential guest. Because, dear guest, my friend the podcaster here wants the best show possible.</p>
<p>Here are 6 ways to be a better podcast guest.</p>
<p><strong>Number 1: Do some research</strong></p>
<p>Spend some time researching the podcast you're going to be on. Listen to an episode that catches your eye. Read the show notes from the guest interview before you. Heck, download the transcripts and breeze through how our podcaster frames questions.</p>
<p>Anything is better than nothing at all. Especially if you were one of those guests that used a booking agency to get you on the show.</p>
<p><strong>Number 2: Bring the energy but not too much</strong></p>
<p>Be excited to share your story or lesson or moment.</p>
<p>You don't have to over emphasize everything, or even feel like you're putting on a performance. Working off of the energy of the host is key, match them to where they are in _their_ performance.</p>
<p>We don't want answers to silently fade out. It's like eating the empty calories of a bagel. I'll probably get some hate mail for that, but the idea is to deliver on your promise. We're all sharing this precious time together.</p>
<p><strong>Number 3: Say no to AirPods</strong></p>
<p>Never. Use. Airpods. On. A. Podcast. Interview. Ever.</p>
<p>If you plan on appearing across more podcasts, which by the way is great for your brand, invest in a decent USB microphone. The Samson Q2u is a great 60-80 microphone that plugs in via USB.</p>
<p><strong>Number 4: Good lighting for video</strong></p>
<p>Look, I won't tell you to invest in a Mirrorless camera that plugs into usb through a HDMI converter or has native USB-C streaming support, just check your lighting.</p>
<p>You might be anchored to your laptop webcam or one fixed to the center of an iMac, and that's okay, just make sure we can see you. Not too dark, not blown out, play with the lighting in your room if our podcaster is indeed using video.</p>
<p>Bonus points: Buy a USB webcam and a cheap desktop monopod mount to find the best permanent angle. And why not? We're all on web calls these days.</p>
<p><strong>Number 5: Value</strong></p>
<p>Stick to delivering value for the audience.</p>
<p>Give them your best stuff, not your best backstory. Even if our friendly podcaster isn't doing their job to will it out of you, just know, that's what the audience wants. Your expert opinion, action, or take on the subject matter they are there for.</p>
<p>And FYI, I'm strictly thinking about the typical b2b interview show here. Other genre's of shows might require a different softskill or emotion. Your mileage may vary.</p>
<p><strong>Bonus number 6: A call to action</strong></p>
<p>Hey, you're in this for you too right?</p>
<p>Have a solid call to action. Where can you send people after you appear on a podcast? Can you give them more information? A way to connect? A place to learn more about you or your brand.</p>
<p>Come equipped with a URL or a download to extend the relationship. Its best for everyone.</p>
<p>I could go on with more tips and tricks to be a better guest, but these six ideas lay a solid foundation that put you on the path to being a better guest on a podcast -- especially if this is your first time.</p>
<p>Back to you podcaster: want to make sure this gets across to your guest? Aside from sharing this episode with them, start scheduling pre-interviews. It's like stretching before a 3 mile run. You'll be better off you did!</p>
<p>Okay, it's outro time.</p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/b682968a-db3a-4417-85dc-39ed8ac8d7ff/be-a-better-guest.mp3" length="8017128"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Chances are, if you're listening to this episode, you produce a podcast. There's a 90% chance that podcast is an interview show. There's a 50% chance you've had a guest on said show that made you exhale a gigantic w-t-f was that when the conversation stopped.
We've all had that guest. They sounded good on paper, but when you hit record, the whole vibe fell flat.
So, the mission for today: share this episode with your potential guest. Because, dear guest, my friend the podcaster here wants the best show possible.
Here are 6 ways to be a better podcast guest.
Number 1: Do some research
Spend some time researching the podcast you're going to be on. Listen to an episode that catches your eye. Read the show notes from the guest interview before you. Heck, download the transcripts and breeze through how our podcaster frames questions.
Anything is better than nothing at all. Especially if you were one of those guests that used a booking agency to get you on the show.
Number 2: Bring the energy but not too much
Be excited to share your story or lesson or moment.
You don't have to over emphasize everything, or even feel like you're putting on a performance. Working off of the energy of the host is key, match them to where they are in _their_ performance.
We don't want answers to silently fade out. It's like eating the empty calories of a bagel. I'll probably get some hate mail for that, but the idea is to deliver on your promise. We're all sharing this precious time together.
Number 3: Say no to AirPods
Never. Use. Airpods. On. A. Podcast. Interview. Ever.
If you plan on appearing across more podcasts, which by the way is great for your brand, invest in a decent USB microphone. The Samson Q2u is a great 60-80 microphone that plugs in via USB.
Number 4: Good lighting for video
Look, I won't tell you to invest in a Mirrorless camera that plugs into usb through a HDMI converter or has native USB-C streaming support, just check your lighting.
You might be anchored to your laptop webcam or one fixed to the center of an iMac, and that's okay, just make sure we can see you. Not too dark, not blown out, play with the lighting in your room if our podcaster is indeed using video.
Bonus points: Buy a USB webcam and a cheap desktop monopod mount to find the best permanent angle. And why not? We're all on web calls these days.
Number 5: Value
Stick to delivering value for the audience.
Give them your best stuff, not your best backstory. Even if our friendly podcaster isn't doing their job to will it out of you, just know, that's what the audience wants. Your expert opinion, action, or take on the subject matter they are there for.
And FYI, I'm strictly thinking about the typical b2b interview show here. Other genre's of shows might require a different softskill or emotion. Your mileage may vary.
Bonus number 6: A call to action
Hey, you're in this for you too right?
Have a solid call to action. Where can you send people after you appear on a podcast? Can you give them more information? A way to connect? A place to learn more about you or your brand.
Come equipped with a URL or a download to extend the relationship. Its best for everyone.
I could go on with more tips and tricks to be a better guest, but these six ideas lay a solid foundation that put you on the path to being a better guest on a podcast -- especially if this is your first time.
Back to you podcaster: want to make sure this gets across to your guest? Aside from sharing this episode with them, start scheduling pre-interviews. It's like stretching before a 3 mile run. You'll be better off you did!
Okay, it's outro time.]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:05:31</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Bob Ross: Finding inspiration from Different Mediums]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 10 Feb 2022 13:26:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/bob-ross-finding-inspiration-from-different-mediums</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/bob-ross-finding-inspiration-from-different-mediums</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">What can a soft-spoken painter teach us about podcasting?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks about what we can learn from painting legend Bob Ross. While this beloved artist may have passed away nearly thirty years ago, he is still in the heads and hearts of many people today. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart talks with Doug Blandy, professor emeritus at the University of Oregon, who has done a lot of work around Bob Ross and his legacy. From books to documentaries, Doug is a Bob Ross expert. Stuart and Doug offer up five lessons that Bob Ross has taught us, which transcend from painting to podcasting.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Looking outside our medium for inspiration</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">It’s the presentation that matters</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating a workflow</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Knowing your subject matter: research, practice, experience, and scripts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Giving you and your team time to breathe and create (and avoid burnout)</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Leveraging a medium</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Building your brand through a medium</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Nailing down a format</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Understand what your podcast is and what it isn’t</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Being genuine</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Sharing knowledge</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Happy Clouds, Happy Trees: The Bob Ross Phenomenon: </span><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Happy-Clouds-Trees-Ross-Phenomenon/dp/1617039950"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.amazon.com/Happy-Clouds-Trees-Ross-Phenomenon/dp/1617039950</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">WTF with Marc Maron: </span><a href="https://www.wtfpod.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.wtfpod.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Serial: </span><a href="https://serialpodcast.org/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://serialpodcast.org/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling by Eric Nuzum: </span><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Make-Noise-Creators-Podcasting-Storytelling/dp/1523504552"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.amazon.com/Make-Noise-Creators-Podcasting-Storytelling/dp/1523504552</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span></span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[What can a soft-spoken painter teach us about podcasting?
In this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks about what we can learn from painting legend Bob Ross. While this beloved artist may have passed away nearly thirty years ago, he is still in the heads and hearts of many people today. 
Stuart talks with Doug Blandy, professor emeritus at the University of Oregon, who has done a lot of work around Bob Ross and his legacy. From books to documentaries, Doug is a Bob Ross expert. Stuart and Doug offer up five lessons that Bob Ross has taught us, which transcend from painting to podcasting.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Looking outside our medium for inspiration
It’s the presentation that matters
Creating a workflow
Knowing your subject matter: research, practice, experience, and scripts
Giving you and your team time to breathe and create (and avoid burnout)


Leveraging a medium
Building your brand through a medium


Nailing down a format
Understand what your podcast is and what it isn’t


Being genuine
Sharing knowledge

 
Resources/Links:
Happy Clouds, Happy Trees: The Bob Ross Phenomenon: https://www.amazon.com/Happy-Clouds-Trees-Ross-Phenomenon/dp/1617039950 
WTF with Marc Maron: https://www.wtfpod.com/ 
Serial: https://serialpodcast.org/ 
Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling by Eric Nuzum: https://www.amazon.com/Make-Noise-Creators-Podcasting-Storytelling/dp/1523504552 
Castos Academy: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Bob Ross: Finding inspiration from Different Mediums]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">What can a soft-spoken painter teach us about podcasting?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks about what we can learn from painting legend Bob Ross. While this beloved artist may have passed away nearly thirty years ago, he is still in the heads and hearts of many people today. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart talks with Doug Blandy, professor emeritus at the University of Oregon, who has done a lot of work around Bob Ross and his legacy. From books to documentaries, Doug is a Bob Ross expert. Stuart and Doug offer up five lessons that Bob Ross has taught us, which transcend from painting to podcasting.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Looking outside our medium for inspiration</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">It’s the presentation that matters</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating a workflow</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Knowing your subject matter: research, practice, experience, and scripts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Giving you and your team time to breathe and create (and avoid burnout)</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Leveraging a medium</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Building your brand through a medium</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Nailing down a format</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Understand what your podcast is and what it isn’t</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Being genuine</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Sharing knowledge</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Happy Clouds, Happy Trees: The Bob Ross Phenomenon: </span><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Happy-Clouds-Trees-Ross-Phenomenon/dp/1617039950"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.amazon.com/Happy-Clouds-Trees-Ross-Phenomenon/dp/1617039950</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">WTF with Marc Maron: </span><a href="https://www.wtfpod.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.wtfpod.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Serial: </span><a href="https://serialpodcast.org/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://serialpodcast.org/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling by Eric Nuzum: </span><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Make-Noise-Creators-Podcasting-Storytelling/dp/1523504552"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.amazon.com/Make-Noise-Creators-Podcasting-Storytelling/dp/1523504552</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1/06a0d36c-d800-4939-9be5-ab589db52b72/Bob-Ross-Finding-inspiration-from-Different-Mediums.mp3" length="29658167"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[What can a soft-spoken painter teach us about podcasting?
In this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks about what we can learn from painting legend Bob Ross. While this beloved artist may have passed away nearly thirty years ago, he is still in the heads and hearts of many people today. 
Stuart talks with Doug Blandy, professor emeritus at the University of Oregon, who has done a lot of work around Bob Ross and his legacy. From books to documentaries, Doug is a Bob Ross expert. Stuart and Doug offer up five lessons that Bob Ross has taught us, which transcend from painting to podcasting.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Looking outside our medium for inspiration
It’s the presentation that matters
Creating a workflow
Knowing your subject matter: research, practice, experience, and scripts
Giving you and your team time to breathe and create (and avoid burnout)


Leveraging a medium
Building your brand through a medium


Nailing down a format
Understand what your podcast is and what it isn’t


Being genuine
Sharing knowledge

 
Resources/Links:
Happy Clouds, Happy Trees: The Bob Ross Phenomenon: https://www.amazon.com/Happy-Clouds-Trees-Ross-Phenomenon/dp/1617039950 
WTF with Marc Maron: https://www.wtfpod.com/ 
Serial: https://serialpodcast.org/ 
Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling by Eric Nuzum: https://www.amazon.com/Make-Noise-Creators-Podcasting-Storytelling/dp/1523504552 
Castos Academy: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/Screen-Shot-2022-02-10-at-15.19.02.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:20:35</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Podcast 2.0 app Fountain.fm with Oscar Merry]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 03 Feb 2022 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/podcast-20-app-fountainfm-with-oscar-merry</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/podcast-20-app-fountainfm-with-oscar-merry</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Is Bitcoin an option for podcasters? What should you be doing </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">right now</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;"> when it comes to monetizing your podcast?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt is talking with Oscar Merry from </span><a href="https://www.fountain.fm/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Fountain</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. Fountain is an app that allows podcasters to share podcast clips with potential listeners and it allows listeners to support their favorite creators with Bitcoin. Cryptocurrency isn’t just in the future of podcasting, it’s in the present as well. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today Oscar talks about Fountain (what they do and how they work with podcasters and listeners), and he educates us on Bitcoin and how cryptocurrency operates. Should you be looking into Bitcoin? How can Fountain help you with your podcast? When should you start thinking about cryptocurrency?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is Fountain.fm?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Bitcoin crash course and the different layers of Bitcoin</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Satoshis (SATs)</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Lightning (Lightning Network)</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The future of Bitcoin and podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Fountain works for podcasters and podcast listeners</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Different ways to support your favorite podcasts via cryptocurrency</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The dynamic interaction between podcasts and listeners</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Boostagrams and Podcasting 2.0</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast monetization now and monetization in the future</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Fountain’s goals for the future</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Fountain Podcasts: </span><a href="https://www.fountain.fm/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.fountain.fm/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Oscar’s email: </span><a href="mailto:oscar@fountain.fm"><span style="font-weight:400;">oscar@fountain.fm</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Oscar on Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/merryoscar"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/merryoscar</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Boostagram Video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6mKGBtEiq1E"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6mKGBtEiq1E</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>...]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Is Bitcoin an option for podcasters? What should you be doing right now when it comes to monetizing your podcast?
On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt is talking with Oscar Merry from Fountain. Fountain is an app that allows podcasters to share podcast clips with potential listeners and it allows listeners to support their favorite creators with Bitcoin. Cryptocurrency isn’t just in the future of podcasting, it’s in the present as well. 
Today Oscar talks about Fountain (what they do and how they work with podcasters and listeners), and he educates us on Bitcoin and how cryptocurrency operates. Should you be looking into Bitcoin? How can Fountain help you with your podcast? When should you start thinking about cryptocurrency?
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

What is Fountain.fm?
Bitcoin crash course and the different layers of Bitcoin
Satoshis (SATs)
Lightning (Lightning Network)


The future of Bitcoin and podcasting
How Fountain works for podcasters and podcast listeners
Different ways to support your favorite podcasts via cryptocurrency


The dynamic interaction between podcasts and listeners
Boostagrams and Podcasting 2.0
Podcast monetization now and monetization in the future
Fountain’s goals for the future

 
Resources/Links:
Fountain Podcasts: https://www.fountain.fm/ 
Oscar’s email: oscar@fountain.fm 
Oscar on Twitter: https://twitter.com/merryoscar 
Boostagram Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6mKGBtEiq1E ...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Podcast 2.0 app Fountain.fm with Oscar Merry]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Is Bitcoin an option for podcasters? What should you be doing </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">right now</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;"> when it comes to monetizing your podcast?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt is talking with Oscar Merry from </span><a href="https://www.fountain.fm/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Fountain</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. Fountain is an app that allows podcasters to share podcast clips with potential listeners and it allows listeners to support their favorite creators with Bitcoin. Cryptocurrency isn’t just in the future of podcasting, it’s in the present as well. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today Oscar talks about Fountain (what they do and how they work with podcasters and listeners), and he educates us on Bitcoin and how cryptocurrency operates. Should you be looking into Bitcoin? How can Fountain help you with your podcast? When should you start thinking about cryptocurrency?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is Fountain.fm?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Bitcoin crash course and the different layers of Bitcoin</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Satoshis (SATs)</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Lightning (Lightning Network)</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The future of Bitcoin and podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Fountain works for podcasters and podcast listeners</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Different ways to support your favorite podcasts via cryptocurrency</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The dynamic interaction between podcasts and listeners</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Boostagrams and Podcasting 2.0</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast monetization now and monetization in the future</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Fountain’s goals for the future</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Fountain Podcasts: </span><a href="https://www.fountain.fm/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.fountain.fm/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Oscar’s email: </span><a href="mailto:oscar@fountain.fm"><span style="font-weight:400;">oscar@fountain.fm</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Oscar on Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/merryoscar"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/merryoscar</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Boostagram Video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6mKGBtEiq1E"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6mKGBtEiq1E</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">New Podcast Apps: </span><a href="https://podcastindex.org/apps"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcastindex.org/apps</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1/6eae37c2-2f08-4364-a22a-f449b8318996/Podcast-2.0-app-Fountain.fm-with-Oscar-Merry.mp3" length="52837861"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Is Bitcoin an option for podcasters? What should you be doing right now when it comes to monetizing your podcast?
On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt is talking with Oscar Merry from Fountain. Fountain is an app that allows podcasters to share podcast clips with potential listeners and it allows listeners to support their favorite creators with Bitcoin. Cryptocurrency isn’t just in the future of podcasting, it’s in the present as well. 
Today Oscar talks about Fountain (what they do and how they work with podcasters and listeners), and he educates us on Bitcoin and how cryptocurrency operates. Should you be looking into Bitcoin? How can Fountain help you with your podcast? When should you start thinking about cryptocurrency?
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

What is Fountain.fm?
Bitcoin crash course and the different layers of Bitcoin
Satoshis (SATs)
Lightning (Lightning Network)


The future of Bitcoin and podcasting
How Fountain works for podcasters and podcast listeners
Different ways to support your favorite podcasts via cryptocurrency


The dynamic interaction between podcasts and listeners
Boostagrams and Podcasting 2.0
Podcast monetization now and monetization in the future
Fountain’s goals for the future

 
Resources/Links:
Fountain Podcasts: https://www.fountain.fm/ 
Oscar’s email: oscar@fountain.fm 
Oscar on Twitter: https://twitter.com/merryoscar 
Boostagram Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6mKGBtEiq1E ...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:41</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[3 Clips Season 2: How to start a war]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 27 Jan 2022 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/3-clips-season-2-how-to-start-a-war</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/3-clips-season-2-how-to-start-a-war</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Do you know how WWII started? How do you incorporate narrative elements into a nonfiction podcast? In what ways can you weave in various sound elements to heighten the podcasting experience for your listeners?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">These questions (and more) are answered by Evo Terra (from the</span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;"> 3 Clips podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">) and Michael Trapani (from the </span><a href="https://www.howtostartawar.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to Start a War podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">). Today’s Audience episode is actually the first episode from the second season of the 3 Clips podcast. In it, host Evo Terra talks with his guest, Michael Trapani about what it takes to put together an effective, powerful, and impactful narrative non-fiction podcast. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why Michael chose podcasting over other forms of media</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of research and writing</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Leveraging the audio for a podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Emphasizing speech cadence over attempting various accents for voice acting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How sound elements can heighten the listener experience</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Narrative podcast styles with a nonfiction topic</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Michael’s opinions have changed from the beginning to end of the project</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips Podcast: </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://3clipspodcast.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">How to Start a War Podcast: </span><a href="https://www.howtostartawar.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.howtostartawar.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">How to Start a War, Instagram: </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/howtostartawarpod/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.instagram.com/howtostartawarpod/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast Pontifications: </span><a href="https://podcastpontifications.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcastpontifications.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Evo Terra, Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/evoterra"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/evoterra</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">War of the Worlds radio broadcast: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xs0K4ApWl4g"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xs0K4ApWl4g</span></a></p>
<p><span></span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Do you know how WWII started? How do you incorporate narrative elements into a nonfiction podcast? In what ways can you weave in various sound elements to heighten the podcasting experience for your listeners?
These questions (and more) are answered by Evo Terra (from the 3 Clips podcast) and Michael Trapani (from the How to Start a War podcast). Today’s Audience episode is actually the first episode from the second season of the 3 Clips podcast. In it, host Evo Terra talks with his guest, Michael Trapani about what it takes to put together an effective, powerful, and impactful narrative non-fiction podcast. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Why Michael chose podcasting over other forms of media
The importance of research and writing
Leveraging the audio for a podcast
Emphasizing speech cadence over attempting various accents for voice acting
How sound elements can heighten the listener experience
Narrative podcast styles with a nonfiction topic
How Michael’s opinions have changed from the beginning to end of the project

Resources/Links:
3 Clips Podcast: https://3clipspodcast.com/ 
How to Start a War Podcast: https://www.howtostartawar.com/ 
How to Start a War, Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/howtostartawarpod/ 
Podcast Pontifications: https://podcastpontifications.com/ 
Evo Terra, Twitter: https://twitter.com/evoterra 
War of the Worlds radio broadcast: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xs0K4ApWl4g
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[3 Clips Season 2: How to start a war]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Do you know how WWII started? How do you incorporate narrative elements into a nonfiction podcast? In what ways can you weave in various sound elements to heighten the podcasting experience for your listeners?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">These questions (and more) are answered by Evo Terra (from the</span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;"> 3 Clips podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">) and Michael Trapani (from the </span><a href="https://www.howtostartawar.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to Start a War podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">). Today’s Audience episode is actually the first episode from the second season of the 3 Clips podcast. In it, host Evo Terra talks with his guest, Michael Trapani about what it takes to put together an effective, powerful, and impactful narrative non-fiction podcast. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why Michael chose podcasting over other forms of media</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of research and writing</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Leveraging the audio for a podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Emphasizing speech cadence over attempting various accents for voice acting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How sound elements can heighten the listener experience</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Narrative podcast styles with a nonfiction topic</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Michael’s opinions have changed from the beginning to end of the project</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips Podcast: </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://3clipspodcast.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">How to Start a War Podcast: </span><a href="https://www.howtostartawar.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.howtostartawar.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">How to Start a War, Instagram: </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/howtostartawarpod/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.instagram.com/howtostartawarpod/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast Pontifications: </span><a href="https://podcastpontifications.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcastpontifications.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Evo Terra, Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/evoterra"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/evoterra</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">War of the Worlds radio broadcast: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xs0K4ApWl4g"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xs0K4ApWl4g</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The New Adventures of Sherlock Holmes Radio Show: </span><a href="https://www.arthur-conan-doyle.com/index.php?title=The_New_Adventures_of_Sherlock_Holmes_(radio_1946-1947)"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.arthur-conan-doyle.com/index.php?title=The_New_Adventures_of_Sherlock_Holmes_(radio_1946-1947)</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Suspense Radio Drama: </span><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/suspense-radio-drama/id1114362951"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/suspense-radio-drama/id1114362951</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1/03e3ea00-8e0e-4f63-bb00-c3bd24cd9a29/3-Clips-Season-2-How-to-start-a-war.mp3" length="58503881"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Do you know how WWII started? How do you incorporate narrative elements into a nonfiction podcast? In what ways can you weave in various sound elements to heighten the podcasting experience for your listeners?
These questions (and more) are answered by Evo Terra (from the 3 Clips podcast) and Michael Trapani (from the How to Start a War podcast). Today’s Audience episode is actually the first episode from the second season of the 3 Clips podcast. In it, host Evo Terra talks with his guest, Michael Trapani about what it takes to put together an effective, powerful, and impactful narrative non-fiction podcast. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Why Michael chose podcasting over other forms of media
The importance of research and writing
Leveraging the audio for a podcast
Emphasizing speech cadence over attempting various accents for voice acting
How sound elements can heighten the listener experience
Narrative podcast styles with a nonfiction topic
How Michael’s opinions have changed from the beginning to end of the project

Resources/Links:
3 Clips Podcast: https://3clipspodcast.com/ 
How to Start a War Podcast: https://www.howtostartawar.com/ 
How to Start a War, Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/howtostartawarpod/ 
Podcast Pontifications: https://podcastpontifications.com/ 
Evo Terra, Twitter: https://twitter.com/evoterra 
War of the Worlds radio broadcast: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xs0K4ApWl4g
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:40:34</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[How to hit the podcast reset button]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 20 Jan 2022 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/how-to-hit-the-podcast-reset-button-4</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/how-to-hit-the-podcast-reset-button-4</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Do you have more than one podcast? Have you been reconsidering your podcast goals? How do you continue to innovate (and want to innovate) when you’ve been podcasting for so long?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt and Craig talk about what you can do to hit the reset button on your podcast. Whether you’ve been hosting the same podcast for years or if you’ve been running two or more podcasts, burnout can feel inevitable. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today, Matt and Craig talk about what you can do to avoid burnout, continue to stay fresh in the minds of your listeners, and how to keep up with the ever-evolving podcasting industry. They have a plethora of information to keep your show engaging and to keep yourself energetic about your content, from using your competition, to changing up your format, and building a community.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Long-term podcasting and how the industry has changed</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to avoid being “stuck in your ways” and feeling out of touch</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of and how to evaluate your podcasting format</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to use your competition to innovate your own podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Utilizing the “season” format</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Let the audience guide what you do </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Social audio and other means of creating content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Adopting new technologies and following the trends alongside the younger generation</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">When is it okay to kill or end a show?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What successful shows have in common: a community</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Using your podcast as a platform for others</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">“Social Audio: Clubhouse vs Twitter Spaces” episode: </span><a href="https://castos.com/podcast/social-audio/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/podcast/social-audio/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">“The Key To Starting A Podcast Network With Jeff Umbro From Podglomerate” episode: </span><a href="https://castos.com/podcast/podcast-network/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/podcast/podcast-network/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips Podcast: </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://3clipspodcast.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span></span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Do you have more than one podcast? Have you been reconsidering your podcast goals? How do you continue to innovate (and want to innovate) when you’ve been podcasting for so long?
On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt and Craig talk about what you can do to hit the reset button on your podcast. Whether you’ve been hosting the same podcast for years or if you’ve been running two or more podcasts, burnout can feel inevitable. 
Today, Matt and Craig talk about what you can do to avoid burnout, continue to stay fresh in the minds of your listeners, and how to keep up with the ever-evolving podcasting industry. They have a plethora of information to keep your show engaging and to keep yourself energetic about your content, from using your competition, to changing up your format, and building a community.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Long-term podcasting and how the industry has changed
How to avoid being “stuck in your ways” and feeling out of touch
The importance of and how to evaluate your podcasting format
How to use your competition to innovate your own podcast
Utilizing the “season” format
Let the audience guide what you do 
Social audio and other means of creating content
Adopting new technologies and following the trends alongside the younger generation
When is it okay to kill or end a show?
What successful shows have in common: a community
Using your podcast as a platform for others

 
Resources/Links:
“Social Audio: Clubhouse vs Twitter Spaces” episode: https://castos.com/podcast/social-audio/ 
“The Key To Starting A Podcast Network With Jeff Umbro From Podglomerate” episode: https://castos.com/podcast/podcast-network/ 
3 Clips Podcast: https://3clipspodcast.com/ 
Castos Academy: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[How to hit the podcast reset button]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Do you have more than one podcast? Have you been reconsidering your podcast goals? How do you continue to innovate (and want to innovate) when you’ve been podcasting for so long?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt and Craig talk about what you can do to hit the reset button on your podcast. Whether you’ve been hosting the same podcast for years or if you’ve been running two or more podcasts, burnout can feel inevitable. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today, Matt and Craig talk about what you can do to avoid burnout, continue to stay fresh in the minds of your listeners, and how to keep up with the ever-evolving podcasting industry. They have a plethora of information to keep your show engaging and to keep yourself energetic about your content, from using your competition, to changing up your format, and building a community.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Long-term podcasting and how the industry has changed</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to avoid being “stuck in your ways” and feeling out of touch</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of and how to evaluate your podcasting format</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to use your competition to innovate your own podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Utilizing the “season” format</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Let the audience guide what you do </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Social audio and other means of creating content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Adopting new technologies and following the trends alongside the younger generation</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">When is it okay to kill or end a show?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What successful shows have in common: a community</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Using your podcast as a platform for others</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">“Social Audio: Clubhouse vs Twitter Spaces” episode: </span><a href="https://castos.com/podcast/social-audio/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/podcast/social-audio/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">“The Key To Starting A Podcast Network With Jeff Umbro From Podglomerate” episode: </span><a href="https://castos.com/podcast/podcast-network/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/podcast/podcast-network/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips Podcast: </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://3clipspodcast.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1/2cdd2f8c-ff20-499a-8c8b-508acf1e946d/How-to-hit-the-podcast-reset-button.mp3" length="19984218"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Do you have more than one podcast? Have you been reconsidering your podcast goals? How do you continue to innovate (and want to innovate) when you’ve been podcasting for so long?
On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt and Craig talk about what you can do to hit the reset button on your podcast. Whether you’ve been hosting the same podcast for years or if you’ve been running two or more podcasts, burnout can feel inevitable. 
Today, Matt and Craig talk about what you can do to avoid burnout, continue to stay fresh in the minds of your listeners, and how to keep up with the ever-evolving podcasting industry. They have a plethora of information to keep your show engaging and to keep yourself energetic about your content, from using your competition, to changing up your format, and building a community.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Long-term podcasting and how the industry has changed
How to avoid being “stuck in your ways” and feeling out of touch
The importance of and how to evaluate your podcasting format
How to use your competition to innovate your own podcast
Utilizing the “season” format
Let the audience guide what you do 
Social audio and other means of creating content
Adopting new technologies and following the trends alongside the younger generation
When is it okay to kill or end a show?
What successful shows have in common: a community
Using your podcast as a platform for others

 
Resources/Links:
“Social Audio: Clubhouse vs Twitter Spaces” episode: https://castos.com/podcast/social-audio/ 
“The Key To Starting A Podcast Network With Jeff Umbro From Podglomerate” episode: https://castos.com/podcast/podcast-network/ 
3 Clips Podcast: https://3clipspodcast.com/ 
Castos Academy: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:20:48</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Jonathan Jones: From public speaker to podcaster]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 13 Jan 2022 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/jonathan-jones-from-public-speaker-to-podcaster</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/jonathan-jones-from-public-speaker-to-podcaster</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks with </span><a href="https://jonathanjonesspeaks.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Jonathan Jones</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> from the</span><a href="https://www.yourpodcastmentorshow.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;"> Your Podcast Mentor Show</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. Today they’re talking about how Jonathan went from public speaker to podcaster and how he utilizes YouTube and his skills as a speaker to grow his audience. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Jonathan also talks about where you can find your first speaking gig, how he is leaning into YouTube shorts, and how he connects and engages with his audience. Jonathan Jones is a fountain of knowledge when it comes to podcasting, speaking, and engagement. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Do you feel burnt-out? Are you going through a podcasting slump? Unsure about what direction to go in your new podcast? Whenever you are feeling discouraged, just remember: there is still a lot of season left.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about: </strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Jonathan’s journey into podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to get positive reinforcement throughout the long game</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The first step to monetization: take the time</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The business of speaking “virtually”</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Using YouTube for your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Avoiding burn-out as a creator</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Content calendars and “scheduling” content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Utilizing Goodpods and other platforms</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Jonathan Jones, website: </span><a href="https://jonathanjonesspeaks.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://jonathanjonesspeaks.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">“How to Handle a Podcast Funk: Ep #17”: </span><a href="https://youtu.be/ye9MX2w707w"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://youtu.be/ye9MX2w707w</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Your Podcast Mentor Show, website: </span><a href="https://www.yourpodcastmentorshow.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.yourpodcastmentorshow.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Get Paid with Podcasting: </span><a href="https://www.getpaidwithpodcasting.com/webinar-registration1631562347516"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.getpaidwithpodcasting.com/webinar-registration1631562347516</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Your Podcast Mentor Show, Instagram: </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/yourpodcastmentorshow/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.insta...</span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks with Jonathan Jones from the Your Podcast Mentor Show. Today they’re talking about how Jonathan went from public speaker to podcaster and how he utilizes YouTube and his skills as a speaker to grow his audience. 
Jonathan also talks about where you can find your first speaking gig, how he is leaning into YouTube shorts, and how he connects and engages with his audience. Jonathan Jones is a fountain of knowledge when it comes to podcasting, speaking, and engagement. 
Do you feel burnt-out? Are you going through a podcasting slump? Unsure about what direction to go in your new podcast? Whenever you are feeling discouraged, just remember: there is still a lot of season left.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about: 

Jonathan’s journey into podcasting
How to get positive reinforcement throughout the long game
The first step to monetization: take the time
The business of speaking “virtually”
Using YouTube for your podcast
Avoiding burn-out as a creator
Content calendars and “scheduling” content
Utilizing Goodpods and other platforms

Resources/Links:
Jonathan Jones, website: https://jonathanjonesspeaks.com/ 
“How to Handle a Podcast Funk: Ep #17”: https://youtu.be/ye9MX2w707w 
Your Podcast Mentor Show, website: https://www.yourpodcastmentorshow.com/ 
Get Paid with Podcasting: https://www.getpaidwithpodcasting.com/webinar-registration1631562347516 
Your Podcast Mentor Show, Instagram: https://www.insta...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Jonathan Jones: From public speaker to podcaster]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks with </span><a href="https://jonathanjonesspeaks.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Jonathan Jones</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> from the</span><a href="https://www.yourpodcastmentorshow.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;"> Your Podcast Mentor Show</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. Today they’re talking about how Jonathan went from public speaker to podcaster and how he utilizes YouTube and his skills as a speaker to grow his audience. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Jonathan also talks about where you can find your first speaking gig, how he is leaning into YouTube shorts, and how he connects and engages with his audience. Jonathan Jones is a fountain of knowledge when it comes to podcasting, speaking, and engagement. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Do you feel burnt-out? Are you going through a podcasting slump? Unsure about what direction to go in your new podcast? Whenever you are feeling discouraged, just remember: there is still a lot of season left.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about: </strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Jonathan’s journey into podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to get positive reinforcement throughout the long game</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The first step to monetization: take the time</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The business of speaking “virtually”</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Using YouTube for your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Avoiding burn-out as a creator</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Content calendars and “scheduling” content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Utilizing Goodpods and other platforms</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Jonathan Jones, website: </span><a href="https://jonathanjonesspeaks.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://jonathanjonesspeaks.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">“How to Handle a Podcast Funk: Ep #17”: </span><a href="https://youtu.be/ye9MX2w707w"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://youtu.be/ye9MX2w707w</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Your Podcast Mentor Show, website: </span><a href="https://www.yourpodcastmentorshow.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.yourpodcastmentorshow.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Get Paid with Podcasting: </span><a href="https://www.getpaidwithpodcasting.com/webinar-registration1631562347516"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.getpaidwithpodcasting.com/webinar-registration1631562347516</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Your Podcast Mentor Show, Instagram: </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/yourpodcastmentorshow/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.instagram.com/yourpodcastmentorshow/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Goodpods: </span><a href="https://www.goodpods.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.goodpods.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1/43145996-74ad-45cb-aaa8-b0441f2399f5/Jonathan-Jones-From-public-speaker-to-podcaster.mp3" length="33334253"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks with Jonathan Jones from the Your Podcast Mentor Show. Today they’re talking about how Jonathan went from public speaker to podcaster and how he utilizes YouTube and his skills as a speaker to grow his audience. 
Jonathan also talks about where you can find your first speaking gig, how he is leaning into YouTube shorts, and how he connects and engages with his audience. Jonathan Jones is a fountain of knowledge when it comes to podcasting, speaking, and engagement. 
Do you feel burnt-out? Are you going through a podcasting slump? Unsure about what direction to go in your new podcast? Whenever you are feeling discouraged, just remember: there is still a lot of season left.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about: 

Jonathan’s journey into podcasting
How to get positive reinforcement throughout the long game
The first step to monetization: take the time
The business of speaking “virtually”
Using YouTube for your podcast
Avoiding burn-out as a creator
Content calendars and “scheduling” content
Utilizing Goodpods and other platforms

Resources/Links:
Jonathan Jones, website: https://jonathanjonesspeaks.com/ 
“How to Handle a Podcast Funk: Ep #17”: https://youtu.be/ye9MX2w707w 
Your Podcast Mentor Show, website: https://www.yourpodcastmentorshow.com/ 
Get Paid with Podcasting: https://www.getpaidwithpodcasting.com/webinar-registration1631562347516 
Your Podcast Mentor Show, Instagram: https://www.insta...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:34:43</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Less is more: How long should an episode be?]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 06 Jan 2022 08:31:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/less-is-more-how-long-should-an-episode-be</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/less-is-more-how-long-should-an-episode-be</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">How long should a podcast episode be? Do longer episodes have more useful content than shorter ones? Do short episodes cut out all the unnecessary chatter? Making a podcast is more of an art than a science. There’s no magical format that will get you downloads; there is only the format that works for you. For most people, that means they’ll have an awkward trial and error period. To make that period a little less awkward, Stuart brings on a podcaster to share one format that has worked well.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Mandy Lehto (from </span><a href="https://mandylehto.com/listen/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Enough, the Podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">) about episode length, the importance of making every second count, pulling Jenga blocks, and how to effectively use narration. She talks about why she creates Enough, the Podcast and what her goals are. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">With longer episodes, information can get lost in all of the minutes that tick by. But shorter episodes can feel distant. As podcasters, we want to connect with our audience and sometimes that can’t be done with short episodes. So what is a podcaster to do? After all, sometimes you don’t know what the episode is until you record it.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to utilize your air time well</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Techniques that Mandy uses to emphasize certain points in her interviews</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Punctuating the episode through narration</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to effectively use narration through your episode</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of making every second count</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Which Jenga blocks can you pull from your podcast?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Balancing your content with levity, instruction, and diversity</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Mandy Lehto: </span><a href="https://mandylehto.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://mandylehto.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Enough, the podcast: </span><a href="https://mandylehto.com/listen/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://mandylehto.com/listen/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span></span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[How long should a podcast episode be? Do longer episodes have more useful content than shorter ones? Do short episodes cut out all the unnecessary chatter? Making a podcast is more of an art than a science. There’s no magical format that will get you downloads; there is only the format that works for you. For most people, that means they’ll have an awkward trial and error period. To make that period a little less awkward, Stuart brings on a podcaster to share one format that has worked well.
On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Mandy Lehto (from Enough, the Podcast) about episode length, the importance of making every second count, pulling Jenga blocks, and how to effectively use narration. She talks about why she creates Enough, the Podcast and what her goals are. 
With longer episodes, information can get lost in all of the minutes that tick by. But shorter episodes can feel distant. As podcasters, we want to connect with our audience and sometimes that can’t be done with short episodes. So what is a podcaster to do? After all, sometimes you don’t know what the episode is until you record it.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

How to utilize your air time well
Techniques that Mandy uses to emphasize certain points in her interviews
Punctuating the episode through narration
How to effectively use narration through your episode
The importance of making every second count
Which Jenga blocks can you pull from your podcast?
Balancing your content with levity, instruction, and diversity

Resources/Links:
Mandy Lehto: https://mandylehto.com/ 
Enough, the podcast: https://mandylehto.com/listen/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Less is more: How long should an episode be?]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                    <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">How long should a podcast episode be? Do longer episodes have more useful content than shorter ones? Do short episodes cut out all the unnecessary chatter? Making a podcast is more of an art than a science. There’s no magical format that will get you downloads; there is only the format that works for you. For most people, that means they’ll have an awkward trial and error period. To make that period a little less awkward, Stuart brings on a podcaster to share one format that has worked well.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Mandy Lehto (from </span><a href="https://mandylehto.com/listen/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Enough, the Podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">) about episode length, the importance of making every second count, pulling Jenga blocks, and how to effectively use narration. She talks about why she creates Enough, the Podcast and what her goals are. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">With longer episodes, information can get lost in all of the minutes that tick by. But shorter episodes can feel distant. As podcasters, we want to connect with our audience and sometimes that can’t be done with short episodes. So what is a podcaster to do? After all, sometimes you don’t know what the episode is until you record it.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to utilize your air time well</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Techniques that Mandy uses to emphasize certain points in her interviews</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Punctuating the episode through narration</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to effectively use narration through your episode</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of making every second count</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Which Jenga blocks can you pull from your podcast?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Balancing your content with levity, instruction, and diversity</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Mandy Lehto: </span><a href="https://mandylehto.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://mandylehto.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Enough, the podcast: </span><a href="https://mandylehto.com/listen/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://mandylehto.com/listen/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1/50d17dfc-2a7a-46b1-9898-96b1c3079f4c/Less-is-more.mp3" length="25720861"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[How long should a podcast episode be? Do longer episodes have more useful content than shorter ones? Do short episodes cut out all the unnecessary chatter? Making a podcast is more of an art than a science. There’s no magical format that will get you downloads; there is only the format that works for you. For most people, that means they’ll have an awkward trial and error period. To make that period a little less awkward, Stuart brings on a podcaster to share one format that has worked well.
On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks with Mandy Lehto (from Enough, the Podcast) about episode length, the importance of making every second count, pulling Jenga blocks, and how to effectively use narration. She talks about why she creates Enough, the Podcast and what her goals are. 
With longer episodes, information can get lost in all of the minutes that tick by. But shorter episodes can feel distant. As podcasters, we want to connect with our audience and sometimes that can’t be done with short episodes. So what is a podcaster to do? After all, sometimes you don’t know what the episode is until you record it.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

How to utilize your air time well
Techniques that Mandy uses to emphasize certain points in her interviews
Punctuating the episode through narration
How to effectively use narration through your episode
The importance of making every second count
Which Jenga blocks can you pull from your podcast?
Balancing your content with levity, instruction, and diversity

Resources/Links:
Mandy Lehto: https://mandylehto.com/ 
Enough, the podcast: https://mandylehto.com/listen/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:17:51</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[2022 Podcast Predictions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 30 Dec 2021 14:58:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/2022-podcast-predictions</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/2022-podcast-predictions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">What is podcasting going to be like in 2022? What are your predictions for next year? What are your hopes for the industry? In this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks about his predictions, Castos’ predictions, and other podcasters’ opinions about what they think will happen in the next year. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Are you hopeful for more integrations for promotion? What trends do you see moving forward and evolving in 2022? Matt hears from four strong and seasoned podcasters (Danny Brown, Tanner Campbell, Arielle Nissenblat, and Gary Arndt) about what they think as well.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Predictions</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Integrations for monetization and promotion</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">10xing Podcasting 2.0</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Future According to Twitter</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Spotify predictions</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">More uses for dynamic content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Hopefully more instructional podcasts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">More women and people of color in larger companies, running podcasts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Apple Podcast predictions</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Matt’s Industry Predictions</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">More Podcasting 2.0 adoptions</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Decline in megacorps pushing into podcasting</span></li>
</ul></li>

</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">ConvertKit video:</span> <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bR-IaS0ZMt0"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bR-IaS0ZMt0</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">User Suggestions - Castos</span><span style="font-weight:400;">: </span><a href="https://feedback.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://feedback.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Danny Brown:</span><a href="https://twitter.com/DannyBrownCA"><span style="font-weight:400;">DannyBrownCA</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Tanner Campbell: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/tannerhelps"><span style="font-weight:400;">tannerhelps</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Arielle Nissenblat: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/arithisandthat"><span style="font-weight:400;">arithisandthat</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Gary Arndt: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/EverywhereTrip"><span style="font-weight:400;">EverywhereTrip</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Newpodcastapps.com: </span><a href="https://podcastindex.org/apps"><span></span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[What is podcasting going to be like in 2022? What are your predictions for next year? What are your hopes for the industry? In this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks about his predictions, Castos’ predictions, and other podcasters’ opinions about what they think will happen in the next year. 
Are you hopeful for more integrations for promotion? What trends do you see moving forward and evolving in 2022? Matt hears from four strong and seasoned podcasters (Danny Brown, Tanner Campbell, Arielle Nissenblat, and Gary Arndt) about what they think as well.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Castos Predictions
Integrations for monetization and promotion
10xing Podcasting 2.0


The Future According to Twitter
Spotify predictions
More uses for dynamic content
Hopefully more instructional podcasts
More women and people of color in larger companies, running podcasts
Apple Podcast predictions


Matt’s Industry Predictions
More Podcasting 2.0 adoptions
Decline in megacorps pushing into podcasting



Resources/Links:
ConvertKit video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bR-IaS0ZMt0 
User Suggestions - Castos: https://feedback.castos.com/ 
Danny Brown:DannyBrownCA
Tanner Campbell: tannerhelps
Arielle Nissenblat: arithisandthat
Gary Arndt: EverywhereTrip
Newpodcastapps.com: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[2022 Podcast Predictions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">What is podcasting going to be like in 2022? What are your predictions for next year? What are your hopes for the industry? In this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks about his predictions, Castos’ predictions, and other podcasters’ opinions about what they think will happen in the next year. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Are you hopeful for more integrations for promotion? What trends do you see moving forward and evolving in 2022? Matt hears from four strong and seasoned podcasters (Danny Brown, Tanner Campbell, Arielle Nissenblat, and Gary Arndt) about what they think as well.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Predictions</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Integrations for monetization and promotion</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">10xing Podcasting 2.0</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Future According to Twitter</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Spotify predictions</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">More uses for dynamic content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Hopefully more instructional podcasts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">More women and people of color in larger companies, running podcasts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Apple Podcast predictions</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Matt’s Industry Predictions</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">More Podcasting 2.0 adoptions</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Decline in megacorps pushing into podcasting</span></li>
</ul></li>

</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">ConvertKit video:</span> <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bR-IaS0ZMt0"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bR-IaS0ZMt0</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">User Suggestions - Castos</span><span style="font-weight:400;">: </span><a href="https://feedback.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://feedback.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Danny Brown:</span><a href="https://twitter.com/DannyBrownCA"><span style="font-weight:400;">DannyBrownCA</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Tanner Campbell: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/tannerhelps"><span style="font-weight:400;">tannerhelps</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Arielle Nissenblat: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/arithisandthat"><span style="font-weight:400;">arithisandthat</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Gary Arndt: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/EverywhereTrip"><span style="font-weight:400;">EverywhereTrip</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Newpodcastapps.com: </span><a href="https://podcastindex.org/apps"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcastindex.org/apps</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">5Ss3RSQvI5yj2Q2BBAxr</span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1/3b150f18-183a-449a-a10a-3605cc07f294/2022-Podcast-Predictions.mp3" length="13939819"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[What is podcasting going to be like in 2022? What are your predictions for next year? What are your hopes for the industry? In this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks about his predictions, Castos’ predictions, and other podcasters’ opinions about what they think will happen in the next year. 
Are you hopeful for more integrations for promotion? What trends do you see moving forward and evolving in 2022? Matt hears from four strong and seasoned podcasters (Danny Brown, Tanner Campbell, Arielle Nissenblat, and Gary Arndt) about what they think as well.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Castos Predictions
Integrations for monetization and promotion
10xing Podcasting 2.0


The Future According to Twitter
Spotify predictions
More uses for dynamic content
Hopefully more instructional podcasts
More women and people of color in larger companies, running podcasts
Apple Podcast predictions


Matt’s Industry Predictions
More Podcasting 2.0 adoptions
Decline in megacorps pushing into podcasting



Resources/Links:
ConvertKit video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bR-IaS0ZMt0 
User Suggestions - Castos: https://feedback.castos.com/ 
Danny Brown:DannyBrownCA
Tanner Campbell: tannerhelps
Arielle Nissenblat: arithisandthat
Gary Arndt: EverywhereTrip
Newpodcastapps.com: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:09:38</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[30 Days to launch a podcast]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 23 Dec 2021 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/30-days-to-launch-a-podcast</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/30-days-to-launch-a-podcast</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Are you up for a challenge? How about launching a podcast in 30 days? Today, Matt talks about what it would take to launch a podcast in a month. With the New Year around the corner, many of you (or your friends) might be thinking about launching a podcast in 2022. What would that take?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Would you be able to launch a podcast in 30 days? From conception to publication? Matt turned to Twitter to ask what you would do. Today he covers his favorite tips from </span><a href="https://twitter.com/heyemilykennedy"><span style="font-weight:400;">@heyemilykennedy</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, </span><a href="https://twitter.com/indiedropin"><span style="font-weight:400;">@indiedropin</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, </span><a href="https://twitter.com/tfyhpodcast"><span style="font-weight:400;">@tfyhpodcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, </span><a href="https://twitter.com/EverywhereTrip"><span style="font-weight:400;">@everywheretrip</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, </span><a href="https://twitter.com/EspreeDevora"><span style="font-weight:400;">@espreedevora</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, </span><a href="https://twitter.com/NextOnStageOne"><span style="font-weight:400;">@NextOnStageOne</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, </span><a href="https://twitter.com/iamjeremyenns"><span style="font-weight:400;">@iamjeremyenns</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Prioritizing tasks for a 30-day launch</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Don’t undervalue practice </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of getting ahead</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Identifying your target market</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Finding good topics</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The lists and outlines you’ll need</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Focus on what you need, rather than the superfluous stuff</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Find your purpose, your system, and your workflow</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Previous episode with Gary Arndt: </span><a href="https://castos.com/podcast/gary-arndt-on-winning-with-short-form-podcasts-tiktok/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/podcast/gary-arndt-on-winning-with-short-form-podcasts-tiktok/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Previous episode with Espree Devora: </span><a href="https://castos.com/podcast/the-energy-to-create-your-art-with-espree-devora/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/podcast/the-energy-to-create-your-art-with-espree-devora/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">SavvyCal: </span><a href="https://savvycal.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://savvycal.com/</span></a><span></span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Are you up for a challenge? How about launching a podcast in 30 days? Today, Matt talks about what it would take to launch a podcast in a month. With the New Year around the corner, many of you (or your friends) might be thinking about launching a podcast in 2022. What would that take?
Would you be able to launch a podcast in 30 days? From conception to publication? Matt turned to Twitter to ask what you would do. Today he covers his favorite tips from @heyemilykennedy, @indiedropin, @tfyhpodcast, @everywheretrip, @espreedevora, @NextOnStageOne, @iamjeremyenns.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Prioritizing tasks for a 30-day launch
Don’t undervalue practice 
The importance of getting ahead
Identifying your target market
Finding good topics
The lists and outlines you’ll need
Focus on what you need, rather than the superfluous stuff
Find your purpose, your system, and your workflow

Resources/Links:
Previous episode with Gary Arndt: https://castos.com/podcast/gary-arndt-on-winning-with-short-form-podcasts-tiktok/ 
Previous episode with Espree Devora: https://castos.com/podcast/the-energy-to-create-your-art-with-espree-devora/ 
SavvyCal: https://savvycal.com/]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[30 Days to launch a podcast]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Are you up for a challenge? How about launching a podcast in 30 days? Today, Matt talks about what it would take to launch a podcast in a month. With the New Year around the corner, many of you (or your friends) might be thinking about launching a podcast in 2022. What would that take?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Would you be able to launch a podcast in 30 days? From conception to publication? Matt turned to Twitter to ask what you would do. Today he covers his favorite tips from </span><a href="https://twitter.com/heyemilykennedy"><span style="font-weight:400;">@heyemilykennedy</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, </span><a href="https://twitter.com/indiedropin"><span style="font-weight:400;">@indiedropin</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, </span><a href="https://twitter.com/tfyhpodcast"><span style="font-weight:400;">@tfyhpodcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, </span><a href="https://twitter.com/EverywhereTrip"><span style="font-weight:400;">@everywheretrip</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, </span><a href="https://twitter.com/EspreeDevora"><span style="font-weight:400;">@espreedevora</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, </span><a href="https://twitter.com/NextOnStageOne"><span style="font-weight:400;">@NextOnStageOne</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, </span><a href="https://twitter.com/iamjeremyenns"><span style="font-weight:400;">@iamjeremyenns</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Prioritizing tasks for a 30-day launch</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Don’t undervalue practice </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of getting ahead</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Identifying your target market</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Finding good topics</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The lists and outlines you’ll need</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Focus on what you need, rather than the superfluous stuff</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Find your purpose, your system, and your workflow</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Previous episode with Gary Arndt: </span><a href="https://castos.com/podcast/gary-arndt-on-winning-with-short-form-podcasts-tiktok/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/podcast/gary-arndt-on-winning-with-short-form-podcasts-tiktok/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Previous episode with Espree Devora: </span><a href="https://castos.com/podcast/the-energy-to-create-your-art-with-espree-devora/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/podcast/the-energy-to-create-your-art-with-espree-devora/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">SavvyCal: </span><a href="https://savvycal.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://savvycal.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Audacity: </span><a href="https://www.audacityteam.org/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.audacityteam.org/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Garageband: </span><a href="https://garagebandonpc.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://garagebandonpc.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Descript: </span><a href="https://www.descript.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.descript.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1/b58618cc-65a8-4e5d-aedf-4649a6cebe0d/30-Days-to-launch-a-podcast.mp3" length="6790082"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Are you up for a challenge? How about launching a podcast in 30 days? Today, Matt talks about what it would take to launch a podcast in a month. With the New Year around the corner, many of you (or your friends) might be thinking about launching a podcast in 2022. What would that take?
Would you be able to launch a podcast in 30 days? From conception to publication? Matt turned to Twitter to ask what you would do. Today he covers his favorite tips from @heyemilykennedy, @indiedropin, @tfyhpodcast, @everywheretrip, @espreedevora, @NextOnStageOne, @iamjeremyenns.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Prioritizing tasks for a 30-day launch
Don’t undervalue practice 
The importance of getting ahead
Identifying your target market
Finding good topics
The lists and outlines you’ll need
Focus on what you need, rather than the superfluous stuff
Find your purpose, your system, and your workflow

Resources/Links:
Previous episode with Gary Arndt: https://castos.com/podcast/gary-arndt-on-winning-with-short-form-podcasts-tiktok/ 
Previous episode with Espree Devora: https://castos.com/podcast/the-energy-to-create-your-art-with-espree-devora/ 
SavvyCal: https://savvycal.com/]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:07:04</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[There's 92 Podcast Marketing Tips After This]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 16 Dec 2021 13:15:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/there39s-92-podcast-marketing-tips-after-this</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/there39s-92-podcast-marketing-tips-after-this</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks about his latest </span><a href="https://twitter.com/mattmedeiros"><span style="font-weight:400;">Twitter challenge</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> and how it led to </span><a href="https://twitter.com/laurenpassell"><span style="font-weight:400;">Lauren Passell</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, the Founder of </span><a href="https://tinkmedia.co/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tink Media</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, </span><a href="https://podcastthenewsletter.substack.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast the Newsletter</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> and Editor at Hark Audio. Matt talks about Lauren’s top eight tweets (according to Matt) and Lauren joins the podcast for a few extra tips as well. This short episode is packed full of helpful advice for new podcasters, as well as some reminders and words of wisdom for veteran podcasters. So get out a pen and paper, you’re going to want to take notes.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you’re looking to start a podcast or if you’re looking for a better podcast hosting experience, why not try Castos? Use our Castos Coupon Code when you sign up for a new account: AUDIENCE20. Whatever it is you want to podcast about, we’ll help you get your podcast out into the world.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Matt’s Eight Favorite Tips/Tweets:</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tip 1: Specificity</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tip 2: Switching content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tip 3: Pitch emails</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tip 4: Working with another show</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tip 5: Silver bullets</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tip 6: Show notes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tip 7: Media kits</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tip 8: Marketing</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Lauren’s Favorite Tips</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Building a community/network</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">More on marketing</span></li>
</ul></li>

</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Lauren Passell’s Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/laurenpassell"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/laurenpassell</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast the Newsletter: </span><a href="https://podcastthenewsletter.substack.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcastthenewsletter.substack.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Tink Media: </span><a href="https://tinkmedia.co/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://tinkmedia.co/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks about his latest Twitter challenge and how it led to Lauren Passell, the Founder of Tink Media, Podcast the Newsletter and Editor at Hark Audio. Matt talks about Lauren’s top eight tweets (according to Matt) and Lauren joins the podcast for a few extra tips as well. This short episode is packed full of helpful advice for new podcasters, as well as some reminders and words of wisdom for veteran podcasters. So get out a pen and paper, you’re going to want to take notes.
If you’re looking to start a podcast or if you’re looking for a better podcast hosting experience, why not try Castos? Use our Castos Coupon Code when you sign up for a new account: AUDIENCE20. Whatever it is you want to podcast about, we’ll help you get your podcast out into the world.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Matt’s Eight Favorite Tips/Tweets:
Tip 1: Specificity
Tip 2: Switching content
Tip 3: Pitch emails
Tip 4: Working with another show
Tip 5: Silver bullets
Tip 6: Show notes
Tip 7: Media kits
Tip 8: Marketing


Lauren’s Favorite Tips
Building a community/network
More on marketing



Resources/Links:
Lauren Passell’s Twitter: https://twitter.com/laurenpassell 
Podcast the Newsletter: https://podcastthenewsletter.substack.com/ 
Tink Media: https://tinkmedia.co/ ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[There's 92 Podcast Marketing Tips After This]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks about his latest </span><a href="https://twitter.com/mattmedeiros"><span style="font-weight:400;">Twitter challenge</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> and how it led to </span><a href="https://twitter.com/laurenpassell"><span style="font-weight:400;">Lauren Passell</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, the Founder of </span><a href="https://tinkmedia.co/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tink Media</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, </span><a href="https://podcastthenewsletter.substack.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast the Newsletter</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> and Editor at Hark Audio. Matt talks about Lauren’s top eight tweets (according to Matt) and Lauren joins the podcast for a few extra tips as well. This short episode is packed full of helpful advice for new podcasters, as well as some reminders and words of wisdom for veteran podcasters. So get out a pen and paper, you’re going to want to take notes.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you’re looking to start a podcast or if you’re looking for a better podcast hosting experience, why not try Castos? Use our Castos Coupon Code when you sign up for a new account: AUDIENCE20. Whatever it is you want to podcast about, we’ll help you get your podcast out into the world.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Matt’s Eight Favorite Tips/Tweets:</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tip 1: Specificity</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tip 2: Switching content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tip 3: Pitch emails</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tip 4: Working with another show</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tip 5: Silver bullets</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tip 6: Show notes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tip 7: Media kits</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tip 8: Marketing</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Lauren’s Favorite Tips</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Building a community/network</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">More on marketing</span></li>
</ul></li>

</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Lauren Passell’s Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/laurenpassell"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/laurenpassell</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast the Newsletter: </span><a href="https://podcastthenewsletter.substack.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcastthenewsletter.substack.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Tink Media: </span><a href="https://tinkmedia.co/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://tinkmedia.co/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast Marketing Magic Newsletter: </span><a href="https://podcastmarketingmagic.substack.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcastmarketingmagic.substack.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Matt Medeiros’ Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/mattmedeiros"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/mattmedeiros</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1/2eba50ef-5f98-4d34-8785-07ddc8b38202/There-s-92-Podcast-Marketing-Tips-After-This.mp3" length="16199306"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks about his latest Twitter challenge and how it led to Lauren Passell, the Founder of Tink Media, Podcast the Newsletter and Editor at Hark Audio. Matt talks about Lauren’s top eight tweets (according to Matt) and Lauren joins the podcast for a few extra tips as well. This short episode is packed full of helpful advice for new podcasters, as well as some reminders and words of wisdom for veteran podcasters. So get out a pen and paper, you’re going to want to take notes.
If you’re looking to start a podcast or if you’re looking for a better podcast hosting experience, why not try Castos? Use our Castos Coupon Code when you sign up for a new account: AUDIENCE20. Whatever it is you want to podcast about, we’ll help you get your podcast out into the world.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Matt’s Eight Favorite Tips/Tweets:
Tip 1: Specificity
Tip 2: Switching content
Tip 3: Pitch emails
Tip 4: Working with another show
Tip 5: Silver bullets
Tip 6: Show notes
Tip 7: Media kits
Tip 8: Marketing


Lauren’s Favorite Tips
Building a community/network
More on marketing



Resources/Links:
Lauren Passell’s Twitter: https://twitter.com/laurenpassell 
Podcast the Newsletter: https://podcastthenewsletter.substack.com/ 
Tink Media: https://tinkmedia.co/ ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:11:12</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Simplify Your Sound Design, Without Sacrificing on Quality]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 09 Dec 2021 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/simplify-your-sound-design-without-sacrificing-on-quality</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/simplify-your-sound-design-without-sacrificing-on-quality</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">To state the obvious, Podcasting is an audio medium so how it sounds is crucial. But sometimes sound design can be a lengthy and expensive process, which is fine when you have the budget and personnel to create custom music and score each episode. But for independent creators and small organizations who might not have the time or budget to do that, there’s a way to spruce up your podcast without sacrificing on quality.</span></p>
<p><br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Links:</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Q-Rock on LinkedIn</span></p>
<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/quinton-johnson-9a5646195/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.linkedin.com/in/quinton-johnson-9a5646195/</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">SoundCloud</span></p>
<p><a href="https://soundcloud.com/quinton-johnson"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://soundcloud.com/quinton-johnson</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Twitter: @ iamqrock</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">IG:  @ iamqrock</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Storyblocks</span></p>
<p><a href="https://www.storyblocks.com/audio/search?media-type=music&amp;portal_artist_ids=Hsx8DES0Jvkcpaqoyq"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.storyblocks.com/audio/search?media-type=music&amp;portal_artist_ids=Hsx8DES0Jvkcpaqoyq</span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[To state the obvious, Podcasting is an audio medium so how it sounds is crucial. But sometimes sound design can be a lengthy and expensive process, which is fine when you have the budget and personnel to create custom music and score each episode. But for independent creators and small organizations who might not have the time or budget to do that, there’s a way to spruce up your podcast without sacrificing on quality.

Links:
 
Q-Rock on LinkedIn
https://www.linkedin.com/in/quinton-johnson-9a5646195/
 
SoundCloud
https://soundcloud.com/quinton-johnson
 
Twitter: @ iamqrock
IG:  @ iamqrock
 
Storyblocks
https://www.storyblocks.com/audio/search?media-type=music&portal_artist_ids=Hsx8DES0Jvkcpaqoyq]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Simplify Your Sound Design, Without Sacrificing on Quality]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">To state the obvious, Podcasting is an audio medium so how it sounds is crucial. But sometimes sound design can be a lengthy and expensive process, which is fine when you have the budget and personnel to create custom music and score each episode. But for independent creators and small organizations who might not have the time or budget to do that, there’s a way to spruce up your podcast without sacrificing on quality.</span></p>
<p><br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Links:</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Q-Rock on LinkedIn</span></p>
<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/quinton-johnson-9a5646195/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.linkedin.com/in/quinton-johnson-9a5646195/</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">SoundCloud</span></p>
<p><a href="https://soundcloud.com/quinton-johnson"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://soundcloud.com/quinton-johnson</span></a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Twitter: @ iamqrock</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">IG:  @ iamqrock</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Storyblocks</span></p>
<p><a href="https://www.storyblocks.com/audio/search?media-type=music&amp;portal_artist_ids=Hsx8DES0Jvkcpaqoyq"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.storyblocks.com/audio/search?media-type=music&amp;portal_artist_ids=Hsx8DES0Jvkcpaqoyq</span></a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/4310/96e72c0f-efd8-4048-ba97-9de0001672cf/Sound-Design-Final.mp3" length="23113445"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[To state the obvious, Podcasting is an audio medium so how it sounds is crucial. But sometimes sound design can be a lengthy and expensive process, which is fine when you have the budget and personnel to create custom music and score each episode. But for independent creators and small organizations who might not have the time or budget to do that, there’s a way to spruce up your podcast without sacrificing on quality.

Links:
 
Q-Rock on LinkedIn
https://www.linkedin.com/in/quinton-johnson-9a5646195/
 
SoundCloud
https://soundcloud.com/quinton-johnson
 
Twitter: @ iamqrock
IG:  @ iamqrock
 
Storyblocks
https://www.storyblocks.com/audio/search?media-type=music&portal_artist_ids=Hsx8DES0Jvkcpaqoyq]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:16:02</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[I listened to 3 hours of Tim Ferris so you wouldn't have to]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 02 Dec 2021 13:08:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/i-listened-to-3-hours-of-tim-ferris-so-you-wouldn39t-have-to</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/i-listened-to-3-hours-of-tim-ferris-so-you-wouldn39t-have-to</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks about a 3-hour episode of Tim Ferriss’ podcast, where he and guest Chris Hutchins talk about how Tim grew </span><a href="https://tim.blog/podcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Tim Ferriss Show</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> into what it is today. The episode is a powerful one but pretty long, so Matt highlights some of the most important bullet points for you. Using clips and commentary, Matt dives into the ten biggest lessons from that episode.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">You might have heard of Tim Ferriss from his bestselling book, The 4-Hour Workweek. You might have heard his name when Fast Company listed him as the “Most Innovative Business People'' or when he was listed as one of Fortune’s “40 Under 40.” At his heart, he is an early-stage tech investor (some examples being Uber, Facebook, Shopify, Duoling, Alibaba and over fifty more), an author, and the host of The Tim Ferriss Show, which was the first interview-style business podcast to get over 100 million downloads. He knows his stuff.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting is not dead</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">A full-body check-in</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Mics, hardware, and software</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Data isn’t all that important</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Be a guest, start a newsletter</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">There is no magic bullet</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Asking for a home run and giving a transcript to your guest</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">You learn a lot about yourself</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Tim Ferriss’ episode: </span><a href="https://tim.blog/2021/10/14/how-i-built-the-tim-ferriss-show-podcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://tim.blog/2021/10/14/how-i-built-the-tim-ferriss-show-podcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: <a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/">https://academy.castos.com/private/</a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span></span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks about a 3-hour episode of Tim Ferriss’ podcast, where he and guest Chris Hutchins talk about how Tim grew The Tim Ferriss Show into what it is today. The episode is a powerful one but pretty long, so Matt highlights some of the most important bullet points for you. Using clips and commentary, Matt dives into the ten biggest lessons from that episode.
You might have heard of Tim Ferriss from his bestselling book, The 4-Hour Workweek. You might have heard his name when Fast Company listed him as the “Most Innovative Business People'' or when he was listed as one of Fortune’s “40 Under 40.” At his heart, he is an early-stage tech investor (some examples being Uber, Facebook, Shopify, Duoling, Alibaba and over fifty more), an author, and the host of The Tim Ferriss Show, which was the first interview-style business podcast to get over 100 million downloads. He knows his stuff.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Podcasting is not dead
A full-body check-in
Mics, hardware, and software
Data isn’t all that important
Be a guest, start a newsletter
There is no magic bullet
Asking for a home run and giving a transcript to your guest
You learn a lot about yourself

Resources/Links:
Tim Ferriss’ episode: https://tim.blog/2021/10/14/how-i-built-the-tim-ferriss-show-podcast/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[I listened to 3 hours of Tim Ferris so you wouldn't have to]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks about a 3-hour episode of Tim Ferriss’ podcast, where he and guest Chris Hutchins talk about how Tim grew </span><a href="https://tim.blog/podcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Tim Ferriss Show</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> into what it is today. The episode is a powerful one but pretty long, so Matt highlights some of the most important bullet points for you. Using clips and commentary, Matt dives into the ten biggest lessons from that episode.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">You might have heard of Tim Ferriss from his bestselling book, The 4-Hour Workweek. You might have heard his name when Fast Company listed him as the “Most Innovative Business People'' or when he was listed as one of Fortune’s “40 Under 40.” At his heart, he is an early-stage tech investor (some examples being Uber, Facebook, Shopify, Duoling, Alibaba and over fifty more), an author, and the host of The Tim Ferriss Show, which was the first interview-style business podcast to get over 100 million downloads. He knows his stuff.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting is not dead</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">A full-body check-in</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Mics, hardware, and software</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Data isn’t all that important</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Be a guest, start a newsletter</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">There is no magic bullet</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Asking for a home run and giving a transcript to your guest</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">You learn a lot about yourself</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Tim Ferriss’ episode: </span><a href="https://tim.blog/2021/10/14/how-i-built-the-tim-ferriss-show-podcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://tim.blog/2021/10/14/how-i-built-the-tim-ferriss-show-podcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: <a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/">https://academy.castos.com/private/</a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1/87c17281-74f1-4eb3-835b-5e68777c9149/I-listened-to-3-hours-of-Tim-Ferris-so-you-wouldn-t-have-to.mp3" length="12040067"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks about a 3-hour episode of Tim Ferriss’ podcast, where he and guest Chris Hutchins talk about how Tim grew The Tim Ferriss Show into what it is today. The episode is a powerful one but pretty long, so Matt highlights some of the most important bullet points for you. Using clips and commentary, Matt dives into the ten biggest lessons from that episode.
You might have heard of Tim Ferriss from his bestselling book, The 4-Hour Workweek. You might have heard his name when Fast Company listed him as the “Most Innovative Business People'' or when he was listed as one of Fortune’s “40 Under 40.” At his heart, he is an early-stage tech investor (some examples being Uber, Facebook, Shopify, Duoling, Alibaba and over fifty more), an author, and the host of The Tim Ferriss Show, which was the first interview-style business podcast to get over 100 million downloads. He knows his stuff.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Podcasting is not dead
A full-body check-in
Mics, hardware, and software
Data isn’t all that important
Be a guest, start a newsletter
There is no magic bullet
Asking for a home run and giving a transcript to your guest
You learn a lot about yourself

Resources/Links:
Tim Ferriss’ episode: https://tim.blog/2021/10/14/how-i-built-the-tim-ferriss-show-podcast/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:12:32</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[When to use a "Trailer Episode" and when to use an "Episode 0"]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 25 Nov 2021 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/when-to-use-a-34trailer-episode34-and-when-to-use-an-34episode-034</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/when-to-use-a-34trailer-episode34-and-when-to-use-an-34episode-034</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt and Stuart talk about the differences and the importance of having a trailer episode or an “Episode 0.” Are they different things? The short answer is yes. The long answer involves the reasoning for using one or the other, as well as the length and content of this initial episode. Depending on the format of your podcast, you may benefit from either having an Episode 0 or a trailer. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Listen in to get tips on how to make both of them well, suggestions on which to use depending on the content of your podcast, and why they are so beneficial. Remember the beauty and the challenge of podcasts: There are no rules but there should be an episode 0.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Episode 0 definition and examples</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The hows and whys of an Episode 0 or a “Rally Cry” episode</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Trailer definition and examples</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why you need one or the other for your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Episode 0s helps podcasts as well as podcasters</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">“The Voices of Scranton” and “The Watercooler”</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The number of episodes or minutes you need in order to make a trailer</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Can you skip having either of these types of episodes?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Less is more when it comes to intros</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart’s favorite Trailer and Episode 0</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt and Stuart talk about the differences and the importance of having a trailer episode or an “Episode 0.” Are they different things? The short answer is yes. The long answer involves the reasoning for using one or the other, as well as the length and content of this initial episode. Depending on the format of your podcast, you may benefit from either having an Episode 0 or a trailer. 
Listen in to get tips on how to make both of them well, suggestions on which to use depending on the content of your podcast, and why they are so beneficial. Remember the beauty and the challenge of podcasts: There are no rules but there should be an episode 0.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Episode 0 definition and examples
The hows and whys of an Episode 0 or a “Rally Cry” episode
Trailer definition and examples
Why you need one or the other for your podcast
How Episode 0s helps podcasts as well as podcasters
“The Voices of Scranton” and “The Watercooler”
The number of episodes or minutes you need in order to make a trailer
Can you skip having either of these types of episodes?
Less is more when it comes to intros
Stuart’s favorite Trailer and Episode 0

Resources/Links:
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[When to use a "Trailer Episode" and when to use an "Episode 0"]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt and Stuart talk about the differences and the importance of having a trailer episode or an “Episode 0.” Are they different things? The short answer is yes. The long answer involves the reasoning for using one or the other, as well as the length and content of this initial episode. Depending on the format of your podcast, you may benefit from either having an Episode 0 or a trailer. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Listen in to get tips on how to make both of them well, suggestions on which to use depending on the content of your podcast, and why they are so beneficial. Remember the beauty and the challenge of podcasts: There are no rules but there should be an episode 0.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Episode 0 definition and examples</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The hows and whys of an Episode 0 or a “Rally Cry” episode</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Trailer definition and examples</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why you need one or the other for your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Episode 0s helps podcasts as well as podcasters</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">“The Voices of Scranton” and “The Watercooler”</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The number of episodes or minutes you need in order to make a trailer</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Can you skip having either of these types of episodes?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Less is more when it comes to intros</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart’s favorite Trailer and Episode 0</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1/b97317b3-0211-4858-a48c-8442bf6b6163/When-to-use-a-Trailer-Episode-and-when-to-use-an-Episode-0.mp3" length="24824185"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt and Stuart talk about the differences and the importance of having a trailer episode or an “Episode 0.” Are they different things? The short answer is yes. The long answer involves the reasoning for using one or the other, as well as the length and content of this initial episode. Depending on the format of your podcast, you may benefit from either having an Episode 0 or a trailer. 
Listen in to get tips on how to make both of them well, suggestions on which to use depending on the content of your podcast, and why they are so beneficial. Remember the beauty and the challenge of podcasts: There are no rules but there should be an episode 0.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Episode 0 definition and examples
The hows and whys of an Episode 0 or a “Rally Cry” episode
Trailer definition and examples
Why you need one or the other for your podcast
How Episode 0s helps podcasts as well as podcasters
“The Voices of Scranton” and “The Watercooler”
The number of episodes or minutes you need in order to make a trailer
Can you skip having either of these types of episodes?
Less is more when it comes to intros
Stuart’s favorite Trailer and Episode 0

Resources/Links:
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:25:51</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Gary Arndt on winning with short form podcasts + TikTok]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 18 Nov 2021 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/gary-arndt-on-winning-with-short-form-podcasts-tiktok</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/gary-arndt-on-winning-with-short-form-podcasts-tiktok</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">What is a travel photographer to do when the entire world shuts down? Turn to podcasting and TikTok, of course. Gary Arndt was owning the space of travel photography until the global pandemic put an end to his plans. Now he’s taking on the podcasting world with his podcast, </span><a href="https://everything-everywhere.com/everything-everywhere-daily-podcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Everything Everywhere Daily Podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">But Gary did not let that break him. Gary has been a content creator for many years and today he shares some of his expertise about how to create podcasts people love. He gives his advice on how to get your first thousand downloads, how he utilizes TikTok, and the benefits of having a short-form podcast.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Gary’s journey from the pique of his travel business, to rock bottom, and back again </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The idea and launch of Gary’s history podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Is a social media presence good enough to have a successful podcast?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Gary utilizes TikTok and Instagram</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The correlation between TikTok views and podcast downloads</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Content that keeps being produced and what people care about every day</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to get your first thousand downloads</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The next steps in monetization after ads</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The difficulty and benefits of short-form podcasting </span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Everything Everywhere: </span><a href="https://everything-everywhere.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://everything-everywhere.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtu...</span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[What is a travel photographer to do when the entire world shuts down? Turn to podcasting and TikTok, of course. Gary Arndt was owning the space of travel photography until the global pandemic put an end to his plans. Now he’s taking on the podcasting world with his podcast, The Everything Everywhere Daily Podcast.
But Gary did not let that break him. Gary has been a content creator for many years and today he shares some of his expertise about how to create podcasts people love. He gives his advice on how to get your first thousand downloads, how he utilizes TikTok, and the benefits of having a short-form podcast.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Gary’s journey from the pique of his travel business, to rock bottom, and back again 
The idea and launch of Gary’s history podcast
Is a social media presence good enough to have a successful podcast?
How Gary utilizes TikTok and Instagram
The correlation between TikTok views and podcast downloads
Content that keeps being produced and what people care about every day
How to get your first thousand downloads
The next steps in monetization after ads
The difficulty and benefits of short-form podcasting 

Resources/Links:
Everything Everywhere: https://everything-everywhere.com/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtu...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Gary Arndt on winning with short form podcasts + TikTok]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">What is a travel photographer to do when the entire world shuts down? Turn to podcasting and TikTok, of course. Gary Arndt was owning the space of travel photography until the global pandemic put an end to his plans. Now he’s taking on the podcasting world with his podcast, </span><a href="https://everything-everywhere.com/everything-everywhere-daily-podcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Everything Everywhere Daily Podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">But Gary did not let that break him. Gary has been a content creator for many years and today he shares some of his expertise about how to create podcasts people love. He gives his advice on how to get your first thousand downloads, how he utilizes TikTok, and the benefits of having a short-form podcast.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Gary’s journey from the pique of his travel business, to rock bottom, and back again </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The idea and launch of Gary’s history podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Is a social media presence good enough to have a successful podcast?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Gary utilizes TikTok and Instagram</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The correlation between TikTok views and podcast downloads</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Content that keeps being produced and what people care about every day</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to get your first thousand downloads</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The next steps in monetization after ads</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The difficulty and benefits of short-form podcasting </span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Everything Everywhere: </span><a href="https://everything-everywhere.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://everything-everywhere.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1/6e038ad4-4dcd-4c24-a3f7-78d5b01dccc6/Gary-Arndt-pivots-a-stunned-travel-photography-career-with-a-podcast-and...TikTok-.mp3" length="32065952"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[What is a travel photographer to do when the entire world shuts down? Turn to podcasting and TikTok, of course. Gary Arndt was owning the space of travel photography until the global pandemic put an end to his plans. Now he’s taking on the podcasting world with his podcast, The Everything Everywhere Daily Podcast.
But Gary did not let that break him. Gary has been a content creator for many years and today he shares some of his expertise about how to create podcasts people love. He gives his advice on how to get your first thousand downloads, how he utilizes TikTok, and the benefits of having a short-form podcast.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Gary’s journey from the pique of his travel business, to rock bottom, and back again 
The idea and launch of Gary’s history podcast
Is a social media presence good enough to have a successful podcast?
How Gary utilizes TikTok and Instagram
The correlation between TikTok views and podcast downloads
Content that keeps being produced and what people care about every day
How to get your first thousand downloads
The next steps in monetization after ads
The difficulty and benefits of short-form podcasting 

Resources/Links:
Everything Everywhere: https://everything-everywhere.com/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtu...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:33:24</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Data Doesn't Have to Be Scary w/ Alexandra Mannerings]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 11 Nov 2021 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/data-doesn39t-have-to-be-scary-w-alexandra-mannerings</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/data-doesn39t-have-to-be-scary-w-alexandra-mannerings</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting can be a really great medium for breaking down long-held ideas about a certain topic. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode, Sam is joined by </span><a href="https://merakinos.com/about-us/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Alexandra Mannerings</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> of the </span><a href="https://heartsouldata.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Heart, Soul, and Data podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> to learn about how she is using her show as a platform to start conversation with organizations and individuals who may have been adverse to all things data in the past while opening new opportunities for her business.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why analytics and data scares everyone and how Alexandra has made it accessible </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How do you use analytics to make the world a better place</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Nonprofits and their relationships with data</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Data doesn’t have to be evil or scary; you can use data to make your life easier</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How you can use data to support your mission</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Data being personal rather than process</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What are value driven analytics and why they are important</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The two-way street of having a guest on your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Alexandra’s podcasting process</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The longer term vision of the Heart, Soul, and Data</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What data Alexandra uses when making goals for her podcast</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Alexandra’s company, Merakinos: </span><a href="https://merakinos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://merakinos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Heart, Soul, and Data podcast: </span><a href="https://heartsouldata.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://heartsouldata.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Merch store for the podcast: </span><a href="https://heart-soul-data.myspreadshop.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://heart-soul-data.myspreadshop.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a>...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Podcasting can be a really great medium for breaking down long-held ideas about a certain topic. 
On this episode, Sam is joined by Alexandra Mannerings of the Heart, Soul, and Data podcast to learn about how she is using her show as a platform to start conversation with organizations and individuals who may have been adverse to all things data in the past while opening new opportunities for her business.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Why analytics and data scares everyone and how Alexandra has made it accessible 
How do you use analytics to make the world a better place
Nonprofits and their relationships with data
Data doesn’t have to be evil or scary; you can use data to make your life easier
How you can use data to support your mission
Data being personal rather than process
What are value driven analytics and why they are important
The two-way street of having a guest on your podcast
Alexandra’s podcasting process
The longer term vision of the Heart, Soul, and Data
What data Alexandra uses when making goals for her podcast

Resources/Links:
Alexandra’s company, Merakinos: https://merakinos.com/ 
Heart, Soul, and Data podcast: https://heartsouldata.com/ 
Merch store for the podcast: https://heart-soul-data.myspreadshop.com/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Data Doesn't Have to Be Scary w/ Alexandra Mannerings]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting can be a really great medium for breaking down long-held ideas about a certain topic. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode, Sam is joined by </span><a href="https://merakinos.com/about-us/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Alexandra Mannerings</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> of the </span><a href="https://heartsouldata.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Heart, Soul, and Data podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> to learn about how she is using her show as a platform to start conversation with organizations and individuals who may have been adverse to all things data in the past while opening new opportunities for her business.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why analytics and data scares everyone and how Alexandra has made it accessible </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How do you use analytics to make the world a better place</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Nonprofits and their relationships with data</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Data doesn’t have to be evil or scary; you can use data to make your life easier</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How you can use data to support your mission</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Data being personal rather than process</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What are value driven analytics and why they are important</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The two-way street of having a guest on your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Alexandra’s podcasting process</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The longer term vision of the Heart, Soul, and Data</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What data Alexandra uses when making goals for her podcast</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Alexandra’s company, Merakinos: </span><a href="https://merakinos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://merakinos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Heart, Soul, and Data podcast: </span><a href="https://heartsouldata.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://heartsouldata.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Merch store for the podcast: </span><a href="https://heart-soul-data.myspreadshop.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://heart-soul-data.myspreadshop.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1/c9f0dee5-31e8-45b2-8135-fbf51c17f0d0/Data-Doesn-t-Have-to-Be-Scary-w-Alexandra-Mannerings.mp3" length="34816336"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Podcasting can be a really great medium for breaking down long-held ideas about a certain topic. 
On this episode, Sam is joined by Alexandra Mannerings of the Heart, Soul, and Data podcast to learn about how she is using her show as a platform to start conversation with organizations and individuals who may have been adverse to all things data in the past while opening new opportunities for her business.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Why analytics and data scares everyone and how Alexandra has made it accessible 
How do you use analytics to make the world a better place
Nonprofits and their relationships with data
Data doesn’t have to be evil or scary; you can use data to make your life easier
How you can use data to support your mission
Data being personal rather than process
What are value driven analytics and why they are important
The two-way street of having a guest on your podcast
Alexandra’s podcasting process
The longer term vision of the Heart, Soul, and Data
What data Alexandra uses when making goals for her podcast

Resources/Links:
Alexandra’s company, Merakinos: https://merakinos.com/ 
Heart, Soul, and Data podcast: https://heartsouldata.com/ 
Merch store for the podcast: https://heart-soul-data.myspreadshop.com/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:15</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Automations Engine and ConvertKit Integration]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 04 Nov 2021 13:17:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/automations-engine-and-convertkit-integration</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/automations-engine-and-convertkit-integration</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos’ private podcast automation makes it easier to make changes to subscriptions, engage with your audience, and make sure your content is secure. Today, Craig and Matt talk about Castos’ newest integrations and what it will mean for podcasters interested in private podcasting. The team is ecstatic about the ConvertKit integration which will allow podcasters to do wonderful things with their private podcasts. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The crew at Castos has been working hard to deliver some of the most requested integrations and features to help podcasters succeed. Craig talks about a few of those things including the newest integrations like ConvertKit, added security, and the endless possibilities for your podcast.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://convertkit.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">ConvertKit </span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">integration for private subscription</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Coming soon: </span><a href="https://stripe.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Stripe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, </span><a href="https://www.podia.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podia</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, and </span><a href="https://teachable.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Teachable</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The new branding and website at Castos</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Using private podcasting in conjunction with something else</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Working natively with the tools you always use</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tools that are better than Patreon</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The security of your private RSS feed</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Turning ebooks into (exclusive) audiobooks</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The ability to engage with your listeners</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Give feedback on what integration you want to see next: </span><a href="https://feedback.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://feedback.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a>...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Castos’ private podcast automation makes it easier to make changes to subscriptions, engage with your audience, and make sure your content is secure. Today, Craig and Matt talk about Castos’ newest integrations and what it will mean for podcasters interested in private podcasting. The team is ecstatic about the ConvertKit integration which will allow podcasters to do wonderful things with their private podcasts. 
The crew at Castos has been working hard to deliver some of the most requested integrations and features to help podcasters succeed. Craig talks about a few of those things including the newest integrations like ConvertKit, added security, and the endless possibilities for your podcast.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

ConvertKit integration for private subscription
Coming soon: Stripe, Podia, and Teachable
The new branding and website at Castos
Using private podcasting in conjunction with something else
Working natively with the tools you always use
Tools that are better than Patreon
The security of your private RSS feed
Turning ebooks into (exclusive) audiobooks
The ability to engage with your listeners

Resources/Links:
Give feedback on what integration you want to see next: https://feedback.castos.com/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Automations Engine and ConvertKit Integration]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos’ private podcast automation makes it easier to make changes to subscriptions, engage with your audience, and make sure your content is secure. Today, Craig and Matt talk about Castos’ newest integrations and what it will mean for podcasters interested in private podcasting. The team is ecstatic about the ConvertKit integration which will allow podcasters to do wonderful things with their private podcasts. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The crew at Castos has been working hard to deliver some of the most requested integrations and features to help podcasters succeed. Craig talks about a few of those things including the newest integrations like ConvertKit, added security, and the endless possibilities for your podcast.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://convertkit.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">ConvertKit </span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">integration for private subscription</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Coming soon: </span><a href="https://stripe.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Stripe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, </span><a href="https://www.podia.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podia</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, and </span><a href="https://teachable.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Teachable</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The new branding and website at Castos</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Using private podcasting in conjunction with something else</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Working natively with the tools you always use</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tools that are better than Patreon</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The security of your private RSS feed</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Turning ebooks into (exclusive) audiobooks</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The ability to engage with your listeners</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Give feedback on what integration you want to see next: </span><a href="https://feedback.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://feedback.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1/ab7aca08-ce80-435f-ac8e-656967d45c8e/Automations-Engine-and-ConvertKit-Integration.mp3" length="19174213"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Castos’ private podcast automation makes it easier to make changes to subscriptions, engage with your audience, and make sure your content is secure. Today, Craig and Matt talk about Castos’ newest integrations and what it will mean for podcasters interested in private podcasting. The team is ecstatic about the ConvertKit integration which will allow podcasters to do wonderful things with their private podcasts. 
The crew at Castos has been working hard to deliver some of the most requested integrations and features to help podcasters succeed. Craig talks about a few of those things including the newest integrations like ConvertKit, added security, and the endless possibilities for your podcast.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

ConvertKit integration for private subscription
Coming soon: Stripe, Podia, and Teachable
The new branding and website at Castos
Using private podcasting in conjunction with something else
Working natively with the tools you always use
Tools that are better than Patreon
The security of your private RSS feed
Turning ebooks into (exclusive) audiobooks
The ability to engage with your listeners

Resources/Links:
Give feedback on what integration you want to see next: https://feedback.castos.com/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:19:58</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Let's put on a show]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Fri, 29 Oct 2021 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/let39s-put-on-a-show</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/let39s-put-on-a-show</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Why do I want to start a podcast? What should my podcast be about? What do I want to get out of podcasting? These are the questions we’re talking about today on Audience. </span></p>
<p><a href="https://watchfiremusic.com/profile/peter-link"><span style="font-weight:400;">Peter Link</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, CEO of </span><a href="https://watchfiremusic.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Watchfire Music</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, joins us today, to talk about how to put on a good show. Peter goes over his process from concept to post-production, and how he uses his experience as a composer and lyricist when he produces his podcast, Scattershot Symphony. He also talks about how podcasting has helped him and why he loves it so much. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why it is all about the story</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Using your favorite podcasts as inspiration</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to bring your unique spin to a podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance and power of a title</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to repurpose your material for use in a podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The curation of a concept for an episode</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Writing for the ear and performing a narration</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Watchfire Music: </span><a href="https://watchfiremusic.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://watchfiremusic.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Scattershot Symphony, the Music of Peter Link: </span><a href="https://watchfiremusic.com/podcast"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://watchfiremusic.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Why do I want to start a podcast? What should my podcast be about? What do I want to get out of podcasting? These are the questions we’re talking about today on Audience. 
Peter Link, CEO of Watchfire Music, joins us today, to talk about how to put on a good show. Peter goes over his process from concept to post-production, and how he uses his experience as a composer and lyricist when he produces his podcast, Scattershot Symphony. He also talks about how podcasting has helped him and why he loves it so much. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Why it is all about the story
Using your favorite podcasts as inspiration
How to bring your unique spin to a podcast
The importance and power of a title
How to repurpose your material for use in a podcast
The curation of a concept for an episode
Writing for the ear and performing a narration

Resources/Links:
Watchfire Music: https://watchfiremusic.com/
Scattershot Symphony, the Music of Peter Link: https://watchfiremusic.com/podcast 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Let's put on a show]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Why do I want to start a podcast? What should my podcast be about? What do I want to get out of podcasting? These are the questions we’re talking about today on Audience. </span></p>
<p><a href="https://watchfiremusic.com/profile/peter-link"><span style="font-weight:400;">Peter Link</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, CEO of </span><a href="https://watchfiremusic.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Watchfire Music</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">, joins us today, to talk about how to put on a good show. Peter goes over his process from concept to post-production, and how he uses his experience as a composer and lyricist when he produces his podcast, Scattershot Symphony. He also talks about how podcasting has helped him and why he loves it so much. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why it is all about the story</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Using your favorite podcasts as inspiration</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to bring your unique spin to a podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance and power of a title</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to repurpose your material for use in a podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The curation of a concept for an episode</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Writing for the ear and performing a narration</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Watchfire Music: </span><a href="https://watchfiremusic.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://watchfiremusic.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Scattershot Symphony, the Music of Peter Link: </span><a href="https://watchfiremusic.com/podcast"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://watchfiremusic.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1/926f7b2d-6553-487a-900a-fc8f33d9fb10/Let-s-put-on-a-show.mp3" length="28184265"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Why do I want to start a podcast? What should my podcast be about? What do I want to get out of podcasting? These are the questions we’re talking about today on Audience. 
Peter Link, CEO of Watchfire Music, joins us today, to talk about how to put on a good show. Peter goes over his process from concept to post-production, and how he uses his experience as a composer and lyricist when he produces his podcast, Scattershot Symphony. He also talks about how podcasting has helped him and why he loves it so much. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Why it is all about the story
Using your favorite podcasts as inspiration
How to bring your unique spin to a podcast
The importance and power of a title
How to repurpose your material for use in a podcast
The curation of a concept for an episode
Writing for the ear and performing a narration

Resources/Links:
Watchfire Music: https://watchfiremusic.com/
Scattershot Symphony, the Music of Peter Link: https://watchfiremusic.com/podcast 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:19:33</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Craft Beer & Conversation: The Perfect Recipe for A Podcast w/ Joseph Bennecke]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 21 Oct 2021 05:01:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/craft-beer-conversation-the-perfect-recipe-for-a-podcast-w-joseph-bennecke</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/craft-beer-conversation-the-perfect-recipe-for-a-podcast-w-joseph-bennecke</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today on the Audience podcast, Sam Chlebowski brings you the latest episode of the Castos Creator’s Spotlight series. In this series, Sam talks with content creators (just like you) about where they came from, where they’re going, and also their tips, tricks, and advice for new podcasters. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode Sam is joined by Joseph Bennecke from the </span><a href="https://brews-with-the-homies.castos.com/"><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Brews with the Homies</span></em></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> podcast. In this episode, Sam and Joseph focus on building communities around podcasts and around beer. Joseph talks about how passion and friendship has fueled their podcast and how they are amassing a community around that passion. He gives tips on how to get started, how to build your audience, not to mention, a few tips on glassware as well.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Joseph and </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Brews with the Homies</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;"> got started </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The community around beer</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Drinking it fresh versus collecting your favorites</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How glassware and environment impact beer</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Jumping in and getting started with your podcast</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What should the format be?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Enjoying the process</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Growth of the podcast and building the community</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Open lines of communication</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Utilizing giveaways </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Marketing techniques</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Natural conversations versus scripted content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Joseph’s recording process</span></li>
</ul></li>

</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Brews with the Homies Podcast: </span><a href="https://brews-with-the-homies.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://brews-with-the-homies.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Brews with the Homies Instagram: </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/brewswth/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.instagram.com/brewswth/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcas...</span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Today on the Audience podcast, Sam Chlebowski brings you the latest episode of the Castos Creator’s Spotlight series. In this series, Sam talks with content creators (just like you) about where they came from, where they’re going, and also their tips, tricks, and advice for new podcasters. 
In this episode Sam is joined by Joseph Bennecke from the Brews with the Homies podcast. In this episode, Sam and Joseph focus on building communities around podcasts and around beer. Joseph talks about how passion and friendship has fueled their podcast and how they are amassing a community around that passion. He gives tips on how to get started, how to build your audience, not to mention, a few tips on glassware as well.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

How Joseph and Brews with the Homies got started 
The community around beer
Drinking it fresh versus collecting your favorites
How glassware and environment impact beer


Jumping in and getting started with your podcast
What should the format be?
Enjoying the process


Growth of the podcast and building the community
Open lines of communication
Utilizing giveaways 
Marketing techniques
Natural conversations versus scripted content
Joseph’s recording process



Resources/Links:
Brews with the Homies Podcast: https://brews-with-the-homies.castos.com/ 
Brews with the Homies Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brewswth/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcas...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Craft Beer & Conversation: The Perfect Recipe for A Podcast w/ Joseph Bennecke]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today on the Audience podcast, Sam Chlebowski brings you the latest episode of the Castos Creator’s Spotlight series. In this series, Sam talks with content creators (just like you) about where they came from, where they’re going, and also their tips, tricks, and advice for new podcasters. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode Sam is joined by Joseph Bennecke from the </span><a href="https://brews-with-the-homies.castos.com/"><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Brews with the Homies</span></em></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> podcast. In this episode, Sam and Joseph focus on building communities around podcasts and around beer. Joseph talks about how passion and friendship has fueled their podcast and how they are amassing a community around that passion. He gives tips on how to get started, how to build your audience, not to mention, a few tips on glassware as well.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Joseph and </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Brews with the Homies</span></em><span style="font-weight:400;"> got started </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The community around beer</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Drinking it fresh versus collecting your favorites</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How glassware and environment impact beer</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Jumping in and getting started with your podcast</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What should the format be?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Enjoying the process</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Growth of the podcast and building the community</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Open lines of communication</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Utilizing giveaways </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Marketing techniques</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Natural conversations versus scripted content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Joseph’s recording process</span></li>
</ul></li>

</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Brews with the Homies Podcast: </span><a href="https://brews-with-the-homies.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://brews-with-the-homies.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Brews with the Homies Instagram: </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/brewswth/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.instagram.com/brewswth/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1/9375d4c6-d557-4874-8739-f4b914a4d9db/Craft-Beer-Conversation-The-Perfect-Recipe-for-A-Podcast-w-Joseph-Bennecke.mp3" length="34144676"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Today on the Audience podcast, Sam Chlebowski brings you the latest episode of the Castos Creator’s Spotlight series. In this series, Sam talks with content creators (just like you) about where they came from, where they’re going, and also their tips, tricks, and advice for new podcasters. 
In this episode Sam is joined by Joseph Bennecke from the Brews with the Homies podcast. In this episode, Sam and Joseph focus on building communities around podcasts and around beer. Joseph talks about how passion and friendship has fueled their podcast and how they are amassing a community around that passion. He gives tips on how to get started, how to build your audience, not to mention, a few tips on glassware as well.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

How Joseph and Brews with the Homies got started 
The community around beer
Drinking it fresh versus collecting your favorites
How glassware and environment impact beer


Jumping in and getting started with your podcast
What should the format be?
Enjoying the process


Growth of the podcast and building the community
Open lines of communication
Utilizing giveaways 
Marketing techniques
Natural conversations versus scripted content
Joseph’s recording process



Resources/Links:
Brews with the Homies Podcast: https://brews-with-the-homies.castos.com/ 
Brews with the Homies Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brewswth/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcas...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:35:33</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Ushering in a community for your podcast w/ Arielle Nissenblatt]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 14 Oct 2021 07:38:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/ushering-in-a-community-for-your-podcast-w-arielle-nissenblatt</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/ushering-in-a-community-for-your-podcast-w-arielle-nissenblatt</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks with Arielle Nissenblatt about building a community around your podcast. There are so many great takeaways from this episode, from community engagement to building an audience, podcasting habits to monetization. Arielle lends her expertise in answering Matt’s questions about podcasting and Twitter.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Arielle is a podcast expert in every sense of the word. She founded the EarBuds Podcast Collective in 2017, a podcast recommendation engine which sends a themed newsletter (including five podcast episodes centered around that theme) each week. She has also been the emcee for the Outlier Podcast Festival, attended the Salt Institute in Portland, ME for documentary studies, and has worked with podcast industry leaders to establish the Podcast Taxonomy system. The Podcast Taxonomy system aims to systematize roles for audio and podcast production.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Mental investments to building community</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Where to house your community</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Questions to ask to establish what your audience and peers want</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Beta testers as community members</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Where is your audience most active?</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Getting through the overhead of customers that know nothing about podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Engaging and gripping content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Monetization and independent creators</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Arielle’s podcasting and Twitter habits</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Arielle Nissenblatt on Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/arithisandthat?ref_src=twsrc%5Egoogle%7Ctwcamp%5Eserp%7Ctwgr%5Eauthor"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/arithisandthat?ref_src=twsrc%5Egoogle%7Ctwcamp%5Eserp%7Ctwgr%5Eauthor</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Arielle Nissenblatt’s website: </span><a href="https://www.ariellenissenblatt.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.ariellenissenblatt.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p>&lt;...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks with Arielle Nissenblatt about building a community around your podcast. There are so many great takeaways from this episode, from community engagement to building an audience, podcasting habits to monetization. Arielle lends her expertise in answering Matt’s questions about podcasting and Twitter.
Arielle is a podcast expert in every sense of the word. She founded the EarBuds Podcast Collective in 2017, a podcast recommendation engine which sends a themed newsletter (including five podcast episodes centered around that theme) each week. She has also been the emcee for the Outlier Podcast Festival, attended the Salt Institute in Portland, ME for documentary studies, and has worked with podcast industry leaders to establish the Podcast Taxonomy system. The Podcast Taxonomy system aims to systematize roles for audio and podcast production.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Mental investments to building community
Where to house your community
Questions to ask to establish what your audience and peers want
Beta testers as community members
Where is your audience most active?


Getting through the overhead of customers that know nothing about podcasting
Engaging and gripping content
Monetization and independent creators
Arielle’s podcasting and Twitter habits

Resources/Links:
Arielle Nissenblatt on Twitter: https://twitter.com/arithisandthat?ref_src=twsrc%5Egoogle%7Ctwcamp%5Eserp%7Ctwgr%5Eauthor 
Arielle Nissenblatt’s website: https://www.ariellenissenblatt.com/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
<...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Ushering in a community for your podcast w/ Arielle Nissenblatt]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks with Arielle Nissenblatt about building a community around your podcast. There are so many great takeaways from this episode, from community engagement to building an audience, podcasting habits to monetization. Arielle lends her expertise in answering Matt’s questions about podcasting and Twitter.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Arielle is a podcast expert in every sense of the word. She founded the EarBuds Podcast Collective in 2017, a podcast recommendation engine which sends a themed newsletter (including five podcast episodes centered around that theme) each week. She has also been the emcee for the Outlier Podcast Festival, attended the Salt Institute in Portland, ME for documentary studies, and has worked with podcast industry leaders to establish the Podcast Taxonomy system. The Podcast Taxonomy system aims to systematize roles for audio and podcast production.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Mental investments to building community</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Where to house your community</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Questions to ask to establish what your audience and peers want</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Beta testers as community members</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Where is your audience most active?</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Getting through the overhead of customers that know nothing about podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Engaging and gripping content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Monetization and independent creators</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Arielle’s podcasting and Twitter habits</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Arielle Nissenblatt on Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/arithisandthat?ref_src=twsrc%5Egoogle%7Ctwcamp%5Eserp%7Ctwgr%5Eauthor"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/arithisandthat?ref_src=twsrc%5Egoogle%7Ctwcamp%5Eserp%7Ctwgr%5Eauthor</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Arielle Nissenblatt’s website: </span><a href="https://www.ariellenissenblatt.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.ariellenissenblatt.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1/3fa61912-1574-4db2-a213-2884555067da/Arielle-Nissenblatt-on-building-community-around-your-podcast.mp3" length="43663104"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks with Arielle Nissenblatt about building a community around your podcast. There are so many great takeaways from this episode, from community engagement to building an audience, podcasting habits to monetization. Arielle lends her expertise in answering Matt’s questions about podcasting and Twitter.
Arielle is a podcast expert in every sense of the word. She founded the EarBuds Podcast Collective in 2017, a podcast recommendation engine which sends a themed newsletter (including five podcast episodes centered around that theme) each week. She has also been the emcee for the Outlier Podcast Festival, attended the Salt Institute in Portland, ME for documentary studies, and has worked with podcast industry leaders to establish the Podcast Taxonomy system. The Podcast Taxonomy system aims to systematize roles for audio and podcast production.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Mental investments to building community
Where to house your community
Questions to ask to establish what your audience and peers want
Beta testers as community members
Where is your audience most active?


Getting through the overhead of customers that know nothing about podcasting
Engaging and gripping content
Monetization and independent creators
Arielle’s podcasting and Twitter habits

Resources/Links:
Arielle Nissenblatt on Twitter: https://twitter.com/arithisandthat?ref_src=twsrc%5Egoogle%7Ctwcamp%5Eserp%7Ctwgr%5Eauthor 
Arielle Nissenblatt’s website: https://www.ariellenissenblatt.com/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
<...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:30:16</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Nathan Gathright of Steno.fm]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 07 Oct 2021 11:01:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/nathan-gathright-of-stenofm</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/nathan-gathright-of-stenofm</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks with podcast veteran Nathan Gathright about his latest venture: Steno.FM. The podcast 2.0 movement is bringing a lot of great things to podcasters and listeners. This also means transcripts. Descript is great for podcasters who need to work on their own podcasts, but what about listeners? There are a limited number of podcasting apps that have transcript features. Enter: Steno.FM. But we’ll let Nathan talk about that.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Matt and Nathan also talk about the future of podcasting, the latest in podcasting news, what’s going on with Apple, and Nathan’s tips for new podcasters.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The story behind and development of Steno.FM</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Where is the podcasting industry going?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Apple’s bumbling of podcasts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The “Twitter Tips” feature and getting paid </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Apple’s ruling and in-app purchases</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Steno.FM and podcast transcripts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why transcripts are so important to Nathan and why they should be important to podcasters</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Steno.FM works</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Nathan’s Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/NathanG"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/NathanG</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Lightning Network: </span><a href="https://lightning.network/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://lightning.network/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Steno.FM: </span><a href="https://www.steno.fm/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.steno.fm/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">“Apple must allow other forms of in-app purchase, rules judge in Epic v. Apple”: </span><a href="https://www.theverge.com/2021/9/10/22662320/epic-apple-ruling-injunction-judge-court-app-store"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.theverge.com/2021/9/10/22662320/epic-apple-ruling-injunction-judge-court-app-store</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Twitter Tips: </span><a href="https://blog.twitter.com/en_us/topics/product/2021/bringing-tips-to-everyone"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://blog.twitter.com/en_us/topics/product/2021/bringing-tips-to-everyone</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Audience’s new home: </span><a href="https://castos.com/series/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/audience/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos...</span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks with podcast veteran Nathan Gathright about his latest venture: Steno.FM. The podcast 2.0 movement is bringing a lot of great things to podcasters and listeners. This also means transcripts. Descript is great for podcasters who need to work on their own podcasts, but what about listeners? There are a limited number of podcasting apps that have transcript features. Enter: Steno.FM. But we’ll let Nathan talk about that.
Matt and Nathan also talk about the future of podcasting, the latest in podcasting news, what’s going on with Apple, and Nathan’s tips for new podcasters.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

The story behind and development of Steno.FM
Where is the podcasting industry going?
Apple’s bumbling of podcasts
The “Twitter Tips” feature and getting paid 
Apple’s ruling and in-app purchases
Steno.FM and podcast transcripts
Why transcripts are so important to Nathan and why they should be important to podcasters
How Steno.FM works

Resources/Links:
Nathan’s Twitter: https://twitter.com/NathanG 
The Lightning Network: https://lightning.network/ 
Steno.FM: https://www.steno.fm/ 
“Apple must allow other forms of in-app purchase, rules judge in Epic v. Apple”: https://www.theverge.com/2021/9/10/22662320/epic-apple-ruling-injunction-judge-court-app-store 
Twitter Tips: https://blog.twitter.com/en_us/topics/product/2021/bringing-tips-to-everyone 
Audience’s new home: https://castos.com/audience/ 
Castos...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Nathan Gathright of Steno.fm]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks with podcast veteran Nathan Gathright about his latest venture: Steno.FM. The podcast 2.0 movement is bringing a lot of great things to podcasters and listeners. This also means transcripts. Descript is great for podcasters who need to work on their own podcasts, but what about listeners? There are a limited number of podcasting apps that have transcript features. Enter: Steno.FM. But we’ll let Nathan talk about that.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Matt and Nathan also talk about the future of podcasting, the latest in podcasting news, what’s going on with Apple, and Nathan’s tips for new podcasters.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The story behind and development of Steno.FM</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Where is the podcasting industry going?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Apple’s bumbling of podcasts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The “Twitter Tips” feature and getting paid </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Apple’s ruling and in-app purchases</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Steno.FM and podcast transcripts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why transcripts are so important to Nathan and why they should be important to podcasters</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Steno.FM works</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Nathan’s Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/NathanG"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/NathanG</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Lightning Network: </span><a href="https://lightning.network/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://lightning.network/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Steno.FM: </span><a href="https://www.steno.fm/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.steno.fm/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">“Apple must allow other forms of in-app purchase, rules judge in Epic v. Apple”: </span><a href="https://www.theverge.com/2021/9/10/22662320/epic-apple-ruling-injunction-judge-court-app-store"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.theverge.com/2021/9/10/22662320/epic-apple-ruling-injunction-judge-court-app-store</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Twitter Tips: </span><a href="https://blog.twitter.com/en_us/topics/product/2021/bringing-tips-to-everyone"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://blog.twitter.com/en_us/topics/product/2021/bringing-tips-to-everyone</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Audience’s new home: </span><a href="https://castos.com/series/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/audience/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1/aeb8064d-0447-4a3d-9044-00fabdc912c6/Nathan-Gathright-Audience-Podcast.mp3" length="41720730"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks with podcast veteran Nathan Gathright about his latest venture: Steno.FM. The podcast 2.0 movement is bringing a lot of great things to podcasters and listeners. This also means transcripts. Descript is great for podcasters who need to work on their own podcasts, but what about listeners? There are a limited number of podcasting apps that have transcript features. Enter: Steno.FM. But we’ll let Nathan talk about that.
Matt and Nathan also talk about the future of podcasting, the latest in podcasting news, what’s going on with Apple, and Nathan’s tips for new podcasters.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

The story behind and development of Steno.FM
Where is the podcasting industry going?
Apple’s bumbling of podcasts
The “Twitter Tips” feature and getting paid 
Apple’s ruling and in-app purchases
Steno.FM and podcast transcripts
Why transcripts are so important to Nathan and why they should be important to podcasters
How Steno.FM works

Resources/Links:
Nathan’s Twitter: https://twitter.com/NathanG 
The Lightning Network: https://lightning.network/ 
Steno.FM: https://www.steno.fm/ 
“Apple must allow other forms of in-app purchase, rules judge in Epic v. Apple”: https://www.theverge.com/2021/9/10/22662320/epic-apple-ruling-injunction-judge-court-app-store 
Twitter Tips: https://blog.twitter.com/en_us/topics/product/2021/bringing-tips-to-everyone 
Audience’s new home: https://castos.com/audience/ 
Castos...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:28:55</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Behind The Scenes Of A Brand Redesign]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 30 Sep 2021 11:34:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/behind-the-scenes-of-a-brand-redesign</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/behind-the-scenes-of-a-brand-redesign</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode Craig takes you behind the scenes with 3 Castos team members as we describe the process of the brand redesign we're launching today.  Recreating a brand, even after just a few years, is a major undertaking, but one that every brand (and yes, your podcast is a "brand") should consider.  Taking the time to properly align your mission, vision, and goals with the actual visual elements that you put out into the world goes a long way towards conveying brand consistency and trust with your fans.  Resources Mentioned In This Episode: 3 Hour Brand Sprint Castos' Tempo Style Guide Castos Originals</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode Craig takes you behind the scenes with 3 Castos team members as we describe the process of the brand redesign we're launching today.  Recreating a brand, even after just a few years, is a major undertaking, but one that every brand (and yes, your podcast is a "brand") should consider.  Taking the time to properly align your mission, vision, and goals with the actual visual elements that you put out into the world goes a long way towards conveying brand consistency and trust with your fans.  Resources Mentioned In This Episode: 3 Hour Brand Sprint Castos' Tempo Style Guide Castos Originals]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Behind The Scenes Of A Brand Redesign]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode Craig takes you behind the scenes with 3 Castos team members as we describe the process of the brand redesign we're launching today.  Recreating a brand, even after just a few years, is a major undertaking, but one that every brand (and yes, your podcast is a "brand") should consider.  Taking the time to properly align your mission, vision, and goals with the actual visual elements that you put out into the world goes a long way towards conveying brand consistency and trust with your fans.  Resources Mentioned In This Episode: 3 Hour Brand Sprint Castos' Tempo Style Guide Castos Originals</p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/1/438368fd-43fa-4640-abe0-6bace9faeccd/Audience-Behind-The-Scenes-Of-A-Brand-Redesign.mp3" length="41265446"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode Craig takes you behind the scenes with 3 Castos team members as we describe the process of the brand redesign we're launching today.  Recreating a brand, even after just a few years, is a major undertaking, but one that every brand (and yes, your podcast is a "brand") should consider.  Taking the time to properly align your mission, vision, and goals with the actual visual elements that you put out into the world goes a long way towards conveying brand consistency and trust with your fans.  Resources Mentioned In This Episode: 3 Hour Brand Sprint Castos' Tempo Style Guide Castos Originals]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:42:58</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Thriving On Twitter with Bridget Willard]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 23 Sep 2021 13:46:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/thriving-on-twitter-with-bridget-willard</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/thriving-on-twitter-with-bridget-willard</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p></p>
<p>There aren't many more well-understood growth channels for a brand's audience than social media. But like a lot of things when it comes to growing your brand, it's often not complicated, but it's hard.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Twitter in particular is a favorite for brands (and let's face it, your podcast is a 'brand' whether you've admitted it to yourself or not) to grow their reach and drive traffic back to a website.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Today Craig sits down with Bridget Willard, social media management pro, and someone who has been helping the Castos team manage their Twitter presence for the last few months.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>The Castos team decided to invest in a dedicated person to help with social media management, and Twitter in particular, because they know that it's vital to meet your audience members wherever they want to engage with you.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>When it comes to podcasting we know this as listing in directories like Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Amazon Music, and Google Podcasts. But the conversation often goes on beyond just the episode, and for a lot of podcasters the social media platform of choice is Twitter.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>In this episode Craig and Bridget talk through:</p>
<p> </p>
<ul>
<li>How Bridget approaches organically and genuinely growing a brand's audience</li>
<li>Particular tools and frameworks that you can use to grow your own social media following</li>
<li>Why Twitter in particular is such a great platform for bringing traffic back to your website</li>
<li>Why connection and a sense of belonging drive everything that we do when it comes to marketing our podcasts</li>
<li>What the end goal of engagement on social media should be for us all</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p>Hope you enjoy this conversation with Bridget. To find out more about her please check her out on <a href="https://bridgetwillard.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">BridgetWillard.com</a></p>
<p></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
There aren't many more well-understood growth channels for a brand's audience than social media. But like a lot of things when it comes to growing your brand, it's often not complicated, but it's hard.
 
Twitter in particular is a favorite for brands (and let's face it, your podcast is a 'brand' whether you've admitted it to yourself or not) to grow their reach and drive traffic back to a website.
 
Today Craig sits down with Bridget Willard, social media management pro, and someone who has been helping the Castos team manage their Twitter presence for the last few months.
 
The Castos team decided to invest in a dedicated person to help with social media management, and Twitter in particular, because they know that it's vital to meet your audience members wherever they want to engage with you.
 
When it comes to podcasting we know this as listing in directories like Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Amazon Music, and Google Podcasts. But the conversation often goes on beyond just the episode, and for a lot of podcasters the social media platform of choice is Twitter.
 
In this episode Craig and Bridget talk through:
 

How Bridget approaches organically and genuinely growing a brand's audience
Particular tools and frameworks that you can use to grow your own social media following
Why Twitter in particular is such a great platform for bringing traffic back to your website
Why connection and a sense of belonging drive everything that we do when it comes to marketing our podcasts
What the end goal of engagement on social media should be for us all

 
Hope you enjoy this conversation with Bridget. To find out more about her please check her out on BridgetWillard.com
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Thriving On Twitter with Bridget Willard]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p></p>
<p>There aren't many more well-understood growth channels for a brand's audience than social media. But like a lot of things when it comes to growing your brand, it's often not complicated, but it's hard.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Twitter in particular is a favorite for brands (and let's face it, your podcast is a 'brand' whether you've admitted it to yourself or not) to grow their reach and drive traffic back to a website.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Today Craig sits down with Bridget Willard, social media management pro, and someone who has been helping the Castos team manage their Twitter presence for the last few months.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>The Castos team decided to invest in a dedicated person to help with social media management, and Twitter in particular, because they know that it's vital to meet your audience members wherever they want to engage with you.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>When it comes to podcasting we know this as listing in directories like Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Amazon Music, and Google Podcasts. But the conversation often goes on beyond just the episode, and for a lot of podcasters the social media platform of choice is Twitter.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>In this episode Craig and Bridget talk through:</p>
<p> </p>
<ul>
<li>How Bridget approaches organically and genuinely growing a brand's audience</li>
<li>Particular tools and frameworks that you can use to grow your own social media following</li>
<li>Why Twitter in particular is such a great platform for bringing traffic back to your website</li>
<li>Why connection and a sense of belonging drive everything that we do when it comes to marketing our podcasts</li>
<li>What the end goal of engagement on social media should be for us all</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p>Hope you enjoy this conversation with Bridget. To find out more about her please check her out on <a href="https://bridgetwillard.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">BridgetWillard.com</a></p>
<p></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Audience-Bridget-Willard.mp3" length="27808832"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
There aren't many more well-understood growth channels for a brand's audience than social media. But like a lot of things when it comes to growing your brand, it's often not complicated, but it's hard.
 
Twitter in particular is a favorite for brands (and let's face it, your podcast is a 'brand' whether you've admitted it to yourself or not) to grow their reach and drive traffic back to a website.
 
Today Craig sits down with Bridget Willard, social media management pro, and someone who has been helping the Castos team manage their Twitter presence for the last few months.
 
The Castos team decided to invest in a dedicated person to help with social media management, and Twitter in particular, because they know that it's vital to meet your audience members wherever they want to engage with you.
 
When it comes to podcasting we know this as listing in directories like Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Amazon Music, and Google Podcasts. But the conversation often goes on beyond just the episode, and for a lot of podcasters the social media platform of choice is Twitter.
 
In this episode Craig and Bridget talk through:
 

How Bridget approaches organically and genuinely growing a brand's audience
Particular tools and frameworks that you can use to grow your own social media following
Why Twitter in particular is such a great platform for bringing traffic back to your website
Why connection and a sense of belonging drive everything that we do when it comes to marketing our podcasts
What the end goal of engagement on social media should be for us all

 
Hope you enjoy this conversation with Bridget. To find out more about her please check her out on BridgetWillard.com
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:28:57</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Podcasting with Friends]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 16 Sep 2021 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/podcasting-with-friends</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/podcasting-with-friends</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks about a different type of podcast. While most of the Audience podcast episodes focus on podcasts and podcasters who want to glean financial value and brand awareness from their work, other podcasts originate from a group of friends hanging out. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today, Stuart focuses on a few podcasts which have started off that way. Renee from the ConspiraTea Podcast and Gavin from the What Kind of Monster Are You Podcast share their formula for success and how their podcasts have helped their friendships evolve. This begs the question, do you and your friends have a podcast in you?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The effectiveness and challenge of gleaning value from podcasts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The different approaches to podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">ConspiraTea:</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Starting a podcast...that already existed outside of podcasts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">ConspiraTea’s research process and how to create a podcast that feels like a conversation</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How improv and podcasting with friends are similar </span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What Kind of Monster Are You:</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Turning conversations into podcasts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How the podcast has helped their friendship</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">My Brother, My Brother and Me</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Fantasy Footballer’s Podcast</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">ConspiraTea Podcast: </span><a href="https://linktr.ee/conspirateapod"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://linktr.ee/conspirateapod</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">What Kind of Monster Are You: </span><a href="https://www.listennotes.com/podcasts/what-kind-of-monster-are-you-what-kind-of-AqIwdmX9YKU/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.listennotes.com/podcasts/what-kind-of-monster-are-you-what-kind-of-AqIwdmX9YKU/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">My Brother, My Brother and Me: </span><a href="https://maximumfun.org/podcasts/my-brother-my-brother-and-me/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://maximumfun.org/podcasts/my-brother-my-brother-and-me/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Fantasy Footballer’s Podcast: </span><a href="https://www.thefantasyfootballers.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.thefantasyfootballers.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks about a different type of podcast. While most of the Audience podcast episodes focus on podcasts and podcasters who want to glean financial value and brand awareness from their work, other podcasts originate from a group of friends hanging out. 
Today, Stuart focuses on a few podcasts which have started off that way. Renee from the ConspiraTea Podcast and Gavin from the What Kind of Monster Are You Podcast share their formula for success and how their podcasts have helped their friendships evolve. This begs the question, do you and your friends have a podcast in you?
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

The effectiveness and challenge of gleaning value from podcasts
The different approaches to podcasting
ConspiraTea:
Starting a podcast...that already existed outside of podcasts
ConspiraTea’s research process and how to create a podcast that feels like a conversation
How improv and podcasting with friends are similar 


What Kind of Monster Are You:
Turning conversations into podcasts
How the podcast has helped their friendship


My Brother, My Brother and Me
The Fantasy Footballer’s Podcast

Resources/Links:
ConspiraTea Podcast: https://linktr.ee/conspirateapod 
What Kind of Monster Are You: https://www.listennotes.com/podcasts/what-kind-of-monster-are-you-what-kind-of-AqIwdmX9YKU/ 
My Brother, My Brother and Me: https://maximumfun.org/podcasts/my-brother-my-brother-and-me/ 
The Fantasy Footballer’s Podcast: https://www.thefantasyfootballers.com/ 
Castos Academy: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Podcasting with Friends]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks about a different type of podcast. While most of the Audience podcast episodes focus on podcasts and podcasters who want to glean financial value and brand awareness from their work, other podcasts originate from a group of friends hanging out. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today, Stuart focuses on a few podcasts which have started off that way. Renee from the ConspiraTea Podcast and Gavin from the What Kind of Monster Are You Podcast share their formula for success and how their podcasts have helped their friendships evolve. This begs the question, do you and your friends have a podcast in you?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The effectiveness and challenge of gleaning value from podcasts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The different approaches to podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">ConspiraTea:</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Starting a podcast...that already existed outside of podcasts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">ConspiraTea’s research process and how to create a podcast that feels like a conversation</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How improv and podcasting with friends are similar </span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What Kind of Monster Are You:</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Turning conversations into podcasts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How the podcast has helped their friendship</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">My Brother, My Brother and Me</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Fantasy Footballer’s Podcast</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">ConspiraTea Podcast: </span><a href="https://linktr.ee/conspirateapod"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://linktr.ee/conspirateapod</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">What Kind of Monster Are You: </span><a href="https://www.listennotes.com/podcasts/what-kind-of-monster-are-you-what-kind-of-AqIwdmX9YKU/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.listennotes.com/podcasts/what-kind-of-monster-are-you-what-kind-of-AqIwdmX9YKU/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">My Brother, My Brother and Me: </span><a href="https://maximumfun.org/podcasts/my-brother-my-brother-and-me/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://maximumfun.org/podcasts/my-brother-my-brother-and-me/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Fantasy Footballer’s Podcast: </span><a href="https://www.thefantasyfootballers.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.thefantasyfootballers.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Podcasting-with-Friends.mp3" length="14375623"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks about a different type of podcast. While most of the Audience podcast episodes focus on podcasts and podcasters who want to glean financial value and brand awareness from their work, other podcasts originate from a group of friends hanging out. 
Today, Stuart focuses on a few podcasts which have started off that way. Renee from the ConspiraTea Podcast and Gavin from the What Kind of Monster Are You Podcast share their formula for success and how their podcasts have helped their friendships evolve. This begs the question, do you and your friends have a podcast in you?
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

The effectiveness and challenge of gleaning value from podcasts
The different approaches to podcasting
ConspiraTea:
Starting a podcast...that already existed outside of podcasts
ConspiraTea’s research process and how to create a podcast that feels like a conversation
How improv and podcasting with friends are similar 


What Kind of Monster Are You:
Turning conversations into podcasts
How the podcast has helped their friendship


My Brother, My Brother and Me
The Fantasy Footballer’s Podcast

Resources/Links:
ConspiraTea Podcast: https://linktr.ee/conspirateapod 
What Kind of Monster Are You: https://www.listennotes.com/podcasts/what-kind-of-monster-are-you-what-kind-of-AqIwdmX9YKU/ 
My Brother, My Brother and Me: https://maximumfun.org/podcasts/my-brother-my-brother-and-me/ 
The Fantasy Footballer’s Podcast: https://www.thefantasyfootballers.com/ 
Castos Academy: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:14:58</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Starting a Conversation and Engaging Your Community with Chris Desmond]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 07 Sep 2021 15:22:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/starting-a-conversation-and-engaging-your-community-with-chris-desmond</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/starting-a-conversation-and-engaging-your-community-with-chris-desmond</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this week’s episode of the Creator’s Spotlight series, Sam talks with Chris Desmond about how to start a conversation and engage with your podcasting community. Chris’ healthcare background easily transferred into a podcasting hobby. It has since morphed even more, changing from a hobby, to a mental health tool, to a resource for the healthcare community. Sam and Chris share their advice about how to create these communities as well as tips for interviewing, making the editing process smoother and faster, and the advantages of setting up a recording schedule.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Grounding yourself and setting up a recording schedule</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Chris’ tips for interviewing guests</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Chris’ background in healthcare and how it led to podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Burnout and how healthcare practitioners take care of themselves</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tips for new podcasters</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tips for a faster podcasting process</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Batching podcasting duties</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Balancing your time between podcasting and your personal life</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tools for editing</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why Chris decided to develop memberships for his podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Advice for podcasters who have a professional community</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Art of Healthcare Podcast: </span><a href="https://the-art-of-healthcare.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://the-art-of-healthcare.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Art of Healthcare: </span><a href="https://artofhealthcare.nz/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://artofhealthcare.nz/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Uncomfortable is OK Podcast: </span><a href="https://uncomfortableisok.libsyn.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://uncomfortableisok.libsyn.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Mighty Networks: </span><a href="https://www.mightynetworks.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.mightynetworks.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Descript: </span><a href="https://www.descript.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.descript.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Audacity: </span><a href="https://www.audacityteam.org/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.audacityteam.org/</span></a><span></span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this week’s episode of the Creator’s Spotlight series, Sam talks with Chris Desmond about how to start a conversation and engage with your podcasting community. Chris’ healthcare background easily transferred into a podcasting hobby. It has since morphed even more, changing from a hobby, to a mental health tool, to a resource for the healthcare community. Sam and Chris share their advice about how to create these communities as well as tips for interviewing, making the editing process smoother and faster, and the advantages of setting up a recording schedule.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Grounding yourself and setting up a recording schedule
Chris’ tips for interviewing guests
Chris’ background in healthcare and how it led to podcasting
Burnout and how healthcare practitioners take care of themselves
Tips for new podcasters
Tips for a faster podcasting process
Batching podcasting duties
Balancing your time between podcasting and your personal life
Tools for editing


Why Chris decided to develop memberships for his podcast
Advice for podcasters who have a professional community

Resources/Links:
The Art of Healthcare Podcast: https://the-art-of-healthcare.castos.com/ 
The Art of Healthcare: https://artofhealthcare.nz/ 
Uncomfortable is OK Podcast: https://uncomfortableisok.libsyn.com/ 
Mighty Networks: https://www.mightynetworks.com/ 
Descript: https://www.descript.com/ 
Audacity: https://www.audacityteam.org/]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Starting a Conversation and Engaging Your Community with Chris Desmond]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this week’s episode of the Creator’s Spotlight series, Sam talks with Chris Desmond about how to start a conversation and engage with your podcasting community. Chris’ healthcare background easily transferred into a podcasting hobby. It has since morphed even more, changing from a hobby, to a mental health tool, to a resource for the healthcare community. Sam and Chris share their advice about how to create these communities as well as tips for interviewing, making the editing process smoother and faster, and the advantages of setting up a recording schedule.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Grounding yourself and setting up a recording schedule</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Chris’ tips for interviewing guests</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Chris’ background in healthcare and how it led to podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Burnout and how healthcare practitioners take care of themselves</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tips for new podcasters</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tips for a faster podcasting process</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Batching podcasting duties</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Balancing your time between podcasting and your personal life</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tools for editing</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why Chris decided to develop memberships for his podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Advice for podcasters who have a professional community</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Art of Healthcare Podcast: </span><a href="https://the-art-of-healthcare.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://the-art-of-healthcare.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Art of Healthcare: </span><a href="https://artofhealthcare.nz/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://artofhealthcare.nz/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Uncomfortable is OK Podcast: </span><a href="https://uncomfortableisok.libsyn.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://uncomfortableisok.libsyn.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Mighty Networks: </span><a href="https://www.mightynetworks.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.mightynetworks.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Descript: </span><a href="https://www.descript.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.descript.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Audacity: </span><a href="https://www.audacityteam.org/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.audacityteam.org/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Starting-a-Conversation-and-Engaging-Your-Community-with-Chris-Desmond.mp3" length="40100594"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this week’s episode of the Creator’s Spotlight series, Sam talks with Chris Desmond about how to start a conversation and engage with your podcasting community. Chris’ healthcare background easily transferred into a podcasting hobby. It has since morphed even more, changing from a hobby, to a mental health tool, to a resource for the healthcare community. Sam and Chris share their advice about how to create these communities as well as tips for interviewing, making the editing process smoother and faster, and the advantages of setting up a recording schedule.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Grounding yourself and setting up a recording schedule
Chris’ tips for interviewing guests
Chris’ background in healthcare and how it led to podcasting
Burnout and how healthcare practitioners take care of themselves
Tips for new podcasters
Tips for a faster podcasting process
Batching podcasting duties
Balancing your time between podcasting and your personal life
Tools for editing


Why Chris decided to develop memberships for his podcast
Advice for podcasters who have a professional community

Resources/Links:
The Art of Healthcare Podcast: https://the-art-of-healthcare.castos.com/ 
The Art of Healthcare: https://artofhealthcare.nz/ 
Uncomfortable is OK Podcast: https://uncomfortableisok.libsyn.com/ 
Mighty Networks: https://www.mightynetworks.com/ 
Descript: https://www.descript.com/ 
Audacity: https://www.audacityteam.org/]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:41:46</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[10 Ways to save time as a busy podcaster]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 02 Sep 2021 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/10-ways-to-save-time-as-a-busy-podcaster</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/10-ways-to-save-time-as-a-busy-podcaster</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Today’s episode is all about saving time as a podcaster, especially a solo podcaster. </p>
<p>Running a podcast resembles running a small business more than you might have guessed...or hoped. </p>
<p>As small business owners, you’re responsible for wearing many hats. If you’ve ever launched a business, you quickly found out that not only are you the owner but you’re also the: </p>
<ul>
<li>Head sales person</li>
<li>Customer support lead</li>
<li>Accountant</li>
<li>Janitor</li>
<li>Food runner</li>
<li>And the president! </li>
</ul>
<p>If you’re a solo podcaster, you’re responsible for: </p>
<ul>
<li>Producing the content</li>
<li>Creating the content</li>
<li>Wrangling logistics like guests and recording time</li>
<li>Audio engineer</li>
<li>Marketer and promoter</li>
<li>Coffee addict (sorry, that’s just me) </li>
</ul>
<p>Lots there right? Here’s the good news...many of us who are solo podcasters are also small business owners...yay. Wait, I said good news didn’t I?</p>
<p>That means with everything else we have going on how the heck are we going to produce a successful podcast with the limited time that we have? I’ll reveal some of the helpful tools, apps, and theories I’ve leveraged over my career as a podcaster. </p>
<p>By the end of this episode, hopefully you can take a few nuggets of this wisdom away with you. </p>
<p>Hey, by the way, if you’re looking for a great place to start your podcast or maybe you’re bored with your old podcast host -- look no further than Castos.com! That’s us, that’s who makes this podcast. We’re building a platform for the podcaster like you, who desire something clean, fast, and powerful for all of your podcast needs. Want to start a podcast network? Check! How about connecting up to your WordPress marketing website? Done! Sell private podcasts or members-only content? You bet! </p>
<p>Learn more about Castos at castos.com or drop us an email <a>hello@castos.com</a>, tell them you heard it here, on the Audience podcast. </p>
<p><strong>Start with the mindset</strong></p>
<p>Please don’t skip past this section, I know you might have rolled your eyes a bit, but I think this is important -- especially if you’re a new podcaster. Getting in the right mindset sets the foundation to managing your time as a busy podcaster. </p>
<p><strong>Tip #1: What’s your goal?</strong></p>
<p>We need something to measure, something that gives you feedback that reassures you’re headed down the right path. </p>
<p>I don’t care what it is. It could be downloads, retweets, email subscribers, ad revenue -- give yourself something to aim for, which will help you build processes in the future to save time and become more efficient. </p>
<p>P.s. if you’re brand brand brand new, with no goals, I always love to point to growing an email list first. Jump on something like Mailchimp.com to make that process easy. </p>
<p><strong>Tip #2: Develop the plan</strong></p>
<p>I’m a terrible planner. Maybe like you, my super power is just diving into a creative project and...creating. </p>
<p>Starting something new is exhilarating and a chance to show the world something new you’re capable of. Until 3 months from the starting line you’re just clicking the dozens of open tabs in your browser thinking of something new to do. </p>
<p>Have some structure heading into the show like:</p>
<ul>
<li>Define a solid show premise to keep you on track</li>
<li>Outline guests or topics ahead of time</li>
<li>What’s your go-to market strategy</li>
<li>When will you measure and reflect on the goals you set</li>
</ul>
<p>Plans can be complete plans like outlining seasons OR having plans for each episode. I built a career on podcasting not having plans for shows and guests, and while I could fly by the seat of my pants for a while, it catches up to you, I promise. </p>
<p>Even having 3 - 4 bullet points readily available for your show recording will save you from the pitfalls of creating lackluster content. </p>
<p><strong>Tip #3: It’s your sh...</strong></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Today’s episode is all about saving time as a podcaster, especially a solo podcaster. 
Running a podcast resembles running a small business more than you might have guessed...or hoped. 
As small business owners, you’re responsible for wearing many hats. If you’ve ever launched a business, you quickly found out that not only are you the owner but you’re also the: 

Head sales person
Customer support lead
Accountant
Janitor
Food runner
And the president! 

If you’re a solo podcaster, you’re responsible for: 

Producing the content
Creating the content
Wrangling logistics like guests and recording time
Audio engineer
Marketer and promoter
Coffee addict (sorry, that’s just me) 

Lots there right? Here’s the good news...many of us who are solo podcasters are also small business owners...yay. Wait, I said good news didn’t I?
That means with everything else we have going on how the heck are we going to produce a successful podcast with the limited time that we have? I’ll reveal some of the helpful tools, apps, and theories I’ve leveraged over my career as a podcaster. 
By the end of this episode, hopefully you can take a few nuggets of this wisdom away with you. 
Hey, by the way, if you’re looking for a great place to start your podcast or maybe you’re bored with your old podcast host -- look no further than Castos.com! That’s us, that’s who makes this podcast. We’re building a platform for the podcaster like you, who desire something clean, fast, and powerful for all of your podcast needs. Want to start a podcast network? Check! How about connecting up to your WordPress marketing website? Done! Sell private podcasts or members-only content? You bet! 
Learn more about Castos at castos.com or drop us an email hello@castos.com, tell them you heard it here, on the Audience podcast. 
Start with the mindset
Please don’t skip past this section, I know you might have rolled your eyes a bit, but I think this is important -- especially if you’re a new podcaster. Getting in the right mindset sets the foundation to managing your time as a busy podcaster. 
Tip #1: What’s your goal?
We need something to measure, something that gives you feedback that reassures you’re headed down the right path. 
I don’t care what it is. It could be downloads, retweets, email subscribers, ad revenue -- give yourself something to aim for, which will help you build processes in the future to save time and become more efficient. 
P.s. if you’re brand brand brand new, with no goals, I always love to point to growing an email list first. Jump on something like Mailchimp.com to make that process easy. 
Tip #2: Develop the plan
I’m a terrible planner. Maybe like you, my super power is just diving into a creative project and...creating. 
Starting something new is exhilarating and a chance to show the world something new you’re capable of. Until 3 months from the starting line you’re just clicking the dozens of open tabs in your browser thinking of something new to do. 
Have some structure heading into the show like:

Define a solid show premise to keep you on track
Outline guests or topics ahead of time
What’s your go-to market strategy
When will you measure and reflect on the goals you set

Plans can be complete plans like outlining seasons OR having plans for each episode. I built a career on podcasting not having plans for shows and guests, and while I could fly by the seat of my pants for a while, it catches up to you, I promise. 
Even having 3 - 4 bullet points readily available for your show recording will save you from the pitfalls of creating lackluster content. 
Tip #3: It’s your sh...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[10 Ways to save time as a busy podcaster]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Today’s episode is all about saving time as a podcaster, especially a solo podcaster. </p>
<p>Running a podcast resembles running a small business more than you might have guessed...or hoped. </p>
<p>As small business owners, you’re responsible for wearing many hats. If you’ve ever launched a business, you quickly found out that not only are you the owner but you’re also the: </p>
<ul>
<li>Head sales person</li>
<li>Customer support lead</li>
<li>Accountant</li>
<li>Janitor</li>
<li>Food runner</li>
<li>And the president! </li>
</ul>
<p>If you’re a solo podcaster, you’re responsible for: </p>
<ul>
<li>Producing the content</li>
<li>Creating the content</li>
<li>Wrangling logistics like guests and recording time</li>
<li>Audio engineer</li>
<li>Marketer and promoter</li>
<li>Coffee addict (sorry, that’s just me) </li>
</ul>
<p>Lots there right? Here’s the good news...many of us who are solo podcasters are also small business owners...yay. Wait, I said good news didn’t I?</p>
<p>That means with everything else we have going on how the heck are we going to produce a successful podcast with the limited time that we have? I’ll reveal some of the helpful tools, apps, and theories I’ve leveraged over my career as a podcaster. </p>
<p>By the end of this episode, hopefully you can take a few nuggets of this wisdom away with you. </p>
<p>Hey, by the way, if you’re looking for a great place to start your podcast or maybe you’re bored with your old podcast host -- look no further than Castos.com! That’s us, that’s who makes this podcast. We’re building a platform for the podcaster like you, who desire something clean, fast, and powerful for all of your podcast needs. Want to start a podcast network? Check! How about connecting up to your WordPress marketing website? Done! Sell private podcasts or members-only content? You bet! </p>
<p>Learn more about Castos at castos.com or drop us an email <a>hello@castos.com</a>, tell them you heard it here, on the Audience podcast. </p>
<p><strong>Start with the mindset</strong></p>
<p>Please don’t skip past this section, I know you might have rolled your eyes a bit, but I think this is important -- especially if you’re a new podcaster. Getting in the right mindset sets the foundation to managing your time as a busy podcaster. </p>
<p><strong>Tip #1: What’s your goal?</strong></p>
<p>We need something to measure, something that gives you feedback that reassures you’re headed down the right path. </p>
<p>I don’t care what it is. It could be downloads, retweets, email subscribers, ad revenue -- give yourself something to aim for, which will help you build processes in the future to save time and become more efficient. </p>
<p>P.s. if you’re brand brand brand new, with no goals, I always love to point to growing an email list first. Jump on something like Mailchimp.com to make that process easy. </p>
<p><strong>Tip #2: Develop the plan</strong></p>
<p>I’m a terrible planner. Maybe like you, my super power is just diving into a creative project and...creating. </p>
<p>Starting something new is exhilarating and a chance to show the world something new you’re capable of. Until 3 months from the starting line you’re just clicking the dozens of open tabs in your browser thinking of something new to do. </p>
<p>Have some structure heading into the show like:</p>
<ul>
<li>Define a solid show premise to keep you on track</li>
<li>Outline guests or topics ahead of time</li>
<li>What’s your go-to market strategy</li>
<li>When will you measure and reflect on the goals you set</li>
</ul>
<p>Plans can be complete plans like outlining seasons OR having plans for each episode. I built a career on podcasting not having plans for shows and guests, and while I could fly by the seat of my pants for a while, it catches up to you, I promise. </p>
<p>Even having 3 - 4 bullet points readily available for your show recording will save you from the pitfalls of creating lackluster content. </p>
<p><strong>Tip #3: It’s your show; there are no rules</strong></p>
<p>Guess what? You’re not really competing with anyone else. YOU are your biggest enemy right now. </p>
<p>Not the show you’re trying to mimic or the lavish lifestyle you see your favorite YouTuber living...No, it’s you.</p>
<p>The last tip I have for mindset is to give yourself room to create and learn to love the process. I can guarantee you that once the honeymoon phase of podcasting wears off, you’re going to try to find something else to do. It’s easy to give up on a podcast when there’s so much else to do. </p>
<p>Don’t let your show podfade! </p>
<p>If you set a goal and formulated a plan, you’re on the right track. If time is an issue, don’t do a weekly show. Stick to a twice-monthly schedule, instead. Same advice for promoting and marketing your show. If content creation is all you have time for, cut that in half and spend the other half promoting your show. </p>
<p>If you like to take vacations in the summertime, take a break! Make podcast seasons or dip into your emergency content vault to fill your airwaves. </p>
<p>Bottom line: produce the show however you see fit, to a degree that displaces the chance for burn out from the work ahead. </p>
<p><strong>Tip #4: The power of a pre-interview</strong></p>
<p>You ever remodel a house and say, “We should have just knocked it down and started over, it would have been cheaper.” </p>
<p>That’s how I’ve felt about the dozens and dozens of episodes I’ve published where I wasn’t prepared. And I don’t mean not prepared in the technical sense, but in the good content + knowing who I’m talking to, sense. </p>
<p>There comes a time in the “interview show” podcaster’s life where you start running out of people that you know to be a guest and find yourself in front of people that you don’t have a background on. </p>
<p>Sure they know the premise of the show and their LinkedIn profile looks good, but have you built any rapport in the split seconds after hitting record? Do you know the exact 1 or 2 topics you can punch in to produce quality content? How about tension, the core of great storytelling? </p>
<p>The pre-interview is something I’ve arranged for all the guests I interview on my shows. I spend 10-15 minutes total, really giving them the broad brushstrokes of what I expect out of them as a guest: </p>
<ul>
<li>Good sound</li>
<li>Good lighting</li>
<li>Good energy</li>
<li>Give me 1 or two topics you’re GREAT at talking about</li>
<li>Is there a single takeaway lesson or value for my audience</li>
<li>Where is the tension? Let the guest elaborate </li>
</ul>
<p>Being prepared like this is what avoids the “we should have knocked this episode down” feeling after you spend an hour with someone you don’t know barely holding on to a conversation to save your life. </p>
<p>Commit to the pre-interview! </p>
<p><strong>Tip #5: Guest wrangling with the SavvyCal app</strong></p>
<p>Podcasts guests can be like herding cats. </p>
<p>Picking a time to meet, letting them know which tool you’re using to record, mic checks, and head shot photos can all be a bit daunting. </p>
<p>Luckily, there’s a few ways you can tackle this and at the core, at least for me, is a tool called SavvyCal.</p>
<p>SavvyCal lets you connect your calendar or multiple calendars up to a shareable link to give out to your future podcast guests. It automagically connects their availability across timezones to give them the ability to pick a time that works well for the both of you. </p>
<p>Here’s a few ways I use it: </p>
<ul>
<li>Separate links for pre-interview vs real interview</li>
<li>Limit scheduling slots for either type. I.e. I’ll do 3 pre interviews in a week because they are short, but only 1 real interview because they are longer + more energy consuming. </li>
<li>Auto redirect to a landing page of requirements</li>
</ul>
<p>What's that you say, a landing page for <em>requirements</em>? </p>
<p>Another valuable time saving feature would be to have your guest read through your requirements, to reemphasize the importance of a good show or to upload a headshot photo for you to use in the podcast featured image.</p>
<p>This is a massive time saver across pre-interviews, interviews and post show email follow-ups.</p>
<p><strong>Tip #6: Easy recordings + audio quality</strong></p>
<p>If you’re in the early days of your podcast production, maybe you’re using something like Zoom or Skype to record your episodes. And then maybe, you want to start pushing the quality of your audio up a few notches. </p>
<p>Fumbling around with complex audio editing tools does not equal a time saving formula. </p>
<p>So do what I did for a long time, and still do for some podcasts I work on, use a better recording platform to make your episodes sound better without having to do much heavy lifting. </p>
<p>It’s not audio engineering or heavy editing, but I use a platform called Zencastr which will automatically sync up your individual audio tracks and normalize them through their production tool. </p>
<p>You have to pay for it, but it’s a huge time saver to make the show sound somewhat good without having to do a lot of heavy lifting. </p>
<p><strong>Tip #7: Extend your audio editing with Hindenburg or Descript (or both) </strong></p>
<p>I used to spend hours editing a 45 minute minute interview. </p>
<p>The days of using ecamm skype call recorder + adobe audition would send me down an audio engineering rabbit hole that I had no business doing. </p>
<p>Once I started using Zencastr as a competent recording platform, about 6 months ago I shifted to using the Descript audio editing software. </p>
<p>I switched for a few reasons: </p>
<ul>
<li>I could edit audio via text, not waveforms</li>
<li>I could automatically clean up filler words with a push of a button</li>
<li>It was much easier to create mashups and audiograms</li>
<li>I could also get a transcription out of it</li>
</ul>
<p>Descript as a MASSIVE time saver for me. Die hard audio engineers probably won’t use it, but you can export to other DAWs if you’re going to get into the nitty-gritty of audio engineering. </p>
<p>I will say that, at least at the time of this recording, Descript lacks on the audio enhancement tools. Sure it’s got basic EQ and compression, but I never found it all that compelling. </p>
<p>Recently I discovered Hindenburg which has an extremely competent + user friendly interface for recording audio. Now I use Hindenburg to record at the source, at least on solo episodes like this one, and then export to Descript for the bigger chunks of editing. </p>
<p>Adding another _thing_ to a workflow certainly is the opposite of time savings, but it does pay off in a better sounding show in the long run. Plus, less futzing around with making a better quality audio. </p>
<p><strong>Tip #8: Maybe it’s time to spend some money on equipment</strong></p>
<p>Cover your ears if you’re just getting started. </p>
<p>Lots of people ask me about the equipment they should get for their podcast. It’s the glitz and glamour of becoming a podcaster. When in reality, it's easy work and oftentimes <strong>expensive</strong> work, depending on what you’re buying. </p>
<p>Newsflash: it doesn’t make your show any better, at least in the important areas like great content + getting it in the earbuds of your audience. </p>
<p>The difference between a $99 Audio Technica ATR-2100x microphone vs a $399 Shure SM7B microphone is only marginally better for most of us. </p>
<p>While the cost is 4 times more expensive, you certainly won’t be able to hear a 4 times better sound. However, great hardware will save you lots of time when you do get to the point of where you want to push the audio quality boundaries. </p>
<p>If you find yourself spending lots of time editing EQ, compression, noisegate, etc in software editing tools, that’s where the great hardware steps in. Record your audio at the highest quality at the source, so you’re not left spending hours on adjustments. </p>
<p>I don’t want to turn this segment into a whole hardware episode, but the devices that do come to mind for time savings beyond a better microphone are: </p>
<ul>
<li>Something like a Rode Procaster. It’s a podcast studio in a box, it would take a whole episode to explain, just check it out. </li>
<li>Fethead or Cloudlifter in-line amplifier. These little but mighty devices really boost the power of a microphone depending on what digital adapter you’re plugged into. </li>
<li>Universal Audio Arrow Audio Interfce is a very expensive ($499) and complex device that can really dial in better quality audio if you want to spend time with it. </li>
<li>Streamdeck is a great tool for transitions and controlling livestreams. Like a lot of these items, it’s not earth shattering, but can add a nice bump to your production quality if you stream your shows.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Tip #9: Automation</strong></p>
<p>This isn’t a one size fits all solution. Automation can come in many different forms and tools, which largely will depend on your aptitude for these things and where you’re at with your podcast. </p>
<p>I’m going to break it down into 3 different sub categories:</p>
<ul>
<li>Automation for workflow via Zapier</li>
<li>Social media promotion via Buffer</li>
<li>Email notification + promotion via Mailchimp</li>
</ul>
<p>Another caveat is, none of these tools are set in stone. All 3 have alternatives you can seek out or pair up with. The following concepts are just what I’ve used before. </p>
<p><strong>Zapier</strong></p>
<p>Zapier is like the glue for apps across the web. Want to send a file from Dropbox to Auphonic for audio processing? You can do it. Take your WordPress blog post and drop it into a shared Airtable database for collaboration? Easy peasy. </p>
<p>Zapier can automate a lot of things in your podcast based on triggers. Someone books a Savvycal time with you, automatically have Zapier set up a Zencastr room + fire off a welcome email to them. </p>
<p>Your creativity (and the apps they support) are the limits. </p>
<p><strong>Buffer</strong></p>
<p>I love Buffer to schedule all of my Twitter or LinkedIn promo items. I love the simplicity of it, coupled with the calendar view. There is something familiar about seeing all of my work in a 30-day view that I’m comfortable with. </p>
<p>If you’re busy like the rest of us, maybe getting to tweets early morning or on the weekends isn’t going to fly. Or maybe you want to queue up 10-15 posts based on 1 episode you publish, make your life easier using something like Buffer. </p>
<p><strong>Mailchimp</strong></p>
<p>Email automation can be the king of delivering your past valuable content. Like Zapier, your creativity is the limit here. But if you’re pushing your listeners to join an email list as part of your call to action, why not send out an automated series of emails that helps with repurposing your favorite podcast episodes. </p>
<p>Get someone hooked immediately on past content that was amazing and get them sharing to resurface these episodes to increase awareness. </p>
<p>Marketing + promotion on auto-pilot. I love it!</p>
<p><strong>Tip #10: Outsource it!</strong></p>
<p>Okay, okay, I know this is a bit of a cheesy #10, but hear me out: If your podcast is earning a living, through ads or a service based ROI, get the busy work off of your plate! </p>
<p>Look at your podcast in quarters: </p>
<ul>
<li>¼: Planning, research, outreach, logistics</li>
<li>¼: Content creation (recording, streaming, filming, etc)</li>
<li>¼: Editing and producing clips</li>
<li>¼: Promoting </li>
</ul>
<p>If you could outsource 25-50% of the work you don’t want to do, think about how much that clears your mind (and your plate!) to make the other components that much better. </p>
<p>Grab someone from your team, a friend, a freelancer or hey (shameless self promotion) if you want an experienced &amp; professional team to do it, hire us at Castos! We have an award winning production team waiting to help take the busy work of podcasting off your plate. Learn more at Castos.com/services</p>
<p><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>
<p>A successful podcast takes a lot of work. </p>
<p>Lots of moving parts and lots to do to get it top of mind with our Audience. Take it one step at a time and don’t give up! The hidden benefits of podcasting are yet to be discovered! </p>
<p>If you enjoyed today’s episode, just go on Twitter and share it with others. If you’re listening in a pdocast app hit the share button and post it to your favorite social media channel. If you’re listening in a Podcast 2.0 app...well, we don’t get streaming satoshis here, I’m sorry. </p>
<p>The best value for us is to check out Castos.com if you’re looking for a new podcast host and leave us a review on Podchaser.com. Search for Audience on podchaser.com and rate us, we’d appreciate it. </p>
<p>Okay, I’m Matt and I’m done for today! See you in the next episode.</p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/save-time-as-a-podcaster.mp3" length="25071117"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Today’s episode is all about saving time as a podcaster, especially a solo podcaster. 
Running a podcast resembles running a small business more than you might have guessed...or hoped. 
As small business owners, you’re responsible for wearing many hats. If you’ve ever launched a business, you quickly found out that not only are you the owner but you’re also the: 

Head sales person
Customer support lead
Accountant
Janitor
Food runner
And the president! 

If you’re a solo podcaster, you’re responsible for: 

Producing the content
Creating the content
Wrangling logistics like guests and recording time
Audio engineer
Marketer and promoter
Coffee addict (sorry, that’s just me) 

Lots there right? Here’s the good news...many of us who are solo podcasters are also small business owners...yay. Wait, I said good news didn’t I?
That means with everything else we have going on how the heck are we going to produce a successful podcast with the limited time that we have? I’ll reveal some of the helpful tools, apps, and theories I’ve leveraged over my career as a podcaster. 
By the end of this episode, hopefully you can take a few nuggets of this wisdom away with you. 
Hey, by the way, if you’re looking for a great place to start your podcast or maybe you’re bored with your old podcast host -- look no further than Castos.com! That’s us, that’s who makes this podcast. We’re building a platform for the podcaster like you, who desire something clean, fast, and powerful for all of your podcast needs. Want to start a podcast network? Check! How about connecting up to your WordPress marketing website? Done! Sell private podcasts or members-only content? You bet! 
Learn more about Castos at castos.com or drop us an email hello@castos.com, tell them you heard it here, on the Audience podcast. 
Start with the mindset
Please don’t skip past this section, I know you might have rolled your eyes a bit, but I think this is important -- especially if you’re a new podcaster. Getting in the right mindset sets the foundation to managing your time as a busy podcaster. 
Tip #1: What’s your goal?
We need something to measure, something that gives you feedback that reassures you’re headed down the right path. 
I don’t care what it is. It could be downloads, retweets, email subscribers, ad revenue -- give yourself something to aim for, which will help you build processes in the future to save time and become more efficient. 
P.s. if you’re brand brand brand new, with no goals, I always love to point to growing an email list first. Jump on something like Mailchimp.com to make that process easy. 
Tip #2: Develop the plan
I’m a terrible planner. Maybe like you, my super power is just diving into a creative project and...creating. 
Starting something new is exhilarating and a chance to show the world something new you’re capable of. Until 3 months from the starting line you’re just clicking the dozens of open tabs in your browser thinking of something new to do. 
Have some structure heading into the show like:

Define a solid show premise to keep you on track
Outline guests or topics ahead of time
What’s your go-to market strategy
When will you measure and reflect on the goals you set

Plans can be complete plans like outlining seasons OR having plans for each episode. I built a career on podcasting not having plans for shows and guests, and while I could fly by the seat of my pants for a while, it catches up to you, I promise. 
Even having 3 - 4 bullet points readily available for your show recording will save you from the pitfalls of creating lackluster content. 
Tip #3: It’s your sh...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:17:21</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Podcast 2.0 apps + your new call to action]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 26 Aug 2021 12:02:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/podcast-20-apps-your-new-call-to-action</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/podcast-20-apps-your-new-call-to-action</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Today’s episode is all about new podcast apps + podcast 2.0. </p>
<p>It’s a big topic, and a bleeding edge one for most of us, suffice to say this one episode wouldn’t do the whole of it justice. However, if there’s one thing I leave you with, it’s that you’re encouraged, as podcast creators, to go out and explore.  If you’ve been hearing more and more about this from other shows you listen to but are still left scratching your head, well, allow me to illustrate it for you. </p>
<p>To do that, lets start with a quote from friend of the show <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/podcasting-through-the-lens-of-evo-terra/">Evo Terra</a>:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>“Apple Podcasts has been fumbling the ball since April of 2021. Treat their non-stop stumbling as a gift. Anchor/Spotify is now making RSS feeds optional for all new podcasters that join their platform. Again, take that as a gift.</p>
<p>They’re distracted. They’re doing their own things which may not align with the larger podcasting ecosystem. It’s up to you, to me, and to and the companies we pay to host our podcasting content to take advantage of these gifts and push podcasting to the next level. Podcasting 2.0, even.</p>
<p>As I’ve said for years on this program, please spread this idea with other podcasters and get them as excited about the future as you are. “</p>
</blockquote>
<h2 class="clear">The podcast industry’s perfect storm</h2>
<p><em>“Treat their (Apple’s) non-stop stumbling as a gift.”</em> That’s a thing I’ve been thinking about a lot lately. </p>
<p>Let’s face it, Apple’s backing of podcasting in the early days helped make podcasting more mainstream. Lots of us wouldn’t have jobs if <em>_Steve Jobs_</em> didn’t take the stage showcasing the pod fathers first show.</p>

<div>
<div>
<div>
<div><img class="extendsBeyondTextColumn" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/B8WCRXCdDz4" alt="" width="480" height="360" /></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
Watch Steve Jobs demo podcasting in iTunes for the first time

<p> But the Trillion dollar brand has meandered along the last decade barely giving us a working portal to submit our shows, let alone advance the industry. A feeling which has compounded during their updates to the platform earlier in the year where podcasters were left scratching their heads: </p>
<p><em>“Where is my show?” </em></p>
<p><em>“Why are my episodes disappearing?” </em></p>
<p><em>“Why can’t I submit a new podcast?” </em></p>
<p>Questions which still don’t have answers. </p>
<p>I know this because I see our support desk at Castos, and Apple’s lack of effort with transparency costs us time, money, and in some cases customers. Suddenly, “we” all start looking around and begin to question…<em>“does apple even care?”</em></p>
<p>As the all too familiar feeling of <em>“Oh God, another major platform failing creators”</em>starts to set in, out on the horizon, a ray of hope appears in the form of an open-source movement called <a href="https://github.com/Podcastindex-org/podcast-namespace">Podcast 2.0.</a></p>
<p>I talked about this on previous episodes of Audience, if you follow me on <a href="https://youtube.com/castos">YouTube.com/castos</a> you’ve seen me demo and explain some of the features. Features which Castos will be adopting in the very near-future. If you’re seeking out who the real innovators are, aside from podcast hosting companies, look no further than the podcast 2.0 movement + enhancements to the RSS namespace. </p>
<p>If that sounds too technical for you, well, it kinda is and that’s a topic for a different episode. Just know that Podcast 2.0 efforts work to keep podcasting open, where the stark contrast of Spotify shutting down popular RSS feeds is the complete opposite.</p>
<p>The fact of the matter is that, when you combine the efforts of the Podcast 2.0 movement along with new podcast listening apps, you start to unlock the _real_ innovation happening in our space. </p>
<h2 class="clear">But, we can’t have one without the other!</h2>...]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Today’s episode is all about new podcast apps + podcast 2.0. 
It’s a big topic, and a bleeding edge one for most of us, suffice to say this one episode wouldn’t do the whole of it justice. However, if there’s one thing I leave you with, it’s that you’re encouraged, as podcast creators, to go out and explore.  If you’ve been hearing more and more about this from other shows you listen to but are still left scratching your head, well, allow me to illustrate it for you. 
To do that, lets start with a quote from friend of the show Evo Terra:

“Apple Podcasts has been fumbling the ball since April of 2021. Treat their non-stop stumbling as a gift. Anchor/Spotify is now making RSS feeds optional for all new podcasters that join their platform. Again, take that as a gift.
They’re distracted. They’re doing their own things which may not align with the larger podcasting ecosystem. It’s up to you, to me, and to and the companies we pay to host our podcasting content to take advantage of these gifts and push podcasting to the next level. Podcasting 2.0, even.
As I’ve said for years on this program, please spread this idea with other podcasters and get them as excited about the future as you are. “

The podcast industry’s perfect storm
“Treat their (Apple’s) non-stop stumbling as a gift.” That’s a thing I’ve been thinking about a lot lately. 
Let’s face it, Apple’s backing of podcasting in the early days helped make podcasting more mainstream. Lots of us wouldn’t have jobs if _Steve Jobs_ didn’t take the stage showcasing the pod fathers first show.








Watch Steve Jobs demo podcasting in iTunes for the first time

 But the Trillion dollar brand has meandered along the last decade barely giving us a working portal to submit our shows, let alone advance the industry. A feeling which has compounded during their updates to the platform earlier in the year where podcasters were left scratching their heads: 
“Where is my show?” 
“Why are my episodes disappearing?” 
“Why can’t I submit a new podcast?” 
Questions which still don’t have answers. 
I know this because I see our support desk at Castos, and Apple’s lack of effort with transparency costs us time, money, and in some cases customers. Suddenly, “we” all start looking around and begin to question…“does apple even care?”
As the all too familiar feeling of “Oh God, another major platform failing creators”starts to set in, out on the horizon, a ray of hope appears in the form of an open-source movement called Podcast 2.0.
I talked about this on previous episodes of Audience, if you follow me on YouTube.com/castos you’ve seen me demo and explain some of the features. Features which Castos will be adopting in the very near-future. If you’re seeking out who the real innovators are, aside from podcast hosting companies, look no further than the podcast 2.0 movement + enhancements to the RSS namespace. 
If that sounds too technical for you, well, it kinda is and that’s a topic for a different episode. Just know that Podcast 2.0 efforts work to keep podcasting open, where the stark contrast of Spotify shutting down popular RSS feeds is the complete opposite.
The fact of the matter is that, when you combine the efforts of the Podcast 2.0 movement along with new podcast listening apps, you start to unlock the _real_ innovation happening in our space. 
But, we can’t have one without the other!...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Podcast 2.0 apps + your new call to action]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Today’s episode is all about new podcast apps + podcast 2.0. </p>
<p>It’s a big topic, and a bleeding edge one for most of us, suffice to say this one episode wouldn’t do the whole of it justice. However, if there’s one thing I leave you with, it’s that you’re encouraged, as podcast creators, to go out and explore.  If you’ve been hearing more and more about this from other shows you listen to but are still left scratching your head, well, allow me to illustrate it for you. </p>
<p>To do that, lets start with a quote from friend of the show <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/podcasting-through-the-lens-of-evo-terra/">Evo Terra</a>:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>“Apple Podcasts has been fumbling the ball since April of 2021. Treat their non-stop stumbling as a gift. Anchor/Spotify is now making RSS feeds optional for all new podcasters that join their platform. Again, take that as a gift.</p>
<p>They’re distracted. They’re doing their own things which may not align with the larger podcasting ecosystem. It’s up to you, to me, and to and the companies we pay to host our podcasting content to take advantage of these gifts and push podcasting to the next level. Podcasting 2.0, even.</p>
<p>As I’ve said for years on this program, please spread this idea with other podcasters and get them as excited about the future as you are. “</p>
</blockquote>
<h2 class="clear">The podcast industry’s perfect storm</h2>
<p><em>“Treat their (Apple’s) non-stop stumbling as a gift.”</em> That’s a thing I’ve been thinking about a lot lately. </p>
<p>Let’s face it, Apple’s backing of podcasting in the early days helped make podcasting more mainstream. Lots of us wouldn’t have jobs if <em>_Steve Jobs_</em> didn’t take the stage showcasing the pod fathers first show.</p>

<div>
<div>
<div>
<div><img class="extendsBeyondTextColumn" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/B8WCRXCdDz4" alt="" width="480" height="360" /></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
Watch Steve Jobs demo podcasting in iTunes for the first time

<p> But the Trillion dollar brand has meandered along the last decade barely giving us a working portal to submit our shows, let alone advance the industry. A feeling which has compounded during their updates to the platform earlier in the year where podcasters were left scratching their heads: </p>
<p><em>“Where is my show?” </em></p>
<p><em>“Why are my episodes disappearing?” </em></p>
<p><em>“Why can’t I submit a new podcast?” </em></p>
<p>Questions which still don’t have answers. </p>
<p>I know this because I see our support desk at Castos, and Apple’s lack of effort with transparency costs us time, money, and in some cases customers. Suddenly, “we” all start looking around and begin to question…<em>“does apple even care?”</em></p>
<p>As the all too familiar feeling of <em>“Oh God, another major platform failing creators”</em>starts to set in, out on the horizon, a ray of hope appears in the form of an open-source movement called <a href="https://github.com/Podcastindex-org/podcast-namespace">Podcast 2.0.</a></p>
<p>I talked about this on previous episodes of Audience, if you follow me on <a href="https://youtube.com/castos">YouTube.com/castos</a> you’ve seen me demo and explain some of the features. Features which Castos will be adopting in the very near-future. If you’re seeking out who the real innovators are, aside from podcast hosting companies, look no further than the podcast 2.0 movement + enhancements to the RSS namespace. </p>
<p>If that sounds too technical for you, well, it kinda is and that’s a topic for a different episode. Just know that Podcast 2.0 efforts work to keep podcasting open, where the stark contrast of Spotify shutting down popular RSS feeds is the complete opposite.</p>
<p>The fact of the matter is that, when you combine the efforts of the Podcast 2.0 movement along with new podcast listening apps, you start to unlock the _real_ innovation happening in our space. </p>
<h2 class="clear">But, we can’t have one without the other!</h2>
<p>As Podcast 2.0 continues to make strides, so must the podcast listening apps and hosting companies. </p>
<p>Hosting companies must unlock features from the Podcast 2.0 namesapce inside their software in order to pass those features to podcast listening apps, where they carry it the rest of the way. Apps can display things like funding information, host information, chapters and even transcriptions. </p>
<p>Think of it like Podcast 2.0 sets the blueprint, hosting companies run the plumbing, and the listening apps have the nice fancy faucets and knobs. All for a better podcast listening experience. </p>
<p>Oh, there’s this thing called “value4value” yet another topic of monetizing podcasts through bitcoin, which some apps support, again we’ll save that for another day. </p>
<p>Let’s recap:</p>
<ul>
<li>Apple gave us a huge advantage in podcast distribution and awareness nearly two decades ago. One thanks to their software; Two thanks to the persistence of visionaries like Adam Curry. </li>
<li>But after over a decade the industry has become fragmented as massive players try to own an ecosystem powered by passionate creators and an open web standard. </li>
<li>Apple rolls out a new update that highlights how brittle podcasting is and how little they care about podcasts. </li>
<li>Thanks to the efforts of Podcast 2.0 they’ve clashed with the failures of Apple (and others who have neglected podcasting) to create the perfect storm. </li>
<li>Many notable podcasters realize that it’s time to look for alternatives because big platforms aren’t helping us. </li>
</ul>
<h2 class="clear">Can we get to podcast apps now? Yes, but…</h2>
<p>I said this episode was about podcast apps, but I’m not going to highlight or give you a definitive list…sort of. </p>
<p>As podcasters we have to come together and recognise first that our call to action for years “Subscribe to us on Apple, Spotify and Google” needs to be thrown out. The proof is in the podcast pudding. </p>
<p>So before I recommend what apps or where to find them, if you’re a podcast creator, change your call to action to tell your audience where to listen to your show. Change starts with us, and a near 20 year habit is going to be hard to break. </p>
<p>I’ll give you my early take on which apps to explore, which ones look at least the most promising to me, and maybe you once you start to dig in. </p>
<p>First, go to newpodcastapps.com, it’s the best place to start your research and experimenting. I’ll be up front and honest right now: the biggest challenge I have with these apps is that they aren’t smooth, they aren’t feature rich, and they aren’t sexy. </p>
<p>It’ll be challenging to pull PocketCasts out of my cold dead hands. </p>
<p>However, there are some that are interesting from a certain usecase, that I can picture myself using. </p>
<p>Fountain is a new app that lots of people are talking about. I think because of it’s “boostagram” feature and how it makes the whole value4value, paying with Satoshis, a breeze. </p>
<p>Curiocaster, looks like a great web-based listening experience with a lot of the Podcast 2.0 features. </p>
<p>Sphinx chat, which I covered on the YouTube channel, has a fairly straightforward way of setting up your bitcoin payments + integrating live-chat while listening to a podcast. </p>
<p>Antennapod sounds like a promising open source podcast app for Android users. </p>
<h2 class="clear">Conclusion time</h2>
<p>If you feel a bit overwhelmed, you’re in the right place. I am too. </p>
<p>As creators, we need to play our part in helping advance the industry too. Let me restate that: As creators, _we_ advance the industry too. </p>
<p>We shouldn’t throw our hands up and just give in to the Billion dollar companies competing with Trillion dollar Apple. When has that story ever played out well for us?</p>
<p>Give yourself some breathing room, spend some time with these new apps, see what works &amp; what doesn’t. Give the creator of the apps some feedback. Maybe promote podcastindex.org or by all means your own website, before you push Apple or Spotify. </p>
<p>If you need to setup a website for your podcast, Castos makes that easy with our WordPress plugin and special templates for Elementor site builder. </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Audience-podcast-2.0.mp3" length="10465742"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Today’s episode is all about new podcast apps + podcast 2.0. 
It’s a big topic, and a bleeding edge one for most of us, suffice to say this one episode wouldn’t do the whole of it justice. However, if there’s one thing I leave you with, it’s that you’re encouraged, as podcast creators, to go out and explore.  If you’ve been hearing more and more about this from other shows you listen to but are still left scratching your head, well, allow me to illustrate it for you. 
To do that, lets start with a quote from friend of the show Evo Terra:

“Apple Podcasts has been fumbling the ball since April of 2021. Treat their non-stop stumbling as a gift. Anchor/Spotify is now making RSS feeds optional for all new podcasters that join their platform. Again, take that as a gift.
They’re distracted. They’re doing their own things which may not align with the larger podcasting ecosystem. It’s up to you, to me, and to and the companies we pay to host our podcasting content to take advantage of these gifts and push podcasting to the next level. Podcasting 2.0, even.
As I’ve said for years on this program, please spread this idea with other podcasters and get them as excited about the future as you are. “

The podcast industry’s perfect storm
“Treat their (Apple’s) non-stop stumbling as a gift.” That’s a thing I’ve been thinking about a lot lately. 
Let’s face it, Apple’s backing of podcasting in the early days helped make podcasting more mainstream. Lots of us wouldn’t have jobs if _Steve Jobs_ didn’t take the stage showcasing the pod fathers first show.








Watch Steve Jobs demo podcasting in iTunes for the first time

 But the Trillion dollar brand has meandered along the last decade barely giving us a working portal to submit our shows, let alone advance the industry. A feeling which has compounded during their updates to the platform earlier in the year where podcasters were left scratching their heads: 
“Where is my show?” 
“Why are my episodes disappearing?” 
“Why can’t I submit a new podcast?” 
Questions which still don’t have answers. 
I know this because I see our support desk at Castos, and Apple’s lack of effort with transparency costs us time, money, and in some cases customers. Suddenly, “we” all start looking around and begin to question…“does apple even care?”
As the all too familiar feeling of “Oh God, another major platform failing creators”starts to set in, out on the horizon, a ray of hope appears in the form of an open-source movement called Podcast 2.0.
I talked about this on previous episodes of Audience, if you follow me on YouTube.com/castos you’ve seen me demo and explain some of the features. Features which Castos will be adopting in the very near-future. If you’re seeking out who the real innovators are, aside from podcast hosting companies, look no further than the podcast 2.0 movement + enhancements to the RSS namespace. 
If that sounds too technical for you, well, it kinda is and that’s a topic for a different episode. Just know that Podcast 2.0 efforts work to keep podcasting open, where the stark contrast of Spotify shutting down popular RSS feeds is the complete opposite.
The fact of the matter is that, when you combine the efforts of the Podcast 2.0 movement along with new podcast listening apps, you start to unlock the _real_ innovation happening in our space. 
But, we can’t have one without the other!...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:10:50</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Thoughts on using video to grow your podcast]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Wed, 18 Aug 2021 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/thoughts-on-using-video-to-grow-your-podcast</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/thoughts-on-using-video-to-grow-your-podcast</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In the <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/growing-your-podcast-through-word-of-mouth/">last episode</a> we talked about Tom Webster's approach to using YouTube for growing your podcast.</p>
<p>A quick recap of that is:</p>
<ol>
<li>Use Youtube because it's a powerful search tool for topic heavy podcast episodes.</li>
<li>Make your show more shareable; leverage something other than audio to do that.</li>
</ol>
<p>After shipping that episode, I felt like, while it was great I said we should be considering video -- I didn't really get into <em>how</em> you could that for your show. More specifically, if you're already neck deep in producing your weekly audio show, how the heck are you going to find time to do video.</p>
<p>I think for a lot of us, and I'm guilty for encouraging this, the "just ship it" method is great. Grab your phone, grab your earbuds, start recording and get your content out there. Once you can start to measure your shows success, that's when many us start investing in better audio tools. Wether that's an upgrade to your microphone or spending $300+ on Hindenburg or a Descript subscription. Both tools, by the way, I cover on our YouTube channel, <a href="https://youtube.com/castos">youtube.com/castos</a></p>

<div class="wp-block-embed__wrapper">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4U_g8a9aNFA</div>

<p><strong>Where am I going with this?</strong></p>
<p>The novice audio creator, you and me, find ourselves tasked with creating better audio and better shows as time marches on and suddenly Edison research data says…hey, do video too!</p>
<p>It's a big lift. So what can we do, the solo creator, do to help make this whole video thing easier and why?</p>
<p><strong>Back to the Why for a second…</strong></p>
<p>Aside form the quick key points mentioned earlier, I think it's healthy to make your <em>why</em> all about the audience. Why do we want to augment audio with video? To make the experience better for the listener, give them content in a different context, and build a deeper connection. The second why is to give your podcast the opportunity to punch into the best moments of each show and get that out into the world -- in video.</p>
<p>If you ran up to someone on the sidewalk and said "hey listen to this 45 minute long audio episode" they'd probably laugh at you. That's what it's like dumping your episode on to social media. But a 30 second video or audiogram clip? Much better chances.</p>
<p>So what type of video is the best for podcasters, at least in the year 2021.</p>
<p><strong>Audiograms</strong></p>
<p>Audiograms are probably the most commonly used video clip you can produce for your podcast. You've seen them before, they generally display your show's cover art and an animated waveform as the video plays. There are a lot of tools available to create audiograms, a very popular tool called <a href="https://headliner.app/">Headliner</a> will make your job easy. Bonus for Castos customers, if you're on our Pro plan and above, you have access to this for free. Descript another one of <a href="https://castos.com/integrations/">Castos integration</a> partners also creates audiograms in their software.</p>
<p><strong>Video clips with subtitles</strong></p>
<p>If you're looking for more full-length synergy between your podcast and YouTube channel, i.e. everything in your video is engaging to share, adding subtitles to your video clips works great too. Lots of tools can help you generate an SRT file -- a file that houses a timestamped closed caption -- and add it to your video clip export. I'll recommend Descript again because it kills two birds with one stone: the transcript and the video edit.</p>
<p><strong>Combine the best of both worlds</strong></p>
<p>If you spend any time in the marketing or business world, chances are you've come across Gary Vaynerchuck before. I can feel you gripping your chair now like, <em>"God Matt, what are you going to recommend from his universe?!"</em> Well, the clips he shares on...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In the last episode we talked about Tom Webster's approach to using YouTube for growing your podcast.
A quick recap of that is:

Use Youtube because it's a powerful search tool for topic heavy podcast episodes.
Make your show more shareable; leverage something other than audio to do that.

After shipping that episode, I felt like, while it was great I said we should be considering video -- I didn't really get into how you could that for your show. More specifically, if you're already neck deep in producing your weekly audio show, how the heck are you going to find time to do video.
I think for a lot of us, and I'm guilty for encouraging this, the "just ship it" method is great. Grab your phone, grab your earbuds, start recording and get your content out there. Once you can start to measure your shows success, that's when many us start investing in better audio tools. Wether that's an upgrade to your microphone or spending $300+ on Hindenburg or a Descript subscription. Both tools, by the way, I cover on our YouTube channel, youtube.com/castos

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4U_g8a9aNFA

Where am I going with this?
The novice audio creator, you and me, find ourselves tasked with creating better audio and better shows as time marches on and suddenly Edison research data says…hey, do video too!
It's a big lift. So what can we do, the solo creator, do to help make this whole video thing easier and why?
Back to the Why for a second…
Aside form the quick key points mentioned earlier, I think it's healthy to make your why all about the audience. Why do we want to augment audio with video? To make the experience better for the listener, give them content in a different context, and build a deeper connection. The second why is to give your podcast the opportunity to punch into the best moments of each show and get that out into the world -- in video.
If you ran up to someone on the sidewalk and said "hey listen to this 45 minute long audio episode" they'd probably laugh at you. That's what it's like dumping your episode on to social media. But a 30 second video or audiogram clip? Much better chances.
So what type of video is the best for podcasters, at least in the year 2021.
Audiograms
Audiograms are probably the most commonly used video clip you can produce for your podcast. You've seen them before, they generally display your show's cover art and an animated waveform as the video plays. There are a lot of tools available to create audiograms, a very popular tool called Headliner will make your job easy. Bonus for Castos customers, if you're on our Pro plan and above, you have access to this for free. Descript another one of Castos integration partners also creates audiograms in their software.
Video clips with subtitles
If you're looking for more full-length synergy between your podcast and YouTube channel, i.e. everything in your video is engaging to share, adding subtitles to your video clips works great too. Lots of tools can help you generate an SRT file -- a file that houses a timestamped closed caption -- and add it to your video clip export. I'll recommend Descript again because it kills two birds with one stone: the transcript and the video edit.
Combine the best of both worlds
If you spend any time in the marketing or business world, chances are you've come across Gary Vaynerchuck before. I can feel you gripping your chair now like, "God Matt, what are you going to recommend from his universe?!" Well, the clips he shares on...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Thoughts on using video to grow your podcast]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In the <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/growing-your-podcast-through-word-of-mouth/">last episode</a> we talked about Tom Webster's approach to using YouTube for growing your podcast.</p>
<p>A quick recap of that is:</p>
<ol>
<li>Use Youtube because it's a powerful search tool for topic heavy podcast episodes.</li>
<li>Make your show more shareable; leverage something other than audio to do that.</li>
</ol>
<p>After shipping that episode, I felt like, while it was great I said we should be considering video -- I didn't really get into <em>how</em> you could that for your show. More specifically, if you're already neck deep in producing your weekly audio show, how the heck are you going to find time to do video.</p>
<p>I think for a lot of us, and I'm guilty for encouraging this, the "just ship it" method is great. Grab your phone, grab your earbuds, start recording and get your content out there. Once you can start to measure your shows success, that's when many us start investing in better audio tools. Wether that's an upgrade to your microphone or spending $300+ on Hindenburg or a Descript subscription. Both tools, by the way, I cover on our YouTube channel, <a href="https://youtube.com/castos">youtube.com/castos</a></p>

<div class="wp-block-embed__wrapper">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4U_g8a9aNFA</div>

<p><strong>Where am I going with this?</strong></p>
<p>The novice audio creator, you and me, find ourselves tasked with creating better audio and better shows as time marches on and suddenly Edison research data says…hey, do video too!</p>
<p>It's a big lift. So what can we do, the solo creator, do to help make this whole video thing easier and why?</p>
<p><strong>Back to the Why for a second…</strong></p>
<p>Aside form the quick key points mentioned earlier, I think it's healthy to make your <em>why</em> all about the audience. Why do we want to augment audio with video? To make the experience better for the listener, give them content in a different context, and build a deeper connection. The second why is to give your podcast the opportunity to punch into the best moments of each show and get that out into the world -- in video.</p>
<p>If you ran up to someone on the sidewalk and said "hey listen to this 45 minute long audio episode" they'd probably laugh at you. That's what it's like dumping your episode on to social media. But a 30 second video or audiogram clip? Much better chances.</p>
<p>So what type of video is the best for podcasters, at least in the year 2021.</p>
<p><strong>Audiograms</strong></p>
<p>Audiograms are probably the most commonly used video clip you can produce for your podcast. You've seen them before, they generally display your show's cover art and an animated waveform as the video plays. There are a lot of tools available to create audiograms, a very popular tool called <a href="https://headliner.app/">Headliner</a> will make your job easy. Bonus for Castos customers, if you're on our Pro plan and above, you have access to this for free. Descript another one of <a href="https://castos.com/integrations/">Castos integration</a> partners also creates audiograms in their software.</p>
<p><strong>Video clips with subtitles</strong></p>
<p>If you're looking for more full-length synergy between your podcast and YouTube channel, i.e. everything in your video is engaging to share, adding subtitles to your video clips works great too. Lots of tools can help you generate an SRT file -- a file that houses a timestamped closed caption -- and add it to your video clip export. I'll recommend Descript again because it kills two birds with one stone: the transcript and the video edit.</p>
<p><strong>Combine the best of both worlds</strong></p>
<p>If you spend any time in the marketing or business world, chances are you've come across Gary Vaynerchuck before. I can feel you gripping your chair now like, <em>"God Matt, what are you going to recommend from his universe?!"</em> Well, the clips he shares on Twitter and Instagram are a mix of great looking audiograms with pro-level video edits. Yes he has a team and for 99.9% of us, doing that type of work is either too time consuming or expensive.</p>
<p>I was looking for ways to replicate some of that content for you and remember that you can get some level of pro looking clips like Gary's from <a href="https://canva.com/">Canva.com</a>. Some of them even free. Sure you'll still have to spend some time putting it together, but that extra effort might make all the difference.</p>
<p><strong>Bonus: Live streaming</strong></p>
<p>Video isn't just about static assets you upload, at least not in my opinion. Many of us know what live-streaming is all about, but there's some added value to be had which deepens your audience connection. Friend of the show Evo Terra does this really well with his podcast for podcasters, <a href="https://podcastpontifications.com/">Podcast Pontificiations</a>.</p>
<p>He live streams the show and gives us all the juicy details to what goes on before and after taping an episode. He talks to his audience, lets them in behind the curtain and gets to work. It's an over the shoulder view of how the sausage is made.</p>
<p><strong>You're convinced…now what?</strong></p>
<p>It would take me a whole extra episode to talk about <em>how</em> to record video, so I'll give you a list of platforms to check out to ready your recordings:</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://squadcast.fm/">Squadcast</a>. The tool we use to record our own podcast here with guests, also does video.</li>
<li><a href="https://zencastr.com/">Zencastr</a>. A similar tool to the previous tool. We love tools.</li>
<li><a href="https://zoom.us/">Zoom</a>. Par for the course but subpar for audio, if it's getting the job done for you, why not?!</li>
<li><a href="https://streamyard.com/">Streamyard</a>. A fantastic and easy to use tool for streaming shows and recording your guest.</li>
</ol>
<p>I'd love to know how you're using video for your podcast to find new listeners, engage in different ways, and most importantly encourage social sharing of your content that you've worked so hard to create.</p>
<p>And remember, if you're a <a href="https://castos.com/pricing/">Castos customer on our Growth plan, </a>you can automatically publish your audio right to YouTube. If you're a Pro plan customer, you can host video podcasts too. Knowing is half the battle!</p>
<p>Thanks for listening and don't forget to follow us on <a href="https://www.podchaser.com/podcasts/audience-975825">Podchaser</a>, <a href="https://podcastindex.org/podcast/702476">Podcast Index</a>, <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/audience-our-quest-to-put-best-podcast-growth-strategies/id1491047450">Apple</a> or <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/5AXqxL2GkMYaYiFXKIYJId">Spotify</a>. If you received some value from today's episode, leave us a review and tweet that review to us at<a href="https://twitter.com/castoshq"> @castosHQ on Twitter. </a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Thoughts-on-video-to-grow-your-podcast.mp3" length="6104338"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In the last episode we talked about Tom Webster's approach to using YouTube for growing your podcast.
A quick recap of that is:

Use Youtube because it's a powerful search tool for topic heavy podcast episodes.
Make your show more shareable; leverage something other than audio to do that.

After shipping that episode, I felt like, while it was great I said we should be considering video -- I didn't really get into how you could that for your show. More specifically, if you're already neck deep in producing your weekly audio show, how the heck are you going to find time to do video.
I think for a lot of us, and I'm guilty for encouraging this, the "just ship it" method is great. Grab your phone, grab your earbuds, start recording and get your content out there. Once you can start to measure your shows success, that's when many us start investing in better audio tools. Wether that's an upgrade to your microphone or spending $300+ on Hindenburg or a Descript subscription. Both tools, by the way, I cover on our YouTube channel, youtube.com/castos

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4U_g8a9aNFA

Where am I going with this?
The novice audio creator, you and me, find ourselves tasked with creating better audio and better shows as time marches on and suddenly Edison research data says…hey, do video too!
It's a big lift. So what can we do, the solo creator, do to help make this whole video thing easier and why?
Back to the Why for a second…
Aside form the quick key points mentioned earlier, I think it's healthy to make your why all about the audience. Why do we want to augment audio with video? To make the experience better for the listener, give them content in a different context, and build a deeper connection. The second why is to give your podcast the opportunity to punch into the best moments of each show and get that out into the world -- in video.
If you ran up to someone on the sidewalk and said "hey listen to this 45 minute long audio episode" they'd probably laugh at you. That's what it's like dumping your episode on to social media. But a 30 second video or audiogram clip? Much better chances.
So what type of video is the best for podcasters, at least in the year 2021.
Audiograms
Audiograms are probably the most commonly used video clip you can produce for your podcast. You've seen them before, they generally display your show's cover art and an animated waveform as the video plays. There are a lot of tools available to create audiograms, a very popular tool called Headliner will make your job easy. Bonus for Castos customers, if you're on our Pro plan and above, you have access to this for free. Descript another one of Castos integration partners also creates audiograms in their software.
Video clips with subtitles
If you're looking for more full-length synergy between your podcast and YouTube channel, i.e. everything in your video is engaging to share, adding subtitles to your video clips works great too. Lots of tools can help you generate an SRT file -- a file that houses a timestamped closed caption -- and add it to your video clip export. I'll recommend Descript again because it kills two birds with one stone: the transcript and the video edit.
Combine the best of both worlds
If you spend any time in the marketing or business world, chances are you've come across Gary Vaynerchuck before. I can feel you gripping your chair now like, "God Matt, what are you going to recommend from his universe?!" Well, the clips he shares on...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:06:17</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Growing through word of mouth]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 10 Aug 2021 19:18:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/growing-through-word-of-mouth</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/growing-through-word-of-mouth</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Matt is back from vacation. On this episode of the Audience podcast, he tackles the subject of growing an audience in the most tactful way possible. Matt offers tips and advice based on statistics, his own expertise on podcasting, and through the lens of his unique perspective from being in the industry for so long. Even after the biggest year in podcasting, the classic word-of-mouth marketing techniques are still best. Listen in to find out how to utilize it best in 2021, for your podcast.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Word of mouth is </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">still </span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">best</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Places to find podcasts:</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://podcastindex.org/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast Index</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://www.podchaser.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podchaser</span></a></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Give people a reason to listen to the show</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to tactfully and effectively ask people to share your show</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of and how to build a community</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to build an email list</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Are QR codes the key?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to use YouTube to your advantage</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast Index: </span><a href="https://podcastindex.org/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcastindex.org/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podchaser: </span><a href="https://www.podchaser.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.podchaser.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Tom Webster’s Keynote: </span><a href="https://www.insideradio.com/podcastnewsdaily/to-be-discovered-edison-s-tom-webster-says-podcasters-need-to-reach-into-new-places/article%5C_c8b7e27a-f60c-11eb-8ed0-7fab7c703dd4.html"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.insideradio.com/podcastnewsdaily/to-be-discovered-edison-s-tom-webster-says-podcasters-need-to-reach-into-new-places/article\_c8b7e27a-f60c-11eb-8ed0-7fab7c703dd4.htm</span><span style="font-weight:400;">l </span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Matt is back from vacation. On this episode of the Audience podcast, he tackles the subject of growing an audience in the most tactful way possible. Matt offers tips and advice based on statistics, his own expertise on podcasting, and through the lens of his unique perspective from being in the industry for so long. Even after the biggest year in podcasting, the classic word-of-mouth marketing techniques are still best. Listen in to find out how to utilize it best in 2021, for your podcast.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Word of mouth is still best
Places to find podcasts:
Podcast Index
Podchaser


Give people a reason to listen to the show
How to tactfully and effectively ask people to share your show
The importance of and how to build a community
How to build an email list
Are QR codes the key?
How to use YouTube to your advantage

Resources/Links:
Podcast Index: https://podcastindex.org/ 
Podchaser: https://www.podchaser.com/ 
Tom Webster’s Keynote: https://www.insideradio.com/podcastnewsdaily/to-be-discovered-edison-s-tom-webster-says-podcasters-need-to-reach-into-new-places/article\_c8b7e27a-f60c-11eb-8ed0-7fab7c703dd4.html  
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Growing through word of mouth]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Matt is back from vacation. On this episode of the Audience podcast, he tackles the subject of growing an audience in the most tactful way possible. Matt offers tips and advice based on statistics, his own expertise on podcasting, and through the lens of his unique perspective from being in the industry for so long. Even after the biggest year in podcasting, the classic word-of-mouth marketing techniques are still best. Listen in to find out how to utilize it best in 2021, for your podcast.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Word of mouth is </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">still </span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">best</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Places to find podcasts:</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://podcastindex.org/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast Index</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://www.podchaser.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podchaser</span></a></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Give people a reason to listen to the show</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to tactfully and effectively ask people to share your show</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of and how to build a community</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to build an email list</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Are QR codes the key?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to use YouTube to your advantage</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast Index: </span><a href="https://podcastindex.org/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcastindex.org/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podchaser: </span><a href="https://www.podchaser.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.podchaser.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Tom Webster’s Keynote: </span><a href="https://www.insideradio.com/podcastnewsdaily/to-be-discovered-edison-s-tom-webster-says-podcasters-need-to-reach-into-new-places/article%5C_c8b7e27a-f60c-11eb-8ed0-7fab7c703dd4.html"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.insideradio.com/podcastnewsdaily/to-be-discovered-edison-s-tom-webster-says-podcasters-need-to-reach-into-new-places/article\_c8b7e27a-f60c-11eb-8ed0-7fab7c703dd4.htm</span><span style="font-weight:400;">l </span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Growing-through-word-of-mouth.mp3" length="17866001"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Matt is back from vacation. On this episode of the Audience podcast, he tackles the subject of growing an audience in the most tactful way possible. Matt offers tips and advice based on statistics, his own expertise on podcasting, and through the lens of his unique perspective from being in the industry for so long. Even after the biggest year in podcasting, the classic word-of-mouth marketing techniques are still best. Listen in to find out how to utilize it best in 2021, for your podcast.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Word of mouth is still best
Places to find podcasts:
Podcast Index
Podchaser


Give people a reason to listen to the show
How to tactfully and effectively ask people to share your show
The importance of and how to build a community
How to build an email list
Are QR codes the key?
How to use YouTube to your advantage

Resources/Links:
Podcast Index: https://podcastindex.org/ 
Podchaser: https://www.podchaser.com/ 
Tom Webster’s Keynote: https://www.insideradio.com/podcastnewsdaily/to-be-discovered-edison-s-tom-webster-says-podcasters-need-to-reach-into-new-places/article\_c8b7e27a-f60c-11eb-8ed0-7fab7c703dd4.html  
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:18:36</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Crafting a Narrative Podcast]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 05 Aug 2021 10:59:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/crafting-a-narrative-podcast</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/crafting-a-narrative-podcast</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks about creating podcasts and episodes with narratives. Narrative podcasts have their own format and their own style but are not limiting within the narrative format. Stuart explains what makes a narrative podcast different from an interview podcasts and how to craft one well. He also goes over best practices, the pros and cons, and how a narrative podcast can make you stand out in the sea of podcasts out on the internet right now.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The art of creating a narrative</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Interview versus narratives</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The pros of narratives versus interview formats</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to craft a narrative</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Examples of podcasts with great narrative formats</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Understanding your topic </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Cold opening versus a welcome section</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating a limited series versus a biweekly or monthly schedule</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Series outlines</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Bow and Arrow analogy</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://obscureball.castos.com/">ObscureBall</a> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Descript: </span><a href="https://www.descript.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.descript.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks about creating podcasts and episodes with narratives. Narrative podcasts have their own format and their own style but are not limiting within the narrative format. Stuart explains what makes a narrative podcast different from an interview podcasts and how to craft one well. He also goes over best practices, the pros and cons, and how a narrative podcast can make you stand out in the sea of podcasts out on the internet right now.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

The art of creating a narrative
Interview versus narratives
The pros of narratives versus interview formats


How to craft a narrative
Examples of podcasts with great narrative formats
Understanding your topic 
Cold opening versus a welcome section


Creating a limited series versus a biweekly or monthly schedule
Series outlines
The Bow and Arrow analogy

Resources/Links:
ObscureBall 
Descript: https://www.descript.com/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Crafting a Narrative Podcast]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks about creating podcasts and episodes with narratives. Narrative podcasts have their own format and their own style but are not limiting within the narrative format. Stuart explains what makes a narrative podcast different from an interview podcasts and how to craft one well. He also goes over best practices, the pros and cons, and how a narrative podcast can make you stand out in the sea of podcasts out on the internet right now.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The art of creating a narrative</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Interview versus narratives</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The pros of narratives versus interview formats</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to craft a narrative</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Examples of podcasts with great narrative formats</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Understanding your topic </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Cold opening versus a welcome section</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating a limited series versus a biweekly or monthly schedule</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Series outlines</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Bow and Arrow analogy</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://obscureball.castos.com/">ObscureBall</a> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Descript: </span><a href="https://www.descript.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.descript.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Crafting-a-Narrative-Podcast.mp3" length="12223970"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Stuart talks about creating podcasts and episodes with narratives. Narrative podcasts have their own format and their own style but are not limiting within the narrative format. Stuart explains what makes a narrative podcast different from an interview podcasts and how to craft one well. He also goes over best practices, the pros and cons, and how a narrative podcast can make you stand out in the sea of podcasts out on the internet right now.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

The art of creating a narrative
Interview versus narratives
The pros of narratives versus interview formats


How to craft a narrative
Examples of podcasts with great narrative formats
Understanding your topic 
Cold opening versus a welcome section


Creating a limited series versus a biweekly or monthly schedule
Series outlines
The Bow and Arrow analogy

Resources/Links:
ObscureBall 
Descript: https://www.descript.com/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:12:43</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[The Creator's Calling - A Leap of Faith Into Podcasting with Anya Smith]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 29 Jul 2021 14:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/the-creator39s-calling-a-leap-of-faith-into-podcasting-with-anya-smith</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/the-creator39s-calling-a-leap-of-faith-into-podcasting-with-anya-smith</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Sam Chlebowski, the host of The Creator Spotlight Series, talks with Anya Smith of the Matters of Belief podcast. The top two topics we generally avoid when making pleasant conversation are politics and religion. Today Anya shares why religion should not be on that list. It is obvious by her curiosity, expertise, and enthusiasm about the topic, why people feel so comfortable talking with her about spirituality and religion. In addition to these topics, Sam and Anya also talk about how she first got started in podcasting, her tips for newbies, and her goals for the future of the Matters of Belief podcast and website.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">General background on Anya’s podcast, Matters of Belief</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The beginning of the Matters of Belief blog and podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The public’s aversion to talking about religion (and politics)</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Spreading messages and helping others</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Putting hope in technology</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Learning the basics of podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tips for interviewing, recording, and starting a new podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The future of the Matters of Belief website and podcast</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Matters of Belief: </span><a href="https://mattersofbelief.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://mattersofbelief.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Matters of Belief on Apple Podcasts: </span><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/matters-of-belief/id1565719966"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/matters-of-belief/id1565719966</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Matters of Belief on Spotify: </span><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/34PNDTOGw9HuCzpes0nH5j"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://open.spotify.com/show/34PNDTOGw9HuCzpes0nH5j</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span></span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Sam Chlebowski, the host of The Creator Spotlight Series, talks with Anya Smith of the Matters of Belief podcast. The top two topics we generally avoid when making pleasant conversation are politics and religion. Today Anya shares why religion should not be on that list. It is obvious by her curiosity, expertise, and enthusiasm about the topic, why people feel so comfortable talking with her about spirituality and religion. In addition to these topics, Sam and Anya also talk about how she first got started in podcasting, her tips for newbies, and her goals for the future of the Matters of Belief podcast and website.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

General background on Anya’s podcast, Matters of Belief
The beginning of the Matters of Belief blog and podcast
The public’s aversion to talking about religion (and politics)
Spreading messages and helping others
Putting hope in technology
Learning the basics of podcasting
Tips for interviewing, recording, and starting a new podcast
The future of the Matters of Belief website and podcast

Resources/Links:
Matters of Belief: https://mattersofbelief.com/ 
Matters of Belief on Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/matters-of-belief/id1565719966
Matters of Belief on Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/34PNDTOGw9HuCzpes0nH5j 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[The Creator's Calling - A Leap of Faith Into Podcasting with Anya Smith]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Sam Chlebowski, the host of The Creator Spotlight Series, talks with Anya Smith of the Matters of Belief podcast. The top two topics we generally avoid when making pleasant conversation are politics and religion. Today Anya shares why religion should not be on that list. It is obvious by her curiosity, expertise, and enthusiasm about the topic, why people feel so comfortable talking with her about spirituality and religion. In addition to these topics, Sam and Anya also talk about how she first got started in podcasting, her tips for newbies, and her goals for the future of the Matters of Belief podcast and website.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">General background on Anya’s podcast, Matters of Belief</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The beginning of the Matters of Belief blog and podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The public’s aversion to talking about religion (and politics)</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Spreading messages and helping others</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Putting hope in technology</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Learning the basics of podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tips for interviewing, recording, and starting a new podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The future of the Matters of Belief website and podcast</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Matters of Belief: </span><a href="https://mattersofbelief.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://mattersofbelief.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Matters of Belief on Apple Podcasts: </span><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/matters-of-belief/id1565719966"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/matters-of-belief/id1565719966</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Matters of Belief on Spotify: </span><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/34PNDTOGw9HuCzpes0nH5j"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://open.spotify.com/show/34PNDTOGw9HuCzpes0nH5j</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/The-Creator-s-Calling-A-Leap-of-Faith-Into-Podcasting-with-Anya-Smith.mp3" length="31212274"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Sam Chlebowski, the host of The Creator Spotlight Series, talks with Anya Smith of the Matters of Belief podcast. The top two topics we generally avoid when making pleasant conversation are politics and religion. Today Anya shares why religion should not be on that list. It is obvious by her curiosity, expertise, and enthusiasm about the topic, why people feel so comfortable talking with her about spirituality and religion. In addition to these topics, Sam and Anya also talk about how she first got started in podcasting, her tips for newbies, and her goals for the future of the Matters of Belief podcast and website.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

General background on Anya’s podcast, Matters of Belief
The beginning of the Matters of Belief blog and podcast
The public’s aversion to talking about religion (and politics)
Spreading messages and helping others
Putting hope in technology
Learning the basics of podcasting
Tips for interviewing, recording, and starting a new podcast
The future of the Matters of Belief website and podcast

Resources/Links:
Matters of Belief: https://mattersofbelief.com/ 
Matters of Belief on Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/matters-of-belief/id1565719966
Matters of Belief on Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/34PNDTOGw9HuCzpes0nH5j 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:32:30</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Growing A Successful Membership Podcast with Tony Merkel]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 22 Jul 2021 08:20:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/growing-a-successful-membership-podcast-with-tony-merkel</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/growing-a-successful-membership-podcast-with-tony-merkel</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Craig talks with Tony Merkel from the Confessionals podcast. Tony was able to live the dream: quit his job and become a full-time podcaster. Today on Audience, Tony talks about creating a community, suggestions for new podcasters, and lessons that he has learned about audience growth. Tony shares his bootstrap knowledge to help new podcasters but he also shares an inspirational message about being passionate about the things you love, and not being afraid to dream.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">His own origins: driving truck, building a family, the start of Confessionals</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tony’s first steps into podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Juggling different players, hosting sites, and apps</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Lessons learned about audience growth</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The evolution to monetization</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Being honest about how you see and treat your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Understanding social media</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What Tony does to create an inviting and engaging website and community</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Tony email: </span><a href="mailto:theconfessionals@theconfessionalspodcast.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">theconfessionals@theconfessionalspodcast.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Confessionals podcast: </span><a href="https://www.theconfessionalspodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.theconfessionalspodcast.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Confessionals podcast Instagram: </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/theconfessionalspodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.instagram.com/theconfessionalspodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Hammer Lane Legends podcast: </span><a href="https://www.hammerlanelegends.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.hammerlanelegends.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com...</span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Craig talks with Tony Merkel from the Confessionals podcast. Tony was able to live the dream: quit his job and become a full-time podcaster. Today on Audience, Tony talks about creating a community, suggestions for new podcasters, and lessons that he has learned about audience growth. Tony shares his bootstrap knowledge to help new podcasters but he also shares an inspirational message about being passionate about the things you love, and not being afraid to dream.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

His own origins: driving truck, building a family, the start of Confessionals
Tony’s first steps into podcasting
Juggling different players, hosting sites, and apps
Lessons learned about audience growth
The evolution to monetization
Being honest about how you see and treat your podcast
Understanding social media
What Tony does to create an inviting and engaging website and community

Resources/Links:
Tony email: theconfessionals@theconfessionalspodcast.com 
The Confessionals podcast: https://www.theconfessionalspodcast.com/ 
The Confessionals podcast Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/theconfessionalspodcast/ 
Hammer Lane Legends podcast: https://www.hammerlanelegends.com/
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Growing A Successful Membership Podcast with Tony Merkel]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Craig talks with Tony Merkel from the Confessionals podcast. Tony was able to live the dream: quit his job and become a full-time podcaster. Today on Audience, Tony talks about creating a community, suggestions for new podcasters, and lessons that he has learned about audience growth. Tony shares his bootstrap knowledge to help new podcasters but he also shares an inspirational message about being passionate about the things you love, and not being afraid to dream.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">His own origins: driving truck, building a family, the start of Confessionals</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tony’s first steps into podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Juggling different players, hosting sites, and apps</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Lessons learned about audience growth</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The evolution to monetization</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Being honest about how you see and treat your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Understanding social media</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What Tony does to create an inviting and engaging website and community</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Tony email: </span><a href="mailto:theconfessionals@theconfessionalspodcast.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">theconfessionals@theconfessionalspodcast.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Confessionals podcast: </span><a href="https://www.theconfessionalspodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.theconfessionalspodcast.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Confessionals podcast Instagram: </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/theconfessionalspodcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.instagram.com/theconfessionalspodcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Hammer Lane Legends podcast: </span><a href="https://www.hammerlanelegends.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.hammerlanelegends.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Growing-A-Successful-Membership-Podcast-with-Tony-Merkel.mp3" length="39877404"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Craig talks with Tony Merkel from the Confessionals podcast. Tony was able to live the dream: quit his job and become a full-time podcaster. Today on Audience, Tony talks about creating a community, suggestions for new podcasters, and lessons that he has learned about audience growth. Tony shares his bootstrap knowledge to help new podcasters but he also shares an inspirational message about being passionate about the things you love, and not being afraid to dream.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

His own origins: driving truck, building a family, the start of Confessionals
Tony’s first steps into podcasting
Juggling different players, hosting sites, and apps
Lessons learned about audience growth
The evolution to monetization
Being honest about how you see and treat your podcast
Understanding social media
What Tony does to create an inviting and engaging website and community

Resources/Links:
Tony email: theconfessionals@theconfessionalspodcast.com 
The Confessionals podcast: https://www.theconfessionalspodcast.com/ 
The Confessionals podcast Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/theconfessionalspodcast/ 
Hammer Lane Legends podcast: https://www.hammerlanelegends.com/
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:41:32</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[A Systematic Approach to Podcasting Success with Eric Stauffer]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 15 Jul 2021 12:35:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/a-systematic-approach-to-podcasting-success-with-eric-stauffer</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/a-systematic-approach-to-podcasting-success-with-eric-stauffer</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Sam Chlebowski is joined by Eric Stauffer from the Proper Cents podcast. Eric talks about everything from his background and journey into podcasting to his workflow and process for coming up with content for his podcast and website. Proper Cents is a wealth of information about financial news and advice. He also gives his advice for new podcasters in terms of content creation, growing your podcast, and the process of podcasting. He even chimes in on the 15-year mortgage versus a 30-year mortgage.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Eric’s background and journey into podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The idea of “if you build it, they will come” in podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The process of podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Eric’s advice for new podcasters</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The story of Proper Cents</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The 15-year mortgage or 30-year mortgage debate</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Eric’s plans for the future of the Proper Cents podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Eric’s workflow and process/system for creating episodes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of evergreen content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Eric grows his podcast</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Proper Cents Podcast: </span><a href="https://www.propercents.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.propercents.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Sam Chlebowski is joined by Eric Stauffer from the Proper Cents podcast. Eric talks about everything from his background and journey into podcasting to his workflow and process for coming up with content for his podcast and website. Proper Cents is a wealth of information about financial news and advice. He also gives his advice for new podcasters in terms of content creation, growing your podcast, and the process of podcasting. He even chimes in on the 15-year mortgage versus a 30-year mortgage.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Eric’s background and journey into podcasting
The idea of “if you build it, they will come” in podcasting
The process of podcasting
Eric’s advice for new podcasters
The story of Proper Cents
The 15-year mortgage or 30-year mortgage debate
Eric’s plans for the future of the Proper Cents podcast
Eric’s workflow and process/system for creating episodes
The importance of evergreen content
How Eric grows his podcast

Resources/Links:
The Proper Cents Podcast: https://www.propercents.com/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[A Systematic Approach to Podcasting Success with Eric Stauffer]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Sam Chlebowski is joined by Eric Stauffer from the Proper Cents podcast. Eric talks about everything from his background and journey into podcasting to his workflow and process for coming up with content for his podcast and website. Proper Cents is a wealth of information about financial news and advice. He also gives his advice for new podcasters in terms of content creation, growing your podcast, and the process of podcasting. He even chimes in on the 15-year mortgage versus a 30-year mortgage.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Eric’s background and journey into podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The idea of “if you build it, they will come” in podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The process of podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Eric’s advice for new podcasters</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The story of Proper Cents</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The 15-year mortgage or 30-year mortgage debate</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Eric’s plans for the future of the Proper Cents podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Eric’s workflow and process/system for creating episodes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of evergreen content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Eric grows his podcast</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Proper Cents Podcast: </span><a href="https://www.propercents.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.propercents.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/A-Systematic-Approach-to-Podcasting-Success-with-Eric-Stauffer.mp3" length="34162648"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Sam Chlebowski is joined by Eric Stauffer from the Proper Cents podcast. Eric talks about everything from his background and journey into podcasting to his workflow and process for coming up with content for his podcast and website. Proper Cents is a wealth of information about financial news and advice. He also gives his advice for new podcasters in terms of content creation, growing your podcast, and the process of podcasting. He even chimes in on the 15-year mortgage versus a 30-year mortgage.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Eric’s background and journey into podcasting
The idea of “if you build it, they will come” in podcasting
The process of podcasting
Eric’s advice for new podcasters
The story of Proper Cents
The 15-year mortgage or 30-year mortgage debate
Eric’s plans for the future of the Proper Cents podcast
Eric’s workflow and process/system for creating episodes
The importance of evergreen content
How Eric grows his podcast

Resources/Links:
The Proper Cents Podcast: https://www.propercents.com/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:35:34</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Creating a Content Emergency Fund with Sam Chlebowski]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 08 Jul 2021 17:57:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/creating-a-content-emergency-fund-with-sam-chlebowski</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/creating-a-content-emergency-fund-with-sam-chlebowski</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Content emergency fund with Sam</p>
<p>Today's guest is none other than our very own Head of Growth, <a href="https://castos.com/our-team/">Sam Chlebowski</a>.</p>
<p>Over the last two months, Sam has been helping our team iron out some of the creases in-between the marketing &amp; sales teams here at Castos. His background in the web services industry and managing expectations of small business owners navigate uncertain waters is a huge boon to our podcasters.</p>
<p>Sam and Matt help define what the "Head of Growth" role means along with his day to day responsibilities. They will unpack the lessons learned to help apply some of the same tactics to podcast creators looking to grow their audience.</p>
<p>The duo eventually came across the idea of investing in a "Content Emergency Fund" illustrating how podcast content can easily feed into your "banked" content.</p>
<p>Content Emergency Fund</p>
<p>A successful podcast which continues to increase downloads and broaden its reach doesn't stop at the audio file streamed to an app. It requires you to invest in other areas of content marketing, like blogging and/or email marketing.</p>
<p>The bad news? It takes more time to create more content.</p>
<p>The good news? Repurposing old podcast episodes to feed new areas of content, even if it's years old, is an affordable route to take. Sam refers to it as the Content Emergency Fund!</p>
<p>Wether you're stuck or crunched for time, you can lean on old episodes to draw new ideas from.</p>
<p>- Write up a new blog post about the book a guest mentioned<br />- Post audiograms from your top episodes<br />- Email out a series of mini-courses quoting the best lessons from your back catalog</p>
<p>Keep the content flowing; keep repurposing your old episodes!</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Content emergency fund with Sam
Today's guest is none other than our very own Head of Growth, Sam Chlebowski.
Over the last two months, Sam has been helping our team iron out some of the creases in-between the marketing & sales teams here at Castos. His background in the web services industry and managing expectations of small business owners navigate uncertain waters is a huge boon to our podcasters.
Sam and Matt help define what the "Head of Growth" role means along with his day to day responsibilities. They will unpack the lessons learned to help apply some of the same tactics to podcast creators looking to grow their audience.
The duo eventually came across the idea of investing in a "Content Emergency Fund" illustrating how podcast content can easily feed into your "banked" content.
Content Emergency Fund
A successful podcast which continues to increase downloads and broaden its reach doesn't stop at the audio file streamed to an app. It requires you to invest in other areas of content marketing, like blogging and/or email marketing.
The bad news? It takes more time to create more content.
The good news? Repurposing old podcast episodes to feed new areas of content, even if it's years old, is an affordable route to take. Sam refers to it as the Content Emergency Fund!
Wether you're stuck or crunched for time, you can lean on old episodes to draw new ideas from.
- Write up a new blog post about the book a guest mentioned- Post audiograms from your top episodes- Email out a series of mini-courses quoting the best lessons from your back catalog
Keep the content flowing; keep repurposing your old episodes!]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Creating a Content Emergency Fund with Sam Chlebowski]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Content emergency fund with Sam</p>
<p>Today's guest is none other than our very own Head of Growth, <a href="https://castos.com/our-team/">Sam Chlebowski</a>.</p>
<p>Over the last two months, Sam has been helping our team iron out some of the creases in-between the marketing &amp; sales teams here at Castos. His background in the web services industry and managing expectations of small business owners navigate uncertain waters is a huge boon to our podcasters.</p>
<p>Sam and Matt help define what the "Head of Growth" role means along with his day to day responsibilities. They will unpack the lessons learned to help apply some of the same tactics to podcast creators looking to grow their audience.</p>
<p>The duo eventually came across the idea of investing in a "Content Emergency Fund" illustrating how podcast content can easily feed into your "banked" content.</p>
<p>Content Emergency Fund</p>
<p>A successful podcast which continues to increase downloads and broaden its reach doesn't stop at the audio file streamed to an app. It requires you to invest in other areas of content marketing, like blogging and/or email marketing.</p>
<p>The bad news? It takes more time to create more content.</p>
<p>The good news? Repurposing old podcast episodes to feed new areas of content, even if it's years old, is an affordable route to take. Sam refers to it as the Content Emergency Fund!</p>
<p>Wether you're stuck or crunched for time, you can lean on old episodes to draw new ideas from.</p>
<p>- Write up a new blog post about the book a guest mentioned<br />- Post audiograms from your top episodes<br />- Email out a series of mini-courses quoting the best lessons from your back catalog</p>
<p>Keep the content flowing; keep repurposing your old episodes!</p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Sam-Chlebowski-Audience-podcast.mp3" length="25405694"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Content emergency fund with Sam
Today's guest is none other than our very own Head of Growth, Sam Chlebowski.
Over the last two months, Sam has been helping our team iron out some of the creases in-between the marketing & sales teams here at Castos. His background in the web services industry and managing expectations of small business owners navigate uncertain waters is a huge boon to our podcasters.
Sam and Matt help define what the "Head of Growth" role means along with his day to day responsibilities. They will unpack the lessons learned to help apply some of the same tactics to podcast creators looking to grow their audience.
The duo eventually came across the idea of investing in a "Content Emergency Fund" illustrating how podcast content can easily feed into your "banked" content.
Content Emergency Fund
A successful podcast which continues to increase downloads and broaden its reach doesn't stop at the audio file streamed to an app. It requires you to invest in other areas of content marketing, like blogging and/or email marketing.
The bad news? It takes more time to create more content.
The good news? Repurposing old podcast episodes to feed new areas of content, even if it's years old, is an affordable route to take. Sam refers to it as the Content Emergency Fund!
Wether you're stuck or crunched for time, you can lean on old episodes to draw new ideas from.
- Write up a new blog post about the book a guest mentioned- Post audiograms from your top episodes- Email out a series of mini-courses quoting the best lessons from your back catalog
Keep the content flowing; keep repurposing your old episodes!]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:26:27</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Castos raising outside funding to improve podcasting for creators]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Fri, 02 Jul 2021 10:49:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/castos-raising-outside-funding-to-improve-podcasting-for-creators</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/castos-raising-outside-funding-to-improve-podcasting-for-creators</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode Matt and Craig talk through the fundraising round that Castos has recently completed.</p>
<p></p>
<p>Castos, a leader in podcast hosting and analytics, has successfully closed an investment round of $756,000. With investments by Automattic, Joost de Valk of Yoast SEO, and individual investors, Castos will use this additional capital to fuel its advance into the Private Podcasting market. </p>
<p> </p>
<p>With podcasting, and audio content in general, showing no signs of slowing now that the worst of the pandemic seems to be behind us, Castos believes that the future of podcasting is in tools that allow creators to own their own content and distribution channels through Private Podcasting. </p>
<p> </p>
<p>Castos’ roots in the open source community through their Seriously Simple Podcasting plugin for WordPress along with the investment from Automattic (the company behind WordPress.com) further strengthens the ability for WordPress users to own their content, the platform that it’s built on, and the control they have over how it is distributed. WordPress with Seriously Simple Podcasting and Castos as the hosting engine means that podcasters can own their content and data, and the ability to manage Private Podcasts right from WordPress just enhances that ability.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Castos’ founder and CEO, Craig Hewitt, recounted “We have seen a significant increase in interest from customers with online courses, membership sites, and digital communities wanting to provide exclusive podcast content to those members, as well as companies wanting to provide private podcast content for their employees. We see this as an area of the podcasting market that’s at a tipping point, starting to explode in popularity.”</p>
<p> </p>
<p>With Castos’ existing Zapier integration, REST API, and direct <a href="https://castos.com/integrations/">integrations</a> with tools like Elementor, Descript, MemberSpace, AdBarker, and Alitu, the company will continue to give podcasters the tools and extensibility they need to harness the power of audio to grow their brand...whether that’s externally with customers, or internally with their teams.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Hewitt said that “We hear from companies over and over again that they’re looking for the ‘<a href="https://castos.com/step-away-experience/">Step Away Experience</a>' where employees can engage with their internal content without having to be glued to a screen. Something that is remote first, asynchronous, audio-based, on demand….and of course, hyper secure. Private podcasting fits the bill perfectly for these companies, and that’s what we’re delivering to brands across the globe.”</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Castos has been, to this point, a mostly self-funded company, taking only a small investment when joining the <a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a> startup accelerator in 2019. Today they are a <a href="https://castos.com/our-team/">team</a> of 13 located in 4 continents, serving thousands of passionate podcasters all across the world. </p>
<p> </p>
<p>“We’re thrilled to have the opportunity to put this investment to work in furthering our product offering, continuing to build out our team, and provide podcasters with the solutions they need to better connect with their audiences.” Hewitt said. The majority of the funds will be used to build out their sales and marketing teams, and on designers and developers to accelerate work on their suite of products.</p>
<p></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode Matt and Craig talk through the fundraising round that Castos has recently completed.

Castos, a leader in podcast hosting and analytics, has successfully closed an investment round of $756,000. With investments by Automattic, Joost de Valk of Yoast SEO, and individual investors, Castos will use this additional capital to fuel its advance into the Private Podcasting market. 
 
With podcasting, and audio content in general, showing no signs of slowing now that the worst of the pandemic seems to be behind us, Castos believes that the future of podcasting is in tools that allow creators to own their own content and distribution channels through Private Podcasting. 
 
Castos’ roots in the open source community through their Seriously Simple Podcasting plugin for WordPress along with the investment from Automattic (the company behind WordPress.com) further strengthens the ability for WordPress users to own their content, the platform that it’s built on, and the control they have over how it is distributed. WordPress with Seriously Simple Podcasting and Castos as the hosting engine means that podcasters can own their content and data, and the ability to manage Private Podcasts right from WordPress just enhances that ability.
 
Castos’ founder and CEO, Craig Hewitt, recounted “We have seen a significant increase in interest from customers with online courses, membership sites, and digital communities wanting to provide exclusive podcast content to those members, as well as companies wanting to provide private podcast content for their employees. We see this as an area of the podcasting market that’s at a tipping point, starting to explode in popularity.”
 
With Castos’ existing Zapier integration, REST API, and direct integrations with tools like Elementor, Descript, MemberSpace, AdBarker, and Alitu, the company will continue to give podcasters the tools and extensibility they need to harness the power of audio to grow their brand...whether that’s externally with customers, or internally with their teams.
 
Hewitt said that “We hear from companies over and over again that they’re looking for the ‘Step Away Experience' where employees can engage with their internal content without having to be glued to a screen. Something that is remote first, asynchronous, audio-based, on demand….and of course, hyper secure. Private podcasting fits the bill perfectly for these companies, and that’s what we’re delivering to brands across the globe.”
 
Castos has been, to this point, a mostly self-funded company, taking only a small investment when joining the TinySeed startup accelerator in 2019. Today they are a team of 13 located in 4 continents, serving thousands of passionate podcasters all across the world. 
 
“We’re thrilled to have the opportunity to put this investment to work in furthering our product offering, continuing to build out our team, and provide podcasters with the solutions they need to better connect with their audiences.” Hewitt said. The majority of the funds will be used to build out their sales and marketing teams, and on designers and developers to accelerate work on their suite of products.
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Castos raising outside funding to improve podcasting for creators]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode Matt and Craig talk through the fundraising round that Castos has recently completed.</p>
<p></p>
<p>Castos, a leader in podcast hosting and analytics, has successfully closed an investment round of $756,000. With investments by Automattic, Joost de Valk of Yoast SEO, and individual investors, Castos will use this additional capital to fuel its advance into the Private Podcasting market. </p>
<p> </p>
<p>With podcasting, and audio content in general, showing no signs of slowing now that the worst of the pandemic seems to be behind us, Castos believes that the future of podcasting is in tools that allow creators to own their own content and distribution channels through Private Podcasting. </p>
<p> </p>
<p>Castos’ roots in the open source community through their Seriously Simple Podcasting plugin for WordPress along with the investment from Automattic (the company behind WordPress.com) further strengthens the ability for WordPress users to own their content, the platform that it’s built on, and the control they have over how it is distributed. WordPress with Seriously Simple Podcasting and Castos as the hosting engine means that podcasters can own their content and data, and the ability to manage Private Podcasts right from WordPress just enhances that ability.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Castos’ founder and CEO, Craig Hewitt, recounted “We have seen a significant increase in interest from customers with online courses, membership sites, and digital communities wanting to provide exclusive podcast content to those members, as well as companies wanting to provide private podcast content for their employees. We see this as an area of the podcasting market that’s at a tipping point, starting to explode in popularity.”</p>
<p> </p>
<p>With Castos’ existing Zapier integration, REST API, and direct <a href="https://castos.com/integrations/">integrations</a> with tools like Elementor, Descript, MemberSpace, AdBarker, and Alitu, the company will continue to give podcasters the tools and extensibility they need to harness the power of audio to grow their brand...whether that’s externally with customers, or internally with their teams.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Hewitt said that “We hear from companies over and over again that they’re looking for the ‘<a href="https://castos.com/step-away-experience/">Step Away Experience</a>' where employees can engage with their internal content without having to be glued to a screen. Something that is remote first, asynchronous, audio-based, on demand….and of course, hyper secure. Private podcasting fits the bill perfectly for these companies, and that’s what we’re delivering to brands across the globe.”</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Castos has been, to this point, a mostly self-funded company, taking only a small investment when joining the <a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a> startup accelerator in 2019. Today they are a <a href="https://castos.com/our-team/">team</a> of 13 located in 4 continents, serving thousands of passionate podcasters all across the world. </p>
<p> </p>
<p>“We’re thrilled to have the opportunity to put this investment to work in furthering our product offering, continuing to build out our team, and provide podcasters with the solutions they need to better connect with their audiences.” Hewitt said. The majority of the funds will be used to build out their sales and marketing teams, and on designers and developers to accelerate work on their suite of products.</p>
<p></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Castos-raising-outside-funding-to-improve-podcasting-for-creators.mp3" length="42589824"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode Matt and Craig talk through the fundraising round that Castos has recently completed.

Castos, a leader in podcast hosting and analytics, has successfully closed an investment round of $756,000. With investments by Automattic, Joost de Valk of Yoast SEO, and individual investors, Castos will use this additional capital to fuel its advance into the Private Podcasting market. 
 
With podcasting, and audio content in general, showing no signs of slowing now that the worst of the pandemic seems to be behind us, Castos believes that the future of podcasting is in tools that allow creators to own their own content and distribution channels through Private Podcasting. 
 
Castos’ roots in the open source community through their Seriously Simple Podcasting plugin for WordPress along with the investment from Automattic (the company behind WordPress.com) further strengthens the ability for WordPress users to own their content, the platform that it’s built on, and the control they have over how it is distributed. WordPress with Seriously Simple Podcasting and Castos as the hosting engine means that podcasters can own their content and data, and the ability to manage Private Podcasts right from WordPress just enhances that ability.
 
Castos’ founder and CEO, Craig Hewitt, recounted “We have seen a significant increase in interest from customers with online courses, membership sites, and digital communities wanting to provide exclusive podcast content to those members, as well as companies wanting to provide private podcast content for their employees. We see this as an area of the podcasting market that’s at a tipping point, starting to explode in popularity.”
 
With Castos’ existing Zapier integration, REST API, and direct integrations with tools like Elementor, Descript, MemberSpace, AdBarker, and Alitu, the company will continue to give podcasters the tools and extensibility they need to harness the power of audio to grow their brand...whether that’s externally with customers, or internally with their teams.
 
Hewitt said that “We hear from companies over and over again that they’re looking for the ‘Step Away Experience' where employees can engage with their internal content without having to be glued to a screen. Something that is remote first, asynchronous, audio-based, on demand….and of course, hyper secure. Private podcasting fits the bill perfectly for these companies, and that’s what we’re delivering to brands across the globe.”
 
Castos has been, to this point, a mostly self-funded company, taking only a small investment when joining the TinySeed startup accelerator in 2019. Today they are a team of 13 located in 4 continents, serving thousands of passionate podcasters all across the world. 
 
“We’re thrilled to have the opportunity to put this investment to work in furthering our product offering, continuing to build out our team, and provide podcasters with the solutions they need to better connect with their audiences.” Hewitt said. The majority of the funds will be used to build out their sales and marketing teams, and on designers and developers to accelerate work on their suite of products.
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:22:23</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Exploring the step away experience at Castos]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 22 Jun 2021 07:25:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/exploring-the-step-away-experience-at-castos</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/exploring-the-step-away-experience-at-castos</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks about what the step away experience is at Castos. In a world that was changed by the events that happened in 2020, employers and work expectations must also change. Employees and team members no longer commuted to work or walked into boardrooms for meetings. Instead all of that was replaced with virtual meetings after virtual meetings. “Zoom fatigue” became widely experienced. Today Matt talks about how to utilize private podcasting in new ways and how to help achieve and maintain that work-life balance in our new normal.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Talking points:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Zoom fatigue in 2020</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">New opportunities for employers and employees</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of communication</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is the Step Away Experience?</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">New ways to utilize private podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Focusing on the audio</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creative ways to encourage staff to consume content</span></li>
</ul></li>

</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks about what the step away experience is at Castos. In a world that was changed by the events that happened in 2020, employers and work expectations must also change. Employees and team members no longer commuted to work or walked into boardrooms for meetings. Instead all of that was replaced with virtual meetings after virtual meetings. “Zoom fatigue” became widely experienced. Today Matt talks about how to utilize private podcasting in new ways and how to help achieve and maintain that work-life balance in our new normal.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Talking points:

Zoom fatigue in 2020
New opportunities for employers and employees
The importance of communication
What is the Step Away Experience?
New ways to utilize private podcasting
Focusing on the audio
Creative ways to encourage staff to consume content



Resources/Links:
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Exploring the step away experience at Castos]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks about what the step away experience is at Castos. In a world that was changed by the events that happened in 2020, employers and work expectations must also change. Employees and team members no longer commuted to work or walked into boardrooms for meetings. Instead all of that was replaced with virtual meetings after virtual meetings. “Zoom fatigue” became widely experienced. Today Matt talks about how to utilize private podcasting in new ways and how to help achieve and maintain that work-life balance in our new normal.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Talking points:</strong></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Zoom fatigue in 2020</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">New opportunities for employers and employees</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of communication</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is the Step Away Experience?</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">New ways to utilize private podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Focusing on the audio</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creative ways to encourage staff to consume content</span></li>
</ul></li>

</ul>
<h3><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Exploring-the-step-away-experience-at-Castos.mp3" length="12189697"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks about what the step away experience is at Castos. In a world that was changed by the events that happened in 2020, employers and work expectations must also change. Employees and team members no longer commuted to work or walked into boardrooms for meetings. Instead all of that was replaced with virtual meetings after virtual meetings. “Zoom fatigue” became widely experienced. Today Matt talks about how to utilize private podcasting in new ways and how to help achieve and maintain that work-life balance in our new normal.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Talking points:

Zoom fatigue in 2020
New opportunities for employers and employees
The importance of communication
What is the Step Away Experience?
New ways to utilize private podcasting
Focusing on the audio
Creative ways to encourage staff to consume content



Resources/Links:
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:12:41</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Are you a Creator? (Part 1)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 17 Jun 2021 11:48:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/are-you-a-creator-part-1</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/are-you-a-creator-part-1</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In today's episode of Audience, Matt explores the boundaries of being called a "Creator" and how it relates to the creator economy.</p>
<p>This is episode 1 in a series that will explore what a creator means in the larger context of podcasting. There are a few challenges for you ahead:</p>
<ul>
<li>Ask yourself what "Creator" means to you</li>
<li>Learn from other creatives outside of the podcasting space</li>
<li>Find a deeper connection in your content</li>
</ul>
<p>Matt shares a clip from an interview with actor Ethan Hawke titled, Give yourself permission to be creative.</p>
<p>This is a crucial step for you to start thinking beyond just producing shows for marketing or a simple goal. Find deeper connection with yourself (as the creator) and your audience. </p>
<p>If you enjoy today's episode, please share it on your social media!</p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WRS9Gek4V5Q">Give yourself permission to be creative | Ethan Hawke</a> https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WRS9Gek4V5Q</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In today's episode of Audience, Matt explores the boundaries of being called a "Creator" and how it relates to the creator economy.
This is episode 1 in a series that will explore what a creator means in the larger context of podcasting. There are a few challenges for you ahead:

Ask yourself what "Creator" means to you
Learn from other creatives outside of the podcasting space
Find a deeper connection in your content

Matt shares a clip from an interview with actor Ethan Hawke titled, Give yourself permission to be creative.
This is a crucial step for you to start thinking beyond just producing shows for marketing or a simple goal. Find deeper connection with yourself (as the creator) and your audience. 
If you enjoy today's episode, please share it on your social media!
Give yourself permission to be creative | Ethan Hawke https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WRS9Gek4V5Q]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Are you a Creator? (Part 1)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In today's episode of Audience, Matt explores the boundaries of being called a "Creator" and how it relates to the creator economy.</p>
<p>This is episode 1 in a series that will explore what a creator means in the larger context of podcasting. There are a few challenges for you ahead:</p>
<ul>
<li>Ask yourself what "Creator" means to you</li>
<li>Learn from other creatives outside of the podcasting space</li>
<li>Find a deeper connection in your content</li>
</ul>
<p>Matt shares a clip from an interview with actor Ethan Hawke titled, Give yourself permission to be creative.</p>
<p>This is a crucial step for you to start thinking beyond just producing shows for marketing or a simple goal. Find deeper connection with yourself (as the creator) and your audience. </p>
<p>If you enjoy today's episode, please share it on your social media!</p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WRS9Gek4V5Q">Give yourself permission to be creative | Ethan Hawke</a> https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WRS9Gek4V5Q</p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/are-you-a-creator-audiece-podcast.mp3" length="10746193"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In today's episode of Audience, Matt explores the boundaries of being called a "Creator" and how it relates to the creator economy.
This is episode 1 in a series that will explore what a creator means in the larger context of podcasting. There are a few challenges for you ahead:

Ask yourself what "Creator" means to you
Learn from other creatives outside of the podcasting space
Find a deeper connection in your content

Matt shares a clip from an interview with actor Ethan Hawke titled, Give yourself permission to be creative.
This is a crucial step for you to start thinking beyond just producing shows for marketing or a simple goal. Find deeper connection with yourself (as the creator) and your audience. 
If you enjoy today's episode, please share it on your social media!
Give yourself permission to be creative | Ethan Hawke https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WRS9Gek4V5Q]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:11:11</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[3 Clips Archive: How to Make an Interview Show Extraordinary (ft. Neil Pasricha)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 10 Jun 2021 07:31:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/3-clips-archive-how-to-make-an-interview-show-extraordinary-ft-neil-pasricha</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/3-clips-archive-how-to-make-an-interview-show-extraordinary-ft-neil-pasricha</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Today's episode is a must-listen re-run from our other show, <a href="https://3clipspodcast.com">3 Clips</a> . It's presented by Andrea, one of our producers for 3 Clips, in place of Jay while he's out on parental leave. </p>
<p>We hope you enjoy today's episode and give 3 Clips a follow in your favorite podcasting apps. </p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Today's episode is a must-listen re-run from our other show, 3 Clips . It's presented by Andrea, one of our producers for 3 Clips, in place of Jay while he's out on parental leave. 
We hope you enjoy today's episode and give 3 Clips a follow in your favorite podcasting apps. ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[3 Clips Archive: How to Make an Interview Show Extraordinary (ft. Neil Pasricha)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Today's episode is a must-listen re-run from our other show, <a href="https://3clipspodcast.com">3 Clips</a> . It's presented by Andrea, one of our producers for 3 Clips, in place of Jay while he's out on parental leave. </p>
<p>We hope you enjoy today's episode and give 3 Clips a follow in your favorite podcasting apps. </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/3clips-re-run-audience-podcast.mp3" length="49778565"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Today's episode is a must-listen re-run from our other show, 3 Clips . It's presented by Andrea, one of our producers for 3 Clips, in place of Jay while he's out on parental leave. 
We hope you enjoy today's episode and give 3 Clips a follow in your favorite podcasting apps. ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:51:51</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Niching down to monetize your podcast w/ Bob Dunn]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 03 Jun 2021 07:17:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/niching-down-to-monetize-your-podcast-w-bob-dunn</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/niching-down-to-monetize-your-podcast-w-bob-dunn</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks with fellow podcaster, Bob Dunn from the Do the Woo Podcast. Bob specializes in a specific niche within WordPress, which is what his podcast focuses on as well. That begs the question, “How do you niche down in podcasting?” Today, Bob and Matt talk about niche podcasting and sponsorships, how to get started with sponsorships (when you’re new and scared), and different types of ad-rolls. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">How important is creativity in an ad-roll? How do you own a segment? How flexible do you have to be with sponsors? Bob and Matt answer all of these questions and more in today’s episode of the Audience podcast.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Bob’s journey into podcasting and the story behind </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Do the Woo</span></em></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Niching down in podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of branding in niche podcasting </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">“Owning a segment”</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Advice for how new podcasters can approach possible sponsors</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Branding through the lens of small creators</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Transparency with sponsors and listeners</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How flexibility and sponsorships go hand-in-hand      </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Different types of ad-rolls</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Long-term commitments and lengths of sponsorships</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Equipment opinions and tips                                                                                                                                                               </span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Bob Dunn, LinkedIn: </span><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/bobwp/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.linkedin.com/in/bobwp/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Bob Dunn, official website: </span><a href="https://bobwp.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://bobwp.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Do the Woo Podcast: </span><a href="https://dothewoo.io/woocommerce-podcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://dothewoo.io/woocommerce-podcast/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span></span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks with fellow podcaster, Bob Dunn from the Do the Woo Podcast. Bob specializes in a specific niche within WordPress, which is what his podcast focuses on as well. That begs the question, “How do you niche down in podcasting?” Today, Bob and Matt talk about niche podcasting and sponsorships, how to get started with sponsorships (when you’re new and scared), and different types of ad-rolls. 
How important is creativity in an ad-roll? How do you own a segment? How flexible do you have to be with sponsors? Bob and Matt answer all of these questions and more in today’s episode of the Audience podcast.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Bob’s journey into podcasting and the story behind Do the Woo
Niching down in podcasting
The importance of branding in niche podcasting 
“Owning a segment”
Advice for how new podcasters can approach possible sponsors
Branding through the lens of small creators
Transparency with sponsors and listeners
How flexibility and sponsorships go hand-in-hand      
Different types of ad-rolls
Long-term commitments and lengths of sponsorships
Equipment opinions and tips                                                                                                                                                               

Resources/Links:
Bob Dunn, LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/bobwp/
Bob Dunn, official website: https://bobwp.com/
Do the Woo Podcast: https://dothewoo.io/woocommerce-podcast/
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Niching down to monetize your podcast w/ Bob Dunn]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks with fellow podcaster, Bob Dunn from the Do the Woo Podcast. Bob specializes in a specific niche within WordPress, which is what his podcast focuses on as well. That begs the question, “How do you niche down in podcasting?” Today, Bob and Matt talk about niche podcasting and sponsorships, how to get started with sponsorships (when you’re new and scared), and different types of ad-rolls. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">How important is creativity in an ad-roll? How do you own a segment? How flexible do you have to be with sponsors? Bob and Matt answer all of these questions and more in today’s episode of the Audience podcast.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Bob’s journey into podcasting and the story behind </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">Do the Woo</span></em></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Niching down in podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of branding in niche podcasting </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">“Owning a segment”</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Advice for how new podcasters can approach possible sponsors</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Branding through the lens of small creators</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Transparency with sponsors and listeners</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How flexibility and sponsorships go hand-in-hand      </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Different types of ad-rolls</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Long-term commitments and lengths of sponsorships</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Equipment opinions and tips                                                                                                                                                               </span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Bob Dunn, LinkedIn: </span><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/bobwp/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.linkedin.com/in/bobwp/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Bob Dunn, official website: </span><a href="https://bobwp.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://bobwp.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Do the Woo Podcast: </span><a href="https://dothewoo.io/woocommerce-podcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://dothewoo.io/woocommerce-podcast/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Niching-down-to-monetize-your-podcast-w-Bob-Dunn.mp3" length="43469763"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks with fellow podcaster, Bob Dunn from the Do the Woo Podcast. Bob specializes in a specific niche within WordPress, which is what his podcast focuses on as well. That begs the question, “How do you niche down in podcasting?” Today, Bob and Matt talk about niche podcasting and sponsorships, how to get started with sponsorships (when you’re new and scared), and different types of ad-rolls. 
How important is creativity in an ad-roll? How do you own a segment? How flexible do you have to be with sponsors? Bob and Matt answer all of these questions and more in today’s episode of the Audience podcast.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Bob’s journey into podcasting and the story behind Do the Woo
Niching down in podcasting
The importance of branding in niche podcasting 
“Owning a segment”
Advice for how new podcasters can approach possible sponsors
Branding through the lens of small creators
Transparency with sponsors and listeners
How flexibility and sponsorships go hand-in-hand      
Different types of ad-rolls
Long-term commitments and lengths of sponsorships
Equipment opinions and tips                                                                                                                                                               

Resources/Links:
Bob Dunn, LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/bobwp/
Bob Dunn, official website: https://bobwp.com/
Do the Woo Podcast: https://dothewoo.io/woocommerce-podcast/
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:45:16</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Podcast Junkies w/ Harry Duran]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 27 May 2021 07:16:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/podcast-junkies-w-harry-duran</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/podcast-junkies-w-harry-duran</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks with Harry Duran from Podcast Junkies and his podcast production company (Fullcast). From mobile app developer to his ah-ha moment at New Media Expo, he talks about his journey into podcasting as well as his thought experiment which led to the Vertical Farming Podcast. Harry shares his expertise in the industry as the discussion moves from hyperfocusing on niches and the importance of building partnerships with sponsors.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Vertical Farming Podcast and hyperfocusing in different niches </span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Knowing what you want from day one</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How can creativity bridge your show with the sponsors’ expectations</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Sponsors “experimenting” with podcasts vs traditional sponsorships</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Give-and-take relationships</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Bringing sponsors onto your show for their expertise</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast Junkies</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Origin story and how it led to Fullcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Lessons learned</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Private podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The future of the podcasting industry</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The twist in the Spotify subscription model (vs. Apple)</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Facebook allowing embedded players</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Breez and Podfriend</span></li>
</ul></li>

</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast Junkies: </span><a href="https://podcastjunkies.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcastjunkies.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Fullcast: </span><a href="https://fullcast.co/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://fullcast.co/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Notion landing page for listeners: </span><a href="https://fullcast.co/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://fullcast.co/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Vertical Farming Podcast: </span><a href="https://verticalfarmingpodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://verticalfarmingpodcast.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podnews: </span><a href="https://podnews.net/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podnews.net/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast2.0: </span><a></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks with Harry Duran from Podcast Junkies and his podcast production company (Fullcast). From mobile app developer to his ah-ha moment at New Media Expo, he talks about his journey into podcasting as well as his thought experiment which led to the Vertical Farming Podcast. Harry shares his expertise in the industry as the discussion moves from hyperfocusing on niches and the importance of building partnerships with sponsors.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Vertical Farming Podcast and hyperfocusing in different niches 
Knowing what you want from day one


How can creativity bridge your show with the sponsors’ expectations
Sponsors “experimenting” with podcasts vs traditional sponsorships
Give-and-take relationships
Bringing sponsors onto your show for their expertise


Podcast Junkies
Origin story and how it led to Fullcast
Lessons learned


Private podcasting
The future of the podcasting industry
The twist in the Spotify subscription model (vs. Apple)
Facebook allowing embedded players
Breez and Podfriend



Resources/Links:
Podcast Junkies: https://podcastjunkies.com/
Fullcast: https://fullcast.co/ 
Notion landing page for listeners: https://fullcast.co/castos 
Vertical Farming Podcast: https://verticalfarmingpodcast.com/ 
Podnews: https://podnews.net/ 
Podcast2.0: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Podcast Junkies w/ Harry Duran]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks with Harry Duran from Podcast Junkies and his podcast production company (Fullcast). From mobile app developer to his ah-ha moment at New Media Expo, he talks about his journey into podcasting as well as his thought experiment which led to the Vertical Farming Podcast. Harry shares his expertise in the industry as the discussion moves from hyperfocusing on niches and the importance of building partnerships with sponsors.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Vertical Farming Podcast and hyperfocusing in different niches </span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Knowing what you want from day one</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How can creativity bridge your show with the sponsors’ expectations</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Sponsors “experimenting” with podcasts vs traditional sponsorships</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Give-and-take relationships</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Bringing sponsors onto your show for their expertise</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast Junkies</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Origin story and how it led to Fullcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Lessons learned</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Private podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The future of the podcasting industry</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The twist in the Spotify subscription model (vs. Apple)</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Facebook allowing embedded players</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Breez and Podfriend</span></li>
</ul></li>

</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast Junkies: </span><a href="https://podcastjunkies.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcastjunkies.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Fullcast: </span><a href="https://fullcast.co/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://fullcast.co/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Notion landing page for listeners: </span><a href="https://fullcast.co/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://fullcast.co/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Vertical Farming Podcast: </span><a href="https://verticalfarmingpodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://verticalfarmingpodcast.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podnews: </span><a href="https://podnews.net/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podnews.net/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast2.0: </span><a href="https://podcastindex.org/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcastindex.org/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Breez: </span><a href="https://breez.technology/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://breez.technology/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podfriend: </span><a href="https://www.podfriend.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.podfriend.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Harry-Duran.mp3" length="34957188"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt talks with Harry Duran from Podcast Junkies and his podcast production company (Fullcast). From mobile app developer to his ah-ha moment at New Media Expo, he talks about his journey into podcasting as well as his thought experiment which led to the Vertical Farming Podcast. Harry shares his expertise in the industry as the discussion moves from hyperfocusing on niches and the importance of building partnerships with sponsors.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Vertical Farming Podcast and hyperfocusing in different niches 
Knowing what you want from day one


How can creativity bridge your show with the sponsors’ expectations
Sponsors “experimenting” with podcasts vs traditional sponsorships
Give-and-take relationships
Bringing sponsors onto your show for their expertise


Podcast Junkies
Origin story and how it led to Fullcast
Lessons learned


Private podcasting
The future of the podcasting industry
The twist in the Spotify subscription model (vs. Apple)
Facebook allowing embedded players
Breez and Podfriend



Resources/Links:
Podcast Junkies: https://podcastjunkies.com/
Fullcast: https://fullcast.co/ 
Notion landing page for listeners: https://fullcast.co/castos 
Vertical Farming Podcast: https://verticalfarmingpodcast.com/ 
Podnews: https://podnews.net/ 
Podcast2.0: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:24</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Castos acquires Podiant podcast hosting]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 20 May 2021 16:18:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/castos-acquires-podiant-podcast-hosting</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/castos-acquires-podiant-podcast-hosting</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p></p>
<p>The Audience podcast is back with exciting news: <a href="https://castos.com/welcoming-podiant-to-castos/">Castos has acquired Podiant podcast hosting!</a></p>
<p> </p>
<p>Matt &amp; Craig sit down to discuss the acquisition and what it means for the Castos family. We'll learn that it goes beyond acquiring more customers and injecting them into the Castos brand, but that customers from both sides will benefit.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Along with new Podiant customers remaining on the same billing plan, they will also get all of the great unlimited <a href="https://castos.com/castos-features/">features </a>of Castos podcast hosting, too! Castos customers get something out of the deal too -- we'll soon have <strong>native integration</strong> to <a href="https://descript.com">Descript</a> through the infrastructure already in place at Podiant.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Matt is <em>very </em>excited about this. Learn more about Descript on our <a href="https://youtube.com/castos">YouTube channel.</a></p>
<p> </p>
<p>Enjoy today's episode and please feel free to <a href="https://castos.com/contact/">contact </a>us with any questions about the acquisition.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Important links:</p>
<p> </p>
<ul>
<li>https://castos.com/welcoming-podiant-to-castos/</li>
<li>https://podiant.co/blog/castos/</li>
<li>https://castos.com/audience</li>
<li>https://youtube.com/castos</li>
</ul>
<p></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
The Audience podcast is back with exciting news: Castos has acquired Podiant podcast hosting!
 
Matt & Craig sit down to discuss the acquisition and what it means for the Castos family. We'll learn that it goes beyond acquiring more customers and injecting them into the Castos brand, but that customers from both sides will benefit.
 
Along with new Podiant customers remaining on the same billing plan, they will also get all of the great unlimited features of Castos podcast hosting, too! Castos customers get something out of the deal too -- we'll soon have native integration to Descript through the infrastructure already in place at Podiant.
 
Matt is very excited about this. Learn more about Descript on our YouTube channel.
 
Enjoy today's episode and please feel free to contact us with any questions about the acquisition.
 
Important links:
 

https://castos.com/welcoming-podiant-to-castos/
https://podiant.co/blog/castos/
https://castos.com/audience
https://youtube.com/castos

]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Castos acquires Podiant podcast hosting]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p></p>
<p>The Audience podcast is back with exciting news: <a href="https://castos.com/welcoming-podiant-to-castos/">Castos has acquired Podiant podcast hosting!</a></p>
<p> </p>
<p>Matt &amp; Craig sit down to discuss the acquisition and what it means for the Castos family. We'll learn that it goes beyond acquiring more customers and injecting them into the Castos brand, but that customers from both sides will benefit.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Along with new Podiant customers remaining on the same billing plan, they will also get all of the great unlimited <a href="https://castos.com/castos-features/">features </a>of Castos podcast hosting, too! Castos customers get something out of the deal too -- we'll soon have <strong>native integration</strong> to <a href="https://descript.com">Descript</a> through the infrastructure already in place at Podiant.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Matt is <em>very </em>excited about this. Learn more about Descript on our <a href="https://youtube.com/castos">YouTube channel.</a></p>
<p> </p>
<p>Enjoy today's episode and please feel free to <a href="https://castos.com/contact/">contact </a>us with any questions about the acquisition.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Important links:</p>
<p> </p>
<ul>
<li>https://castos.com/welcoming-podiant-to-castos/</li>
<li>https://podiant.co/blog/castos/</li>
<li>https://castos.com/audience</li>
<li>https://youtube.com/castos</li>
</ul>
<p></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Craig-and-Matt-talk-about-Podiant.mp3" length="17888280"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
The Audience podcast is back with exciting news: Castos has acquired Podiant podcast hosting!
 
Matt & Craig sit down to discuss the acquisition and what it means for the Castos family. We'll learn that it goes beyond acquiring more customers and injecting them into the Castos brand, but that customers from both sides will benefit.
 
Along with new Podiant customers remaining on the same billing plan, they will also get all of the great unlimited features of Castos podcast hosting, too! Castos customers get something out of the deal too -- we'll soon have native integration to Descript through the infrastructure already in place at Podiant.
 
Matt is very excited about this. Learn more about Descript on our YouTube channel.
 
Enjoy today's episode and please feel free to contact us with any questions about the acquisition.
 
Important links:
 

https://castos.com/welcoming-podiant-to-castos/
https://podiant.co/blog/castos/
https://castos.com/audience
https://youtube.com/castos

]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:18:38</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Creator: Tim McKenna of the Signal337 podcast]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 13 May 2021 05:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/castos-creator-tim-mckenna-of-the-signal337-podcast</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/castos-creator-tim-mckenna-of-the-signal337-podcast</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>The Castos Creator's series is happy to share today's story of Tim McKenna, podcast host of the Signal337 (three-thirty-seven) Podcast, a show for the innately curious and creative.</p>
<p>Since September of 2019, Tim has been sharing his thoughts on design, business, and leadership with his audience. Though, we'll learn today that he tried to start the show with some co-hosts, things didn't pan out the way he had hoped.</p>
<p>Like many of us, Tim didn't set out to do a solo podcast reserved for only his opinions -- he wanted to share the spotlight with his friends! Podcasting is great, who wouldn't want to spend hours recording every week talking about the intersection of design &amp; business?!</p>
<p>Tim couldn't sell the idea to a his would-be co-hosts. Look, I know first hand that finding a great co-host for a podcast isn't easy. It's like that old poker saying, <em>"If you’re playing a poker game and you look around the table and can’t tell who the sucker is, it’s you."</em></p>
<p>That's sorta like being a podcaster. If you can't convince other people to get on board with you, chances are, you're the only one crazy enough to do a podcast.</p>
<p>We're excited Tim chose Castos to publish his podcast and in today's episode, we're going to explore his path as a creator and what's kept him going since episode one.</p>
<p>Links from the show:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/AzraelGroup">Tim on Twitter</a></li>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/signal337">Signal337 on Twitter</a></li>
<li><a href="https://signal337.castos.com/">Signal337 Podcast website</a></li>
<li><a href="https://academy.castos.com/">Castos Academy</a></li>
</ul>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[The Castos Creator's series is happy to share today's story of Tim McKenna, podcast host of the Signal337 (three-thirty-seven) Podcast, a show for the innately curious and creative.
Since September of 2019, Tim has been sharing his thoughts on design, business, and leadership with his audience. Though, we'll learn today that he tried to start the show with some co-hosts, things didn't pan out the way he had hoped.
Like many of us, Tim didn't set out to do a solo podcast reserved for only his opinions -- he wanted to share the spotlight with his friends! Podcasting is great, who wouldn't want to spend hours recording every week talking about the intersection of design & business?!
Tim couldn't sell the idea to a his would-be co-hosts. Look, I know first hand that finding a great co-host for a podcast isn't easy. It's like that old poker saying, "If you’re playing a poker game and you look around the table and can’t tell who the sucker is, it’s you."
That's sorta like being a podcaster. If you can't convince other people to get on board with you, chances are, you're the only one crazy enough to do a podcast.
We're excited Tim chose Castos to publish his podcast and in today's episode, we're going to explore his path as a creator and what's kept him going since episode one.
Links from the show:

Tim on Twitter
Signal337 on Twitter
Signal337 Podcast website
Castos Academy
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Creator: Tim McKenna of the Signal337 podcast]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>The Castos Creator's series is happy to share today's story of Tim McKenna, podcast host of the Signal337 (three-thirty-seven) Podcast, a show for the innately curious and creative.</p>
<p>Since September of 2019, Tim has been sharing his thoughts on design, business, and leadership with his audience. Though, we'll learn today that he tried to start the show with some co-hosts, things didn't pan out the way he had hoped.</p>
<p>Like many of us, Tim didn't set out to do a solo podcast reserved for only his opinions -- he wanted to share the spotlight with his friends! Podcasting is great, who wouldn't want to spend hours recording every week talking about the intersection of design &amp; business?!</p>
<p>Tim couldn't sell the idea to a his would-be co-hosts. Look, I know first hand that finding a great co-host for a podcast isn't easy. It's like that old poker saying, <em>"If you’re playing a poker game and you look around the table and can’t tell who the sucker is, it’s you."</em></p>
<p>That's sorta like being a podcaster. If you can't convince other people to get on board with you, chances are, you're the only one crazy enough to do a podcast.</p>
<p>We're excited Tim chose Castos to publish his podcast and in today's episode, we're going to explore his path as a creator and what's kept him going since episode one.</p>
<p>Links from the show:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/AzraelGroup">Tim on Twitter</a></li>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/signal337">Signal337 on Twitter</a></li>
<li><a href="https://signal337.castos.com/">Signal337 Podcast website</a></li>
<li><a href="https://academy.castos.com/">Castos Academy</a></li>
</ul>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Tim-McKenna-Castos-Creators-Series.mp3" length="31453145"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[The Castos Creator's series is happy to share today's story of Tim McKenna, podcast host of the Signal337 (three-thirty-seven) Podcast, a show for the innately curious and creative.
Since September of 2019, Tim has been sharing his thoughts on design, business, and leadership with his audience. Though, we'll learn today that he tried to start the show with some co-hosts, things didn't pan out the way he had hoped.
Like many of us, Tim didn't set out to do a solo podcast reserved for only his opinions -- he wanted to share the spotlight with his friends! Podcasting is great, who wouldn't want to spend hours recording every week talking about the intersection of design & business?!
Tim couldn't sell the idea to a his would-be co-hosts. Look, I know first hand that finding a great co-host for a podcast isn't easy. It's like that old poker saying, "If you’re playing a poker game and you look around the table and can’t tell who the sucker is, it’s you."
That's sorta like being a podcaster. If you can't convince other people to get on board with you, chances are, you're the only one crazy enough to do a podcast.
We're excited Tim chose Castos to publish his podcast and in today's episode, we're going to explore his path as a creator and what's kept him going since episode one.
Links from the show:

Tim on Twitter
Signal337 on Twitter
Signal337 Podcast website
Castos Academy
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:32:45</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Welcome Apple & Spotify]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 06 May 2021 07:57:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/welcome-apple-spotify</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/welcome-apple-spotify</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Craig and Matt do a deep dive into the Apple and Spotify announcements about private podcasts, and discuss how it might affect the industry and the podcast creator economy. How will it affect creators? Would you rather “rent land” or “own your own property”? What does this mean for the future of podcasting? What are the pros and cons to monetization with a big company like Apple or Spotify?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. If you have any comments or questions about private podcasting and the recent news in the podcasting community, shoot us a message at  </span><a href="mailto:hello@castos.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">hello@castos.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> or Matt directly at </span><a href="mailto:Matt@castos.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">Matt@castos.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Platform risk with podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of having control over your content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The announcements from Apple and Spotify</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What this means for podcasters</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The “easy button” to podcasting and monetization</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The caveat to the Apple and Spotify private podcasts</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">“Renting land” versus “Owning your own property”</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is a content entrepreneur?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What podcasters should be wary of when they sign contracts with Apple or Spotify</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Craig and Matt would approach private podcasts and premium content for subscribers</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Where you and your audience are located, and why it matters</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The future of podcasting: private podcasts</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips Podcast: </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://3clipspodcast.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips Episode, “Content Inc: Inside a Short-Form Monologue Podcast”: </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/content-inc-inside-a-short-form-monologue-podcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://3clipspodcast.com/content-inc-inside-a-short-form-monologue-podcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span></span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Craig and Matt do a deep dive into the Apple and Spotify announcements about private podcasts, and discuss how it might affect the industry and the podcast creator economy. How will it affect creators? Would you rather “rent land” or “own your own property”? What does this mean for the future of podcasting? What are the pros and cons to monetization with a big company like Apple or Spotify?
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. If you have any comments or questions about private podcasting and the recent news in the podcasting community, shoot us a message at  hello@castos.com or Matt directly at Matt@castos.com. 
And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Platform risk with podcasting
The importance of having control over your content
The announcements from Apple and Spotify
What this means for podcasters
The “easy button” to podcasting and monetization
The caveat to the Apple and Spotify private podcasts


“Renting land” versus “Owning your own property”
What is a content entrepreneur?
What podcasters should be wary of when they sign contracts with Apple or Spotify
How Craig and Matt would approach private podcasts and premium content for subscribers
Where you and your audience are located, and why it matters
The future of podcasting: private podcasts

Resources/Links:
3 Clips Podcast: https://3clipspodcast.com/ 
3 Clips Episode, “Content Inc: Inside a Short-Form Monologue Podcast”: https://3clipspodcast.com/content-inc-inside-a-short-form-monologue-podcast/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Welcome Apple & Spotify]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Craig and Matt do a deep dive into the Apple and Spotify announcements about private podcasts, and discuss how it might affect the industry and the podcast creator economy. How will it affect creators? Would you rather “rent land” or “own your own property”? What does this mean for the future of podcasting? What are the pros and cons to monetization with a big company like Apple or Spotify?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. If you have any comments or questions about private podcasting and the recent news in the podcasting community, shoot us a message at  </span><a href="mailto:hello@castos.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">hello@castos.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> or Matt directly at </span><a href="mailto:Matt@castos.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">Matt@castos.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Platform risk with podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of having control over your content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The announcements from Apple and Spotify</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What this means for podcasters</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The “easy button” to podcasting and monetization</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The caveat to the Apple and Spotify private podcasts</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">“Renting land” versus “Owning your own property”</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is a content entrepreneur?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What podcasters should be wary of when they sign contracts with Apple or Spotify</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Craig and Matt would approach private podcasts and premium content for subscribers</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Where you and your audience are located, and why it matters</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The future of podcasting: private podcasts</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips Podcast: </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://3clipspodcast.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips Episode, “Content Inc: Inside a Short-Form Monologue Podcast”: </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/content-inc-inside-a-short-form-monologue-podcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://3clipspodcast.com/content-inc-inside-a-short-form-monologue-podcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Welcome-Apple-Spotify.mp3" length="31030462"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Craig and Matt do a deep dive into the Apple and Spotify announcements about private podcasts, and discuss how it might affect the industry and the podcast creator economy. How will it affect creators? Would you rather “rent land” or “own your own property”? What does this mean for the future of podcasting? What are the pros and cons to monetization with a big company like Apple or Spotify?
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. If you have any comments or questions about private podcasting and the recent news in the podcasting community, shoot us a message at  hello@castos.com or Matt directly at Matt@castos.com. 
And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Platform risk with podcasting
The importance of having control over your content
The announcements from Apple and Spotify
What this means for podcasters
The “easy button” to podcasting and monetization
The caveat to the Apple and Spotify private podcasts


“Renting land” versus “Owning your own property”
What is a content entrepreneur?
What podcasters should be wary of when they sign contracts with Apple or Spotify
How Craig and Matt would approach private podcasts and premium content for subscribers
Where you and your audience are located, and why it matters
The future of podcasting: private podcasts

Resources/Links:
3 Clips Podcast: https://3clipspodcast.com/ 
3 Clips Episode, “Content Inc: Inside a Short-Form Monologue Podcast”: https://3clipspodcast.com/content-inc-inside-a-short-form-monologue-podcast/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:32:19</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Castos purchases the 3 Clips podcast]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 29 Apr 2021 07:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/castos-purchases-the-3-clips-podcast</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/castos-purchases-the-3-clips-podcast</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, we’re featuring a new podcast acquired by Castos: The 3 Clips podcast. Castos owner Craig Hewitt and 3 Clips host Jay Acunzo talk about the acquisition process along with a few tips on the fundamentals of podcasting.  They also share their thoughts on what makes a show great and how smaller shows can achieve that. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What does “enough” look like?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The acquisition process </span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is Castos and what does Castos do?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What did Castos find appealing about 3 Clips</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The creative process and the importance of great storytelling</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The fundamentals of a good interview</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to craft a better narrative</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">A breakdown of some most well-regarded shows/hosts, and how they are so successful</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips Podcast: </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://3clipspodcast.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, we’re featuring a new podcast acquired by Castos: The 3 Clips podcast. Castos owner Craig Hewitt and 3 Clips host Jay Acunzo talk about the acquisition process along with a few tips on the fundamentals of podcasting.  They also share their thoughts on what makes a show great and how smaller shows can achieve that. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

What does “enough” look like?
The acquisition process 
What is Castos and what does Castos do?
What did Castos find appealing about 3 Clips


The creative process and the importance of great storytelling
The fundamentals of a good interview
How to craft a better narrative
A breakdown of some most well-regarded shows/hosts, and how they are so successful

Resources/Links:
3 Clips Podcast: https://3clipspodcast.com/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Castos purchases the 3 Clips podcast]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, we’re featuring a new podcast acquired by Castos: The 3 Clips podcast. Castos owner Craig Hewitt and 3 Clips host Jay Acunzo talk about the acquisition process along with a few tips on the fundamentals of podcasting.  They also share their thoughts on what makes a show great and how smaller shows can achieve that. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What does “enough” look like?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The acquisition process </span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is Castos and what does Castos do?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What did Castos find appealing about 3 Clips</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The creative process and the importance of great storytelling</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The fundamentals of a good interview</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to craft a better narrative</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">A breakdown of some most well-regarded shows/hosts, and how they are so successful</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">3 Clips Podcast: </span><a href="https://3clipspodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://3clipspodcast.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Castos-purchases-the-3-Clips-podcast.mp3" length="41828437"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, we’re featuring a new podcast acquired by Castos: The 3 Clips podcast. Castos owner Craig Hewitt and 3 Clips host Jay Acunzo talk about the acquisition process along with a few tips on the fundamentals of podcasting.  They also share their thoughts on what makes a show great and how smaller shows can achieve that. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

What does “enough” look like?
The acquisition process 
What is Castos and what does Castos do?
What did Castos find appealing about 3 Clips


The creative process and the importance of great storytelling
The fundamentals of a good interview
How to craft a better narrative
A breakdown of some most well-regarded shows/hosts, and how they are so successful

Resources/Links:
3 Clips Podcast: https://3clipspodcast.com/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:43:34</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[The energy to create your art with Espree Devora]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 22 Apr 2021 07:23:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/the-energy-to-create-your-art-with-espree-devora</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/the-energy-to-create-your-art-with-espree-devora</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt is talking with Espree Devora about creating and cultivating energy, positivity, and motivation with your art. Do you consider podcasting to be an artform? What is your purpose for podcasting? Why do you show up? These are the types of questions that Matt and Espree talk about on today’s episode. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Espree Devora is an amazing personality and a bright light in podcasting. From her Women in AI podcast to the We are LA Tech podcast, she endeavors to showcase otherwise hidden talents, and motivate people to believe in themselves. Listen in to hear all about Espree’s philosophy about podcasting, artwork, and how she creates an engaging and connective experience for her listeners.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by following us at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating podcasts and the “if I build it, they will come” mentality</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">your </span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">purpose for podcasting?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why are you showing up to your podcast?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting as a great medium for someone to use as a platform for their art</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Hitting your stride with podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating a great experience for your listeners</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">A stamp or signature you can put on your shows</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How do you architect your life to produce the results you want?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to utilize social audio effectively and the importance of setting boundaries</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting as an artform</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Espree Devora, email: </span><a href="mailto:espree@hey.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">espree@hey.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Women in Tech podcast: </span><a href="https://podcast.womenintechshow.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcast.womenintechshow.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">We Are LA Tech podcast: </span><a href="https://wearelatech.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://wearelatech.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Espree Devora, Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/espreedevora?lang=en"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/espreedevora?lang=en</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Espree Devora, LinkedIn: </span><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/espree/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.linkedin.com/in/espree/</span></a></p>...]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt is talking with Espree Devora about creating and cultivating energy, positivity, and motivation with your art. Do you consider podcasting to be an artform? What is your purpose for podcasting? Why do you show up? These are the types of questions that Matt and Espree talk about on today’s episode. 
Espree Devora is an amazing personality and a bright light in podcasting. From her Women in AI podcast to the We are LA Tech podcast, she endeavors to showcase otherwise hidden talents, and motivate people to believe in themselves. Listen in to hear all about Espree’s philosophy about podcasting, artwork, and how she creates an engaging and connective experience for her listeners.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by following us at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Creating podcasts and the “if I build it, they will come” mentality
What is your purpose for podcasting?
Why are you showing up to your podcast?
Podcasting as a great medium for someone to use as a platform for their art
Hitting your stride with podcasting
Creating a great experience for your listeners
A stamp or signature you can put on your shows
How do you architect your life to produce the results you want?
How to utilize social audio effectively and the importance of setting boundaries
Podcasting as an artform

Resources/Links:
Espree Devora, email: espree@hey.com 
Women in Tech podcast: https://podcast.womenintechshow.com/ 
We Are LA Tech podcast: https://wearelatech.com/ 
Espree Devora, Twitter: https://twitter.com/espreedevora?lang=en 
Espree Devora, LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/espree/...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[The energy to create your art with Espree Devora]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt is talking with Espree Devora about creating and cultivating energy, positivity, and motivation with your art. Do you consider podcasting to be an artform? What is your purpose for podcasting? Why do you show up? These are the types of questions that Matt and Espree talk about on today’s episode. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Espree Devora is an amazing personality and a bright light in podcasting. From her Women in AI podcast to the We are LA Tech podcast, she endeavors to showcase otherwise hidden talents, and motivate people to believe in themselves. Listen in to hear all about Espree’s philosophy about podcasting, artwork, and how she creates an engaging and connective experience for her listeners.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by following us at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating podcasts and the “if I build it, they will come” mentality</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is </span><em><span style="font-weight:400;">your </span></em><span style="font-weight:400;">purpose for podcasting?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why are you showing up to your podcast?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting as a great medium for someone to use as a platform for their art</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Hitting your stride with podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating a great experience for your listeners</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">A stamp or signature you can put on your shows</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How do you architect your life to produce the results you want?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to utilize social audio effectively and the importance of setting boundaries</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting as an artform</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Espree Devora, email: </span><a href="mailto:espree@hey.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">espree@hey.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Women in Tech podcast: </span><a href="https://podcast.womenintechshow.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcast.womenintechshow.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">We Are LA Tech podcast: </span><a href="https://wearelatech.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://wearelatech.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Espree Devora, Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/espreedevora?lang=en"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/espreedevora?lang=en</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Espree Devora, LinkedIn: </span><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/espree/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.linkedin.com/in/espree/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Espree Devora, Instagram: </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/espreedevora/?hl=en"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.instagram.com/espreedevora/?hl=en</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Espree Devora, Medium: </span><a href="https://espreedevora.medium.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://espreedevora.medium.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/The-energy-to-create-your-art-with-Espree-Devora.mp3" length="36284627"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt is talking with Espree Devora about creating and cultivating energy, positivity, and motivation with your art. Do you consider podcasting to be an artform? What is your purpose for podcasting? Why do you show up? These are the types of questions that Matt and Espree talk about on today’s episode. 
Espree Devora is an amazing personality and a bright light in podcasting. From her Women in AI podcast to the We are LA Tech podcast, she endeavors to showcase otherwise hidden talents, and motivate people to believe in themselves. Listen in to hear all about Espree’s philosophy about podcasting, artwork, and how she creates an engaging and connective experience for her listeners.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by following us at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Creating podcasts and the “if I build it, they will come” mentality
What is your purpose for podcasting?
Why are you showing up to your podcast?
Podcasting as a great medium for someone to use as a platform for their art
Hitting your stride with podcasting
Creating a great experience for your listeners
A stamp or signature you can put on your shows
How do you architect your life to produce the results you want?
How to utilize social audio effectively and the importance of setting boundaries
Podcasting as an artform

Resources/Links:
Espree Devora, email: espree@hey.com 
Women in Tech podcast: https://podcast.womenintechshow.com/ 
We Are LA Tech podcast: https://wearelatech.com/ 
Espree Devora, Twitter: https://twitter.com/espreedevora?lang=en 
Espree Devora, LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/espree/...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:37:47</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Podcasting through the lens of Evo Terra]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 15 Apr 2021 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/podcasting-through-the-lens-of-evo-terra</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/podcasting-through-the-lens-of-evo-terra</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt is talking with Evo Terra from Podcast Pontifications. Evo is the author of Podcasting For Dummies and Expert Podcasting Practices for Dummies. He has also launched and run one of the first large podcast networks, and built a successful strategic podcast consultancy. From public speaking to podcasting, Evo has an amazing way with words and he shares a few of his pontifications and advice with us today. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today, Matt and Evo talk about livestreaming, to social audio, to Evos’ advice about effective and efficient CTAs. He shares his knowledge and aptitude about the industry and his visions of what the future of podcasting holds for us.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Dystopian ideas that keep Evo awake at night</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Advertising in podcasting versus on YouTube</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What if podcasting companies buy advertising platforms?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What are the unintended consequences for the industry?</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Livestreaming podcast episodes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The eternal question: “How do I make my show better?”</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Evo’s 90/10 Rule of Online Video</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Growing your audience with content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Content creators who don’t consume other creators’ content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How small creators can rally so they won’t be ignored</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Evo’s thoughts on social audio</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Evo’s favorite CTAs and his CTA advice</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Evo Terra Official Website: </span><a href="https://www.evoterra.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.evoterra.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/evoterra?ref_src=twsrc%5Egoogle%7Ctwcamp%5Eserp%7Ctwgr%5Eauthor"><span style="font-weight:400;">@evoterra</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Simpler Media Productions: </span><a href="https://podcastlaunch.pro/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcastlaunch.pro/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast Pontifications: </span><a href="https://podcastpontifications.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcastpontifications.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">“Will The Race For Podcasting's Profits Drive Our Dystopia?”: </span><a href="https://podcastpontifications.com/episode/will-the-race-for-podcastings-profits-drive-our-dysto..."></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt is talking with Evo Terra from Podcast Pontifications. Evo is the author of Podcasting For Dummies and Expert Podcasting Practices for Dummies. He has also launched and run one of the first large podcast networks, and built a successful strategic podcast consultancy. From public speaking to podcasting, Evo has an amazing way with words and he shares a few of his pontifications and advice with us today. 
Today, Matt and Evo talk about livestreaming, to social audio, to Evos’ advice about effective and efficient CTAs. He shares his knowledge and aptitude about the industry and his visions of what the future of podcasting holds for us.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Dystopian ideas that keep Evo awake at night
Advertising in podcasting versus on YouTube
What if podcasting companies buy advertising platforms?
What are the unintended consequences for the industry?


Livestreaming podcast episodes
The eternal question: “How do I make my show better?”
Evo’s 90/10 Rule of Online Video
Growing your audience with content
Content creators who don’t consume other creators’ content
How small creators can rally so they won’t be ignored
Evo’s thoughts on social audio
Evo’s favorite CTAs and his CTA advice

Resources/Links:
Evo Terra Official Website: https://www.evoterra.com/
Twitter: @evoterra
Simpler Media Productions: https://podcastlaunch.pro/ 
Podcast Pontifications: https://podcastpontifications.com/ 
“Will The Race For Podcasting's Profits Drive Our Dystopia?”: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Podcasting through the lens of Evo Terra]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt is talking with Evo Terra from Podcast Pontifications. Evo is the author of Podcasting For Dummies and Expert Podcasting Practices for Dummies. He has also launched and run one of the first large podcast networks, and built a successful strategic podcast consultancy. From public speaking to podcasting, Evo has an amazing way with words and he shares a few of his pontifications and advice with us today. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today, Matt and Evo talk about livestreaming, to social audio, to Evos’ advice about effective and efficient CTAs. He shares his knowledge and aptitude about the industry and his visions of what the future of podcasting holds for us.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Dystopian ideas that keep Evo awake at night</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Advertising in podcasting versus on YouTube</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What if podcasting companies buy advertising platforms?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What are the unintended consequences for the industry?</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Livestreaming podcast episodes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The eternal question: “How do I make my show better?”</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Evo’s 90/10 Rule of Online Video</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Growing your audience with content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Content creators who don’t consume other creators’ content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How small creators can rally so they won’t be ignored</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Evo’s thoughts on social audio</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Evo’s favorite CTAs and his CTA advice</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Evo Terra Official Website: </span><a href="https://www.evoterra.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.evoterra.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/evoterra?ref_src=twsrc%5Egoogle%7Ctwcamp%5Eserp%7Ctwgr%5Eauthor"><span style="font-weight:400;">@evoterra</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Simpler Media Productions: </span><a href="https://podcastlaunch.pro/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcastlaunch.pro/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast Pontifications: </span><a href="https://podcastpontifications.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcastpontifications.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">“Will The Race For Podcasting's Profits Drive Our Dystopia?”: </span><a href="https://podcastpontifications.com/episode/will-the-race-for-podcastings-profits-drive-our-dystopia"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcastpontifications.com/episode/will-the-race-for-podcastings-profits-drive-our-dystopia</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Podcasting-through-the-lens-of-Evo-Terra.mp3" length="33332163"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode of the Audience podcast, Matt is talking with Evo Terra from Podcast Pontifications. Evo is the author of Podcasting For Dummies and Expert Podcasting Practices for Dummies. He has also launched and run one of the first large podcast networks, and built a successful strategic podcast consultancy. From public speaking to podcasting, Evo has an amazing way with words and he shares a few of his pontifications and advice with us today. 
Today, Matt and Evo talk about livestreaming, to social audio, to Evos’ advice about effective and efficient CTAs. He shares his knowledge and aptitude about the industry and his visions of what the future of podcasting holds for us.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Dystopian ideas that keep Evo awake at night
Advertising in podcasting versus on YouTube
What if podcasting companies buy advertising platforms?
What are the unintended consequences for the industry?


Livestreaming podcast episodes
The eternal question: “How do I make my show better?”
Evo’s 90/10 Rule of Online Video
Growing your audience with content
Content creators who don’t consume other creators’ content
How small creators can rally so they won’t be ignored
Evo’s thoughts on social audio
Evo’s favorite CTAs and his CTA advice

Resources/Links:
Evo Terra Official Website: https://www.evoterra.com/
Twitter: @evoterra
Simpler Media Productions: https://podcastlaunch.pro/ 
Podcast Pontifications: https://podcastpontifications.com/ 
“Will The Race For Podcasting's Profits Drive Our Dystopia?”: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:34:43</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Improve your podcast production]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 08 Apr 2021 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/improve-your-podcast-production</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/improve-your-podcast-production</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Anyone can start a podcast, but not anyone can make it successful... Stuart Barefoot is an expert in podcast production - so his voice is a legitimate one to listen to for anyone thinking about starting a podcast - even more so if you have an existing podcast and are looking to take your show to the next level. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart has years of experience coaching people to find and create content that is relevant now - and for the foreseeable future - evergreen content as they call it… This kind of content is the golden egg for any podcast and will ensure a continuous influx of new listeners and the ability to repurpose content as well as marketing resources. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart shares helpful tips on choosing a podcast genre that makes sense, getting more traction on an existing podcast, and how to ensure you don’t over-commit yourself when it comes to regular publishing.</span></p>
<p><strong>Discussion Points:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How covid impacted the podcast landscape </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Getting started with a new podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Taking breaks to avoid “burnout” and make bad content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Avoid pressure to push out content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Don’t compare yourself to existing successful podcasts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tips to get your podcast out there (Marketing)</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Repurposing content </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to make your podcast better</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Advice on how to choose the genre that’s right for you</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources:</strong></p>
<p><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Subscribe to Audience</span></a></p>
<p><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy</span></a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/c/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos YouTube Channel</span></a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/smallleaguestu/?hl=en"><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart Barefoot Instagram</span></a></p>
<p><a href="https://twitter.com/smallleaguestu"><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart Barefoot Twitter</span></a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/stuart-barefoot-a13a2539"><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart Barefoot LinkedIn</span></a></p>
<p><a href="https://obscureballpodcast.transistor.fm/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Obscureball Podcast</span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Anyone can start a podcast, but not anyone can make it successful... Stuart Barefoot is an expert in podcast production - so his voice is a legitimate one to listen to for anyone thinking about starting a podcast - even more so if you have an existing podcast and are looking to take your show to the next level. 
Stuart has years of experience coaching people to find and create content that is relevant now - and for the foreseeable future - evergreen content as they call it… This kind of content is the golden egg for any podcast and will ensure a continuous influx of new listeners and the ability to repurpose content as well as marketing resources. 
Stuart shares helpful tips on choosing a podcast genre that makes sense, getting more traction on an existing podcast, and how to ensure you don’t over-commit yourself when it comes to regular publishing.
Discussion Points:

How covid impacted the podcast landscape 
Getting started with a new podcast
Taking breaks to avoid “burnout” and make bad content
Avoid pressure to push out content
Don’t compare yourself to existing successful podcasts
Tips to get your podcast out there (Marketing)
Repurposing content 
How to make your podcast better
Advice on how to choose the genre that’s right for you

Resources:
Subscribe to Audience
Castos Academy
Castos YouTube Channel
Stuart Barefoot Instagram
Stuart Barefoot Twitter
Stuart Barefoot LinkedIn
Obscureball Podcast]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Improve your podcast production]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Anyone can start a podcast, but not anyone can make it successful... Stuart Barefoot is an expert in podcast production - so his voice is a legitimate one to listen to for anyone thinking about starting a podcast - even more so if you have an existing podcast and are looking to take your show to the next level. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart has years of experience coaching people to find and create content that is relevant now - and for the foreseeable future - evergreen content as they call it… This kind of content is the golden egg for any podcast and will ensure a continuous influx of new listeners and the ability to repurpose content as well as marketing resources. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart shares helpful tips on choosing a podcast genre that makes sense, getting more traction on an existing podcast, and how to ensure you don’t over-commit yourself when it comes to regular publishing.</span></p>
<p><strong>Discussion Points:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How covid impacted the podcast landscape </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Getting started with a new podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Taking breaks to avoid “burnout” and make bad content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Avoid pressure to push out content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Don’t compare yourself to existing successful podcasts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tips to get your podcast out there (Marketing)</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Repurposing content </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to make your podcast better</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Advice on how to choose the genre that’s right for you</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources:</strong></p>
<p><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Subscribe to Audience</span></a></p>
<p><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy</span></a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.youtube.com/c/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos YouTube Channel</span></a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/smallleaguestu/?hl=en"><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart Barefoot Instagram</span></a></p>
<p><a href="https://twitter.com/smallleaguestu"><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart Barefoot Twitter</span></a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/stuart-barefoot-a13a2539"><span style="font-weight:400;">Stuart Barefoot LinkedIn</span></a></p>
<p><a href="https://obscureballpodcast.transistor.fm/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Obscureball Podcast</span></a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Improve-your-podcast-production.mp3" length="34864401"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Anyone can start a podcast, but not anyone can make it successful... Stuart Barefoot is an expert in podcast production - so his voice is a legitimate one to listen to for anyone thinking about starting a podcast - even more so if you have an existing podcast and are looking to take your show to the next level. 
Stuart has years of experience coaching people to find and create content that is relevant now - and for the foreseeable future - evergreen content as they call it… This kind of content is the golden egg for any podcast and will ensure a continuous influx of new listeners and the ability to repurpose content as well as marketing resources. 
Stuart shares helpful tips on choosing a podcast genre that makes sense, getting more traction on an existing podcast, and how to ensure you don’t over-commit yourself when it comes to regular publishing.
Discussion Points:

How covid impacted the podcast landscape 
Getting started with a new podcast
Taking breaks to avoid “burnout” and make bad content
Avoid pressure to push out content
Don’t compare yourself to existing successful podcasts
Tips to get your podcast out there (Marketing)
Repurposing content 
How to make your podcast better
Advice on how to choose the genre that’s right for you

Resources:
Subscribe to Audience
Castos Academy
Castos YouTube Channel
Stuart Barefoot Instagram
Stuart Barefoot Twitter
Stuart Barefoot LinkedIn
Obscureball Podcast]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:18</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Why every podcast needs a community]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 01 Apr 2021 07:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/why-every-podcast-needs-a-community</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/why-every-podcast-needs-a-community</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Today’s guest is the lovely and bubbly Michelle Frechette. Michelle does a little bit of everything: coaching, public speaking, website evaluation, writing, podcasting, and she is a WordPress expert. Her mission is to help people and she accomplishes this by working with non-profits around the world.<span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p>
<p>In this episode, Matt talks with Michelle about the importance of building a community. They share stories and tips, including the launch and journey of Michelle’s podcast (“WP Coffee Talk”), different types of community engagement, and how to best use that engagement for the benefit of your listeners as well as yourself. They also talk about the role that James Lipton and <em>Inside the Actors Studio</em> played in Michelle’s podcast and how podcasting isn’t like <em>Field of Dreams</em>.</p>
<p>If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to <a href="https://castos.com/audience/">Castos.com/podcast</a>. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at <a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/">castos.com/subscribe</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Michelle’s journey and background</li>
<li>The importance of community in the podcasting world</li>
<li>How new podcasters can break into the podcasting and a niche topic community</li>
<li>The format for Michelle’s podcast and the story behind it</li>
<li>How Michelle approaches community-building with various brands<span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></li>
<li>Community as a “tool to solve communication issues”</li>
<li>Being a part of a community without actively engaging</li>
<li>Accountability and keeping community members on track</li>
<li>How Michelle built her community</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p>WPCoffeeTalk: <a href="https://wpcoffeetalk.com/">https://wpcoffeetalk.com/</a></p>
<p>Big Orange Heart: <a href="https://www.bigorangeheart.org/">https://www.bigorangeheart.org/</a><span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p>
<p>Michelle’s Website: <a href="https://worksbymichelle.com/">https://worksbymichelle.com/</a><span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p>
<p>Asana: <a href="https://asana.com/">https://asana.com/</a><span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p>
<p>Trello: <a href="https://trello.com/en-US">https://trello.com/en-US</a><span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p>
<p>ToDoist: <a href="https://todoist.com/">https://todoist.com/</a><span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p>
<p>Castos Academy: <a href="https://academy.castos.com/">https://academy.castos.com/</a><span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p>
<p>Castos, private podcast: <a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/">https://academy.castos.com/private/</a><span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p>
<p>Castos, website: <a href="https://castos.com/">Castos.com/</a></p>
<p>Castos, YouTube: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos">https://www.youtube.com/castos</a> <span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p>
<p>Clubhouse video: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</a><span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Today’s guest is the lovely and bubbly Michelle Frechette. Michelle does a little bit of everything: coaching, public speaking, website evaluation, writing, podcasting, and she is a WordPress expert. Her mission is to help people and she accomplishes this by working with non-profits around the world. 
In this episode, Matt talks with Michelle about the importance of building a community. They share stories and tips, including the launch and journey of Michelle’s podcast (“WP Coffee Talk”), different types of community engagement, and how to best use that engagement for the benefit of your listeners as well as yourself. They also talk about the role that James Lipton and Inside the Actors Studio played in Michelle’s podcast and how podcasting isn’t like Field of Dreams.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Michelle’s journey and background
The importance of community in the podcasting world
How new podcasters can break into the podcasting and a niche topic community
The format for Michelle’s podcast and the story behind it
How Michelle approaches community-building with various brands 
Community as a “tool to solve communication issues”
Being a part of a community without actively engaging
Accountability and keeping community members on track
How Michelle built her community

 
Resources/Links:
WPCoffeeTalk: https://wpcoffeetalk.com/
Big Orange Heart: https://www.bigorangeheart.org/ 
Michelle’s Website: https://worksbymichelle.com/ 
Asana: https://asana.com/ 
Trello: https://trello.com/en-US 
ToDoist: https://todoist.com/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Why every podcast needs a community]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Today’s guest is the lovely and bubbly Michelle Frechette. Michelle does a little bit of everything: coaching, public speaking, website evaluation, writing, podcasting, and she is a WordPress expert. Her mission is to help people and she accomplishes this by working with non-profits around the world.<span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p>
<p>In this episode, Matt talks with Michelle about the importance of building a community. They share stories and tips, including the launch and journey of Michelle’s podcast (“WP Coffee Talk”), different types of community engagement, and how to best use that engagement for the benefit of your listeners as well as yourself. They also talk about the role that James Lipton and <em>Inside the Actors Studio</em> played in Michelle’s podcast and how podcasting isn’t like <em>Field of Dreams</em>.</p>
<p>If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to <a href="https://castos.com/audience/">Castos.com/podcast</a>. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at <a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/">castos.com/subscribe</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Michelle’s journey and background</li>
<li>The importance of community in the podcasting world</li>
<li>How new podcasters can break into the podcasting and a niche topic community</li>
<li>The format for Michelle’s podcast and the story behind it</li>
<li>How Michelle approaches community-building with various brands<span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></li>
<li>Community as a “tool to solve communication issues”</li>
<li>Being a part of a community without actively engaging</li>
<li>Accountability and keeping community members on track</li>
<li>How Michelle built her community</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p>WPCoffeeTalk: <a href="https://wpcoffeetalk.com/">https://wpcoffeetalk.com/</a></p>
<p>Big Orange Heart: <a href="https://www.bigorangeheart.org/">https://www.bigorangeheart.org/</a><span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p>
<p>Michelle’s Website: <a href="https://worksbymichelle.com/">https://worksbymichelle.com/</a><span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p>
<p>Asana: <a href="https://asana.com/">https://asana.com/</a><span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p>
<p>Trello: <a href="https://trello.com/en-US">https://trello.com/en-US</a><span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p>
<p>ToDoist: <a href="https://todoist.com/">https://todoist.com/</a><span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p>
<p>Castos Academy: <a href="https://academy.castos.com/">https://academy.castos.com/</a><span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p>
<p>Castos, private podcast: <a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/">https://academy.castos.com/private/</a><span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p>
<p>Castos, website: <a href="https://castos.com/">Castos.com/</a></p>
<p>Castos, YouTube: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos">https://www.youtube.com/castos</a> <span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p>
<p>Clubhouse video: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</a><span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Michelle-Frechette-Give-WP-and-WP-Coffee-Talk.mp3" length="29384247"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Today’s guest is the lovely and bubbly Michelle Frechette. Michelle does a little bit of everything: coaching, public speaking, website evaluation, writing, podcasting, and she is a WordPress expert. Her mission is to help people and she accomplishes this by working with non-profits around the world. 
In this episode, Matt talks with Michelle about the importance of building a community. They share stories and tips, including the launch and journey of Michelle’s podcast (“WP Coffee Talk”), different types of community engagement, and how to best use that engagement for the benefit of your listeners as well as yourself. They also talk about the role that James Lipton and Inside the Actors Studio played in Michelle’s podcast and how podcasting isn’t like Field of Dreams.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Michelle’s journey and background
The importance of community in the podcasting world
How new podcasters can break into the podcasting and a niche topic community
The format for Michelle’s podcast and the story behind it
How Michelle approaches community-building with various brands 
Community as a “tool to solve communication issues”
Being a part of a community without actively engaging
Accountability and keeping community members on track
How Michelle built her community

 
Resources/Links:
WPCoffeeTalk: https://wpcoffeetalk.com/
Big Orange Heart: https://www.bigorangeheart.org/ 
Michelle’s Website: https://worksbymichelle.com/ 
Asana: https://asana.com/ 
Trello: https://trello.com/en-US 
ToDoist: https://todoist.com/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:30:36</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[The future of private podcasting at Castos]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 25 Mar 2021 07:57:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/the-future-of-private-podcasting-at-castos</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/the-future-of-private-podcasting-at-castos</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">What is a private podcast? How is it different from a public one? How is it different from social audio? What’s the point of having a private podcast? In today’s episode of the Audience podcast, Matt and Craig talk about, that’s right, private podcasting. What it is, the future of private podcasting, and how it impacts the industry.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you’re utilizing private podcasting, tell us about it. Write us an email or record a message, drop it in Dropbox or Google Drive, then send us the link so we can hear how you’re being creative with private podcasting. We’d love to hear how you’re using private podcasting to benefit your community, business, or brand.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is private podcasting?</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Group audio, “Members Only”, company podcasting, and other nicknames</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating content for specific groups of people in your world</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Social audio versus private podcasting</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Different types of dialogue and interaction </span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Private podcasting goals</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The difference in creating content for a public podcast versus a private podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The built in comfort-level and niche of having a private podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Monetizing in private podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos’ private podcast and private podcasting services</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Using podcasting platforms for analyzing data and for different types of audio content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos’ mobile app</span></li>
</ul></li>

</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.c...</span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[What is a private podcast? How is it different from a public one? How is it different from social audio? What’s the point of having a private podcast? In today’s episode of the Audience podcast, Matt and Craig talk about, that’s right, private podcasting. What it is, the future of private podcasting, and how it impacts the industry.
If you’re utilizing private podcasting, tell us about it. Write us an email or record a message, drop it in Dropbox or Google Drive, then send us the link so we can hear how you’re being creative with private podcasting. We’d love to hear how you’re using private podcasting to benefit your community, business, or brand.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

What is private podcasting?
Group audio, “Members Only”, company podcasting, and other nicknames
Creating content for specific groups of people in your world


Social audio versus private podcasting
Different types of dialogue and interaction 


Private podcasting goals
The difference in creating content for a public podcast versus a private podcast
The built in comfort-level and niche of having a private podcast
Monetizing in private podcasting
Castos’ private podcast and private podcasting services
Using podcasting platforms for analyzing data and for different types of audio content
Castos’ mobile app



Resources/Links:
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.c...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[The future of private podcasting at Castos]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">What is a private podcast? How is it different from a public one? How is it different from social audio? What’s the point of having a private podcast? In today’s episode of the Audience podcast, Matt and Craig talk about, that’s right, private podcasting. What it is, the future of private podcasting, and how it impacts the industry.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you’re utilizing private podcasting, tell us about it. Write us an email or record a message, drop it in Dropbox or Google Drive, then send us the link so we can hear how you’re being creative with private podcasting. We’d love to hear how you’re using private podcasting to benefit your community, business, or brand.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is private podcasting?</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Group audio, “Members Only”, company podcasting, and other nicknames</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating content for specific groups of people in your world</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Social audio versus private podcasting</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Different types of dialogue and interaction </span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Private podcasting goals</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The difference in creating content for a public podcast versus a private podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The built in comfort-level and niche of having a private podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Monetizing in private podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos’ private podcast and private podcasting services</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Using podcasting platforms for analyzing data and for different types of audio content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos’ mobile app</span></li>
</ul></li>

</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/The-future-of-private-podcasting.mp3" length="28854148"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[What is a private podcast? How is it different from a public one? How is it different from social audio? What’s the point of having a private podcast? In today’s episode of the Audience podcast, Matt and Craig talk about, that’s right, private podcasting. What it is, the future of private podcasting, and how it impacts the industry.
If you’re utilizing private podcasting, tell us about it. Write us an email or record a message, drop it in Dropbox or Google Drive, then send us the link so we can hear how you’re being creative with private podcasting. We’d love to hear how you’re using private podcasting to benefit your community, business, or brand.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

What is private podcasting?
Group audio, “Members Only”, company podcasting, and other nicknames
Creating content for specific groups of people in your world


Social audio versus private podcasting
Different types of dialogue and interaction 


Private podcasting goals
The difference in creating content for a public podcast versus a private podcast
The built in comfort-level and niche of having a private podcast
Monetizing in private podcasting
Castos’ private podcast and private podcasting services
Using podcasting platforms for analyzing data and for different types of audio content
Castos’ mobile app



Resources/Links:
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.c...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:30:03</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Marketing your podcast against 2 million other shows]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 18 Mar 2021 07:20:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/marketing-your-podcast-against-2-million-other-shows</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/marketing-your-podcast-against-2-million-other-shows</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">2020 brought explosive growth to podcasting, but how can you stand out OR at the very least, build a structure around marketing your show? Recording &amp; publishing a podcast is merely the first step. It is all the things you do around the show which will help it achieve its potential.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today’s episode is almost like a mini crash course in podcasting and marketing. No matter if you’re new to podcasting or if you’ve been around the block a few times, sometimes it is important to be reminded of the fundamentals. Matt talks about everything from changing your mindset, to the fundamental parts of marketing your podcast, to making the back-end operations easier using tools and streamlining your process.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Chapter 1: The explosive growth of podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Chapter 2: Changing your mindset:</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Consistency plus audience</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Evolve your premise over time</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Choose a goal</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Chapter 3: The fundamental parts to marketing podcast</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Website or a landing page</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Build an email list and subscribe list </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Attaching a blog to your website</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Chapter 4: Working toward additional content</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Uploading to YouTube with audio-only or unique videos</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Building a community around your podcast</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Discord server</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Facebook group</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Live-streaming and social audio to push interaction with your listeners</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Chapter 5: Promotional pieces</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Highlight clips or audiograms</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Changing headlines in LinkedIn</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Guest appearing on other shows </span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Chapter 6: Back-of-the-house operations</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Software that handles repetitive operations</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Booking guests (Savvy Cal)</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span></span></li></ul></li></ul>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[2020 brought explosive growth to podcasting, but how can you stand out OR at the very least, build a structure around marketing your show? Recording & publishing a podcast is merely the first step. It is all the things you do around the show which will help it achieve its potential.
Today’s episode is almost like a mini crash course in podcasting and marketing. No matter if you’re new to podcasting or if you’ve been around the block a few times, sometimes it is important to be reminded of the fundamentals. Matt talks about everything from changing your mindset, to the fundamental parts of marketing your podcast, to making the back-end operations easier using tools and streamlining your process.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Chapter 1: The explosive growth of podcasting
Chapter 2: Changing your mindset:
Consistency plus audience
Evolve your premise over time
Choose a goal


Chapter 3: The fundamental parts to marketing podcast
Website or a landing page
Build an email list and subscribe list 
Attaching a blog to your website


Chapter 4: Working toward additional content
Uploading to YouTube with audio-only or unique videos
Building a community around your podcast
Discord server
Facebook group


Live-streaming and social audio to push interaction with your listeners


Chapter 5: Promotional pieces
Highlight clips or audiograms
Changing headlines in LinkedIn
Guest appearing on other shows 


Chapter 6: Back-of-the-house operations
Software that handles repetitive operations
Booking guests (Savvy Cal)


]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Marketing your podcast against 2 million other shows]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">2020 brought explosive growth to podcasting, but how can you stand out OR at the very least, build a structure around marketing your show? Recording &amp; publishing a podcast is merely the first step. It is all the things you do around the show which will help it achieve its potential.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today’s episode is almost like a mini crash course in podcasting and marketing. No matter if you’re new to podcasting or if you’ve been around the block a few times, sometimes it is important to be reminded of the fundamentals. Matt talks about everything from changing your mindset, to the fundamental parts of marketing your podcast, to making the back-end operations easier using tools and streamlining your process.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at </span><a href="https://castos.com/subscribe/"><span style="font-weight:400;">castos.com/subscribe</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">.</span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Chapter 1: The explosive growth of podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Chapter 2: Changing your mindset:</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Consistency plus audience</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Evolve your premise over time</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Choose a goal</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Chapter 3: The fundamental parts to marketing podcast</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Website or a landing page</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Build an email list and subscribe list </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Attaching a blog to your website</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Chapter 4: Working toward additional content</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Uploading to YouTube with audio-only or unique videos</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Building a community around your podcast</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Discord server</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Facebook group</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Live-streaming and social audio to push interaction with your listeners</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Chapter 5: Promotional pieces</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Highlight clips or audiograms</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Changing headlines in LinkedIn</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Guest appearing on other shows </span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Chapter 6: Back-of-the-house operations</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Software that handles repetitive operations</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Booking guests (Savvy Cal)</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Press kits</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Make sure guests share the content</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Chapter 7: The wrap-up</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Find a process that works</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Assess your goals and processes</span></li>
</ul></li>

</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Listen Notes: </span><a href="https://www.listennotes.com/datasets/solutions/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.listennotes.com/datasets/solutions/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podnews: </span><a href="https://podnews.net/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podnews.net/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Edison Research Statistics: </span><a href="https://www.edisonresearch.com/the-infinite-dial-2021-2/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.edisonresearch.com/the-infinite-dial-2021-2/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">“Getting started with Castos and Seriously Simple Podcasting”: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CtXCuluEPH8"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CtXCuluEPH8</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">“Apple wants you to follow podcasts?!”: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q4bSOV34zqg"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q4bSOV34zqg</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">“Create audiograms using Headliner app right from Castos!”: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=z0nnMgvbC_U"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=z0nnMgvbC_U</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">“7 Ways SavvyCal can make podcast scheduling easy”: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Dyv1D17XVeM"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Dyv1D17XVeM</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">“Design a podcast press kit using Canva for FREE. Show off your podcast!”: </span><a href="https://youtu.be/KpvO7EWEgJI"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://youtu.be/KpvO7EWEgJI</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Marketing-your-podcast-against-2-million-other-shows.mp3" length="27954282"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[2020 brought explosive growth to podcasting, but how can you stand out OR at the very least, build a structure around marketing your show? Recording & publishing a podcast is merely the first step. It is all the things you do around the show which will help it achieve its potential.
Today’s episode is almost like a mini crash course in podcasting and marketing. No matter if you’re new to podcasting or if you’ve been around the block a few times, sometimes it is important to be reminded of the fundamentals. Matt talks about everything from changing your mindset, to the fundamental parts of marketing your podcast, to making the back-end operations easier using tools and streamlining your process.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! Never miss another show by subscribing at castos.com/subscribe.
Today you’ll learn about:

Chapter 1: The explosive growth of podcasting
Chapter 2: Changing your mindset:
Consistency plus audience
Evolve your premise over time
Choose a goal


Chapter 3: The fundamental parts to marketing podcast
Website or a landing page
Build an email list and subscribe list 
Attaching a blog to your website


Chapter 4: Working toward additional content
Uploading to YouTube with audio-only or unique videos
Building a community around your podcast
Discord server
Facebook group


Live-streaming and social audio to push interaction with your listeners


Chapter 5: Promotional pieces
Highlight clips or audiograms
Changing headlines in LinkedIn
Guest appearing on other shows 


Chapter 6: Back-of-the-house operations
Software that handles repetitive operations
Booking guests (Savvy Cal)


]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:29:06</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Improving the podcast creator experience at Castos]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 11 Mar 2021 04:36:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/improving-the-podcast-creator-experience-at-castos</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/improving-the-podcast-creator-experience-at-castos</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>We’re excited to have Kim McCaffery join Castos as our Customer Experience Manager.</p>



<p>Matt and Kim join the podcast to talk about her role in servicing Castos podcast hosting customers, leading them to publish successful shows. Kim has a deep passion for supporting users needing to use software to reach their goals.</p>



<p>As much as we like to say that <a href="https://castos.com/how-to-start-a-podcast/">podcasting is easy</a>, the team at Castos knows there are a lot of challenges for creators coming into this space for the very first time. From creating the actual podcast, and including everything else the creator needs to <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/run-a-successful-podcast-with-200-listeners/">make the podcast successful.</a> Kim’s team is there to help you onboard to Castos, plus offer a helping hand to ensure your podcast is found on all major distribution platforms.</p>



<p>Kim has embraced the strong following Castos has in the WordPress world through the <a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/seriously-simple-podcasting/">Seriously Simple Podcasting plugin</a>, while keeping an ear to the ground in order to improve user experience. She’s uncovering new ways to improve the onboarding, help docs, and support for our beloved WordPress community of podcasters.</p>



<p>We hope you enjoy today’s episode, if you have any further questions, feel free to reach out to the team — we’re here to help!</p>



<p>Start your podcast at <a href="https://castos.com/">https://castos.com/<br /></a>Enroll in our FREE academy at <a href="https://academy.castos.com/">https://academy.castos.com/</a></p>
]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
We’re excited to have Kim McCaffery join Castos as our Customer Experience Manager.



Matt and Kim join the podcast to talk about her role in servicing Castos podcast hosting customers, leading them to publish successful shows. Kim has a deep passion for supporting users needing to use software to reach their goals.



As much as we like to say that podcasting is easy, the team at Castos knows there are a lot of challenges for creators coming into this space for the very first time. From creating the actual podcast, and including everything else the creator needs to make the podcast successful. Kim’s team is there to help you onboard to Castos, plus offer a helping hand to ensure your podcast is found on all major distribution platforms.



Kim has embraced the strong following Castos has in the WordPress world through the Seriously Simple Podcasting plugin, while keeping an ear to the ground in order to improve user experience. She’s uncovering new ways to improve the onboarding, help docs, and support for our beloved WordPress community of podcasters.



We hope you enjoy today’s episode, if you have any further questions, feel free to reach out to the team — we’re here to help!



Start your podcast at https://castos.com/Enroll in our FREE academy at https://academy.castos.com/
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Improving the podcast creator experience at Castos]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>We’re excited to have Kim McCaffery join Castos as our Customer Experience Manager.</p>



<p>Matt and Kim join the podcast to talk about her role in servicing Castos podcast hosting customers, leading them to publish successful shows. Kim has a deep passion for supporting users needing to use software to reach their goals.</p>



<p>As much as we like to say that <a href="https://castos.com/how-to-start-a-podcast/">podcasting is easy</a>, the team at Castos knows there are a lot of challenges for creators coming into this space for the very first time. From creating the actual podcast, and including everything else the creator needs to <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/run-a-successful-podcast-with-200-listeners/">make the podcast successful.</a> Kim’s team is there to help you onboard to Castos, plus offer a helping hand to ensure your podcast is found on all major distribution platforms.</p>



<p>Kim has embraced the strong following Castos has in the WordPress world through the <a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/seriously-simple-podcasting/">Seriously Simple Podcasting plugin</a>, while keeping an ear to the ground in order to improve user experience. She’s uncovering new ways to improve the onboarding, help docs, and support for our beloved WordPress community of podcasters.</p>



<p>We hope you enjoy today’s episode, if you have any further questions, feel free to reach out to the team — we’re here to help!</p>



<p>Start your podcast at <a href="https://castos.com/">https://castos.com/<br /></a>Enroll in our FREE academy at <a href="https://academy.castos.com/">https://academy.castos.com/</a></p>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Kim-McCaffery-and-Matt-Medeiros.mp3" length="29778800"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
We’re excited to have Kim McCaffery join Castos as our Customer Experience Manager.



Matt and Kim join the podcast to talk about her role in servicing Castos podcast hosting customers, leading them to publish successful shows. Kim has a deep passion for supporting users needing to use software to reach their goals.



As much as we like to say that podcasting is easy, the team at Castos knows there are a lot of challenges for creators coming into this space for the very first time. From creating the actual podcast, and including everything else the creator needs to make the podcast successful. Kim’s team is there to help you onboard to Castos, plus offer a helping hand to ensure your podcast is found on all major distribution platforms.



Kim has embraced the strong following Castos has in the WordPress world through the Seriously Simple Podcasting plugin, while keeping an ear to the ground in order to improve user experience. She’s uncovering new ways to improve the onboarding, help docs, and support for our beloved WordPress community of podcasters.



We hope you enjoy today’s episode, if you have any further questions, feel free to reach out to the team — we’re here to help!



Start your podcast at https://castos.com/Enroll in our FREE academy at https://academy.castos.com/
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:31:01</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Improving the podcast creator experience at Castos]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 11 Mar 2021 04:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/improving-the-podcast-creator-experience-at-castos</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/improving-the-podcast-creator-experience-at-castos</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>We’re excited to have Kim McCaffery join Castos as our Customer Experience Manager.</p>
<p>Matt and Kim join the podcast to talk about her role in servicing Castos podcast hosting customers, leading them to publish successful shows. Kim has a deep passion for supporting users needing to use software to reach their goals.</p>
<p>As much as we like to say that <a href="https://castos.com/how-to-start-a-podcast/">podcasting is easy</a>, the team at Castos knows there are a lot of challenges for creators coming into this space for the very first time. From creating the actual podcast, and including everything else the creator needs to <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/run-a-successful-podcast-with-200-listeners/">make the podcast successful.</a> Kim’s team is there to help you onboard to Castos, plus offer a helping hand to ensure your podcast is found on all major distribution platforms.</p>
<p>Kim has embraced the strong following Castos has in the WordPress world through the <a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/seriously-simple-podcasting/">Seriously Simple Podcasting plugin</a>, while keeping an ear to the ground in order to improve user experience. She’s uncovering new ways to improve the onboarding, help docs, and support for our beloved WordPress community of podcasters.</p>
<p>We hope you enjoy today’s episode, if you have any further questions, feel free to reach out to the team — we’re here to help!</p>
<p>Start your podcast at <a href="https://castos.com/">https://castos.com/<br /></a>Enroll in our FREE academy at <a href="https://academy.castos.com/">https://academy.castos.com/</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[We’re excited to have Kim McCaffery join Castos as our Customer Experience Manager.
Matt and Kim join the podcast to talk about her role in servicing Castos podcast hosting customers, leading them to publish successful shows. Kim has a deep passion for supporting users needing to use software to reach their goals.
As much as we like to say that podcasting is easy, the team at Castos knows there are a lot of challenges for creators coming into this space for the very first time. From creating the actual podcast, and including everything else the creator needs to make the podcast successful. Kim’s team is there to help you onboard to Castos, plus offer a helping hand to ensure your podcast is found on all major distribution platforms.
Kim has embraced the strong following Castos has in the WordPress world through the Seriously Simple Podcasting plugin, while keeping an ear to the ground in order to improve user experience. She’s uncovering new ways to improve the onboarding, help docs, and support for our beloved WordPress community of podcasters.
We hope you enjoy today’s episode, if you have any further questions, feel free to reach out to the team — we’re here to help!
Start your podcast at https://castos.com/Enroll in our FREE academy at https://academy.castos.com/]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Improving the podcast creator experience at Castos]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>We’re excited to have Kim McCaffery join Castos as our Customer Experience Manager.</p>
<p>Matt and Kim join the podcast to talk about her role in servicing Castos podcast hosting customers, leading them to publish successful shows. Kim has a deep passion for supporting users needing to use software to reach their goals.</p>
<p>As much as we like to say that <a href="https://castos.com/how-to-start-a-podcast/">podcasting is easy</a>, the team at Castos knows there are a lot of challenges for creators coming into this space for the very first time. From creating the actual podcast, and including everything else the creator needs to <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/run-a-successful-podcast-with-200-listeners/">make the podcast successful.</a> Kim’s team is there to help you onboard to Castos, plus offer a helping hand to ensure your podcast is found on all major distribution platforms.</p>
<p>Kim has embraced the strong following Castos has in the WordPress world through the <a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/seriously-simple-podcasting/">Seriously Simple Podcasting plugin</a>, while keeping an ear to the ground in order to improve user experience. She’s uncovering new ways to improve the onboarding, help docs, and support for our beloved WordPress community of podcasters.</p>
<p>We hope you enjoy today’s episode, if you have any further questions, feel free to reach out to the team — we’re here to help!</p>
<p>Start your podcast at <a href="https://castos.com/">https://castos.com/<br /></a>Enroll in our FREE academy at <a href="https://academy.castos.com/">https://academy.castos.com/</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Kim-McCaffery-and-Matt-Medeiros.mp3" length="29778800"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[We’re excited to have Kim McCaffery join Castos as our Customer Experience Manager.
Matt and Kim join the podcast to talk about her role in servicing Castos podcast hosting customers, leading them to publish successful shows. Kim has a deep passion for supporting users needing to use software to reach their goals.
As much as we like to say that podcasting is easy, the team at Castos knows there are a lot of challenges for creators coming into this space for the very first time. From creating the actual podcast, and including everything else the creator needs to make the podcast successful. Kim’s team is there to help you onboard to Castos, plus offer a helping hand to ensure your podcast is found on all major distribution platforms.
Kim has embraced the strong following Castos has in the WordPress world through the Seriously Simple Podcasting plugin, while keeping an ear to the ground in order to improve user experience. She’s uncovering new ways to improve the onboarding, help docs, and support for our beloved WordPress community of podcasters.
We hope you enjoy today’s episode, if you have any further questions, feel free to reach out to the team — we’re here to help!
Start your podcast at https://castos.com/Enroll in our FREE academy at https://academy.castos.com/]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:31:01</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Monetizing a restaurant podcast during a pandemic ]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 04 Mar 2021 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/monetizing-a-restaurant-podcast-during-a-pandemic</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/monetizing-a-restaurant-podcast-during-a-pandemic</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this creator’s spotlight episode, Matt talks with Chip Klose of the Restaurant Strategy podcast. Today’s topics are all about audience and monetization. Matt and Chip talk about Chip’s incredible achievement at creating over a hundred episodes and the lessons he has learned from that success. Chip also goes over what it means to be a content creator, how to monetize a podcast in the midst of a pandemic, and the most important thing to remember while you create content and make decisions about your podcast. Chip Klose is passionate about giving his audience value, being consistent, and about building trust.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;"> Lessons on consistency after a hundred episodes</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Setting goals for yourself</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Chip’s words of advice for new podcasters</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What it means to be a “content creator”</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Understanding the value of the audience</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Chip’s ABCDs of marketing</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Building an audience within and outside of a niche</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Content that Chip looks up to</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Passive income streams and giving audiences value</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Restaurant Strategy is helping restaurant owners during the pandemic</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Sponsorships and building trust with your audience</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Restaurant Strategy Podcast: </span><a href="https://www.restaurantstrategypodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.restaurantstrategypodcast.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Chip Klose’s website: </span><a href="https://www.chipklose.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.chipklose.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this creator’s spotlight episode, Matt talks with Chip Klose of the Restaurant Strategy podcast. Today’s topics are all about audience and monetization. Matt and Chip talk about Chip’s incredible achievement at creating over a hundred episodes and the lessons he has learned from that success. Chip also goes over what it means to be a content creator, how to monetize a podcast in the midst of a pandemic, and the most important thing to remember while you create content and make decisions about your podcast. Chip Klose is passionate about giving his audience value, being consistent, and about building trust.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

 Lessons on consistency after a hundred episodes
Setting goals for yourself


Chip’s words of advice for new podcasters
What it means to be a “content creator”
Understanding the value of the audience
Chip’s ABCDs of marketing
Building an audience within and outside of a niche
Content that Chip looks up to
Passive income streams and giving audiences value
How Restaurant Strategy is helping restaurant owners during the pandemic
Sponsorships and building trust with your audience

Resources/Links:
Restaurant Strategy Podcast: https://www.restaurantstrategypodcast.com/ 
Chip Klose’s website: https://www.chipklose.com/
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Monetizing a restaurant podcast during a pandemic ]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this creator’s spotlight episode, Matt talks with Chip Klose of the Restaurant Strategy podcast. Today’s topics are all about audience and monetization. Matt and Chip talk about Chip’s incredible achievement at creating over a hundred episodes and the lessons he has learned from that success. Chip also goes over what it means to be a content creator, how to monetize a podcast in the midst of a pandemic, and the most important thing to remember while you create content and make decisions about your podcast. Chip Klose is passionate about giving his audience value, being consistent, and about building trust.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;"> Lessons on consistency after a hundred episodes</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Setting goals for yourself</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Chip’s words of advice for new podcasters</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What it means to be a “content creator”</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Understanding the value of the audience</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Chip’s ABCDs of marketing</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Building an audience within and outside of a niche</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Content that Chip looks up to</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Passive income streams and giving audiences value</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Restaurant Strategy is helping restaurant owners during the pandemic</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Sponsorships and building trust with your audience</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Restaurant Strategy Podcast: </span><a href="https://www.restaurantstrategypodcast.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.restaurantstrategypodcast.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Chip Klose’s website: </span><a href="https://www.chipklose.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.chipklose.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Monetizing-a-restaurant-podcast-during-a-pandemic.mp3" length="31612261"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this creator’s spotlight episode, Matt talks with Chip Klose of the Restaurant Strategy podcast. Today’s topics are all about audience and monetization. Matt and Chip talk about Chip’s incredible achievement at creating over a hundred episodes and the lessons he has learned from that success. Chip also goes over what it means to be a content creator, how to monetize a podcast in the midst of a pandemic, and the most important thing to remember while you create content and make decisions about your podcast. Chip Klose is passionate about giving his audience value, being consistent, and about building trust.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

 Lessons on consistency after a hundred episodes
Setting goals for yourself


Chip’s words of advice for new podcasters
What it means to be a “content creator”
Understanding the value of the audience
Chip’s ABCDs of marketing
Building an audience within and outside of a niche
Content that Chip looks up to
Passive income streams and giving audiences value
How Restaurant Strategy is helping restaurant owners during the pandemic
Sponsorships and building trust with your audience

Resources/Links:
Restaurant Strategy Podcast: https://www.restaurantstrategypodcast.com/ 
Chip Klose’s website: https://www.chipklose.com/
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:32:55</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Social Audio: Clubhouse vs Twitter Spaces]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 25 Feb 2021 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/social-audio-clubhouse-vs-twitter-spaces</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/social-audio-clubhouse-vs-twitter-spaces</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode, Matt and Craig talk about using audio on different platforms. With the introduction of Clubhouse (an invite-only platform where users are able to have casual, drop-in audio only conversations with one another), social audio is on the rise. But what is social audio? Will it replace podcasting? Will your podcast have to compete with it? Today, Matt and Craig talk about the pros and cons of social audio, the different platforms, how you can use it to supplement your podcast, and why “owning your audio” is so important.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;"> What is social audio? </span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Will it replace podcasting or is it competition to podcasting?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is Clubhouse?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is Twitter Spaces?</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Moments in time versus episodes you can download and listen to when you have time</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Advantages of social audio</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to use social audio as a supplement to your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Standing out in Clubhouse</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Using Clubhouse to build your personal brand</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Facebook Groups versus Twitter Spaces</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Possible monetization using social audio</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of owning your audio</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><a href="https://www.joinclubhouse.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Twitter Spaces (</span><a href="https://help.twitter.com/en/using-twitter/spaces"><span style="font-weight:400;">About</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">)</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">YouTube video, “</span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse vs Twitter Spaces Alternatives</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">”</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Matt and Craig talk about using audio on different platforms. With the introduction of Clubhouse (an invite-only platform where users are able to have casual, drop-in audio only conversations with one another), social audio is on the rise. But what is social audio? Will it replace podcasting? Will your podcast have to compete with it? Today, Matt and Craig talk about the pros and cons of social audio, the different platforms, how you can use it to supplement your podcast, and why “owning your audio” is so important.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

 What is social audio? 
Will it replace podcasting or is it competition to podcasting?
What is Clubhouse?
What is Twitter Spaces?


Moments in time versus episodes you can download and listen to when you have time
Advantages of social audio
How to use social audio as a supplement to your podcast
Standing out in Clubhouse
Using Clubhouse to build your personal brand
Facebook Groups versus Twitter Spaces
Possible monetization using social audio
The importance of owning your audio

Resources/Links:
Clubhouse
Twitter Spaces (About)
YouTube video, “Clubhouse vs Twitter Spaces Alternatives”
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Social Audio: Clubhouse vs Twitter Spaces]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode, Matt and Craig talk about using audio on different platforms. With the introduction of Clubhouse (an invite-only platform where users are able to have casual, drop-in audio only conversations with one another), social audio is on the rise. But what is social audio? Will it replace podcasting? Will your podcast have to compete with it? Today, Matt and Craig talk about the pros and cons of social audio, the different platforms, how you can use it to supplement your podcast, and why “owning your audio” is so important.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;"> What is social audio? </span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Will it replace podcasting or is it competition to podcasting?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is Clubhouse?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is Twitter Spaces?</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Moments in time versus episodes you can download and listen to when you have time</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Advantages of social audio</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to use social audio as a supplement to your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Standing out in Clubhouse</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Using Clubhouse to build your personal brand</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Facebook Groups versus Twitter Spaces</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Possible monetization using social audio</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of owning your audio</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><a href="https://www.joinclubhouse.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Twitter Spaces (</span><a href="https://help.twitter.com/en/using-twitter/spaces"><span style="font-weight:400;">About</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">)</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">YouTube video, “</span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse vs Twitter Spaces Alternatives</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">”</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, private podcast: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/private/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/private/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Social-Audio-Clubhouse-vs-Twitter-Spaces.mp3" length="30804346"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Matt and Craig talk about using audio on different platforms. With the introduction of Clubhouse (an invite-only platform where users are able to have casual, drop-in audio only conversations with one another), social audio is on the rise. But what is social audio? Will it replace podcasting? Will your podcast have to compete with it? Today, Matt and Craig talk about the pros and cons of social audio, the different platforms, how you can use it to supplement your podcast, and why “owning your audio” is so important.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

 What is social audio? 
Will it replace podcasting or is it competition to podcasting?
What is Clubhouse?
What is Twitter Spaces?


Moments in time versus episodes you can download and listen to when you have time
Advantages of social audio
How to use social audio as a supplement to your podcast
Standing out in Clubhouse
Using Clubhouse to build your personal brand
Facebook Groups versus Twitter Spaces
Possible monetization using social audio
The importance of owning your audio

Resources/Links:
Clubhouse
Twitter Spaces (About)
YouTube video, “Clubhouse vs Twitter Spaces Alternatives”
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, private podcast: https://academy.castos.com/private/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:32:05</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Becoming a talk show host w/ Kerry Gorgone]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 18 Feb 2021 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/becoming-a-talk-show-host-w-kerry-gorgone</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/becoming-a-talk-show-host-w-kerry-gorgone</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode, Matt talks with talk show host Kerry Gorgone. Seasoned podcasters and newbie podcasters can learn a lot from our conversation which spans topics that range from Clowns Without Borders to avoiding podcast burnout. Today, Kerry lets us in on a plethora of lessons she has learned from the podcasting industry. She also talks about what it means to be a talk show host, and how to get over perfectionist tendencies. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Kerry is the cohost of The Backpack Show (with Chris Brogan), The Punch Out Podcast (alongside Katie Robbert), and hosts The Marketing Profs Podcast: three shows with vastly different topics and audiences. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How different intros can affect the tone, feel, and atmosphere for your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What does the title “talk show host” mean?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Kerry Gorgone’s background in podcasting and the story behind her new podcast </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Lessons that Kerry has learned about podcasting</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of having separate audio tracks</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Taking out “ums” and swears</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Editing other background noises</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Building rapport with guests</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Pre-interview or prep calls</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Punch Out Podcast, The Marketing Profs Podcast, and The Backpack Show</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The key to having a great podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What you can learn when you consume content as well as produce it</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Burnout as a creator and as a podcaster</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Burning out to realize what you can do to not burn out</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Daily, weekly, monthly, versus seasons</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Focusing on your passion</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The perks of recording live and what it means to make mistakes</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">How to make an intro for your podcast: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L5oG8LHQI2Y"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L5oG8LHQI2Y</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Kerry Gorgone website: </span><a href="https://www.kerrygorgone.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.kerrygorgone.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Marketing Profs Podcast: </span><a href="https://www.marketingprofs.com/resources/type/26/..."></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Matt talks with talk show host Kerry Gorgone. Seasoned podcasters and newbie podcasters can learn a lot from our conversation which spans topics that range from Clowns Without Borders to avoiding podcast burnout. Today, Kerry lets us in on a plethora of lessons she has learned from the podcasting industry. She also talks about what it means to be a talk show host, and how to get over perfectionist tendencies. 
Kerry is the cohost of The Backpack Show (with Chris Brogan), The Punch Out Podcast (alongside Katie Robbert), and hosts The Marketing Profs Podcast: three shows with vastly different topics and audiences. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

How different intros can affect the tone, feel, and atmosphere for your podcast
What does the title “talk show host” mean?
Kerry Gorgone’s background in podcasting and the story behind her new podcast 
Lessons that Kerry has learned about podcasting
The importance of having separate audio tracks
Taking out “ums” and swears
Editing other background noises


Building rapport with guests
Pre-interview or prep calls


The Punch Out Podcast, The Marketing Profs Podcast, and The Backpack Show
The key to having a great podcast
What you can learn when you consume content as well as produce it
Burnout as a creator and as a podcaster
Burning out to realize what you can do to not burn out
Daily, weekly, monthly, versus seasons
Focusing on your passion


The perks of recording live and what it means to make mistakes

Resources/Links:
How to make an intro for your podcast: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L5oG8LHQI2Y  
Kerry Gorgone website: https://www.kerrygorgone.com/ 
Marketing Profs Podcast: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Becoming a talk show host w/ Kerry Gorgone]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode, Matt talks with talk show host Kerry Gorgone. Seasoned podcasters and newbie podcasters can learn a lot from our conversation which spans topics that range from Clowns Without Borders to avoiding podcast burnout. Today, Kerry lets us in on a plethora of lessons she has learned from the podcasting industry. She also talks about what it means to be a talk show host, and how to get over perfectionist tendencies. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Kerry is the cohost of The Backpack Show (with Chris Brogan), The Punch Out Podcast (alongside Katie Robbert), and hosts The Marketing Profs Podcast: three shows with vastly different topics and audiences. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How different intros can affect the tone, feel, and atmosphere for your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What does the title “talk show host” mean?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Kerry Gorgone’s background in podcasting and the story behind her new podcast </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Lessons that Kerry has learned about podcasting</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of having separate audio tracks</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Taking out “ums” and swears</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Editing other background noises</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Building rapport with guests</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Pre-interview or prep calls</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Punch Out Podcast, The Marketing Profs Podcast, and The Backpack Show</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The key to having a great podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What you can learn when you consume content as well as produce it</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Burnout as a creator and as a podcaster</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Burning out to realize what you can do to not burn out</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Daily, weekly, monthly, versus seasons</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Focusing on your passion</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The perks of recording live and what it means to make mistakes</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">How to make an intro for your podcast: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L5oG8LHQI2Y"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L5oG8LHQI2Y</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Kerry Gorgone website: </span><a href="https://www.kerrygorgone.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.kerrygorgone.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Marketing Profs Podcast: </span><a href="https://www.marketingprofs.com/resources/type/26/podcasts/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.marketingprofs.com/resources/type/26/podcasts/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Punch Out Podcast: </span><a href="https://www.punchoutwithus.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.punchoutwithus.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Backpack Show: </span><a href="https://chrisbrogan.com/backpackshow/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://chrisbrogan.com/backpackshow/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Episode with Chris Brogan </span><a href="https://castos.com/podcast/chris-brogan/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/podcast/chris-brogan/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Becoming-a-talk-show-host-w-Kerry-Gorgone.mp3" length="38112362"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Matt talks with talk show host Kerry Gorgone. Seasoned podcasters and newbie podcasters can learn a lot from our conversation which spans topics that range from Clowns Without Borders to avoiding podcast burnout. Today, Kerry lets us in on a plethora of lessons she has learned from the podcasting industry. She also talks about what it means to be a talk show host, and how to get over perfectionist tendencies. 
Kerry is the cohost of The Backpack Show (with Chris Brogan), The Punch Out Podcast (alongside Katie Robbert), and hosts The Marketing Profs Podcast: three shows with vastly different topics and audiences. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

How different intros can affect the tone, feel, and atmosphere for your podcast
What does the title “talk show host” mean?
Kerry Gorgone’s background in podcasting and the story behind her new podcast 
Lessons that Kerry has learned about podcasting
The importance of having separate audio tracks
Taking out “ums” and swears
Editing other background noises


Building rapport with guests
Pre-interview or prep calls


The Punch Out Podcast, The Marketing Profs Podcast, and The Backpack Show
The key to having a great podcast
What you can learn when you consume content as well as produce it
Burnout as a creator and as a podcaster
Burning out to realize what you can do to not burn out
Daily, weekly, monthly, versus seasons
Focusing on your passion


The perks of recording live and what it means to make mistakes

Resources/Links:
How to make an intro for your podcast: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L5oG8LHQI2Y  
Kerry Gorgone website: https://www.kerrygorgone.com/ 
Marketing Profs Podcast: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:39:41</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Should you use YouTube for your podcast?]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 11 Feb 2021 10:21:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/should-you-use-youtube-for-your-podcast</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/should-you-use-youtube-for-your-podcast</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode, Matt talks about whether or not you should utilize the YouTube platform for your podcast. He lists and explains a number of reasons why YouTube is great for interaction with your current listeners, and will help attract new listeners. He also covers a couple of reasons why some people prefer not to use YouTube and his thoughts on those as well. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Success of your podcast is determined by the things you do outside the podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Introducing a new medium for listeners to engage with</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">YouTube is the second largest search engine</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The livestreaming component is a great way to interact with listeners</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Is there any reason not to publish to YouTube?</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Comments and negativity</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Commitment</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Optimization</span></li>
</ul></li>

</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Matt talks about whether or not you should utilize the YouTube platform for your podcast. He lists and explains a number of reasons why YouTube is great for interaction with your current listeners, and will help attract new listeners. He also covers a couple of reasons why some people prefer not to use YouTube and his thoughts on those as well. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

Success of your podcast is determined by the things you do outside the podcast
Introducing a new medium for listeners to engage with
YouTube is the second largest search engine
The livestreaming component is a great way to interact with listeners
Is there any reason not to publish to YouTube?
Comments and negativity
Commitment
Optimization



Resources/Links:
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Should you use YouTube for your podcast?]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode, Matt talks about whether or not you should utilize the YouTube platform for your podcast. He lists and explains a number of reasons why YouTube is great for interaction with your current listeners, and will help attract new listeners. He also covers a couple of reasons why some people prefer not to use YouTube and his thoughts on those as well. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Success of your podcast is determined by the things you do outside the podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Introducing a new medium for listeners to engage with</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">YouTube is the second largest search engine</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The livestreaming component is a great way to interact with listeners</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Is there any reason not to publish to YouTube?</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Comments and negativity</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Commitment</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Optimization</span></li>
</ul></li>

</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Clubhouse video: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Should-you-use-YouTube-for-your-podcast.mp3" length="14185452"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Matt talks about whether or not you should utilize the YouTube platform for your podcast. He lists and explains a number of reasons why YouTube is great for interaction with your current listeners, and will help attract new listeners. He also covers a couple of reasons why some people prefer not to use YouTube and his thoughts on those as well. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

Success of your podcast is determined by the things you do outside the podcast
Introducing a new medium for listeners to engage with
YouTube is the second largest search engine
The livestreaming component is a great way to interact with listeners
Is there any reason not to publish to YouTube?
Comments and negativity
Commitment
Optimization



Resources/Links:
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Clubhouse video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8729ZpWpmIw ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:14:46</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Creator's Spotlight: Crimes Against Folk]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 04 Feb 2021 08:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/castos-creator39s-spotlight-crimes-against-folk</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/castos-creator39s-spotlight-crimes-against-folk</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode, Matt talks with Ed and Ashley from Crimes Against Folk. The wonderful episode has a ton of takeaways including finding and publishing your passion to the world, focusing on what’s really important first, and even finding sponsorship. In addition to a great conversation, today’s edition of Castos Creator’s Spotlight talks with Ed and Ashley about the evolution of their podcast because of 2020, and marathon livestreaming sessions. They also talk about the importance of discussing your happiness as a podcaster and balancing that with guest/listener tendencies.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Passion to fuel your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Hindsight is/in 2020</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Livestreaming and marathon podcast days</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Patreon and extras</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The format change of Crimes Against Folk</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Sponsorship and monetization</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Media Kits</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Reaching out to brands</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Staying in control of your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What Ed and Ashley love about podcasting</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Crimes Against Folk, website: </span><a href="https://crimesagainstfolk.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://crimesagainstfolk.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Crimes Against Folk, Patreon: </span><a href="https://www.patreon.com/crimesagainstfolk"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.patreon.com/crimesagainstfolk</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Matt’s conversation with Theresa Abram: </span><a href="https://castos.com/creator-spotlight-a-most-unusual-t-party/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/creator-spotlight-a-most-unusual-t-party/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Matt talks with Ed and Ashley from Crimes Against Folk. The wonderful episode has a ton of takeaways including finding and publishing your passion to the world, focusing on what’s really important first, and even finding sponsorship. In addition to a great conversation, today’s edition of Castos Creator’s Spotlight talks with Ed and Ashley about the evolution of their podcast because of 2020, and marathon livestreaming sessions. They also talk about the importance of discussing your happiness as a podcaster and balancing that with guest/listener tendencies.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

Passion to fuel your podcast
Hindsight is/in 2020
Livestreaming and marathon podcast days
Patreon and extras
The format change of Crimes Against Folk
Sponsorship and monetization
Media Kits
Reaching out to brands


Staying in control of your podcast
What Ed and Ashley love about podcasting

Resources/Links:
Crimes Against Folk, website: https://crimesagainstfolk.com/
Crimes Against Folk, Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/crimesagainstfolk 
Matt’s conversation with Theresa Abram: https://castos.com/creator-spotlight-a-most-unusual-t-party/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Creator's Spotlight: Crimes Against Folk]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode, Matt talks with Ed and Ashley from Crimes Against Folk. The wonderful episode has a ton of takeaways including finding and publishing your passion to the world, focusing on what’s really important first, and even finding sponsorship. In addition to a great conversation, today’s edition of Castos Creator’s Spotlight talks with Ed and Ashley about the evolution of their podcast because of 2020, and marathon livestreaming sessions. They also talk about the importance of discussing your happiness as a podcaster and balancing that with guest/listener tendencies.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Passion to fuel your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Hindsight is/in 2020</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Livestreaming and marathon podcast days</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Patreon and extras</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The format change of Crimes Against Folk</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Sponsorship and monetization</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Media Kits</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Reaching out to brands</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Staying in control of your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What Ed and Ashley love about podcasting</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Crimes Against Folk, website: </span><a href="https://crimesagainstfolk.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://crimesagainstfolk.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Crimes Against Folk, Patreon: </span><a href="https://www.patreon.com/crimesagainstfolk"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.patreon.com/crimesagainstfolk</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Matt’s conversation with Theresa Abram: </span><a href="https://castos.com/creator-spotlight-a-most-unusual-t-party/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/creator-spotlight-a-most-unusual-t-party/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Castos-Creator-s-Spotlight-Crimes-Against-Folk.mp3" length="32577329"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Matt talks with Ed and Ashley from Crimes Against Folk. The wonderful episode has a ton of takeaways including finding and publishing your passion to the world, focusing on what’s really important first, and even finding sponsorship. In addition to a great conversation, today’s edition of Castos Creator’s Spotlight talks with Ed and Ashley about the evolution of their podcast because of 2020, and marathon livestreaming sessions. They also talk about the importance of discussing your happiness as a podcaster and balancing that with guest/listener tendencies.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

Passion to fuel your podcast
Hindsight is/in 2020
Livestreaming and marathon podcast days
Patreon and extras
The format change of Crimes Against Folk
Sponsorship and monetization
Media Kits
Reaching out to brands


Staying in control of your podcast
What Ed and Ashley love about podcasting

Resources/Links:
Crimes Against Folk, website: https://crimesagainstfolk.com/
Crimes Against Folk, Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/crimesagainstfolk 
Matt’s conversation with Theresa Abram: https://castos.com/creator-spotlight-a-most-unusual-t-party/ 
Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:33:55</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Complimenting a Live Event with Podcasting with Ed Freyfogle]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 28 Jan 2021 08:33:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/complimenting-a-live-event-with-podcasting-with-ed-freyfogle</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/complimenting-a-live-event-with-podcasting-with-ed-freyfogle</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode, Craig talks with Ed Freyfogle about his live event (Geomob) and the podcast that goes with it. With fifty episodes under his belt, Ed has a lot of great information to share about how he organizes interviews, records episodes, tips for new podcasters, and on the topic of podcasting as a business-related hobby. Ed also talks about how the podcast has been a great compliment to their live event and the perks of having both.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Ed Freyfogle is the co-founder of OpenCage (which provides a geocoding API) and organized Geomob (the live event and the virtual events). His podcast, the Geomob podcast, is a space where he and his cohosts can talk about the geo community, provide updates on their projects as well as interview prominent figures in the industry.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is Geomob?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Ed splits up podcasting duties</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How a podcast and an event can work together</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Building relationships through a podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Ed organizes interviews guests and records episodes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The podcasting duties Ed automates and delegates </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The perks to keeping it simple</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The future of the Geomob Podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting as a business-related hobby</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Ed Freyfogle: </span><a href="https://freyfogle.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://freyfogle.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Ed on twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/freyfogle"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/freyfogle</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Geomob Podcast: </span><a href="https://thegeomob.com/podcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://thegeomob.com/podcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Savvy Cal: </span><a href="https://savvycal.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://savvycal.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Calendly: </span><a href="https://calendly.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://calendly.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Acuity: </span><a href="https://acuityscheduling.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://acuityscheduling.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos">&lt;...</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Craig talks with Ed Freyfogle about his live event (Geomob) and the podcast that goes with it. With fifty episodes under his belt, Ed has a lot of great information to share about how he organizes interviews, records episodes, tips for new podcasters, and on the topic of podcasting as a business-related hobby. Ed also talks about how the podcast has been a great compliment to their live event and the perks of having both.
Ed Freyfogle is the co-founder of OpenCage (which provides a geocoding API) and organized Geomob (the live event and the virtual events). His podcast, the Geomob podcast, is a space where he and his cohosts can talk about the geo community, provide updates on their projects as well as interview prominent figures in the industry.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

What is Geomob?
How Ed splits up podcasting duties
How a podcast and an event can work together
Building relationships through a podcast
How Ed organizes interviews guests and records episodes
The podcasting duties Ed automates and delegates 
The perks to keeping it simple
The future of the Geomob Podcast
Podcasting as a business-related hobby

Resources/Links:
Ed Freyfogle: https://freyfogle.com/ 
Ed on twitter: https://twitter.com/freyfogle 
Geomob Podcast: https://thegeomob.com/podcast/ 
Savvy Cal: https://savvycal.com/ 
Calendly: https://calendly.com/ 
Acuity: https://acuityscheduling.com/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: <...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Complimenting a Live Event with Podcasting with Ed Freyfogle]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode, Craig talks with Ed Freyfogle about his live event (Geomob) and the podcast that goes with it. With fifty episodes under his belt, Ed has a lot of great information to share about how he organizes interviews, records episodes, tips for new podcasters, and on the topic of podcasting as a business-related hobby. Ed also talks about how the podcast has been a great compliment to their live event and the perks of having both.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Ed Freyfogle is the co-founder of OpenCage (which provides a geocoding API) and organized Geomob (the live event and the virtual events). His podcast, the Geomob podcast, is a space where he and his cohosts can talk about the geo community, provide updates on their projects as well as interview prominent figures in the industry.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is Geomob?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Ed splits up podcasting duties</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How a podcast and an event can work together</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Building relationships through a podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Ed organizes interviews guests and records episodes</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The podcasting duties Ed automates and delegates </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The perks to keeping it simple</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The future of the Geomob Podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting as a business-related hobby</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Ed Freyfogle: </span><a href="https://freyfogle.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://freyfogle.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Ed on twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/freyfogle"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/freyfogle</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Geomob Podcast: </span><a href="https://thegeomob.com/podcast/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://thegeomob.com/podcast/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Savvy Cal: </span><a href="https://savvycal.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://savvycal.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Calendly: </span><a href="https://calendly.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://calendly.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Acuity: </span><a href="https://acuityscheduling.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://acuityscheduling.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Complimenting-a-Live-Event-with-Podcasting-with-Ed-Freyfogle.mp3" length="26045880"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Craig talks with Ed Freyfogle about his live event (Geomob) and the podcast that goes with it. With fifty episodes under his belt, Ed has a lot of great information to share about how he organizes interviews, records episodes, tips for new podcasters, and on the topic of podcasting as a business-related hobby. Ed also talks about how the podcast has been a great compliment to their live event and the perks of having both.
Ed Freyfogle is the co-founder of OpenCage (which provides a geocoding API) and organized Geomob (the live event and the virtual events). His podcast, the Geomob podcast, is a space where he and his cohosts can talk about the geo community, provide updates on their projects as well as interview prominent figures in the industry.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

What is Geomob?
How Ed splits up podcasting duties
How a podcast and an event can work together
Building relationships through a podcast
How Ed organizes interviews guests and records episodes
The podcasting duties Ed automates and delegates 
The perks to keeping it simple
The future of the Geomob Podcast
Podcasting as a business-related hobby

Resources/Links:
Ed Freyfogle: https://freyfogle.com/ 
Ed on twitter: https://twitter.com/freyfogle 
Geomob Podcast: https://thegeomob.com/podcast/ 
Savvy Cal: https://savvycal.com/ 
Calendly: https://calendly.com/ 
Acuity: https://acuityscheduling.com/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: <...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:27:07</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Deep dive into podcast advertising with Bryan Barletta]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 21 Jan 2021 08:49:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/deep-dive-into-podcast-advertising-with-bryan-barletta</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/deep-dive-into-podcast-advertising-with-bryan-barletta</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode, Craig talks with Bryan Barletta from Sounds Profitable about advertising in podcasting. Sounds Profitable is a free, weekly newsletter about adtech in podcasting. Advertising can be such an intimidating process. Where do you start? Who do you talk to? Where do you go? What connections and relationships should you be building? Bryan answers these questions in today’s episode.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Anchor’s ad process versus podcasters who want to curate their own ad revenue</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Questions you need to ask yourself before you look for ads/sponsorship:</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What type of money do you want to get out of it?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why are you doing what you’re doing?</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Different types of monetization </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting as a hobby versus podcasting as a career</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The benefits of dynamic ads and dynamic content insertion</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Dynamic ads, like cryptocurrency</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Ad opportunities and making ad calls accessible</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Programmatic versus dynamic ad insertion</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tips on best practices</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The right mindset in order to be successful</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The future of Sounds Profitable and Bryan’s mission statement</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Sounds Profitable, website: </span><a href="https://soundsprofitable.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://soundsprofitable.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podnews.net, website: </span><a href="https://podnews.net/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podnews.net/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Craig talks with Bryan Barletta from Sounds Profitable about advertising in podcasting. Sounds Profitable is a free, weekly newsletter about adtech in podcasting. Advertising can be such an intimidating process. Where do you start? Who do you talk to? Where do you go? What connections and relationships should you be building? Bryan answers these questions in today’s episode.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

Anchor’s ad process versus podcasters who want to curate their own ad revenue
Questions you need to ask yourself before you look for ads/sponsorship:
What type of money do you want to get out of it?
Why are you doing what you’re doing?


Different types of monetization 
Podcasting as a hobby versus podcasting as a career
The benefits of dynamic ads and dynamic content insertion
Dynamic ads, like cryptocurrency


Ad opportunities and making ad calls accessible
Programmatic versus dynamic ad insertion
Tips on best practices
The right mindset in order to be successful
The future of Sounds Profitable and Bryan’s mission statement

Resources/Links:
Sounds Profitable, website: https://soundsprofitable.com/
Podnews.net, website: https://podnews.net/  
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Deep dive into podcast advertising with Bryan Barletta]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode, Craig talks with Bryan Barletta from Sounds Profitable about advertising in podcasting. Sounds Profitable is a free, weekly newsletter about adtech in podcasting. Advertising can be such an intimidating process. Where do you start? Who do you talk to? Where do you go? What connections and relationships should you be building? Bryan answers these questions in today’s episode.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Anchor’s ad process versus podcasters who want to curate their own ad revenue</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Questions you need to ask yourself before you look for ads/sponsorship:</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What type of money do you want to get out of it?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why are you doing what you’re doing?</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Different types of monetization </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasting as a hobby versus podcasting as a career</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The benefits of dynamic ads and dynamic content insertion</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Dynamic ads, like cryptocurrency</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Ad opportunities and making ad calls accessible</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Programmatic versus dynamic ad insertion</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tips on best practices</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The right mindset in order to be successful</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The future of Sounds Profitable and Bryan’s mission statement</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Sounds Profitable, website: </span><a href="https://soundsprofitable.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://soundsprofitable.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podnews.net, website: </span><a href="https://podnews.net/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podnews.net/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Deep-dive-into-podcast-advertising-with-Bryan-Barletta.mp3" length="33054220"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Craig talks with Bryan Barletta from Sounds Profitable about advertising in podcasting. Sounds Profitable is a free, weekly newsletter about adtech in podcasting. Advertising can be such an intimidating process. Where do you start? Who do you talk to? Where do you go? What connections and relationships should you be building? Bryan answers these questions in today’s episode.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

Anchor’s ad process versus podcasters who want to curate their own ad revenue
Questions you need to ask yourself before you look for ads/sponsorship:
What type of money do you want to get out of it?
Why are you doing what you’re doing?


Different types of monetization 
Podcasting as a hobby versus podcasting as a career
The benefits of dynamic ads and dynamic content insertion
Dynamic ads, like cryptocurrency


Ad opportunities and making ad calls accessible
Programmatic versus dynamic ad insertion
Tips on best practices
The right mindset in order to be successful
The future of Sounds Profitable and Bryan’s mission statement

Resources/Links:
Sounds Profitable, website: https://soundsprofitable.com/
Podnews.net, website: https://podnews.net/  
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:34:25</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Drive more podcast traffic through livestreaming ]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 14 Jan 2021 07:40:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/drive-more-podcast-traffic-through-livestreaming</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/drive-more-podcast-traffic-through-livestreaming</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today on Audience, Matt is talking with live-streaming expert Ross Brand. Ross is a former radio personality, reporter and also a show host. With his deep love for broadcasting in mind, he created the @livestreamuni Twitter account before finally created the website: LivestreamUniverse.com. Through this platform he’s able to highlight brands that produce high quality content as well as broadcasters. He is one of the most noteworthy names and experts in live-streaming because of his passion, expertise, and because he’s so prolific. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode, Matt and Ross talk about what he has learned about broadcasting through the different formats he has used in his life. Ross goes over some lessons he learned and would like to pass along to new podcasters and live-streamers including tips on equipment, what to prepare before your first broadcast, and how to appear in-control during a livestream.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The brand of (Ross) Brand and his history in radio</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The purpose of podcasting and where video fits in with that</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How COVID has changed the medium and community</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tips for first time podcasters and livestreamers</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of resetting during a livestream</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Having control during a livestream</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to appear in-control</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why this is so important</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Controlling introductions during roundtable discussions</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Visual cues during a livestream</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">“What’s in it for the audience?”</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Timing for livestreams: algorithms versus your schedule</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Balancing energy to avoid burnout</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Landing page or link tree for your work</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">New courses on Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Streamyard: </span><a href="https://streamyard.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://streamyard.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Livestream Universe: </span><a href="https://livestreamuniverse.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://livestreamuniverse.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasthackers.com: </span><a></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Today on Audience, Matt is talking with live-streaming expert Ross Brand. Ross is a former radio personality, reporter and also a show host. With his deep love for broadcasting in mind, he created the @livestreamuni Twitter account before finally created the website: LivestreamUniverse.com. Through this platform he’s able to highlight brands that produce high quality content as well as broadcasters. He is one of the most noteworthy names and experts in live-streaming because of his passion, expertise, and because he’s so prolific. 
In this episode, Matt and Ross talk about what he has learned about broadcasting through the different formats he has used in his life. Ross goes over some lessons he learned and would like to pass along to new podcasters and live-streamers including tips on equipment, what to prepare before your first broadcast, and how to appear in-control during a livestream.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

The brand of (Ross) Brand and his history in radio
The purpose of podcasting and where video fits in with that
How COVID has changed the medium and community
Tips for first time podcasters and livestreamers
The importance of resetting during a livestream
Having control during a livestream
How to appear in-control
Why this is so important
Controlling introductions during roundtable discussions
Visual cues during a livestream
“What’s in it for the audience?”


Timing for livestreams: algorithms versus your schedule
Balancing energy to avoid burnout
Landing page or link tree for your work

Resources/Links:
New courses on Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Streamyard: https://streamyard.com/ 
Livestream Universe: https://livestreamuniverse.com/ 
Podcasthackers.com: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Drive more podcast traffic through livestreaming ]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today on Audience, Matt is talking with live-streaming expert Ross Brand. Ross is a former radio personality, reporter and also a show host. With his deep love for broadcasting in mind, he created the @livestreamuni Twitter account before finally created the website: LivestreamUniverse.com. Through this platform he’s able to highlight brands that produce high quality content as well as broadcasters. He is one of the most noteworthy names and experts in live-streaming because of his passion, expertise, and because he’s so prolific. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode, Matt and Ross talk about what he has learned about broadcasting through the different formats he has used in his life. Ross goes over some lessons he learned and would like to pass along to new podcasters and live-streamers including tips on equipment, what to prepare before your first broadcast, and how to appear in-control during a livestream.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The brand of (Ross) Brand and his history in radio</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The purpose of podcasting and where video fits in with that</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How COVID has changed the medium and community</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Tips for first time podcasters and livestreamers</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of resetting during a livestream</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Having control during a livestream</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to appear in-control</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why this is so important</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Controlling introductions during roundtable discussions</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Visual cues during a livestream</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">“What’s in it for the audience?”</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Timing for livestreams: algorithms versus your schedule</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Balancing energy to avoid burnout</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Landing page or link tree for your work</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">New courses on Castos Academy: </span><a href="https://academy.castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://academy.castos.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Streamyard: </span><a href="https://streamyard.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://streamyard.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Livestream Universe: </span><a href="https://livestreamuniverse.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://livestreamuniverse.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasthackers.com: </span><a href="https://podcasthackers.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcasthackers.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Drive-more-podcast-traffic-through-livestreaming.mp3" length="37368813"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Today on Audience, Matt is talking with live-streaming expert Ross Brand. Ross is a former radio personality, reporter and also a show host. With his deep love for broadcasting in mind, he created the @livestreamuni Twitter account before finally created the website: LivestreamUniverse.com. Through this platform he’s able to highlight brands that produce high quality content as well as broadcasters. He is one of the most noteworthy names and experts in live-streaming because of his passion, expertise, and because he’s so prolific. 
In this episode, Matt and Ross talk about what he has learned about broadcasting through the different formats he has used in his life. Ross goes over some lessons he learned and would like to pass along to new podcasters and live-streamers including tips on equipment, what to prepare before your first broadcast, and how to appear in-control during a livestream.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

The brand of (Ross) Brand and his history in radio
The purpose of podcasting and where video fits in with that
How COVID has changed the medium and community
Tips for first time podcasters and livestreamers
The importance of resetting during a livestream
Having control during a livestream
How to appear in-control
Why this is so important
Controlling introductions during roundtable discussions
Visual cues during a livestream
“What’s in it for the audience?”


Timing for livestreams: algorithms versus your schedule
Balancing energy to avoid burnout
Landing page or link tree for your work

Resources/Links:
New courses on Castos Academy: https://academy.castos.com/ 
Streamyard: https://streamyard.com/ 
Livestream Universe: https://livestreamuniverse.com/ 
Podcasthackers.com: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:38:55</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Chris Coyier of the Shoptalk Show]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 07 Jan 2021 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/chris-coyier-of-the-shoptalk-show</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/chris-coyier-of-the-shoptalk-show</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today on Audience, Craig talks with Chris Coyier of the Shoptalk Show, which has produced over four hundred episodes. Craig talks to Chris about what it’s like being an online creator (podcaster, blogger, software and web designer, etc.). Chris talks about the lessons he has learned and what it’s like to have a weekly podcast for ten years. They also talk about podcasting trends in terms of marketing, topics, and the future outlook of the industry.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Shoptalk Show, Chris’ podcast about web design</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How it was born from Tech-TV and CarTalk on NPR (RIP)</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of consistency and dedication with a podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Chris organizes his web content on different platforms</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The cavalier relationship podcasters have with stats</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Optimizing versus creating good content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Burnout</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Energy levels for online content</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Avoiding the online hive of anger</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The staying power of the industry</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Audio versus video versus both</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Advertising and marketing trends</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Affiliate links or no affiliate links?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Website conversion</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What The Shoptalk Show (and podcasting in general) looks like in 2021</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Codepen Podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasts are an evolution</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Shoptalk Show: </span><a href="https://shoptalkshow.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://shoptalkshow.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Chris Coyier website: </span><a href="https://chriscoyier.net/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://chriscoyier.net/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">CSS-Tricks: </span><a href="https://css-tricks.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://css-tricks.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Codepen.io: </span><a href="https://codepen.io/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://codepen.io/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Codepen Podcast: </span><a href="https://blog.codepen.io/radio/"></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Today on Audience, Craig talks with Chris Coyier of the Shoptalk Show, which has produced over four hundred episodes. Craig talks to Chris about what it’s like being an online creator (podcaster, blogger, software and web designer, etc.). Chris talks about the lessons he has learned and what it’s like to have a weekly podcast for ten years. They also talk about podcasting trends in terms of marketing, topics, and the future outlook of the industry.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

The Shoptalk Show, Chris’ podcast about web design
How it was born from Tech-TV and CarTalk on NPR (RIP)


The importance of consistency and dedication with a podcast
How Chris organizes his web content on different platforms
The cavalier relationship podcasters have with stats
Optimizing versus creating good content
Burnout


Energy levels for online content
Avoiding the online hive of anger


The staying power of the industry
Audio versus video versus both


Advertising and marketing trends
Affiliate links or no affiliate links?
Website conversion


What The Shoptalk Show (and podcasting in general) looks like in 2021
The Codepen Podcast
Podcasts are an evolution

Resources/Links:
The Shoptalk Show: https://shoptalkshow.com/
Chris Coyier website: https://chriscoyier.net/ 
CSS-Tricks: https://css-tricks.com/ 
Codepen.io: https://codepen.io/ 
The Codepen Podcast: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Chris Coyier of the Shoptalk Show]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today on Audience, Craig talks with Chris Coyier of the Shoptalk Show, which has produced over four hundred episodes. Craig talks to Chris about what it’s like being an online creator (podcaster, blogger, software and web designer, etc.). Chris talks about the lessons he has learned and what it’s like to have a weekly podcast for ten years. They also talk about podcasting trends in terms of marketing, topics, and the future outlook of the industry.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Shoptalk Show, Chris’ podcast about web design</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How it was born from Tech-TV and CarTalk on NPR (RIP)</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of consistency and dedication with a podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How Chris organizes his web content on different platforms</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The cavalier relationship podcasters have with stats</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Optimizing versus creating good content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Burnout</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Energy levels for online content</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Avoiding the online hive of anger</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The staying power of the industry</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Audio versus video versus both</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Advertising and marketing trends</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Affiliate links or no affiliate links?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Website conversion</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What The Shoptalk Show (and podcasting in general) looks like in 2021</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The Codepen Podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasts are an evolution</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Shoptalk Show: </span><a href="https://shoptalkshow.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://shoptalkshow.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Chris Coyier website: </span><a href="https://chriscoyier.net/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://chriscoyier.net/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">CSS-Tricks: </span><a href="https://css-tricks.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://css-tricks.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Codepen.io: </span><a href="https://codepen.io/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://codepen.io/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">The Codepen Podcast: </span><a href="https://blog.codepen.io/radio/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://blog.codepen.io/radio/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasthackers.com: </span><a href="https://podcasthackers.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcasthackers.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Chris-Coyier-of-the-Shoptalk-Show.mp3" length="38544114"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Today on Audience, Craig talks with Chris Coyier of the Shoptalk Show, which has produced over four hundred episodes. Craig talks to Chris about what it’s like being an online creator (podcaster, blogger, software and web designer, etc.). Chris talks about the lessons he has learned and what it’s like to have a weekly podcast for ten years. They also talk about podcasting trends in terms of marketing, topics, and the future outlook of the industry.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

The Shoptalk Show, Chris’ podcast about web design
How it was born from Tech-TV and CarTalk on NPR (RIP)


The importance of consistency and dedication with a podcast
How Chris organizes his web content on different platforms
The cavalier relationship podcasters have with stats
Optimizing versus creating good content
Burnout


Energy levels for online content
Avoiding the online hive of anger


The staying power of the industry
Audio versus video versus both


Advertising and marketing trends
Affiliate links or no affiliate links?
Website conversion


What The Shoptalk Show (and podcasting in general) looks like in 2021
The Codepen Podcast
Podcasts are an evolution

Resources/Links:
The Shoptalk Show: https://shoptalkshow.com/
Chris Coyier website: https://chriscoyier.net/ 
CSS-Tricks: https://css-tricks.com/ 
Codepen.io: https://codepen.io/ 
The Codepen Podcast: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:40:08</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[The ROI of a podcast w/ Brendan Hufford]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 31 Dec 2020 08:20:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/the-roi-of-a-podcast-w-brendan-hufford</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/the-roi-of-a-podcast-w-brendan-hufford</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode, Matt is talking to Brendan Hufford about ROI and marketing. He also goes over his background in teaching and marketing and how that led to his SEO course titled, “SEO for the Rest of Us.” Today Brendan brings his high energy, enthusiasm, and expertise about SEO, his YouTube channel, and marketing for podcasts. He also talks about community: what it means to be a community member, how to create and cultivate a good community, and the whys of building a community around your brand and podcast.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Brendan’s background in teaching and marketing</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is “SEO for the Rest of Us”?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Where to go to learn SEO</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Guest interviews and building the community</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of looking at first day downloads</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The statistics to look at, to see if listeners are getting value from the show</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Thumbnails and cover art for a podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Raising awareness for your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of resilience, showing up every day, and the creator’s spirit</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">SEO for the Rest of Us, website: </span><a href="https://seofortherestofus.org/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://seofortherestofus.org/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">SEO for the Rest of Us, podcast: </span><a href="https://seofortherestofus.org/podcast-listen/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://seofortherestofus.org/podcast-listen/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">SEO for the Rest of Us, twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/seo4therestofus"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/seo4therestofus</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">SEO for the Rest of Us, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCMvS-nX0_SZHL7BmACVRgQA/featured"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCMvS-nX0_SZHL7BmACVRgQA/featured</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Brendan Hufford, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/lpflyer88"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/user/lpflyer88</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Jay Acunzo’s workshop: </span><a href="https://marketingshowrunners.podia.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://marketingshowrunners.podia.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">ht...</span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Matt is talking to Brendan Hufford about ROI and marketing. He also goes over his background in teaching and marketing and how that led to his SEO course titled, “SEO for the Rest of Us.” Today Brendan brings his high energy, enthusiasm, and expertise about SEO, his YouTube channel, and marketing for podcasts. He also talks about community: what it means to be a community member, how to create and cultivate a good community, and the whys of building a community around your brand and podcast.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

Brendan’s background in teaching and marketing
What is “SEO for the Rest of Us”?
Where to go to learn SEO
Guest interviews and building the community
The importance of looking at first day downloads
The statistics to look at, to see if listeners are getting value from the show
Thumbnails and cover art for a podcast
Raising awareness for your podcast
The importance of resilience, showing up every day, and the creator’s spirit

Resources/Links:
SEO for the Rest of Us, website: https://seofortherestofus.org/
SEO for the Rest of Us, podcast: https://seofortherestofus.org/podcast-listen/
SEO for the Rest of Us, twitter: https://twitter.com/seo4therestofus 
SEO for the Rest of Us, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCMvS-nX0_SZHL7BmACVRgQA/featured 
Brendan Hufford, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/user/lpflyer88 
Jay Acunzo’s workshop: https://marketingshowrunners.podia.com/
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: ht...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[The ROI of a podcast w/ Brendan Hufford]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode, Matt is talking to Brendan Hufford about ROI and marketing. He also goes over his background in teaching and marketing and how that led to his SEO course titled, “SEO for the Rest of Us.” Today Brendan brings his high energy, enthusiasm, and expertise about SEO, his YouTube channel, and marketing for podcasts. He also talks about community: what it means to be a community member, how to create and cultivate a good community, and the whys of building a community around your brand and podcast.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Brendan’s background in teaching and marketing</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is “SEO for the Rest of Us”?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Where to go to learn SEO</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Guest interviews and building the community</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of looking at first day downloads</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The statistics to look at, to see if listeners are getting value from the show</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Thumbnails and cover art for a podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Raising awareness for your podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of resilience, showing up every day, and the creator’s spirit</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">SEO for the Rest of Us, website: </span><a href="https://seofortherestofus.org/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://seofortherestofus.org/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">SEO for the Rest of Us, podcast: </span><a href="https://seofortherestofus.org/podcast-listen/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://seofortherestofus.org/podcast-listen/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">SEO for the Rest of Us, twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/seo4therestofus"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://twitter.com/seo4therestofus</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">SEO for the Rest of Us, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCMvS-nX0_SZHL7BmACVRgQA/featured"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCMvS-nX0_SZHL7BmACVRgQA/featured</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Brendan Hufford, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/lpflyer88"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/user/lpflyer88</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Jay Acunzo’s workshop: </span><a href="https://marketingshowrunners.podia.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://marketingshowrunners.podia.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/The-ROI-of-a-podcast-w-Brendan-Hufford.mp3" length="34540901"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Matt is talking to Brendan Hufford about ROI and marketing. He also goes over his background in teaching and marketing and how that led to his SEO course titled, “SEO for the Rest of Us.” Today Brendan brings his high energy, enthusiasm, and expertise about SEO, his YouTube channel, and marketing for podcasts. He also talks about community: what it means to be a community member, how to create and cultivate a good community, and the whys of building a community around your brand and podcast.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

Brendan’s background in teaching and marketing
What is “SEO for the Rest of Us”?
Where to go to learn SEO
Guest interviews and building the community
The importance of looking at first day downloads
The statistics to look at, to see if listeners are getting value from the show
Thumbnails and cover art for a podcast
Raising awareness for your podcast
The importance of resilience, showing up every day, and the creator’s spirit

Resources/Links:
SEO for the Rest of Us, website: https://seofortherestofus.org/
SEO for the Rest of Us, podcast: https://seofortherestofus.org/podcast-listen/
SEO for the Rest of Us, twitter: https://twitter.com/seo4therestofus 
SEO for the Rest of Us, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCMvS-nX0_SZHL7BmACVRgQA/featured 
Brendan Hufford, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/user/lpflyer88 
Jay Acunzo’s workshop: https://marketingshowrunners.podia.com/
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: ht...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:35:58</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Live Podcasting: Why you should consider doing your podcast via livestream]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 24 Dec 2020 08:12:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/live-podcasting-why-you-should-consider-doing-your-podcast-via-livestream</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/live-podcasting-why-you-should-consider-doing-your-podcast-via-livestream</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode, both Craig and Matt are talking about live podcasting, livestreaming, and video podcasts. They’re talking about trends in the industry, what livestreaming does for accountability, future live streams, and the pros and cons of the medium. Whether you’re just starting in podcasting or if you’re a veteran podcaster, livestreaming is something you should familiarize yourself with. Today, Craig and Matt help introduce you to this new format.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Live podcasting or live streaming: pros and cons</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Promotional and marketing benefits: interaction</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to get people to participate</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Holding you accountable to your obligations</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The risk of live streaming</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Teleprompters, scripting, and being performative</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Videogame streamers</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Matt’s shortlist of gear for live streaming</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Video on social media</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of promotion</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Streamyard: </span><a href="https://streamyard.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://streamyard.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos’ Podcast Grader: </span><a href="https://castos.com/podcastgrader/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/podcastgrader/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Matt’s email: </span><a href="mailto:matt@castos.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">matt@castos.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasthackers.com: </span><a href="https://podcasthackers.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcasthackers.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, both Craig and Matt are talking about live podcasting, livestreaming, and video podcasts. They’re talking about trends in the industry, what livestreaming does for accountability, future live streams, and the pros and cons of the medium. Whether you’re just starting in podcasting or if you’re a veteran podcaster, livestreaming is something you should familiarize yourself with. Today, Craig and Matt help introduce you to this new format.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

Live podcasting or live streaming: pros and cons
Promotional and marketing benefits: interaction
How to get people to participate
Holding you accountable to your obligations
The risk of live streaming
Teleprompters, scripting, and being performative
Videogame streamers
Matt’s shortlist of gear for live streaming
Video on social media
The importance of promotion

Resources/Links:
Streamyard: https://streamyard.com/ 
Castos’ Podcast Grader: https://castos.com/podcastgrader/ 
Matt’s email: matt@castos.com 
Podcasthackers.com: https://podcasthackers.com/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Live Podcasting: Why you should consider doing your podcast via livestream]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">In this episode, both Craig and Matt are talking about live podcasting, livestreaming, and video podcasts. They’re talking about trends in the industry, what livestreaming does for accountability, future live streams, and the pros and cons of the medium. Whether you’re just starting in podcasting or if you’re a veteran podcaster, livestreaming is something you should familiarize yourself with. Today, Craig and Matt help introduce you to this new format.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Live podcasting or live streaming: pros and cons</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Promotional and marketing benefits: interaction</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to get people to participate</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Holding you accountable to your obligations</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The risk of live streaming</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Teleprompters, scripting, and being performative</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Videogame streamers</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Matt’s shortlist of gear for live streaming</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Video on social media</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of promotion</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Streamyard: </span><a href="https://streamyard.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://streamyard.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos’ Podcast Grader: </span><a href="https://castos.com/podcastgrader/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://castos.com/podcastgrader/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Matt’s email: </span><a href="mailto:matt@castos.com"><span style="font-weight:400;">matt@castos.com</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasthackers.com: </span><a href="https://podcasthackers.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcasthackers.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Live-Podcasting-Why-you-should-consider-doing-your-podcast-via-livestream.mp3" length="23234687"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, both Craig and Matt are talking about live podcasting, livestreaming, and video podcasts. They’re talking about trends in the industry, what livestreaming does for accountability, future live streams, and the pros and cons of the medium. Whether you’re just starting in podcasting or if you’re a veteran podcaster, livestreaming is something you should familiarize yourself with. Today, Craig and Matt help introduce you to this new format.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

Live podcasting or live streaming: pros and cons
Promotional and marketing benefits: interaction
How to get people to participate
Holding you accountable to your obligations
The risk of live streaming
Teleprompters, scripting, and being performative
Videogame streamers
Matt’s shortlist of gear for live streaming
Video on social media
The importance of promotion

Resources/Links:
Streamyard: https://streamyard.com/ 
Castos’ Podcast Grader: https://castos.com/podcastgrader/ 
Matt’s email: matt@castos.com 
Podcasthackers.com: https://podcasthackers.com/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:24:11</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Award-winning podcast producer Eric Johnson]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 17 Dec 2020 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/award-winning-podcast-producer-eric-johnson</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/award-winning-podcast-producer-eric-johnson</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today Matt is talking with Eric Johnson from Bumblecast.FM. From winning the 2019 Podcast of the Year award to helping make original podcasts, Eric is a well-known and prominent podcast editor in the industry. His newest venture is Bumblecast.FM which is a business in the business of helping you with your podcast. They can either help you start a podcast of your own or can help your existing podcast. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Eric has been in the digital media and podcasting field for over ten years. He’s worked at WTOP-FM, AllTHingsD, Mental Floss, and Vox Media. He produced Recode Decode with Kara Swisher which was named Podcast of the Year in 2019. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What does Eric’s average production look like?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Quality of content versus quality of audio</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Best practices for audio quality</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The podcast ideas Eric hears the most</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The True Crime ...trend?</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Advice for new hobbyists</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">“The Long Game” and “Short Term Experiments”</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Twelve week pilot season</span></li>
</ul></li>

</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Bumblecast.FM’s vision</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Originality, diversity, and passion</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Keep podcasting weird</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Joe Rogan’s success and mainstreaming podcasts on Spotify</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Private or premium podcasting versus public podcasts</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The ownership of content</span></li>
</ul></li>

</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Bumblecast.FM: </span><a href="https://bumblecast.fm/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://bumblecast.fm/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Eric’s Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/heyheyesj"><span style="font-weight:400;">@heyheyesj</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasthackers.com: </span><a href="https://podcasthackers.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcasthackers.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Today Matt is talking with Eric Johnson from Bumblecast.FM. From winning the 2019 Podcast of the Year award to helping make original podcasts, Eric is a well-known and prominent podcast editor in the industry. His newest venture is Bumblecast.FM which is a business in the business of helping you with your podcast. They can either help you start a podcast of your own or can help your existing podcast. 
Eric has been in the digital media and podcasting field for over ten years. He’s worked at WTOP-FM, AllTHingsD, Mental Floss, and Vox Media. He produced Recode Decode with Kara Swisher which was named Podcast of the Year in 2019. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

What does Eric’s average production look like?
Quality of content versus quality of audio
Best practices for audio quality


The podcast ideas Eric hears the most
The True Crime ...trend?


Advice for new hobbyists
“The Long Game” and “Short Term Experiments”
Twelve week pilot season




Bumblecast.FM’s vision
Originality, diversity, and passion
Keep podcasting weird


Joe Rogan’s success and mainstreaming podcasts on Spotify
Private or premium podcasting versus public podcasts
The ownership of content



Resources/Links:
Bumblecast.FM: https://bumblecast.fm/ 
Eric’s Twitter: @heyheyesj
Podcasthackers.com: https://podcasthackers.com/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Award-winning podcast producer Eric Johnson]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today Matt is talking with Eric Johnson from Bumblecast.FM. From winning the 2019 Podcast of the Year award to helping make original podcasts, Eric is a well-known and prominent podcast editor in the industry. His newest venture is Bumblecast.FM which is a business in the business of helping you with your podcast. They can either help you start a podcast of your own or can help your existing podcast. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Eric has been in the digital media and podcasting field for over ten years. He’s worked at WTOP-FM, AllTHingsD, Mental Floss, and Vox Media. He produced Recode Decode with Kara Swisher which was named Podcast of the Year in 2019. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What does Eric’s average production look like?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Quality of content versus quality of audio</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Best practices for audio quality</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The podcast ideas Eric hears the most</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The True Crime ...trend?</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Advice for new hobbyists</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">“The Long Game” and “Short Term Experiments”</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Twelve week pilot season</span></li>
</ul></li>

</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Bumblecast.FM’s vision</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Originality, diversity, and passion</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Keep podcasting weird</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Joe Rogan’s success and mainstreaming podcasts on Spotify</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Private or premium podcasting versus public podcasts</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The ownership of content</span></li>
</ul></li>

</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Bumblecast.FM: </span><a href="https://bumblecast.fm/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://bumblecast.fm/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Eric’s Twitter: </span><a href="https://twitter.com/heyheyesj"><span style="font-weight:400;">@heyheyesj</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasthackers.com: </span><a href="https://podcasthackers.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcasthackers.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Award-winning-podcast-editor-Eric-Johnson.mp3" length="26111082"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Today Matt is talking with Eric Johnson from Bumblecast.FM. From winning the 2019 Podcast of the Year award to helping make original podcasts, Eric is a well-known and prominent podcast editor in the industry. His newest venture is Bumblecast.FM which is a business in the business of helping you with your podcast. They can either help you start a podcast of your own or can help your existing podcast. 
Eric has been in the digital media and podcasting field for over ten years. He’s worked at WTOP-FM, AllTHingsD, Mental Floss, and Vox Media. He produced Recode Decode with Kara Swisher which was named Podcast of the Year in 2019. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. If you have a quick moment in this busy holiday season, please leave us a review on iTunes. It is your continued support that will help us continue to help others. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

What does Eric’s average production look like?
Quality of content versus quality of audio
Best practices for audio quality


The podcast ideas Eric hears the most
The True Crime ...trend?


Advice for new hobbyists
“The Long Game” and “Short Term Experiments”
Twelve week pilot season




Bumblecast.FM’s vision
Originality, diversity, and passion
Keep podcasting weird


Joe Rogan’s success and mainstreaming podcasts on Spotify
Private or premium podcasting versus public podcasts
The ownership of content



Resources/Links:
Bumblecast.FM: https://bumblecast.fm/ 
Eric’s Twitter: @heyheyesj
Podcasthackers.com: https://podcasthackers.com/ 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:27:11</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[How podcasting helped Kim Doyal build an E-commerce business]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 10 Dec 2020 08:14:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/how-podcasting-helped-kim-doyal-build-an-e-commerce-business</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/how-podcasting-helped-kim-doyal-build-an-e-commerce-business</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today Matt talks with Kim Doyal (from Content Creators Planner and the Kim Doyal Show) about focusing on quality content and putting your energy where it is most needed instead of spreading yourself out too thin. They also touch on the podcasting and marketing aspects that Kim loves to do and why those things are so important when you’re creating content. Kim shares her experience with taking a break from podcasting and why that can be a good thing. They also go over what the Content Creators Planner and Content Marketing Accelerator LIVE can do for you and your podcast.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Kim is an entrepreneur, coach, podcaster, and content creator. She has built her lifestyle business over the last 10 years using WordPress, content marketing, and through growing her community. She lives by her commitment to #JustShowUP.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is the Content Creators Planner (a paper and digital tool)?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is #FtheHustle and how did it come about?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Where new and veteran podcasters should focus their energy</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why Kim started podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating a sustainable podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to take a break and reset</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Powerful and effective marketing techniques</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Content Marketing Accelerator LIVE (January 8-9) from </span><a href="https://contentcreatorsplanner.com/CMA/"><span style="font-weight:400;">ContentCreatorsPlanner.com</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What’s next for Content Creator’s Planner?</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Kim Doyal’s official website: </span><a href="https://kimdoyal.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://kimdoyal.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Kim Doyal’s podcast landing page : </span><a href="https://kimdoyal.com/show/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://kimdoyal.com/show/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Kim Doyal’s Facebook Group: </span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/theKimDoyal/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.facebook.com/theKimDoyal/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Content Creators Planner website: </span><a href="https://contentcreatorsplanner.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://contentcreatorsplanner.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Content Marketing Accelerator LIVE: </span><a href="https://contentcreatorsplanner.com/CMA/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://contentcreatorsplanner.com/CMA/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasthackers.com: </span><a href="https://podcasthackers.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcasthackers.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span></span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Today Matt talks with Kim Doyal (from Content Creators Planner and the Kim Doyal Show) about focusing on quality content and putting your energy where it is most needed instead of spreading yourself out too thin. They also touch on the podcasting and marketing aspects that Kim loves to do and why those things are so important when you’re creating content. Kim shares her experience with taking a break from podcasting and why that can be a good thing. They also go over what the Content Creators Planner and Content Marketing Accelerator LIVE can do for you and your podcast.
Kim is an entrepreneur, coach, podcaster, and content creator. She has built her lifestyle business over the last 10 years using WordPress, content marketing, and through growing her community. She lives by her commitment to #JustShowUP.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

What is the Content Creators Planner (a paper and digital tool)?
What is #FtheHustle and how did it come about?
Where new and veteran podcasters should focus their energy
Why Kim started podcasting
Creating a sustainable podcast
How to take a break and reset
Powerful and effective marketing techniques
Content Marketing Accelerator LIVE (January 8-9) from ContentCreatorsPlanner.com
What’s next for Content Creator’s Planner?

Resources/Links:
Kim Doyal’s official website: https://kimdoyal.com/ 
Kim Doyal’s podcast landing page : https://kimdoyal.com/show/ 
Kim Doyal’s Facebook Group: https://www.facebook.com/theKimDoyal/ 
Content Creators Planner website: https://contentcreatorsplanner.com/ 
Content Marketing Accelerator LIVE: https://contentcreatorsplanner.com/CMA/ 
Podcasthackers.com: https://podcasthackers.com/ 
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[How podcasting helped Kim Doyal build an E-commerce business]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Today Matt talks with Kim Doyal (from Content Creators Planner and the Kim Doyal Show) about focusing on quality content and putting your energy where it is most needed instead of spreading yourself out too thin. They also touch on the podcasting and marketing aspects that Kim loves to do and why those things are so important when you’re creating content. Kim shares her experience with taking a break from podcasting and why that can be a good thing. They also go over what the Content Creators Planner and Content Marketing Accelerator LIVE can do for you and your podcast.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Kim is an entrepreneur, coach, podcaster, and content creator. She has built her lifestyle business over the last 10 years using WordPress, content marketing, and through growing her community. She lives by her commitment to #JustShowUP.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to </span><a href="https://castos.com/audience/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/podcast</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is the Content Creators Planner (a paper and digital tool)?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What is #FtheHustle and how did it come about?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Where new and veteran podcasters should focus their energy</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why Kim started podcasting</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating a sustainable podcast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How to take a break and reset</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Powerful and effective marketing techniques</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Content Marketing Accelerator LIVE (January 8-9) from </span><a href="https://contentcreatorsplanner.com/CMA/"><span style="font-weight:400;">ContentCreatorsPlanner.com</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What’s next for Content Creator’s Planner?</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Kim Doyal’s official website: </span><a href="https://kimdoyal.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://kimdoyal.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Kim Doyal’s podcast landing page : </span><a href="https://kimdoyal.com/show/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://kimdoyal.com/show/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Kim Doyal’s Facebook Group: </span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/theKimDoyal/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.facebook.com/theKimDoyal/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Content Creators Planner website: </span><a href="https://contentcreatorsplanner.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://contentcreatorsplanner.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Content Marketing Accelerator LIVE: </span><a href="https://contentcreatorsplanner.com/CMA/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://contentcreatorsplanner.com/CMA/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcasthackers.com: </span><a href="https://podcasthackers.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://podcasthackers.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/How-podcasting-helped-Kim-Doyal-build-an-E-commerce-business.mp3" length="31198481"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Today Matt talks with Kim Doyal (from Content Creators Planner and the Kim Doyal Show) about focusing on quality content and putting your energy where it is most needed instead of spreading yourself out too thin. They also touch on the podcasting and marketing aspects that Kim loves to do and why those things are so important when you’re creating content. Kim shares her experience with taking a break from podcasting and why that can be a good thing. They also go over what the Content Creators Planner and Content Marketing Accelerator LIVE can do for you and your podcast.
Kim is an entrepreneur, coach, podcaster, and content creator. She has built her lifestyle business over the last 10 years using WordPress, content marketing, and through growing her community. She lives by her commitment to #JustShowUP.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

What is the Content Creators Planner (a paper and digital tool)?
What is #FtheHustle and how did it come about?
Where new and veteran podcasters should focus their energy
Why Kim started podcasting
Creating a sustainable podcast
How to take a break and reset
Powerful and effective marketing techniques
Content Marketing Accelerator LIVE (January 8-9) from ContentCreatorsPlanner.com
What’s next for Content Creator’s Planner?

Resources/Links:
Kim Doyal’s official website: https://kimdoyal.com/ 
Kim Doyal’s podcast landing page : https://kimdoyal.com/show/ 
Kim Doyal’s Facebook Group: https://www.facebook.com/theKimDoyal/ 
Content Creators Planner website: https://contentcreatorsplanner.com/ 
Content Marketing Accelerator LIVE: https://contentcreatorsplanner.com/CMA/ 
Podcasthackers.com: https://podcasthackers.com/ 
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:32:29</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[The Truth About What It Takes To Be A Successful Content Creator]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 03 Dec 2020 06:07:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/the-truth-about-what-it-takes-to-be-a-successful-content-creator</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/the-truth-about-what-it-takes-to-be-a-successful-content-creator</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On today’s episode, Craig talks with Ben Pines, the Head of Content and Product Evangelist of Elementor. Ben is a  marketing expert that has developed several successful online ventures in the past few years, one of which is Elementor, the most popular website builder for Wordpress. Both Elementor and Castos help enable creators to make and share content with their audience. We are going to focus on debunking the myths around how easy it is to be a content creator and run a successful online business.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What does it really mean to be a content creator?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The current trends in the industry</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why people become content creators</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of credentials</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Mistakes that new content creators make</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Starting out without a plan</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Not thinking of it as a business</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The transparency of the industry</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Inspiration and mentors in the space</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Being a brand in the industry and the risk involved</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Making a stance as a company</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The difficulty to succeed in the email marketing space</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Ben’s interactions with customers and their practices behind the scenes of Elementor</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Audible and podcasting habits</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What we can learn from classic literature and other content creators</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Elementor, website: </span><a href="https://elementor.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://elementor.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Elementor, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCt9kG_EDX8zwGSC1-ycJJVA"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCt9kG_EDX8zwGSC1-ycJJVA</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On today’s episode, Craig talks with Ben Pines, the Head of Content and Product Evangelist of Elementor. Ben is a  marketing expert that has developed several successful online ventures in the past few years, one of which is Elementor, the most popular website builder for Wordpress. Both Elementor and Castos help enable creators to make and share content with their audience. We are going to focus on debunking the myths around how easy it is to be a content creator and run a successful online business.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

What does it really mean to be a content creator?
The current trends in the industry
Why people become content creators
The importance of credentials
Mistakes that new content creators make
Starting out without a plan
Not thinking of it as a business


The transparency of the industry
Inspiration and mentors in the space
Being a brand in the industry and the risk involved
Making a stance as a company


The difficulty to succeed in the email marketing space
Ben’s interactions with customers and their practices behind the scenes of Elementor
Audible and podcasting habits
What we can learn from classic literature and other content creators

Resources/Links:
Elementor, website: https://elementor.com/ 
Elementor, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCt9kG_EDX8zwGSC1-ycJJVA 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[The Truth About What It Takes To Be A Successful Content Creator]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On today’s episode, Craig talks with Ben Pines, the Head of Content and Product Evangelist of Elementor. Ben is a  marketing expert that has developed several successful online ventures in the past few years, one of which is Elementor, the most popular website builder for Wordpress. Both Elementor and Castos help enable creators to make and share content with their audience. We are going to focus on debunking the myths around how easy it is to be a content creator and run a successful online business.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What does it really mean to be a content creator?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The current trends in the industry</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Why people become content creators</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The importance of credentials</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Mistakes that new content creators make</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Starting out without a plan</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Not thinking of it as a business</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The transparency of the industry</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Inspiration and mentors in the space</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Being a brand in the industry and the risk involved</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Making a stance as a company</span></li>
</ul></li>

<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The difficulty to succeed in the email marketing space</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Ben’s interactions with customers and their practices behind the scenes of Elementor</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Audible and podcasting habits</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">What we can learn from classic literature and other content creators</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Elementor, website: </span><a href="https://elementor.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://elementor.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Elementor, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCt9kG_EDX8zwGSC1-ycJJVA"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCt9kG_EDX8zwGSC1-ycJJVA</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/The-Truth-About-What-It-Takes-To-Be-A-Successful-Content-Creator-with-Ben-Pines.mp3" length="30122654"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On today’s episode, Craig talks with Ben Pines, the Head of Content and Product Evangelist of Elementor. Ben is a  marketing expert that has developed several successful online ventures in the past few years, one of which is Elementor, the most popular website builder for Wordpress. Both Elementor and Castos help enable creators to make and share content with their audience. We are going to focus on debunking the myths around how easy it is to be a content creator and run a successful online business.
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

What does it really mean to be a content creator?
The current trends in the industry
Why people become content creators
The importance of credentials
Mistakes that new content creators make
Starting out without a plan
Not thinking of it as a business


The transparency of the industry
Inspiration and mentors in the space
Being a brand in the industry and the risk involved
Making a stance as a company


The difficulty to succeed in the email marketing space
Ben’s interactions with customers and their practices behind the scenes of Elementor
Audible and podcasting habits
What we can learn from classic literature and other content creators

Resources/Links:
Elementor, website: https://elementor.com/ 
Elementor, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCt9kG_EDX8zwGSC1-ycJJVA 
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:31:22</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[5 Podcast Videos Worth Your Time]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 26 Nov 2020 06:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/5-podcast-videos-worth-your-time</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/5-podcast-videos-worth-your-time</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On today’s episode, I’m talking about five videos on the Castos YouTube page, which will help streamline the podcasting process. It doesn’t matter if you’re a podcasting veteran or if you’re new to the podcasting world, there’s information in there for everyone. I hope you find these five videos helpful. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Five YouTube videos that will help new podcasters:</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating a podcast checklist using Notion templates</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The ins-and-outs of Auphonic </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">A 2020 guide to podcast equipment</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How you can use Canva to edit a podcast brief </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Elementor Templates using Seriously Simple Podcasting WordPress Plugin</span></li>
</ul></li>

</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Design a podcast brief using Canva: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KpvO7EWEgJI"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KpvO7EWEgJI</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">   </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Canva: </span><a href="https://www.canva.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.canva.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast Equipment Guide 2020: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RFTwXIZbVAY"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RFTwXIZbVAY</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Elementor Templates using Seriously Simple Podcasting Plugin: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qUvlSOxyIu8"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qUvlSOxyIu8</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Use Auphonic to make your podcast sound better: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HV6NiCtGUAQ"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HV6NiCtGUAQ</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast Checklist using Notion </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6FY0b5RdWmg"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6FY0b5RdWmg</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On today’s episode, I’m talking about five videos on the Castos YouTube page, which will help streamline the podcasting process. It doesn’t matter if you’re a podcasting veteran or if you’re new to the podcasting world, there’s information in there for everyone. I hope you find these five videos helpful. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

Five YouTube videos that will help new podcasters:
Creating a podcast checklist using Notion templates
The ins-and-outs of Auphonic 
A 2020 guide to podcast equipment
How you can use Canva to edit a podcast brief 
Elementor Templates using Seriously Simple Podcasting WordPress Plugin



Resources/Links:
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Design a podcast brief using Canva: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KpvO7EWEgJI   
Canva: https://www.canva.com/ 
Podcast Equipment Guide 2020: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RFTwXIZbVAY  
Elementor Templates using Seriously Simple Podcasting Plugin: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qUvlSOxyIu8  
Use Auphonic to make your podcast sound better: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HV6NiCtGUAQ  
Podcast Checklist using Notion https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6FY0b5RdWmg ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[5 Podcast Videos Worth Your Time]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight:400;">On today’s episode, I’m talking about five videos on the Castos YouTube page, which will help streamline the podcasting process. It doesn’t matter if you’re a podcasting veteran or if you’re new to the podcasting world, there’s information in there for everyone. I hope you find these five videos helpful. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. Thank you so much! </span></p>
<p><strong>Today you’ll learn about:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Five YouTube videos that will help new podcasters:</span><ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Creating a podcast checklist using Notion templates</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">The ins-and-outs of Auphonic </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">A 2020 guide to podcast equipment</span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">How you can use Canva to edit a podcast brief </span></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><span style="font-weight:400;">Elementor Templates using Seriously Simple Podcasting WordPress Plugin</span></li>
</ul></li>

</ul>
<p><strong>Resources/Links:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, website: </span><a href="https://castos.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos.com/</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Castos, YouTube: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/castos"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/castos</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Design a podcast brief using Canva: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KpvO7EWEgJI"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KpvO7EWEgJI</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">   </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Canva: </span><a href="https://www.canva.com/"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.canva.com/</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast Equipment Guide 2020: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RFTwXIZbVAY"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RFTwXIZbVAY</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Elementor Templates using Seriously Simple Podcasting Plugin: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qUvlSOxyIu8"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qUvlSOxyIu8</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Use Auphonic to make your podcast sound better: </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HV6NiCtGUAQ"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HV6NiCtGUAQ</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;">  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:400;">Podcast Checklist using Notion </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6FY0b5RdWmg"><span style="font-weight:400;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6FY0b5RdWmg</span></a><span style="font-weight:400;"> </span></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/5-Podcast-Videos-Worth-Your-Time.mp3" length="11214598"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On today’s episode, I’m talking about five videos on the Castos YouTube page, which will help streamline the podcasting process. It doesn’t matter if you’re a podcasting veteran or if you’re new to the podcasting world, there’s information in there for everyone. I hope you find these five videos helpful. 
If you have any questions about this episode or want to get some of the resources we mentioned, head over to Castos.com/podcast. And as always, if you’re enjoying the show please share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. Thank you so much! 
Today you’ll learn about:

Five YouTube videos that will help new podcasters:
Creating a podcast checklist using Notion templates
The ins-and-outs of Auphonic 
A 2020 guide to podcast equipment
How you can use Canva to edit a podcast brief 
Elementor Templates using Seriously Simple Podcasting WordPress Plugin



Resources/Links:
Castos, website: Castos.com/
Castos, YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/castos  
Design a podcast brief using Canva: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KpvO7EWEgJI   
Canva: https://www.canva.com/ 
Podcast Equipment Guide 2020: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RFTwXIZbVAY  
Elementor Templates using Seriously Simple Podcasting Plugin: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qUvlSOxyIu8  
Use Auphonic to make your podcast sound better: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HV6NiCtGUAQ  
Podcast Checklist using Notion https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6FY0b5RdWmg ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:11:40</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Looking back on a failed podcast]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 19 Nov 2020 06:15:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/looking-back-on-a-failed-podcast</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/looking-back-on-a-failed-podcast</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode Matt and Craig look back at the first iteration of Castos' podcast.</p>
<p>Questions that we (and you if you've ever 'podfaded') are asking ourselves are: </p>
<ul>
<li>Why did the podcast not stick the first time?</li>
<li>What are we doing differently this time around? </li>
<li>The new Audience podcast is resonating with our listeners a lot...why is that? </li>
<li>Are there system or process things we can do to make running the podcast easier and more sustainable for the long run? </li>
</ul>
<p>Once you have solid answers to these questions a few patterns typically start to emerge about why some podcasts are successful and we stick with them, and why others start, stop, and ultimately fail.  </p>
<p>Having the two podcasts that we've run here at Castos to compare and contrast is a good case study in what to do, and what not to do, for us all. </p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode Matt and Craig look back at the first iteration of Castos' podcast.
Questions that we (and you if you've ever 'podfaded') are asking ourselves are: 

Why did the podcast not stick the first time?
What are we doing differently this time around? 
The new Audience podcast is resonating with our listeners a lot...why is that? 
Are there system or process things we can do to make running the podcast easier and more sustainable for the long run? 

Once you have solid answers to these questions a few patterns typically start to emerge about why some podcasts are successful and we stick with them, and why others start, stop, and ultimately fail.  
Having the two podcasts that we've run here at Castos to compare and contrast is a good case study in what to do, and what not to do, for us all. ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Looking back on a failed podcast]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode Matt and Craig look back at the first iteration of Castos' podcast.</p>
<p>Questions that we (and you if you've ever 'podfaded') are asking ourselves are: </p>
<ul>
<li>Why did the podcast not stick the first time?</li>
<li>What are we doing differently this time around? </li>
<li>The new Audience podcast is resonating with our listeners a lot...why is that? </li>
<li>Are there system or process things we can do to make running the podcast easier and more sustainable for the long run? </li>
</ul>
<p>Once you have solid answers to these questions a few patterns typically start to emerge about why some podcasts are successful and we stick with them, and why others start, stop, and ultimately fail.  </p>
<p>Having the two podcasts that we've run here at Castos to compare and contrast is a good case study in what to do, and what not to do, for us all. </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Looking-back-on-a-failed-podcast.mp3" length="26758919"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode Matt and Craig look back at the first iteration of Castos' podcast.
Questions that we (and you if you've ever 'podfaded') are asking ourselves are: 

Why did the podcast not stick the first time?
What are we doing differently this time around? 
The new Audience podcast is resonating with our listeners a lot...why is that? 
Are there system or process things we can do to make running the podcast easier and more sustainable for the long run? 

Once you have solid answers to these questions a few patterns typically start to emerge about why some podcasts are successful and we stick with them, and why others start, stop, and ultimately fail.  
Having the two podcasts that we've run here at Castos to compare and contrast is a good case study in what to do, and what not to do, for us all. ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:27:52</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Run a Successful Podcast with 200 Listeners]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 12 Nov 2020 07:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/run-a-successful-podcast-with-200-listeners</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/run-a-successful-podcast-with-200-listeners</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>This episode is about realigning your podcasting expectations. Why you need to serve your listeners, no matter how many there are, and get clarity on what you want to achieve.</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[This episode is about realigning your podcasting expectations. Why you need to serve your listeners, no matter how many there are, and get clarity on what you want to achieve.]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Run a Successful Podcast with 200 Listeners]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>This episode is about realigning your podcasting expectations. Why you need to serve your listeners, no matter how many there are, and get clarity on what you want to achieve.</p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Reset-your-podcast-expectations.mp3" length="5074409"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[This episode is about realigning your podcasting expectations. Why you need to serve your listeners, no matter how many there are, and get clarity on what you want to achieve.]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:05:16</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Better Storytelling with Steve Pratt from Pacific Content]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 05 Nov 2020 06:59:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/better-storytelling-with-steve-pratt-from-pacific-content</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/better-storytelling-with-steve-pratt-from-pacific-content</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode Craig sits down for a chat with Steve Pratt from Pacific Content. </p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode Craig sits down for a chat with Steve Pratt from Pacific Content. ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Better Storytelling with Steve Pratt from Pacific Content]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode Craig sits down for a chat with Steve Pratt from Pacific Content. </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Better-Storytelling-with-Steve-Pratt-from-Pacific-Content.mp3" length="33326311"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode Craig sits down for a chat with Steve Pratt from Pacific Content. ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:34:42</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Monetizing a Podcast]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 29 Oct 2020 03:01:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/monetizing-a-podcast</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/monetizing-a-podcast</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>“How do podcasts make money?” is a legitimate question to ask yourself as you pour time and resources into creating a show. If you want to do it seriously, finding a way earn money podcasting will help you produce it over the long term.</p>
<p>In this post, we’ll go over 20 different strategies to monetize a podcast to help you get started. Updated for 2020, we sourced advice from successful podcasters, industry veterans, and newbie hosts on how they monetized their podcast.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h2 class="_mPS2id-t">How Do Podcasts Make Money?</h2>
<p>There are two main distinctions in how podcasts make money today. When combined together, they produce a steady revenue stream that can help you earn an income podcasting.</p>
<p>The strategies that are currently the most popular fall into the direct monetization category. Direct podcast monetization is when the show is the thing you’re selling. You can profit from creating original content, repurposing it, and granting exclusive access to paying members.</p>
<p>On the other side is indirect podcast monetization. This is when you use your podcast as a tool to sell other things. Your podcast becomes the vehicle to promote products and create demand among your listeners.</p>
<p>With the general definition down, now let’s dive into specific podcast monetization techniques for each category. Remember, finding a balance between many strategies is the best way to make money podcasting.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h2 class="_mPS2id-t">How To Monetize A Podcast Directly</h2>
<p>Here are our favorite direct podcast monetization strategies to explore. Choose the ones that fit best for your show.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h3>1. Ask for donations</h3>
<p>The simplest way to monetize a podcast is to ask people for money. Plenty of fans are happy to throw a few dollars to their favorite podcasters to ensure they continue to get great content. When people ask us how to monetize a podcast, this is always the first solution we recommend because it’s easy to set up and promote.</p>
<p>You can <a href="https://www.paypal.com/us/webapps/mpp/fundraising" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">add a PayPal button</a> or <a href="https://stripe.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">open a Stripe account</a> and add a donation form to your site. Or set up a <a href="https://www.gofundme.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">GoFundMe</a> campaign for a simple collection page.</p>
<p>To avoid feeling slimy about this kind of self-promotion, keep your calls-to-action authentic. Are you asking for donations so you can spend more time creating new episodes? Tell your audience that.</p>
<p>If people understand where the money is going, they’ll be more apt to donate.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h3>2. Create paid membership tiers</h3>
<p>The latest trend in podcasting is creating paid membership tiers. Listeners can pay to access exclusive content, private Facebook groups, or podcast swag.</p>
<p>The best way to get this started is to create a <a href="https://www.patreon.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Patreon</a> account. It’s well-respected and simple to use. You can use their default settings or create your own system of levels and rewards for donors.</p>
<div class="wp-block-image">
<a href="https://www.patreon.com/FYPPodcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img class="wp-image-9224" src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/crop-0-0-1157-795-0-donations-how-to-monetize-a-podcast.png" alt="patreon example for the FYP Podcast" width="1024" height="576" /></a>
FYP Podcast’s Patreon landing page.

</div>
<p>If you go with Patreon, play around with the level options. You can reward fans for their contributions with swag, content, or other perks. You may find more listeners are willing to support the show because they’re receiving either a physical product or ex...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[“How do podcasts make money?” is a legitimate question to ask yourself as you pour time and resources into creating a show. If you want to do it seriously, finding a way earn money podcasting will help you produce it over the long term.
In this post, we’ll go over 20 different strategies to monetize a podcast to help you get started. Updated for 2020, we sourced advice from successful podcasters, industry veterans, and newbie hosts on how they monetized their podcast.
 
How Do Podcasts Make Money?
There are two main distinctions in how podcasts make money today. When combined together, they produce a steady revenue stream that can help you earn an income podcasting.
The strategies that are currently the most popular fall into the direct monetization category. Direct podcast monetization is when the show is the thing you’re selling. You can profit from creating original content, repurposing it, and granting exclusive access to paying members.
On the other side is indirect podcast monetization. This is when you use your podcast as a tool to sell other things. Your podcast becomes the vehicle to promote products and create demand among your listeners.
With the general definition down, now let’s dive into specific podcast monetization techniques for each category. Remember, finding a balance between many strategies is the best way to make money podcasting.
 
How To Monetize A Podcast Directly
Here are our favorite direct podcast monetization strategies to explore. Choose the ones that fit best for your show.
 
1. Ask for donations
The simplest way to monetize a podcast is to ask people for money. Plenty of fans are happy to throw a few dollars to their favorite podcasters to ensure they continue to get great content. When people ask us how to monetize a podcast, this is always the first solution we recommend because it’s easy to set up and promote.
You can add a PayPal button or open a Stripe account and add a donation form to your site. Or set up a GoFundMe campaign for a simple collection page.
To avoid feeling slimy about this kind of self-promotion, keep your calls-to-action authentic. Are you asking for donations so you can spend more time creating new episodes? Tell your audience that.
If people understand where the money is going, they’ll be more apt to donate.
 
2. Create paid membership tiers
The latest trend in podcasting is creating paid membership tiers. Listeners can pay to access exclusive content, private Facebook groups, or podcast swag.
The best way to get this started is to create a Patreon account. It’s well-respected and simple to use. You can use their default settings or create your own system of levels and rewards for donors.


FYP Podcast’s Patreon landing page.


If you go with Patreon, play around with the level options. You can reward fans for their contributions with swag, content, or other perks. You may find more listeners are willing to support the show because they’re receiving either a physical product or ex...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Monetizing a Podcast]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>“How do podcasts make money?” is a legitimate question to ask yourself as you pour time and resources into creating a show. If you want to do it seriously, finding a way earn money podcasting will help you produce it over the long term.</p>
<p>In this post, we’ll go over 20 different strategies to monetize a podcast to help you get started. Updated for 2020, we sourced advice from successful podcasters, industry veterans, and newbie hosts on how they monetized their podcast.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h2 class="_mPS2id-t">How Do Podcasts Make Money?</h2>
<p>There are two main distinctions in how podcasts make money today. When combined together, they produce a steady revenue stream that can help you earn an income podcasting.</p>
<p>The strategies that are currently the most popular fall into the direct monetization category. Direct podcast monetization is when the show is the thing you’re selling. You can profit from creating original content, repurposing it, and granting exclusive access to paying members.</p>
<p>On the other side is indirect podcast monetization. This is when you use your podcast as a tool to sell other things. Your podcast becomes the vehicle to promote products and create demand among your listeners.</p>
<p>With the general definition down, now let’s dive into specific podcast monetization techniques for each category. Remember, finding a balance between many strategies is the best way to make money podcasting.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h2 class="_mPS2id-t">How To Monetize A Podcast Directly</h2>
<p>Here are our favorite direct podcast monetization strategies to explore. Choose the ones that fit best for your show.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h3>1. Ask for donations</h3>
<p>The simplest way to monetize a podcast is to ask people for money. Plenty of fans are happy to throw a few dollars to their favorite podcasters to ensure they continue to get great content. When people ask us how to monetize a podcast, this is always the first solution we recommend because it’s easy to set up and promote.</p>
<p>You can <a href="https://www.paypal.com/us/webapps/mpp/fundraising" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">add a PayPal button</a> or <a href="https://stripe.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">open a Stripe account</a> and add a donation form to your site. Or set up a <a href="https://www.gofundme.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">GoFundMe</a> campaign for a simple collection page.</p>
<p>To avoid feeling slimy about this kind of self-promotion, keep your calls-to-action authentic. Are you asking for donations so you can spend more time creating new episodes? Tell your audience that.</p>
<p>If people understand where the money is going, they’ll be more apt to donate.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h3>2. Create paid membership tiers</h3>
<p>The latest trend in podcasting is creating paid membership tiers. Listeners can pay to access exclusive content, private Facebook groups, or podcast swag.</p>
<p>The best way to get this started is to create a <a href="https://www.patreon.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Patreon</a> account. It’s well-respected and simple to use. You can use their default settings or create your own system of levels and rewards for donors.</p>
<div class="wp-block-image">
<a href="https://www.patreon.com/FYPPodcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img class="wp-image-9224" src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/crop-0-0-1157-795-0-donations-how-to-monetize-a-podcast.png" alt="patreon example for the FYP Podcast" width="1024" height="576" /></a>
FYP Podcast’s Patreon landing page.

</div>
<p>If you go with Patreon, play around with the level options. You can reward fans for their contributions with swag, content, or other perks. You may find more listeners are willing to support the show because they’re receiving either a physical product or exclusive episodes for their contribution.</p>
<p>Other membership site options include <a href="https://www.glow.fm/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Glow.fm</a> and <a href="https://www.supercast.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Supercast</a>.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h3>3. Sell sponsorships or ads</h3>
<p>Sponsorship is the most common way to monetize a podcast. Aside from accepting donations it’s also the easiest because you don’t have to create or sell anything. You just have to set up a deal with a sponsor.</p>
<p>You’ve probably heard podcasters start their show or break in with something like “This episode is brought to you by [some company]. If you’re looking for a…” You get the idea. That’s a sponsorship.</p>
<p>Sponsorships pay more depending on how many people listen to your show. As the number of people who listen increases, so will your revenue. But that also means this is a tough way to make money if you don’t have many listeners.</p>
<p>Generally, you can charge for “pre-roll” and “mid-roll” mentions. Mid-row (during your episode) pay more. Promote the sponsor at both points if you’re comfortable.</p>
<p>Here are a few places to find sponsorship deals:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.adresultsmedia.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ad Results Media</a></li>
<li><a href="https://adopter.media/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Adopter Media</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.advertisecast.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">AdvertiseCast</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.truenativemedia.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">True Native Media</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.midroll.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Midroll</a></li>
</ul>
<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">Learn more at <a href="https://castos.com/how-to-get-podcast-sponsors/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How to Get Podcast Sponsors (That Your Audience Won’t Hate)</a></p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h3>4. Join an advertising network</h3>
<p>Advertising networks like <a href="https://www.advertisecast.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">AdvertiseCast</a>, <a href="https://www.midroll.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Midroll</a>, <a href="https://podcorn.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcorn</a>, and <a href="https://podgrid.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">PodGrid</a> act as middlemen between hosts and sponsors.</p>
<p>When you apply to each platform, they will take a cut from the ad placements included in your show so be sure to read the fine print. Typically, the revenue share follows a CPM model where you are paid for every 1,000 impressions served to the ad unit.</p>
<p>Confused? Here’s what the math boils down to. AdvertiseCast has a 70/30 revenue share model where the podcast host takes 70% of the revenue earned and they take 30%. If a podcast has between 1,000-2,499 listeners per episode, the 30 second ad unit has a $23 CPM. After 2,000 listens, the sponsor pays $46. That’s $23 * 2 because the sponsor is charged per 1,000 listens. In the end, the podcast host will take home $32.20 and AdvertiseCast takes $13.80.</p>
<a href="https://www.advertisecast.com/podcast-advertising-rates" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img class="wp-image-10693" src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/monetize-a-podcast-advertisecast-cpm-rates.png" alt="how to monetize a podcast advertisecast cpm rates 2020" width="1024" /></a>
AdvertiseCast’s average CPM rates depending on reach as of February 2020.

<p>Depending on your reach, it’s important to estimate what you might earn from an advertising network. AdvertiseCast has a <a href="https://www.advertisecast.com/podcast-advertising-rates" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">pricing calculator</a> that estimates the total cost of ad units placed in your show. Just remember, you’ll only take home 70% of the total.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h3>5. Sell premium episodes</h3>
<p>Since you know your audience likes to listen to your podcast, there’s a good chance some of them will pay for premium versions of your content. All you have to do is create some special recordings that are only available for purchase.</p>
<p>You might sell:</p>
<ul>
<li>Q&amp;As with special guests</li>
<li>Early access to episodes that will be free one day</li>
<li>Ad-free episodes</li>
<li>Live-streamed episodes</li>
</ul>
<p><a href="https://www.dailywire.com/subscribe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Daily Wire</a> takes a unique approach to premium content. For $10/month, subscribers can access <em>video versions</em> of their podcast episodes.</p>
<div class="wp-block-image">
<a href="https://www.dailywire.com/subscribe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img class="wp-image-6307" src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/how-to-monetize-a-podcast-daily-wire.png" alt="the daily wire's premium content example" /></a>
The Daily Wire’s premium content offering.

</div>
<p>An easy way to create premium content is to record it while you record your free stuff. Let’s say you invite a guest on your show. Record a 30 minute discussion, then an <em>additional</em> 10 minutes to sell as a bonus. Make sure that extra 10 minutes includes something juicy people will want to buy.</p>
<p>A word of warning here: Make sure your free stuff still has plenty of value. You don’t want your listeners to assume you’re hiding all the good stuff in the paid content or they won’t bother.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h3>6. Gate your back catalog</h3>
<p>If you started a podcast ages ago and have built up a back catalog of episodes, try this strategy.</p>
<p>Instead of creating new premium content, you can restrict access to your older episodes. This means you’ll add a paywall for users to listen to the older material.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.dancarlin.com/hardcore-history-series/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dan Carlin’s Hardcore History</a> is a great example. His recent episodes are free to download, but his older stuff costs $1.99 on his website.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h3>7. Sell repurposed content</h3>
<p>A great way to create sellable content is to <a href="https://castos.com/how-to-repurpose-podcast-content/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">repurpose things you’ve already created</a>. This reduces the time you would spend making something similar.</p>
<p>Take a few of your best podcast episodes that relate to similar topics. Transcribe them yourself or use Castos <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-transcription/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">automatic transcription services</a> right from your dashboard. Then edit the transcriptions, add more value and resources where you can, and package them together into a book.</p>
<p>If this strategy to monetize a podcast appeals to your listeners, invest a little money into a professional design from a service like <a href="https://99designs.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">99Designs</a>. Then you can put it in a format that’s suitable for Amazon. Selling books on Amazon is far more effective than trying to sell it through your own website.</p>
<p>Next, market your new book on your podcast. Point out that it’s a comprehensive way to learn everything you’ve taught.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h3>8. Syndicate your show to YouTube</h3>
<p>An easy way to squeeze some cash out of what you’ve already created is to publish your podcasts to YouTube as videos.</p>
<p>This is a quick process. All you have to do is enable monetization in your account settings and Google will handle the ads and distributing your money.</p>
<div class="wp-block-image">
<img class="wp-image-6302" src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/how-to-monetize-a-podcast-youtube.png" alt="" />
Enabling Monetization within YouTube.

</div>
<p>You don’t have to do a lot of video editing. Just add a single image to your episode recording. Also think about <a href="https://backlinko.com/how-to-rank-youtube-videos" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">YouTube SEO</a> best practices to surface your videos in more search results.</p>
<p>How much can you make on YouTube? It depends on a number of factors, like video views, how long people watch, whether they skip your ads, and whether they click on your ads. Generally speaking, <a href="https://www.renderforest.com/blog/how-much-do-youtubers-make" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">you can make between $0.50 and $2.00 per view</a>.</p>
<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">Instead of simply uploading your entire recording, break it into consumable chunks that last three to five minutes. For instance, you might slice out a few buzz-worthy questions from your interview. Even though it all comes from the same recording, you’ll end up with more video content. Then give it a compelling headline that makes people want to click. “Mark Roberts Says Blockchain Will Take Over The Travel Industry in 2020” is a better title than “Episode 019 | Blockchain Technology with Guest Mark Roberts.”</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h2 class="_mPS2id-t">How To Monetize A Podcast Indirectly</h2>
<p>Here are even more ways to make money from your podcast. Check out some of these techniques to monetize a podcast indirectly.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h3>1. Sell physical products</h3>
<p>When an audience loves a podcast, they might be buying merchandise that shows off the show. You could sell T-shirts, mugs, stickers, or really anything that lets your audience connect with the show outside of listening to the latest episodes.</p>
<p>Showcase the podcast’s name, a repeated catch phrase, or an inside joke on the merch. Your calls-to-action can describe the moment a listener may pass a stranger on the street and realize they’re wearing a tee shirt from their favorite show. Instantly a bond is formed from their shared love of your show.</p>
<p>Joe Rogan, host of the popular Joe Rogan Experience, <a href="https://www.higherprimate.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">has its own store</a> stocked with many of the products Joe wears.</p>
<div class="wp-block-image">
<a href="https://www.higherprimate.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img class="wp-image-6305" src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/how-to-monetize-a-podcast-store.png" alt="" width="1024" /></a>
The Joe Rogan Experience’s merchandise store.

</div>
<p>And these days, you don’t need to actually handle any products in order to have your own E-commerce store.</p>
<p>With <a href="https://teespring.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Teespring</a>, you can design and showcase products that are only printed/created when someone buys. This way you don’t have to put any money down.</p>
<p>With <a href="https://www.oberlo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Oberlo</a>, you can create a drop-shipping store that automatically purchases products from another source when your customers make an order.</p>
<p>We advise that you use a print-on-demand service for merchandise at first. This way you won’t have to buy a pallet of inventory. If you buy a bunch of inventory, there’s a chance you won’t be able to sell it.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h3>2. Public speaking</h3>
<p>Public speaking is actually a simple transition for a lot of podcast hosts. If you’re comfortable speaking on your show, you’ll probably do well in front of a crowd. Admittedly, standing in front of a bunch of people is a unique challenge, but it’s less of a problem if you already know <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-script/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">how to craft a script</a>.</p>
<p>How much you can make on speaking fees varies widely. Some speakers get a small stipend and travel expenses. Other speakers make six figures or more.</p>
<p>How do you get into public speaking?</p>
<ol>
<li>Find local groups that meet to discuss your niche or industry. Try <a href="https://www.meetup.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Meetup</a>, Facebook groups, or even your local paper to source who organizes the event.</li>
<li>Contact them and offer to present a topic, but be open to their ideas for topics. Let them know that you intend to plug your podcast.</li>
<li>Prepare a presentation with visuals and outline a script.</li>
</ol>
<p>You’ll have to start small in the beginning. Don’t expect to fill stadiums–or even auditoriums. Your first speaking gigs will have 5-8 people in attendance, but that’s okay. Use those gigs to hone your presentation skills and build relationships.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h3>3. Sell mastermind slots</h3>
<p><a href="https://www.thesuccessalliance.com/what-is-a-mastermind-group/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">A mastermind group</a> is a unique way to monetize a podcast because you get more value from it than just money.</p>
<p>A mastermind is a small group of people dedicated to supporting one another toward a common goal. They offer education, brainstorming, and accountability to help you stay on track with whatever you’re trying to learn or accomplish.</p>
<p>In a mastermind group, you’re a member too, which means you have to limit it to a small group of people who can add value to your business as well. You should <em>not</em> be a teacher, but you can still charge for slots because you’re the organizer.</p>
<p>The challenge with masterminds, however, is that members expect value. They put a lot of work in too, so they won’t be satisfied if you or anyone else who’s part of the mastermind disappears for a week or two. If you choose this avenue to promote your podcast, you need to <em>commit to it.</em></p>
<p>You can meet in person if your members are close, but masterminds work well online too. We recommend using a private group, like a <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-facebook-groups/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Facebook group</a> or <a href="https://slack.com/create" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Slack work space</a>.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h3>4. Sell access to an e-course</h3>
<p>If your podcast is educational or aims to teach listeners a new skill, creating a standalone e-course is the perfect way to earn some money.</p>
<p>To create a course, you can either do it on your own website (with a tool like <a href="https://memberpress.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MemberPress</a>) or host it on a third-party platform like <a href="https://www.udemy.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Udemy</a>, <a href="https://www.coursera.org/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Coursera</a>, or <a href="https://www.skillshare.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Skillshare</a>.</p>
<div class="wp-block-image">
<a href="https://www.udemy.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img class="wp-image-6583" src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/udemy-course.png" alt="Udemy's dashboard to create a mastermind course." width="1024" height="576" /></a>
Udemy’s dashboard to create a mastermind course.

</div>
<p>If you think courses are the right way for your to monetize a podcast, we recommend creating your first course on one of those third-party platforms. Yes, you’ll pay some fees for each person who takes the course, but you’ll skip having to build a functional system on your own website. If courses turn out to be your money-maker, then bring it all in-house.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h3>5. Sell content upgrades</h3>
<p>A clever way to monetize a podcast is to include a downloadable resource with each podcast episode that relates <em>to that episode. </em>This is called a content upgrade because it <em>upgrades</em> <em>or enhances</em> the listener’s experience.</p>
<p>For instance, let’s say you host a fishing podcast. In one episode, you talk about fishing for trout. At the end of the episode, you tell your fans to go to your website and buy your 99¢ map of the best trout fishing spots in the U.S.</p>
<p>To <a href="https://convertkit.com/complete-guide-content-upgrades/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">sell a content upgrade</a>, you’ll have to place a payment form on your site somewhere for listeners to pay and download the form. The best place for this is the page where you publish your podcast download links and/or audio player.</p>
<p>And if you’re selling content upgrades to monetize a podcast, you may as well add an ecommerce shopping cart to your site so you can list your content upgrades individually. This way people can browse your previous upgrades in one place, rather than sorting through every post.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h3>6. Sell information products</h3>
<p>An information product is a type of content people buy to learn new things. It could be anything: A template, a resource, a guide, an ebook, a worksheet, etc. Unlike content upgrades, a general information product doesn’t have to relate to a specific episode, but would solve a broader issue or problem your listeners face.</p>
<p>The biggest benefit of selling information products through your podcast is that you can plug them as often as you like in your <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-script/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast script</a> to prevent sales from falling flat. You can also source questions or comments from your listeners and answer them on your show, which adds more value to their purchase.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h3>7. Sell an app</h3>
<p>If you’re acutely aware of your listeners’ challenges and problems, you can monetize a podcast by designing an app that suits their needs. If you host a parenting podcast, you might sell a calendar app designed specifically for parents. If you host an astronomy podcast, you might sell a star-finder app.</p>
<p>Elsie Escobar of <a href="https://elsiesyogakula.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Elsie’s Yoga Class Live and Unplugged</a> is a great example of this. <a href="https://www.sparkminute.com/2009/09/20/making-money-from-podcasting-elsies-yoga-class/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">She sells a $3.99 app</a> that gives users access to 70+ yoga classes with PDF explainers.</p>
<p>Alternatively, you might sell a simple branded app that helps people interact with you and your content better. It could have your podcast episodes, blog content, updates, your schedule, and maybe a way to talk with you directly.</p>
<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">App development can be expensive if you don’t know how to do it yourself. Make sure you get <em>plenty</em> of information from a developer before you get started so you don’t burn too much cash or wind up with a half-finished product you can’t afford.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h3>8. Host an event</h3>
<p>If you have a local following or a devout audience who wouldn’t mind traveling to see you, sell tickets to a live event where your fans can meet you in person.</p>
<p>The type of event you host will depend on your audience and your podcast’s topic. You might give a lecture, run a workshop, teach a skill, or simply host a group discussion. <a href="https://www.eventbrite.com/l/sell-tickets/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Eventbrite</a> is a great tool to sell your own tickets for a live event.</p>
<p>To be fair, this is a challenging way to monetize a podcast. We recommend holding onto this tactic until you have a loyal following. Events don’t need thousands of attendees to turn a profit but you do need some people to show up.</p>
<p>And if you’re considering traveling to new cities to host events, analyze where your listeners are first. Head to your podcast host’s analytics dashboard and go through the geographic reports. A no-brainer is hosting events in cities where you already have a following.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<div class="wp-block-media-text alignwide has-media-on-the-right is-stacked-on-mobile cta-block">
<img class="wp-image-10302" src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/Get-started-with-Castos-today-transparent-1024x481.png" alt="" />
<div class="wp-block-media-text__content">
<h2>Get started with Castos today</h2>
<h4>And see just how easy podcasting can be.</h4>
<div class="wp-block-button has-custom-size has-custom-transform"><a class="wp-block-button__link has-text-color has-seashell-color has-background has-desire-background-color" href="../../register">START YOUR FREE TRIAL</a></div>
<p class="cta-terms-txt has-custom-size">No Credit Card Required</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h3>9. Sell consulting or coaching services</h3>
<p>The biggest benefit of hosting a podcast is that you establish yourself as an authority in a niche. Your audience comes to respect you as an informed expert. So a great way to monetize a podcast is to offer services that tie in with your topic.</p>
<p>For instance, a productivity and wellness podcast might offer personal life coaching. A marketing podcast might sell personalized marketing strategies.</p>
<p>Getting started here is quite easy. You just need a landing page on your website with a form or widget for people to sign up for a coaching session with you.</p>
<p>What’s a coaching session? It can be anything you like. It might as simple as a phone call or Skype chat, or as complex as an in person visit at the client’s location. Put together whichever type of service is right for your customer.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h3>10. Sell affiliate products</h3>
<p>Some companies have open affiliate programs you can take advantage of. You don’t have to arrange a deal or get approved. You just sign up and tell them where to send your payments. You get paid whenever someone signs up with your link.</p>
<p>Instead of creating your own products to sell, you could sell <em>other people’s products</em> for a cut of their sales. There are two methods to do this.</p>
<p>The first method is to promote their products yourself. For example, <a href="https://www.audible.com/ep/podcast-intro?ref=a_ep_affili_c3_tab1&amp;pf_rd_p=be2e3e0a-16c8-4769-b63c-9d22c0e2de6f&amp;pf_rd_r=7Z9WEB40P2TP52C0CNP6&amp;" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audible’s partner program</a> is common among podcasters. They give you a free link to promote. You get $15 anytime someone signs up for a free trial using your link.</p>
<div class="wp-block-image">
<img class="wp-image-6578" src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/monetize-a-podcast-audible-2-1024x708.png" alt="" height="576" />
Audible’s Creator Program affiliate program.

</div>
<p>The second method is to have the product owner come on your show to push their own products. The benefit here is that the product owner knows how to sell his own product better than you, so he can say the right things to drive more sales.</p>
<p>You’ll still need a special URL to track sales. We recommend something like <em>yourdomain.com/product-name. </em>Set up the URL with a redirect so you can see exactly how many people followed it. Make sure to establish a reasonable commission beforehand.</p>
<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">Make sure to disclose any affiliate relationships. If you don’t, your listeners might feel deceived.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h3>11. Generate business leads</h3>
<p>Many businesses start podcasts to support larger initiatives. Even back in 2018, <a href="https://www.fastcompany.com/40533210/branded-podcasts-are-the-ads-people-actually-want-to-listen-to" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Fast Company</a> found “branded podcasts are the ads people actually want to listen to”.</p>
<p>If you host a podcast that complements your company, you’re in the perfect position to generate extremely qualified leads. For example, say you own an accounting company and recently started a podcast educating people on how to do their taxes. While you’re giving away free advice on the show, you’re also weaving in your company’s value in doing people’s taxes for them. When April comes around, who is the first company your listeners will think of to handle their complicated tax returns? Yours.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h3>12. Start a podcast network</h3>
<p>Some hosts love being part of a podcast network while others enjoy their independence. But one perk of a network is bargaining power.</p>
<p>Bargaining power is the relative influence someone has over someone else. When each party has relatively equal bargaining power, each has the same footing inside a negotiation. By building a podcast network, you’re positioning your podcast and others to have more equal power to the sponsors you want to attract.</p>
<p>Starting a podcast network can take many forms and be either a formal, contractual structure or something more DIY. Team up with complementary shows in your niche where you have some overlap or build a network full of unrelated shows to hit multiple niches.</p>
<p>In either circumstance, pooling the reach and influence of each podcast within a network allows you to pitch more lucrative sponsorship deals. You also have more of a chance to get on the radar of larger advertisers with bigger budgets because you’ve increased your bargaining power.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h2 class="_mPS2id-t">Experiment With Multiple Monetization Techniques</h2>
<p>There are plenty of methods to monetize a podcast. There’s not one path or one right way to do it.</p>
<p>The trick, however, is to monetize your podcast in a way that doesn’t disappoint your listeners. This means finding the monetization technique they don’t find intrusive. In many cases, that means using a little bit of several techniques, rather than pushing one method too hard.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h2 class="_mPS2id-t">Frequently Asked Questions About Podcast Monetization</h2>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h3>1. How do most podcasts earn money?</h3>
<p>Recently Matt Wolfe and Joe Fier surveyed 1,000 podcast hosts on how they earn money podcasting for <a href="https://podcastmagazine.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Magazine</a>. Most were using a combination of the techniques we outlined above. Here’s what they found:</p>
<div class="wp-block-image">
<a href="https://podcastmagazine.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img class="wp-image-10697" src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/how-to-monetize-a-podcast_podcast-magazine.png" alt="" /></a>
The February issue of Podcast Magazine details how podcasters make money.

</div>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h3>2. Should I start a podcast to make money?</h3>
<p>No! While podcast revenue is on the rise, starting a podcast solely to earn money isn’t advisable.</p>
<p>The foundation of how to earn money while podcasting is having a loyal audience. Loyal audiences follow hosts who are passionate about their topic. If the sole objective of a podcast is to earn money, there will be an obvious lack of enthusiasm and in turn, no eager fans tuning in each week.</p>
<p>Start a podcast because you want to share your unique voice with the world, not because you want to make a quick buck.</p>
<h3>3. When should I start thinking about monetizing my podcast?</h3>
<p>We’re firm believers in starting to thinking about podcast monetization even before you publish your first episode. If you haven’t started a podcast yet, be sure to consider how the show’s topic, style, format, and content will lend itself to future monetization strategies.</p>
<p>If you plan to talk about sensitive subjects or hotly debated topics, know you may alienate a specific set of sponsors. But fear not, podcast ad revenue is expected to reach <a href="https://www.forbes.com/sites/bradadgate/2019/11/18/podcasting-is-going-mainstream/#73cac7da1699" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">$863 million in 2020</a>. There will be sponsors out there who want to speak to your niche audience, and that’s just one monetization avenue to consider!</p>
<p>Once you start publishing a podcast, we recommend putting out 10 to 12 episodes first to build an audience.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<h3>4. How many downloads do I need to start monetizing my podcast?</h3>
<p>There’s no hard rule here. Generally gathering 400-500 downloads per episode is a great time to starting monetizing a podcast but this is a guideline.</p>
<p>If you’re considering joining a podcast advertising network, they may have minimum download requirements before you can apply.</p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Opportunity-in-the-Podcast-space.mp3" length="16076589"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[“How do podcasts make money?” is a legitimate question to ask yourself as you pour time and resources into creating a show. If you want to do it seriously, finding a way earn money podcasting will help you produce it over the long term.
In this post, we’ll go over 20 different strategies to monetize a podcast to help you get started. Updated for 2020, we sourced advice from successful podcasters, industry veterans, and newbie hosts on how they monetized their podcast.
 
How Do Podcasts Make Money?
There are two main distinctions in how podcasts make money today. When combined together, they produce a steady revenue stream that can help you earn an income podcasting.
The strategies that are currently the most popular fall into the direct monetization category. Direct podcast monetization is when the show is the thing you’re selling. You can profit from creating original content, repurposing it, and granting exclusive access to paying members.
On the other side is indirect podcast monetization. This is when you use your podcast as a tool to sell other things. Your podcast becomes the vehicle to promote products and create demand among your listeners.
With the general definition down, now let’s dive into specific podcast monetization techniques for each category. Remember, finding a balance between many strategies is the best way to make money podcasting.
 
How To Monetize A Podcast Directly
Here are our favorite direct podcast monetization strategies to explore. Choose the ones that fit best for your show.
 
1. Ask for donations
The simplest way to monetize a podcast is to ask people for money. Plenty of fans are happy to throw a few dollars to their favorite podcasters to ensure they continue to get great content. When people ask us how to monetize a podcast, this is always the first solution we recommend because it’s easy to set up and promote.
You can add a PayPal button or open a Stripe account and add a donation form to your site. Or set up a GoFundMe campaign for a simple collection page.
To avoid feeling slimy about this kind of self-promotion, keep your calls-to-action authentic. Are you asking for donations so you can spend more time creating new episodes? Tell your audience that.
If people understand where the money is going, they’ll be more apt to donate.
 
2. Create paid membership tiers
The latest trend in podcasting is creating paid membership tiers. Listeners can pay to access exclusive content, private Facebook groups, or podcast swag.
The best way to get this started is to create a Patreon account. It’s well-respected and simple to use. You can use their default settings or create your own system of levels and rewards for donors.


FYP Podcast’s Patreon landing page.


If you go with Patreon, play around with the level options. You can reward fans for their contributions with swag, content, or other perks. You may find more listeners are willing to support the show because they’re receiving either a physical product or ex...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:16:44</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[How to Figure Out What Content to Record]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 22 Oct 2020 07:39:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/how-to-figure-out-what-content-to-record</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/how-to-figure-out-what-content-to-record</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p></p>
<p>After coming up with a name, designing the cover art, and finally sitting behind the mic, you're probably thinking about what the heck you're going to talk about. Filling out a week, month, or seasons worth of content is important. But what will make your life easier is planning, strategizing, and organizing everything ahead of time.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>We talked about <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/jennifer-bourn-content-marketing/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast content marketing</a> in the last episode. How to repurpose an episode into multiple promotional pieces is a key to success. But figuring out what that episode is about is step one.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Whether you podcast as a hobby, to support a business, or it's your full-time gig, planning multiple episodes ahead of time isn't easy. But putting in the time upfront has a lot of upsides! Things like <a href="https://castos.com/benefits-consistently-publishing/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">consistently publishing new episodes</a>, saving time by <a href="https://castos.com/batch-record-episodes/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">batch recording</a>, and better <a href="https://castos.com/how-to-promote-a-podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast episode promotion</a>.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Listen to the full episode now to start thinking about your content differently.</p>
<p> </p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<p> </p>
<h2>In this Episode, You'll Learn:</h2>
<p> </p>
<ul>
<li>What tools we use to plan, organize, and record our podcast episode content</li>
<li>How we use "<a href="https://contentmarketinginstitute.com/2013/01/help-branded-content-use-news/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">newsjacking</a>", latest trends, and our audience for episode topics</li>
<li>Finding the balance between publishing <a href="https://castos.com/evergreen-episodes/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">evergreen episodes</a> and trending news</li>
<li>How you can take advantage of private podcasting</li>
<li>Why being a micro-expert can benefit both you and your audience</li>
<li>Figuring out which medium is best for a specific topic</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<p> </p>
<h2>Resources Mention on This Episode</h2>
<p> </p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.notion.so/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Notion</a></li>
<li><a href="https://trello.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Trello</a></li>
<li><a href="https://wordpress.org/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">WordPress</a> and <a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/seriously-simple-podcasting/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Seriously Simple Podcasting</a></li>
<li><a href="https://squadcast.fm/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SquadCast</a></li>
<li><a href="https://calendly.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Calendly</a></li>
<li>Listen to our example of using "newsjacking" to create an episode: <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/how-covid-19-may-change-podcasting-forever-with-tom-webster/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How COVID-19 May Change Podcasting Forever with Tom Webster</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.storypirates.com/podcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Story Pirates podcast</a></li>
<li>Learn more about Castos' <a href="https://castos.com/private-podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">private podcasting</a> feature</li>
<li>Listen to our episodes with <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/chris-brogan/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Chris Brogan</a>, <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/podcast-network/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Jeff Umbro</a>, and <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/podcast-promotion-jack-rhysider/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Jack Rhysider</a></li>
<li>Take our <a href="https://castos.com/podcastgrader/">Podcast Grader</a> quiz for free resources...</li></ul>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
After coming up with a name, designing the cover art, and finally sitting behind the mic, you're probably thinking about what the heck you're going to talk about. Filling out a week, month, or seasons worth of content is important. But what will make your life easier is planning, strategizing, and organizing everything ahead of time.
 
We talked about podcast content marketing in the last episode. How to repurpose an episode into multiple promotional pieces is a key to success. But figuring out what that episode is about is step one.
 
Whether you podcast as a hobby, to support a business, or it's your full-time gig, planning multiple episodes ahead of time isn't easy. But putting in the time upfront has a lot of upsides! Things like consistently publishing new episodes, saving time by batch recording, and better podcast episode promotion.
 
Listen to the full episode now to start thinking about your content differently.
 
 
 
In this Episode, You'll Learn:
 

What tools we use to plan, organize, and record our podcast episode content
How we use "newsjacking", latest trends, and our audience for episode topics
Finding the balance between publishing evergreen episodes and trending news
How you can take advantage of private podcasting
Why being a micro-expert can benefit both you and your audience
Figuring out which medium is best for a specific topic

 
 
 
Resources Mention on This Episode
 

Notion
Trello
WordPress and Seriously Simple Podcasting
SquadCast
Calendly
Listen to our example of using "newsjacking" to create an episode: How COVID-19 May Change Podcasting Forever with Tom Webster
Story Pirates podcast
Learn more about Castos' private podcasting feature
Listen to our episodes with Chris Brogan, Jeff Umbro, and Jack Rhysider
Take our Podcast Grader quiz for free resources...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[How to Figure Out What Content to Record]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p></p>
<p>After coming up with a name, designing the cover art, and finally sitting behind the mic, you're probably thinking about what the heck you're going to talk about. Filling out a week, month, or seasons worth of content is important. But what will make your life easier is planning, strategizing, and organizing everything ahead of time.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>We talked about <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/jennifer-bourn-content-marketing/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast content marketing</a> in the last episode. How to repurpose an episode into multiple promotional pieces is a key to success. But figuring out what that episode is about is step one.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Whether you podcast as a hobby, to support a business, or it's your full-time gig, planning multiple episodes ahead of time isn't easy. But putting in the time upfront has a lot of upsides! Things like <a href="https://castos.com/benefits-consistently-publishing/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">consistently publishing new episodes</a>, saving time by <a href="https://castos.com/batch-record-episodes/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">batch recording</a>, and better <a href="https://castos.com/how-to-promote-a-podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast episode promotion</a>.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Listen to the full episode now to start thinking about your content differently.</p>
<p> </p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<p> </p>
<h2>In this Episode, You'll Learn:</h2>
<p> </p>
<ul>
<li>What tools we use to plan, organize, and record our podcast episode content</li>
<li>How we use "<a href="https://contentmarketinginstitute.com/2013/01/help-branded-content-use-news/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">newsjacking</a>", latest trends, and our audience for episode topics</li>
<li>Finding the balance between publishing <a href="https://castos.com/evergreen-episodes/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">evergreen episodes</a> and trending news</li>
<li>How you can take advantage of private podcasting</li>
<li>Why being a micro-expert can benefit both you and your audience</li>
<li>Figuring out which medium is best for a specific topic</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<p> </p>
<h2>Resources Mention on This Episode</h2>
<p> </p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.notion.so/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Notion</a></li>
<li><a href="https://trello.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Trello</a></li>
<li><a href="https://wordpress.org/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">WordPress</a> and <a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/seriously-simple-podcasting/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Seriously Simple Podcasting</a></li>
<li><a href="https://squadcast.fm/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SquadCast</a></li>
<li><a href="https://calendly.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Calendly</a></li>
<li>Listen to our example of using "newsjacking" to create an episode: <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/how-covid-19-may-change-podcasting-forever-with-tom-webster/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How COVID-19 May Change Podcasting Forever with Tom Webster</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.storypirates.com/podcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Story Pirates podcast</a></li>
<li>Learn more about Castos' <a href="https://castos.com/private-podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">private podcasting</a> feature</li>
<li>Listen to our episodes with <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/chris-brogan/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Chris Brogan</a>, <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/podcast-network/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Jeff Umbro</a>, and <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/podcast-promotion-jack-rhysider/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Jack Rhysider</a></li>
<li>Take our <a href="https://castos.com/podcastgrader/">Podcast Grader</a> quiz for free resources to improve your show</li>
</ul>
<p></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Content-Calendar-at-Castos.mp3" length="21941521"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
After coming up with a name, designing the cover art, and finally sitting behind the mic, you're probably thinking about what the heck you're going to talk about. Filling out a week, month, or seasons worth of content is important. But what will make your life easier is planning, strategizing, and organizing everything ahead of time.
 
We talked about podcast content marketing in the last episode. How to repurpose an episode into multiple promotional pieces is a key to success. But figuring out what that episode is about is step one.
 
Whether you podcast as a hobby, to support a business, or it's your full-time gig, planning multiple episodes ahead of time isn't easy. But putting in the time upfront has a lot of upsides! Things like consistently publishing new episodes, saving time by batch recording, and better podcast episode promotion.
 
Listen to the full episode now to start thinking about your content differently.
 
 
 
In this Episode, You'll Learn:
 

What tools we use to plan, organize, and record our podcast episode content
How we use "newsjacking", latest trends, and our audience for episode topics
Finding the balance between publishing evergreen episodes and trending news
How you can take advantage of private podcasting
Why being a micro-expert can benefit both you and your audience
Figuring out which medium is best for a specific topic

 
 
 
Resources Mention on This Episode
 

Notion
Trello
WordPress and Seriously Simple Podcasting
SquadCast
Calendly
Listen to our example of using "newsjacking" to create an episode: How COVID-19 May Change Podcasting Forever with Tom Webster
Story Pirates podcast
Learn more about Castos' private podcasting feature
Listen to our episodes with Chris Brogan, Jeff Umbro, and Jack Rhysider
Take our Podcast Grader quiz for free resources...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:22:51</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Jennifer Bourn on Why You Can't Post & Ghost]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 15 Oct 2020 07:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/jennifer-bourn-on-why-you-can39t-post-ghost</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/jennifer-bourn-on-why-you-can39t-post-ghost</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p></p>
<p>This week on Audience, we're giving ourselves a hard look in the mirror after chatting with <a href="https://jenniferbourn.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Jennifer Bourn</a>. She's a business builder, helping clients grow their brands and attract new opportunities with concrete tools and tweaks.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>She kicked off the interview asking an important question, "Let's face it, most of us know we need to be doing [content marketing]. And most of us know we need to be doing. But are we actually doing it?". When life gets in the way and the content marketing to-do list never gets checked off, it's helpful to have someone keep you on track. In this episode, we hope to do just that.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Instead of continuing to put it off, Jennifer is here to help plan out our content calendars and stick to it.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>But we're not throwing you to the wolves with a laundry list of blog posts, social media posts, and audiograms to churn out each week. Jennifer's take on slowly ramping up a content calendar is a more surefire way to avoid burnout <em>and</em> actually enjoy creating new pieces of content from a single episode.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Listen to the full episode now to figure out how to reverse engineer how you want a listener to feel after consuming any of your content.</p>
<p></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
This week on Audience, we're giving ourselves a hard look in the mirror after chatting with Jennifer Bourn. She's a business builder, helping clients grow their brands and attract new opportunities with concrete tools and tweaks.
 
She kicked off the interview asking an important question, "Let's face it, most of us know we need to be doing [content marketing]. And most of us know we need to be doing. But are we actually doing it?". When life gets in the way and the content marketing to-do list never gets checked off, it's helpful to have someone keep you on track. In this episode, we hope to do just that.
 
Instead of continuing to put it off, Jennifer is here to help plan out our content calendars and stick to it.
 
But we're not throwing you to the wolves with a laundry list of blog posts, social media posts, and audiograms to churn out each week. Jennifer's take on slowly ramping up a content calendar is a more surefire way to avoid burnout and actually enjoy creating new pieces of content from a single episode.
 
Listen to the full episode now to figure out how to reverse engineer how you want a listener to feel after consuming any of your content.
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Jennifer Bourn on Why You Can't Post & Ghost]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p></p>
<p>This week on Audience, we're giving ourselves a hard look in the mirror after chatting with <a href="https://jenniferbourn.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Jennifer Bourn</a>. She's a business builder, helping clients grow their brands and attract new opportunities with concrete tools and tweaks.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>She kicked off the interview asking an important question, "Let's face it, most of us know we need to be doing [content marketing]. And most of us know we need to be doing. But are we actually doing it?". When life gets in the way and the content marketing to-do list never gets checked off, it's helpful to have someone keep you on track. In this episode, we hope to do just that.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Instead of continuing to put it off, Jennifer is here to help plan out our content calendars and stick to it.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>But we're not throwing you to the wolves with a laundry list of blog posts, social media posts, and audiograms to churn out each week. Jennifer's take on slowly ramping up a content calendar is a more surefire way to avoid burnout <em>and</em> actually enjoy creating new pieces of content from a single episode.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Listen to the full episode now to figure out how to reverse engineer how you want a listener to feel after consuming any of your content.</p>
<p></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Jennifer-Bourn-Audience-Podcast-final.mp3" length="53041012"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
This week on Audience, we're giving ourselves a hard look in the mirror after chatting with Jennifer Bourn. She's a business builder, helping clients grow their brands and attract new opportunities with concrete tools and tweaks.
 
She kicked off the interview asking an important question, "Let's face it, most of us know we need to be doing [content marketing]. And most of us know we need to be doing. But are we actually doing it?". When life gets in the way and the content marketing to-do list never gets checked off, it's helpful to have someone keep you on track. In this episode, we hope to do just that.
 
Instead of continuing to put it off, Jennifer is here to help plan out our content calendars and stick to it.
 
But we're not throwing you to the wolves with a laundry list of blog posts, social media posts, and audiograms to churn out each week. Jennifer's take on slowly ramping up a content calendar is a more surefire way to avoid burnout and actually enjoy creating new pieces of content from a single episode.
 
Listen to the full episode now to figure out how to reverse engineer how you want a listener to feel after consuming any of your content.
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:50</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Why Podcasters Should Care About Member-Only Sites]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 08 Oct 2020 07:07:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/why-podcasters-should-care-about-member-only-sites</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/why-podcasters-should-care-about-member-only-sites</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Creating a traditional podcast that's available to the public isn't what you need for your premium content. It's public for anyone to hear, both paying members and anyone else who stumbles across the show. <br /><br />Instead, you need a private podcast where you can restrict who has access to the content. That's where Castos' latest integration with MemberSpace comes in. Check out this week's Audience episode where we sit down with Ward, the co-founder of MemberSpace. <br /><br />He fills us in on why podcasters should care about member-only websites for their premium content. And how these paywalls can help you monetize on your own terms. </p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Creating a traditional podcast that's available to the public isn't what you need for your premium content. It's public for anyone to hear, both paying members and anyone else who stumbles across the show. Instead, you need a private podcast where you can restrict who has access to the content. That's where Castos' latest integration with MemberSpace comes in. Check out this week's Audience episode where we sit down with Ward, the co-founder of MemberSpace. He fills us in on why podcasters should care about member-only websites for their premium content. And how these paywalls can help you monetize on your own terms. ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Why Podcasters Should Care About Member-Only Sites]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Creating a traditional podcast that's available to the public isn't what you need for your premium content. It's public for anyone to hear, both paying members and anyone else who stumbles across the show. <br /><br />Instead, you need a private podcast where you can restrict who has access to the content. That's where Castos' latest integration with MemberSpace comes in. Check out this week's Audience episode where we sit down with Ward, the co-founder of MemberSpace. <br /><br />He fills us in on why podcasters should care about member-only websites for their premium content. And how these paywalls can help you monetize on your own terms. </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Ward-from-MemberSpace-Craig-Matt.mp3" length="34486984"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Creating a traditional podcast that's available to the public isn't what you need for your premium content. It's public for anyone to hear, both paying members and anyone else who stumbles across the show. Instead, you need a private podcast where you can restrict who has access to the content. That's where Castos' latest integration with MemberSpace comes in. Check out this week's Audience episode where we sit down with Ward, the co-founder of MemberSpace. He fills us in on why podcasters should care about member-only websites for their premium content. And how these paywalls can help you monetize on your own terms. ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:35:55</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Don't Let Fear Get in the Way Of Starting Your Podcast]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 01 Oct 2020 07:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/don39t-let-fear-get-in-the-way-of-starting-your-podcast-1</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/don39t-let-fear-get-in-the-way-of-starting-your-podcast-1</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p></p>
<p>There are one million good reasons to start a podcast. A love of storytelling, repurposing written articles to be more accessible, to find deep connections with strangers all over the world, or just because you like the sound of your own voice.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>But with the many motivations to get started, there are thousands of inner monologues that make it difficult to take the leap. Voices that say your story isn't interesting enough, no one will listen, or that you don't quite have the voice for podcasting. It's Imposter Syndrome at its best.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>While sometimes it's hard to get out of your own way, we hope our latest Audience episode will help. Every podcaster has let fear cloud their judgement. A lot of us think we're the only ones who are struggling with something, when in reality, many have gone through the same thing. This interview will show you that you're not alone, and working through the fear of getting started is all part of the process.</p>
<p></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
There are one million good reasons to start a podcast. A love of storytelling, repurposing written articles to be more accessible, to find deep connections with strangers all over the world, or just because you like the sound of your own voice.
 
But with the many motivations to get started, there are thousands of inner monologues that make it difficult to take the leap. Voices that say your story isn't interesting enough, no one will listen, or that you don't quite have the voice for podcasting. It's Imposter Syndrome at its best.
 
While sometimes it's hard to get out of your own way, we hope our latest Audience episode will help. Every podcaster has let fear cloud their judgement. A lot of us think we're the only ones who are struggling with something, when in reality, many have gone through the same thing. This interview will show you that you're not alone, and working through the fear of getting started is all part of the process.
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                    <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Don't Let Fear Get in the Way Of Starting Your Podcast]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p></p>
<p>There are one million good reasons to start a podcast. A love of storytelling, repurposing written articles to be more accessible, to find deep connections with strangers all over the world, or just because you like the sound of your own voice.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>But with the many motivations to get started, there are thousands of inner monologues that make it difficult to take the leap. Voices that say your story isn't interesting enough, no one will listen, or that you don't quite have the voice for podcasting. It's Imposter Syndrome at its best.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>While sometimes it's hard to get out of your own way, we hope our latest Audience episode will help. Every podcaster has let fear cloud their judgement. A lot of us think we're the only ones who are struggling with something, when in reality, many have gone through the same thing. This interview will show you that you're not alone, and working through the fear of getting started is all part of the process.</p>
<p></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Don-t-let-fear-get-in-the-way-of-a-great-podcast-Audience-Podcast.mp3" length="14998366"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
There are one million good reasons to start a podcast. A love of storytelling, repurposing written articles to be more accessible, to find deep connections with strangers all over the world, or just because you like the sound of your own voice.
 
But with the many motivations to get started, there are thousands of inner monologues that make it difficult to take the leap. Voices that say your story isn't interesting enough, no one will listen, or that you don't quite have the voice for podcasting. It's Imposter Syndrome at its best.
 
While sometimes it's hard to get out of your own way, we hope our latest Audience episode will help. Every podcaster has let fear cloud their judgement. A lot of us think we're the only ones who are struggling with something, when in reality, many have gone through the same thing. This interview will show you that you're not alone, and working through the fear of getting started is all part of the process.
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:10:24</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[The Interview Podcast Blueprint & Podcast Grader]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2020 07:24:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/the-interview-podcast-blueprint-podcast-grader</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/the-interview-podcast-blueprint-podcast-grader</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p></p>
<p>Interview-style podcasts are among the most common <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-format/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">formats</a> in our medium. Listeners often find new shows to check out when people they admire give a unique interview. But getting the actual interview right is just one step of the process. There are a list of things before <em>and</em> after the recording that can help pump up an episode's performing.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Checklists exist to help you run through items that need to get done before you publish something new. But checklists miss the nuance and additional explanations that are helpful to improve a piece of creative work. So we wanted to take our interview checklist a step further by creating the ultimate blueprint.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Whether you host an interview podcast or not, the blueprints we're talking about in this episode will come in handy. They're a masterclass on how to help a guest get the most out of the interview and for you to reach new ears.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Start with our <a href="https://castos.com/podcastgrader" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Grader</a> as you listen to the episode to receive your access to our downloadable Interview Episode Blueprints. </strong></p>
<p> </p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<p> </p>
<h2>Phase 1: Pre-Interview</h2>
<p> </p>
<p>Like stretching before you run, the pre-interview blueprint is easy to skip! But there's a reason doctors recommend touching your toes a few times before you hit the pavement. And there's also a few reasons why the pre-interview phase should be obligatory.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Things like reminding your guest to send you their branding materials, identifying the key takeaways you want to hit, and brainstorming new value-add items for your audience that are specific to this guest.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>And don't forget <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/rachel-corbett/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rachel Corbett's tip</a> on the pre-interview call! Figure out if you have chemistry with your guest ahead of the actual interview to make sure the podcast appearance will be mutually beneficial.</p>
<p> </p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<p> </p>
<h2>Phase 2: The Interview</h2>
<p> </p>
<p>The phase that's probably already front and center on your mind whenever you book a new guest. This section of the blueprint has a few reminders of tasks that might be second nature already. But missing a standard mic check could mean a distorted recording for an entire interview.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Once you get through the technical stuff, we have a few more tricks that you might not have seen before. You'll also find notes about prepping the interview's goals and a section detailing why and <a href="https://castos.com/private-podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">how to record private podcast material</a>. We think any chance you have to give you audience a little something extra is worth the effort.</p>
<p> </p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<p> </p>
<h2>Phase 3: Post-Interview</h2>
<p> </p>
<p>Have you ever finished a mesmerizing interview then accidentally forget to download the local recording file? Us too...</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Along with a few technical items, we'll walk you a few extra key steps. Things like building hype on social media for the upcoming episode and finalizing a promotional plan for your guest to help shout their interview from the rooftops.</p>
<p> </p>
<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">Are you looking for someone to take the production hassles off your hands? Check out <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-editing-service/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos Productions</a>. We have 3 unique packages to fit your needs and all are pay-as-you-go. Castos Productions lets you focus on the thing you actually love doing, creating an awesome podcast. </p>
<p> </p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<p> </p>
<h2>Phase 4: Pr...</h2>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
Interview-style podcasts are among the most common formats in our medium. Listeners often find new shows to check out when people they admire give a unique interview. But getting the actual interview right is just one step of the process. There are a list of things before and after the recording that can help pump up an episode's performing.
 
Checklists exist to help you run through items that need to get done before you publish something new. But checklists miss the nuance and additional explanations that are helpful to improve a piece of creative work. So we wanted to take our interview checklist a step further by creating the ultimate blueprint.
 
Whether you host an interview podcast or not, the blueprints we're talking about in this episode will come in handy. They're a masterclass on how to help a guest get the most out of the interview and for you to reach new ears.
 
Start with our Podcast Grader as you listen to the episode to receive your access to our downloadable Interview Episode Blueprints. 
 
 
 
Phase 1: Pre-Interview
 
Like stretching before you run, the pre-interview blueprint is easy to skip! But there's a reason doctors recommend touching your toes a few times before you hit the pavement. And there's also a few reasons why the pre-interview phase should be obligatory.
 
Things like reminding your guest to send you their branding materials, identifying the key takeaways you want to hit, and brainstorming new value-add items for your audience that are specific to this guest.
 
And don't forget Rachel Corbett's tip on the pre-interview call! Figure out if you have chemistry with your guest ahead of the actual interview to make sure the podcast appearance will be mutually beneficial.
 
 
 
Phase 2: The Interview
 
The phase that's probably already front and center on your mind whenever you book a new guest. This section of the blueprint has a few reminders of tasks that might be second nature already. But missing a standard mic check could mean a distorted recording for an entire interview.
 
Once you get through the technical stuff, we have a few more tricks that you might not have seen before. You'll also find notes about prepping the interview's goals and a section detailing why and how to record private podcast material. We think any chance you have to give you audience a little something extra is worth the effort.
 
 
 
Phase 3: Post-Interview
 
Have you ever finished a mesmerizing interview then accidentally forget to download the local recording file? Us too...
 
Along with a few technical items, we'll walk you a few extra key steps. Things like building hype on social media for the upcoming episode and finalizing a promotional plan for your guest to help shout their interview from the rooftops.
 
Are you looking for someone to take the production hassles off your hands? Check out Castos Productions. We have 3 unique packages to fit your needs and all are pay-as-you-go. Castos Productions lets you focus on the thing you actually love doing, creating an awesome podcast. 
 
 
 
Phase 4: Pr...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[The Interview Podcast Blueprint & Podcast Grader]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p></p>
<p>Interview-style podcasts are among the most common <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-format/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">formats</a> in our medium. Listeners often find new shows to check out when people they admire give a unique interview. But getting the actual interview right is just one step of the process. There are a list of things before <em>and</em> after the recording that can help pump up an episode's performing.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Checklists exist to help you run through items that need to get done before you publish something new. But checklists miss the nuance and additional explanations that are helpful to improve a piece of creative work. So we wanted to take our interview checklist a step further by creating the ultimate blueprint.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Whether you host an interview podcast or not, the blueprints we're talking about in this episode will come in handy. They're a masterclass on how to help a guest get the most out of the interview and for you to reach new ears.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Start with our <a href="https://castos.com/podcastgrader" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Grader</a> as you listen to the episode to receive your access to our downloadable Interview Episode Blueprints. </strong></p>
<p> </p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<p> </p>
<h2>Phase 1: Pre-Interview</h2>
<p> </p>
<p>Like stretching before you run, the pre-interview blueprint is easy to skip! But there's a reason doctors recommend touching your toes a few times before you hit the pavement. And there's also a few reasons why the pre-interview phase should be obligatory.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Things like reminding your guest to send you their branding materials, identifying the key takeaways you want to hit, and brainstorming new value-add items for your audience that are specific to this guest.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>And don't forget <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/rachel-corbett/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rachel Corbett's tip</a> on the pre-interview call! Figure out if you have chemistry with your guest ahead of the actual interview to make sure the podcast appearance will be mutually beneficial.</p>
<p> </p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<p> </p>
<h2>Phase 2: The Interview</h2>
<p> </p>
<p>The phase that's probably already front and center on your mind whenever you book a new guest. This section of the blueprint has a few reminders of tasks that might be second nature already. But missing a standard mic check could mean a distorted recording for an entire interview.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Once you get through the technical stuff, we have a few more tricks that you might not have seen before. You'll also find notes about prepping the interview's goals and a section detailing why and <a href="https://castos.com/private-podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">how to record private podcast material</a>. We think any chance you have to give you audience a little something extra is worth the effort.</p>
<p> </p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<p> </p>
<h2>Phase 3: Post-Interview</h2>
<p> </p>
<p>Have you ever finished a mesmerizing interview then accidentally forget to download the local recording file? Us too...</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Along with a few technical items, we'll walk you a few extra key steps. Things like building hype on social media for the upcoming episode and finalizing a promotional plan for your guest to help shout their interview from the rooftops.</p>
<p> </p>
<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">Are you looking for someone to take the production hassles off your hands? Check out <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-editing-service/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos Productions</a>. We have 3 unique packages to fit your needs and all are pay-as-you-go. Castos Productions lets you focus on the thing you actually love doing, creating an awesome podcast. </p>
<p> </p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<p> </p>
<h2>Phase 4: Promotion</h2>
<p> </p>
<p>Ideally, Phase 4 starts a few weeks before you actually hit record. Pulling the imagery, writing a template of the description, and maybe even build up some anticipation with a post before the episodes goes out.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Most listeners aren't going to find a new podcast without the host on the other side putting in some effort. If you've already spent a few hours recording a ground breaking episode, take the time to make sure your audience is going to hear it. And having them wait with anticipation is even better.</p>
<p> </p>
<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip"><a href="https://castos.com/how-to-promote-your-podcast-using-headliner/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos is integrated with Headliner</a> to make creating audiograms even easier. Plus, all of your episode files will be in one place inside your Castos dashboard.</p>
<p> </p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<p> </p>
<h2>Phase 5: Long-term</h2>
<p> </p>
<p>Like Phase 1, Phase 5 can sometimes be forgotten. But if you're after new subscribers, then the long-term promotional plans around your episodes is the key to growth.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Consider repurposing audio content into other mediums to squeeze more juice out of one episode. Evaluate feedback from your audience to see if there's an opportunity to revamp how you're telling your story. Or review your analytics for inspiration on which episode topics could use a more in-depth look.</p>
<p> </p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer"> </div>
<p> </p>
<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">Head to the <a href="https://castos.com/podcastgrader" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Grader</a> to find our how your podcast is performing compared to the pack!</p>
<p></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/The-Interview-Podcast-Blueprint-Podcast-Grader.mp3" length="17224851"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
Interview-style podcasts are among the most common formats in our medium. Listeners often find new shows to check out when people they admire give a unique interview. But getting the actual interview right is just one step of the process. There are a list of things before and after the recording that can help pump up an episode's performing.
 
Checklists exist to help you run through items that need to get done before you publish something new. But checklists miss the nuance and additional explanations that are helpful to improve a piece of creative work. So we wanted to take our interview checklist a step further by creating the ultimate blueprint.
 
Whether you host an interview podcast or not, the blueprints we're talking about in this episode will come in handy. They're a masterclass on how to help a guest get the most out of the interview and for you to reach new ears.
 
Start with our Podcast Grader as you listen to the episode to receive your access to our downloadable Interview Episode Blueprints. 
 
 
 
Phase 1: Pre-Interview
 
Like stretching before you run, the pre-interview blueprint is easy to skip! But there's a reason doctors recommend touching your toes a few times before you hit the pavement. And there's also a few reasons why the pre-interview phase should be obligatory.
 
Things like reminding your guest to send you their branding materials, identifying the key takeaways you want to hit, and brainstorming new value-add items for your audience that are specific to this guest.
 
And don't forget Rachel Corbett's tip on the pre-interview call! Figure out if you have chemistry with your guest ahead of the actual interview to make sure the podcast appearance will be mutually beneficial.
 
 
 
Phase 2: The Interview
 
The phase that's probably already front and center on your mind whenever you book a new guest. This section of the blueprint has a few reminders of tasks that might be second nature already. But missing a standard mic check could mean a distorted recording for an entire interview.
 
Once you get through the technical stuff, we have a few more tricks that you might not have seen before. You'll also find notes about prepping the interview's goals and a section detailing why and how to record private podcast material. We think any chance you have to give you audience a little something extra is worth the effort.
 
 
 
Phase 3: Post-Interview
 
Have you ever finished a mesmerizing interview then accidentally forget to download the local recording file? Us too...
 
Along with a few technical items, we'll walk you a few extra key steps. Things like building hype on social media for the upcoming episode and finalizing a promotional plan for your guest to help shout their interview from the rooftops.
 
Are you looking for someone to take the production hassles off your hands? Check out Castos Productions. We have 3 unique packages to fit your needs and all are pay-as-you-go. Castos Productions lets you focus on the thing you actually love doing, creating an awesome podcast. 
 
 
 
Phase 4: Pr...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:17:56</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Exploring Private Podcasts]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 17 Sep 2020 05:13:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/exploring-private-podcasts</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/exploring-private-podcasts</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[ <p>Creating a private podcast is a popular way to distribute information to employees, members, or specific list of people. While traditional podcasts are available to the general public, a password protected RSS feed only grants access to those with the required credentials.</p>    <p>Recording a private podcast isn't much different than a publicly available one. The key change is in the distribution. </p>    <p>In order to start podcasting privately, your podcast hosting provider needs to have a special set of features. So today, we're excited to announce that a Private Podcasts are now available for all Castos users. </p>    <p>In this article, we'll explain who would benefit from creating a private podcast and how to use Castos or WordPress to set it up. </p>    <div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>    <h2>What Is A Private Podcast?</h2>    <p>As the name suggests, a private podcast is a podcast that isn't readily available to the general public. </p>    <p>With conventional podcasts, you want your episodes available online and in <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-directories/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">directories</a> like Apple Podcast or Spotify. Whereas with a private podcast, you want to limit who has access to your content. </p>    <p>This also means your RSS feed isn't listed anywhere online, across podcast directories. Only you know the URL and personally distribute it to a specified group of people.</p>    <p>From a technical perspective in Castos, this also means your podcast episodes are not available on your <a href="https://castos.com/customizable-podcast-webpage/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">show's podcast page</a> (i.e. the myshow.castos.com site).</p>    <div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>    <h2>When To Use A Private Podcast </h2>    <p>If you want to limit access to content, you should consider creating a private podcast. There are a lot of common uses for password protected podcasts, here are the most popular scenarios: </p>    <ul><li>Corporate training courses: used within employee onboarding sessions, company-wide continuing education courses, or complement text or video trainings.</li><li>Company-wide communications: used to distribute C-suite messages or regular company updates that are more personal than company-wide emails. </li><li>Connect remote employees: used to communicate key information with distributed teams.</li><li>E-learning courses: used to let only  current members access a course's podcast material.</li><li>Premium content subscriptions: used to create special podcast content for select subset of listeners.</li><li>Podcast content for Membership sites: Connect your existing membership site to your Castos account to automatically provide members with exclusive podcast content.</li></ul>    <p>Anytime you have episodes that are only meant for a certain subset of your audience, private podcasting will allow you to restrict access and distribute the content as you see fit.</p>    <div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>    <h2>How To Launch A Private Internal Podcast For Your Company</h2>    <p>If your company wants to create an corporate podcast that is only for internal use then restricting access to that content is vitally important. With this restriction in place your podcast team can feel more comfortable with sharing sensitive company information, knowing that only authorized individuals have access. </p>    <p>Let's walk through the steps necessary to create your company's internal private podcast:</p>    <div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>    <h3>Plan The Content</h3>    <p>Any type of podcasting requires some good forethought before turning the mic on for the first time.  It's always best to outline two areas of your show before getting started: </p>    <ul><li>What is the goal of your podcast and who is it for?</li><li>What will the first 10 episodes be about?</li></ul>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[ Creating a private podcast is a popular way to distribute information to employees, members, or specific list of people. While traditional podcasts are available to the general public, a password protected RSS feed only grants access to those with the required credentials.    Recording a private podcast isn't much different than a publicly available one. The key change is in the distribution.     In order to start podcasting privately, your podcast hosting provider needs to have a special set of features. So today, we're excited to announce that a Private Podcasts are now available for all Castos users.     In this article, we'll explain who would benefit from creating a private podcast and how to use Castos or WordPress to set it up.         What Is A Private Podcast?    As the name suggests, a private podcast is a podcast that isn't readily available to the general public.     With conventional podcasts, you want your episodes available online and in directories like Apple Podcast or Spotify. Whereas with a private podcast, you want to limit who has access to your content.     This also means your RSS feed isn't listed anywhere online, across podcast directories. Only you know the URL and personally distribute it to a specified group of people.    From a technical perspective in Castos, this also means your podcast episodes are not available on your show's podcast page (i.e. the myshow.castos.com site).        When To Use A Private Podcast     If you want to limit access to content, you should consider creating a private podcast. There are a lot of common uses for password protected podcasts, here are the most popular scenarios:     Corporate training courses: used within employee onboarding sessions, company-wide continuing education courses, or complement text or video trainings.Company-wide communications: used to distribute C-suite messages or regular company updates that are more personal than company-wide emails. Connect remote employees: used to communicate key information with distributed teams.E-learning courses: used to let only  current members access a course's podcast material.Premium content subscriptions: used to create special podcast content for select subset of listeners.Podcast content for Membership sites: Connect your existing membership site to your Castos account to automatically provide members with exclusive podcast content.    Anytime you have episodes that are only meant for a certain subset of your audience, private podcasting will allow you to restrict access and distribute the content as you see fit.        How To Launch A Private Internal Podcast For Your Company    If your company wants to create an corporate podcast that is only for internal use then restricting access to that content is vitally important. With this restriction in place your podcast team can feel more comfortable with sharing sensitive company information, knowing that only authorized individuals have access.     Let's walk through the steps necessary to create your company's internal private podcast:        Plan The Content    Any type of podcasting requires some good forethought before turning the mic on for the first time.  It's always best to outline two areas of your show before getting started:     What is the goal of your podcast and who is it for?What will the first 10 episodes be about?]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Exploring Private Podcasts]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[ <p>Creating a private podcast is a popular way to distribute information to employees, members, or specific list of people. While traditional podcasts are available to the general public, a password protected RSS feed only grants access to those with the required credentials.</p>    <p>Recording a private podcast isn't much different than a publicly available one. The key change is in the distribution. </p>    <p>In order to start podcasting privately, your podcast hosting provider needs to have a special set of features. So today, we're excited to announce that a Private Podcasts are now available for all Castos users. </p>    <p>In this article, we'll explain who would benefit from creating a private podcast and how to use Castos or WordPress to set it up. </p>    <div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>    <h2>What Is A Private Podcast?</h2>    <p>As the name suggests, a private podcast is a podcast that isn't readily available to the general public. </p>    <p>With conventional podcasts, you want your episodes available online and in <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-directories/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">directories</a> like Apple Podcast or Spotify. Whereas with a private podcast, you want to limit who has access to your content. </p>    <p>This also means your RSS feed isn't listed anywhere online, across podcast directories. Only you know the URL and personally distribute it to a specified group of people.</p>    <p>From a technical perspective in Castos, this also means your podcast episodes are not available on your <a href="https://castos.com/customizable-podcast-webpage/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">show's podcast page</a> (i.e. the myshow.castos.com site).</p>    <div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>    <h2>When To Use A Private Podcast </h2>    <p>If you want to limit access to content, you should consider creating a private podcast. There are a lot of common uses for password protected podcasts, here are the most popular scenarios: </p>    <ul><li>Corporate training courses: used within employee onboarding sessions, company-wide continuing education courses, or complement text or video trainings.</li><li>Company-wide communications: used to distribute C-suite messages or regular company updates that are more personal than company-wide emails. </li><li>Connect remote employees: used to communicate key information with distributed teams.</li><li>E-learning courses: used to let only  current members access a course's podcast material.</li><li>Premium content subscriptions: used to create special podcast content for select subset of listeners.</li><li>Podcast content for Membership sites: Connect your existing membership site to your Castos account to automatically provide members with exclusive podcast content.</li></ul>    <p>Anytime you have episodes that are only meant for a certain subset of your audience, private podcasting will allow you to restrict access and distribute the content as you see fit.</p>    <div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>    <h2>How To Launch A Private Internal Podcast For Your Company</h2>    <p>If your company wants to create an corporate podcast that is only for internal use then restricting access to that content is vitally important. With this restriction in place your podcast team can feel more comfortable with sharing sensitive company information, knowing that only authorized individuals have access. </p>    <p>Let's walk through the steps necessary to create your company's internal private podcast:</p>    <div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>    <h3>Plan The Content</h3>    <p>Any type of podcasting requires some good forethought before turning the mic on for the first time.  It's always best to outline two areas of your show before getting started: </p>    <ul><li>What is the goal of your podcast and who is it for?</li><li>What will the first 10 episodes be about?</li></ul>    <p>Answering these two questions in detail and agreeing on these points with your internal podcasting team will ensure that your show gets off to a good start in terms of alignment with corporate objectives.</p>    <div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>    <h3>Record The First Episodes</h3>    <p>First things first when it comes to recording: a good podcasting microphone.  Getting a high-quality <a href="https://castos.com/best-xlr-microphones-best-usb-microphones/">USB microphone</a> is a great option for almost all situations and doesn't involve any additional gear that you might need to set up in your office. </p>    <p>Next comes selecting the right recording software for your podcast. Whether you're <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-recording-software/">recording in-person</a> in the office or remotely amongst distributed team members picking the right software solution is key in capturing great sounding audio for your show. </p>    <p>For in-person recordings, we like using Quicktime if you're on a Mac, and if you're recording remote interviews our tool of choice is <a href="https://squadcast.fm" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Squadcast</a>.</p>    <div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>    <h3>Edit The Initial Episodes</h3>    <p>Editing those initial episodes may seem like a daunting prospect (and it can be for many...if that's you check out <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-editing-service/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos Productions</a> where take care of all of the back-end production work for you).  If you're more the Do If Yourself type, we've got you covered in this video where we walk through audio editing using Audacity:</p>    <div class="ghostkit-video"><div class="ghostkit-video-play-icon"></div><div class="ghostkit-video-loading-icon"><span class="ghostkit-svg-icon ghostkit-icon-spinner"></span></div></div>    <p>Once you've mixed in the intro/outro, music, and main episode segments it's time to look at publishing your first podcast and setting up the distribution of your show.</p>    <div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>    <h3>Set Up Controlled Distribution</h3>    <p>A private podcast isn't for everyone...literally. And with a private podcast for your company, it may even be more important to limit who can access this content.</p>    <p>Whether your host your podcast through Castos or another platform the most important thing is to determine how you will give access to just certain individuals. We walk through this setup process on the Castos platform below.</p>    <p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight action">If all this seems overwhelming we'd love to help. Our Castos Productions team has helped build internal company podcast for many of the brands you know and love. <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-editing-service/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Check out more here.</a></p>    <div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>    <h2>How Does Private Podcasting Work In Castos?</h2>    <p>To create a private podcast you typically want to do two things: </p>    <ul><li>Make all of your episodes hidden from the general public</li><li>Restrict access to your show's RSS feed to only your intended listeners</li></ul>    <p>With Castos, you can configure these settings two different ways. The first is the set a password and require users to enter the right credentials to access your latest episodes. The second is subscribing individual listeners with their email address.</p>    <p>Setting up each option starts with logging into your <a href="https://app.castos.com/login" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos dashboard</a>. On the "Podcasts" page, click "Settings" for the show you want to make private. There we can change the RSS feed to include private podcast settings.</p>    <p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight product">All private podcasts within Castos have the same <a href="https://castos.com/understanding-podcast-analytics/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">analytics data</a> as any public podcast. Inside your dashboard, you can view total listens by episode or date, geographic breakdowns, and by listening platform and device. Now you can analyze your private podcast's performance like the rest of your content. </p>        <div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>    <h3>Setting up a password-protected private podcast</h3>    <p>A password-protected private podcast means a host provides a password to the podcast's intended listeners. When someone wants to access the show, they go to your website, enter the credentials, and start listening.</p>    <p>Here's how to set it up using Castos (see our full Support documentation <a href="https://support.castos.com/article/126-password-protecting-an-rss-feed-for-a-private-podcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a>):</p>    <h4>1. Hide the podcast from your Castos podcast webpage</h4>    <img src="https://castos.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/turn-off-public-podcast-webpage.png" alt="" class="wp-image-12890" />    <p>Scroll down to the "Web Page Settings" tab, and inside you'll see an option to "Show Podcast Pages".</p>    <p>If you've opted to use <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-website/#Step-1:-Using-Castos-To-Create-A-Customizable-Podcast-Webpage" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos' podcast webpage</a> as your podcast's website, first you need to remove the private podcast from appearing on the page.</p>    <p>This default setting is toggled to "Yes" meaning the podcast's episodes will be publicly available. Turn the setting to "No" to hide episodes from your public webpage.</p>    <h4>2. Set the RSS feed settings to private</h4>    <div class="wp-block-image"><img src="https://castos.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/set-podcast-to-private.png" alt="" class="wp-image-12891" width="550" height="514" /></div>    <p>The next step is to make the RSS feed inaccessible to anyone that does not have the password.</p>    <p>Move to the "Distribution" tab and you'll notice you have the option to distribute your podcast publicly or privately. Toggle the setting to "Podcast is Private" so your podcast can only be access by those with the right RSS feed link.</p>    <h4>3. Help your audience subscribe to your private podcast</h4>    <div class="wp-block-image"><img src="https://castos.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/global-private-podcast-rss-feed.png" alt="" class="wp-image-12892" width="550" height="514" /></div>    <p>Once your podcast is set to private, Castos creates a Global Private Podcast RSS Feed. Since your podcast is no longer available publicly, those who should receive access to your show need this URL.</p>    <p>To share access with your now-private podcast simply copy the feed URL you see in the "Distribution" tab and share it with your intended audience.</p>    <p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">Remember, if you have a scenario where you want to discontinue someone's access to your private podcast, you need to change the entire private feed URL so they can no longer access your private content. If this is a concern, try our Private Subscriber feature below.</p>    <div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>    <h3>Setting up individual subscribers for a private podcast</h3>    <p>Setting up individual subscribes to your private podcast follows the first two steps above. After switching the RSS feed's settings to private, you can start adding new subscribers using their email address.</p>    <p>Under the "Individual Private Subscribers" section, click "+Add Subscribers". This will trigger a form where you can add each person's name and email address.</p>    <div class="wp-block-image"><img src="https://castos.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/invite-individual-subscribers-to-private-podcast.png" alt="" class="wp-image-12893" width="550" height="514" /></div>    <p>Behind the scenes, we'll send an email to the address you provided with a unique RSS feed link and buttons to subscribe to the private podcast on all listening platforms that support this feature. Your audience can simply click the on the platform they use to consume podcasts and they'll automatically be subscribed to your private content.</p>    <div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>    <h2>Private Podcasting With WordPress</h2>    <p>There are multiple ways to create a private podcast with WordPress. For membership sites and premium content offers, creating a password-protected podcast is the best way to distribute exclusive episodes.</p>    <p>In combination with <a href="https://castos.com/seriously-simple-podcasting-2-0-release/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Seriously Simple Podcasting</a>, there are a few options get everything set up. To get started, log into your <a href="https://app.castos.com/login" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos dashboard</a> and find the podcast you want to make private. If you're creating a new private podcast, add the new show's details from your WordPress site using Seriously Simple Podcasting.</p>    <p>Click the "Settings" link then follow the two steps above (turning off the public podcast webpage and updating the RSS feed's settings) to transform the podcast from public to private.</p>    <p>To help make WordPress user's lives a bit easier, Castos is working on integrations with some of the most popular plugins.</p>    <div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>    <h3>MemberSpace</h3>    <p>Creating a private podcast for your premium membership tiers has never been easier now that <a href="https://www.memberspace.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MemberSpace</a> is integrated with Castos. Here's exactly how you can get started.</p>    <div class="wp-block-embed__wrapper"> https://youtu.be/XRHyHjEP49o </div>    <h4>1. Update the podcast's RSS feed settings to private</h4>    <p>Follow the same two steps above to update the podcast's RSS feed settings from public to private.</p>    <h4>2. Go to the Integrations page for your Castos API token</h4>    <p>Hover over your name in the top right corner of your Castos dashboard to find the integrations page. Click the "Rest API" button to find your Castos API token. Copy the string letters and numbers to your clipboard.</p>    <h4>3. Add the API token to MemberSpace</h4>    <p>Back inside your MemberSpace dashboard, click on the MemberSpace plugin. Find "Customize" in the top navigation and find "Integrations" &gt; "Castos". Paste your API token into the empty field and click "Integrate with Castos".</p>    <h4>4. Set access restrictions for each Member Plan</h4>    <div class="wp-block-image"><img src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/memberspace-castos-integration-1024x944.png" alt="Customize member plans and private podcast settings inside MemberSpace." class="wp-image-12914" width="512" height="472" /></div>    <p>After you integrate Castos and MemberSpace, you can then choose which of your Member Plans should receive access to your private podcast.</p>    <p>Whenever a member joins any of the plans you selected, they'll automatically receive an email invite from Castos with information on how to subscribe to the private podcast.</p>    <p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">Read MemberSpace's <a href="https://help.memberspace.com/article/244-how-to-integrate-castos-member-only-podcasts" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Support documentation</a> to help set up your private podcast on your membership site.</p>    <div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>    <h2>How To Listen To Private Podcasts</h2>    <p>Now that you've created a private podcast with Castos, it's time to start distributing the episodes to your users. This might be their first time subscribing to a private show, so it's important to give them instructions on how to set it up.</p>    <p>If you decided to subscribe listeners individually using their email address, remember they'll receive an automated email from Castos upon sign up. The user can click the subscription link for their preferred listening app and it will automatically subscribe them to your private feed.</p>    <p>If your private podcast is password protected, these instructions explain <a href="https://support.castos.com/article/127-adding-a-password-protected-private-podcast-to-mobile-apps" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">how to listen to a private podcast</a> on the most popular listening platforms.</p>    <p>At this time Spotify, Google Podcasts, Stitcher and iHeartRadio do not support password protected shows. If your listeners normally consume their podcasts on those apps, they'll need to choose a different one to listen to your private podcast.</p>    <div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>    <h2>Important Reminder About Private Podcasting</h2>    <p>An important thing to remember is that while the feed is password protected most listeners will download episodes to their phones. Once an episode has been downloaded from your feed onto a phone there is no way to retrieve or delete it.  </p>    <p>So bear in mind that while your show is private and the feed is password protected, once someone has access to that feed they can download the episodes, which takes that content out of the realm of your control.</p>   ]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Exploring-Private-Podcasts.mp3" length="30443647"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[ Creating a private podcast is a popular way to distribute information to employees, members, or specific list of people. While traditional podcasts are available to the general public, a password protected RSS feed only grants access to those with the required credentials.    Recording a private podcast isn't much different than a publicly available one. The key change is in the distribution.     In order to start podcasting privately, your podcast hosting provider needs to have a special set of features. So today, we're excited to announce that a Private Podcasts are now available for all Castos users.     In this article, we'll explain who would benefit from creating a private podcast and how to use Castos or WordPress to set it up.         What Is A Private Podcast?    As the name suggests, a private podcast is a podcast that isn't readily available to the general public.     With conventional podcasts, you want your episodes available online and in directories like Apple Podcast or Spotify. Whereas with a private podcast, you want to limit who has access to your content.     This also means your RSS feed isn't listed anywhere online, across podcast directories. Only you know the URL and personally distribute it to a specified group of people.    From a technical perspective in Castos, this also means your podcast episodes are not available on your show's podcast page (i.e. the myshow.castos.com site).        When To Use A Private Podcast     If you want to limit access to content, you should consider creating a private podcast. There are a lot of common uses for password protected podcasts, here are the most popular scenarios:     Corporate training courses: used within employee onboarding sessions, company-wide continuing education courses, or complement text or video trainings.Company-wide communications: used to distribute C-suite messages or regular company updates that are more personal than company-wide emails. Connect remote employees: used to communicate key information with distributed teams.E-learning courses: used to let only  current members access a course's podcast material.Premium content subscriptions: used to create special podcast content for select subset of listeners.Podcast content for Membership sites: Connect your existing membership site to your Castos account to automatically provide members with exclusive podcast content.    Anytime you have episodes that are only meant for a certain subset of your audience, private podcasting will allow you to restrict access and distribute the content as you see fit.        How To Launch A Private Internal Podcast For Your Company    If your company wants to create an corporate podcast that is only for internal use then restricting access to that content is vitally important. With this restriction in place your podcast team can feel more comfortable with sharing sensitive company information, knowing that only authorized individuals have access.     Let's walk through the steps necessary to create your company's internal private podcast:        Plan The Content    Any type of podcasting requires some good forethought before turning the mic on for the first time.  It's always best to outline two areas of your show before getting started:     What is the goal of your podcast and who is it for?What will the first 10 episodes be about?]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:31:42</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Creator Spotlight: A Most Unusual T Party]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 03 Sep 2020 07:47:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/creator-spotlight-a-most-unusual-t-party</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/creator-spotlight-a-most-unusual-t-party</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p></p>
<p>Part of the Castos mission is to educate and inspire fellow podcasters. With a whole community of hosts figuring it out and thriving, we launched our new <a href="https://castos.com/category/castos-creator-spotlight/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Creator Spotlight</a> series.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Our goal is to feature Castos customers and their podcasts–from how they got started, what their recording setups look like, and highlighting the unique skills they use to create a successful show.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This in our inaugural interview with our first Creator who has something unusual to share. Without further ado, meet: </p>
<p> </p>
<h2><strong><a href="https://a-most-unusual-t-party.castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">A Most Unusual T Party</a></strong></h2>
<p> </p>
<p>Ever notice how everyone's handwriting is unique? Join professional handwriting analyst, <a href="https://www.handwritingpi.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Teresa Abram</a>, as she explores the nuances of the letter T and talks about life with unusual and fascinating guests. If you are curious about what handwriting can reveal, fill your mug and listen in.</p>
<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">Don't miss our <a href="https://castos.com/audience/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audience</a> episode with Teresa Abram, host of A Most Unusual T Party. In her own words, she describes her show, the intricacies of graphology, and why podcasting has fulfilled her creative side and bolstered her business.</p>
<p> </p>
<h2>How do you make your podcast?</h2>
<p> </p>
<p><em>Every podcaster has a unique setup and production process. So here's how Teresa transforms an idea into an episode.</em></p>
<p> </p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Microphone:</strong> <a href="https://www.bluemic.com/en-us/products/snowball/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Blue Snowball microphone</a> with a foam windscreen. The mic sits on top of a foam yoga block to help dull any reverb.</li>
<li><strong>Recording &amp; Mixing:</strong> I record directly onto my desktop using <a href="https://zoom.us/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Zoom</a>. I like Zoom because it records separate audio tracks for each person which makes the post-production work almost fun.</li>
<li><strong>My Recording Space:</strong> I work in a room with soundproof curtains, wall mountings behind the mic, and padding under the door. I'm very careful about not knocking the desk the holds my desktop. I take my sound quality seriously and have a recording space to reflect that.</li>
<li><strong>Episode Planning &amp; Distribution:</strong> I plan out the entire season first: how many episodes, the main theme, number of guests, and if any episodes should have a different structure. I lay out my episode release dates and when I plan to record and edit each at the beginning of each season.</li>
<li><strong>Editing &amp; Post-Production:</strong> This is where I spend the bulk of my time creating A Most Unusual T Party. I use <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5orzDwxKbTc" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audacity</a> after I convert the .wav audio file from Zoom to .mp3 using a <a href="https://online-audio-converter.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">free online audio converter</a>.</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<h2>Why did you decide to start a podcast?</h2>
<p> </p>
<p><em>Why people decide to start a podcast are all over the map. And really, there's no correct answer. Here's what inspired this host to finally sit down behind the mic.</em></p>
<p> </p>
<p>I started the podcast at the recommendation of my kids because they thought other people would be interested in my handwriting analyses. When COVID-19 hit, my usual business networking stopped so I realized this was a great way to get the word out about my business.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>I didn't have any prior podcasting experience so I've relied on the direction and advice from my...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
Part of the Castos mission is to educate and inspire fellow podcasters. With a whole community of hosts figuring it out and thriving, we launched our new Creator Spotlight series.
 
Our goal is to feature Castos customers and their podcasts–from how they got started, what their recording setups look like, and highlighting the unique skills they use to create a successful show.
 
This in our inaugural interview with our first Creator who has something unusual to share. Without further ado, meet: 
 
A Most Unusual T Party
 
Ever notice how everyone's handwriting is unique? Join professional handwriting analyst, Teresa Abram, as she explores the nuances of the letter T and talks about life with unusual and fascinating guests. If you are curious about what handwriting can reveal, fill your mug and listen in.
Don't miss our Audience episode with Teresa Abram, host of A Most Unusual T Party. In her own words, she describes her show, the intricacies of graphology, and why podcasting has fulfilled her creative side and bolstered her business.
 
How do you make your podcast?
 
Every podcaster has a unique setup and production process. So here's how Teresa transforms an idea into an episode.
 

Microphone: Blue Snowball microphone with a foam windscreen. The mic sits on top of a foam yoga block to help dull any reverb.
Recording & Mixing: I record directly onto my desktop using Zoom. I like Zoom because it records separate audio tracks for each person which makes the post-production work almost fun.
My Recording Space: I work in a room with soundproof curtains, wall mountings behind the mic, and padding under the door. I'm very careful about not knocking the desk the holds my desktop. I take my sound quality seriously and have a recording space to reflect that.
Episode Planning & Distribution: I plan out the entire season first: how many episodes, the main theme, number of guests, and if any episodes should have a different structure. I lay out my episode release dates and when I plan to record and edit each at the beginning of each season.
Editing & Post-Production: This is where I spend the bulk of my time creating A Most Unusual T Party. I use Audacity after I convert the .wav audio file from Zoom to .mp3 using a free online audio converter.

 
Why did you decide to start a podcast?
 
Why people decide to start a podcast are all over the map. And really, there's no correct answer. Here's what inspired this host to finally sit down behind the mic.
 
I started the podcast at the recommendation of my kids because they thought other people would be interested in my handwriting analyses. When COVID-19 hit, my usual business networking stopped so I realized this was a great way to get the word out about my business.
 
I didn't have any prior podcasting experience so I've relied on the direction and advice from my...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Creator Spotlight: A Most Unusual T Party]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p></p>
<p>Part of the Castos mission is to educate and inspire fellow podcasters. With a whole community of hosts figuring it out and thriving, we launched our new <a href="https://castos.com/category/castos-creator-spotlight/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Creator Spotlight</a> series.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Our goal is to feature Castos customers and their podcasts–from how they got started, what their recording setups look like, and highlighting the unique skills they use to create a successful show.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This in our inaugural interview with our first Creator who has something unusual to share. Without further ado, meet: </p>
<p> </p>
<h2><strong><a href="https://a-most-unusual-t-party.castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">A Most Unusual T Party</a></strong></h2>
<p> </p>
<p>Ever notice how everyone's handwriting is unique? Join professional handwriting analyst, <a href="https://www.handwritingpi.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Teresa Abram</a>, as she explores the nuances of the letter T and talks about life with unusual and fascinating guests. If you are curious about what handwriting can reveal, fill your mug and listen in.</p>
<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">Don't miss our <a href="https://castos.com/audience/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audience</a> episode with Teresa Abram, host of A Most Unusual T Party. In her own words, she describes her show, the intricacies of graphology, and why podcasting has fulfilled her creative side and bolstered her business.</p>
<p> </p>
<h2>How do you make your podcast?</h2>
<p> </p>
<p><em>Every podcaster has a unique setup and production process. So here's how Teresa transforms an idea into an episode.</em></p>
<p> </p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Microphone:</strong> <a href="https://www.bluemic.com/en-us/products/snowball/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Blue Snowball microphone</a> with a foam windscreen. The mic sits on top of a foam yoga block to help dull any reverb.</li>
<li><strong>Recording &amp; Mixing:</strong> I record directly onto my desktop using <a href="https://zoom.us/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Zoom</a>. I like Zoom because it records separate audio tracks for each person which makes the post-production work almost fun.</li>
<li><strong>My Recording Space:</strong> I work in a room with soundproof curtains, wall mountings behind the mic, and padding under the door. I'm very careful about not knocking the desk the holds my desktop. I take my sound quality seriously and have a recording space to reflect that.</li>
<li><strong>Episode Planning &amp; Distribution:</strong> I plan out the entire season first: how many episodes, the main theme, number of guests, and if any episodes should have a different structure. I lay out my episode release dates and when I plan to record and edit each at the beginning of each season.</li>
<li><strong>Editing &amp; Post-Production:</strong> This is where I spend the bulk of my time creating A Most Unusual T Party. I use <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5orzDwxKbTc" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audacity</a> after I convert the .wav audio file from Zoom to .mp3 using a <a href="https://online-audio-converter.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">free online audio converter</a>.</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<h2>Why did you decide to start a podcast?</h2>
<p> </p>
<p><em>Why people decide to start a podcast are all over the map. And really, there's no correct answer. Here's what inspired this host to finally sit down behind the mic.</em></p>
<p> </p>
<p>I started the podcast at the recommendation of my kids because they thought other people would be interested in my handwriting analyses. When COVID-19 hit, my usual business networking stopped so I realized this was a great way to get the word out about my business.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>I didn't have any prior podcasting experience so I've relied on the direction and advice from my kids. My son helped me get rolling and even produced my intro and outro. My daughter has been an invaluable source of information about podcasting, editing, and perhaps most importantly, what NOT to do. </p>
<p> </p>
<h2>What was the biggest obstacle you overcame in starting your podcast?</h2>
<p> </p>
<p><em>With any new project, there are hurdles that need to be conquered. These are the obstacles that initially got in her way.</em></p>
<p> </p>
<p>Asking people to be on the show has been, hands down, the biggest obstacle. But it's also the most rewarding. Given that the A Most Unusual T Party is a new podcast with no real following or large back catalog, I felt people would dismiss my interview request. And rejection hurts!</p>
<p> </p>
<p>But I know I can't get to episode 100 without doing episodes 1, 2, and 3 first. So my strategy to overcome this obstacle is to use <a href="https://melrobbins.com/five-elements-5-second-rule/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Mel Robbins' 5 Second Rule</a>. I send out invitations to people who catch my attention, and if I don't hear back from then I don't keep pursuing them. There are lots of fascinating people who are willing to participate. I've kept track and 75% of my requests are accepted and getting those yes's feels real good! </p>
<p> </p>
<h2>What can fellow podcasters learn from you?</h2>
<p> </p>
<p><em>The goal of our Creator Spotlight interviews is to pass our collective knowledge forward. We asked our first Creator to elaborate on the most successful and unique parts of their podcast.</em></p>
<p> </p>
<p>When I set out to create the podcast there were two major challenges I identified: making sure the audience felt included in a reading that is very visual and the other was finding guests.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>For the first challenge, I have a big sticky note that reminds me to be descriptive and detailed when talking about the handwriting. I know if the listeners can’t “see” it, I’ll lose them. At the heart of any handwriting analysis is a real person. I'm cognizant and respectful of the fact that a human being has shared a piece of themselves with me. By keeping that in mind, it keeps the analysis focused on my guest, not me.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Using the skills from my wellness coach trainings, I try to create a space of understanding not judgement. It allows the analysis to happen as naturally as possible.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>As far as pitching my podcast, I do it entirely through Instagram messaging and email. I keep it pretty simple, with the aim of making it an easy “yes” for them.  </p>
<p> </p>
<h2>Apply to be our next Creator Spotlight</h2>
<p> </p>
<p>Do you want your podcast featured in our next Creator Spotlight? <a href="https://castos.typeform.com/to/x06ShLi0" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply now</a> for a chance to share your show and podcasting prowess with the Castos community.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>We'll continue publishing these interviews each month and plan to create themed roundups featuring the best shows and episodes.</p>
<p></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Teresa-Abram-Creator-Spotlight-Audience-Podcast.mp3" length="20346713"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
Part of the Castos mission is to educate and inspire fellow podcasters. With a whole community of hosts figuring it out and thriving, we launched our new Creator Spotlight series.
 
Our goal is to feature Castos customers and their podcasts–from how they got started, what their recording setups look like, and highlighting the unique skills they use to create a successful show.
 
This in our inaugural interview with our first Creator who has something unusual to share. Without further ado, meet: 
 
A Most Unusual T Party
 
Ever notice how everyone's handwriting is unique? Join professional handwriting analyst, Teresa Abram, as she explores the nuances of the letter T and talks about life with unusual and fascinating guests. If you are curious about what handwriting can reveal, fill your mug and listen in.
Don't miss our Audience episode with Teresa Abram, host of A Most Unusual T Party. In her own words, she describes her show, the intricacies of graphology, and why podcasting has fulfilled her creative side and bolstered her business.
 
How do you make your podcast?
 
Every podcaster has a unique setup and production process. So here's how Teresa transforms an idea into an episode.
 

Microphone: Blue Snowball microphone with a foam windscreen. The mic sits on top of a foam yoga block to help dull any reverb.
Recording & Mixing: I record directly onto my desktop using Zoom. I like Zoom because it records separate audio tracks for each person which makes the post-production work almost fun.
My Recording Space: I work in a room with soundproof curtains, wall mountings behind the mic, and padding under the door. I'm very careful about not knocking the desk the holds my desktop. I take my sound quality seriously and have a recording space to reflect that.
Episode Planning & Distribution: I plan out the entire season first: how many episodes, the main theme, number of guests, and if any episodes should have a different structure. I lay out my episode release dates and when I plan to record and edit each at the beginning of each season.
Editing & Post-Production: This is where I spend the bulk of my time creating A Most Unusual T Party. I use Audacity after I convert the .wav audio file from Zoom to .mp3 using a free online audio converter.

 
Why did you decide to start a podcast?
 
Why people decide to start a podcast are all over the map. And really, there's no correct answer. Here's what inspired this host to finally sit down behind the mic.
 
I started the podcast at the recommendation of my kids because they thought other people would be interested in my handwriting analyses. When COVID-19 hit, my usual business networking stopped so I realized this was a great way to get the word out about my business.
 
I didn't have any prior podcasting experience so I've relied on the direction and advice from my...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:21:11</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Why Your Podcast CTA Isn’t Working]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 20 Aug 2020 07:34:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/why-your-podcast-cta-isnt-working</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/why-your-podcast-cta-isnt-working</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>There are a lot of podcast education courses out there. Heck, we even have <a href="https://castos.com/course/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">one</a>. Most promise actionable steps to take an idea and transform it into a successful podcast, providing guidance and tutorials to get you there. But when you want to learn the best tips and tricks, you have to go to the best. So that’s why we set out to talk to Rachel Corbett.</p>
<p>Rachel got involved with podcasting 20 years ago, right at the beginning of industry’s infancy. She was the Head of Podcasts at the <a href="https://www.mamamia.com.au/podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Mamamia network</a> and helped grow some of their flagship shows to over 1 million unique listeners per month and 90 million downloads! Many podcast awards laters, she how is the host and owner of <a href="https://podschool.com.au/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podschool</a>.</p>
<p>On this week’s episode, Craig and Rachel talk more about her expertise and how she uses her audio background to teach aspiring podcasters how to get started. We jump into the common misconceptions and errors new podcasters make then how you can avoid them. And how to use traditional radio and media strategies to create a more polished podcast and find success.</p>
<p>Listen to the full episode now to hear more from Rachel and read her best takeaways below!</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<h2>How Can People Get Over Imposter Syndrome?</h2>
<p>“I don’t know if I’m qualified to do this.” You’ve heard this sentence before, perhaps inside your own head. <a href="https://www.apa.org/gradpsych/2013/11/fraud" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Imposter Syndrome</a> is the phenomenon of successful people attributing their accomplishments to luck rather than ability and fear others will unmask them as a fraud. Lots of podcasters, teachers, CEOs, mothers, just about everyone, have likely felt the nervousness of Imposter Syndrome when setting out on a new project. So how can you silence the voice inside your head?</p>
<div class="wp-block-image">
<a href="https://www.gailgazelle.com/the-imposter-syndrome-part-i-once-thought-rare-now-known-to-be-common-among-physicians/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img class="wp-image-12812" src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/The-Imposter-Syndrome.png" alt="Chart depicting Imposter Syndrome from Gail Gazelle MD" /></a>
</div>
<p>With media content, lots of creators are thrown into the deep end. Learning by doing, testing, and succeeding, and failing are how the best podcast hosts have found their way. For Rachel, her Imposter Syndrome popped up when she transitioned into teaching her Podschool course. She knew how to sit behind a microphone and record a great show, but she still felt like she didn’t know enough to teach someone else how to do it.</p>
<p>The game changer was seeing her students succeed as a result of her advice in real time. Suddenly it was clear that Rachel wasn’t an imposter, her background in radio and media gave her the unique ability to teach others how to create great content. This feedback loop, creating something, making changes, and seeing results improve, is the best antidote to curbing any feelings of Imposter Syndrome.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<h2>What can podcasters learn from radio hosts?</h2>
<p>The smallest thing you can change that has the biggest impact is how a podcaster thinks about their audience. Typically hosts like to think about creating content for a huge listener based, trying to satisfy all of their needs at once. But tweaking the mindset to think about podcasting to just <em>one</em> person can make a world of difference.</p>
<p>Let us explain.</p>
<p>One thing Rachel notices is podcasters use collective terms like “to all of my listeners” or “hey, ladies and gentlemen”. But in radio, the...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[There are a lot of podcast education courses out there. Heck, we even have one. Most promise actionable steps to take an idea and transform it into a successful podcast, providing guidance and tutorials to get you there. But when you want to learn the best tips and tricks, you have to go to the best. So that’s why we set out to talk to Rachel Corbett.
Rachel got involved with podcasting 20 years ago, right at the beginning of industry’s infancy. She was the Head of Podcasts at the Mamamia network and helped grow some of their flagship shows to over 1 million unique listeners per month and 90 million downloads! Many podcast awards laters, she how is the host and owner of Podschool.
On this week’s episode, Craig and Rachel talk more about her expertise and how she uses her audio background to teach aspiring podcasters how to get started. We jump into the common misconceptions and errors new podcasters make then how you can avoid them. And how to use traditional radio and media strategies to create a more polished podcast and find success.
Listen to the full episode now to hear more from Rachel and read her best takeaways below!
 
How Can People Get Over Imposter Syndrome?
“I don’t know if I’m qualified to do this.” You’ve heard this sentence before, perhaps inside your own head. Imposter Syndrome is the phenomenon of successful people attributing their accomplishments to luck rather than ability and fear others will unmask them as a fraud. Lots of podcasters, teachers, CEOs, mothers, just about everyone, have likely felt the nervousness of Imposter Syndrome when setting out on a new project. So how can you silence the voice inside your head?



With media content, lots of creators are thrown into the deep end. Learning by doing, testing, and succeeding, and failing are how the best podcast hosts have found their way. For Rachel, her Imposter Syndrome popped up when she transitioned into teaching her Podschool course. She knew how to sit behind a microphone and record a great show, but she still felt like she didn’t know enough to teach someone else how to do it.
The game changer was seeing her students succeed as a result of her advice in real time. Suddenly it was clear that Rachel wasn’t an imposter, her background in radio and media gave her the unique ability to teach others how to create great content. This feedback loop, creating something, making changes, and seeing results improve, is the best antidote to curbing any feelings of Imposter Syndrome.
 
What can podcasters learn from radio hosts?
The smallest thing you can change that has the biggest impact is how a podcaster thinks about their audience. Typically hosts like to think about creating content for a huge listener based, trying to satisfy all of their needs at once. But tweaking the mindset to think about podcasting to just one person can make a world of difference.
Let us explain.
One thing Rachel notices is podcasters use collective terms like “to all of my listeners” or “hey, ladies and gentlemen”. But in radio, the...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Why Your Podcast CTA Isn’t Working]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>There are a lot of podcast education courses out there. Heck, we even have <a href="https://castos.com/course/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">one</a>. Most promise actionable steps to take an idea and transform it into a successful podcast, providing guidance and tutorials to get you there. But when you want to learn the best tips and tricks, you have to go to the best. So that’s why we set out to talk to Rachel Corbett.</p>
<p>Rachel got involved with podcasting 20 years ago, right at the beginning of industry’s infancy. She was the Head of Podcasts at the <a href="https://www.mamamia.com.au/podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Mamamia network</a> and helped grow some of their flagship shows to over 1 million unique listeners per month and 90 million downloads! Many podcast awards laters, she how is the host and owner of <a href="https://podschool.com.au/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podschool</a>.</p>
<p>On this week’s episode, Craig and Rachel talk more about her expertise and how she uses her audio background to teach aspiring podcasters how to get started. We jump into the common misconceptions and errors new podcasters make then how you can avoid them. And how to use traditional radio and media strategies to create a more polished podcast and find success.</p>
<p>Listen to the full episode now to hear more from Rachel and read her best takeaways below!</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<h2>How Can People Get Over Imposter Syndrome?</h2>
<p>“I don’t know if I’m qualified to do this.” You’ve heard this sentence before, perhaps inside your own head. <a href="https://www.apa.org/gradpsych/2013/11/fraud" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Imposter Syndrome</a> is the phenomenon of successful people attributing their accomplishments to luck rather than ability and fear others will unmask them as a fraud. Lots of podcasters, teachers, CEOs, mothers, just about everyone, have likely felt the nervousness of Imposter Syndrome when setting out on a new project. So how can you silence the voice inside your head?</p>
<div class="wp-block-image">
<a href="https://www.gailgazelle.com/the-imposter-syndrome-part-i-once-thought-rare-now-known-to-be-common-among-physicians/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img class="wp-image-12812" src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/The-Imposter-Syndrome.png" alt="Chart depicting Imposter Syndrome from Gail Gazelle MD" /></a>
</div>
<p>With media content, lots of creators are thrown into the deep end. Learning by doing, testing, and succeeding, and failing are how the best podcast hosts have found their way. For Rachel, her Imposter Syndrome popped up when she transitioned into teaching her Podschool course. She knew how to sit behind a microphone and record a great show, but she still felt like she didn’t know enough to teach someone else how to do it.</p>
<p>The game changer was seeing her students succeed as a result of her advice in real time. Suddenly it was clear that Rachel wasn’t an imposter, her background in radio and media gave her the unique ability to teach others how to create great content. This feedback loop, creating something, making changes, and seeing results improve, is the best antidote to curbing any feelings of Imposter Syndrome.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<h2>What can podcasters learn from radio hosts?</h2>
<p>The smallest thing you can change that has the biggest impact is how a podcaster thinks about their audience. Typically hosts like to think about creating content for a huge listener based, trying to satisfy all of their needs at once. But tweaking the mindset to think about podcasting to just <em>one</em> person can make a world of difference.</p>
<p>Let us explain.</p>
<p>One thing Rachel notices is podcasters use collective terms like “to all of my listeners” or “hey, ladies and gentlemen”. But in radio, the best practice is to speak to one person with phrases like “when you call it, we’ll answer.” The idea is when a host speaks to someone individually, the listener feels like the show is just for them even you have a million listeners. Podcasts are already a very individualistic medium–people have their earbuds in, are performing menial tasks alone, or in the middle of a solo workout.</p>
<p>Using collective terms and phrases can hurt the connection with the host when a listener feels like a nameless person inside a large group. So focus on the word “you”.</p>
<p>Another thing podcasting can learn from radio is to keep segments “tight and bright”. The double-edged sword of radio is the strict 2-3 minutes between songs for promotions and segments. Not great for fitting in a lot of content but the perfect time limit to keep each segment concise while still having a beginning, middle, and end.</p>
<p>While podcasts don’t have time restrictions, Rachel argues there is still a place for them. Just because a show can go for 5 hours, doesn’t mean it should.</p>
<p>Bringing in radio’s discipline in timing and clarity to podcasting can help hosts rethink how to talk about their topic. The goal is to leave an audience wanting more. You don’t want them to reach the point of exhaustion without ever hearing the climax or punchline.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<h2>How can podcasters improve their podcast interviews?</h2>
<p>Our customers are consistently curious about how to improve their interview skills. Scratching the surface and uncovering the high-level plot is easy. But peeling back the onion to discover “the why” is where the real magic happens.</p>
<p>To get there, Rachel encourages podcasters to try a pre-interview. Hosts sit down with their guests and ask broader questions about the topics you’d like to get into within the recorded interview. Instead of asking the exact questions you want to use within the episode, use the pre-interview to cut out some of the fluff that typically comes before a guest shares their juiciest insights.</p>
<p>The pre-interview can help you figure out where the most interesting tangents lie and which rabbit holes you want to go down during the actual interview. And if the guest starts to tell an episode-worthy moment during your preliminary chat, don’t worry. Ask them to stop so you can hear and react to their story live during the recorded session.</p>
<p>Then when you’re inside the scheduled interview, focus on listening. Rachel finds not enough podcasters are present during the conversation. They’re thinking about what to say next and worrying about getting through all of their questions. She advises going into an interview with a minimal amount of notes. Keep them simple, in a bulleted list and use them as a security blanket in case the conversation hits a dead zone. Don’t let a guest’s interesting tangents fall by the wayside, instead react to their answers to uncover more hidden gems.</p>
<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">Learn more about <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-interview/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How To Prepare For Your next Podcast Guest</a>.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<h2>How do you encourage to dig in more to their unexpected, interesting responses?</h2>
<p>You’ve focused on listening to your <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/podcast-guests-kai-davis/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast guest</a> and they’ve said something that you can’t wait to jump on further. There’s a rabbit hole to explore but how do you coax a guest to go into more detail?</p>
<p>Depending on when the guest shared the information, Rachel suggests two paths forward.</p>
<p>If it’s during the pre-interview, follow her advice above. Interrupt the guest just as they’re starting to tell the story. It shouldn’t feel awkward or rude because this conversation isn’t being recorded and should feel a bit more relaxed.</p>
<p>But when it happens during the recorded interview, she’ll let the guest first finish their point. You don’t want to be the interviewer who constantly interrupts their guests. But, this isn’t a hard and fast rule. Gauge the moment because there are times when an interruption makes sense and flows with the conversation.</p>
<p>To help in coaxing a guest along, Rachel interviews people via video rather than just a voice call. Video provides body language cues that voice alone can’t. You can go as far as creating a visual signal to your guest if they mention a fact that you want to revisit. They’ll have a chance to finish their thought while knowing you’re going to ask them to elaborate on a point they just made.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<h2>How do you validate a new idea for a podcast?</h2>
<p>If you have an audience at your disposal already, from a Facebook group, email list, or listeners to a previous podcast, ask them for their thoughts. While at Mamamia, Rachel’s team would send out surveys to current listeners to mine them for ideas. They would put new podcast ideas in front of them and ask if how the topic resonated and if the show was something they needed.</p>
<p>Use their responses and enthusiasm to shape the <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-format/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast’s format</a>, segments, and overall topic to better suit real people’s content preferences.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<h2>What’s a realistic timeline a podcaster could expect to earn money or see dramatic increases in listeners?</h2>
<p>The answer may not be ht one you want to hear, but it’s rooted in reality. Most podcasters don’t immediately earn any income or build huge audiences within the first year of producing a podcast.</p>
<p>Rachel recounts emails she has received from students asking why they haven’t earned any money after two months of podcasting. And her answer is always, “keep going.”</p>
<p>Since most podcasters aren’t asking for congratulations after reaching 50 downloads, new hosts feel unsuccessful when their show doesn’t achieve numbers in the triple digits. Rest assured, you’re not the only podcaster struggling to get over the 100 listen mark. You’re in the majority.</p>
<p>But when you chip away at it, the possibility of building a lucrative brand exists. It won’t happen overnight and there’s no silver bullet. Hard work and persistence is the only way to realize dramatic success.</p>
<p>A good tip to keep going: think of your listeners as <a href="https://lime.link/blog/visualizing-crowd-sizes/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">actual people in a room</a>. If you gave a talk and 50 people showed up, you’d be pretty happy with the turn out. Never forget about the people who are listening on your quest to find more audience members.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<h2>Resources Mentioned On This Episode</h2>
<ul>
<li>Join Rachel Corbett’s <a href="https://podschool.com.au/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podschool waitlist</a></li>
<li>Listen to our Audience episode with<a href="https://castos.com/podcast/podcast-promotion-jack-rhysider/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"> Jack Rhysider</a></li>
<li>Subscribe to <a href="https://castos.com/audience/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audience</a></li>
</ul>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Going-to-Podschool-with-Rachel-Corbett-final.mp3" length="44861344"
                        type="audio/x-m4a">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[There are a lot of podcast education courses out there. Heck, we even have one. Most promise actionable steps to take an idea and transform it into a successful podcast, providing guidance and tutorials to get you there. But when you want to learn the best tips and tricks, you have to go to the best. So that’s why we set out to talk to Rachel Corbett.
Rachel got involved with podcasting 20 years ago, right at the beginning of industry’s infancy. She was the Head of Podcasts at the Mamamia network and helped grow some of their flagship shows to over 1 million unique listeners per month and 90 million downloads! Many podcast awards laters, she how is the host and owner of Podschool.
On this week’s episode, Craig and Rachel talk more about her expertise and how she uses her audio background to teach aspiring podcasters how to get started. We jump into the common misconceptions and errors new podcasters make then how you can avoid them. And how to use traditional radio and media strategies to create a more polished podcast and find success.
Listen to the full episode now to hear more from Rachel and read her best takeaways below!
 
How Can People Get Over Imposter Syndrome?
“I don’t know if I’m qualified to do this.” You’ve heard this sentence before, perhaps inside your own head. Imposter Syndrome is the phenomenon of successful people attributing their accomplishments to luck rather than ability and fear others will unmask them as a fraud. Lots of podcasters, teachers, CEOs, mothers, just about everyone, have likely felt the nervousness of Imposter Syndrome when setting out on a new project. So how can you silence the voice inside your head?



With media content, lots of creators are thrown into the deep end. Learning by doing, testing, and succeeding, and failing are how the best podcast hosts have found their way. For Rachel, her Imposter Syndrome popped up when she transitioned into teaching her Podschool course. She knew how to sit behind a microphone and record a great show, but she still felt like she didn’t know enough to teach someone else how to do it.
The game changer was seeing her students succeed as a result of her advice in real time. Suddenly it was clear that Rachel wasn’t an imposter, her background in radio and media gave her the unique ability to teach others how to create great content. This feedback loop, creating something, making changes, and seeing results improve, is the best antidote to curbing any feelings of Imposter Syndrome.
 
What can podcasters learn from radio hosts?
The smallest thing you can change that has the biggest impact is how a podcaster thinks about their audience. Typically hosts like to think about creating content for a huge listener based, trying to satisfy all of their needs at once. But tweaking the mindset to think about podcasting to just one person can make a world of difference.
Let us explain.
One thing Rachel notices is podcasters use collective terms like “to all of my listeners” or “hey, ladies and gentlemen”. But in radio, the...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/kelly-sikkema-baKgjxKYegc-unsplash-scaled.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:46:36</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Should You Try Affiliate Marketing? An Interview with Ross Winn from Podcast Insights]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 13 Aug 2020 10:55:11 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/ross-winn-podcast-insights</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/ross-winn-podcast-insights</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>This week on Audience, we’re talking monetization. While many podcasters start their show as a hobby, more times than not, they eventually want to start thinking about how to earn some money from the show. </p>



<p>But rather than focus on every <a href="https://castos.com/monetize-a-podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast monetization strategy</a>, we’re drilling into one specific method: affiliate marketing. Ross Winn from <a href="https://www.podcastinsights.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Insights</a> is an expert on promoting affiliate products to earn some extra cash. His site is the go-to for all things podcasting–from how to start, grow, and monetize a podcast for beginners. </p>



<p>When you land on Podcast Insights, you’ll notice a few things right off the bat. There are email courses that ask you to sign up, discounts to popular WordPress and podcasting tools, and a plethora of content all about getting a new show off the ground. </p>



<p>What you might not notice is how all these things are working together to support Ross’ affiliate marketing strategy. At the top of today’s episode, we talk about why podcasters should consider affiliate products as a monetization strategy. As we move through the interview, Ross then lends his tips on how to use a website, repurposed content, and a email list to drive more sales. </p>



<p>Listen to the full episode now to get all of this tips or read a few of his biggest takeaways below!</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What can podcasters learn about affiliate monetization strategies?</h2>



<p>The key is to have a <a href="https://castos.com/why-a-podcast-website-is-important/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">website</a> (we recommend creating one through <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-website/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">WordPress</a>!). Having a place where people can learn more information is essential to affiliate marketing. It makes it easier for people to find click on the affiliate product you’re promoting and it offers opportunities to further engage your audience via email.</p>



<p>To get people to visit your site after listening to an episode, include it in your intro or outro calls-to-action. Remind them of the URL address and where they should navigate to to redeem your exclusive offer.</p>



<p>When listeners finally land on your site, it’s time to hit them with the offers. Either a list of the affiliate products you’re promoting or an email opt-in page that gives people access to exclusive content.</p>



<p>The email opt-in page serves two purposes. The first is to provide exclusive, high-quality content to your listeners. The second is to <a href="https://castos.com/email-marketing-podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">build an email list</a> where you can announce new episodes and directly send affiliate links to your users. </p>



<p>Put an opt-in unit right on your homepage to make it super easy for listeners to subscribe. Try <a href="https://optinmonster.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">OptinMonster</a> to create unique interstitial units and test copy variations to find the call-to-action that converts best.</p>



<p>To entice people to subscribe, we recommend using a lead generation product. That can be an e-book, access to gated content, or an online course that has information your audience is interested in and can’t find anywhere else. </p>



<p>Podcast Insights prioritizes email based courses around different topics their audience needs help with. Primarily how to start a podcast and how to build a website for a podcast. Each course is heavily promoted on their homepage and throughout relevant articles. The opt-in units describe the value of the course and why a user can’t find this information anywhere else. Whether someone visits the website after listening to an episode or discovers an articl...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
This week on Audience, we’re talking monetization. While many podcasters start their show as a hobby, more times than not, they eventually want to start thinking about how to earn some money from the show. 



But rather than focus on every podcast monetization strategy, we’re drilling into one specific method: affiliate marketing. Ross Winn from Podcast Insights is an expert on promoting affiliate products to earn some extra cash. His site is the go-to for all things podcasting–from how to start, grow, and monetize a podcast for beginners. 



When you land on Podcast Insights, you’ll notice a few things right off the bat. There are email courses that ask you to sign up, discounts to popular WordPress and podcasting tools, and a plethora of content all about getting a new show off the ground. 



What you might not notice is how all these things are working together to support Ross’ affiliate marketing strategy. At the top of today’s episode, we talk about why podcasters should consider affiliate products as a monetization strategy. As we move through the interview, Ross then lends his tips on how to use a website, repurposed content, and a email list to drive more sales. 



Listen to the full episode now to get all of this tips or read a few of his biggest takeaways below!







What can podcasters learn about affiliate monetization strategies?



The key is to have a website (we recommend creating one through WordPress!). Having a place where people can learn more information is essential to affiliate marketing. It makes it easier for people to find click on the affiliate product you’re promoting and it offers opportunities to further engage your audience via email.



To get people to visit your site after listening to an episode, include it in your intro or outro calls-to-action. Remind them of the URL address and where they should navigate to to redeem your exclusive offer.



When listeners finally land on your site, it’s time to hit them with the offers. Either a list of the affiliate products you’re promoting or an email opt-in page that gives people access to exclusive content.



The email opt-in page serves two purposes. The first is to provide exclusive, high-quality content to your listeners. The second is to build an email list where you can announce new episodes and directly send affiliate links to your users. 



Put an opt-in unit right on your homepage to make it super easy for listeners to subscribe. Try OptinMonster to create unique interstitial units and test copy variations to find the call-to-action that converts best.



To entice people to subscribe, we recommend using a lead generation product. That can be an e-book, access to gated content, or an online course that has information your audience is interested in and can’t find anywhere else. 



Podcast Insights prioritizes email based courses around different topics their audience needs help with. Primarily how to start a podcast and how to build a website for a podcast. Each course is heavily promoted on their homepage and throughout relevant articles. The opt-in units describe the value of the course and why a user can’t find this information anywhere else. Whether someone visits the website after listening to an episode or discovers an articl...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Should You Try Affiliate Marketing? An Interview with Ross Winn from Podcast Insights]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>This week on Audience, we’re talking monetization. While many podcasters start their show as a hobby, more times than not, they eventually want to start thinking about how to earn some money from the show. </p>



<p>But rather than focus on every <a href="https://castos.com/monetize-a-podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast monetization strategy</a>, we’re drilling into one specific method: affiliate marketing. Ross Winn from <a href="https://www.podcastinsights.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Insights</a> is an expert on promoting affiliate products to earn some extra cash. His site is the go-to for all things podcasting–from how to start, grow, and monetize a podcast for beginners. </p>



<p>When you land on Podcast Insights, you’ll notice a few things right off the bat. There are email courses that ask you to sign up, discounts to popular WordPress and podcasting tools, and a plethora of content all about getting a new show off the ground. </p>



<p>What you might not notice is how all these things are working together to support Ross’ affiliate marketing strategy. At the top of today’s episode, we talk about why podcasters should consider affiliate products as a monetization strategy. As we move through the interview, Ross then lends his tips on how to use a website, repurposed content, and a email list to drive more sales. </p>



<p>Listen to the full episode now to get all of this tips or read a few of his biggest takeaways below!</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What can podcasters learn about affiliate monetization strategies?</h2>



<p>The key is to have a <a href="https://castos.com/why-a-podcast-website-is-important/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">website</a> (we recommend creating one through <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-website/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">WordPress</a>!). Having a place where people can learn more information is essential to affiliate marketing. It makes it easier for people to find click on the affiliate product you’re promoting and it offers opportunities to further engage your audience via email.</p>



<p>To get people to visit your site after listening to an episode, include it in your intro or outro calls-to-action. Remind them of the URL address and where they should navigate to to redeem your exclusive offer.</p>



<p>When listeners finally land on your site, it’s time to hit them with the offers. Either a list of the affiliate products you’re promoting or an email opt-in page that gives people access to exclusive content.</p>



<p>The email opt-in page serves two purposes. The first is to provide exclusive, high-quality content to your listeners. The second is to <a href="https://castos.com/email-marketing-podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">build an email list</a> where you can announce new episodes and directly send affiliate links to your users. </p>



<p>Put an opt-in unit right on your homepage to make it super easy for listeners to subscribe. Try <a href="https://optinmonster.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">OptinMonster</a> to create unique interstitial units and test copy variations to find the call-to-action that converts best.</p>



<p>To entice people to subscribe, we recommend using a lead generation product. That can be an e-book, access to gated content, or an online course that has information your audience is interested in and can’t find anywhere else. </p>



<p>Podcast Insights prioritizes email based courses around different topics their audience needs help with. Primarily how to start a podcast and how to build a website for a podcast. Each course is heavily promoted on their homepage and throughout relevant articles. The opt-in units describe the value of the course and why a user can’t find this information anywhere else. Whether someone visits the website after listening to an episode or discovers an article as a result of a Google search, it’s almost guaranteed they’ll see a promotion for one of these courses.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What’s inside your email courses?</h2>



<p>Podcast Insights has a podcasting course that’s designed for beginners, all sent right to your inbox. It drives people to focus on a smaller topic that’s part of the larger process of <a href="https://castos.com/how-to-start-a-podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">starting a podcast</a> to avoid feeling overwhelmed. In bitesized chunks, his subscribers can accomplish the building blocks of creating a show in a more manageable way. And it works. The well-researched tips and tutorials have helped countless podcasters get their show from idea to reality.</p>



<p>In addition, he has a course about building a WordPress website for your podcast. It’s specifically designed for beginners as well, with actionable steps to actually create a site. From there, it goes into more detail about email magnets to create an email list, where to offer affiliate products, and how to create written content that’s optimized for SEO. </p>



<p>Each course offers beginner tutorials with options for more advanced instructions. They include free equipment recommendations and well-reviewed product suggestions. Some of these products are also part of his affiliate strategy, furthering his objective of earning more commissions. </p>



<p>Finding the overlap between written content, podcast episodes, and YouTube videos is a key part of creating a successful affiliate program. So how does Podcast Insights’ show, <a href="https://www.podcastinsights.com/podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcasting Simplified</a>, fit in?</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>How does your podcast into your broader content strategy?</h2>



<p>Podcast Insights is a website first and a podcast second. The show is a <a href="https://castos.com/how-to-repurpose-podcast-content/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">repurposed version of popular blog posts</a> where Ross explains a topic in his own words. However, his other favorite tactics are interviewing customers and aggregating testimonials to tell stories around how a brand is part of someone’s world. </p>



<p>The podcast episodes are for those who are auditory learners, for the person who doesn’t want to scroll through a 10,000 word article. He’s found his audience has three different preferences–those we prefer reading, listening, and watching. So in order to get the most bang for his content-buck, he can hit all three buckets by simply repurposing one article into three different mediums. </p>



<p>Along the way, each version of the piece of content contains links to affiliate products so he can earn commissions no matter from where someone clicks. As an added bonus, it doesn’t take too much additional time to create three different versions of the same thing.  </p>



<p>First he writes the article. Then he records the podcast episode using what he’s already written as the basis for the script. Then he films a video walking through the tutorial again using the article as the outline for what should be in the final cut. Spending a few extra hours repurposing material into new mediums is an efficient way to extend your reach and monetization efforts.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned In This Episode</h2>



<ul><li>Check out <a href="https://www.podcastinsights.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Insights</a></li><li>Sign up for the course from <a href="https://www.podcastinsights.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Insights’ homepage</a></li><li>Follow <a href="https://twitter.com/paidinsights" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ross Winn</a> on Twitter</li><li>Sign up for <a href="https://castos.com/course/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Like A Pro with Castos</a></li><li>Subscribe to <a href="https://castos.com/audience/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audience</a></li></ul>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Should-You-Try-Affiliate-Marketing.mp3" length="26064450"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
This week on Audience, we’re talking monetization. While many podcasters start their show as a hobby, more times than not, they eventually want to start thinking about how to earn some money from the show. 



But rather than focus on every podcast monetization strategy, we’re drilling into one specific method: affiliate marketing. Ross Winn from Podcast Insights is an expert on promoting affiliate products to earn some extra cash. His site is the go-to for all things podcasting–from how to start, grow, and monetize a podcast for beginners. 



When you land on Podcast Insights, you’ll notice a few things right off the bat. There are email courses that ask you to sign up, discounts to popular WordPress and podcasting tools, and a plethora of content all about getting a new show off the ground. 



What you might not notice is how all these things are working together to support Ross’ affiliate marketing strategy. At the top of today’s episode, we talk about why podcasters should consider affiliate products as a monetization strategy. As we move through the interview, Ross then lends his tips on how to use a website, repurposed content, and a email list to drive more sales. 



Listen to the full episode now to get all of this tips or read a few of his biggest takeaways below!







What can podcasters learn about affiliate monetization strategies?



The key is to have a website (we recommend creating one through WordPress!). Having a place where people can learn more information is essential to affiliate marketing. It makes it easier for people to find click on the affiliate product you’re promoting and it offers opportunities to further engage your audience via email.



To get people to visit your site after listening to an episode, include it in your intro or outro calls-to-action. Remind them of the URL address and where they should navigate to to redeem your exclusive offer.



When listeners finally land on your site, it’s time to hit them with the offers. Either a list of the affiliate products you’re promoting or an email opt-in page that gives people access to exclusive content.



The email opt-in page serves two purposes. The first is to provide exclusive, high-quality content to your listeners. The second is to build an email list where you can announce new episodes and directly send affiliate links to your users. 



Put an opt-in unit right on your homepage to make it super easy for listeners to subscribe. Try OptinMonster to create unique interstitial units and test copy variations to find the call-to-action that converts best.



To entice people to subscribe, we recommend using a lead generation product. That can be an e-book, access to gated content, or an online course that has information your audience is interested in and can’t find anywhere else. 



Podcast Insights prioritizes email based courses around different topics their audience needs help with. Primarily how to start a podcast and how to build a website for a podcast. Each course is heavily promoted on their homepage and throughout relevant articles. The opt-in units describe the value of the course and why a user can’t find this information anywhere else. Whether someone visits the website after listening to an episode or discovers an articl...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/jonathan-farber-wUl6KBqdj2E-unsplash-scaled.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:27:09</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[How To Record A Podcast With An iPhone & On-The-Go]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 06 Aug 2020 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/how-to-record-a-podcast-with-an-iphone</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/how-to-record-a-podcast-with-an-iphone</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>Given podcasting’s spontaneous nature, it’s more than likely that you’ll run into a time where you want to capture a conversation that needs to be heard, but you don’t have your usual equipment with you. That’s where recording a podcast on your iPhone comes in.</p>



<p>On this episode of Audience, we're shifting gears to highlight Castos creators who are podcasting in unique ways. Rob and Jill from <a href="https://fearlesscamping.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Fearless Camping</a> are the first to join us to talk about how they record their podcast on-the-go. </p>



<p>From the mountains of Pine Valley, Utah, the duo fills us in on how they produce the show from hotel rooms, the car, and campsites. Listen to the full episode to learn why you might not need the latest gear to create an incredible podcast.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Top Tips For Podcasting With An iPhone</h2>



<p>Recording a podcast outside of a standard studio presents a new set obstacles. More noises, environmental factors, and finding a stable internet connection to name a few. But we learned from The Fearless Camping hosts that they share similar challenges to others who record inside.</p>



<p>Here are their top tips for podcasting in general and on the go:</p>



<ul><li><strong>Don't forget to outline:</strong> no matter where you're recording from, you can't forget to <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-script/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">outline what an episode is about</a>. It takes Rob and Jill no more than 10 minutes to figure out what they want to talk about before hitting record.</li><li><strong>Don't let the learning curve stop you:</strong> the beauty of recording a podcast with an iPhone is you don't need much equipment. The Fearless Camping is Rob and Jill's first try at podcasting and they found the process surprisingly easy! At just two months into their journey, they're already seasoned hosts consistently publishing new episodes.</li><li><strong>On-the-go doesn't mean unedited:</strong> just because you're recording in the wild, doesn't mean you can't go back and edit. You'll likely remove less of the ambient noise since that's part of the charm, but go ahead and cut out some of those um's and ah's.</li><li><strong>Bring online</strong> <strong>passions offline</strong>: a perk of podcasting from unique places is meeting others who share your passions. For Fearless Camping, that means educating a community of outdoor lovers about how to bring the whole family outside. Building these connections is the main goal for Jill and Rob. </li><li><strong>Planning versus serendipity</strong>: when you can record from anywhere, there is a balance between planning activities you know you want to record and letting things happen organically that become perfect podcast moments. Depending on your show's topic, you'll have to be ready for a bit of both.</li><li><strong>Bring some humanity to the show</strong>: for Fearless Camping, showing their human side came in the form of bloopers. Getting comfortable in front of the mic meant some outtakes. But rather than shelve the mistakes, they put together a short blooper reel for the end of each episode. Check out an example from their <a href="https://fearlesscamping.com/podcast/firesides4/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">recent episode</a>.</li><li><strong>The goal doesn't haven't to be big numbers: </strong>when you're just starting out, generating huge download numbers might not be your primary goal. For success, consider other accomplishments like educating your niche audience or creating more personal connections with them to fuel <a href="https://castos.com/audience-participation-podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">audience participation</a> episodes.</li></ul>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>The Best Equipment To Record A Podcast With An iPhone </h2>



<p>W...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
Given podcasting’s spontaneous nature, it’s more than likely that you’ll run into a time where you want to capture a conversation that needs to be heard, but you don’t have your usual equipment with you. That’s where recording a podcast on your iPhone comes in.



On this episode of Audience, we're shifting gears to highlight Castos creators who are podcasting in unique ways. Rob and Jill from Fearless Camping are the first to join us to talk about how they record their podcast on-the-go. 



From the mountains of Pine Valley, Utah, the duo fills us in on how they produce the show from hotel rooms, the car, and campsites. Listen to the full episode to learn why you might not need the latest gear to create an incredible podcast.







Top Tips For Podcasting With An iPhone



Recording a podcast outside of a standard studio presents a new set obstacles. More noises, environmental factors, and finding a stable internet connection to name a few. But we learned from The Fearless Camping hosts that they share similar challenges to others who record inside.



Here are their top tips for podcasting in general and on the go:



Don't forget to outline: no matter where you're recording from, you can't forget to outline what an episode is about. It takes Rob and Jill no more than 10 minutes to figure out what they want to talk about before hitting record.Don't let the learning curve stop you: the beauty of recording a podcast with an iPhone is you don't need much equipment. The Fearless Camping is Rob and Jill's first try at podcasting and they found the process surprisingly easy! At just two months into their journey, they're already seasoned hosts consistently publishing new episodes.On-the-go doesn't mean unedited: just because you're recording in the wild, doesn't mean you can't go back and edit. You'll likely remove less of the ambient noise since that's part of the charm, but go ahead and cut out some of those um's and ah's.Bring online passions offline: a perk of podcasting from unique places is meeting others who share your passions. For Fearless Camping, that means educating a community of outdoor lovers about how to bring the whole family outside. Building these connections is the main goal for Jill and Rob. Planning versus serendipity: when you can record from anywhere, there is a balance between planning activities you know you want to record and letting things happen organically that become perfect podcast moments. Depending on your show's topic, you'll have to be ready for a bit of both.Bring some humanity to the show: for Fearless Camping, showing their human side came in the form of bloopers. Getting comfortable in front of the mic meant some outtakes. But rather than shelve the mistakes, they put together a short blooper reel for the end of each episode. Check out an example from their recent episode.The goal doesn't haven't to be big numbers: when you're just starting out, generating huge download numbers might not be your primary goal. For success, consider other accomplishments like educating your niche audience or creating more personal connections with them to fuel audience participation episodes.







The Best Equipment To Record A Podcast With An iPhone 



W...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[How To Record A Podcast With An iPhone & On-The-Go]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>Given podcasting’s spontaneous nature, it’s more than likely that you’ll run into a time where you want to capture a conversation that needs to be heard, but you don’t have your usual equipment with you. That’s where recording a podcast on your iPhone comes in.</p>



<p>On this episode of Audience, we're shifting gears to highlight Castos creators who are podcasting in unique ways. Rob and Jill from <a href="https://fearlesscamping.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Fearless Camping</a> are the first to join us to talk about how they record their podcast on-the-go. </p>



<p>From the mountains of Pine Valley, Utah, the duo fills us in on how they produce the show from hotel rooms, the car, and campsites. Listen to the full episode to learn why you might not need the latest gear to create an incredible podcast.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Top Tips For Podcasting With An iPhone</h2>



<p>Recording a podcast outside of a standard studio presents a new set obstacles. More noises, environmental factors, and finding a stable internet connection to name a few. But we learned from The Fearless Camping hosts that they share similar challenges to others who record inside.</p>



<p>Here are their top tips for podcasting in general and on the go:</p>



<ul><li><strong>Don't forget to outline:</strong> no matter where you're recording from, you can't forget to <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-script/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">outline what an episode is about</a>. It takes Rob and Jill no more than 10 minutes to figure out what they want to talk about before hitting record.</li><li><strong>Don't let the learning curve stop you:</strong> the beauty of recording a podcast with an iPhone is you don't need much equipment. The Fearless Camping is Rob and Jill's first try at podcasting and they found the process surprisingly easy! At just two months into their journey, they're already seasoned hosts consistently publishing new episodes.</li><li><strong>On-the-go doesn't mean unedited:</strong> just because you're recording in the wild, doesn't mean you can't go back and edit. You'll likely remove less of the ambient noise since that's part of the charm, but go ahead and cut out some of those um's and ah's.</li><li><strong>Bring online</strong> <strong>passions offline</strong>: a perk of podcasting from unique places is meeting others who share your passions. For Fearless Camping, that means educating a community of outdoor lovers about how to bring the whole family outside. Building these connections is the main goal for Jill and Rob. </li><li><strong>Planning versus serendipity</strong>: when you can record from anywhere, there is a balance between planning activities you know you want to record and letting things happen organically that become perfect podcast moments. Depending on your show's topic, you'll have to be ready for a bit of both.</li><li><strong>Bring some humanity to the show</strong>: for Fearless Camping, showing their human side came in the form of bloopers. Getting comfortable in front of the mic meant some outtakes. But rather than shelve the mistakes, they put together a short blooper reel for the end of each episode. Check out an example from their <a href="https://fearlesscamping.com/podcast/firesides4/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">recent episode</a>.</li><li><strong>The goal doesn't haven't to be big numbers: </strong>when you're just starting out, generating huge download numbers might not be your primary goal. For success, consider other accomplishments like educating your niche audience or creating more personal connections with them to fuel <a href="https://castos.com/audience-participation-podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">audience participation</a> episodes.</li></ul>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>The Best Equipment To Record A Podcast With An iPhone </h2>



<p>With the podcasting market booming, a quick search on Amazon will return over 200 pages of equipment to help with recording. So we broke down what we believe to be the best options for recording on your cell phone based on versatility, transportability, affordability, and, of course, sound quality.</p>



<p>Fill up your cart today so you can take your podcast on the go tomorrow.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Backpack Studio</h3>



<div class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://bossjockstudio.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img src="https://castos.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/bossjock-studio.png" alt="BossJock Studio interface on mobile and tablet screens" class="wp-image-12624" /></a></div>



<p>There are an endless number of apps that record audio, but only a few that do so with professional sound quality, and even fewer that will record two mics simultaneously (a critical feature if you plan to do any interviews).</p>



<p>That’s why <a href="https://backpackstudioapp.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Backpack Studio</a> is considered by so many to be the holy grail of pro-quality recording on the go. It’s only $10 and lets you export directly to your audio files and save them as an .mp3, all the while delivering killer sound quality.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>iRig Mic Lav</h3>



<div class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://www.amazon.com/IK-Multimedia-IP-IRIG-MICLAVDUAL--Condenser-Microphone/dp/B016V366SO/ref=as_li_ss_tl?ie=UTF8&amp;qid=1472808926&amp;sr=8-2&amp;keywords=irig+lavalier+mic&amp;linkCode=sl1&amp;tag=podcastmotor-20&amp;linkId=3f6567690d1790b70c3e660b36382d78" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img src="https://castos.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/iring-mic-lav.jpg" alt="iRing Mic Lav product image" class="wp-image-12625" /></a></div>



<p>When looking for a mobile microphone, you want it to be compact, durable, and capable of recording high-quality sound. The <a href="https://www.amazon.com/IK-Multimedia-IP-IRIG-MICLAVDUAL--Condenser-Microphone/dp/B016V366SO/ref=as_li_ss_tl?ie=UTF8&amp;qid=1472808926&amp;sr=8-2&amp;keywords=irig+lavalier+mic&amp;linkCode=sl1&amp;tag=podcastmotor-20&amp;linkId=3f6567690d1790b70c3e660b36382d78" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iRig Mic Lav</a> meets that criteria and then some.</p>



<p>It’s a hands-free mic that literally fits in your pocket and provides professional-quality recording for an iPhone, iPad, and Android. It’s also “chainable”, which, in human speak, means you can easily link two mics to the same device, making it super easy to record interviews.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>TwistedWave</h3>



<div class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://twistedwave.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img src="https://castos.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/twistedwave-.png" alt="TwistedWave interface product shot" class="wp-image-12626" width="350" height="211" /></a></div>



<p>You’ve got your app to record awesome content, you’ve got your mics to make it sound great, now all you need is an editor to polish it up for publishing.</p>



<p>For $10, <a href="https://twistedwave.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TwistedWave</a> offers detailed editing capabilities with a super simple, intuitive interface. Using just your fingers you can make precise, accurate selections on the screen of your phone or tablet.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Summary</h2>



<p>Oh, the liberation!</p>



<p>No longer bogged down by big bags of expensive equipment, with these three products in your pocket (literally), you can take your podcast to any conference, campsite, coffeehouse, or hotel and produce professional results.</p>



<p>While these tools are capable of producing a high-quality podcast, they’re not miracle workers. A fully-equipped studio will give you marginally better results than any mobile apps can deliver, but that’s no reason to miss the ample opportunities that come with being able to record on the go.</p>



<p>A lot of folks tend to get caught up in perfect production when that energy is better spent on quality content. Mobile podcasting will inevitably come with certain limitations but it provides an air of rawness that you might not get in a studio.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned In This Episode</h2>



<ul><li>Subscribe to the <a href="https://fearlesscamping.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Fearless Camping podcast</a></li><li>Get in touch with Rob and Jill at <a href="mailto:fearlesscamping@gmail.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">fearlesscamping[at]gmail.com</a></li><li>Subscribe to <a href="https://castos.com/audience/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audience</a></li><li>Apply to be in our <a href="https://castos.typeform.com/to/x06ShLi0" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Creator Spotlight</a> program</li></ul>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Podcasting-On-The-Go.mp3" length="18544129"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
Given podcasting’s spontaneous nature, it’s more than likely that you’ll run into a time where you want to capture a conversation that needs to be heard, but you don’t have your usual equipment with you. That’s where recording a podcast on your iPhone comes in.



On this episode of Audience, we're shifting gears to highlight Castos creators who are podcasting in unique ways. Rob and Jill from Fearless Camping are the first to join us to talk about how they record their podcast on-the-go. 



From the mountains of Pine Valley, Utah, the duo fills us in on how they produce the show from hotel rooms, the car, and campsites. Listen to the full episode to learn why you might not need the latest gear to create an incredible podcast.







Top Tips For Podcasting With An iPhone



Recording a podcast outside of a standard studio presents a new set obstacles. More noises, environmental factors, and finding a stable internet connection to name a few. But we learned from The Fearless Camping hosts that they share similar challenges to others who record inside.



Here are their top tips for podcasting in general and on the go:



Don't forget to outline: no matter where you're recording from, you can't forget to outline what an episode is about. It takes Rob and Jill no more than 10 minutes to figure out what they want to talk about before hitting record.Don't let the learning curve stop you: the beauty of recording a podcast with an iPhone is you don't need much equipment. The Fearless Camping is Rob and Jill's first try at podcasting and they found the process surprisingly easy! At just two months into their journey, they're already seasoned hosts consistently publishing new episodes.On-the-go doesn't mean unedited: just because you're recording in the wild, doesn't mean you can't go back and edit. You'll likely remove less of the ambient noise since that's part of the charm, but go ahead and cut out some of those um's and ah's.Bring online passions offline: a perk of podcasting from unique places is meeting others who share your passions. For Fearless Camping, that means educating a community of outdoor lovers about how to bring the whole family outside. Building these connections is the main goal for Jill and Rob. Planning versus serendipity: when you can record from anywhere, there is a balance between planning activities you know you want to record and letting things happen organically that become perfect podcast moments. Depending on your show's topic, you'll have to be ready for a bit of both.Bring some humanity to the show: for Fearless Camping, showing their human side came in the form of bloopers. Getting comfortable in front of the mic meant some outtakes. But rather than shelve the mistakes, they put together a short blooper reel for the end of each episode. Check out an example from their recent episode.The goal doesn't haven't to be big numbers: when you're just starting out, generating huge download numbers might not be your primary goal. For success, consider other accomplishments like educating your niche audience or creating more personal connections with them to fuel audience participation episodes.







The Best Equipment To Record A Podcast With An iPhone 



W...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/scott-goodwill-y8Ngwq34-Ak-unsplash-scaled.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:19:18</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[How To Get Featured In Apple Podcasts with Bobby Temps]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jul 2020 07:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/how-to-get-featured-in-apple-podcasts</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/how-to-get-featured-in-apple-podcasts</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>One of the biggest players in the podcasting industry is Apple Podcasts. Up to this point, they have helped dictate major shifts in podcast consumption and how podcasters create their shows. </p>



<p>Given Apple Podcasts’ popularity, it’s no surprise getting in front of their curation team can help propel a podcast to new heights. But the question is, how can I pitch my podcast to appeal to their editors? </p>



<p>This week on Audience, we’re tackling this important topic with Bobby Temps. As the co-host of <a href="https://www.mentalpodcast.co.uk/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Mental: The Podcast to Destigmatise Mental Health</a>, he has orchestrated getting his show on multiple featured podcast lists inside the popular listening app. Throughout our interview, Bobby sheds light on repeatable strategies that helped him break through the noise and impress the Apple Podcasts team. </p>



<p>But that’s not all we’re covering. At the top, we get into how the Mental podcast encourages listener participation, uses data to inform their content decisions, and why you might be missing some reviews from your international listeners.</p>



<p>Listen to the full interview now to starting pitching you podcast with more flair and to track down those reviews you may have missed.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>How has COVID-19 changed your listenership?</h2>



<p>Like many other podcasters, Bobby and his co-host, Danielle, have shifted their content strategy as a result of COVID-19. But since the show focuses on mental health, they’ve noticed the shift has primarily been driven by changes in society. </p>



<p>The goal of the podcast is to destigmatise mental health. So Bobby and his team are capitalizing on our eagerness to include mental illness alongside physical ailments in the wellness conversation. To alter content for these times, they’ve focused on practical tips listeners can put to use right now. Their mission is to help both loyal and new followers feel more confident and secure in times that are unstable.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>How Do You Encourage &amp; Incorporate Audience Participation Into The Show?</h2>



<p>Let’s start with the motivation factor. Every podcaster wants more reviews and emails with feedback from their audience. But it’s difficult to help listeners take the next step and put pen to paper. </p>



<p>To help, Bobby highlighted the tone of the Mental podcast. His team has ramped up the calls-to-action to leave a review or send a email. But they positioned their messaging around the desire to tackle subjects their audience needs help with <em>right now</em>. The authenticity of wanting to provide their listeners with timely tips didn’t go unnoticed. They received more feedback and were able to cover topics that were important to their community. </p>



<p>In times before COVID-19, the Mental podcast is one of the best examples of why <a href="https://castos.com/audience-participation-podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">audience participation</a> can make or break a show. The podcast covers the rapidly changing landscape of mental health and typically sensitive subjects. Their team understands the need to use appropriate language and phrases for each topic, but the standards shift. </p>



<p>For example, the phrase <a href="https://www.suicideinfo.ca/resource/suicideandlanguage/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">“committing suicide”</a> is no longer the most appropriate way to talk about this topic. Through conversations with their community and mental health experts, the Mental podcast team were made aware of the sensitivities and have changed the way they speak about death by suicide.</p>



<p>In addition, using audience feedback and interviews allows Bobby to include more experiences about the same topic. Even if he has experience with an issue they discuss on the show, t...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
One of the biggest players in the podcasting industry is Apple Podcasts. Up to this point, they have helped dictate major shifts in podcast consumption and how podcasters create their shows. 



Given Apple Podcasts’ popularity, it’s no surprise getting in front of their curation team can help propel a podcast to new heights. But the question is, how can I pitch my podcast to appeal to their editors? 



This week on Audience, we’re tackling this important topic with Bobby Temps. As the co-host of Mental: The Podcast to Destigmatise Mental Health, he has orchestrated getting his show on multiple featured podcast lists inside the popular listening app. Throughout our interview, Bobby sheds light on repeatable strategies that helped him break through the noise and impress the Apple Podcasts team. 



But that’s not all we’re covering. At the top, we get into how the Mental podcast encourages listener participation, uses data to inform their content decisions, and why you might be missing some reviews from your international listeners.



Listen to the full interview now to starting pitching you podcast with more flair and to track down those reviews you may have missed.







How has COVID-19 changed your listenership?



Like many other podcasters, Bobby and his co-host, Danielle, have shifted their content strategy as a result of COVID-19. But since the show focuses on mental health, they’ve noticed the shift has primarily been driven by changes in society. 



The goal of the podcast is to destigmatise mental health. So Bobby and his team are capitalizing on our eagerness to include mental illness alongside physical ailments in the wellness conversation. To alter content for these times, they’ve focused on practical tips listeners can put to use right now. Their mission is to help both loyal and new followers feel more confident and secure in times that are unstable.







How Do You Encourage & Incorporate Audience Participation Into The Show?



Let’s start with the motivation factor. Every podcaster wants more reviews and emails with feedback from their audience. But it’s difficult to help listeners take the next step and put pen to paper. 



To help, Bobby highlighted the tone of the Mental podcast. His team has ramped up the calls-to-action to leave a review or send a email. But they positioned their messaging around the desire to tackle subjects their audience needs help with right now. The authenticity of wanting to provide their listeners with timely tips didn’t go unnoticed. They received more feedback and were able to cover topics that were important to their community. 



In times before COVID-19, the Mental podcast is one of the best examples of why audience participation can make or break a show. The podcast covers the rapidly changing landscape of mental health and typically sensitive subjects. Their team understands the need to use appropriate language and phrases for each topic, but the standards shift. 



For example, the phrase “committing suicide” is no longer the most appropriate way to talk about this topic. Through conversations with their community and mental health experts, the Mental podcast team were made aware of the sensitivities and have changed the way they speak about death by suicide.



In addition, using audience feedback and interviews allows Bobby to include more experiences about the same topic. Even if he has experience with an issue they discuss on the show, t...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[How To Get Featured In Apple Podcasts with Bobby Temps]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>One of the biggest players in the podcasting industry is Apple Podcasts. Up to this point, they have helped dictate major shifts in podcast consumption and how podcasters create their shows. </p>



<p>Given Apple Podcasts’ popularity, it’s no surprise getting in front of their curation team can help propel a podcast to new heights. But the question is, how can I pitch my podcast to appeal to their editors? </p>



<p>This week on Audience, we’re tackling this important topic with Bobby Temps. As the co-host of <a href="https://www.mentalpodcast.co.uk/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Mental: The Podcast to Destigmatise Mental Health</a>, he has orchestrated getting his show on multiple featured podcast lists inside the popular listening app. Throughout our interview, Bobby sheds light on repeatable strategies that helped him break through the noise and impress the Apple Podcasts team. </p>



<p>But that’s not all we’re covering. At the top, we get into how the Mental podcast encourages listener participation, uses data to inform their content decisions, and why you might be missing some reviews from your international listeners.</p>



<p>Listen to the full interview now to starting pitching you podcast with more flair and to track down those reviews you may have missed.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>How has COVID-19 changed your listenership?</h2>



<p>Like many other podcasters, Bobby and his co-host, Danielle, have shifted their content strategy as a result of COVID-19. But since the show focuses on mental health, they’ve noticed the shift has primarily been driven by changes in society. </p>



<p>The goal of the podcast is to destigmatise mental health. So Bobby and his team are capitalizing on our eagerness to include mental illness alongside physical ailments in the wellness conversation. To alter content for these times, they’ve focused on practical tips listeners can put to use right now. Their mission is to help both loyal and new followers feel more confident and secure in times that are unstable.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>How Do You Encourage &amp; Incorporate Audience Participation Into The Show?</h2>



<p>Let’s start with the motivation factor. Every podcaster wants more reviews and emails with feedback from their audience. But it’s difficult to help listeners take the next step and put pen to paper. </p>



<p>To help, Bobby highlighted the tone of the Mental podcast. His team has ramped up the calls-to-action to leave a review or send a email. But they positioned their messaging around the desire to tackle subjects their audience needs help with <em>right now</em>. The authenticity of wanting to provide their listeners with timely tips didn’t go unnoticed. They received more feedback and were able to cover topics that were important to their community. </p>



<p>In times before COVID-19, the Mental podcast is one of the best examples of why <a href="https://castos.com/audience-participation-podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">audience participation</a> can make or break a show. The podcast covers the rapidly changing landscape of mental health and typically sensitive subjects. Their team understands the need to use appropriate language and phrases for each topic, but the standards shift. </p>



<p>For example, the phrase <a href="https://www.suicideinfo.ca/resource/suicideandlanguage/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">“committing suicide”</a> is no longer the most appropriate way to talk about this topic. Through conversations with their community and mental health experts, the Mental podcast team were made aware of the sensitivities and have changed the way they speak about death by suicide.</p>



<p>In addition, using audience feedback and interviews allows Bobby to include more experiences about the same topic. Even if he has experience with an issue they discuss on the show, they’re cognizant about the fact that it doesn’t mean he can talk about <em>everybody’s </em>experience. In having the community chime in with their thoughts, they’re able to cover the more mental health topics in more detail.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Do You Have Any Tips To Better Prepare For An Interview?</h2>



<p>Bobby takes a person-centered approach and if you think about other great interviewers, they all do too. The person-centered approach has the host view themselves as the facilitator for the guest to share their story. The focus is on how the host can do the best job at creating a safe space. </p>



<p>While an interview is a more structured conversation, it’s still a conversation first. In the research phase, Bobby tries to find the balance of being knowledgable about the story but not over researching. You may be scratching your head but think about it from the listener’s perspective. </p>



<p>His guests are often telling surprising and emotion-filled stories. If Bobby knows every twist and turn, when the story reaches its climax he has to feign surprise. As a listener, it’s obvious when someone already knows the punchline. But by allowing the guest to tell him these details live on air, he’s finding out the information at the same time as the audience. The listener realizes they’re having the same reaction as Bobby and he then asks the follow up questions that are likely on their mind. These elements of surprise and authentic emotion amp up the listener’s experience and makes them feel part of the show.</p>



<p>During the interview, Bobby employs another person-centered strategy called mirroring. Here he uses the same language as the guest to repeat their story back to them, but in his words and from his point of view. Not only does it help the interview keep its pace, but it signals to the guest that he’s listening which helps create their safe space. For guests who aren’t seasoned public speakers, there’s an added benefit. When they hear their story repeated back, it can help trigger a realization and cause them to elaborate more. In these elaborations, they often have real-time epiphanies where they’re figuring out something live on the show. These moments are beloved by the Mental podcast community and is one reason they love to tune in.</p>



<p>The last tip helps to keep listeners engaged during the interview. For guests, it’s easy to forget that podcasts are audio only. You miss the visual cues and aides that help public speakers get their point across. To combat this, it’s the host’s job to translate hand gestures or body language to make listeners feel like they’re included in the conversation. Also, try addressing your audience by name. Call outs like “this is something I want to repeat for our listeners” is a great way to call attention the information that will help them grasp the topic.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>How Can I Get My Show Featured On Apple Podcasts?</h2>



<p>Mental has been featured across numerous Apple Podcasts curated lists and noteworthy sections. But it wasn’t an accident, it was by design.</p>



<p>As the show began to grow organically and the team refined each episode, Bobby started regularly pitching Apple Podcasts. His pitch described the show and why it was worthy of being included in their highly sought after featured lists. And it worked. Mental has been included in a COVID-19 Essential Listening roundup and multiple mental health must-listen lists. </p>



<p>So how can you repeat Bobby’s strategy for your own podcast? Here’s what to consider to be featured on Apple Podcasts.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>How to pitch Apple Podcasts</h3>



<p>The best way to pitch a podcast to Apple’s editorial team is via their <a href="https://airtable.com/shrwaPEPlJn8EcE4h" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Promotion Request form</a>. </p>



<p>Tailor your pitch to what the Apple Podcasts’ team is looking for in addition to explaining why your show is great. Tactics that have worked for Bobby include:</p>



<ul><li>Mentioning your guest interviews on other podcasts that Apple has featured in the past</li><li>Highlighting upcoming content angles that match consumer listening trends</li><li>Detailing why your podcast is a peer to the other shows Apple has recommended in your niche</li><li>Mentioning your podcast’s ranking in your niche if it’s a competitive position</li><li>Talking about how you promote your Apple Podcasts’ subscribe links to your community (remember, Apple Podcasts is interested in featuring great content but they’re also looking for more users too)</li><li>Including links to any other roundups your show appears in to offer social proof that your podcast is noteworthy</li></ul>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Apple Podcasts’ main carousel &amp; category recommendations</h3>



<p>Apple Podcasts has two main curated lists to recommend interesting podcasts. It’s important to recognize the differences so you can craft the best pitch possible.</p>



<p>The first option is being featured in the front page carousel. When users log into the app, this is the first screen they’ll see. Due to the prime real estate, this is a tougher spot to snag. Bobby suggests two tactics for this main carousel based on his insider knowledge.</p>



<p>Tip number one is to focus on more timely content. The Apple team is looking for episodes and shows that talk about specific trends that people are talking about in any given week. For example, as Pride month approaches they include roundups of the best LBGTQ+ content out there. If your podcast touches this niche, it’s best to send your pitch in May to align with Pride month in June. </p>



<p>Tip number 2 is to consider global trends. A lesser known fact is Apple Podcasts’ featured lists are country specific. You’ll need to pitch their UK <em>and</em> US editors to be featured in each location. Capitalize on an international trend to gain followers from outside of the United States.</p>



<p>The second option is being featured in category specific recommendations. This is the easier spot to secure because you’re competing with a smaller subset of shows. Also, editors add new additions to their lists on an ad-hoc basis. Since you aren’t pigeon-holed to timely trends, you can submit this pitch at any time. But it still needs to have all the key elements mentioned above to stand out from the pack.</p>



<p>Bobby also recommends leaning into showing why your podcast is relevant to the other shows in your category. This is why choosing the right <a href="https://castos.com/how-to-start-a-podcast/#how-to-choose-the-right-podcast-categories" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast categories</a> is an important decision.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Am I Missing Some Of My Podcast’s Reviews?</h2>



<p>Did you know Apple Podcasts sorts listener reviews by country? When you view your listing from the United States, you’re only seeing US based reviews. But if you log in from London, the review section will update to UK based reviews. </p>



<p>With asking listeners to leave a review, you might have missed your international follower’s kind words. If you have a global audience or want to build one, remember these tips:</p>



<p><a href="https://chartable.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Chartable</a> not only lets you keep an eye on your podcast’s rankings. It also pulls together all of your recent reviews into one place. You can use their dashboard as a one stop shop to analyze your show’s performance and global reviews.</p>



<p>If you don’t want to pay for Chartable’s services, there’s a way to do it for free. On a desktop, got to your show’s listing on Apple Podcasts using any browser. The URL will look like <code><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/audience/id1491047450">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/audience/id1491047450</a></code> (this is Audience’s listing). Notice the <code>/us/</code> right in the middle of the link. That’s the country code that automatically populates depending on where you’re located. </p>



<p>To see your listing in another country, simply change that country code. For example, to view Audience as a UK based user, the link would be <code><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/gb/podcast/audience/id1491047450" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://podcasts.apple.com/gb/podcast/audience/id1491047450</a></code>. Noticed we included <code>/gb/</code> instead of <code>/us/</code>. When we compare the review section, our US listing has 7 reviews and our UK version has 2. </p>



<p>After working so hard to motivate your listeners to leave a review, make sure to do the due diligence on your side to read them all. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned In This Episode</h2>



<ul><li>Subscribe to <a href="https://www.mentalpodcast.co.uk/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Mental: The Podcast to Destigmatise Mental Health</a> </li><li>Fill out <a href="https://airtable.com/shrwaPEPlJn8EcE4h" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apple Podcasts Promotion Request form</a> to pitch your podcast (Read more about their submission guidelines <a href="https://itunespartner.apple.com/podcasts/articles/apple-podcasts-storefront_promotional-feature-requests" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a>)</li><li>Check out <a href="https://chartable.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Chartable</a></li><li>Subscribe to <a href="https://castos.com/audience/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audience</a></li></ul>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/How-To-Get-Featured-In-Apple-Podcasts.mp3" length="37755648"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
One of the biggest players in the podcasting industry is Apple Podcasts. Up to this point, they have helped dictate major shifts in podcast consumption and how podcasters create their shows. 



Given Apple Podcasts’ popularity, it’s no surprise getting in front of their curation team can help propel a podcast to new heights. But the question is, how can I pitch my podcast to appeal to their editors? 



This week on Audience, we’re tackling this important topic with Bobby Temps. As the co-host of Mental: The Podcast to Destigmatise Mental Health, he has orchestrated getting his show on multiple featured podcast lists inside the popular listening app. Throughout our interview, Bobby sheds light on repeatable strategies that helped him break through the noise and impress the Apple Podcasts team. 



But that’s not all we’re covering. At the top, we get into how the Mental podcast encourages listener participation, uses data to inform their content decisions, and why you might be missing some reviews from your international listeners.



Listen to the full interview now to starting pitching you podcast with more flair and to track down those reviews you may have missed.







How has COVID-19 changed your listenership?



Like many other podcasters, Bobby and his co-host, Danielle, have shifted their content strategy as a result of COVID-19. But since the show focuses on mental health, they’ve noticed the shift has primarily been driven by changes in society. 



The goal of the podcast is to destigmatise mental health. So Bobby and his team are capitalizing on our eagerness to include mental illness alongside physical ailments in the wellness conversation. To alter content for these times, they’ve focused on practical tips listeners can put to use right now. Their mission is to help both loyal and new followers feel more confident and secure in times that are unstable.







How Do You Encourage & Incorporate Audience Participation Into The Show?



Let’s start with the motivation factor. Every podcaster wants more reviews and emails with feedback from their audience. But it’s difficult to help listeners take the next step and put pen to paper. 



To help, Bobby highlighted the tone of the Mental podcast. His team has ramped up the calls-to-action to leave a review or send a email. But they positioned their messaging around the desire to tackle subjects their audience needs help with right now. The authenticity of wanting to provide their listeners with timely tips didn’t go unnoticed. They received more feedback and were able to cover topics that were important to their community. 



In times before COVID-19, the Mental podcast is one of the best examples of why audience participation can make or break a show. The podcast covers the rapidly changing landscape of mental health and typically sensitive subjects. Their team understands the need to use appropriate language and phrases for each topic, but the standards shift. 



For example, the phrase “committing suicide” is no longer the most appropriate way to talk about this topic. Through conversations with their community and mental health experts, the Mental podcast team were made aware of the sensitivities and have changed the way they speak about death by suicide.



In addition, using audience feedback and interviews allows Bobby to include more experiences about the same topic. Even if he has experience with an issue they discuss on the show, t...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/Screen-Shot-2020-07-29-at-12.08.02-PM.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:39:19</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[More Podcasting Questions Answered]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jul 2020 11:07:05 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/more-podcasting-questions-answered</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/more-podcasting-questions-answered</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>Class is back in session on our latest Audience episode! This week, we’re taking it back to our community.</p>



<p>Across our Facebook groups and in conversations with customers, we hear a lot of great questions. Some that we’ve never thought of and others that frequently stump newbie podcasters. In our latest episode, we brought in five questions that we think don’t get enough air time.</p>



<p>But first, some exciting announcements with our company and platform. The first is that we announced our sister company, Podcast Motor, is moving under the Castos umbrella to help power <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-editing-service/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos Productions</a>. </p>



<p>We’re also excited to introduce a new member of the Castos team, <a href="https://castos.com/central/welcoming-matt-medeiros/">Matt Medeiros</a>. Host of the Matt Report and long time member of the WordPress community, you’ll hear from him in our future Audience episodes. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Your Podcasting Questions Answered</h2>



<p>Dipping into our community of podcasters to answer questions about their pain points is why we’re here. So we dove into our Facebook groups and customer inquiries for this latest set of burning podcast questions. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Do you recommend seasons for a podcast?</h3>



<p>Seasons is a term that Apple introduced a few years back to group episodes together within a single RSS feed. Typically, the episodes makes sense together and follow a similar topic or storyline.</p>



<p>For podcasts that have a story arc, chronological time sequence, or follow a time-sensitive activity, seasons make sense. It’s a way to logically order episodes and give your audience a more seamless listening experience.</p>



<p>Another factor to consider is using seasons to build in a break. Having a logical end to a group of episodes offers an opportunity to take a break from publishing new episodes. While our advice typically is to consistently produce content to keep an audience engaged, seasons can help manage expectations. Remind listeners that the season is XYZ episodes long and to expect new content a few weeks after the final chapter is published. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Do you suggest recapping previous seasons before introducing a subsequent season?</h3>



<p>What’s the first thing that happens when a new season of any TV show premieres? A montage of the drama and climaxes aires first to remind viewers what happened leading up to the first episode.</p>



<p>This tactic is perfect for podcast seasons too. Highlight the key players, bring people up to speed, and orient them on where you left off. It allows listeners to follow along more easily and have some background before diving into your latest episodes. </p>



<p>To create a recap intro, pull soundbites from episodes from the previous season. It can be repurposed for promotional materials to bring buzz to the upcoming season and entice new listeners to explore your back catalog. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Any advice on reaching out to celebrities or notable personas to share your show?</h3>



<p>Whether your guests are minor or major celebrities (or not celebrities at all), our stance is that you need to provide value to the person you’re pitching. When an interesting article, YouTube video, or podcast episode catches our eye, the first instinct is to share it. Finding the niche value your content provides is where you can unlock virality.</p>



<p>When pitching someone, specifically call attention to the value the content provides. An unexpected quote that directly aligns to the person or a piece of data that supports their point of view are personal ways to grab their attention. Create beautiful assets and include them with your pitch t...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
Class is back in session on our latest Audience episode! This week, we’re taking it back to our community.



Across our Facebook groups and in conversations with customers, we hear a lot of great questions. Some that we’ve never thought of and others that frequently stump newbie podcasters. In our latest episode, we brought in five questions that we think don’t get enough air time.



But first, some exciting announcements with our company and platform. The first is that we announced our sister company, Podcast Motor, is moving under the Castos umbrella to help power Castos Productions. 



We’re also excited to introduce a new member of the Castos team, Matt Medeiros. Host of the Matt Report and long time member of the WordPress community, you’ll hear from him in our future Audience episodes. 







Your Podcasting Questions Answered



Dipping into our community of podcasters to answer questions about their pain points is why we’re here. So we dove into our Facebook groups and customer inquiries for this latest set of burning podcast questions. 







Do you recommend seasons for a podcast?



Seasons is a term that Apple introduced a few years back to group episodes together within a single RSS feed. Typically, the episodes makes sense together and follow a similar topic or storyline.



For podcasts that have a story arc, chronological time sequence, or follow a time-sensitive activity, seasons make sense. It’s a way to logically order episodes and give your audience a more seamless listening experience.



Another factor to consider is using seasons to build in a break. Having a logical end to a group of episodes offers an opportunity to take a break from publishing new episodes. While our advice typically is to consistently produce content to keep an audience engaged, seasons can help manage expectations. Remind listeners that the season is XYZ episodes long and to expect new content a few weeks after the final chapter is published. 







Do you suggest recapping previous seasons before introducing a subsequent season?



What’s the first thing that happens when a new season of any TV show premieres? A montage of the drama and climaxes aires first to remind viewers what happened leading up to the first episode.



This tactic is perfect for podcast seasons too. Highlight the key players, bring people up to speed, and orient them on where you left off. It allows listeners to follow along more easily and have some background before diving into your latest episodes. 



To create a recap intro, pull soundbites from episodes from the previous season. It can be repurposed for promotional materials to bring buzz to the upcoming season and entice new listeners to explore your back catalog. 







Any advice on reaching out to celebrities or notable personas to share your show?



Whether your guests are minor or major celebrities (or not celebrities at all), our stance is that you need to provide value to the person you’re pitching. When an interesting article, YouTube video, or podcast episode catches our eye, the first instinct is to share it. Finding the niche value your content provides is where you can unlock virality.



When pitching someone, specifically call attention to the value the content provides. An unexpected quote that directly aligns to the person or a piece of data that supports their point of view are personal ways to grab their attention. Create beautiful assets and include them with your pitch t...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[More Podcasting Questions Answered]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>Class is back in session on our latest Audience episode! This week, we’re taking it back to our community.</p>



<p>Across our Facebook groups and in conversations with customers, we hear a lot of great questions. Some that we’ve never thought of and others that frequently stump newbie podcasters. In our latest episode, we brought in five questions that we think don’t get enough air time.</p>



<p>But first, some exciting announcements with our company and platform. The first is that we announced our sister company, Podcast Motor, is moving under the Castos umbrella to help power <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-editing-service/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos Productions</a>. </p>



<p>We’re also excited to introduce a new member of the Castos team, <a href="https://castos.com/central/welcoming-matt-medeiros/">Matt Medeiros</a>. Host of the Matt Report and long time member of the WordPress community, you’ll hear from him in our future Audience episodes. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Your Podcasting Questions Answered</h2>



<p>Dipping into our community of podcasters to answer questions about their pain points is why we’re here. So we dove into our Facebook groups and customer inquiries for this latest set of burning podcast questions. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Do you recommend seasons for a podcast?</h3>



<p>Seasons is a term that Apple introduced a few years back to group episodes together within a single RSS feed. Typically, the episodes makes sense together and follow a similar topic or storyline.</p>



<p>For podcasts that have a story arc, chronological time sequence, or follow a time-sensitive activity, seasons make sense. It’s a way to logically order episodes and give your audience a more seamless listening experience.</p>



<p>Another factor to consider is using seasons to build in a break. Having a logical end to a group of episodes offers an opportunity to take a break from publishing new episodes. While our advice typically is to consistently produce content to keep an audience engaged, seasons can help manage expectations. Remind listeners that the season is XYZ episodes long and to expect new content a few weeks after the final chapter is published. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Do you suggest recapping previous seasons before introducing a subsequent season?</h3>



<p>What’s the first thing that happens when a new season of any TV show premieres? A montage of the drama and climaxes aires first to remind viewers what happened leading up to the first episode.</p>



<p>This tactic is perfect for podcast seasons too. Highlight the key players, bring people up to speed, and orient them on where you left off. It allows listeners to follow along more easily and have some background before diving into your latest episodes. </p>



<p>To create a recap intro, pull soundbites from episodes from the previous season. It can be repurposed for promotional materials to bring buzz to the upcoming season and entice new listeners to explore your back catalog. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Any advice on reaching out to celebrities or notable personas to share your show?</h3>



<p>Whether your guests are minor or major celebrities (or not celebrities at all), our stance is that you need to provide value to the person you’re pitching. When an interesting article, YouTube video, or podcast episode catches our eye, the first instinct is to share it. Finding the niche value your content provides is where you can unlock virality.</p>



<p>When pitching someone, specifically call attention to the value the content provides. An unexpected quote that directly aligns to the person or a piece of data that supports their point of view are personal ways to grab their attention. Create beautiful assets and include them with your pitch to make it super simple for your target to share.  </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Is it possible to change your podcast cover art? And when is it a good idea?</h3>



<p>The answer to “is this possible?” is absolutely. If you use Castos or <a href="https://castos.com/how-castos-and-seriously-simple-podcasting-work-together/">Seriously Simple Podcasting</a>, you can change your <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-cover-art/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">cover art</a> image at any time. Directories like Spotify and Apple Podcasts take a few hours to refresh a podcast’s artwork.</p>



<p>One note to help you avoid some headaches. Name the new cover art image with a different file name than the one you’re replacing. It’s a trigger to the directories that you uploaded a new image. </p>



<p>So is it a good idea? We think yes. Your podcast is a living thing. It evolves, serves new purposes, and grows up as you continue creating more content. To keep up with a refreshed sound, a refreshed cover art image is a good idea. If the idea and theme that your podcast serves changes over time, then it’s time to update your artwork. </p>



<p>As always, keep the audience abreast of the upcoming change so they can continue easily finding your show. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>What service do you recommend for transcriptions?</h3>



<p>We’re a bit biased for this answer because Castos offers pay-as-you-go <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-transcription/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">transcriptions</a> services right within your dashboard. It starts at $0.10/minute and it’s an automated service that will transcribe each newly uploaded episode. You can download full PDFs and edit the final transcription. </p>



<p>Another tool that we like is called <a href="https://www.descript.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Descript</a>. It’s an audio editing and transcription tool that lets you add music and sound effects. You can edit the transcription and the tool will edit the audio as well!</p>



<p>If 100% accurate transcriptions are what you’re after, consider a human transcriber. The price starts at $1.00/minute but you can guarantee there won’t be any answers. We like <a href="https://www.rev.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rev</a> as our preferred tool but you could also go to <a href="https://www.fiverr.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Fiverr</a> for more options.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned In This Episode</h2>



<ul><li>Subscribe to <a href="https://castos.com/audience/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audience</a></li><li>Learn more about <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-editing-service-thepodcasthost/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos Productions</a></li><li>Learn more about Castos’ automatic <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-transcription/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">transcriptions</a></li><li>Check out <a href="https://www.descript.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Descript</a></li><li>Check out <a href="https://www.rev.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rev</a></li></ul>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Q-A-from-our-Podcast-Hackers-Group.mp3" length="18509451"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
Class is back in session on our latest Audience episode! This week, we’re taking it back to our community.



Across our Facebook groups and in conversations with customers, we hear a lot of great questions. Some that we’ve never thought of and others that frequently stump newbie podcasters. In our latest episode, we brought in five questions that we think don’t get enough air time.



But first, some exciting announcements with our company and platform. The first is that we announced our sister company, Podcast Motor, is moving under the Castos umbrella to help power Castos Productions. 



We’re also excited to introduce a new member of the Castos team, Matt Medeiros. Host of the Matt Report and long time member of the WordPress community, you’ll hear from him in our future Audience episodes. 







Your Podcasting Questions Answered



Dipping into our community of podcasters to answer questions about their pain points is why we’re here. So we dove into our Facebook groups and customer inquiries for this latest set of burning podcast questions. 







Do you recommend seasons for a podcast?



Seasons is a term that Apple introduced a few years back to group episodes together within a single RSS feed. Typically, the episodes makes sense together and follow a similar topic or storyline.



For podcasts that have a story arc, chronological time sequence, or follow a time-sensitive activity, seasons make sense. It’s a way to logically order episodes and give your audience a more seamless listening experience.



Another factor to consider is using seasons to build in a break. Having a logical end to a group of episodes offers an opportunity to take a break from publishing new episodes. While our advice typically is to consistently produce content to keep an audience engaged, seasons can help manage expectations. Remind listeners that the season is XYZ episodes long and to expect new content a few weeks after the final chapter is published. 







Do you suggest recapping previous seasons before introducing a subsequent season?



What’s the first thing that happens when a new season of any TV show premieres? A montage of the drama and climaxes aires first to remind viewers what happened leading up to the first episode.



This tactic is perfect for podcast seasons too. Highlight the key players, bring people up to speed, and orient them on where you left off. It allows listeners to follow along more easily and have some background before diving into your latest episodes. 



To create a recap intro, pull soundbites from episodes from the previous season. It can be repurposed for promotional materials to bring buzz to the upcoming season and entice new listeners to explore your back catalog. 







Any advice on reaching out to celebrities or notable personas to share your show?



Whether your guests are minor or major celebrities (or not celebrities at all), our stance is that you need to provide value to the person you’re pitching. When an interesting article, YouTube video, or podcast episode catches our eye, the first instinct is to share it. Finding the niche value your content provides is where you can unlock virality.



When pitching someone, specifically call attention to the value the content provides. An unexpected quote that directly aligns to the person or a piece of data that supports their point of view are personal ways to grab their attention. Create beautiful assets and include them with your pitch t...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/ivan-aleksic-PDRFeeDniCk-unsplash-scaled.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:19:16</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[How Covid-19 May Change Podcasting Forever with Tom Webster]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 25 Jun 2020 10:01:33 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/how-covid-19-may-change-podcasting-forever-with-tom-webster</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/how-covid-19-may-change-podcasting-forever-with-tom-webster</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>There’s no doubt that the Coronavirus pandemic has changed many of our lives, and for some aspects of our lives this may be a permanent change. </p>



<p>Our guest on Audience this week is Tom Webster from Edison Research, the company behind the industry-leading Infinite Dial survey.</p>



<p>In an earlier episode we recapped some of the <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/podcast-statistics/">biggest takeaways from the 2020 Infinite Dial survey</a>, and thought we HAD to have Tom on the podcast to talk through some more of his interpretations of the data there, and what has changed since that time. The fact is that many of the lifestyle changes that we and our audiences have seen as a result of Coronavirus are here to stay and things won’t be returning back to “normal”. </p>



<p>Here are some of the hard facts about listener behaviors as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic:</p>



<ul><li>Commutes to work or school have gone down – this is the #1 way and place that people listen to podcasts.</li><li>Following external analytic tools like Podtrac and Chartable are great for Downloads, but may not tell the whole story from talking to actual listeners. Their behaviors are changing in different ways.</li><li>Listening on smart speakers like Amazon Alexa has increased substantially as people are listening to podcasts in groups and at their homes.</li><li>Initially, there was a big movement to news-based podcasts, but as the news overload settled in there was a movement away from it.</li></ul>



<p>Tom likens the disruption caused by Covid to a snow globe where once you shake it up the “snowflakes” of our lives go up in the air and sometimes don’t settle back down where they came from originally. That’s the theme that we’re following as we go forward with our shows.</p>



<p>But in many ways, the open question is: what will stay the same and what will be permanently changed. And largely this question remains unanswered.</p>



<h3>Changes In Listener Patterns</h3>



<p>A question we can ask ourselves to help our audience better understand where our podcast can live into their lives is where and when will our listeners tune into our shows. Thinking about traditional radio always having a time and place that people listened, many of us can think about framing our shows the same way.  Your show could be “The show to listen to on your Saturday morning walk”. This engrains this behavior in your listeners minds and behaviors.</p>



<p>As the industry saw the biggest change in behavior around podcast advertising at the beginning of the Covid-19 pandemic this medium is coming back already, but in a different way.</p>



<h3>How Advertising Is Changing</h3>



<p>Many advertisers and media buyers are moving to more “safe” forms of advertising. For some media buyers and sponsors the need to have more established media through which to advertise and reach audiences may increase. Things like Google Adwords and Facebook ads where more data is available around the targeting of the audiences that your ads are targeting may be a more “sure bet” for companies trying to spread the word about their brand.</p>



<h3>What Affects Is Spotify Having On The Industry</h3>



<p>We discuss the move of the Joe Rogan show to Spotify. As Rogan had significant listenership on YouTube that channel could be one of the places that he could lose a portion of his audience. But, the upside of gaining access to an entirely new distribution channel in the Spotify platform is a huge benefit.</p>



<p>In general for listeners the move of The Joe Rogan show to Spotify could give one less reason for audience members to pick up a conventional podcasting app like Apple Podcasts or Overcast.</p>



<p>The other thing that may be a bigger impact is on the data that the Spotify platform has on its listeners and that availability to advertisers. Knowing the location, age, gender, and other demographics about listeners could mean more targeted and better-aligned ads...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
There’s no doubt that the Coronavirus pandemic has changed many of our lives, and for some aspects of our lives this may be a permanent change. 



Our guest on Audience this week is Tom Webster from Edison Research, the company behind the industry-leading Infinite Dial survey.



In an earlier episode we recapped some of the biggest takeaways from the 2020 Infinite Dial survey, and thought we HAD to have Tom on the podcast to talk through some more of his interpretations of the data there, and what has changed since that time. The fact is that many of the lifestyle changes that we and our audiences have seen as a result of Coronavirus are here to stay and things won’t be returning back to “normal”. 



Here are some of the hard facts about listener behaviors as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic:



Commutes to work or school have gone down – this is the #1 way and place that people listen to podcasts.Following external analytic tools like Podtrac and Chartable are great for Downloads, but may not tell the whole story from talking to actual listeners. Their behaviors are changing in different ways.Listening on smart speakers like Amazon Alexa has increased substantially as people are listening to podcasts in groups and at their homes.Initially, there was a big movement to news-based podcasts, but as the news overload settled in there was a movement away from it.



Tom likens the disruption caused by Covid to a snow globe where once you shake it up the “snowflakes” of our lives go up in the air and sometimes don’t settle back down where they came from originally. That’s the theme that we’re following as we go forward with our shows.



But in many ways, the open question is: what will stay the same and what will be permanently changed. And largely this question remains unanswered.



Changes In Listener Patterns



A question we can ask ourselves to help our audience better understand where our podcast can live into their lives is where and when will our listeners tune into our shows. Thinking about traditional radio always having a time and place that people listened, many of us can think about framing our shows the same way.  Your show could be “The show to listen to on your Saturday morning walk”. This engrains this behavior in your listeners minds and behaviors.



As the industry saw the biggest change in behavior around podcast advertising at the beginning of the Covid-19 pandemic this medium is coming back already, but in a different way.



How Advertising Is Changing



Many advertisers and media buyers are moving to more “safe” forms of advertising. For some media buyers and sponsors the need to have more established media through which to advertise and reach audiences may increase. Things like Google Adwords and Facebook ads where more data is available around the targeting of the audiences that your ads are targeting may be a more “sure bet” for companies trying to spread the word about their brand.



What Affects Is Spotify Having On The Industry



We discuss the move of the Joe Rogan show to Spotify. As Rogan had significant listenership on YouTube that channel could be one of the places that he could lose a portion of his audience. But, the upside of gaining access to an entirely new distribution channel in the Spotify platform is a huge benefit.



In general for listeners the move of The Joe Rogan show to Spotify could give one less reason for audience members to pick up a conventional podcasting app like Apple Podcasts or Overcast.



The other thing that may be a bigger impact is on the data that the Spotify platform has on its listeners and that availability to advertisers. Knowing the location, age, gender, and other demographics about listeners could mean more targeted and better-aligned ads...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[How Covid-19 May Change Podcasting Forever with Tom Webster]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>There’s no doubt that the Coronavirus pandemic has changed many of our lives, and for some aspects of our lives this may be a permanent change. </p>



<p>Our guest on Audience this week is Tom Webster from Edison Research, the company behind the industry-leading Infinite Dial survey.</p>



<p>In an earlier episode we recapped some of the <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/podcast-statistics/">biggest takeaways from the 2020 Infinite Dial survey</a>, and thought we HAD to have Tom on the podcast to talk through some more of his interpretations of the data there, and what has changed since that time. The fact is that many of the lifestyle changes that we and our audiences have seen as a result of Coronavirus are here to stay and things won’t be returning back to “normal”. </p>



<p>Here are some of the hard facts about listener behaviors as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic:</p>



<ul><li>Commutes to work or school have gone down – this is the #1 way and place that people listen to podcasts.</li><li>Following external analytic tools like Podtrac and Chartable are great for Downloads, but may not tell the whole story from talking to actual listeners. Their behaviors are changing in different ways.</li><li>Listening on smart speakers like Amazon Alexa has increased substantially as people are listening to podcasts in groups and at their homes.</li><li>Initially, there was a big movement to news-based podcasts, but as the news overload settled in there was a movement away from it.</li></ul>



<p>Tom likens the disruption caused by Covid to a snow globe where once you shake it up the “snowflakes” of our lives go up in the air and sometimes don’t settle back down where they came from originally. That’s the theme that we’re following as we go forward with our shows.</p>



<p>But in many ways, the open question is: what will stay the same and what will be permanently changed. And largely this question remains unanswered.</p>



<h3>Changes In Listener Patterns</h3>



<p>A question we can ask ourselves to help our audience better understand where our podcast can live into their lives is where and when will our listeners tune into our shows. Thinking about traditional radio always having a time and place that people listened, many of us can think about framing our shows the same way.  Your show could be “The show to listen to on your Saturday morning walk”. This engrains this behavior in your listeners minds and behaviors.</p>



<p>As the industry saw the biggest change in behavior around podcast advertising at the beginning of the Covid-19 pandemic this medium is coming back already, but in a different way.</p>



<h3>How Advertising Is Changing</h3>



<p>Many advertisers and media buyers are moving to more “safe” forms of advertising. For some media buyers and sponsors the need to have more established media through which to advertise and reach audiences may increase. Things like Google Adwords and Facebook ads where more data is available around the targeting of the audiences that your ads are targeting may be a more “sure bet” for companies trying to spread the word about their brand.</p>



<h3>What Affects Is Spotify Having On The Industry</h3>



<p>We discuss the move of the Joe Rogan show to Spotify. As Rogan had significant listenership on YouTube that channel could be one of the places that he could lose a portion of his audience. But, the upside of gaining access to an entirely new distribution channel in the Spotify platform is a huge benefit.</p>



<p>In general for listeners the move of The Joe Rogan show to Spotify could give one less reason for audience members to pick up a conventional podcasting app like Apple Podcasts or Overcast.</p>



<p>The other thing that may be a bigger impact is on the data that the Spotify platform has on its listeners and that availability to advertisers. Knowing the location, age, gender, and other demographics about listeners could mean more targeted and better-aligned ads served to listeners than could be available through traditional RSS based open platforms.</p>



<p>Spotify is far and away this biggest growth engine of the younger demographics both in the US and abroad.  As the popularity of the platform increases an even bigger growth of people finding podcasts for the first time may occur. This is because it is not “just” a podcasting platform, it’s a place where people listen to music and other types of audio.</p>



<p>Tom shares his insights and looks into his crystal ball around both the existing direct response advertising that already happens in podcasts as well as the membership and paid subscription model where listeners directly support shows.</p>



<p>The future of models like Patreon and other similar models is yet to be determined but as the movement to online communities and connectedness continues it reasons that these types of avenues will continue to gain acceptance.</p>



<h3>Connect With Tom</h3>



<ul><li><a href="https://tomwebster.substack.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">I Hear Things</a></li><li><a href="https://twitter.com/webby2001?lang=en" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tom on Twitter</a></li><li><a href="https://edisonresearch.com">Edison Research</a></li></ul>



<p></p>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Audience-Tom-Webster-Edison-Research.mp3" length="34169335"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
There’s no doubt that the Coronavirus pandemic has changed many of our lives, and for some aspects of our lives this may be a permanent change. 



Our guest on Audience this week is Tom Webster from Edison Research, the company behind the industry-leading Infinite Dial survey.



In an earlier episode we recapped some of the biggest takeaways from the 2020 Infinite Dial survey, and thought we HAD to have Tom on the podcast to talk through some more of his interpretations of the data there, and what has changed since that time. The fact is that many of the lifestyle changes that we and our audiences have seen as a result of Coronavirus are here to stay and things won’t be returning back to “normal”. 



Here are some of the hard facts about listener behaviors as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic:



Commutes to work or school have gone down – this is the #1 way and place that people listen to podcasts.Following external analytic tools like Podtrac and Chartable are great for Downloads, but may not tell the whole story from talking to actual listeners. Their behaviors are changing in different ways.Listening on smart speakers like Amazon Alexa has increased substantially as people are listening to podcasts in groups and at their homes.Initially, there was a big movement to news-based podcasts, but as the news overload settled in there was a movement away from it.



Tom likens the disruption caused by Covid to a snow globe where once you shake it up the “snowflakes” of our lives go up in the air and sometimes don’t settle back down where they came from originally. That’s the theme that we’re following as we go forward with our shows.



But in many ways, the open question is: what will stay the same and what will be permanently changed. And largely this question remains unanswered.



Changes In Listener Patterns



A question we can ask ourselves to help our audience better understand where our podcast can live into their lives is where and when will our listeners tune into our shows. Thinking about traditional radio always having a time and place that people listened, many of us can think about framing our shows the same way.  Your show could be “The show to listen to on your Saturday morning walk”. This engrains this behavior in your listeners minds and behaviors.



As the industry saw the biggest change in behavior around podcast advertising at the beginning of the Covid-19 pandemic this medium is coming back already, but in a different way.



How Advertising Is Changing



Many advertisers and media buyers are moving to more “safe” forms of advertising. For some media buyers and sponsors the need to have more established media through which to advertise and reach audiences may increase. Things like Google Adwords and Facebook ads where more data is available around the targeting of the audiences that your ads are targeting may be a more “sure bet” for companies trying to spread the word about their brand.



What Affects Is Spotify Having On The Industry



We discuss the move of the Joe Rogan show to Spotify. As Rogan had significant listenership on YouTube that channel could be one of the places that he could lose a portion of his audience. But, the upside of gaining access to an entirely new distribution channel in the Spotify platform is a huge benefit.



In general for listeners the move of The Joe Rogan show to Spotify could give one less reason for audience members to pick up a conventional podcasting app like Apple Podcasts or Overcast.



The other thing that may be a bigger impact is on the data that the Spotify platform has on its listeners and that availability to advertisers. Knowing the location, age, gender, and other demographics about listeners could mean more targeted and better-aligned ads...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/audience-tom-webster.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:35:35</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Creating A Diverse Podcast Publication With Ashley And Galen From Bello Collective]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jun 2020 07:00:41 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/bello-collective</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/bello-collective</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>As with many new hobbies, a fair bit of research and reading is required to figure out the best way to start. Podcasting isn’t much different so there has always been need for diverse resources teaching Podcasting 101.</p>



<p>According to <a href="https://trends.google.com/trends/explore?geo=US&amp;q=how%20to%20start%20a%20podcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google Trends</a>, the phrase “how to start a podcast” has averaged 60 searches per day since 2016. With low barriers to entry and the ability for just about anyone to start podcasting, the Bello Collective was ready to answer that question.</p>



<img src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Google-trends-how-to-start-a-podcast-1024x365.png" alt="Google Trends interest over time for the phrase" class="wp-image-12294" />Google Trends interest over time for the phrase “how to start a podcast” in the last 12 months.



<p>Launching in 2016, their efforts came just in time. With a diverse team of writers to build a solution, the <a href="https://bellocollective.com/who-we-are-67b3c5da229c" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Bello Collective</a> started publishing podcasting resources to help hosts get started, grow, and sharpen their craft. </p>



<p>Fast forward to 2020, that community has grown to elevate voices that don’t always get enough airtime. With readers and writers across Slack, email, Twitter, and their website, Ashely Lusk and Galen Beebe are the co-editors steering the ship. </p>



<p>On this week’s episode of <a href="https://castos.com/series/audience/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audience</a>, Craig sits down with Lusk and Beebe to talk about the Collective and how they built such an engaged community. Listen to the full episode now to hear firsthand why interrogating your definition of success can make you a better podcaster. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Why Communication Is Key</h2>



<p>In the past, blogging and podcasting were primarily one-way conversations. The writer publishes an article, the reader digests their thoughts without the opportunity to directly collaborate with them. The podcaster releases an episode, the listener tunes in without being able to connect with the person on the other side of their headphones.</p>



<p>But as industries shifted, so did the technology that enabled creators and consumers to start a dialogue. Podcasters are urged to start newsletters, social media accounts, YouTube channels, and Patreon followings to fuel the connection.</p>



<p>Bello Collective was built from this foundation of dialogue. When pressed about how they morphed a static publication into a living community, Ashley and Galen highlighted the importance of having conversations with intention. </p>



<p>Open dialogue is at the forefront of all of their interactions. For new writers, this means clear expectations about the editing process and what content they are looking for. Within their Slack channel, members can’t join until they agree to community guidelines that say keep all responses off the record. By doing so, every member can speak freely and surface discussions that may have otherwise been missed.</p>



<p>For podcasters, an open dialogue takes a few forms. It’s having conversations with co-hosts about how to improve a show or with guests about an interview’s expectations. Even though this isn’t the first time you’ve heard communication is key, there’s a reason it works. It’s a good time take a moment and reflect on your podcast. Have you fallen victim to going through the motions or do your episodes and conversations have intention behind them?</p>



<p>Another benefit of having more conversations between a podcaster and listener is the opportunity to transform passive followers into active participants. This is where an engaged community starts to form.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
As with many new hobbies, a fair bit of research and reading is required to figure out the best way to start. Podcasting isn’t much different so there has always been need for diverse resources teaching Podcasting 101.



According to Google Trends, the phrase “how to start a podcast” has averaged 60 searches per day since 2016. With low barriers to entry and the ability for just about anyone to start podcasting, the Bello Collective was ready to answer that question.



Google Trends interest over time for the phrase “how to start a podcast” in the last 12 months.



Launching in 2016, their efforts came just in time. With a diverse team of writers to build a solution, the Bello Collective started publishing podcasting resources to help hosts get started, grow, and sharpen their craft. 



Fast forward to 2020, that community has grown to elevate voices that don’t always get enough airtime. With readers and writers across Slack, email, Twitter, and their website, Ashely Lusk and Galen Beebe are the co-editors steering the ship. 



On this week’s episode of Audience, Craig sits down with Lusk and Beebe to talk about the Collective and how they built such an engaged community. Listen to the full episode now to hear firsthand why interrogating your definition of success can make you a better podcaster. 







Why Communication Is Key



In the past, blogging and podcasting were primarily one-way conversations. The writer publishes an article, the reader digests their thoughts without the opportunity to directly collaborate with them. The podcaster releases an episode, the listener tunes in without being able to connect with the person on the other side of their headphones.



But as industries shifted, so did the technology that enabled creators and consumers to start a dialogue. Podcasters are urged to start newsletters, social media accounts, YouTube channels, and Patreon followings to fuel the connection.



Bello Collective was built from this foundation of dialogue. When pressed about how they morphed a static publication into a living community, Ashley and Galen highlighted the importance of having conversations with intention. 



Open dialogue is at the forefront of all of their interactions. For new writers, this means clear expectations about the editing process and what content they are looking for. Within their Slack channel, members can’t join until they agree to community guidelines that say keep all responses off the record. By doing so, every member can speak freely and surface discussions that may have otherwise been missed.



For podcasters, an open dialogue takes a few forms. It’s having conversations with co-hosts about how to improve a show or with guests about an interview’s expectations. Even though this isn’t the first time you’ve heard communication is key, there’s a reason it works. It’s a good time take a moment and reflect on your podcast. Have you fallen victim to going through the motions or do your episodes and conversations have intention behind them?



Another benefit of having more conversations between a podcaster and listener is the opportunity to transform passive followers into active participants. This is where an engaged community starts to form.



]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Creating A Diverse Podcast Publication With Ashley And Galen From Bello Collective]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>As with many new hobbies, a fair bit of research and reading is required to figure out the best way to start. Podcasting isn’t much different so there has always been need for diverse resources teaching Podcasting 101.</p>



<p>According to <a href="https://trends.google.com/trends/explore?geo=US&amp;q=how%20to%20start%20a%20podcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google Trends</a>, the phrase “how to start a podcast” has averaged 60 searches per day since 2016. With low barriers to entry and the ability for just about anyone to start podcasting, the Bello Collective was ready to answer that question.</p>



<img src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Google-trends-how-to-start-a-podcast-1024x365.png" alt="Google Trends interest over time for the phrase" class="wp-image-12294" />Google Trends interest over time for the phrase “how to start a podcast” in the last 12 months.



<p>Launching in 2016, their efforts came just in time. With a diverse team of writers to build a solution, the <a href="https://bellocollective.com/who-we-are-67b3c5da229c" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Bello Collective</a> started publishing podcasting resources to help hosts get started, grow, and sharpen their craft. </p>



<p>Fast forward to 2020, that community has grown to elevate voices that don’t always get enough airtime. With readers and writers across Slack, email, Twitter, and their website, Ashely Lusk and Galen Beebe are the co-editors steering the ship. </p>



<p>On this week’s episode of <a href="https://castos.com/series/audience/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audience</a>, Craig sits down with Lusk and Beebe to talk about the Collective and how they built such an engaged community. Listen to the full episode now to hear firsthand why interrogating your definition of success can make you a better podcaster. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Why Communication Is Key</h2>



<p>In the past, blogging and podcasting were primarily one-way conversations. The writer publishes an article, the reader digests their thoughts without the opportunity to directly collaborate with them. The podcaster releases an episode, the listener tunes in without being able to connect with the person on the other side of their headphones.</p>



<p>But as industries shifted, so did the technology that enabled creators and consumers to start a dialogue. Podcasters are urged to start newsletters, social media accounts, YouTube channels, and Patreon followings to fuel the connection.</p>



<p>Bello Collective was built from this foundation of dialogue. When pressed about how they morphed a static publication into a living community, Ashley and Galen highlighted the importance of having conversations with intention. </p>



<p>Open dialogue is at the forefront of all of their interactions. For new writers, this means clear expectations about the editing process and what content they are looking for. Within their Slack channel, members can’t join until they agree to community guidelines that say keep all responses off the record. By doing so, every member can speak freely and surface discussions that may have otherwise been missed.</p>



<p>For podcasters, an open dialogue takes a few forms. It’s having conversations with co-hosts about how to improve a show or with guests about an interview’s expectations. Even though this isn’t the first time you’ve heard communication is key, there’s a reason it works. It’s a good time take a moment and reflect on your podcast. Have you fallen victim to going through the motions or do your episodes and conversations have intention behind them?</p>



<p>Another benefit of having more conversations between a podcaster and listener is the opportunity to transform passive followers into active participants. This is where an engaged community starts to form.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Transforming Passive Followers To Active Participants</h2>



<p>Establishing a team of diverse voices is the basis of Bello Collective’s success. Each writer has different tastes to recommend unique podcasts and has the ability to see story angles that others can’t. The wide bredth of content and opinions allows the Collective to talk to a wider audience and provide resources written by someone with the same background.</p>



<p>To stoke their writer’s engagement, the Collective has a Slack channel, Twitter account, and a bi-weekly newsletter. The co-editors will pitch questions or ask for recommendations where every writer has a chance to weigh in. In doing so, they remove some of their blindspots and can pass along unique suggestions to their readers.</p>



<p>In describing their relationships with their readers and writers, Galen also mentioned making sure she and Ashley viewed themselves as active participants. For the podcasts they love, it’s their job to think about ways to support them. Whether that’s a financial donation, a positive review, or word of mouth recommendation. </p>



<p>They encourage their entire community to move from passive followers to active participants too. It was this encouragement to lift up creators whose voices are heard less that brought tell-all interviews with <a href="https://bellocollective.com/this-is-not-a-profile-about-kaitlin-prest-57437ff1836e" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Kaitlin Prest</a> and <a href="https://bellocollective.com/20-questions-with-the-mysterious-breakmaster-cylinder-7e0609a714d5" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Mysterious Breakmaster Cylinder </a>to life.</p>



<p>After listening to the episode, we encourage podcasters to think about how to adopt this mindset. Will featuring new guests or highlighting a typically stifled perspective energize your listeners to actively support your show? How can you galvanize your community to organically grow a listenership?  </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Does Monetization Equal Success?</h2>



<p>The battle between creative fulfillment and earning an income has been part of the media industry from the beginning. Podcasting is both a side hustle and creative outlet, each with their own definition of success.</p>



<p>During our interview, Ashley reminds us that there’s always been the conflict between creating something that you want to make versus something that will succeed in a marketplace. And we agreed with her when she said it’s likely a problem that will never be solved.</p>



<p>So does monetization equal success? With a lot of podcasters asking how to pitch sponsors and set up a Patreon, it might feel that way. But rather than compare your show to others, interrogate your priorities and uniquely define what success means to you.</p>



<p>Is it seeing 100 downloads per episode? Being retweeted by one of your heroes? Or can feeling joy every time you sit behind the mic be called a success? </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned In This Episode</h2>



<ul><li>Read more at the <a href="https://bellocollective.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Bello Collective</a> </li><li>Subscribe to the <a href="https://bellocollective.com/newsletter-d96e7448bf2" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Bello Collective newsletter</a></li><li>Follow <a href="https://twitter.com/bellocollective" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">@BelloCollective</a> on Twitter</li><li>Support their work and join the <a href="https://bellocollective.com/support-the-bello-collective-e895eb774d3a" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Bello Collective community </a></li></ul>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Bello-Collective.mp3" length="30771831"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
As with many new hobbies, a fair bit of research and reading is required to figure out the best way to start. Podcasting isn’t much different so there has always been need for diverse resources teaching Podcasting 101.



According to Google Trends, the phrase “how to start a podcast” has averaged 60 searches per day since 2016. With low barriers to entry and the ability for just about anyone to start podcasting, the Bello Collective was ready to answer that question.



Google Trends interest over time for the phrase “how to start a podcast” in the last 12 months.



Launching in 2016, their efforts came just in time. With a diverse team of writers to build a solution, the Bello Collective started publishing podcasting resources to help hosts get started, grow, and sharpen their craft. 



Fast forward to 2020, that community has grown to elevate voices that don’t always get enough airtime. With readers and writers across Slack, email, Twitter, and their website, Ashely Lusk and Galen Beebe are the co-editors steering the ship. 



On this week’s episode of Audience, Craig sits down with Lusk and Beebe to talk about the Collective and how they built such an engaged community. Listen to the full episode now to hear firsthand why interrogating your definition of success can make you a better podcaster. 







Why Communication Is Key



In the past, blogging and podcasting were primarily one-way conversations. The writer publishes an article, the reader digests their thoughts without the opportunity to directly collaborate with them. The podcaster releases an episode, the listener tunes in without being able to connect with the person on the other side of their headphones.



But as industries shifted, so did the technology that enabled creators and consumers to start a dialogue. Podcasters are urged to start newsletters, social media accounts, YouTube channels, and Patreon followings to fuel the connection.



Bello Collective was built from this foundation of dialogue. When pressed about how they morphed a static publication into a living community, Ashley and Galen highlighted the importance of having conversations with intention. 



Open dialogue is at the forefront of all of their interactions. For new writers, this means clear expectations about the editing process and what content they are looking for. Within their Slack channel, members can’t join until they agree to community guidelines that say keep all responses off the record. By doing so, every member can speak freely and surface discussions that may have otherwise been missed.



For podcasters, an open dialogue takes a few forms. It’s having conversations with co-hosts about how to improve a show or with guests about an interview’s expectations. Even though this isn’t the first time you’ve heard communication is key, there’s a reason it works. It’s a good time take a moment and reflect on your podcast. Have you fallen victim to going through the motions or do your episodes and conversations have intention behind them?



Another benefit of having more conversations between a podcaster and listener is the opportunity to transform passive followers into active participants. This is where an engaged community starts to form.



]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/vonecia-carswell-0aMMMUjiiEQ-unsplash-scaled.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:32:03</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling On How To Podcast For 10 Years Straight]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 11 Jun 2020 08:02:07 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/rob-walling-startups-for-the-rest-of-us</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/rob-walling-startups-for-the-rest-of-us</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>Motivation is a fickle thing. Some days it’s front and center, driving you to produce your best work. Others it’s no where to be found and things that used to be a priority can fall to the wayside. </p>



<p>The rollercoaster of motivation is a central theme in our latest episode of <a href="https://castos.com/audience/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audience</a>. Craig sits down with Rob Walling, found of <a href="https://www.drip.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Drip</a> and <a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a>, who has produced over 500 podcast episodes. His show, <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Startups For the Rest of Us</a>, has been on the air for 10 years. Throughout that time, the show has experimented with new formats, went from co-hosts to a one man show, and spurred a successful live conference series. </p>



<p>Given Rob’s passion for and success with podcasting, he’s just the guy to help you maintain or re-spark your motivation. Throughout our interview, he describes his biggest podcasting regret, how to talk ad nauseam about the same topic, and why fostering a community with his listenership is his biggest legacy.</p>



<p>Listen to the full episode to learn how a podcaster with 10 years of experience under his belt finds the motivation to keep going. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>How Startups For the Rest of Us Has Changed</h2>



<p>A lot has changed in the podcasting industry in 10 years. And the same thing can be said for Rob’s podcast, Startups For the Rest of Us. </p>



<p>Starting out, Rob describes feeling nervous behind the mic. He wrote out, word-for-word, a script of exactly what he wanted to say for each episode. It took about 250 recordings to find his voice and feel more comfortable talking candidly with his co-host. And then he and his co-host hit the complacent years. Both in the midst of building their start-ups and family life, they stopped experimenting and trying new things. They still showed up each week, but had lost the motivation to innovate. </p>



<p>It was just within the last year, at episode 448, that things started to change. His co-host, Mike Taber, decided to take back from recording every episode. And with that shift, Rob rediscovered his motivation to start innovating again. </p>



<p>He ushered in new formats, more experiments, and pushed the show to excel beyond its original success. Now surpassing 500 episodes, Startups For the Rest of Us continues to inspire bootstrapped entrepreneurs. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Talking About The Same Topic For 10 Years</h2>



<p>After settling on a <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-topics/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast topic</a>, the realization that you may be talking about same subject for years to come sets in. If you’ve taken the advice from successful podcasters, you chose a topic that you’re passionate about. But how do you find new ideas and angles about the same general topic week after week?</p>



<p>Rob’s advises to “peel the onion”. The podcasts that make a splash bring new perspectives and voices to the table. Your focus, whether you’re on episode 10 or 100, should always be how can I add something different to the conversation? </p>



<p>For Startups For the Rest of Us, Mike and Rob started building episodes from content they’d previously written about in books and articles. But then episode 30 hit and they ran out of things to say. That’s when they realized listeners had submitted questions via email and Twitter that they never addressed. A new episode format was born and they continued consistently publishing new material. </p>



<p>In the years when their other professional ventures dominated their time, they reduced how frequently they published episodes. Moving from...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
Motivation is a fickle thing. Some days it’s front and center, driving you to produce your best work. Others it’s no where to be found and things that used to be a priority can fall to the wayside. 



The rollercoaster of motivation is a central theme in our latest episode of Audience. Craig sits down with Rob Walling, found of Drip and TinySeed, who has produced over 500 podcast episodes. His show, Startups For the Rest of Us, has been on the air for 10 years. Throughout that time, the show has experimented with new formats, went from co-hosts to a one man show, and spurred a successful live conference series. 



Given Rob’s passion for and success with podcasting, he’s just the guy to help you maintain or re-spark your motivation. Throughout our interview, he describes his biggest podcasting regret, how to talk ad nauseam about the same topic, and why fostering a community with his listenership is his biggest legacy.



Listen to the full episode to learn how a podcaster with 10 years of experience under his belt finds the motivation to keep going. 







How Startups For the Rest of Us Has Changed



A lot has changed in the podcasting industry in 10 years. And the same thing can be said for Rob’s podcast, Startups For the Rest of Us. 



Starting out, Rob describes feeling nervous behind the mic. He wrote out, word-for-word, a script of exactly what he wanted to say for each episode. It took about 250 recordings to find his voice and feel more comfortable talking candidly with his co-host. And then he and his co-host hit the complacent years. Both in the midst of building their start-ups and family life, they stopped experimenting and trying new things. They still showed up each week, but had lost the motivation to innovate. 



It was just within the last year, at episode 448, that things started to change. His co-host, Mike Taber, decided to take back from recording every episode. And with that shift, Rob rediscovered his motivation to start innovating again. 



He ushered in new formats, more experiments, and pushed the show to excel beyond its original success. Now surpassing 500 episodes, Startups For the Rest of Us continues to inspire bootstrapped entrepreneurs. 







Talking About The Same Topic For 10 Years



After settling on a podcast topic, the realization that you may be talking about same subject for years to come sets in. If you’ve taken the advice from successful podcasters, you chose a topic that you’re passionate about. But how do you find new ideas and angles about the same general topic week after week?



Rob’s advises to “peel the onion”. The podcasts that make a splash bring new perspectives and voices to the table. Your focus, whether you’re on episode 10 or 100, should always be how can I add something different to the conversation? 



For Startups For the Rest of Us, Mike and Rob started building episodes from content they’d previously written about in books and articles. But then episode 30 hit and they ran out of things to say. That’s when they realized listeners had submitted questions via email and Twitter that they never addressed. A new episode format was born and they continued consistently publishing new material. 



In the years when their other professional ventures dominated their time, they reduced how frequently they published episodes. Moving from...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling On How To Podcast For 10 Years Straight]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>Motivation is a fickle thing. Some days it’s front and center, driving you to produce your best work. Others it’s no where to be found and things that used to be a priority can fall to the wayside. </p>



<p>The rollercoaster of motivation is a central theme in our latest episode of <a href="https://castos.com/audience/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audience</a>. Craig sits down with Rob Walling, found of <a href="https://www.drip.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Drip</a> and <a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a>, who has produced over 500 podcast episodes. His show, <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Startups For the Rest of Us</a>, has been on the air for 10 years. Throughout that time, the show has experimented with new formats, went from co-hosts to a one man show, and spurred a successful live conference series. </p>



<p>Given Rob’s passion for and success with podcasting, he’s just the guy to help you maintain or re-spark your motivation. Throughout our interview, he describes his biggest podcasting regret, how to talk ad nauseam about the same topic, and why fostering a community with his listenership is his biggest legacy.</p>



<p>Listen to the full episode to learn how a podcaster with 10 years of experience under his belt finds the motivation to keep going. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>How Startups For the Rest of Us Has Changed</h2>



<p>A lot has changed in the podcasting industry in 10 years. And the same thing can be said for Rob’s podcast, Startups For the Rest of Us. </p>



<p>Starting out, Rob describes feeling nervous behind the mic. He wrote out, word-for-word, a script of exactly what he wanted to say for each episode. It took about 250 recordings to find his voice and feel more comfortable talking candidly with his co-host. And then he and his co-host hit the complacent years. Both in the midst of building their start-ups and family life, they stopped experimenting and trying new things. They still showed up each week, but had lost the motivation to innovate. </p>



<p>It was just within the last year, at episode 448, that things started to change. His co-host, Mike Taber, decided to take back from recording every episode. And with that shift, Rob rediscovered his motivation to start innovating again. </p>



<p>He ushered in new formats, more experiments, and pushed the show to excel beyond its original success. Now surpassing 500 episodes, Startups For the Rest of Us continues to inspire bootstrapped entrepreneurs. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Talking About The Same Topic For 10 Years</h2>



<p>After settling on a <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-topics/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast topic</a>, the realization that you may be talking about same subject for years to come sets in. If you’ve taken the advice from successful podcasters, you chose a topic that you’re passionate about. But how do you find new ideas and angles about the same general topic week after week?</p>



<p>Rob’s advises to “peel the onion”. The podcasts that make a splash bring new perspectives and voices to the table. Your focus, whether you’re on episode 10 or 100, should always be how can I add something different to the conversation? </p>



<p>For Startups For the Rest of Us, Mike and Rob started building episodes from content they’d previously written about in books and articles. But then episode 30 hit and they ran out of things to say. That’s when they realized listeners had submitted questions via email and Twitter that they never addressed. A new episode format was born and they continued consistently publishing new material. </p>



<p>In the years when their other professional ventures dominated their time, they reduced how frequently they published episodes. Moving from publishing weekly to twice a month helped them stretch out topic ideas. But as growth stagnated, they realized their audience was engaging less. </p>



<p>So they moved back to a weekly schedule with a new found determination to support their loyal fanbase. By introducing expert interviews, roundtables, and hot seat formats, they continued to dissect their entrepreneurial niche by focusing on under-represented points of view. </p>



<p>Our main takeaway from Rob’s answers is the idea of experimentation and innovation. He says he’s not afraid to try new things because it’s not permanent. You can always revert back to what was working before. But when you stop trying new things and put the show on auto-pilot, you’ll inevitably bore longtime followers.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>How To Experiment With Podcast Format</h2>



<p>Mixing up content styles and formats is a popular way to keep an audience engaged. But what’s the best way to approach it without alienating listeners?</p>



<p>Rob and Craig share the same process because they’ve each found transparency to be key. The relationship between podcaster and listener is a two way exchange. In order to honor that connection, start any format experiment by telling your listeners what to expect.</p>



<p>We do this with Audience when switching between interviews, monologue episodes, and answering listener questions. The new format is explained in the prior week’s episode and again at the top of the affected episode as a reminder. Being transparent can also help with building out the new format you want to try. If you want to include listener participation, put out a call-to-action in previous shows to get more submissions. </p>



<p>Once a new format airs, the work isn’t done. Look to your <a href="https://castos.com/understanding-podcast-analytics/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast analytics</a> to gauge how the episode performed. Did total listens remain consistent? Did people consume the entire episode? Did your subscriber count increase?</p>



<p>And don’t be afraid of talking to your audience directly. Rob recounts a time chatting with a regular listener. He asked for their constructive feedback about the new formats he was testing. Up to this point, Rob told his listeners he was following a content calendar to rotate through multiple styles. Thinking the schedule would be beneficial in managing expectations, the feedback he gained said the opposite. The listener said liked the episode variety but he preferred when Rob went rogue and didn’t follow the rotating schedule.</p>



<p>Feedback in hand, Rob realized he didn’t have to follow a methodical calendar. His audience was ready for more variety and came to enjoy it more than his old approach.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Advice For Beginner Podcasters</h2>



<p>There’s a lot to learn from someone who has been podcasting for 10 years. Starting when the industry was just emerging and creating two new shows within the last year, Rob is here to stay. But what advice does he have to beginners?</p>



<p>He starts with the biggest misconception. When he hears people say the space is too crowded, he has a rebuttal. He says there’s always room for novelty, innovation, and opportunity for new perspectives to speak on <a href="https://castos.com/evergreen-episodes/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">evergreen topics</a>. If you feel there’s a gap in a niche, go for it but ask yourself how your show is different. </p>



<p>Begin with picking a few shows or interviewers you want to emulate in tone, style, and format. Use your favorite episodes as inspiration and a starting point to find your own voice. There’s no shame in paying homage to the podcasters before you.</p>



<p>Rob continues on this point. He says, “If I were to start from scratch today, I would cut my teeth with a hobby podcast that’s aimed at a super tight niche. Like a B-tier TV show where no other podcast exists, and you can watch the show as it comes out and talk about it. Learn how to edit and learn how to publish. And people who like that show will rally around it and find your feed.” </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned In This Episode</h2>



<ul><li>Subscribe to <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Startups For the Rest of Us</a></li><li>Learn more about <a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li><li>Learn more about <a href="https://microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Microconf</a></li><li>Follow <a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">@RobWalling</a> on Twitter</li><li>Hear <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/podcast-promotion-jack-rhysider/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Jack Rhysider</a> describe how his listeners use Discourse to create a community</li></ul>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Rob-Walling-500-Episodes.mp3" length="33587383"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
Motivation is a fickle thing. Some days it’s front and center, driving you to produce your best work. Others it’s no where to be found and things that used to be a priority can fall to the wayside. 



The rollercoaster of motivation is a central theme in our latest episode of Audience. Craig sits down with Rob Walling, found of Drip and TinySeed, who has produced over 500 podcast episodes. His show, Startups For the Rest of Us, has been on the air for 10 years. Throughout that time, the show has experimented with new formats, went from co-hosts to a one man show, and spurred a successful live conference series. 



Given Rob’s passion for and success with podcasting, he’s just the guy to help you maintain or re-spark your motivation. Throughout our interview, he describes his biggest podcasting regret, how to talk ad nauseam about the same topic, and why fostering a community with his listenership is his biggest legacy.



Listen to the full episode to learn how a podcaster with 10 years of experience under his belt finds the motivation to keep going. 







How Startups For the Rest of Us Has Changed



A lot has changed in the podcasting industry in 10 years. And the same thing can be said for Rob’s podcast, Startups For the Rest of Us. 



Starting out, Rob describes feeling nervous behind the mic. He wrote out, word-for-word, a script of exactly what he wanted to say for each episode. It took about 250 recordings to find his voice and feel more comfortable talking candidly with his co-host. And then he and his co-host hit the complacent years. Both in the midst of building their start-ups and family life, they stopped experimenting and trying new things. They still showed up each week, but had lost the motivation to innovate. 



It was just within the last year, at episode 448, that things started to change. His co-host, Mike Taber, decided to take back from recording every episode. And with that shift, Rob rediscovered his motivation to start innovating again. 



He ushered in new formats, more experiments, and pushed the show to excel beyond its original success. Now surpassing 500 episodes, Startups For the Rest of Us continues to inspire bootstrapped entrepreneurs. 







Talking About The Same Topic For 10 Years



After settling on a podcast topic, the realization that you may be talking about same subject for years to come sets in. If you’ve taken the advice from successful podcasters, you chose a topic that you’re passionate about. But how do you find new ideas and angles about the same general topic week after week?



Rob’s advises to “peel the onion”. The podcasts that make a splash bring new perspectives and voices to the table. Your focus, whether you’re on episode 10 or 100, should always be how can I add something different to the conversation? 



For Startups For the Rest of Us, Mike and Rob started building episodes from content they’d previously written about in books and articles. But then episode 30 hit and they ran out of things to say. That’s when they realized listeners had submitted questions via email and Twitter that they never addressed. A new episode format was born and they continued consistently publishing new material. 



In the years when their other professional ventures dominated their time, they reduced how frequently they published episodes. Moving from...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/aron-visuals-BXOXnQ26B7o-unsplash-scaled.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:34:59</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[James Cridland On How Podcast Directories Can Change The Industry]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 04 Jun 2020 12:04:01 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/james-cridland-podnews</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/james-cridland-podnews</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>There are a lot of experts within the podcasting industry. But James Cridland is in a unique position to see the industry’s trends, successes, and failures differently than most. As the curator of <a href="https://podnews.net/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podnews</a>, a daily podcasting briefing, his perspective is a combination of news from podcast hosts, advertisers, content creators, and listening platforms. </p>



<p>Given his holistic view, we invited James to chat on our latest Audience episode. We took the opportunity to hear his thoughts on the future of Apple Podcasts and Spotify, monetization opportunities, and what’s the biggest distribution mistake many podcasters make. </p>



<p>Read on for James’ biggest takeaways and listen to the full episode for even insightful comments.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>How Can Apple Podcasts &amp; Spotify Change The Industry?</h2>



<p>Along with many other experts, James agrees there’s a big opportunity to increase podcast <em>consumption</em>. He argues if the industry focuses on increasing overall listenership, all ships will rise. From creating more monetization opportunities for podcasters, increasing user bases for listening apps, and driving more financial investment into the industry as a whole. </p>



<p>But the driver of this growth isn’t squarely on the shoulders of podcasters. Instead, James offers opportunities <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-directories/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast directories</a> can take advantage of to jumpstart the effort. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Apple Podcasts</h3>



<p>The biggest player in the industry is without a doubt Apple Podcasts. Apple helped grow and standardize things like podcast categorizations and artwork sizes. But in recent years, Apple hasn’t made many monumental advancements to increase consumption. </p>



<p>But given their strong foothold, there’s one opportunity available that would change the industry forever.</p>



<p>According to <a href="https://www.scientiamobile.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/9841-SCM-MOVR-Graphic-Q4-2019.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Scientia Mobile</a>, over 60% of worldwide mobile users have an Android device. But to date, Apple hasn’t created an Android version of the Apple Podcasts app. While there are popular Android-only listening platforms, the majority of podcasters primarily promote their Apple Podcast listing. </p>



<p>Think of the instant consumption growth if Apple released an Android version of their app. Podcasters could more comfortably promote their Apple Podcast link knowing it would be a seamless subscription process across all devices.</p>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">You likely <a href="https://castos.com/submit-your-podcast-to-apple-podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submitted your podcast to Apple Podcasts</a> from the start. But in case it slipped off your radar, submit your podcast today.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Spotify</h3>



<p>In the aftermath of the <a href="https://newsroom.spotify.com/2020-05-19/the-joe-rogan-experience-launches-exclusive-partnership-with-spotify/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify and Joe Rogan deal</a>, there’s been article after article about the possible implications. </p>



<p>To date, Spotify’s podcasting footprint is relatively small. According to Libsyn, Spotify accounts for 9.5% of total plays for their hosted podcasts. A far cry from Apple Podcast’s 60-70% share of the market. </p>



<p>But by acquiring exclusive rights to one of the most popular podcasts in the world, Spotify is betting on Joe Rogan’s listener base converting to their platform. But whether <a href="https://podnews.net/update/rogan-rong-turn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rogan fans will switch to Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
There are a lot of experts within the podcasting industry. But James Cridland is in a unique position to see the industry’s trends, successes, and failures differently than most. As the curator of Podnews, a daily podcasting briefing, his perspective is a combination of news from podcast hosts, advertisers, content creators, and listening platforms. 



Given his holistic view, we invited James to chat on our latest Audience episode. We took the opportunity to hear his thoughts on the future of Apple Podcasts and Spotify, monetization opportunities, and what’s the biggest distribution mistake many podcasters make. 



Read on for James’ biggest takeaways and listen to the full episode for even insightful comments.







How Can Apple Podcasts & Spotify Change The Industry?



Along with many other experts, James agrees there’s a big opportunity to increase podcast consumption. He argues if the industry focuses on increasing overall listenership, all ships will rise. From creating more monetization opportunities for podcasters, increasing user bases for listening apps, and driving more financial investment into the industry as a whole. 



But the driver of this growth isn’t squarely on the shoulders of podcasters. Instead, James offers opportunities podcast directories can take advantage of to jumpstart the effort. 







Apple Podcasts



The biggest player in the industry is without a doubt Apple Podcasts. Apple helped grow and standardize things like podcast categorizations and artwork sizes. But in recent years, Apple hasn’t made many monumental advancements to increase consumption. 



But given their strong foothold, there’s one opportunity available that would change the industry forever.



According to Scientia Mobile, over 60% of worldwide mobile users have an Android device. But to date, Apple hasn’t created an Android version of the Apple Podcasts app. While there are popular Android-only listening platforms, the majority of podcasters primarily promote their Apple Podcast listing. 



Think of the instant consumption growth if Apple released an Android version of their app. Podcasters could more comfortably promote their Apple Podcast link knowing it would be a seamless subscription process across all devices.



You likely submitted your podcast to Apple Podcasts from the start. But in case it slipped off your radar, submit your podcast today.







Spotify



In the aftermath of the Spotify and Joe Rogan deal, there’s been article after article about the possible implications. 



To date, Spotify’s podcasting footprint is relatively small. According to Libsyn, Spotify accounts for 9.5% of total plays for their hosted podcasts. A far cry from Apple Podcast’s 60-70% share of the market. 



But by acquiring exclusive rights to one of the most popular podcasts in the world, Spotify is betting on Joe Rogan’s listener base converting to their platform. But whether Rogan fans will switch to Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[James Cridland On How Podcast Directories Can Change The Industry]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>There are a lot of experts within the podcasting industry. But James Cridland is in a unique position to see the industry’s trends, successes, and failures differently than most. As the curator of <a href="https://podnews.net/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podnews</a>, a daily podcasting briefing, his perspective is a combination of news from podcast hosts, advertisers, content creators, and listening platforms. </p>



<p>Given his holistic view, we invited James to chat on our latest Audience episode. We took the opportunity to hear his thoughts on the future of Apple Podcasts and Spotify, monetization opportunities, and what’s the biggest distribution mistake many podcasters make. </p>



<p>Read on for James’ biggest takeaways and listen to the full episode for even insightful comments.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>How Can Apple Podcasts &amp; Spotify Change The Industry?</h2>



<p>Along with many other experts, James agrees there’s a big opportunity to increase podcast <em>consumption</em>. He argues if the industry focuses on increasing overall listenership, all ships will rise. From creating more monetization opportunities for podcasters, increasing user bases for listening apps, and driving more financial investment into the industry as a whole. </p>



<p>But the driver of this growth isn’t squarely on the shoulders of podcasters. Instead, James offers opportunities <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-directories/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast directories</a> can take advantage of to jumpstart the effort. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Apple Podcasts</h3>



<p>The biggest player in the industry is without a doubt Apple Podcasts. Apple helped grow and standardize things like podcast categorizations and artwork sizes. But in recent years, Apple hasn’t made many monumental advancements to increase consumption. </p>



<p>But given their strong foothold, there’s one opportunity available that would change the industry forever.</p>



<p>According to <a href="https://www.scientiamobile.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/9841-SCM-MOVR-Graphic-Q4-2019.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Scientia Mobile</a>, over 60% of worldwide mobile users have an Android device. But to date, Apple hasn’t created an Android version of the Apple Podcasts app. While there are popular Android-only listening platforms, the majority of podcasters primarily promote their Apple Podcast listing. </p>



<p>Think of the instant consumption growth if Apple released an Android version of their app. Podcasters could more comfortably promote their Apple Podcast link knowing it would be a seamless subscription process across all devices.</p>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">You likely <a href="https://castos.com/submit-your-podcast-to-apple-podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submitted your podcast to Apple Podcasts</a> from the start. But in case it slipped off your radar, submit your podcast today.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Spotify</h3>



<p>In the aftermath of the <a href="https://newsroom.spotify.com/2020-05-19/the-joe-rogan-experience-launches-exclusive-partnership-with-spotify/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify and Joe Rogan deal</a>, there’s been article after article about the possible implications. </p>



<p>To date, Spotify’s podcasting footprint is relatively small. According to Libsyn, Spotify accounts for 9.5% of total plays for their hosted podcasts. A far cry from Apple Podcast’s 60-70% share of the market. </p>



<p>But by acquiring exclusive rights to one of the most popular podcasts in the world, Spotify is betting on Joe Rogan’s listener base converting to their platform. But whether <a href="https://podnews.net/update/rogan-rong-turn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rogan fans will switch to Spotify</a> and continue listening is still up for debate. However if they do make the change, it’ll have positive effects for podcasts across the platform. </p>



<p>Here’s why. Spotify is making investments to push consumption forward with their open API and advanced recommendation algorithms. </p>



<p>If they’re able to crack the recommendation code, this means more relevant podcast suggestions and discoverability opportunities. It also means music listeners may now start subscribing to podcasts. From each outcome comes more consumption from both new and current podcast listeners. </p>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">Make sure your <a href="https://castos.com/how-to-submit-a-podcast-to-spotify/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast is listed on Spotify</a> by following our handy tutorial. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What’s The Biggest Distribution Mistake Podcasters Make?</h2>



<p>With all this talk of Android users, according to James, there’s one obvious mistake podcasters make to gain subscribers. Namely, only including a subscription link to Apple Podcasts when promoting episodes on social media and their website. </p>



<p>Given the preference for non-Apple devices, podcasters should consider if they’re stifling their growth. Make sure your calls-to-action and website include how to access your podcast on Android-only listening apps.</p>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">We discovered a tool called <a href="https://podkite.com/features/kitelinks/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Kitelinks from Podkite</a> that helps podcasters drive people to listen to an episode in whichever app they prefer.  Their free plan lets you create links for individual episodes, perfect for your social promotions.</p>



<p>Another worthy consideration is what types of listeners use each platform. Spotify, for example, skews towards millennials who prefer comedy and entertainment podcasts. While smart speaker owners prefer short, daily news briefings and queue up multiple podcasts in the morning. </p>



<p>Understand some podcasts will perform differently across platforms depending on its topic and length. To back up this claim, James says over half of Podnews’ podcast downloads are via smart speakers. For a show with quick, digestible news this makes complete sense. Our main takeaway? Different podcasts work well in different environments.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>How Can Podcasters Start Monetizing?</h2>



<p>Consider this: according to Libsyn, the average number of downloads per episode is 125. If your episodes get more than 125 downloads, your podcast performs better than over 50% of the shows out there!</p>



<p>This large population of niche audiences is why podcast advertising isn’t a viable monetization method for a lot of podcasters. It’s difficult for both the content creator and the brand to earn money.</p>



<p>That’s why Jame encourages podcasters to look to selling their content as a business model. The main reason why? Because we know it works. The most established content creators, like The New York Times, offer free access to some of their material in addition to using a paywall. You can use <a href="https://castos.com/private-podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">private podcasting</a> features to create a hidden feed full of exclusive, premium content to utilize the same strategy.</p>



<p>James also points to another way Apple Podcasts could revolutionize monetization. Apple currently has a fully functioning payment system that accepts money from users and distributes it to app developers. Why wouldn’t they apply their system to Apple Podcasts and include a “donation” button for podcasters to earn money too?</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned In This Episode</h2>



<ul><li>Subscribe to the <a href="https://podnews.net/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podnews newsletter</a></li><li>Subscribe to the <a href="https://podnews.net/podcast/1325018583" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podnews podcast</a></li><li>Follow <a href="https://twitter.com/jamescridland" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">@JamesCridland</a> on Twitter</li><li>Podcast monetization platforms: <a href="https://www.supercast.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Supercast</a>, <a href="https://www.glow.fm/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Glow.fm</a>, <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/premium" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher Premium</a>, and <a href="https://luminarypodcasts.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Luminary</a></li><li><a href="https://podcastsmanager.google.com/about?hl=en" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google Podcasts Manager</a></li></ul>



<p></p>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/James-Cridland-On-How-Podcast-Directories-Can-Change-The-Industry.mp3" length="31651325"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
There are a lot of experts within the podcasting industry. But James Cridland is in a unique position to see the industry’s trends, successes, and failures differently than most. As the curator of Podnews, a daily podcasting briefing, his perspective is a combination of news from podcast hosts, advertisers, content creators, and listening platforms. 



Given his holistic view, we invited James to chat on our latest Audience episode. We took the opportunity to hear his thoughts on the future of Apple Podcasts and Spotify, monetization opportunities, and what’s the biggest distribution mistake many podcasters make. 



Read on for James’ biggest takeaways and listen to the full episode for even insightful comments.







How Can Apple Podcasts & Spotify Change The Industry?



Along with many other experts, James agrees there’s a big opportunity to increase podcast consumption. He argues if the industry focuses on increasing overall listenership, all ships will rise. From creating more monetization opportunities for podcasters, increasing user bases for listening apps, and driving more financial investment into the industry as a whole. 



But the driver of this growth isn’t squarely on the shoulders of podcasters. Instead, James offers opportunities podcast directories can take advantage of to jumpstart the effort. 







Apple Podcasts



The biggest player in the industry is without a doubt Apple Podcasts. Apple helped grow and standardize things like podcast categorizations and artwork sizes. But in recent years, Apple hasn’t made many monumental advancements to increase consumption. 



But given their strong foothold, there’s one opportunity available that would change the industry forever.



According to Scientia Mobile, over 60% of worldwide mobile users have an Android device. But to date, Apple hasn’t created an Android version of the Apple Podcasts app. While there are popular Android-only listening platforms, the majority of podcasters primarily promote their Apple Podcast listing. 



Think of the instant consumption growth if Apple released an Android version of their app. Podcasters could more comfortably promote their Apple Podcast link knowing it would be a seamless subscription process across all devices.



You likely submitted your podcast to Apple Podcasts from the start. But in case it slipped off your radar, submit your podcast today.







Spotify



In the aftermath of the Spotify and Joe Rogan deal, there’s been article after article about the possible implications. 



To date, Spotify’s podcasting footprint is relatively small. According to Libsyn, Spotify accounts for 9.5% of total plays for their hosted podcasts. A far cry from Apple Podcast’s 60-70% share of the market. 



But by acquiring exclusive rights to one of the most popular podcasts in the world, Spotify is betting on Joe Rogan’s listener base converting to their platform. But whether Rogan fans will switch to Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/fixelgraphy-3NgcTH0CFJg-unsplash-scaled.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:32:51</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[The Key To Starting A Podcast Network With Jeff Umbro From Podglomerate]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 28 May 2020 09:56:34 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/podcast-network</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/podcast-network</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>When it comes to the distribution aspect of your podcast there are fewer “sure things” than having other similar shows in your niche promoting your content.</p>



<p>And podcast networks are the most natural way to establish that cross pollination of your podcast with other relevant audiences.</p>



<p>In this coversation with <a href="https://twitter.com/jeffumbro" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Jeff Umbro</a> from podcast network <a href="https://thepodglomerate.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podglomerate</a> we discuss how setting up a podcast network can be a good fit for you and other shows in your niche, the 5 different approaches they take to distribution or promotion of shows they work with, and where Jeff feels many podcasters are missing out when it comes to the marketing of their podcasts.</p>



<h2>Establishing Your Own DIY Podcast Network</h2>



<p>While huge podcast networks like 5×5, Relay, Gimlet Media, NPR, and others have significant barriers to entry it doesn’t have to be difficult for you and your podcast to benefit from the same type of organic sharing that happens in these larger networks.</p>



<p>In fact, many of the most impactful podcast networks like <a href="https://multitude.productions/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Multitude Productions</a> have created significant benefit for their member shows.  One way that Multitude accomplishes this is by focusing much of their network into associated vertical niches.</p>



<p>For Multitude focusing their shows into the niches of gaming, Harry Potter and other mythology arenas has helped them grow significant audiences, mostly by cross promoting other member podcast in their episodes.</p>



<p>At Podglomerate, Jeff and his team handle 3 main aspects of podcasting: </p>



<h3>Original Content Creation </h3>



<p>While they have several member shows they also create some original shows.</p>



<p>Having a built in “laboratory” where they can experiment on new show ideas, refine approaches to content creation, and in general have an avenue to express their creative side has shown some of the biggest advances in their growth over the years.</p>



<p>One lesson Jeff learned for other podcast networks is having shows of your own is a great sort of virtual CV to show prospective shows that you’re approaching to join the network. Showing other podcasts the kind of work you do and what other member shows are like is a great selling point. </p>



<h3>Monetizing Podcasts</h3>



<p>Podglomerate works with member shows in a variety of ways to help <a href="https://castos.com/monetize-a-podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">monetize their podcasts</a>.</p>



<p><strong>Programmatic Ads</strong></p>



<p>Working with platforms like Megaphone is a good option for podcasts with a large following to easily monetize their shows.</p>



<p>If your podcast has 10,000 listens or more per episode then <a href="https://castos.com/dynamic-ad-insertion-for-podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">programmatic advertising</a> platforms like Megaphone may be a viable option for your show.  In these platforms you choose the type of ads that you’d like to run on your show and the platform takes care of the sourcing of the ad content and dynamically inserts those ads into your podcast as listeners download or stream the episode.</p>



<p>For podcasts with lower listenership, say less than 1,000 listeners per episode, Jeff says that the best way to monetize a show is to go directly to brands in your space to sell ad spots on your show. </p>



<p>These “Direct Ad Placement” techniques require a bit more work up front, but can be the most beneficial for both sponsors and podcast brands. </p>



<p><strong>Direct Ad Placement</strong></p>



<p>If programmatic ads aren’t a good fit for your show, either because your audience is too small or your niche too narrowly defined to appeal to the broader audience...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
When it comes to the distribution aspect of your podcast there are fewer “sure things” than having other similar shows in your niche promoting your content.



And podcast networks are the most natural way to establish that cross pollination of your podcast with other relevant audiences.



In this coversation with Jeff Umbro from podcast network Podglomerate we discuss how setting up a podcast network can be a good fit for you and other shows in your niche, the 5 different approaches they take to distribution or promotion of shows they work with, and where Jeff feels many podcasters are missing out when it comes to the marketing of their podcasts.



Establishing Your Own DIY Podcast Network



While huge podcast networks like 5×5, Relay, Gimlet Media, NPR, and others have significant barriers to entry it doesn’t have to be difficult for you and your podcast to benefit from the same type of organic sharing that happens in these larger networks.



In fact, many of the most impactful podcast networks like Multitude Productions have created significant benefit for their member shows.  One way that Multitude accomplishes this is by focusing much of their network into associated vertical niches.



For Multitude focusing their shows into the niches of gaming, Harry Potter and other mythology arenas has helped them grow significant audiences, mostly by cross promoting other member podcast in their episodes.



At Podglomerate, Jeff and his team handle 3 main aspects of podcasting: 



Original Content Creation 



While they have several member shows they also create some original shows.



Having a built in “laboratory” where they can experiment on new show ideas, refine approaches to content creation, and in general have an avenue to express their creative side has shown some of the biggest advances in their growth over the years.



One lesson Jeff learned for other podcast networks is having shows of your own is a great sort of virtual CV to show prospective shows that you’re approaching to join the network. Showing other podcasts the kind of work you do and what other member shows are like is a great selling point. 



Monetizing Podcasts



Podglomerate works with member shows in a variety of ways to help monetize their podcasts.



Programmatic Ads



Working with platforms like Megaphone is a good option for podcasts with a large following to easily monetize their shows.



If your podcast has 10,000 listens or more per episode then programmatic advertising platforms like Megaphone may be a viable option for your show.  In these platforms you choose the type of ads that you’d like to run on your show and the platform takes care of the sourcing of the ad content and dynamically inserts those ads into your podcast as listeners download or stream the episode.



For podcasts with lower listenership, say less than 1,000 listeners per episode, Jeff says that the best way to monetize a show is to go directly to brands in your space to sell ad spots on your show. 



These “Direct Ad Placement” techniques require a bit more work up front, but can be the most beneficial for both sponsors and podcast brands. 



Direct Ad Placement



If programmatic ads aren’t a good fit for your show, either because your audience is too small or your niche too narrowly defined to appeal to the broader audience...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[The Key To Starting A Podcast Network With Jeff Umbro From Podglomerate]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>When it comes to the distribution aspect of your podcast there are fewer “sure things” than having other similar shows in your niche promoting your content.</p>



<p>And podcast networks are the most natural way to establish that cross pollination of your podcast with other relevant audiences.</p>



<p>In this coversation with <a href="https://twitter.com/jeffumbro" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Jeff Umbro</a> from podcast network <a href="https://thepodglomerate.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podglomerate</a> we discuss how setting up a podcast network can be a good fit for you and other shows in your niche, the 5 different approaches they take to distribution or promotion of shows they work with, and where Jeff feels many podcasters are missing out when it comes to the marketing of their podcasts.</p>



<h2>Establishing Your Own DIY Podcast Network</h2>



<p>While huge podcast networks like 5×5, Relay, Gimlet Media, NPR, and others have significant barriers to entry it doesn’t have to be difficult for you and your podcast to benefit from the same type of organic sharing that happens in these larger networks.</p>



<p>In fact, many of the most impactful podcast networks like <a href="https://multitude.productions/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Multitude Productions</a> have created significant benefit for their member shows.  One way that Multitude accomplishes this is by focusing much of their network into associated vertical niches.</p>



<p>For Multitude focusing their shows into the niches of gaming, Harry Potter and other mythology arenas has helped them grow significant audiences, mostly by cross promoting other member podcast in their episodes.</p>



<p>At Podglomerate, Jeff and his team handle 3 main aspects of podcasting: </p>



<h3>Original Content Creation </h3>



<p>While they have several member shows they also create some original shows.</p>



<p>Having a built in “laboratory” where they can experiment on new show ideas, refine approaches to content creation, and in general have an avenue to express their creative side has shown some of the biggest advances in their growth over the years.</p>



<p>One lesson Jeff learned for other podcast networks is having shows of your own is a great sort of virtual CV to show prospective shows that you’re approaching to join the network. Showing other podcasts the kind of work you do and what other member shows are like is a great selling point. </p>



<h3>Monetizing Podcasts</h3>



<p>Podglomerate works with member shows in a variety of ways to help <a href="https://castos.com/monetize-a-podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">monetize their podcasts</a>.</p>



<p><strong>Programmatic Ads</strong></p>



<p>Working with platforms like Megaphone is a good option for podcasts with a large following to easily monetize their shows.</p>



<p>If your podcast has 10,000 listens or more per episode then <a href="https://castos.com/dynamic-ad-insertion-for-podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">programmatic advertising</a> platforms like Megaphone may be a viable option for your show.  In these platforms you choose the type of ads that you’d like to run on your show and the platform takes care of the sourcing of the ad content and dynamically inserts those ads into your podcast as listeners download or stream the episode.</p>



<p>For podcasts with lower listenership, say less than 1,000 listeners per episode, Jeff says that the best way to monetize a show is to go directly to brands in your space to sell ad spots on your show. </p>



<p>These “Direct Ad Placement” techniques require a bit more work up front, but can be the most beneficial for both sponsors and podcast brands. </p>



<p><strong>Direct Ad Placement</strong></p>



<p>If programmatic ads aren’t a good fit for your show, either because your audience is too small or your niche too narrowly defined to appeal to the broader audience of advertisers such as Squarespace, Casper mattresses, etc. then directly approaching companies in your niche is a great move. </p>



<p>This type of advertising relationship often garners a higher CPM (cost per thousand downloads) than does a platform that offers programmatic ads, and can have a better alignment of Audience – Listener – Theme fit.</p>



<p>The downside here is that you as the show host would have to do much of the outreach and sales process with a prospective sponsor. But Jeff admits that these sponsors are usually the best way to monetize a show with a  smaller following.</p>



<p><strong>Podcast Ad Agencies</strong></p>



<p>A middle ground between programmatic ads and selling your own ad space directly to brands is working with a podcast ad agency. These companies do all of the hard work of selling ad time on your show, working with companies to come to ad sales terms, outreach, and all of the fulfillment of helping you sponsor your show.</p>



<p><strong>Affiliate Programs</strong></p>



<p>Aside from advertising on your show on a CPM basis you can also work with brands on a pay-per-performance basis where you are paid a reward for conversion on a brand’s site. This is similar to the conventional affiliate model followed by many in the online business and influencer space.</p>



<h3>Distribution</h3>



<p>Once the content has been created and a monetization plan is in place the next step is to organize the best way to grow the show’s audience.</p>



<p>Podglomerate runs through a 5 tier process to evaluate and test the best ways to <a href="https://thepodglomerate.com/about/distribution/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">promote</a> its member shows’ podcasts: </p>



<ul><li>Publicity – getting your show listed on “Best of” lists and in other online sources relevant to your show and your ideal listeners.</li><li>Marketing – Utilizing your existing social media and web properties.  Conversions to new subscribers and listeners.</li><li>Cross-promotion of member shows on other podcasts in their space.<ul><li>Hosts of your show guest appearing on other podcasts.</li><li>A “feed drop” arrangement where they coordinate with other podcasts to have an episode of theirs appear in another show’s feed.</li><li>Cross Promos – arrangements with other shows to mention your podcast as an “ad” in their podcast.</li></ul></li><li>Merchandizing – Getting your show featured in curated lists by platforms like Apple Podcasts. Having your show featured within these podcasting directories reduces friction to getting new listeners.</li><li>Paid advertising in podcasting apps like Overcast.</li></ul>



<p>When searching for shows similar to yours to which you can pitch cross promotion or copromotion ideas looking in apps like Apple Podcasts for shows which they suggest “You May Also Like…”. These podcasts are ones that apps like Apple Podcasts and Overcast have shown to be good fits for adding new listeners.</p>



<p>Whether it’s starting your own podcast network or joining an existing one the first step is to decide what your end goal is. Beginning with the end in mind is key to how you approach teaming up with other podcasts in your space.</p>



<p>Podcast networks can be a great way to further your overall niche’s awareness, increase listenership to all of the shows in the network, and serve listeners better by offering better content all around.</p>



<p>To learn more about how to grow your show, start or join a podcast network, check out Jeff’s <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/feed/hashtag/podcastperspective/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Perspective</a> newsletter.</p>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Audience-Podglomerate.mp3" length="35276927"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
When it comes to the distribution aspect of your podcast there are fewer “sure things” than having other similar shows in your niche promoting your content.



And podcast networks are the most natural way to establish that cross pollination of your podcast with other relevant audiences.



In this coversation with Jeff Umbro from podcast network Podglomerate we discuss how setting up a podcast network can be a good fit for you and other shows in your niche, the 5 different approaches they take to distribution or promotion of shows they work with, and where Jeff feels many podcasters are missing out when it comes to the marketing of their podcasts.



Establishing Your Own DIY Podcast Network



While huge podcast networks like 5×5, Relay, Gimlet Media, NPR, and others have significant barriers to entry it doesn’t have to be difficult for you and your podcast to benefit from the same type of organic sharing that happens in these larger networks.



In fact, many of the most impactful podcast networks like Multitude Productions have created significant benefit for their member shows.  One way that Multitude accomplishes this is by focusing much of their network into associated vertical niches.



For Multitude focusing their shows into the niches of gaming, Harry Potter and other mythology arenas has helped them grow significant audiences, mostly by cross promoting other member podcast in their episodes.



At Podglomerate, Jeff and his team handle 3 main aspects of podcasting: 



Original Content Creation 



While they have several member shows they also create some original shows.



Having a built in “laboratory” where they can experiment on new show ideas, refine approaches to content creation, and in general have an avenue to express their creative side has shown some of the biggest advances in their growth over the years.



One lesson Jeff learned for other podcast networks is having shows of your own is a great sort of virtual CV to show prospective shows that you’re approaching to join the network. Showing other podcasts the kind of work you do and what other member shows are like is a great selling point. 



Monetizing Podcasts



Podglomerate works with member shows in a variety of ways to help monetize their podcasts.



Programmatic Ads



Working with platforms like Megaphone is a good option for podcasts with a large following to easily monetize their shows.



If your podcast has 10,000 listens or more per episode then programmatic advertising platforms like Megaphone may be a viable option for your show.  In these platforms you choose the type of ads that you’d like to run on your show and the platform takes care of the sourcing of the ad content and dynamically inserts those ads into your podcast as listeners download or stream the episode.



For podcasts with lower listenership, say less than 1,000 listeners per episode, Jeff says that the best way to monetize a show is to go directly to brands in your space to sell ad spots on your show. 



These “Direct Ad Placement” techniques require a bit more work up front, but can be the most beneficial for both sponsors and podcast brands. 



Direct Ad Placement



If programmatic ads aren’t a good fit for your show, either because your audience is too small or your niche too narrowly defined to appeal to the broader audience...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/podcast-network-castos.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:44</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Upping Your Podcast Game, And Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 21 May 2020 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/podcast-questions-answered</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/podcast-questions-answered</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>The team at Castos is excited to announce that our premium course on how to create a great podcast is now entirely free. Check out the <a href="https://castos.com/course" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Like A Pro course</a> today to get 25+ lessons on everything from: </p>



<ul><li>Listener personas and popular podcast topics</li><li>Gear, microphones, and setup recommendations</li><li>Audio recording and editing software recommendations</li><li>How to achieve professional sounding audio for your final episodes</li><li>Writing SEO-friendly show notes for your website</li><li>Setting up a podcast hosting platform account and website</li><li>Submitting your podcast to popular listening apps</li><li>Launching your show with style </li><li>Growing your audience and approaches to monetization</li></ul>



<p>All you need to do to gain access is sign up on Teachable. You’ll instantly receive the entire 25+ lesson library of videos and resources to get started. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>


<div class="rm-area-podcast-like-a-pro"></div>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Questions From Our Facebook Group</h2>



<p>In this episode, we discuss a handful of questions from our <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasthackers/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Hackers group on Facebook</a>. This is a place where we have lively discussions around what’s working well in people’s shows and what they’re struggling with. As a community, we share our knowledge to succeed as a group. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>What can I do to help get my show into the New and Noteworthy section in Apple Podcasts?</h3>



<p>Great question here, and one that is asked a lot. Getting into the <a href="https://castos.com/itunes-new-and-noteworthy/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">New and Noteworthy section of Apple Podcasts</a> can do a lot to increase your reach, especially as a show is launching.  </p>



<p>There are two parts to the New and Noteworthy section: The New and The Noteworthy. Let’s examine each of these individually.</p>



<p>The “New” aspect refers to a podcast that was approved by Apple within the last 8 weeks. So the clock is ticking once the show has been approved to make a splash in those first few weeks. </p>



<p>During these 8 weeks, there are two <a href="https://castos.com/increase-podcast-downloads/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Calls To Action</a> (CTA) that you want to encourage.</p>



<p>For your broader audience members, the goal is to get them to subscribe so they receive each episode as soon as it’s published. This will ensure download numbers stay steady and there less one-off listens.</p>



<p>For those who subscribed (we like to refer to this as your Tribe), take things a step further and ask them to leave a rating and review in Apple Podcasts. These go a long way towards increasing the social proof for your show, which in turn will bring in more listeners and subscribers. </p>



<p>The Noteworthy aspect of New and Noteworthy is more subjective and is driven by a team at Apple directly. These are shows that might be following a recent trend (like COVID-19 right now), a show about a political campaign, or maybe a show about a TV series that’s just started. There’s not much that any of us can do to influence this decision, other than creating great content and empowering our listeners to spread the word as much as possible.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>I want to create great sound, but don’t know where to start (on a budget preferably)?</h3>



<p>This may be is the single biggest hurdle that folks have when starting a podcast. And for good reason. Many podcasters don’t have a background in audio engineering but strive for a professional sound. There are a few pieces to this equation, so let’s examine...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
The team at Castos is excited to announce that our premium course on how to create a great podcast is now entirely free. Check out the Podcast Like A Pro course today to get 25+ lessons on everything from: 



Listener personas and popular podcast topicsGear, microphones, and setup recommendationsAudio recording and editing software recommendationsHow to achieve professional sounding audio for your final episodesWriting SEO-friendly show notes for your websiteSetting up a podcast hosting platform account and websiteSubmitting your podcast to popular listening appsLaunching your show with style Growing your audience and approaches to monetization



All you need to do to gain access is sign up on Teachable. You’ll instantly receive the entire 25+ lesson library of videos and resources to get started. 














Questions From Our Facebook Group



In this episode, we discuss a handful of questions from our Podcast Hackers group on Facebook. This is a place where we have lively discussions around what’s working well in people’s shows and what they’re struggling with. As a community, we share our knowledge to succeed as a group. 







What can I do to help get my show into the New and Noteworthy section in Apple Podcasts?



Great question here, and one that is asked a lot. Getting into the New and Noteworthy section of Apple Podcasts can do a lot to increase your reach, especially as a show is launching.  



There are two parts to the New and Noteworthy section: The New and The Noteworthy. Let’s examine each of these individually.



The “New” aspect refers to a podcast that was approved by Apple within the last 8 weeks. So the clock is ticking once the show has been approved to make a splash in those first few weeks. 



During these 8 weeks, there are two Calls To Action (CTA) that you want to encourage.



For your broader audience members, the goal is to get them to subscribe so they receive each episode as soon as it’s published. This will ensure download numbers stay steady and there less one-off listens.



For those who subscribed (we like to refer to this as your Tribe), take things a step further and ask them to leave a rating and review in Apple Podcasts. These go a long way towards increasing the social proof for your show, which in turn will bring in more listeners and subscribers. 



The Noteworthy aspect of New and Noteworthy is more subjective and is driven by a team at Apple directly. These are shows that might be following a recent trend (like COVID-19 right now), a show about a political campaign, or maybe a show about a TV series that’s just started. There’s not much that any of us can do to influence this decision, other than creating great content and empowering our listeners to spread the word as much as possible.







I want to create great sound, but don’t know where to start (on a budget preferably)?



This may be is the single biggest hurdle that folks have when starting a podcast. And for good reason. Many podcasters don’t have a background in audio engineering but strive for a professional sound. There are a few pieces to this equation, so let’s examine...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Upping Your Podcast Game, And Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>The team at Castos is excited to announce that our premium course on how to create a great podcast is now entirely free. Check out the <a href="https://castos.com/course" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Like A Pro course</a> today to get 25+ lessons on everything from: </p>



<ul><li>Listener personas and popular podcast topics</li><li>Gear, microphones, and setup recommendations</li><li>Audio recording and editing software recommendations</li><li>How to achieve professional sounding audio for your final episodes</li><li>Writing SEO-friendly show notes for your website</li><li>Setting up a podcast hosting platform account and website</li><li>Submitting your podcast to popular listening apps</li><li>Launching your show with style </li><li>Growing your audience and approaches to monetization</li></ul>



<p>All you need to do to gain access is sign up on Teachable. You’ll instantly receive the entire 25+ lesson library of videos and resources to get started. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>


<div class="rm-area-podcast-like-a-pro"></div>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Questions From Our Facebook Group</h2>



<p>In this episode, we discuss a handful of questions from our <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasthackers/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Hackers group on Facebook</a>. This is a place where we have lively discussions around what’s working well in people’s shows and what they’re struggling with. As a community, we share our knowledge to succeed as a group. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>What can I do to help get my show into the New and Noteworthy section in Apple Podcasts?</h3>



<p>Great question here, and one that is asked a lot. Getting into the <a href="https://castos.com/itunes-new-and-noteworthy/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">New and Noteworthy section of Apple Podcasts</a> can do a lot to increase your reach, especially as a show is launching.  </p>



<p>There are two parts to the New and Noteworthy section: The New and The Noteworthy. Let’s examine each of these individually.</p>



<p>The “New” aspect refers to a podcast that was approved by Apple within the last 8 weeks. So the clock is ticking once the show has been approved to make a splash in those first few weeks. </p>



<p>During these 8 weeks, there are two <a href="https://castos.com/increase-podcast-downloads/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Calls To Action</a> (CTA) that you want to encourage.</p>



<p>For your broader audience members, the goal is to get them to subscribe so they receive each episode as soon as it’s published. This will ensure download numbers stay steady and there less one-off listens.</p>



<p>For those who subscribed (we like to refer to this as your Tribe), take things a step further and ask them to leave a rating and review in Apple Podcasts. These go a long way towards increasing the social proof for your show, which in turn will bring in more listeners and subscribers. </p>



<p>The Noteworthy aspect of New and Noteworthy is more subjective and is driven by a team at Apple directly. These are shows that might be following a recent trend (like COVID-19 right now), a show about a political campaign, or maybe a show about a TV series that’s just started. There’s not much that any of us can do to influence this decision, other than creating great content and empowering our listeners to spread the word as much as possible.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>I want to create great sound, but don’t know where to start (on a budget preferably)?</h3>



<p>This may be is the single biggest hurdle that folks have when starting a podcast. And for good reason. Many podcasters don’t have a background in audio engineering but strive for a professional sound. There are a few pieces to this equation, so let’s examine each separately:</p>



<p><strong>Podcast Microphones</strong></p>



<p>This is really where great sound starts.  You can  save yourself a lot of trouble, time, and headaches down the road with a good microphone.</p>



<p>I’ve been using the <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Audio-Technica-ATR2100x-USB-Cardioid-Microphone-ATR/dp/B07ZPBFVKK/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audio Technica ATR2100</a> mic for 5 years now and (I think) it still sounds great. This is a USB microphone that plugs directly into your computer without needing a preamp or other equipment. </p>



<p>Another option worth considering is the <a href="https://www.rode.com/microphones/nt-usb_mini?buyitnow" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rode NT Mini USB</a> mic. Rode is a fantastic audio gear company and this is their newest mic offering. It’s also a USB mic but with the added benefit of a pop filter built in. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<p><strong>Other Gear You’ll Need</strong></p>



<p>Once you’ve settled on a mic there are a few other pieces of audio gear you’ll want to consider. </p>



<p>Firstly, a <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Professional-Microphone-Stabilizing-Recordings-Broadcasting/dp/B01N21H9WY/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Pop Filter</a>. Unless it’s built into your mic (like the Rode NT Mini USB above), these dampen the harsh P and T sounds when we say words like “thanks” and “pop”.  The sounds are very difficult to remove in post production, so eliminating them from the recording altogether is the best way to improve the audio.</p>



<p>Additionally, it’s worth considering a <a href="https://www.amazon.com/PSA-Swivel-Mount-Studio-Microphone/dp/B001D7UYBO/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">boom arm</a> to attach to your microphone.  The stand puts the mic at the same level of your mouth, which makes it more comfortable to sit and podcast for a longer period of time. It also ensures your microphone captures the proper vocal qualities.  When the microphone is positioned too high or low, it alters your normal speaking voice as you strain to talk into the mic.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<p><strong>Audio Editing And Recording Software</strong></p>



<p>If you’re recording locally on your computer,  <a href="https://www.audacityteam.org/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audacity</a> is a great tool. It’s a free, open source software that works on Mac and PCs. </p>



<p>For remote recordings where cohosts live in multiple places, we recommend <a href="https://squadcast.fm" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SquadCast</a>. This is an in-browser tool that records high quality sound without any being affected by internet speed, latency, or dropouts.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Where do you get royalty free music and sound effects for your podcast?</h3>



<p>The key here is the “royalty free” part.  Unless you want to pay royalties, you can’t use commercial music in a podcast.  Some music is allowed under the Creative Commons license, but those tracks have to be attributed to the artist each time they’re used. For podcasters, that means attribution must appear in each episode.</p>



<p>Using <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-intro-music/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">royalty free music</a> is a great way to pay one for a track, then use it over and over again without needing to mention the artist. </p>



<p>Of the services who offer royalty free tracks, some use monthly subscription plans and others allow for one-off purchases.  If you use infrequently, purchasing a one-off track is probably the best, most affordable way to go. But if you like using new tracks for each episode, then a subscription service may be a better fit for you.</p>



<p>Here are a few resources we like for both of these options: </p>



<ul><li><a href="https://audioblocks.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audioblocks</a></li><li><a href="https://audiojungle.net/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audiojungle</a></li><li><a href="https://www.pond5.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Pond5</a></li></ul>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">Still confused on the intricacies of including music in your podcast? Read our comprehensive guide on <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-intro-music/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">where to find free and affordable podcast music</a>. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>How do you create show notes for each episode?</h3>



<p>Show notes are a written summary of each episode. They are meant to serve two purposes: provide SEO value as users search for something relevant to your show, and to be a resource for your listeners to refer back to. </p>



<p>The process of creating show notes is a relatively simple one. Within <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-editing-service/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos Productions</a>, our audio engineers mix the final audio then our team of writers produce the show notes.</p>



<p>For DIY<a href="https://castos.com/podcast-show-notes/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"> show notes</a>, make sure to include these sections: </p>



<ul><li>A paragrph style summary of what the episode is about</li><li>A bulleted list (with or without timestamps) of topics discussed</li><li>Links to resources mentioned within the episode</li></ul>



<p>Good show notes will serve those two purposes very well: be a written form of your podcast episodes for search engines like Google as well as for visitors to your site who haven’t listened to your show yet. But also as a resource for your listeners who want to refer back to something you mentioned, or get a link to something (like one of the podcasting mics from this episode) earlier in an episode.</p>



<p>For current writers and bloggers, another option is repurposing existing blog posts into podcast episodes.  As a result, the show notes are already finished and are extremely thorough (like the ones for this episode we hope ;)).</p>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">In our interview with <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/the-best-educational-podcasts-of-2020/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Kevan Lee from Buffer</a>, we learned how their team approaches repurposing their high performing blog content. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Have questions for a future episode?</h2>



<p>We want Audience to be about the things you care about. Have a question that we haven’t covered yet? Send them our way. Drop us a message in our <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasthackers/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Hackers</a> Facebook group and we’ll include it in a future episode.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>


<div class="rm-area-podcast-like-a-pro"></div>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/upping-your-podcast-game.mp3" length="18916112"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
The team at Castos is excited to announce that our premium course on how to create a great podcast is now entirely free. Check out the Podcast Like A Pro course today to get 25+ lessons on everything from: 



Listener personas and popular podcast topicsGear, microphones, and setup recommendationsAudio recording and editing software recommendationsHow to achieve professional sounding audio for your final episodesWriting SEO-friendly show notes for your websiteSetting up a podcast hosting platform account and websiteSubmitting your podcast to popular listening appsLaunching your show with style Growing your audience and approaches to monetization



All you need to do to gain access is sign up on Teachable. You’ll instantly receive the entire 25+ lesson library of videos and resources to get started. 














Questions From Our Facebook Group



In this episode, we discuss a handful of questions from our Podcast Hackers group on Facebook. This is a place where we have lively discussions around what’s working well in people’s shows and what they’re struggling with. As a community, we share our knowledge to succeed as a group. 







What can I do to help get my show into the New and Noteworthy section in Apple Podcasts?



Great question here, and one that is asked a lot. Getting into the New and Noteworthy section of Apple Podcasts can do a lot to increase your reach, especially as a show is launching.  



There are two parts to the New and Noteworthy section: The New and The Noteworthy. Let’s examine each of these individually.



The “New” aspect refers to a podcast that was approved by Apple within the last 8 weeks. So the clock is ticking once the show has been approved to make a splash in those first few weeks. 



During these 8 weeks, there are two Calls To Action (CTA) that you want to encourage.



For your broader audience members, the goal is to get them to subscribe so they receive each episode as soon as it’s published. This will ensure download numbers stay steady and there less one-off listens.



For those who subscribed (we like to refer to this as your Tribe), take things a step further and ask them to leave a rating and review in Apple Podcasts. These go a long way towards increasing the social proof for your show, which in turn will bring in more listeners and subscribers. 



The Noteworthy aspect of New and Noteworthy is more subjective and is driven by a team at Apple directly. These are shows that might be following a recent trend (like COVID-19 right now), a show about a political campaign, or maybe a show about a TV series that’s just started. There’s not much that any of us can do to influence this decision, other than creating great content and empowering our listeners to spread the word as much as possible.







I want to create great sound, but don’t know where to start (on a budget preferably)?



This may be is the single biggest hurdle that folks have when starting a podcast. And for good reason. Many podcasters don’t have a background in audio engineering but strive for a professional sound. There are a few pieces to this equation, so let’s examine...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/element5-digital-OyCl7Y4y0Bk-unsplash-scaled.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:19:42</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[8 Podcast Best Practices You Should Know]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 14 May 2020 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/podcast-best-practices</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/podcast-best-practices</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>Creating great content is hard. Any kind, really. Whether it’s a blog, a YouTube channel, or a podcast. In a sea of information it’s tough to know what advice to follow and what to dismiss as noise.</p>



<p>In this episode, we lay out an easy-to-follow set of podcast best practices that will help you grow your show. </p>



<p>This playbook is full of things we’ve learned from working with hundreds of successful shows and interviewing some of the best minds in podcasting. They are the proven steps that many other successful podcasters before us have taken to build great podcast brands. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>The 8 Podcast Best Practices Every Host Should Know</h2>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>1. Create the content your audience is looking for</h3>



<p>It’s easier to create the content an existing audience is looking for rather than finding an audience for the content you want to create. </p>



<p>This may seem simple on the surface but is pretty nuanced when you get into it. And not doing this will set your podcast for failure no matter what your promotional activities include.</p>



<p>A great way to find out what people in your community or target market are looking for is through online communities. We’re big fans of Facebook groups, Slack channels, and other virtual meeting places for doing this. </p>



<p>Hang out there, ask interesting questions, and see what topics keep bubbling to the surface. This is a surefire way to find out the interests and pain points that people in your prospective audience are having. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>2. Have guests on your show</h3>



<p>Interviewing guests is a way to change the pace, tone, and perspective of your podcast. But it’s also a great strategy to share your podcast’s message with new audiences.</p>



<p>If you did a good job as an <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-interview/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">interviewer</a>, the episode will be one of the shining lights of your guest’s podcast repertoire. By giving your guest a platform where they can explain their ideas and perspective, and they’ll be more excited to share the content.</p>



<p>But before the interview, set clear expectations about promoting the final episode to your respective audiences. Mention early on that you plan to send a ready-to-go email of exactly what you want them to share.</p>



<p>For example, <a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1ojOrKzVk5oeOjNCoGR3mP02Ng_Zvos8NskPoQ47oEaI/edit" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here’s an email</a> I got recently to share a webinar we co-sponsored.  All I had to do is copy the email text and tweet then post them.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>3. Create shareworthy social media assets</h3>



<p>You’ve done all the hard work to create great content that your audience is looking for. Don’t fall one step short by not creating interesting assets to share on social media. </p>



<p>Hands down the best tool to create audiograms is <a href="https://castos.com/how-to-promote-your-podcast-using-headliner/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos’ Headliner integration</a>. Here’s an example of an audiogram from our previous episode: </p>







<p>Additionally, pull quotes from the episode’s most interesting soundbites to promote it on Twitter.</p>



<p>Crafting a custom featured image for each episode is another great way to stand out from the crowd. The image can include episode’s title, a headshot of a guest, or custom graphics. Tools like <a href="https://snappa.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Snappa</a> and <a href="https://canva.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Canva</a> are great for podcasters who don’t have the budget for professional graphic designers. </p>



<p>Use a tool like Buffer, Hootsuite, or Cosch...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
Creating great content is hard. Any kind, really. Whether it’s a blog, a YouTube channel, or a podcast. In a sea of information it’s tough to know what advice to follow and what to dismiss as noise.



In this episode, we lay out an easy-to-follow set of podcast best practices that will help you grow your show. 



This playbook is full of things we’ve learned from working with hundreds of successful shows and interviewing some of the best minds in podcasting. They are the proven steps that many other successful podcasters before us have taken to build great podcast brands. 







The 8 Podcast Best Practices Every Host Should Know







1. Create the content your audience is looking for



It’s easier to create the content an existing audience is looking for rather than finding an audience for the content you want to create. 



This may seem simple on the surface but is pretty nuanced when you get into it. And not doing this will set your podcast for failure no matter what your promotional activities include.



A great way to find out what people in your community or target market are looking for is through online communities. We’re big fans of Facebook groups, Slack channels, and other virtual meeting places for doing this. 



Hang out there, ask interesting questions, and see what topics keep bubbling to the surface. This is a surefire way to find out the interests and pain points that people in your prospective audience are having. 







2. Have guests on your show



Interviewing guests is a way to change the pace, tone, and perspective of your podcast. But it’s also a great strategy to share your podcast’s message with new audiences.



If you did a good job as an interviewer, the episode will be one of the shining lights of your guest’s podcast repertoire. By giving your guest a platform where they can explain their ideas and perspective, and they’ll be more excited to share the content.



But before the interview, set clear expectations about promoting the final episode to your respective audiences. Mention early on that you plan to send a ready-to-go email of exactly what you want them to share.



For example, here’s an email I got recently to share a webinar we co-sponsored.  All I had to do is copy the email text and tweet then post them.







3. Create shareworthy social media assets



You’ve done all the hard work to create great content that your audience is looking for. Don’t fall one step short by not creating interesting assets to share on social media. 



Hands down the best tool to create audiograms is Castos’ Headliner integration. Here’s an example of an audiogram from our previous episode: 







Additionally, pull quotes from the episode’s most interesting soundbites to promote it on Twitter.



Crafting a custom featured image for each episode is another great way to stand out from the crowd. The image can include episode’s title, a headshot of a guest, or custom graphics. Tools like Snappa and Canva are great for podcasters who don’t have the budget for professional graphic designers. 



Use a tool like Buffer, Hootsuite, or Cosch...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[8 Podcast Best Practices You Should Know]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>Creating great content is hard. Any kind, really. Whether it’s a blog, a YouTube channel, or a podcast. In a sea of information it’s tough to know what advice to follow and what to dismiss as noise.</p>



<p>In this episode, we lay out an easy-to-follow set of podcast best practices that will help you grow your show. </p>



<p>This playbook is full of things we’ve learned from working with hundreds of successful shows and interviewing some of the best minds in podcasting. They are the proven steps that many other successful podcasters before us have taken to build great podcast brands. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>The 8 Podcast Best Practices Every Host Should Know</h2>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>1. Create the content your audience is looking for</h3>



<p>It’s easier to create the content an existing audience is looking for rather than finding an audience for the content you want to create. </p>



<p>This may seem simple on the surface but is pretty nuanced when you get into it. And not doing this will set your podcast for failure no matter what your promotional activities include.</p>



<p>A great way to find out what people in your community or target market are looking for is through online communities. We’re big fans of Facebook groups, Slack channels, and other virtual meeting places for doing this. </p>



<p>Hang out there, ask interesting questions, and see what topics keep bubbling to the surface. This is a surefire way to find out the interests and pain points that people in your prospective audience are having. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>2. Have guests on your show</h3>



<p>Interviewing guests is a way to change the pace, tone, and perspective of your podcast. But it’s also a great strategy to share your podcast’s message with new audiences.</p>



<p>If you did a good job as an <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-interview/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">interviewer</a>, the episode will be one of the shining lights of your guest’s podcast repertoire. By giving your guest a platform where they can explain their ideas and perspective, and they’ll be more excited to share the content.</p>



<p>But before the interview, set clear expectations about promoting the final episode to your respective audiences. Mention early on that you plan to send a ready-to-go email of exactly what you want them to share.</p>



<p>For example, <a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1ojOrKzVk5oeOjNCoGR3mP02Ng_Zvos8NskPoQ47oEaI/edit" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here’s an email</a> I got recently to share a webinar we co-sponsored.  All I had to do is copy the email text and tweet then post them.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>3. Create shareworthy social media assets</h3>



<p>You’ve done all the hard work to create great content that your audience is looking for. Don’t fall one step short by not creating interesting assets to share on social media. </p>



<p>Hands down the best tool to create audiograms is <a href="https://castos.com/how-to-promote-your-podcast-using-headliner/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos’ Headliner integration</a>. Here’s an example of an audiogram from our previous episode: </p>







<p>Additionally, pull quotes from the episode’s most interesting soundbites to promote it on Twitter.</p>



<p>Crafting a custom featured image for each episode is another great way to stand out from the crowd. The image can include episode’s title, a headshot of a guest, or custom graphics. Tools like <a href="https://snappa.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Snappa</a> and <a href="https://canva.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Canva</a> are great for podcasters who don’t have the budget for professional graphic designers. </p>



<p>Use a tool like Buffer, Hootsuite, or Coschedule to schedule the social media posts for each episode. Aim for 5-10 posts per episode and schedule them for different days, time of day, etc. to drive people to listen days after the content is published.</p>



<p>The team at CoSchedule has put together a great tool for <a href="https://coschedule.com/blog/annual-social-media-content-calendar/">optim</a><a href="https://coschedule.com/blog/annual-social-media-content-calendar/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">izing the social posting for your shows.</a></p>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight action"><a href="https://castos.com/additional-analytics-data-and-headliner-integration/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Headliner is integrated with Castos</a> so making custom audiograms is a breeze. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>4. Participate in online communities</h3>



<p>Facebook, Discourse, Discord, WhatsApp groups are all fantastic ways to stay connected with other members of your audience in between episodes.</p>



<p>While much of podcasting is a one-way conversation, opening the doors to encourage two-way dialogue improves your relationship with listeners.</p>



<p>Be a consistent contributor to the discussions going on there. Provide your experiences and insights and don’t ask for anything in return. Build your reputation as someone who knows your niche, and people will want to learn more about you. Along the way they’ll find your podcast, and subscribe.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>5. Encourage audience feedback and reviews</h3>



<p>Tools like <a href="https://speakpipe.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Speakpipe</a>, or even a Google Voice number are a great way to encourage your listeners to actively participate in a show. Prompt them to call in with questions or their take on a topic. Use the calls to create unique episodes and increase audience engagement at the same time.</p>



<p>To encourage people to leave reviews,  try reading recent comments on air and mention who left it. <a href="https://starburns.audio/podcasts/pen-pals-with-daniel-rory/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Pen Pals podcast</a> does a fantastic job of this. They started the hashtag #growtheshow and read funny reviews at the top of each episode. </p>



<p>Either strategy is a great way to feature listeners on air and increase their involvement with the show.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>6. Grow an email list</h3>



<p>Offering a free course, lead magnet, or content not available elsewhere is one way to encourage listeners to sign up for an email list.</p>



<p>Using basic <a href="https://castos.com/email-marketing-podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">email marketing</a> techniques can keep you in touch with your audience. It’s also a place for them to get unique value from your brand.</p>



<p>We like the trick of having a podcast-specific email opt-in page that you ONLY mention on the show. Then include a different link in your show notes. This way you’ll know which subscribers came directly from listening to an episode versus reading a blog post. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>7. Publish regularly</h3>



<p>This doesn’t mean you have to publish episodes every week, but whatever it is, stick with it. Every week, every other week (probably not less often than that), or even twice a week is all fine.  </p>



<p>Just stay consistent and let your audience know when to expect each episode.</p>



<p>Doing this over and over, every episode, will create an enormous amount of trust in your from your listeners.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>8. Create (or join) a podcast network</h3>



<p>In our previous conversation with <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/eric-nuzum-make-noise/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Eric Nuzum</a> we discussed the rising popularity of podcast networks, and DIY networks.</p>



<p>Groups of related shows are a natural way to cross-promote your content to audiences interested in similar topics.</p>



<p>Networks like 5×5, NPR, and Gimlet have all proven that this model works great, and is something all podcasters do without any special tech.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Over To You</h2>



<p>In this episode we laid out the 8 podcasting best practices that will lead to a better show. Doing each of these on a consistent basis will grow your content library, your listenership, and your reputation in a niche. </p>



<p>Leave your podcast best practices in the comments and let us know what we missed!</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned In This Episode</h2>



<ul><li>Join our Facebook group, <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasthackers/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Hackers</a></li><li>Listen to <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/podcast-promotion-jack-rhysider/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Jack Rhysider’s interview on Audience</a></li><li>Listen to the <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/ladybug-podcast-personal-brand-example/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ladybug Podcast’s interview on Audience</a></li><li></li></ul>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/8-Step-Playbook-To-Audience-Growth.mp3" length="21613187"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
Creating great content is hard. Any kind, really. Whether it’s a blog, a YouTube channel, or a podcast. In a sea of information it’s tough to know what advice to follow and what to dismiss as noise.



In this episode, we lay out an easy-to-follow set of podcast best practices that will help you grow your show. 



This playbook is full of things we’ve learned from working with hundreds of successful shows and interviewing some of the best minds in podcasting. They are the proven steps that many other successful podcasters before us have taken to build great podcast brands. 







The 8 Podcast Best Practices Every Host Should Know







1. Create the content your audience is looking for



It’s easier to create the content an existing audience is looking for rather than finding an audience for the content you want to create. 



This may seem simple on the surface but is pretty nuanced when you get into it. And not doing this will set your podcast for failure no matter what your promotional activities include.



A great way to find out what people in your community or target market are looking for is through online communities. We’re big fans of Facebook groups, Slack channels, and other virtual meeting places for doing this. 



Hang out there, ask interesting questions, and see what topics keep bubbling to the surface. This is a surefire way to find out the interests and pain points that people in your prospective audience are having. 







2. Have guests on your show



Interviewing guests is a way to change the pace, tone, and perspective of your podcast. But it’s also a great strategy to share your podcast’s message with new audiences.



If you did a good job as an interviewer, the episode will be one of the shining lights of your guest’s podcast repertoire. By giving your guest a platform where they can explain their ideas and perspective, and they’ll be more excited to share the content.



But before the interview, set clear expectations about promoting the final episode to your respective audiences. Mention early on that you plan to send a ready-to-go email of exactly what you want them to share.



For example, here’s an email I got recently to share a webinar we co-sponsored.  All I had to do is copy the email text and tweet then post them.







3. Create shareworthy social media assets



You’ve done all the hard work to create great content that your audience is looking for. Don’t fall one step short by not creating interesting assets to share on social media. 



Hands down the best tool to create audiograms is Castos’ Headliner integration. Here’s an example of an audiogram from our previous episode: 







Additionally, pull quotes from the episode’s most interesting soundbites to promote it on Twitter.



Crafting a custom featured image for each episode is another great way to stand out from the crowd. The image can include episode’s title, a headshot of a guest, or custom graphics. Tools like Snappa and Canva are great for podcasters who don’t have the budget for professional graphic designers. 



Use a tool like Buffer, Hootsuite, or Cosch...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/8-Podcast-Best-Practices-You-Should-Know.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:22:30</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Creating A Remote Creativity Platform With The Founders Of Squadcast.fm]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 07 May 2020 09:15:39 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/remote-creativity-platform</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/remote-creativity-platform</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>Creating great sounding audio is the cornerstone of what constitutes a winning podcast. And there are many things that go into this: the right gear, the right techniques, great post-production, and a way to record that audio in an easy and high-quality manner.</p>



<p>And in this episode, we welcome Zach Moreno and Rock Felder, cofounders of <a href="https://squadcast.fm" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Squadcast.fm</a> to discuss this, and much more.</p>



<p>At their core, Zach and Rock from Squadcast have set out to create a platform in which creatives can record really high quality audio (and video soon) content for their audiences. Even with many of the remote communication tools that are available to many of us these days none has been focused solely on the quality of those pieces of content.</p>



<p>As a team that sees a lot of great content being recorded Rock and Zach emphasize the importance of a good microphone (like our favorites here) but also a practical approach to recording. This often includes considerations around the environment you’re recording in, potential for interruptions, and a bit of advance planning.</p>



<p>As at the time of this episode airing we’re all going through the Covid-19 pandemic that is gripping the world, Zach, Rock, and I discuss how we’re seeing Coronavirus affecting the podcasting industry. With unique perspectives on podcasters, we have all seen amazing new ways in which we can serve our customer base. Both from new people coming into the podcast space to enabling communities, medical professionals, and even governments to share information and inspiration with their audiences.</p>



<h2>Resources Mentioned</h2>



<p><a href="https://squadcast.fm">Squadcast.fm</a></p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/Zach__Moreno">Zach Moreno on Twitter</a></p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/rockwellfelder">Rock Felder on Twitter</a></p>



<p><a href="https://podcastmovement.com">Podcast Movement</a></p>
]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
Creating great sounding audio is the cornerstone of what constitutes a winning podcast. And there are many things that go into this: the right gear, the right techniques, great post-production, and a way to record that audio in an easy and high-quality manner.



And in this episode, we welcome Zach Moreno and Rock Felder, cofounders of Squadcast.fm to discuss this, and much more.



At their core, Zach and Rock from Squadcast have set out to create a platform in which creatives can record really high quality audio (and video soon) content for their audiences. Even with many of the remote communication tools that are available to many of us these days none has been focused solely on the quality of those pieces of content.



As a team that sees a lot of great content being recorded Rock and Zach emphasize the importance of a good microphone (like our favorites here) but also a practical approach to recording. This often includes considerations around the environment you’re recording in, potential for interruptions, and a bit of advance planning.



As at the time of this episode airing we’re all going through the Covid-19 pandemic that is gripping the world, Zach, Rock, and I discuss how we’re seeing Coronavirus affecting the podcasting industry. With unique perspectives on podcasters, we have all seen amazing new ways in which we can serve our customer base. Both from new people coming into the podcast space to enabling communities, medical professionals, and even governments to share information and inspiration with their audiences.



Resources Mentioned



Squadcast.fm



Zach Moreno on Twitter



Rock Felder on Twitter



Podcast Movement
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Creating A Remote Creativity Platform With The Founders Of Squadcast.fm]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>Creating great sounding audio is the cornerstone of what constitutes a winning podcast. And there are many things that go into this: the right gear, the right techniques, great post-production, and a way to record that audio in an easy and high-quality manner.</p>



<p>And in this episode, we welcome Zach Moreno and Rock Felder, cofounders of <a href="https://squadcast.fm" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Squadcast.fm</a> to discuss this, and much more.</p>



<p>At their core, Zach and Rock from Squadcast have set out to create a platform in which creatives can record really high quality audio (and video soon) content for their audiences. Even with many of the remote communication tools that are available to many of us these days none has been focused solely on the quality of those pieces of content.</p>



<p>As a team that sees a lot of great content being recorded Rock and Zach emphasize the importance of a good microphone (like our favorites here) but also a practical approach to recording. This often includes considerations around the environment you’re recording in, potential for interruptions, and a bit of advance planning.</p>



<p>As at the time of this episode airing we’re all going through the Covid-19 pandemic that is gripping the world, Zach, Rock, and I discuss how we’re seeing Coronavirus affecting the podcasting industry. With unique perspectives on podcasters, we have all seen amazing new ways in which we can serve our customer base. Both from new people coming into the podcast space to enabling communities, medical professionals, and even governments to share information and inspiration with their audiences.</p>



<h2>Resources Mentioned</h2>



<p><a href="https://squadcast.fm">Squadcast.fm</a></p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/Zach__Moreno">Zach Moreno on Twitter</a></p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/rockwellfelder">Rock Felder on Twitter</a></p>



<p><a href="https://podcastmovement.com">Podcast Movement</a></p>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Creating-a-Remote-Creativity-Platform-with-Squadcast.mp3" length="35017988"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
Creating great sounding audio is the cornerstone of what constitutes a winning podcast. And there are many things that go into this: the right gear, the right techniques, great post-production, and a way to record that audio in an easy and high-quality manner.



And in this episode, we welcome Zach Moreno and Rock Felder, cofounders of Squadcast.fm to discuss this, and much more.



At their core, Zach and Rock from Squadcast have set out to create a platform in which creatives can record really high quality audio (and video soon) content for their audiences. Even with many of the remote communication tools that are available to many of us these days none has been focused solely on the quality of those pieces of content.



As a team that sees a lot of great content being recorded Rock and Zach emphasize the importance of a good microphone (like our favorites here) but also a practical approach to recording. This often includes considerations around the environment you’re recording in, potential for interruptions, and a bit of advance planning.



As at the time of this episode airing we’re all going through the Covid-19 pandemic that is gripping the world, Zach, Rock, and I discuss how we’re seeing Coronavirus affecting the podcasting industry. With unique perspectives on podcasters, we have all seen amazing new ways in which we can serve our customer base. Both from new people coming into the podcast space to enabling communities, medical professionals, and even governments to share information and inspiration with their audiences.



Resources Mentioned



Squadcast.fm



Zach Moreno on Twitter



Rock Felder on Twitter



Podcast Movement
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/creative-platform.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:28</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions: Affordable Podcast Editing From Your Dashboard]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 30 Apr 2020 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/podcast-editing</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/podcast-editing</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>When we talk to our customers, podcast editing is often the most intimidating part of podcasting. It's technical, a more laborious process, and it's hard to know when you're done. With the importance of consistently publishing new episodes, there are a few  podcast editing methods to choose from.</p>



<p>Some some, purchasing <a href="https://castos.com/4-popular-options-podcast-editing-software/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast editing software</a> and using a DIY approach is best. An option for beginners and veterans, doing the editing yourself takes more time. There's a learning curve to understand the software, self-educating on how to mix and master audio files, and having to critique your own work before publishing an episode. </p>



<p>For others, hiring a podcast editing service is their way to focus on producing quality content while someone else takes care of the professional sound. They hire a professional podcast production service, send their raw files, and receive a fully edited episode. There are many podcast editing services out there but there's one that makes it easy, affordable, and gives you full control over the final product. </p>



<p>Today, we're excited to announce the launch of <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-editing-service/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos Productions</a>. Our solution to podcast editing that lives right in your dashboard. </p>



<p>In this article, we'll review the ins and outs of podcast editing whether you choose the DIY approach or use Castos Productions. From what files you need before you start editing, ways to make the process easier, to why podcasters decide to use a professional production service.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>A Checklist Of What You Need Before You Start Editing A Podcast</h2>



<p>Podcast editing is an intricate process. Whether you're mastering the audio file yourself or using a podcast production company, these are the audio files you need handy to get started:</p>



<ol><li>Separate audio tracks: the episode audio files from your podcast specific recording tool, like <a href="https://squadcast.fm/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Squadcast</a> or <a href="https://www.adobe.com/products/audition.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Adobe Audition</a>. Use separate tracks for everyone being recorded.</li><li><a href="https://castos.com/podcast-intros-and-outros/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Intro and outro segments</a>: use the same version for each episode or customize it per episode.</li><li>Music: use it within your intro, outro, and main segments of your podcast.</li><li>Host-read advertisements: any sponsor messages that you need to include within the episode.</li></ol>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Recording Tips To Make Editing Easier</h2>



<p>Our biggest piece of advice to make editing your podcast easier is to start thinking about it during the recording. Capturing high quality audio from the start will reduce the time it takes to produce a final episode. </p>



<p>The first foundational piece to get started purchasing a <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/podcast-setup-and-gear/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcasting microphone</a> and recording in an optimal location. Believe it not, for those without a sound studio the best place is in your closet. Next is perfecting good <a href="https://castos.com/mic-techniques/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">microphone techniques</a>. This takes practice but it's best to capture audio where you don't have to go back and remove the extra plosives. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Why Podcasters Use Podcast Editing Services</h2>



<p>Whether you're just starting a podcast or regularly producing one, you’re undoubtedly weary about investing money in services you don't need. The...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
When we talk to our customers, podcast editing is often the most intimidating part of podcasting. It's technical, a more laborious process, and it's hard to know when you're done. With the importance of consistently publishing new episodes, there are a few  podcast editing methods to choose from.



Some some, purchasing podcast editing software and using a DIY approach is best. An option for beginners and veterans, doing the editing yourself takes more time. There's a learning curve to understand the software, self-educating on how to mix and master audio files, and having to critique your own work before publishing an episode. 



For others, hiring a podcast editing service is their way to focus on producing quality content while someone else takes care of the professional sound. They hire a professional podcast production service, send their raw files, and receive a fully edited episode. There are many podcast editing services out there but there's one that makes it easy, affordable, and gives you full control over the final product. 



Today, we're excited to announce the launch of Castos Productions. Our solution to podcast editing that lives right in your dashboard. 



In this article, we'll review the ins and outs of podcast editing whether you choose the DIY approach or use Castos Productions. From what files you need before you start editing, ways to make the process easier, to why podcasters decide to use a professional production service.







A Checklist Of What You Need Before You Start Editing A Podcast



Podcast editing is an intricate process. Whether you're mastering the audio file yourself or using a podcast production company, these are the audio files you need handy to get started:



Separate audio tracks: the episode audio files from your podcast specific recording tool, like Squadcast or Adobe Audition. Use separate tracks for everyone being recorded.Intro and outro segments: use the same version for each episode or customize it per episode.Music: use it within your intro, outro, and main segments of your podcast.Host-read advertisements: any sponsor messages that you need to include within the episode.







Recording Tips To Make Editing Easier



Our biggest piece of advice to make editing your podcast easier is to start thinking about it during the recording. Capturing high quality audio from the start will reduce the time it takes to produce a final episode. 



The first foundational piece to get started purchasing a podcasting microphone and recording in an optimal location. Believe it not, for those without a sound studio the best place is in your closet. Next is perfecting good microphone techniques. This takes practice but it's best to capture audio where you don't have to go back and remove the extra plosives. 







Why Podcasters Use Podcast Editing Services



Whether you're just starting a podcast or regularly producing one, you’re undoubtedly weary about investing money in services you don't need. The...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions: Affordable Podcast Editing From Your Dashboard]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>When we talk to our customers, podcast editing is often the most intimidating part of podcasting. It's technical, a more laborious process, and it's hard to know when you're done. With the importance of consistently publishing new episodes, there are a few  podcast editing methods to choose from.</p>



<p>Some some, purchasing <a href="https://castos.com/4-popular-options-podcast-editing-software/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast editing software</a> and using a DIY approach is best. An option for beginners and veterans, doing the editing yourself takes more time. There's a learning curve to understand the software, self-educating on how to mix and master audio files, and having to critique your own work before publishing an episode. </p>



<p>For others, hiring a podcast editing service is their way to focus on producing quality content while someone else takes care of the professional sound. They hire a professional podcast production service, send their raw files, and receive a fully edited episode. There are many podcast editing services out there but there's one that makes it easy, affordable, and gives you full control over the final product. </p>



<p>Today, we're excited to announce the launch of <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-editing-service/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos Productions</a>. Our solution to podcast editing that lives right in your dashboard. </p>



<p>In this article, we'll review the ins and outs of podcast editing whether you choose the DIY approach or use Castos Productions. From what files you need before you start editing, ways to make the process easier, to why podcasters decide to use a professional production service.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>A Checklist Of What You Need Before You Start Editing A Podcast</h2>



<p>Podcast editing is an intricate process. Whether you're mastering the audio file yourself or using a podcast production company, these are the audio files you need handy to get started:</p>



<ol><li>Separate audio tracks: the episode audio files from your podcast specific recording tool, like <a href="https://squadcast.fm/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Squadcast</a> or <a href="https://www.adobe.com/products/audition.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Adobe Audition</a>. Use separate tracks for everyone being recorded.</li><li><a href="https://castos.com/podcast-intros-and-outros/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Intro and outro segments</a>: use the same version for each episode or customize it per episode.</li><li>Music: use it within your intro, outro, and main segments of your podcast.</li><li>Host-read advertisements: any sponsor messages that you need to include within the episode.</li></ol>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Recording Tips To Make Editing Easier</h2>



<p>Our biggest piece of advice to make editing your podcast easier is to start thinking about it during the recording. Capturing high quality audio from the start will reduce the time it takes to produce a final episode. </p>



<p>The first foundational piece to get started purchasing a <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/podcast-setup-and-gear/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcasting microphone</a> and recording in an optimal location. Believe it not, for those without a sound studio the best place is in your closet. Next is perfecting good <a href="https://castos.com/mic-techniques/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">microphone techniques</a>. This takes practice but it's best to capture audio where you don't have to go back and remove the extra plosives. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Why Podcasters Use Podcast Editing Services</h2>



<p>Whether you're just starting a podcast or regularly producing one, you’re undoubtedly weary about investing money in services you don't need. There are a lot of companies that will help you create great content, but before you hire them, you should decide whether they are worth the expense.</p>



<p>Audio editing is one of the most tedious and time-expensive tasks of publishing a podcast episode. You’ll have to address noise reduction, equalization, leveling, mixing, awkward pauses, extra “umms” and “ahhs,” <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-intros-and-outros/">intros and outros</a>, ads, and a list of other issues. It’s a lot of work, especially if you aren’t an experienced audio engineer. In fact, the post production process can turn your fun podcast into a long and drawn out process. </p>



<p>Most podcasters report that hiring an editing service was the best choice they made for their show. There are four reasons why:</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>1. Professional, quality sound</h3>



<p>Even if your content is unique and interesting, it's difficult to grab a listener's attention with amateur recordings. So you want your finished episodes to sound professional so you can compete with similar shows in your niche. For podcasters who want to sound like This American Life, hiring a professional editing service is the best way to get there.</p>



<p>During their interview, the hosts of the <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/ladybug-podcast-personal-brand-example/">Ladybug Podcast</a> mentioned hiring <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-editing-service/">Castos Productions</a> as a crucial part of their success. Offloading their editing process to audio engineers and publishing professional episodes helped legitimize their show from the start. When you work with Castos, our trained professionals will ensure that your show has the highest quality audio possible. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>2. Time to work on other things</h3>



<p>When you record a 30-minute episode, it can take podcasters upwards of five hours to create the finished product. The time spent editing a podcast can be a frustrating process, especially for those without backgrounds in audio engineering. </p>



<p>With an editing service, that time can be spent preparing new episodes, writing detailed show notes, or pitching new guests to appear on the show. Imagine what you could do if you could focus on those kinds of tasks! Allowing yourself the time and energy to focus on the <em>content </em>of your show without being distracted by hours of post production tasks will pay for itself.</p>



<p>Another added bonus of hiring a production service is that many (including Castos) provide more than just podcast editing support. Many offer <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-show-notes/">show notes</a>, <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-transcription/">transcriptions</a>, marketing assets to promote each episode, and automatically publish to a hosting platform. Consider how much time you could get back with all of these tasks handled by an experienced team. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>3. Quality and consistency</h3>



<p>Imagine if you handled all the editing all yourself. Would each episode be the same quality? Would a few background noises sneak through? Would you accidentally upload your show with that segment you intended to remove? Chances are you’d make a lot of mistakes out of inexperience and lack of a second set of ears. </p>



<p>When you work with an editing service, you get the same result <em>every time. </em>Experienced audio engineers perfect the sound quality and presentation, and trained writers know how to create valuable show notes and transcriptions. Quality control checks ensure your finished episodes are top notch all the time. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>4. Opportunity cost and money</h3>



<p><a href="https://www.investopedia.com/terms/o/opportunitycost.asp">Opportunity cost</a> is the benefit a person could receive - but gave up - to take another benefit. It’s when you forgo one thing to have another because you can’t have both. This concept is applicable in all walks of life, but it applies to deciding whether to use a podcast editing service. </p>



<p>Podcast editing comes at a price. Since you could use that money for other things, you give up the opportunity to have those other things when you hire an editing service. But that <em>doesn’t</em> mean all your options will have an equal impact on your business. When you hire a podcasting editing service, it pays for itself with time saved. </p>



<p>A busy person with a show to host and a business to run doesn’t have the time to spend on basic editing and administration work. Your time is more valuable than that. Saving a few hundred dollars by doing all of your own editing and administration could prevent you from focusing on your content, promotion,, or your high level strategy.</p>



<p>If you don’t have a business or a budget, then a do-it-yourself approach might work for you. But if you have a budget and time is at a premium, you can always calculate the hourly rate that you earn and multiply it by the time it takes to produce your podcast. That will make your decision easy, because math never lies.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>25 Free Audio Resources</h2>



<p>Understanding and finding information about basic podcast audio editing and free audio resources is not that simple. Here is a list of articles, videos, and quizzes that will help with getting a better understanding of podcast audio editing and audio principles in general.</p>



<ol><li><a href="https://training.npr.org/">NPR Training</a> - An awesome free resource for audio, visual, digital, and social storytelling.</li><li><a href="https://vimeo.com/user10062459/videos">NPR Training Vimeo Videos</a> - A collection of NPR Training videos that expands on their written content. These are great for topics that require visual instruction. </li><li><a href="https://vimeo.com/140966782">Writing Through Sound</a> - Audio storytelling is all about the dance between your narration and your sound. In this webinar, NPR lays out a library of techniques for getting into and out of your sound.</li><li><a href="https://training.npr.org/audio/the-ear-training-guide-for-audio-producers/">The Ear Training Guide for Audio Producers</a> - This ear training guide helps you to learn how to recognize certain sounds and identify problems before they impact quality or snowball into larger technical problems.</li><li><a href="https://training.npr.org/audio/quiz-do-you-have-the-ears-of-an-audio-producer/">Quiz: Do you have the ears of an audio producer?</a> - Take this quiz to see if you have the ears of an audio producer!</li><li><a href="https://training.npr.org/audio/put-your-audio-to-the-test-know-when-to-use-it-or-lose-it/">Put your audio to the test: Know when to use it or lose it</a> - These three fundamental characteristics of good audio can help guide your decision-making when there are problems in your audio. When you get stuck trying to decide what to do, run your audio through this test. </li><li><a href="https://training.npr.org/audio/butt-cut-what-a-glossary-of-production-terms/">‘Butt cut what?’ A glossary of production terms</a> - A useful glossary of audio production terms and definitions</li><li><a href="https://pae.izotope.com/">Pro Audio Essentials Challenge – Test Your Skills</a> - This is a game-based course to practice and improve your audio skills. It uses audio games, ear training, and videos to build your skills.</li><li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLTl2BWNMJpmft3BaLedhsfHYM4APMQTr2">Podfly Academy</a> - A 10-lesson podcasting course to help new podcasters lay a foundation of basic knowledge for the unfamiliar. 100% free. </li><li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=unnkZZFvN7Y&amp;index=5&amp;list=PLTl2BWNMJpmft3BaLedhsfHYM4APMQTr2">Developing a Show Clock</a> - Learn how to develop a show close for your podcast to organize your segments and ads. </li><li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=m4hq5tlqJEA&amp;list=PLTl2BWNMJpmft3BaLedhsfHYM4APMQTr2&amp;index=10">Adobe Audition for Podcasters</a> - A series of tutorials on setting up a podcast with a focus on Adobe’s Audition software.</li><li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCYEiWHoP2IHHgjOapTAYMQw">Music Radio Creative YouTube Channel</a> - Learn how to create great sounding audio with the right equipment and tools, all from your own home.</li><li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LxI_Q-sMmzE">Quick &amp; Dirty Guide to Editing Podcasts in Adobe Audition</a> - Learn the basics of editing your podcast audio in Adobe Audition. </li><li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ed_8ThKt4AY">Adobe Audition: How to record, edit and export your podcast</a> - This tutorial will walk you through the process of recording, editing, and exporting your podcast using Adobe Audition.</li><li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0t6B7iwDuu0">How to use Adobe Audition to give your podcast audio that professional edge</a> - This video teaches you how to give your ordinary audio a professional sound. </li><li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UYcKu7MrP2A">Adobe Audition Basic Recording Tutorial</a> - This is another great video that teaches you the basics of voice recording with Adobe Audition for podcasts. </li><li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jYFbLciTQEQ">How To Create A Podcast Template in Adobe Audition</a> - Templates make everything easier! Learn how to create multi-track podcast templates in Adobe Audition to speed up your podcast workflow.</li><li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0PO0NUcS370">How to Edit and Sweeten an Audio Podcast in Adobe Audition</a> - A great Adobe Audition sample workflow to make audio full and rich, as well as how to save out the audio file in the correct format and size for podcasting.</li><li><a href="https://music.tutsplus.com/tutorials/how-to-process-vocals-for-podcasts-or-voiceover--audio-6969">How to Process Vocals for Podcasts or Voiceover</a> - A walkthrough that teaches you how to process voice recordings for more professional podcast episodes. (Great examples!)</li><li><a href="https://music.tutsplus.com/tutorials/basic-sound-clean-up-for-an-audio-novice--audio-19373">Basic Sound Clean-Up for an Audio Novice</a> - Learn how to perform a basic audio clean-up on a voiceover using Adobe Audition.</li><li><a href="https://www.lifewire.com/free-audio-tools-for-editing-music-and-sound-recordings-2438497">Free Audio Tools for Editing Music and Sound Recordings</a> - A review of the best audio editors to polish your sound. Use this to decide which tool is right for you. </li><li><a href="https://www.physicsclassroom.com/class/sound">Sound Waves and Music</a> - If you want to learn about the theory of sound, this tutorial on sound waves and music will stretch your understanding of sound waves, along with a neuron or two.</li><li><a href="https://transom.org/2015/podcasting-basics-part-3-audio-levels-and-processing/">Podcasting Basics: Audio Levels and Processing</a> - A deep dive into loudness, EQ, noise reduction, and audio processing in general.</li><li><a href="https://www.izotope.com/en/learn/10-tips-for-a-great-sounding-podcast.html">10 Tips for a Great Sounding Podcast</a> - Poor audio quality can detract from your message, but these 10 podcast audio production tips to help get you the best possible sound.</li><li><a>How to Record Long-Distance Podcast Interviews</a> - If you interview guests often or have a co-host, you'll need to record your show from separate locations at some point. Learn how to get an excellent recording no matter how far away you are from your guest.</li></ol>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What You Can Expect From Castos Productions</h2>



<p>Castos Productions is a done-for-you, podcast editing and production service built right into your Castos dashboard. </p>



<p>We have a team of audio engineers and producers who have been in the industry for over five years. Clients like <a href="https://jamesaltucher.com/podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">James Altucher</a>, <a href="https://coschedule.com/podcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">CoSchedule</a>, and <a href="https://buffer.com/resources/category/podcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Buffer</a> used the beta version of Castos Productions to free up their time for the more enjoyable parts of podcasting.</p>



<p>Here's a sneak peak at what a before and after snippet from one of our shows sounds like:</p>







<p>The goal with our podcast editing and production service is to help those not interested in becoming amateur audio engineers. Using Castos Productions </p>



<p>Getting started with Castos Productions looks like this:</p>



<ol><li>Record the episode's audio segments, remember the checklist above.</li><li>Log into your <a href="https://app.castos.com/login" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos dashboard</a> and upload each file under the "Add Episodes" section from the main dashboard. You can upload as many files as you'd like to this section.</li><li>Include editing notes for our team and send the files from the dashboard.</li><li>Our team mixes and masters the files to produce the final episode. If your plan includes show notes, transcriptions, and marketing assets, we'll create those too.</li><li>We'll upload the finished products to your dashboard. You'll receive an email notification that your final assets are ready. </li><li>If you have any edits or notes, our team will turn those around within ~24 hours and re-upload the new files to your dashboard for your review.</li><li>Once satisfied, approve the episode and it'll automatically be published to each podcast listening app. </li></ol>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Affordable Editing Options Per Episode</h2>



<p>Castos Productions offers three levels of services depending on your podcast editing needs. The best part is, the services are per episode so you don't have to commit to a subscription. When you purchase a package, we'll bill you on a monthly basis.</p>



<p>Our Pro Audio Editing services take 72 hours to turnaround a finalized episode. Whereas the Concierge Package and Complete Solution services take one week. </p>



<p><a href="https://castos.com/podcast-editing-service/">Learn more about Castos Productions</a> and see how easy it can be to put your podcast on autopilot.</p>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/podcast-editing.mp3" length="19971031"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
When we talk to our customers, podcast editing is often the most intimidating part of podcasting. It's technical, a more laborious process, and it's hard to know when you're done. With the importance of consistently publishing new episodes, there are a few  podcast editing methods to choose from.



Some some, purchasing podcast editing software and using a DIY approach is best. An option for beginners and veterans, doing the editing yourself takes more time. There's a learning curve to understand the software, self-educating on how to mix and master audio files, and having to critique your own work before publishing an episode. 



For others, hiring a podcast editing service is their way to focus on producing quality content while someone else takes care of the professional sound. They hire a professional podcast production service, send their raw files, and receive a fully edited episode. There are many podcast editing services out there but there's one that makes it easy, affordable, and gives you full control over the final product. 



Today, we're excited to announce the launch of Castos Productions. Our solution to podcast editing that lives right in your dashboard. 



In this article, we'll review the ins and outs of podcast editing whether you choose the DIY approach or use Castos Productions. From what files you need before you start editing, ways to make the process easier, to why podcasters decide to use a professional production service.







A Checklist Of What You Need Before You Start Editing A Podcast



Podcast editing is an intricate process. Whether you're mastering the audio file yourself or using a podcast production company, these are the audio files you need handy to get started:



Separate audio tracks: the episode audio files from your podcast specific recording tool, like Squadcast or Adobe Audition. Use separate tracks for everyone being recorded.Intro and outro segments: use the same version for each episode or customize it per episode.Music: use it within your intro, outro, and main segments of your podcast.Host-read advertisements: any sponsor messages that you need to include within the episode.







Recording Tips To Make Editing Easier



Our biggest piece of advice to make editing your podcast easier is to start thinking about it during the recording. Capturing high quality audio from the start will reduce the time it takes to produce a final episode. 



The first foundational piece to get started purchasing a podcasting microphone and recording in an optimal location. Believe it not, for those without a sound studio the best place is in your closet. Next is perfecting good microphone techniques. This takes practice but it's best to capture audio where you don't have to go back and remove the extra plosives. 







Why Podcasters Use Podcast Editing Services



Whether you're just starting a podcast or regularly producing one, you’re undoubtedly weary about investing money in services you don't need. The...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/troy-t-dX76Mts-LVM-unsplash-scaled.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:20:48</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[How To Tell A Story From NPR’s Former VP Of Programming]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 23 Apr 2020 06:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/eric-nuzum-make-noise</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/eric-nuzum-make-noise</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>This week on Audience we chatted with Eric Nuzum, an expert who started NPR’s podcasting efforts back in 2005. Eric help found some of NPR’s most successful shows, has published three best-selling books, and co-founded a podcast production company called <a href="https://magnificentnoise.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Magnificent Noise</a>. </p>



<p>Recently, he found time to write and publish his fourth book, <a href="https://ericnuzum.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Make Noise:</em> <em>A Creator’s Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling</em></a>. The words of wisdom and exercises on being a better storyteller lead Craig to his position to sit down with Eric to pick his brain. Throughout this interview, they focused on how to conduct a more engaging interview, why DIY podcast networks succeed, the similarities between hobby podcasters and big budget productions, and where podcast advertising is headed in the midst of COVID-19. </p>



<p>Listen to the full episode now for Eric’s expert insights on all things podcasting.  </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>How Can Interviewers Create A Good Story?</h2>



<p>With Eric’s experience being the interviewer, interviewee, and producing interview-style podcasts, there’s no better person to ask about how interviews create good stories. </p>



<p>He points out, when compared to monologue episodes, <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-interview/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">interviews</a> help people who aren’t accustomed to telling their own story. Rather than the pressure to grab the mic and figure out their own way forward, the interviewer leads the guest to the questions the audience wants to learn about. But the tough part is the communal lift involved in getting the good story. There’s more than one stakeholder involved in shaping the narrative so it’s everyone’s job to keep the interview’s focus on the information that’s most useful to the audience. </p>



<p>Another key to getting a good story is the interview needs to feel natural, organic, and authentic. Podcaster’s most common hangup is trying to emulate someone else as their interview persona. While trying to mimic another person, you’re <em>pretending</em> to be an interviewer instead of actually engaging with the guest. Eric’s tip is to get out of that mindset and get back to being genuinely curious about the person you’re talking to. An organic, give-and-take conversation will help create a more riveting <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-structure/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">story arc</a>. </p>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">Eric’s biggest interview tip: don’t ask questions you already know the answer to.  It leads to inauthentic sound bites and a guest who can’t wait to end the conversation.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>For podcasters without extensive media backgrounds, make creative decisions is difficult. What’s your advice to people who are intimidated or frustrated by this part of producing a podcast?</h2>



<p>To promote his most newest book, Eric is often on the road talking about podcasting. From boardrooms to coffee shops, how to tackle the big creative decisions plagues every podcaster no matter their experience level. </p>



<p>Eric found both corporate conglomerates and podcast hobbyists struggle with the same frustrations. With so many decisions to make, combined an abundance of available options, every person he’s encountered is looking for the same information. This should be encouraging for beginners because it means having a big budget or a room full of media professionals doesn’t guarantee a hit podcast. </p>



<p>Since podcasting is a relatively new industry, it’s still considered the wild west of content channels. This is great in terms of the limitless ways new hosts can enter medium but also a curse as more options can...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
This week on Audience we chatted with Eric Nuzum, an expert who started NPR’s podcasting efforts back in 2005. Eric help found some of NPR’s most successful shows, has published three best-selling books, and co-founded a podcast production company called Magnificent Noise. 



Recently, he found time to write and publish his fourth book, Make Noise: A Creator’s Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling. The words of wisdom and exercises on being a better storyteller lead Craig to his position to sit down with Eric to pick his brain. Throughout this interview, they focused on how to conduct a more engaging interview, why DIY podcast networks succeed, the similarities between hobby podcasters and big budget productions, and where podcast advertising is headed in the midst of COVID-19. 



Listen to the full episode now for Eric’s expert insights on all things podcasting.  







How Can Interviewers Create A Good Story?



With Eric’s experience being the interviewer, interviewee, and producing interview-style podcasts, there’s no better person to ask about how interviews create good stories. 



He points out, when compared to monologue episodes, interviews help people who aren’t accustomed to telling their own story. Rather than the pressure to grab the mic and figure out their own way forward, the interviewer leads the guest to the questions the audience wants to learn about. But the tough part is the communal lift involved in getting the good story. There’s more than one stakeholder involved in shaping the narrative so it’s everyone’s job to keep the interview’s focus on the information that’s most useful to the audience. 



Another key to getting a good story is the interview needs to feel natural, organic, and authentic. Podcaster’s most common hangup is trying to emulate someone else as their interview persona. While trying to mimic another person, you’re pretending to be an interviewer instead of actually engaging with the guest. Eric’s tip is to get out of that mindset and get back to being genuinely curious about the person you’re talking to. An organic, give-and-take conversation will help create a more riveting story arc. 



Eric’s biggest interview tip: don’t ask questions you already know the answer to.  It leads to inauthentic sound bites and a guest who can’t wait to end the conversation.







For podcasters without extensive media backgrounds, make creative decisions is difficult. What’s your advice to people who are intimidated or frustrated by this part of producing a podcast?



To promote his most newest book, Eric is often on the road talking about podcasting. From boardrooms to coffee shops, how to tackle the big creative decisions plagues every podcaster no matter their experience level. 



Eric found both corporate conglomerates and podcast hobbyists struggle with the same frustrations. With so many decisions to make, combined an abundance of available options, every person he’s encountered is looking for the same information. This should be encouraging for beginners because it means having a big budget or a room full of media professionals doesn’t guarantee a hit podcast. 



Since podcasting is a relatively new industry, it’s still considered the wild west of content channels. This is great in terms of the limitless ways new hosts can enter medium but also a curse as more options can...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[How To Tell A Story From NPR’s Former VP Of Programming]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>This week on Audience we chatted with Eric Nuzum, an expert who started NPR’s podcasting efforts back in 2005. Eric help found some of NPR’s most successful shows, has published three best-selling books, and co-founded a podcast production company called <a href="https://magnificentnoise.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Magnificent Noise</a>. </p>



<p>Recently, he found time to write and publish his fourth book, <a href="https://ericnuzum.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Make Noise:</em> <em>A Creator’s Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling</em></a>. The words of wisdom and exercises on being a better storyteller lead Craig to his position to sit down with Eric to pick his brain. Throughout this interview, they focused on how to conduct a more engaging interview, why DIY podcast networks succeed, the similarities between hobby podcasters and big budget productions, and where podcast advertising is headed in the midst of COVID-19. </p>



<p>Listen to the full episode now for Eric’s expert insights on all things podcasting.  </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>How Can Interviewers Create A Good Story?</h2>



<p>With Eric’s experience being the interviewer, interviewee, and producing interview-style podcasts, there’s no better person to ask about how interviews create good stories. </p>



<p>He points out, when compared to monologue episodes, <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-interview/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">interviews</a> help people who aren’t accustomed to telling their own story. Rather than the pressure to grab the mic and figure out their own way forward, the interviewer leads the guest to the questions the audience wants to learn about. But the tough part is the communal lift involved in getting the good story. There’s more than one stakeholder involved in shaping the narrative so it’s everyone’s job to keep the interview’s focus on the information that’s most useful to the audience. </p>



<p>Another key to getting a good story is the interview needs to feel natural, organic, and authentic. Podcaster’s most common hangup is trying to emulate someone else as their interview persona. While trying to mimic another person, you’re <em>pretending</em> to be an interviewer instead of actually engaging with the guest. Eric’s tip is to get out of that mindset and get back to being genuinely curious about the person you’re talking to. An organic, give-and-take conversation will help create a more riveting <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-structure/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">story arc</a>. </p>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">Eric’s biggest interview tip: don’t ask questions you already know the answer to.  It leads to inauthentic sound bites and a guest who can’t wait to end the conversation.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>For podcasters without extensive media backgrounds, make creative decisions is difficult. What’s your advice to people who are intimidated or frustrated by this part of producing a podcast?</h2>



<p>To promote his most newest book, Eric is often on the road talking about podcasting. From boardrooms to coffee shops, how to tackle the big creative decisions plagues every podcaster no matter their experience level. </p>



<p>Eric found both corporate conglomerates and podcast hobbyists struggle with the same frustrations. With so many decisions to make, combined an abundance of available options, every person he’s encountered is looking for the same information. This should be encouraging for beginners because it means having a big budget or a room full of media professionals doesn’t guarantee a hit podcast. </p>



<p>Since podcasting is a relatively new industry, it’s still considered the wild west of content channels. This is great in terms of the limitless ways new hosts can enter medium but also a curse as more options can hinder creativity. Eric suggests leaning into the minutia and really nailing down the details of your podcast. Start with who your audience is, what information you want to tell them, and then think about which format best serves that setup. Use those boundaries as guidelines when you’re at a crossroads and need to make a big creative decision.   </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>DIY Podcast Networks, Where Do You Stand?</h2>



<p>Back in December of 2018, Eric wrote an article for <a href="https://www.niemanlab.org/2018/12/the-year-of-the-diy-podcast-network/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Neiman Labs</a> predicting the rise of DIY podcast networks. He bet podcasters would start banding together to form smaller networks to cross-promote each other’s shows to their respective audiences to mutually grow. </p>



<p>He’s prediction continues to ring true in 2020 so we asked him what makes for a successful DIY network. The short answer: a high degree of related appeal. The podcasters who partnered with other shows where the audience had enough overlap have found a great growth opportunity in DIY networks. They saw that people interested in subject A would likely be interested in subject B then found hosts producing podcasts in those niches. </p>



<p>They also didn’t shy away from cross promotion. Both in frequency and repeating their messaging, successful DIY networks made a concerted effort to to advertise the network’s partners. Eric mentions consumers need to hear things at least three times before they really stick. Considering many listen while performing other tasks, continuously promoting the same message is the best way to make it stick. </p>



<p>If you’re considering starting your own DIY podcast network, focus on the overlap and work with hosts who aren’t afraid of lending airtime to promote everyone’s show.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>How Will Podcast Advertising Change Due To COVID-19?</h2>



<p>Thinking back to the Financial Crisis of 2008, legacy advertising networks are what fell first. The institutions behind print magazines and newspapers felt the biggest effects but newer digital platforms didn’t. Eric believes the same trend will happen during the global COVID-19 pandemic.</p>



<p>The podcasting industry is in a relatively stable place. As advertisers start to make budget cuts, they’ll reduce spends across the least effective channels first. Podcasts have proved to be an extremely valuable way for brands to connect with their audiences so they may not see a drastic change in sponsorship revenue. It’s more likely the legacy digital and print media channels will feel the biggest shift.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned InThis Episode</h2>



<ul><li>Find Eric Nuzum at <a href="https://magnificentnoise.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Magnificent Noise</a></li><li>Learn more about Eric’s book, <a href="https://ericnuzum.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Make Noise</a></li><li>Eric Nuzum for Neiman Labs: <a href="https://www.niemanlab.org/2018/12/the-year-of-the-diy-podcast-network/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Year Of The DIY Podcast Network</a></li></ul>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Audience-Eric-Nuzum.mp3" length="32732809"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
This week on Audience we chatted with Eric Nuzum, an expert who started NPR’s podcasting efforts back in 2005. Eric help found some of NPR’s most successful shows, has published three best-selling books, and co-founded a podcast production company called Magnificent Noise. 



Recently, he found time to write and publish his fourth book, Make Noise: A Creator’s Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling. The words of wisdom and exercises on being a better storyteller lead Craig to his position to sit down with Eric to pick his brain. Throughout this interview, they focused on how to conduct a more engaging interview, why DIY podcast networks succeed, the similarities between hobby podcasters and big budget productions, and where podcast advertising is headed in the midst of COVID-19. 



Listen to the full episode now for Eric’s expert insights on all things podcasting.  







How Can Interviewers Create A Good Story?



With Eric’s experience being the interviewer, interviewee, and producing interview-style podcasts, there’s no better person to ask about how interviews create good stories. 



He points out, when compared to monologue episodes, interviews help people who aren’t accustomed to telling their own story. Rather than the pressure to grab the mic and figure out their own way forward, the interviewer leads the guest to the questions the audience wants to learn about. But the tough part is the communal lift involved in getting the good story. There’s more than one stakeholder involved in shaping the narrative so it’s everyone’s job to keep the interview’s focus on the information that’s most useful to the audience. 



Another key to getting a good story is the interview needs to feel natural, organic, and authentic. Podcaster’s most common hangup is trying to emulate someone else as their interview persona. While trying to mimic another person, you’re pretending to be an interviewer instead of actually engaging with the guest. Eric’s tip is to get out of that mindset and get back to being genuinely curious about the person you’re talking to. An organic, give-and-take conversation will help create a more riveting story arc. 



Eric’s biggest interview tip: don’t ask questions you already know the answer to.  It leads to inauthentic sound bites and a guest who can’t wait to end the conversation.







For podcasters without extensive media backgrounds, make creative decisions is difficult. What’s your advice to people who are intimidated or frustrated by this part of producing a podcast?



To promote his most newest book, Eric is often on the road talking about podcasting. From boardrooms to coffee shops, how to tackle the big creative decisions plagues every podcaster no matter their experience level. 



Eric found both corporate conglomerates and podcast hobbyists struggle with the same frustrations. With so many decisions to make, combined an abundance of available options, every person he’s encountered is looking for the same information. This should be encouraging for beginners because it means having a big budget or a room full of media professionals doesn’t guarantee a hit podcast. 



Since podcasting is a relatively new industry, it’s still considered the wild west of content channels. This is great in terms of the limitless ways new hosts can enter medium but also a curse as more options can...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:34:05</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[The Ladybug Podcast Shows The Importance Of Personal Brands]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 16 Apr 2020 06:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/ladybug-podcast-personal-brand-example</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/ladybug-podcast-personal-brand-example</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>In this episode of Audience, we sat down with the hosts of the <a href="https://ladybug.dev/episodes" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ladybug Podcast</a>. Emma Bostian, Ali Spittel, and Kelly Vaughn produce a weekly show geared towards developers at all stages in their careers. They create episodes about technical coding topics, interview industry experts, and weave in “softer” development conversations to keep their audience engaged. </p>



<p>Throughout this interview, our conversation regularly transitioned back to personal brands and their importance. These women are the perfect examples of how putting resources towards creating a personal brand can dramatically improve a podcast’s performance. </p>



<p>Inside this episode, you’ll learn more about how they run their show. With a track record of rapid growth under their belt, their insights are great takeaways for seasoned hosts looking to turn up the heat. Listen now to learn more about:</p>



<ul><li>How to explain technical topics via a podcast (hint: <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-show-notes/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">show notes</a> play a crucial role).</li><li>What you need to do before approaching or accepting sponsors for your podcast. </li><li>A checklist for beginners on how to brand their podcast before launching the show (hint: it always comes back to your <a href="https://castos.com/define-podcast-audience/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ideal listener</a>).</li><li>And the Ladybug Podcast’s most effective promotional strategies that contributed to their rapid growth.</li></ul>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">The Ladybug Podcast details how episode transcriptions are an important part of their promotional game plan. With Castos, you can access automatic pay-as-you-go transcription services directly from your dashboard. Check out our <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-transcription/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">comprehensive podcast transcription guide</a> to find out how.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<p>But ahead, we’re diving deeper into how and why their personal brands contributed to their success. This is a piece of podcasting that doesn’t always get the attention it deserves but can be the basis for sustained growth. Let’s find out why the Ladybug Podcast is the personal brand example you should follow. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What Is A Personal Brand? </h2>



<p>By definition a personal brand is how you market yourself and skillset. It’s the combination of online and in-person content that represents what you want to be known for. A personal brand should tell a story about your background and provide an authentic look inside your life. </p>



<p>Personal brands are important because it humanizes the person behind a product. Giving an audience a peak behind the curtain allows for more authentic interactions and creates loyal followers. Many <a href="https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/major-new-podcast-study-reveals-listener-habits-trust-in-hosts-300828440.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast listeners</a> say they want to listen to hosts who feel like a friend and share their beliefs. The way to create that connection is to focus on curating real-time interactions with your audience members. </p>



<div class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://www.business2community.com/branding/personal-branding-more-than-an-elevator-speech-02252096" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/personal-brand-example-1-1024x769.jpg" alt="personal brand example" class="wp-image-11481" /></a>The elements that make up a personal brand. <br />Image source: <a href="https://www.business2community.com/branding/personal-branding-more-than-an-elevator-sp..."></a></div>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
In this episode of Audience, we sat down with the hosts of the Ladybug Podcast. Emma Bostian, Ali Spittel, and Kelly Vaughn produce a weekly show geared towards developers at all stages in their careers. They create episodes about technical coding topics, interview industry experts, and weave in “softer” development conversations to keep their audience engaged. 



Throughout this interview, our conversation regularly transitioned back to personal brands and their importance. These women are the perfect examples of how putting resources towards creating a personal brand can dramatically improve a podcast’s performance. 



Inside this episode, you’ll learn more about how they run their show. With a track record of rapid growth under their belt, their insights are great takeaways for seasoned hosts looking to turn up the heat. Listen now to learn more about:



How to explain technical topics via a podcast (hint: show notes play a crucial role).What you need to do before approaching or accepting sponsors for your podcast. A checklist for beginners on how to brand their podcast before launching the show (hint: it always comes back to your ideal listener).And the Ladybug Podcast’s most effective promotional strategies that contributed to their rapid growth.







The Ladybug Podcast details how episode transcriptions are an important part of their promotional game plan. With Castos, you can access automatic pay-as-you-go transcription services directly from your dashboard. Check out our comprehensive podcast transcription guide to find out how.







But ahead, we’re diving deeper into how and why their personal brands contributed to their success. This is a piece of podcasting that doesn’t always get the attention it deserves but can be the basis for sustained growth. Let’s find out why the Ladybug Podcast is the personal brand example you should follow. 







What Is A Personal Brand? 



By definition a personal brand is how you market yourself and skillset. It’s the combination of online and in-person content that represents what you want to be known for. A personal brand should tell a story about your background and provide an authentic look inside your life. 



Personal brands are important because it humanizes the person behind a product. Giving an audience a peak behind the curtain allows for more authentic interactions and creates loyal followers. Many podcast listeners say they want to listen to hosts who feel like a friend and share their beliefs. The way to create that connection is to focus on curating real-time interactions with your audience members. 



The elements that make up a personal brand. Image source: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[The Ladybug Podcast Shows The Importance Of Personal Brands]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>In this episode of Audience, we sat down with the hosts of the <a href="https://ladybug.dev/episodes" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ladybug Podcast</a>. Emma Bostian, Ali Spittel, and Kelly Vaughn produce a weekly show geared towards developers at all stages in their careers. They create episodes about technical coding topics, interview industry experts, and weave in “softer” development conversations to keep their audience engaged. </p>



<p>Throughout this interview, our conversation regularly transitioned back to personal brands and their importance. These women are the perfect examples of how putting resources towards creating a personal brand can dramatically improve a podcast’s performance. </p>



<p>Inside this episode, you’ll learn more about how they run their show. With a track record of rapid growth under their belt, their insights are great takeaways for seasoned hosts looking to turn up the heat. Listen now to learn more about:</p>



<ul><li>How to explain technical topics via a podcast (hint: <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-show-notes/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">show notes</a> play a crucial role).</li><li>What you need to do before approaching or accepting sponsors for your podcast. </li><li>A checklist for beginners on how to brand their podcast before launching the show (hint: it always comes back to your <a href="https://castos.com/define-podcast-audience/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ideal listener</a>).</li><li>And the Ladybug Podcast’s most effective promotional strategies that contributed to their rapid growth.</li></ul>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">The Ladybug Podcast details how episode transcriptions are an important part of their promotional game plan. With Castos, you can access automatic pay-as-you-go transcription services directly from your dashboard. Check out our <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-transcription/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">comprehensive podcast transcription guide</a> to find out how.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<p>But ahead, we’re diving deeper into how and why their personal brands contributed to their success. This is a piece of podcasting that doesn’t always get the attention it deserves but can be the basis for sustained growth. Let’s find out why the Ladybug Podcast is the personal brand example you should follow. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What Is A Personal Brand? </h2>



<p>By definition a personal brand is how you market yourself and skillset. It’s the combination of online and in-person content that represents what you want to be known for. A personal brand should tell a story about your background and provide an authentic look inside your life. </p>



<p>Personal brands are important because it humanizes the person behind a product. Giving an audience a peak behind the curtain allows for more authentic interactions and creates loyal followers. Many <a href="https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/major-new-podcast-study-reveals-listener-habits-trust-in-hosts-300828440.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast listeners</a> say they want to listen to hosts who feel like a friend and share their beliefs. The way to create that connection is to focus on curating real-time interactions with your audience members. </p>



<div class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://www.business2community.com/branding/personal-branding-more-than-an-elevator-speech-02252096" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/personal-brand-example-1-1024x769.jpg" alt="personal brand example" class="wp-image-11481" /></a>The elements that make up a personal brand. <br />Image source: <a href="https://www.business2community.com/branding/personal-branding-more-than-an-elevator-speech-02252096" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Business2Community</a></div>



<p>Each social media or blog post that supports a personal brand is an opportunity to engage. From retweets to comments to email responses, interacting with others in your niche community helps grow your following. In addition, weaving in content from your life or the inner workings of your company provides a necessary break from promotional posts.</p>



<p>Finding the right channel and committing the time to routinely post original content is step one in building a personal brand. The hosts of the Ladybug Podcast took this foundation seriously and achieved rapid growth as a result. And this is how they did it.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Why The Ladybug Podcast Is The Perfect Personal Brand Example</h2>



<p>Throughout our interview with Kelly, Ali, and Emma, they repeatedly said the time spent building their individual personal brands contributed to their success. Before coming together to produce their podcast, each had gained a loyal following by consistently posting social media and blog content. </p>



<p>Each woman started their personal brand from different channels–from Twitter to blogging, choosing the platform where their intended audience already gathered. Here are the top tips they recommend to beginners who are starting out from scratch.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Don’t focus on the numbers</h3>



<p>A tip from Emma: with personal brands, it’s about the journey not the end goal. It’s more effective to focus on refining the skills necessary to build the following than the actual numbers. If you want 200,000 followers by the end of this year, you’ll need to commit to the journey to get there.</p>



<p>Another reason to not strictly focus on the end result is the size of every niche is relative. Growth possibilities within one community don’t always translate to another due to the total number of people interested in that topic. For example, if you want to build a following of craft beer lovers then building a personal brand with 200,000 followers is achievable. However, considering the number of people afraid of heights, building a community of 200,000 enthusiastic bungee jumpers is more difficult. </p>



<p>While there is a community out there for every niche, the size of the audience varies greatly between each. Focus on the skills needed to connect with them, not the hard numbers.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Consistency and unique content is king</h3>



<p>So what skills do podcast hosts need to focus on to build a personal brand? The unanimous answer from all three women was consistency and unique content.</p>



<p>When asked how much time they spend building their brands outside of the podcast, each committed at least 3-4 hours a week. From writing tweets, sending newsletters, and publishing blog posts, all three saw consistently posting personal content contributed to their growth. Without consistency, it’s easy for a following to forget you’re there. Or you miss an opportunity to chime in on a conversation that generates a retweet from a high-profile user in your community. </p>



<p>Spending time and resources building an online presence is the first key to growth. But then what to post?</p>



<p>Kelly recommends upping the level of transparency is necessary to create a holistic personal brand. Reveal the positives alongside some negatives to show your human side. But remember, authenticity is key. </p>



<p>Ali shed light on how creating unique content for each channel gives people a reason to follow you across multiple platforms. Her followers head to her blog for the latest <a href="https://dev.to/ladybug/css-cheat-sheets-3ee0" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">CSS cheat sheets</a> then to <a href="https://twitter.com/aspittel" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Twitter</a> to answer a poll about the best way to teach React.</p>



<div class="wp-block-embed__wrapper">
https://twitter.com/ASpittel/status/1248314908535656448
</div>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Use your personal brand to grow your podcast</h3>



<p>After seeing an uptick in followers of your personal brand, it’s time to leverage that exposure for your podcast. </p>



<p>The hosts of the Ladybug Podcast go about this very intentionally. First posting content from the podcast’s account and then reposting from their personal accounts. Ali, Emma, and Kelly have access to podcast’s feeds so the expert in a specific topic has free reign to push the conversation forward.</p>



<p>They also don’t shy away from engaging with podcast listeners from their personal social media channels. And they don’t undersell the value of their personal brand followers in sponsorship deals either. With the podcast’s content regularly promoted within their personal feeds, they’re able to charge more for advertising packages compared to other shows. </p>



<p>Having established followings before launching their podcast no doubt contributed to the show’s success. But that means veteran and beginners can achieve similar success by actively growing their own personal brands. Committing to consistently posting unique content can mean the difference between growing a podcast from 100 to 10,000 listeners. Now it’s your turn to try.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned In This Episode</h2>



<ul><li>Subscribe to the <a href="https://ladybug.dev/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ladybug Podcast</a></li><li>Follow <a href="https://twitter.com/LadybugPodcast?ref_src=twsrc%5Egoogle%7Ctwcamp%5Eserp%7Ctwgr%5Eauthor" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ladybug Podcast </a>on Twitter</li><li>Follow <a href="https://twitter.com/kvlly" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Kelly Vaughn</a>, <a href="https://twitter.com/emmabostian" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Emma Bostian</a>, and <a href="https://twitter.com/ASpittel" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ali Spittel</a> on Twitter</li><li>Check out <a href="https://hatchful.shopify.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hatchful</a> by Shopify for logo generation</li><li>Try <a href="https://www.podcastmotor.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">PodcastMotor</a> for your podcast production needs </li><li>Join <a href="https://www.goodreads.com/group/show/1056127-ladybug-podcast-book-club" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ladybug Podcast Book Club</a> on Goodreads</li><li>Read <a href="https://jamesclear.com/atomic-habits" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Atomic Habits</a> by James Clear</li><li>Subscribe to <a href="https://badonpaperpodcast.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Bad On Paper Podcast</a></li></ul>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Audience-Ladybug.mp3" length="33604672"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
In this episode of Audience, we sat down with the hosts of the Ladybug Podcast. Emma Bostian, Ali Spittel, and Kelly Vaughn produce a weekly show geared towards developers at all stages in their careers. They create episodes about technical coding topics, interview industry experts, and weave in “softer” development conversations to keep their audience engaged. 



Throughout this interview, our conversation regularly transitioned back to personal brands and their importance. These women are the perfect examples of how putting resources towards creating a personal brand can dramatically improve a podcast’s performance. 



Inside this episode, you’ll learn more about how they run their show. With a track record of rapid growth under their belt, their insights are great takeaways for seasoned hosts looking to turn up the heat. Listen now to learn more about:



How to explain technical topics via a podcast (hint: show notes play a crucial role).What you need to do before approaching or accepting sponsors for your podcast. A checklist for beginners on how to brand their podcast before launching the show (hint: it always comes back to your ideal listener).And the Ladybug Podcast’s most effective promotional strategies that contributed to their rapid growth.







The Ladybug Podcast details how episode transcriptions are an important part of their promotional game plan. With Castos, you can access automatic pay-as-you-go transcription services directly from your dashboard. Check out our comprehensive podcast transcription guide to find out how.







But ahead, we’re diving deeper into how and why their personal brands contributed to their success. This is a piece of podcasting that doesn’t always get the attention it deserves but can be the basis for sustained growth. Let’s find out why the Ladybug Podcast is the personal brand example you should follow. 







What Is A Personal Brand? 



By definition a personal brand is how you market yourself and skillset. It’s the combination of online and in-person content that represents what you want to be known for. A personal brand should tell a story about your background and provide an authentic look inside your life. 



Personal brands are important because it humanizes the person behind a product. Giving an audience a peak behind the curtain allows for more authentic interactions and creates loyal followers. Many podcast listeners say they want to listen to hosts who feel like a friend and share their beliefs. The way to create that connection is to focus on curating real-time interactions with your audience members. 



The elements that make up a personal brand. Image source: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/personal-brand-example-feature-scaled.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:35:00</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Jay Acunzo On How Your Point Of View Grows An Audience]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 09 Apr 2020 06:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/jay-acunzo-on-how-your-point-of-view-grows-an-audience</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/jay-acunzo-on-how-your-point-of-view-grows-an-audience</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>On this week’s Audience episode, Craig sits down with Jay Acunzo from <a href="https://www.marketingshowrunners.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Marketing Showrunners</a>. The two founders and podcasters dig into why defining and sticking to a point of view is the key to building an engaged audience.</p>



<p>The episode touches upon why it’s OK to have a podcast that doesn’t speak to some people. And how to differentiate their negative feedback from the reviews that will help you succeed. Jay clues us into his team’s mantra and how it continues to serve as their guiding light to produce a better podcast.</p>



<p>Listen now to figure out why Jay asks himself if he’s teaching chess or checkers, and how to adopt his growth mindset for your show. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Broader Isn’t Always Better</h2>



<p>Hot on everyone’s mind, especially for our Audience listeners, is growth. Almost ad nauseam, we always find ourselves back at the foundation of building a listenership: who is the target audience?</p>



<p>Throughout the episode, we found Jay shares our thought process. He believes the age of the “generalist” is over. Marketers and podcasters shouldn’t try to be a carbon copy of their competitors and aggressively follow the latest trends to grow.</p>



<p>Your podcast doesn’t have to appeal to the mass market. And Jay argues that brands who try to broaden their target audience will ultimately dilute their message and slow their growth. Instead, it all comes back to the niche listeners.</p>



<p>First identify who you show is for, and more importantly, who your show isn’t for. Then go deeper and deeper into figuring out how to better serve those specific people rather than following the latest trend. Naturally, your podcast will continue to innovate and be more engaging to the people who share your point of view.</p>



<p>For many podcasters, turning off potential listeners with a strong, decisive perspective feels counter-intuitive to growth. But Jay reminds us this is actually the foundation to building an audience.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Don’t Be Afraid Of Your Point Of View</h2>



<p>If you continually articulate your beliefs clearly and loudly, your point of view gives people a way of saying your show is absolutely for them. You give their struggles and thoughts a voice that didn’t exist beforehand. Not shying away from your pathos builds loyal and engaged listeners who will routinely tune in. </p>



<p>A podcast’s point of view becomes a “trust accelerant”, creating visceral reactions that build communities and allows the show to generate a bigger impact. </p>



<p>But holding a firm stance will alienate some people.</p>



<p>This alienation can be scary but remember: if someone says something negative about your podcast, ask yourself if the commenter’s point of view aligns with your own. If you share the same mindset, then it’s a useful exercise to figure out how you’re underserving them. But if they aren’t part of your target audience, reset the thought process to remind yourself that their needs aren’t the ones you’re trying to satisfy. It’s OK for your podcast to not be for the checker players. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned In This Episode</h2>



<ul><li><a href="https://jayacunzo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Jay Acunzo</a> </li><li><a href="https://www.marketingshowrunners.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Marketing Showrunners</a></li><li><a href="https://www.marketingshowrunners.com/podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">3 Clips Podcast </a></li><li>Marketing Showrunners on <a href="https://www.marketingshowrunners.com/blog/how-top-brands-create-differentiated-podcasts-and-video-shows-intro-to-show-bibles/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Show Bibles</a></li><li>Subscribe...</li></ul>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
On this week’s Audience episode, Craig sits down with Jay Acunzo from Marketing Showrunners. The two founders and podcasters dig into why defining and sticking to a point of view is the key to building an engaged audience.



The episode touches upon why it’s OK to have a podcast that doesn’t speak to some people. And how to differentiate their negative feedback from the reviews that will help you succeed. Jay clues us into his team’s mantra and how it continues to serve as their guiding light to produce a better podcast.



Listen now to figure out why Jay asks himself if he’s teaching chess or checkers, and how to adopt his growth mindset for your show. 







Broader Isn’t Always Better



Hot on everyone’s mind, especially for our Audience listeners, is growth. Almost ad nauseam, we always find ourselves back at the foundation of building a listenership: who is the target audience?



Throughout the episode, we found Jay shares our thought process. He believes the age of the “generalist” is over. Marketers and podcasters shouldn’t try to be a carbon copy of their competitors and aggressively follow the latest trends to grow.



Your podcast doesn’t have to appeal to the mass market. And Jay argues that brands who try to broaden their target audience will ultimately dilute their message and slow their growth. Instead, it all comes back to the niche listeners.



First identify who you show is for, and more importantly, who your show isn’t for. Then go deeper and deeper into figuring out how to better serve those specific people rather than following the latest trend. Naturally, your podcast will continue to innovate and be more engaging to the people who share your point of view.



For many podcasters, turning off potential listeners with a strong, decisive perspective feels counter-intuitive to growth. But Jay reminds us this is actually the foundation to building an audience.







Don’t Be Afraid Of Your Point Of View



If you continually articulate your beliefs clearly and loudly, your point of view gives people a way of saying your show is absolutely for them. You give their struggles and thoughts a voice that didn’t exist beforehand. Not shying away from your pathos builds loyal and engaged listeners who will routinely tune in. 



A podcast’s point of view becomes a “trust accelerant”, creating visceral reactions that build communities and allows the show to generate a bigger impact. 



But holding a firm stance will alienate some people.



This alienation can be scary but remember: if someone says something negative about your podcast, ask yourself if the commenter’s point of view aligns with your own. If you share the same mindset, then it’s a useful exercise to figure out how you’re underserving them. But if they aren’t part of your target audience, reset the thought process to remind yourself that their needs aren’t the ones you’re trying to satisfy. It’s OK for your podcast to not be for the checker players. 







Resources Mentioned In This Episode



Jay Acunzo Marketing Showrunners3 Clips Podcast Marketing Showrunners on Show BiblesSubscribe...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Jay Acunzo On How Your Point Of View Grows An Audience]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>On this week’s Audience episode, Craig sits down with Jay Acunzo from <a href="https://www.marketingshowrunners.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Marketing Showrunners</a>. The two founders and podcasters dig into why defining and sticking to a point of view is the key to building an engaged audience.</p>



<p>The episode touches upon why it’s OK to have a podcast that doesn’t speak to some people. And how to differentiate their negative feedback from the reviews that will help you succeed. Jay clues us into his team’s mantra and how it continues to serve as their guiding light to produce a better podcast.</p>



<p>Listen now to figure out why Jay asks himself if he’s teaching chess or checkers, and how to adopt his growth mindset for your show. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Broader Isn’t Always Better</h2>



<p>Hot on everyone’s mind, especially for our Audience listeners, is growth. Almost ad nauseam, we always find ourselves back at the foundation of building a listenership: who is the target audience?</p>



<p>Throughout the episode, we found Jay shares our thought process. He believes the age of the “generalist” is over. Marketers and podcasters shouldn’t try to be a carbon copy of their competitors and aggressively follow the latest trends to grow.</p>



<p>Your podcast doesn’t have to appeal to the mass market. And Jay argues that brands who try to broaden their target audience will ultimately dilute their message and slow their growth. Instead, it all comes back to the niche listeners.</p>



<p>First identify who you show is for, and more importantly, who your show isn’t for. Then go deeper and deeper into figuring out how to better serve those specific people rather than following the latest trend. Naturally, your podcast will continue to innovate and be more engaging to the people who share your point of view.</p>



<p>For many podcasters, turning off potential listeners with a strong, decisive perspective feels counter-intuitive to growth. But Jay reminds us this is actually the foundation to building an audience.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Don’t Be Afraid Of Your Point Of View</h2>



<p>If you continually articulate your beliefs clearly and loudly, your point of view gives people a way of saying your show is absolutely for them. You give their struggles and thoughts a voice that didn’t exist beforehand. Not shying away from your pathos builds loyal and engaged listeners who will routinely tune in. </p>



<p>A podcast’s point of view becomes a “trust accelerant”, creating visceral reactions that build communities and allows the show to generate a bigger impact. </p>



<p>But holding a firm stance will alienate some people.</p>



<p>This alienation can be scary but remember: if someone says something negative about your podcast, ask yourself if the commenter’s point of view aligns with your own. If you share the same mindset, then it’s a useful exercise to figure out how you’re underserving them. But if they aren’t part of your target audience, reset the thought process to remind yourself that their needs aren’t the ones you’re trying to satisfy. It’s OK for your podcast to not be for the checker players. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned In This Episode</h2>



<ul><li><a href="https://jayacunzo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Jay Acunzo</a> </li><li><a href="https://www.marketingshowrunners.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Marketing Showrunners</a></li><li><a href="https://www.marketingshowrunners.com/podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">3 Clips Podcast </a></li><li>Marketing Showrunners on <a href="https://www.marketingshowrunners.com/blog/how-top-brands-create-differentiated-podcasts-and-video-shows-intro-to-show-bibles/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Show Bibles</a></li><li>Subscribe to <a href="https://audience.castos.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audience</a></li></ul>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Audience-Jay-Acunzo.mp3" length="41344859"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
On this week’s Audience episode, Craig sits down with Jay Acunzo from Marketing Showrunners. The two founders and podcasters dig into why defining and sticking to a point of view is the key to building an engaged audience.



The episode touches upon why it’s OK to have a podcast that doesn’t speak to some people. And how to differentiate their negative feedback from the reviews that will help you succeed. Jay clues us into his team’s mantra and how it continues to serve as their guiding light to produce a better podcast.



Listen now to figure out why Jay asks himself if he’s teaching chess or checkers, and how to adopt his growth mindset for your show. 







Broader Isn’t Always Better



Hot on everyone’s mind, especially for our Audience listeners, is growth. Almost ad nauseam, we always find ourselves back at the foundation of building a listenership: who is the target audience?



Throughout the episode, we found Jay shares our thought process. He believes the age of the “generalist” is over. Marketers and podcasters shouldn’t try to be a carbon copy of their competitors and aggressively follow the latest trends to grow.



Your podcast doesn’t have to appeal to the mass market. And Jay argues that brands who try to broaden their target audience will ultimately dilute their message and slow their growth. Instead, it all comes back to the niche listeners.



First identify who you show is for, and more importantly, who your show isn’t for. Then go deeper and deeper into figuring out how to better serve those specific people rather than following the latest trend. Naturally, your podcast will continue to innovate and be more engaging to the people who share your point of view.



For many podcasters, turning off potential listeners with a strong, decisive perspective feels counter-intuitive to growth. But Jay reminds us this is actually the foundation to building an audience.







Don’t Be Afraid Of Your Point Of View



If you continually articulate your beliefs clearly and loudly, your point of view gives people a way of saying your show is absolutely for them. You give their struggles and thoughts a voice that didn’t exist beforehand. Not shying away from your pathos builds loyal and engaged listeners who will routinely tune in. 



A podcast’s point of view becomes a “trust accelerant”, creating visceral reactions that build communities and allows the show to generate a bigger impact. 



But holding a firm stance will alienate some people.



This alienation can be scary but remember: if someone says something negative about your podcast, ask yourself if the commenter’s point of view aligns with your own. If you share the same mindset, then it’s a useful exercise to figure out how you’re underserving them. But if they aren’t part of your target audience, reset the thought process to remind yourself that their needs aren’t the ones you’re trying to satisfy. It’s OK for your podcast to not be for the checker players. 







Resources Mentioned In This Episode



Jay Acunzo Marketing Showrunners3 Clips Podcast Marketing Showrunners on Show BiblesSubscribe...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/jason-rosewell-ASKeuOZqhYU-unsplash-scaled.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:43:03</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Your Podcast Questions, Answered]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 02 Apr 2020 06:32:25 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/podcast-questions</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/podcast-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>Lately, many of us have been figuring out how best to spend time in our new routines. Some are dusting off their podcast microphones for the first time and others are taking a diligent look at how to improve their show. </p>



<p>In this episode of Audience, we put a call out for your most pressing podcast questions across our <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasthackers/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Facebook group</a> and newsletter. We wanted to use our voice to help you navigate common hurdles of making a successful podcast.  And it may come as no surprise, there was a common theme. Tips on how to grow an audience continue to be on the forefront of everyone’s mind as <a href="https://chartable.com/blog/how-coronavirus-is-changing-podcast-listening" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">COVID-19 affects listener stats</a>.</p>



<p>Listen now for Craig’s in-depth answers to each of your questions and find the quick takeaways below.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Are there benefits of producing bonus episodes that don’t follow your show’s normal format?</h2>



<p>Experimentation can be scary, especially when your podcast sees healthy engagement. But we believe trying new formats, durations, or publishing dates are worth it if you have a good reason. </p>



<p>Don’t produce an episode outside of your format just because you want to. Instead, ask yourself if the new elements are a more effective way to deliver the content and serve your audience better. If the answer is yes, follow these tips to give your listeners a heads up of what’s coming:</p>



<ul><li>Include a disclaimer in episodes leading up to the bonus content. Explain the new additions and give background about the change. Repeat this same disclaimer at the beginning of the bonus episode too.</li><li>Ask your audience for feedback about the content. If they enjoyed it, this new style could become a reoccurring segment</li></ul>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What’s the best way to get feedback about your content?</h2>



<p>Step one of increasing an audience size is taking a closer look at your content. Get critical feedback from current listeners by asking specific questions. Questions like, “Did you like the episode?” will only prompt responses that make it harder to take action. </p>



<p>Instead, ask questions like, “What did you think of my call-to-action in the last episode?” or “Was the story climax clear or heightened enough in episode 3?”. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What does COVID-19 mean for podcasters in the next few months?</h2>



<p>Industry data tells us total listens across all podcasters are down. The normal places like the gym, commutes, travel, and vacations are all on hold for the time being. And unfortunately, those spaces are where many people consume podcasts. Across the board, all podcast genres are experiencing lower engagement so this is an industry-wide trend.</p>



<div class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://chartable.com/blog/how-coronavirus-is-changing-podcast-listening" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/Chartable_Trailing-7-Days_-Downloads-vs-Listening.svg" alt="" class="wp-image-11407" width="1024" /></a>Chartable maps Total Download and Total Listen trends from Spotify and Apple Podcasts due to COVID-19.</div>



<p>COVID-19 is also changing what podcasts are talking about. Some hosts have opportunities to pivot their content to trending news topics. Others can adjust course align the content with new problems their audience is now dealing with. This could mean covering how the pandemic is changing your community or covering mental health topics integral to maintaining normalcy in quarantine. </p>



<p>Podcast advertising is the other big portion of the industry we’re watching. In the...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
Lately, many of us have been figuring out how best to spend time in our new routines. Some are dusting off their podcast microphones for the first time and others are taking a diligent look at how to improve their show. 



In this episode of Audience, we put a call out for your most pressing podcast questions across our Facebook group and newsletter. We wanted to use our voice to help you navigate common hurdles of making a successful podcast.  And it may come as no surprise, there was a common theme. Tips on how to grow an audience continue to be on the forefront of everyone’s mind as COVID-19 affects listener stats.



Listen now for Craig’s in-depth answers to each of your questions and find the quick takeaways below.







Are there benefits of producing bonus episodes that don’t follow your show’s normal format?



Experimentation can be scary, especially when your podcast sees healthy engagement. But we believe trying new formats, durations, or publishing dates are worth it if you have a good reason. 



Don’t produce an episode outside of your format just because you want to. Instead, ask yourself if the new elements are a more effective way to deliver the content and serve your audience better. If the answer is yes, follow these tips to give your listeners a heads up of what’s coming:



Include a disclaimer in episodes leading up to the bonus content. Explain the new additions and give background about the change. Repeat this same disclaimer at the beginning of the bonus episode too.Ask your audience for feedback about the content. If they enjoyed it, this new style could become a reoccurring segment







What’s the best way to get feedback about your content?



Step one of increasing an audience size is taking a closer look at your content. Get critical feedback from current listeners by asking specific questions. Questions like, “Did you like the episode?” will only prompt responses that make it harder to take action. 



Instead, ask questions like, “What did you think of my call-to-action in the last episode?” or “Was the story climax clear or heightened enough in episode 3?”. 







What does COVID-19 mean for podcasters in the next few months?



Industry data tells us total listens across all podcasters are down. The normal places like the gym, commutes, travel, and vacations are all on hold for the time being. And unfortunately, those spaces are where many people consume podcasts. Across the board, all podcast genres are experiencing lower engagement so this is an industry-wide trend.



Chartable maps Total Download and Total Listen trends from Spotify and Apple Podcasts due to COVID-19.



COVID-19 is also changing what podcasts are talking about. Some hosts have opportunities to pivot their content to trending news topics. Others can adjust course align the content with new problems their audience is now dealing with. This could mean covering how the pandemic is changing your community or covering mental health topics integral to maintaining normalcy in quarantine. 



Podcast advertising is the other big portion of the industry we’re watching. In the...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Your Podcast Questions, Answered]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>Lately, many of us have been figuring out how best to spend time in our new routines. Some are dusting off their podcast microphones for the first time and others are taking a diligent look at how to improve their show. </p>



<p>In this episode of Audience, we put a call out for your most pressing podcast questions across our <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasthackers/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Facebook group</a> and newsletter. We wanted to use our voice to help you navigate common hurdles of making a successful podcast.  And it may come as no surprise, there was a common theme. Tips on how to grow an audience continue to be on the forefront of everyone’s mind as <a href="https://chartable.com/blog/how-coronavirus-is-changing-podcast-listening" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">COVID-19 affects listener stats</a>.</p>



<p>Listen now for Craig’s in-depth answers to each of your questions and find the quick takeaways below.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Are there benefits of producing bonus episodes that don’t follow your show’s normal format?</h2>



<p>Experimentation can be scary, especially when your podcast sees healthy engagement. But we believe trying new formats, durations, or publishing dates are worth it if you have a good reason. </p>



<p>Don’t produce an episode outside of your format just because you want to. Instead, ask yourself if the new elements are a more effective way to deliver the content and serve your audience better. If the answer is yes, follow these tips to give your listeners a heads up of what’s coming:</p>



<ul><li>Include a disclaimer in episodes leading up to the bonus content. Explain the new additions and give background about the change. Repeat this same disclaimer at the beginning of the bonus episode too.</li><li>Ask your audience for feedback about the content. If they enjoyed it, this new style could become a reoccurring segment</li></ul>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What’s the best way to get feedback about your content?</h2>



<p>Step one of increasing an audience size is taking a closer look at your content. Get critical feedback from current listeners by asking specific questions. Questions like, “Did you like the episode?” will only prompt responses that make it harder to take action. </p>



<p>Instead, ask questions like, “What did you think of my call-to-action in the last episode?” or “Was the story climax clear or heightened enough in episode 3?”. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What does COVID-19 mean for podcasters in the next few months?</h2>



<p>Industry data tells us total listens across all podcasters are down. The normal places like the gym, commutes, travel, and vacations are all on hold for the time being. And unfortunately, those spaces are where many people consume podcasts. Across the board, all podcast genres are experiencing lower engagement so this is an industry-wide trend.</p>



<div class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://chartable.com/blog/how-coronavirus-is-changing-podcast-listening" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/Chartable_Trailing-7-Days_-Downloads-vs-Listening.svg" alt="" class="wp-image-11407" width="1024" /></a>Chartable maps Total Download and Total Listen trends from Spotify and Apple Podcasts due to COVID-19.</div>



<p>COVID-19 is also changing what podcasts are talking about. Some hosts have opportunities to pivot their content to trending news topics. Others can adjust course align the content with new problems their audience is now dealing with. This could mean covering how the pandemic is changing your community or covering mental health topics integral to maintaining normalcy in quarantine. </p>



<p>Podcast advertising is the other big portion of the industry we’re watching. In the short-term, with listener engagement dipping and brands tightening their marketing budgets, advertising revenue is subsequently lower. This is a natural result of current downward trends but we believe this is temporary. As we return to our typical routines, we expect advertising revenues to rebound and move towards previous levels. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned In This Episode</h2>



<ul><li><a href="https://castos.com/podcast/podcast-promotion-jack-rhysider/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Jack Rhysider Talks Podcast Promotion &amp; Darknet Diaries</a></li><li><a href="https://chartable.com/blog/how-coronavirus-is-changing-podcast-listening" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Chartable’s</a> ongoing coverage of industry data as a result of COVID-19</li><li><a href="https://audience.castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Subscribe</a> to Audience</li><li>Join our Facebook Group, <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasthackers/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Hackers</a></li></ul>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Q-and-A-episode.mp3" length="17345810"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
Lately, many of us have been figuring out how best to spend time in our new routines. Some are dusting off their podcast microphones for the first time and others are taking a diligent look at how to improve their show. 



In this episode of Audience, we put a call out for your most pressing podcast questions across our Facebook group and newsletter. We wanted to use our voice to help you navigate common hurdles of making a successful podcast.  And it may come as no surprise, there was a common theme. Tips on how to grow an audience continue to be on the forefront of everyone’s mind as COVID-19 affects listener stats.



Listen now for Craig’s in-depth answers to each of your questions and find the quick takeaways below.







Are there benefits of producing bonus episodes that don’t follow your show’s normal format?



Experimentation can be scary, especially when your podcast sees healthy engagement. But we believe trying new formats, durations, or publishing dates are worth it if you have a good reason. 



Don’t produce an episode outside of your format just because you want to. Instead, ask yourself if the new elements are a more effective way to deliver the content and serve your audience better. If the answer is yes, follow these tips to give your listeners a heads up of what’s coming:



Include a disclaimer in episodes leading up to the bonus content. Explain the new additions and give background about the change. Repeat this same disclaimer at the beginning of the bonus episode too.Ask your audience for feedback about the content. If they enjoyed it, this new style could become a reoccurring segment







What’s the best way to get feedback about your content?



Step one of increasing an audience size is taking a closer look at your content. Get critical feedback from current listeners by asking specific questions. Questions like, “Did you like the episode?” will only prompt responses that make it harder to take action. 



Instead, ask questions like, “What did you think of my call-to-action in the last episode?” or “Was the story climax clear or heightened enough in episode 3?”. 







What does COVID-19 mean for podcasters in the next few months?



Industry data tells us total listens across all podcasters are down. The normal places like the gym, commutes, travel, and vacations are all on hold for the time being. And unfortunately, those spaces are where many people consume podcasts. Across the board, all podcast genres are experiencing lower engagement so this is an industry-wide trend.



Chartable maps Total Download and Total Listen trends from Spotify and Apple Podcasts due to COVID-19.



COVID-19 is also changing what podcasts are talking about. Some hosts have opportunities to pivot their content to trending news topics. Others can adjust course align the content with new problems their audience is now dealing with. This could mean covering how the pandemic is changing your community or covering mental health topics integral to maintaining normalcy in quarantine. 



Podcast advertising is the other big portion of the industry we’re watching. In the...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/jon-tyson-hhq1Lxtuwd8-unsplash.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:18:04</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Podcast Statistics From The 2020 Infinite Dial Survey]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 26 Mar 2020 06:00:25 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/podcast-statistics</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/podcast-statistics</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p><a href="https://www.edisonresearch.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Edison Research and Triton Digital</a> released their podcast statistics and digital media consumption in March 2020. This presentation was slightly different as we globally navigate the Covid-19 landscape and what that means for content creators. </p>



<p>In this episode of Audience, we’re recapping the most relevant consumption data for podcasters and how to take advantage of what’s to come. The podcasting industry is still in its infancy with plenty of room to grow. For those currently producing a show or deciding when to get started, use these podcast statistics to position yourself for success.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight action">If you’re starting a new podcast or running into unforeseen issues with remote production setups, drop your questions in the comments here or tweet us <a href="https://twitter.com/castoshq?lang=en" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">@CastosHQ</a>. We’ll answer all of your questions on the next episode of Audience.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Podcast Statistics From The Infinite Dial March 2020 Survey</h2>



<p>Edison Research and Triton Digital surveyed 1,500 randomly sampled people from the United States. The questions focused on a person’s digital media consumption habits and awareness of media brands. The following results are an opportunity for podcasters to take stock of their show and strategize how to increase their listenership.</p>



<p>But before jumping into the most recent statistics, we’ll start with the elephant in the room. Amid Covid-19, our routines and habits have changed dramatically. In the short term this means downloads may decrease across multiple podcast genres. While<a href="https://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20200324005825/en/Triton-Digital-Reports-Growth-NewsTalk-Format" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"> news and talk show are being prioritized now</a>, these audio trends will predict our consumption behaviors when we’re back to the new normal.</p>



<div class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20200324005825/en/Triton-Digital-Reports-Growth-NewsTalk-Format" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/triton-digital-audio-consumption-covid-19.jpg" alt="People are consuming more news and talk content during the Covid-19 pandemic in 2020." class="wp-image-11352" /></a>People are consuming more news and talk content during the Covid-19 pandemic in 2020.</div>



<p>The following data highlights the digital media and audio habits of Americans as of March 2020. Separated into smart speaker, social media, and online audio categories, these trends are shaping our current landscape. All reference data can be found inside <a href="https://www.edisonresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/The-Infinite-Dial-2020-from-Edison-Research-and-Triton-Digital.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Infinite Dial March 2020 presentation</a>. </p>



<h3>Smart speakers</h3>



<ul><li>27% of Americans own a smart speaker or 76 million people. This is a 4% increase compared to 2019. </li><li>Between Amazon Alexa, Google Home, and Apple HomePod, Alexa is the most popular smart speaker. With 21% of smart speaker owners use Amazon Alexa. </li><li>55% of the people who own smart speakers own 2+ devices. </li></ul>



<div class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://www.edisonresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/The-Infinite-Dial-2020-from-Edison-Research-and-Triton-Digital.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/podcast-statistics-smart-speaker-ownership-2020.png" alt="27% of Americans own a smart speaker in 2020." class="wp-image-11353" /></a>27% of Americans own...</div>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
Edison Research and Triton Digital released their podcast statistics and digital media consumption in March 2020. This presentation was slightly different as we globally navigate the Covid-19 landscape and what that means for content creators. 



In this episode of Audience, we’re recapping the most relevant consumption data for podcasters and how to take advantage of what’s to come. The podcasting industry is still in its infancy with plenty of room to grow. For those currently producing a show or deciding when to get started, use these podcast statistics to position yourself for success.







If you’re starting a new podcast or running into unforeseen issues with remote production setups, drop your questions in the comments here or tweet us @CastosHQ. We’ll answer all of your questions on the next episode of Audience.







Podcast Statistics From The Infinite Dial March 2020 Survey



Edison Research and Triton Digital surveyed 1,500 randomly sampled people from the United States. The questions focused on a person’s digital media consumption habits and awareness of media brands. The following results are an opportunity for podcasters to take stock of their show and strategize how to increase their listenership.



But before jumping into the most recent statistics, we’ll start with the elephant in the room. Amid Covid-19, our routines and habits have changed dramatically. In the short term this means downloads may decrease across multiple podcast genres. While news and talk show are being prioritized now, these audio trends will predict our consumption behaviors when we’re back to the new normal.



People are consuming more news and talk content during the Covid-19 pandemic in 2020.



The following data highlights the digital media and audio habits of Americans as of March 2020. Separated into smart speaker, social media, and online audio categories, these trends are shaping our current landscape. All reference data can be found inside The Infinite Dial March 2020 presentation. 



Smart speakers



27% of Americans own a smart speaker or 76 million people. This is a 4% increase compared to 2019. Between Amazon Alexa, Google Home, and Apple HomePod, Alexa is the most popular smart speaker. With 21% of smart speaker owners use Amazon Alexa. 55% of the people who own smart speakers own 2+ devices. 



27% of Americans own...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Podcast Statistics From The 2020 Infinite Dial Survey]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p><a href="https://www.edisonresearch.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Edison Research and Triton Digital</a> released their podcast statistics and digital media consumption in March 2020. This presentation was slightly different as we globally navigate the Covid-19 landscape and what that means for content creators. </p>



<p>In this episode of Audience, we’re recapping the most relevant consumption data for podcasters and how to take advantage of what’s to come. The podcasting industry is still in its infancy with plenty of room to grow. For those currently producing a show or deciding when to get started, use these podcast statistics to position yourself for success.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight action">If you’re starting a new podcast or running into unforeseen issues with remote production setups, drop your questions in the comments here or tweet us <a href="https://twitter.com/castoshq?lang=en" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">@CastosHQ</a>. We’ll answer all of your questions on the next episode of Audience.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Podcast Statistics From The Infinite Dial March 2020 Survey</h2>



<p>Edison Research and Triton Digital surveyed 1,500 randomly sampled people from the United States. The questions focused on a person’s digital media consumption habits and awareness of media brands. The following results are an opportunity for podcasters to take stock of their show and strategize how to increase their listenership.</p>



<p>But before jumping into the most recent statistics, we’ll start with the elephant in the room. Amid Covid-19, our routines and habits have changed dramatically. In the short term this means downloads may decrease across multiple podcast genres. While<a href="https://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20200324005825/en/Triton-Digital-Reports-Growth-NewsTalk-Format" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"> news and talk show are being prioritized now</a>, these audio trends will predict our consumption behaviors when we’re back to the new normal.</p>



<div class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20200324005825/en/Triton-Digital-Reports-Growth-NewsTalk-Format" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/triton-digital-audio-consumption-covid-19.jpg" alt="People are consuming more news and talk content during the Covid-19 pandemic in 2020." class="wp-image-11352" /></a>People are consuming more news and talk content during the Covid-19 pandemic in 2020.</div>



<p>The following data highlights the digital media and audio habits of Americans as of March 2020. Separated into smart speaker, social media, and online audio categories, these trends are shaping our current landscape. All reference data can be found inside <a href="https://www.edisonresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/The-Infinite-Dial-2020-from-Edison-Research-and-Triton-Digital.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Infinite Dial March 2020 presentation</a>. </p>



<h3>Smart speakers</h3>



<ul><li>27% of Americans own a smart speaker or 76 million people. This is a 4% increase compared to 2019. </li><li>Between Amazon Alexa, Google Home, and Apple HomePod, Alexa is the most popular smart speaker. With 21% of smart speaker owners use Amazon Alexa. </li><li>55% of the people who own smart speakers own 2+ devices. </li></ul>



<div class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://www.edisonresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/The-Infinite-Dial-2020-from-Edison-Research-and-Triton-Digital.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/podcast-statistics-smart-speaker-ownership-2020.png" alt="27% of Americans own a smart speaker in 2020." class="wp-image-11353" /></a>27% of Americans own a smart speaker in 2020. Majority of these owners use Amazon Alexa as their preferred device.</div>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight action">Alexa is king of smart speaker world. <a href="https://castos.com/tunein-podcast-submission/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Submit your podcast to TuneIn</a> so listeners can access your show on their smart speaker. Then use <a href="https://anypod.net/publish" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">AnyPod</a> to customize the Alexa skill users can use to launch your show.  </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Social media &amp; WhatsApp</h3>



<ul><li>Facebook usage has remained relatively constant since 2018. But it is still the most popular platform with 54% of people using it most often.</li><li>For users 34 and under, Instagram is the second most often used social media app. For those older than 35, Facebook continues to be their platform of choice.</li><li><a href="https://tiktok.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TikTok</a> entered the market with 25% of users 34 and under using the platform.</li><li>29% of people under 34 use <a href="https://www.whatsapp.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">WhatsApp</a> to stay connected, compared to 23% last year.</li></ul>



<div class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://www.edisonresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/The-Infinite-Dial-2020-from-Edison-Research-and-Triton-Digital.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/podcast-statistics-social-media-usage-2020.png" alt="social media usage for americans 12 and older" class="wp-image-11354" /></a>Facebook continues to be the most used social media platform but newcomers like TikTok and WhatsApp are exploding with growth. Both TikTok and WhatsApp are counted within the “Other” category.</div>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Podcasting &amp; online audio</h3>



<ul><li>Users 35 and older had the biggest increase in online audio consumption. Their preferred platforms are Pandora and Spotify.</li><li>155 million people, or 55% of the population, have listened to a podcast. But 75% of Americans are aware of the medium. </li><li>9% more users who are 35 and older listen to podcasts monthly. </li><li>7% more women are monthly podcast listeners, compared to a 3% increase in male listeners. </li><li>On average, users spent 6:39 hours per week listening to podcasts. This figure has remained flat since 2018. </li></ul>



<div class="wp-block-image"><img src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/podcast-statistics-most-used-audio-brand.png" alt="podcast statistics spotify is most used audio brand" class="wp-image-11355" />Spotify is the most popular platform for online audio listening. </div>



<div class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://www.edisonresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/The-Infinite-Dial-2020-from-Edison-Research-and-Triton-Digital.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/podcast-statistics-monthly-podcast-listening.png" alt="monthly podcast listening statistics, 37% of americans listen to at least one podcast a month" class="wp-image-11356" /></a>An estimated 104 million Americans listen to podcasts on a monthly basis. </div>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight">Spotify’s prominence for online audio consumption can’t be overstated. Make sure your show is available on their platform by following these <a href="https://castos.com/how-to-submit-a-podcast-to-spotify/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast submission instructions</a>. <br /><br />And don’t forget about Pandora. They started streaming podcasts in November 2019. Here’s a <a href="https://castos.com/pandora-podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">step-by-step guide</a> on how to submit a podcast to their platform too. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Industry Predictions Based On Latest Podcast Trends</h2>



<p>It’s always a good idea to use data to inform strategy pivots or before launching a new show. Based on the latest Infinite Dial findings, our team put together a few predictions and opportunities around where the biggest advantages are. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Podcasts tailored to environment-specific themes</h3>



<p>Over half of smart speaker owners now have more than two devices in their homes. Users consume different content across each device depending on which room its located and what time of day it is. </p>



<p>With these new listening patterns, there’s an opportunity to create podcasts specific to an environment. For example, as people head to bed they’ll ask Alexa to turn on their favorite meditation podcast. But when they’re prepping dinner, they’ll ask the smart speaker in the kitchen to play <a href="https://www.bonappetit.com/story/bon-appetit-foodcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Bon Appétit’s Foodcast</a>. </p>



<p>We encourage podcasters to think about how and when people move throughout their homes. How can your podcast complement each environment and a listener’s content needs.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Instagram and TikTok is where listeners under 30 spend the most time</h3>



<p>Though Facebook usage has flatlined for this demographic, Instagram and TikTok are having a moment. For both platforms, video content is consumed more than other post types. </p>



<p>If your podcast’s ideal listener falls into this age group, start prioritizing these platforms within a promotional strategy. Test out <a href="https://castos.com/how-to-promote-your-podcast-using-headliner/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">audiograms</a> or <a href="https://castos.com/video-podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">video podcasting</a> to put your show in front of your target demographic.</p>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight action"><a href="https://support.castos.com/article/115-creating-audiograms-with-our-headliner-integration" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos is integrated with Headliner</a>, one of the most popular audiogram makers. Automatically create custom video assets directly from your Castos dashboard to make your podcast standout. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>WhatsApp can create more intimate two-way connections</h3>



<p>Right now, Facebook groups dominate the space of allowing hosts to directly engage with their listeners. But people under 30 are now adopting WhatsApp as a new platform for group chats. </p>



<p>WhatsApp is a global communication app that’s more intimate and high touch than other mediums. At a time when many are craving personal connections, podcasters should consider WhatsApp groups as a new way to open up direct lines of communication with their listeners. </p>



<p>Another bonus, WhatsApp is a mobile-first app which is likely where your audience is already consuming your podcast. No need to switch between multiple devices and users can chime into the conversation while they listen along to the latest episode. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Woman-centric podcasts are poised for success</h3>



<p>With the increase in female listenership in 2020, there’s an opportunity to connect with this traditionally under served demographic. Female hosted shows and podcasts that focus on their needs, problems, and content preferences have an opportunity to do well. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>The onus is on us to increase the market share</h3>



<p>With audiences spending just over six hours a week consuming podcasts, there is a finite number of minutes to go around. Our previous Audience guest, <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/podcast-promotion-jack-rhysider/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Jack Rhysider</a>, highlighted this trend when saying people only tune into great podcasts. <em>Good</em> shows won’t make it into a listener’s rotation because they’re prioritizing great content. </p>



<p>We recognize the difficulty in increasing the total time people spend with podcasts per week. With other audio and video content to compete with and only 24 hours in the day, this is the harder statistic to increase. What’s more realistic is increasing the total number of podcast listeners in general. </p>



<p>To do this, the onus is on us. The podcasters, hosting platforms, listening apps, and audience members. Together let’s educate the uninitiated and promote the benefits of the medium to as many people as possible.  As total listenership increases, so will the total number of listeners for your show and ours. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned In This Episode</h2>



<ul><li>Watch the full <a href="https://www.edisonresearch.com/the-infinite-dial-2020/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Infinite Dial presentation webinar</a></li><li><a href="https://www.tiktok.com/en/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TikTok</a></li><li><a href="https://whatsapp.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">WhatsApp</a></li><li><a href="https://castos.com/how-to-submit-a-podcast-to-spotify/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How To Submit A Podcast To Spotify</a></li><li><a href="https://castos.com/tunein-podcast-submission/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How To Submit A Podcast To TuneIn &amp; AnyPod</a></li><li><a href="https://castos.com/pandora-podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How To Submit A Podcast To Pandora</a></li><li><a href="https://castos.com/iheartradio-podcast-submission/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How To Submit A Podcast To iHeartRadio</a></li><li><a href="https://audience.castos.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Subscribe</a> to Audience</li></ul>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Infinite-Dial-Podcast-Statistics-2020.mp3" length="21856020"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
Edison Research and Triton Digital released their podcast statistics and digital media consumption in March 2020. This presentation was slightly different as we globally navigate the Covid-19 landscape and what that means for content creators. 



In this episode of Audience, we’re recapping the most relevant consumption data for podcasters and how to take advantage of what’s to come. The podcasting industry is still in its infancy with plenty of room to grow. For those currently producing a show or deciding when to get started, use these podcast statistics to position yourself for success.







If you’re starting a new podcast or running into unforeseen issues with remote production setups, drop your questions in the comments here or tweet us @CastosHQ. We’ll answer all of your questions on the next episode of Audience.







Podcast Statistics From The Infinite Dial March 2020 Survey



Edison Research and Triton Digital surveyed 1,500 randomly sampled people from the United States. The questions focused on a person’s digital media consumption habits and awareness of media brands. The following results are an opportunity for podcasters to take stock of their show and strategize how to increase their listenership.



But before jumping into the most recent statistics, we’ll start with the elephant in the room. Amid Covid-19, our routines and habits have changed dramatically. In the short term this means downloads may decrease across multiple podcast genres. While news and talk show are being prioritized now, these audio trends will predict our consumption behaviors when we’re back to the new normal.



People are consuming more news and talk content during the Covid-19 pandemic in 2020.



The following data highlights the digital media and audio habits of Americans as of March 2020. Separated into smart speaker, social media, and online audio categories, these trends are shaping our current landscape. All reference data can be found inside The Infinite Dial March 2020 presentation. 



Smart speakers



27% of Americans own a smart speaker or 76 million people. This is a 4% increase compared to 2019. Between Amazon Alexa, Google Home, and Apple HomePod, Alexa is the most popular smart speaker. With 21% of smart speaker owners use Amazon Alexa. 55% of the people who own smart speakers own 2+ devices. 



27% of Americans own...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/podcast-statistics-infinite-dial-2020-feature.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:22:45</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[The Best Educational Podcasts Of 2020–And How To Create Your Own]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 19 Mar 2020 07:40:41 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/the-best-educational-podcasts-of-2020</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/the-best-educational-podcasts-of-2020</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>As listeners and podcast producers, we’re always on the hunt for shows that help us improve in some aspect of our lives. The best educational podcasts fill the void with episodes about entrepreneurship, language learning practice, and even philosophical debates. </p>



<p>When Craig sat down with <a href="https://twitter.com/kevanlee?" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Kevan Lee</a> from <a href="https://buffer.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Buffer</a>, he didn’t plan on digging deeper into how Buffer creates their educational podcasts. But after hearing about their unique process and transition into scripted episodes, we had to know more. </p>



<p>This week on Audience, we’re talking about a popular <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-topics/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast topic</a> and category–educational podcasts. These <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-format/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast’s formats</a> take many forms but one thing remains constant. The audience is there to learn something and they need actionable steps to get started. </p>



<p>Listen to our interview with Kevan to find out how Buffer produces their show then read on to discover 10 of the best educational podcasts out there.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Why You Should Consider An Educational Podcast Format</h2>



<p>The best educational podcasts tackle a theme or niche topic and analyze it down to its basic points. These shows are popular because podcasts are a great way to learn new skills from experts. They also help audiences access more information about a specific interest that may be too complicated to understand via other mediums.</p>



<p>For example, there is a community interested in learning about how to save and invest for retirement. But it takes time to research and understand complex financial topic from articles around the internet. Instead, people listen to <a href="https://moneyfortherestofus.com/episodes/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Money For The Rest of Us.</a> The host, David Stein, previously managed billions of dollars and is there to guide his listeners through a variety of financial topics. His goal is to help people become more confident investors and take control of their financial futures.</p>



<p>For individual hosts, like David Stein, educational podcasts offer an opportunity to become an industry authority. He published a book in 2019, curates a weekly newsletter, and speaks at live events due to his podcast’s success. For aspiring podcasters, if you’re interested in educating others about a topic or skill then this podcast format is for you.</p>



<p>In the same vein, brands like Buffer are producing educational podcasts that weave in their products with actionable information. Buffer’s team is an expert on all things social media so they’re able teach listeners about industry best practices and how their tool can help. Brands producing educational podcasts offer more value to their customers, helping them refine a skillset along the way.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What Buffer Learned From Producing A Podcast</h2>



<p>We weren’t shocked to hear about Buffer’s transition from an interview-based podcast to a scripted show because their written content is the pinnacle B2B of content marketing. Recording an educational podcast based off their high performing blog content sounded like a no-brainer. But it took some trial and error from them to get there.</p>



<p>The Science of Social Media started as an interview-style show where 3 different hosts would rotate through interviewing industry experts. But they found it was difficult to have a unique perspective in a sea of similar educational podcasts that were speaking with the same people. So they pivoted into talking about “the how” behind trending industry practices so listeners could learn h...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
As listeners and podcast producers, we’re always on the hunt for shows that help us improve in some aspect of our lives. The best educational podcasts fill the void with episodes about entrepreneurship, language learning practice, and even philosophical debates. 



When Craig sat down with Kevan Lee from Buffer, he didn’t plan on digging deeper into how Buffer creates their educational podcasts. But after hearing about their unique process and transition into scripted episodes, we had to know more. 



This week on Audience, we’re talking about a popular podcast topic and category–educational podcasts. These podcast’s formats take many forms but one thing remains constant. The audience is there to learn something and they need actionable steps to get started. 



Listen to our interview with Kevan to find out how Buffer produces their show then read on to discover 10 of the best educational podcasts out there.







Why You Should Consider An Educational Podcast Format



The best educational podcasts tackle a theme or niche topic and analyze it down to its basic points. These shows are popular because podcasts are a great way to learn new skills from experts. They also help audiences access more information about a specific interest that may be too complicated to understand via other mediums.



For example, there is a community interested in learning about how to save and invest for retirement. But it takes time to research and understand complex financial topic from articles around the internet. Instead, people listen to Money For The Rest of Us. The host, David Stein, previously managed billions of dollars and is there to guide his listeners through a variety of financial topics. His goal is to help people become more confident investors and take control of their financial futures.



For individual hosts, like David Stein, educational podcasts offer an opportunity to become an industry authority. He published a book in 2019, curates a weekly newsletter, and speaks at live events due to his podcast’s success. For aspiring podcasters, if you’re interested in educating others about a topic or skill then this podcast format is for you.



In the same vein, brands like Buffer are producing educational podcasts that weave in their products with actionable information. Buffer’s team is an expert on all things social media so they’re able teach listeners about industry best practices and how their tool can help. Brands producing educational podcasts offer more value to their customers, helping them refine a skillset along the way.







What Buffer Learned From Producing A Podcast



We weren’t shocked to hear about Buffer’s transition from an interview-based podcast to a scripted show because their written content is the pinnacle B2B of content marketing. Recording an educational podcast based off their high performing blog content sounded like a no-brainer. But it took some trial and error from them to get there.



The Science of Social Media started as an interview-style show where 3 different hosts would rotate through interviewing industry experts. But they found it was difficult to have a unique perspective in a sea of similar educational podcasts that were speaking with the same people. So they pivoted into talking about “the how” behind trending industry practices so listeners could learn h...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[The Best Educational Podcasts Of 2020–And How To Create Your Own]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>As listeners and podcast producers, we’re always on the hunt for shows that help us improve in some aspect of our lives. The best educational podcasts fill the void with episodes about entrepreneurship, language learning practice, and even philosophical debates. </p>



<p>When Craig sat down with <a href="https://twitter.com/kevanlee?" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Kevan Lee</a> from <a href="https://buffer.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Buffer</a>, he didn’t plan on digging deeper into how Buffer creates their educational podcasts. But after hearing about their unique process and transition into scripted episodes, we had to know more. </p>



<p>This week on Audience, we’re talking about a popular <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-topics/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast topic</a> and category–educational podcasts. These <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-format/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast’s formats</a> take many forms but one thing remains constant. The audience is there to learn something and they need actionable steps to get started. </p>



<p>Listen to our interview with Kevan to find out how Buffer produces their show then read on to discover 10 of the best educational podcasts out there.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Why You Should Consider An Educational Podcast Format</h2>



<p>The best educational podcasts tackle a theme or niche topic and analyze it down to its basic points. These shows are popular because podcasts are a great way to learn new skills from experts. They also help audiences access more information about a specific interest that may be too complicated to understand via other mediums.</p>



<p>For example, there is a community interested in learning about how to save and invest for retirement. But it takes time to research and understand complex financial topic from articles around the internet. Instead, people listen to <a href="https://moneyfortherestofus.com/episodes/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Money For The Rest of Us.</a> The host, David Stein, previously managed billions of dollars and is there to guide his listeners through a variety of financial topics. His goal is to help people become more confident investors and take control of their financial futures.</p>



<p>For individual hosts, like David Stein, educational podcasts offer an opportunity to become an industry authority. He published a book in 2019, curates a weekly newsletter, and speaks at live events due to his podcast’s success. For aspiring podcasters, if you’re interested in educating others about a topic or skill then this podcast format is for you.</p>



<p>In the same vein, brands like Buffer are producing educational podcasts that weave in their products with actionable information. Buffer’s team is an expert on all things social media so they’re able teach listeners about industry best practices and how their tool can help. Brands producing educational podcasts offer more value to their customers, helping them refine a skillset along the way.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What Buffer Learned From Producing A Podcast</h2>



<p>We weren’t shocked to hear about Buffer’s transition from an interview-based podcast to a scripted show because their written content is the pinnacle B2B of content marketing. Recording an educational podcast based off their high performing blog content sounded like a no-brainer. But it took some trial and error from them to get there.</p>



<p>The Science of Social Media started as an interview-style show where 3 different hosts would rotate through interviewing industry experts. But they found it was difficult to have a unique perspective in a sea of similar educational podcasts that were speaking with the same people. So they pivoted into talking about “the how” behind trending industry practices so listeners could learn how to set up their own social media campaigns effectively. </p>



<p>Now the podcast is hosted by two of Buffer’s team members and they follow a script to ensure they drive home the takeaways. No more than 15-20 minutes long, they aim to make everything sound conversational but the end goal is provide as much knowledge as possible within the show’s run time.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Tips for turning a blog post into a podcast script</h3>



<p>Scripting the show based off blog posts took some effort to get it right. Kevan’s main learning points included:</p>



<ol><li>Include some conversational cues so the hosts knew to add short anecdotes or humor to keep things light.</li><li>Remove all commas from the script. Speaking something out loud has different natural pauses compared to reading it.</li><li>Practice the script as a group to make it sound as conversational as possible.</li><li>Keep an eye on word counts. For a 15-20 minute episode, Buffer looks for 2,000 word articles. If pieces are too long, they cut sections out but make sure everything still flows.</li><li>Chuck the blog post into sections so topics flow and the audience has the relevant information to understand the subsequent topic.</li><li>Remember to add in filler words and transitions so hosts can naturally pass the conversation back and forth.</li><li>Spell out acronyms and rehearse difficult to pronounce words and names.</li><li>When important visuals appear within the blog post, get detailed in how you describe it audibly. You want the audience to be able to recreate the action on their own while listening. </li></ol>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>10 Best Educational Podcasts In 2020</h2>



<p>Many of us are on the hunt for ways to improve our lives and learning new skills is one part of that journey. We gathered the ten best educational podcasts that will help you learn something new. These shows follow different formats and cover a variety of topics so there’s something for everyone!</p>



<ol><li><a href="https://www.nationalgeographic.com/podcasts/overheard/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Overheard at National Geographic</a>: “Each week we’ll dive into one of the curiously delightful conversations we’ve overheard around National Geographic’s headquarters. You’ll be introduced to the explorers, photographers and scientists at the edges of our big, bizarre, and beautiful world.”</li><li><a href="https://www.ted.com/podcasts/worklife" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">WorkLife by TED</a>: “Organizational psychologist Adam Grant takes you inside the minds of some of the world’s most unusual professionals to explore the science of making work not suck. From learning how to love criticism to harnessing the power of frustration, one thing’s for sure: You’ll never see your job the same way again.”</li><li><a href="https://www.npr.org/lifekit" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Life Kit by NPR</a>: “Everyone needs a little help being human. From sleep to saving money to parenting and more, we talk to the experts to get the best advice out there. Life Kit is here to help you get it together.”</li><li><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/youre-wrong-about/id1380008439" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">You’re Wrong About</a>: “Mike and Sarah are journalists obsessed with the past. Every where they reconsider an event or person or trend that’s been miscast in the public imagination.”</li><li><a href="https://www.howtomoney.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How to Money</a>: “Best friends Joel and Matt believe that when you handle your money in a purposeful, thoughtful way that works for your lifestyle, you can really start living a rich life.”</li><li><a href="https://gimletmedia.com/shows/the-pitch" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Pitch</a>: “Listen as real entrepreneurs pitch real investors–for real money.”</li><li><a href="https://thispodcastwillkillyou.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">This Podcast Will Kill You</a>: Each episode tackles a different disease, from its history  to its biology, and finally how scared you need to be.”</li><li><a href="https://radiolingua.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Coffee Break</a>: “Learn one of seven languages, including Enlgihs, Spanish, French, and more, on the go.”</li><li><a href="https://www.nasa.gov/johnson/HWHAP" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Houston, We Have a Podcast</a>: “We bring in the experts, scientists, engineers, astronauts, all to let you know what’s going on in the world of human spaceflight.”</li><li><a href="https://wondermedianetwork.com/encyclopedia-womannica" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Encyclopedia Womannica</a>: “In just 5 minutes a day, learn about different incredible women from throughout history.”</li></ol>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Get More From Audience</h2>



<ul><li>Subscribe to <a href="https://audience.castos.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audience</a></li><li>Subscribe to <a href="https://buffer.com/podcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Science of Social Media</a> and <a href="https://lp.buffer.com/breaking-brand" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Breaking Brand</a></li><li>Read <a href="https://buffer.com/resources" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Buffer’s blog</a></li><li>Follow <a href="https://www.instagram.com/buffer/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">@Buffer</a> on Instagram </li><li>Learn more about our <a href="https://castos.com/how-to-promote-your-podcast-using-headliner/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos + Headliner integration</a></li><li>Sign up for our newsletter and receive every new Audience in your inbox. Be the first to listen and test out our podcasting tips.</li></ul>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Kevan-Lee-from-Buffer.mp3" length="30592858"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
As listeners and podcast producers, we’re always on the hunt for shows that help us improve in some aspect of our lives. The best educational podcasts fill the void with episodes about entrepreneurship, language learning practice, and even philosophical debates. 



When Craig sat down with Kevan Lee from Buffer, he didn’t plan on digging deeper into how Buffer creates their educational podcasts. But after hearing about their unique process and transition into scripted episodes, we had to know more. 



This week on Audience, we’re talking about a popular podcast topic and category–educational podcasts. These podcast’s formats take many forms but one thing remains constant. The audience is there to learn something and they need actionable steps to get started. 



Listen to our interview with Kevan to find out how Buffer produces their show then read on to discover 10 of the best educational podcasts out there.







Why You Should Consider An Educational Podcast Format



The best educational podcasts tackle a theme or niche topic and analyze it down to its basic points. These shows are popular because podcasts are a great way to learn new skills from experts. They also help audiences access more information about a specific interest that may be too complicated to understand via other mediums.



For example, there is a community interested in learning about how to save and invest for retirement. But it takes time to research and understand complex financial topic from articles around the internet. Instead, people listen to Money For The Rest of Us. The host, David Stein, previously managed billions of dollars and is there to guide his listeners through a variety of financial topics. His goal is to help people become more confident investors and take control of their financial futures.



For individual hosts, like David Stein, educational podcasts offer an opportunity to become an industry authority. He published a book in 2019, curates a weekly newsletter, and speaks at live events due to his podcast’s success. For aspiring podcasters, if you’re interested in educating others about a topic or skill then this podcast format is for you.



In the same vein, brands like Buffer are producing educational podcasts that weave in their products with actionable information. Buffer’s team is an expert on all things social media so they’re able teach listeners about industry best practices and how their tool can help. Brands producing educational podcasts offer more value to their customers, helping them refine a skillset along the way.







What Buffer Learned From Producing A Podcast



We weren’t shocked to hear about Buffer’s transition from an interview-based podcast to a scripted show because their written content is the pinnacle B2B of content marketing. Recording an educational podcast based off their high performing blog content sounded like a no-brainer. But it took some trial and error from them to get there.



The Science of Social Media started as an interview-style show where 3 different hosts would rotate through interviewing industry experts. But they found it was difficult to have a unique perspective in a sea of similar educational podcasts that were speaking with the same people. So they pivoted into talking about “the how” behind trending industry practices so listeners could learn h...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/susan-yin-2JIvboGLeho-unsplash.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:31:51</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Become A Better Interviewer By Asking These Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 12 Mar 2020 06:51:44 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/podcast-interview-questions</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/podcast-interview-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>In this episode of Audience, we’re taking a break from interviewing to talk about…interviews. Being a good interviewer means asking thought-provoking podcast interview questions but what does that mean? To answer that question, we’re taking a step back and analyzing how to interview someone for a podcast. From the prep work to the questions you should consider asking, this is a comprehensive look at how to generate a great podcast interview.</p>



<p>If you’re using <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/podcast-guests-kai-davis/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Kai’s tips</a> from our last episode, you’re hopefully already booking new guests for the show. So let’s get to it.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Podcast Interview Questions That Create Interesting Answers</h2>



<p>As the interviewer, it’s your job to make the guest feel comfortable. The goal is to have them tell stories that they haven’t divulged in other interviews. To do this, you need to ask questions that guide the guest to immediately talk about the emotional parts of their story and skip over the pieces they’ve said on repeat. These responses are more likely to tug at your audience’s heart strings, keeping them on the edge of their seat until the final minute.</p>



<p>Do yourself and your guest a favor by skipping over their general answers. Instead, try these 10 interview question frameworks that promise to generate interesting stories.</p>



<ol><li>Tell me about a time when…</li><li>What was the hardest part about…</li><li>How did you feel when…</li><li>Describe your process behind…</li><li>What is one common myth about…</li><li>Who are three people who have helped you…</li><li>On a scale of 1-10…</li><li>What do you wish you had known when…</li><li>What would you change about…</li><li>How has X changed your thinking on…</li></ol>



<p>You’ll notice every question ends in ellipses. That’s because the ending should be tailored to each guest and their background. To fill in the gaps, you’ll have to do your homework. Ahead, we’ll get into basic podcast interview preparation so your questions don’t fall flat.  </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What Goes Into Great Podcast Interview Questions?</h2>



<p>The answer is simple. Preparation. Changing your mindset and researching the guest’s background will help create probing questions that get to the meat of their story. </p>



<p>Interview preparation starts by defining the goal. You are the expert in what content your audience likes to hear, so it’s your job to guide the guest there. Figure out how the guest connects with the topics your listeners love then share this goal with the interviewee. Being transparent about what you’re looking to get out of the interview is an important step in setting the guest up for success. </p>



<p>If they know where you want the conversation to go, they can tailor their answers to get you both there. If the guest has no idea what topic or angle you want to cover, they may not share information that your audience would find fascinating. </p>



<p>Once the goal is defined, it’s time to do your homework. Interviewers should find out as much as possible about their guests, from background information to current projects. Here are few places to get started:</p>



<ul><li><strong>Guest’s website:</strong> either a personal website or their company’s online presence. Read the About page, consume their latest content, and figure out what initiatives are most important to them right now. </li><li><strong>Social channels</strong>: Hit all the major channels from Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, and Twitter. Read the bio information, scroll through the latest posts, and see what conversations the guest is chiming in on. </li><li><strong>Previous interviews</strong>: Google your guest’s name to surface their most recent interviews. Listen to old podcast interviews, read previous Q&amp;As, and...</li></ul>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
In this episode of Audience, we’re taking a break from interviewing to talk about…interviews. Being a good interviewer means asking thought-provoking podcast interview questions but what does that mean? To answer that question, we’re taking a step back and analyzing how to interview someone for a podcast. From the prep work to the questions you should consider asking, this is a comprehensive look at how to generate a great podcast interview.



If you’re using Kai’s tips from our last episode, you’re hopefully already booking new guests for the show. So let’s get to it.







Podcast Interview Questions That Create Interesting Answers



As the interviewer, it’s your job to make the guest feel comfortable. The goal is to have them tell stories that they haven’t divulged in other interviews. To do this, you need to ask questions that guide the guest to immediately talk about the emotional parts of their story and skip over the pieces they’ve said on repeat. These responses are more likely to tug at your audience’s heart strings, keeping them on the edge of their seat until the final minute.



Do yourself and your guest a favor by skipping over their general answers. Instead, try these 10 interview question frameworks that promise to generate interesting stories.



Tell me about a time when…What was the hardest part about…How did you feel when…Describe your process behind…What is one common myth about…Who are three people who have helped you…On a scale of 1-10…What do you wish you had known when…What would you change about…How has X changed your thinking on…



You’ll notice every question ends in ellipses. That’s because the ending should be tailored to each guest and their background. To fill in the gaps, you’ll have to do your homework. Ahead, we’ll get into basic podcast interview preparation so your questions don’t fall flat.  







What Goes Into Great Podcast Interview Questions?



The answer is simple. Preparation. Changing your mindset and researching the guest’s background will help create probing questions that get to the meat of their story. 



Interview preparation starts by defining the goal. You are the expert in what content your audience likes to hear, so it’s your job to guide the guest there. Figure out how the guest connects with the topics your listeners love then share this goal with the interviewee. Being transparent about what you’re looking to get out of the interview is an important step in setting the guest up for success. 



If they know where you want the conversation to go, they can tailor their answers to get you both there. If the guest has no idea what topic or angle you want to cover, they may not share information that your audience would find fascinating. 



Once the goal is defined, it’s time to do your homework. Interviewers should find out as much as possible about their guests, from background information to current projects. Here are few places to get started:



Guest’s website: either a personal website or their company’s online presence. Read the About page, consume their latest content, and figure out what initiatives are most important to them right now. Social channels: Hit all the major channels from Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, and Twitter. Read the bio information, scroll through the latest posts, and see what conversations the guest is chiming in on. Previous interviews: Google your guest’s name to surface their most recent interviews. Listen to old podcast interviews, read previous Q&As, and...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Become A Better Interviewer By Asking These Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>In this episode of Audience, we’re taking a break from interviewing to talk about…interviews. Being a good interviewer means asking thought-provoking podcast interview questions but what does that mean? To answer that question, we’re taking a step back and analyzing how to interview someone for a podcast. From the prep work to the questions you should consider asking, this is a comprehensive look at how to generate a great podcast interview.</p>



<p>If you’re using <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/podcast-guests-kai-davis/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Kai’s tips</a> from our last episode, you’re hopefully already booking new guests for the show. So let’s get to it.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Podcast Interview Questions That Create Interesting Answers</h2>



<p>As the interviewer, it’s your job to make the guest feel comfortable. The goal is to have them tell stories that they haven’t divulged in other interviews. To do this, you need to ask questions that guide the guest to immediately talk about the emotional parts of their story and skip over the pieces they’ve said on repeat. These responses are more likely to tug at your audience’s heart strings, keeping them on the edge of their seat until the final minute.</p>



<p>Do yourself and your guest a favor by skipping over their general answers. Instead, try these 10 interview question frameworks that promise to generate interesting stories.</p>



<ol><li>Tell me about a time when…</li><li>What was the hardest part about…</li><li>How did you feel when…</li><li>Describe your process behind…</li><li>What is one common myth about…</li><li>Who are three people who have helped you…</li><li>On a scale of 1-10…</li><li>What do you wish you had known when…</li><li>What would you change about…</li><li>How has X changed your thinking on…</li></ol>



<p>You’ll notice every question ends in ellipses. That’s because the ending should be tailored to each guest and their background. To fill in the gaps, you’ll have to do your homework. Ahead, we’ll get into basic podcast interview preparation so your questions don’t fall flat.  </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What Goes Into Great Podcast Interview Questions?</h2>



<p>The answer is simple. Preparation. Changing your mindset and researching the guest’s background will help create probing questions that get to the meat of their story. </p>



<p>Interview preparation starts by defining the goal. You are the expert in what content your audience likes to hear, so it’s your job to guide the guest there. Figure out how the guest connects with the topics your listeners love then share this goal with the interviewee. Being transparent about what you’re looking to get out of the interview is an important step in setting the guest up for success. </p>



<p>If they know where you want the conversation to go, they can tailor their answers to get you both there. If the guest has no idea what topic or angle you want to cover, they may not share information that your audience would find fascinating. </p>



<p>Once the goal is defined, it’s time to do your homework. Interviewers should find out as much as possible about their guests, from background information to current projects. Here are few places to get started:</p>



<ul><li><strong>Guest’s website:</strong> either a personal website or their company’s online presence. Read the About page, consume their latest content, and figure out what initiatives are most important to them right now. </li><li><strong>Social channels</strong>: Hit all the major channels from Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, and Twitter. Read the bio information, scroll through the latest posts, and see what conversations the guest is chiming in on. </li><li><strong>Previous interviews</strong>: Google your guest’s name to surface their most recent interviews. Listen to old podcast interviews, read previous Q&amp;As, and find past conference or panel presentations.</li><li><strong>Published works</strong>: read recently published articles or books, listen to their podcast, and subscribe to their newsletter.</li></ul>



<p>While researching, write down about 10-12 questions that pique your interest. These shouldn’t be yes or no questions, instead remember the above frameworks to draw out storied responses.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Podcast Interview Best Practices</h2>



<p>If you produce an interview style show or work with a co-host, these podcast interview best practices are for you. For newcomers and veterans, here are some practical tips to continue refining your craft.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Guest introductions</h3>



<p>It may be tempting to start every interview with, “so tell our listeners about yourself and what you’re working on.” Don’t. During your research, you’ve heard your guest rattle off their intro thousands of times. Why waste precious interview time with a question that you already know the answer to?</p>



<p>Instead, you should introduce the guest and highlight the points of their career or life that are most interesting to your listeners. Since you’re the expert on your audience, you can craft an introduction that will hook them instantly. </p>



<p>Start with the guest’s standard introduction from past interviews or their website, then add interesting tidbits that will grab the audience’s attention. Great introductions also include why the listener should be excited to learn about the guest’s prospective and high-level topics you cover during the interview. </p>



<p>We recommend recording the introduction right after you end the interview. That way your voice will sound the same and the interview topics are still top of mind. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Refine your interview questions</h3>



<p>As a guest, there’s nothing worse than answering questions you’ve answered thousands of times before. It’s easy to use a canned response, especially when it feels like the interviewer didn’t time in crafting unique questions.</p>



<p>Instead, take the 10-12 question you jotted down during the research phase and pare them down to 5 or 6. The shortlist should only open-ended questions that will illicit creative answers. Focus on the topics that help achieve the interview’s goal and use these to guide the conversation.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Make your guest feel comfortable</h3>



<p>At the start of every interview, it’s your job to make the guest feel at ease. The best way to do this is take 5 minutes before the recording to chitchat. Start with running through the goal of the interview again so you’re both on the same page and reacquaint yourselves with each other.</p>



<p>Another tip, especially for guests who don’t often appear on podcasts, remind them the interview will be edited. This means the guest doesn’t have to get their answer right on the first go. They have the option to start responding, cut themselves off, then start again. Knowing you can mess up without repercussions while help everyone ease up.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Be an active listener</h3>



<p>Contrary to popular belief, the interviewer’s voice should come second to the interviewee. Active listening means fully concentrating on what is being said rather than passively hearing a response.</p>



<p>Take this sound wave example from <a href="https://businessesgrow.com/2017/05/25/podcast-interview/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Mark Shaefer</a>. Mark, who’s the guest, has most of the airtime while the interviewer leads the conversation. </p>



<div class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://businessesgrow.com/2017/05/25/podcast-interview/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/podcast-interview-questions-1024x796.png" alt="podcast interview questions interview sound wave example" class="wp-image-11238" /></a>An example of a balanced podcast interview. (Image source: <a href="https://businessesgrow.com/2017/05/25/podcast-interview/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Mark Schaefer</a>)</div>



<p>The best podcast interviews are balanced and are give-and-take. The guest takes center stage while the host coaxes the discussion forward. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Don’t forget the follow up</h3>



<p>Part of active listening is responding to a guest’s answer. Rather than asking rapid fire questions, take the opportunity to dig into their responses with follow up questions. The best interviews tell a story and emotionally entangle an audience so work to draw out these pieces of information. </p>



<p>Follow up questions are just as important as the set of 5-6 questions you already nailed down. Don’t derail an interview just because you want to get to every question on your list. Embrace the tangents as they often surface stories a guest has never told before giving your podcast the exclusive scoop. </p>



<p>Another bonus of follow up questions is it makes the interview sound more conversational. Podcasts are windows into intimate conversations between multiple people. Craft that intimacy by piggybacking off a guest’s answers, you may be surprised at what they say.</p>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned In This Episode</h2>



<ul><li><a href="https://blog.pacific-content.com/how-do-i-build-an-audience-for-my-podcast-c78f1152957c" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Pacific Content</a> article about how to create a podcast for your audience</li><li><a href="https://audience.castos.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Subscribe to Audience</a> </li></ul>



<p> </p>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/how-to-be-a-better-podcast-interviewer.mp3" length="19876984"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
In this episode of Audience, we’re taking a break from interviewing to talk about…interviews. Being a good interviewer means asking thought-provoking podcast interview questions but what does that mean? To answer that question, we’re taking a step back and analyzing how to interview someone for a podcast. From the prep work to the questions you should consider asking, this is a comprehensive look at how to generate a great podcast interview.



If you’re using Kai’s tips from our last episode, you’re hopefully already booking new guests for the show. So let’s get to it.







Podcast Interview Questions That Create Interesting Answers



As the interviewer, it’s your job to make the guest feel comfortable. The goal is to have them tell stories that they haven’t divulged in other interviews. To do this, you need to ask questions that guide the guest to immediately talk about the emotional parts of their story and skip over the pieces they’ve said on repeat. These responses are more likely to tug at your audience’s heart strings, keeping them on the edge of their seat until the final minute.



Do yourself and your guest a favor by skipping over their general answers. Instead, try these 10 interview question frameworks that promise to generate interesting stories.



Tell me about a time when…What was the hardest part about…How did you feel when…Describe your process behind…What is one common myth about…Who are three people who have helped you…On a scale of 1-10…What do you wish you had known when…What would you change about…How has X changed your thinking on…



You’ll notice every question ends in ellipses. That’s because the ending should be tailored to each guest and their background. To fill in the gaps, you’ll have to do your homework. Ahead, we’ll get into basic podcast interview preparation so your questions don’t fall flat.  







What Goes Into Great Podcast Interview Questions?



The answer is simple. Preparation. Changing your mindset and researching the guest’s background will help create probing questions that get to the meat of their story. 



Interview preparation starts by defining the goal. You are the expert in what content your audience likes to hear, so it’s your job to guide the guest there. Figure out how the guest connects with the topics your listeners love then share this goal with the interviewee. Being transparent about what you’re looking to get out of the interview is an important step in setting the guest up for success. 



If they know where you want the conversation to go, they can tailor their answers to get you both there. If the guest has no idea what topic or angle you want to cover, they may not share information that your audience would find fascinating. 



Once the goal is defined, it’s time to do your homework. Interviewers should find out as much as possible about their guests, from background information to current projects. Here are few places to get started:



Guest’s website: either a personal website or their company’s online presence. Read the About page, consume their latest content, and figure out what initiatives are most important to them right now. Social channels: Hit all the major channels from Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, and Twitter. Read the bio information, scroll through the latest posts, and see what conversations the guest is chiming in on. Previous interviews: Google your guest’s name to surface their most recent interviews. Listen to old podcast interviews, read previous Q&As, and...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/podcast-interview-questions-feature.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:20:42</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[4 Ways To Create A Video Podcast (And Why You Should Try It)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Fri, 06 Mar 2020 17:56:29 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/video-podcast</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/video-podcast</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>Why do all the top podcasts publish videos to YouTube? Because YouTube has <a href="https://www.businessinsider.com/youtube-positioned-to-be-next-podcasting-giant-2019-9" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">2 billion logged-in users (and growing)</a>, which makes it a powerful place to grow your audience. </p>



<p>In fact, <a href="https://www.businessinsider.com/youtube-positioned-to-be-next-podcasting-giant-2019-9" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">43% of monthly podcast listener</a> say they’ve enjoyed podcast content on YouTube in the last year, which means you probably have potential fans browsing YouTube for content like yours right now. All you have to do is turn your regular podcast into a video podcast.</p>



<p>Fortunately, you are already doing most of the work. With a few small additions to your workflow, you can create engaging video podcast episodes that appeal to people who prefer video content.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What Is A Video Podcast?</h2>



<p>A video podcast is simply a podcast with a video element. The video element could be as simple or as complex as you like, but it often consists of a single static image or a video recording of the podcast hosts and guests.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Why You Should Start A Video Podcast </h2>



<p>Before we explain how to create a video podcast, let’s cover why you should bother.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>People love looking at faces</h3>



<p>Humans are visual creatures. <a href="https://www.seyens.com/humans-are-visual-creatures/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">30% of our brain is devoted to our eyes</a>. And we particularly love faces. <a href="https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2663531/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Infants begin to prefer looking at faces</a> as soon as 24 hours after birth. That effect gets stronger as we get older because of the wealth of information we get from faces. According to some psychologists, facial features provide more data than spoken language. </p>



<p>This means you can create more value for your audience and help them make deeper connections with your content by adding faces via video. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Video opens you to a wider audience</h3>



<p>As much as we like podcasts, there are plenty of people who prefer to consume video content. This should come as no surprise, YouTube is the second largest social media platform. By adding a video element to your podcast, you gain access to a massive audience of potential fans. </p>



<div class="wp-block-image"><img width="1024" height="653" src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/youtube-popularity-video-podcast-1024x653.png" alt="youtube popularity video podcast" class="wp-image-11214" />Source: <a href="https://www.oberlo.com/blog/youtube-statistics" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Oberlo</a></div>



<p>That’s exactly what happened to Andrea Raquelle, producer and content provider for the “Hey Frase” podcast. “Without video, we hit a plateau; we could not go past 10,000 [downloads],” <a href="https://digiday.com/media/era-video-podcasts-challenged-break-social-media/">she said</a>. “When we started doing video recordings, we saw the best growth. It took two months to get to 35,000 [downloads]. We noticed other influencers and podcasters in the space [with big download numbers]. We can’t even compete with that if we don’t have video.”</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Video is far more social</h3>



<p>Ever notice that all the videos on social media are set to autoplay, but without sound? That’s because social media platforms are optimized for video, but not audio. The audio is mute by default.</p>



<p>Adding video to your podcast makes it a bit...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
Why do all the top podcasts publish videos to YouTube? Because YouTube has 2 billion logged-in users (and growing), which makes it a powerful place to grow your audience. 



In fact, 43% of monthly podcast listener say they’ve enjoyed podcast content on YouTube in the last year, which means you probably have potential fans browsing YouTube for content like yours right now. All you have to do is turn your regular podcast into a video podcast.



Fortunately, you are already doing most of the work. With a few small additions to your workflow, you can create engaging video podcast episodes that appeal to people who prefer video content.







What Is A Video Podcast?



A video podcast is simply a podcast with a video element. The video element could be as simple or as complex as you like, but it often consists of a single static image or a video recording of the podcast hosts and guests.







Why You Should Start A Video Podcast 



Before we explain how to create a video podcast, let’s cover why you should bother.







People love looking at faces



Humans are visual creatures. 30% of our brain is devoted to our eyes. And we particularly love faces. Infants begin to prefer looking at faces as soon as 24 hours after birth. That effect gets stronger as we get older because of the wealth of information we get from faces. According to some psychologists, facial features provide more data than spoken language. 



This means you can create more value for your audience and help them make deeper connections with your content by adding faces via video. 







Video opens you to a wider audience



As much as we like podcasts, there are plenty of people who prefer to consume video content. This should come as no surprise, YouTube is the second largest social media platform. By adding a video element to your podcast, you gain access to a massive audience of potential fans. 



Source: Oberlo



That’s exactly what happened to Andrea Raquelle, producer and content provider for the “Hey Frase” podcast. “Without video, we hit a plateau; we could not go past 10,000 [downloads],” she said. “When we started doing video recordings, we saw the best growth. It took two months to get to 35,000 [downloads]. We noticed other influencers and podcasters in the space [with big download numbers]. We can’t even compete with that if we don’t have video.”







Video is far more social



Ever notice that all the videos on social media are set to autoplay, but without sound? That’s because social media platforms are optimized for video, but not audio. The audio is mute by default.



Adding video to your podcast makes it a bit...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[4 Ways To Create A Video Podcast (And Why You Should Try It)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>Why do all the top podcasts publish videos to YouTube? Because YouTube has <a href="https://www.businessinsider.com/youtube-positioned-to-be-next-podcasting-giant-2019-9" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">2 billion logged-in users (and growing)</a>, which makes it a powerful place to grow your audience. </p>



<p>In fact, <a href="https://www.businessinsider.com/youtube-positioned-to-be-next-podcasting-giant-2019-9" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">43% of monthly podcast listener</a> say they’ve enjoyed podcast content on YouTube in the last year, which means you probably have potential fans browsing YouTube for content like yours right now. All you have to do is turn your regular podcast into a video podcast.</p>



<p>Fortunately, you are already doing most of the work. With a few small additions to your workflow, you can create engaging video podcast episodes that appeal to people who prefer video content.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What Is A Video Podcast?</h2>



<p>A video podcast is simply a podcast with a video element. The video element could be as simple or as complex as you like, but it often consists of a single static image or a video recording of the podcast hosts and guests.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Why You Should Start A Video Podcast </h2>



<p>Before we explain how to create a video podcast, let’s cover why you should bother.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>People love looking at faces</h3>



<p>Humans are visual creatures. <a href="https://www.seyens.com/humans-are-visual-creatures/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">30% of our brain is devoted to our eyes</a>. And we particularly love faces. <a href="https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2663531/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Infants begin to prefer looking at faces</a> as soon as 24 hours after birth. That effect gets stronger as we get older because of the wealth of information we get from faces. According to some psychologists, facial features provide more data than spoken language. </p>



<p>This means you can create more value for your audience and help them make deeper connections with your content by adding faces via video. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Video opens you to a wider audience</h3>



<p>As much as we like podcasts, there are plenty of people who prefer to consume video content. This should come as no surprise, YouTube is the second largest social media platform. By adding a video element to your podcast, you gain access to a massive audience of potential fans. </p>



<div class="wp-block-image"><img width="1024" height="653" src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/youtube-popularity-video-podcast-1024x653.png" alt="youtube popularity video podcast" class="wp-image-11214" />Source: <a href="https://www.oberlo.com/blog/youtube-statistics" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Oberlo</a></div>



<p>That’s exactly what happened to Andrea Raquelle, producer and content provider for the “Hey Frase” podcast. “Without video, we hit a plateau; we could not go past 10,000 [downloads],” <a href="https://digiday.com/media/era-video-podcasts-challenged-break-social-media/">she said</a>. “When we started doing video recordings, we saw the best growth. It took two months to get to 35,000 [downloads]. We noticed other influencers and podcasters in the space [with big download numbers]. We can’t even compete with that if we don’t have video.”</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Video is far more social</h3>



<p>Ever notice that all the videos on social media are set to autoplay, but without sound? That’s because social media platforms are optimized for video, but not audio. The audio is mute by default.</p>



<p>Adding video to your podcast makes it a bit more engaging for social media users when they come across it in their feed. Yes, you can post audio clips to social media, but they aren’t <em>immediately</em> engaging like videos. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>You’re already doing most of the work</h3>



<p>In terms of time and labor, there’s not much difference between creating a podcast and creating a video podcast. You can add a video element with just a few extra steps and minor expenses. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>4 Ways To Record A Video Podcast</h2>



<p>There are four ways to record a video podcast. Choose the format that’s right for you, your team, and your show.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>1. Static image recording</h3>



<p>This is the easiest method of recording a video podcast. All you do is convert your podcast audio file to a video file and add a static background image to “play” as the user listens.</p>



<img width="1024" height="572" src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/this-american-life-video-podcast-1024x572.png" alt="best video podcast this american life" class="wp-image-11206" />This American Life uses a simple title card for all of their video podcasts.



<p><strong>Equipment needed: </strong>All you need is video editing software to add the static image and audio file together.</p>



<p><strong>Example shows: </strong><a href="https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCGwuEuu3bwxoo0nsR8-b31A" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stuff You Should Know</a> and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/channel/UC998QgyW9Z0kjqBoU7Hub_A" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Kickass News</a>.</p>



<p><strong>Pros: </strong>This method is fast and easy. If you host your podcast with Castos, we offer a free <a href="https://castos.com/youtube-republishing/">YouTube republishing</a> service that automatically turns each of your episodes into a video with a static image and posts it to YouTube.</p>



<p><strong>Cons: </strong>The video created by this method is less engaging than the following methods. It’s basically just a way to publish an audio file to a video platform. </p>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight action">YouTube Republishing by Castos converts your podcast audio files into videos and automatically publishes them to the YouTube channel and/or playlist of your choice. Set it once and forget about it. <a href="https://castos.com/youtube-republishing/">Learn more now</a>.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>2. In-studio recording</h3>



<p>In-studio recording is when you set up video equipment inside your recording studio to capture the conversation between the host(s) and guests. </p>



<img width="1024" height="572" src="https://castos.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/grace-helbig-video-podcast-1-1024x572.png" alt="best video podcast in studio recording" class="wp-image-11204" /><a href="https://www.nottoodeep.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Not Too Deep</a> with Grace Helbig records a video of their podcast studio.



<p><strong>Equipment needed: </strong>At least one camera to capture the conversation, but some podcasters like to set up multiple cameras (wide angle of the room and one for each speaker) so they can toggle between angles during editing. You’ll also need video editing software.</p>



<p><strong>Example shows:</strong> <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/PowerfulJRE" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Joe Rogan Experience</a> and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/DaveRamseyShow" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Dave Ramsey Show</a>.</p>



<p><strong>Pros: </strong>This is another easy straightforward and easy method of making a video podcast. You simply set up your cameras, conduct the podcast as you normally would, and add video file to your audio file during editing.</p>



<p><strong>Cons: </strong>You’ll have to buy at least one camera, but maybe more. If you capture multiple angles, you’ll spend a little more time editing the video. </p>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight action">You can store video files alongside your podcast’s audio on our <a href="https://castos.com/pricing/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Pro plan</a>, as well as automatically publish your video podcast episodes to YouTube or your podcast website.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>3. Remote interview recording</h3>



<p>Remote interview recording is when you capture footage of multiple speakers who aren’t in the room together. The video usually shows all speakers at the same time, but some tools let you maximize one at a time.  </p>



<img width="1024" height="574" src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/mixegy-remote-interview-video-podcast-1024x574.png" alt="" class="wp-image-11208" /><a href="https://mixergy.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Mixergy</a> captures video of their remote interviews.



<p><strong>Equipment needed: </strong>You’ll need a software tool that captures multiple webcams at the same time, like <a href="https://riverside.fm" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Riverside</a> or <a href="https://zoom.us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Zoom</a> (<a href="https://zencastr.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Zencastr</a> is also testing a  beta version right now!).</p>



<p><strong>Example shows: </strong><a href="https://www.youtube.com/channel/UChnbMXHvx7ttObiOWxaE9ow" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Neal Brennan</a> and <a href="https://www.agencymavericks.com/podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Agency Mavericks</a>.</p>



<p><strong>Pros: </strong>This is the only way to get video footage if the episode participants can’t be in the same room together. It doesn’t require any special equipment. </p>



<p><strong>Cons: </strong>This method relies on the quality and reliability of your recording software and internet connection. If either fail, the end product could end up with a crummy episode that requires a lot of editing or no episode at all.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>4. Interview &amp; b-roll recording</h3>



<p>This is a mixture of archival or b-roll footage with a standard podcast recording. For instance, if a guest references a movie clip, news article, or chart, you might edit that asset into the video for viewers to see.</p>



<img width="1024" height="573" src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/best-video-podcast-b-roll-footage-1024x573.png" alt="" class="wp-image-11212" /><a href="https://mattdavella.com/podcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Ground Up Show</a> mixes b-roll footage into each video podcast.



<p><strong>Equipment needed: </strong>Cameras to record the episode participants, archival footage (where you get it will depend on what you need), and video editing software.</p>



<p><strong>Example shows:</strong> <a href="https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCLtREJY21xRfCuEKvdki1Kw">H3 Podcast </a>and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/user/storycorps" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">StoryCorps</a>.</p>



<p><strong>Pros: </strong>This format creates highly engaging episodes because the production quality is so high, especially if you premium footage and captivating visuals. </p>



<p><strong>Cons: </strong>This is the most time-consuming and expensive format for video podcasts because it requires <em>a lot</em> of video editing.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>How To Create A Video Podcast</h2>



<p>Ready to record a video podcast? Fortunately, it’s easier than you probably think. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>1. Capture the episode on video</h3>



<p>If you plan to just use a static image for your video, your first step is to create that image. Create a simple card with your logo, name, and <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-website/">podcast website</a> URL. If you interview remotely, you just have to hit “record” on your conferencing software during the interview.</p>



<p>If you plan to create an in-studio recording or a recording with b-roll footage, you’ll need to set up your cameras to capture video. Make sure the room is tidy and has plenty of light. Wear presentable clothing and make yourself camera ready. </p>



<p>When you record the episode, make sure your face is visible to the camera so viewers can see your expressions. Maintain professional body posture.</p>



<p>The biggest challenge to capturing video is that you don’t have the luxury to slice out errors. In a standard podcast, you can cut out a mistake and no one will know. But on a video podcast, you can’t cut out mistakes without creating an easy-to-see cut on the video. So avoid saying or doing anything you would have to remove. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>2. Edit the video</h3>



<p>While cameras have the ability to record sound, it’s best to record your audio separately using your standard <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-gear-recommendations/">podcast gear</a>. This ensures you’ll get a clean and crisp sound without too much background noise. </p>



<p>Once you edit the audio file like you would for a normal podcast, create your video podcast by syncing the audio and video components together in your video editing software. Make sure the sound matches what’s on screen (especially the lips) or your video will seem amateurish. </p>



<p>If the video seems dull or washed out, consider adjusting the color grading in your video editing software. This will create a pleasant aesthetic. Stitch in your b-roll footage or graphics if you have any. If you want to be really creative, use cuts, zooming, and transition effects to raise the production value. </p>



<p>Here are some video editing tools we recommend:</p>



<ul><li><a href="https://www.lwks.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lightworks</a></li><li><a href="https://fxhome.com/hitfilm-express" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hitfilm Express</a></li><li><a href="https://shotcut.org/download/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Shotcut</a></li><li><a href="https://moviemakeronline.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Movie Maker Online</a></li><li><a href="https://www.adobe.com/products/premiere.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Adobe Premiere</a></li><li><a href="https://www.apple.com/final-cut-pro/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Final Cut Pro</a></li></ul>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>3. Design a thumbnail image</h3>



<p>Before you can publish your video, you’ll need to create a custom thumbnail. A thumbnail is the graphic people see on video platforms that encourages them to click. </p>



<p>By creating your own thumbnail, you can choose what viewers see first, rather than letting the video platform choose a random moment from the video file. <a href="https://creatoracademy.youtube.com/page/lesson/thumbnails" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">90% of the best-performing videos use custom thumbnails</a>.</p>



<p>The best way to create a captivating thumbnail is to grab a screenshot from the video that represented well. Add your logo and some catchy text in a clear, visible font.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>4. Upload the video to Castos</h3>



<p>Now that you have your video podcast file, you’ll need to upload it to your podcast host so it appears on your RSS link. This will make it available on Apple Podcasts, Google Play, SoundCloud, and any other podcast directory that has your link.</p>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight action">Publishing a video podcast to Castos is as simple as publishing a standard podcast. During the upload process, you just need to select MP4 (a video format) instead of MP3. <a href="https://support.castos.com/article/18-publishing-your-first-episode">Learn more about publishing to Castos</a>.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>5. Share the YouTube link on social media</h3>



<p>Once your video podcast is up on YouTube, make the most of your hard work by sharing it across all of your social media profiles. The more eyes on your show, the faster it will grow! </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Get started with your video podcast!</h2>



<p class="action">A video podcast is an opportunity you can’t ignore. It’s a key way to open your podcast to a wider audience and it doesn’t add a lot of labor or expense to your workflow. We recommend that all podcasters create video podcasts to boost the reach of their show.</p>



<p class="action">Castos’ YouTube Republishing feature is built with video podcasters in mind. Using our Growth or Pro plans, upload video files directly to your Castos dashboard and they’ll automatically sync with your YouTube channel. <a href="https://support.castos.com/article/80-setting-up-youtube-republishing">See exactly how it works</a>.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>


]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Should-your-podcast-be-in-video-format-too.mp3" length="14333237"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
Why do all the top podcasts publish videos to YouTube? Because YouTube has 2 billion logged-in users (and growing), which makes it a powerful place to grow your audience. 



In fact, 43% of monthly podcast listener say they’ve enjoyed podcast content on YouTube in the last year, which means you probably have potential fans browsing YouTube for content like yours right now. All you have to do is turn your regular podcast into a video podcast.



Fortunately, you are already doing most of the work. With a few small additions to your workflow, you can create engaging video podcast episodes that appeal to people who prefer video content.







What Is A Video Podcast?



A video podcast is simply a podcast with a video element. The video element could be as simple or as complex as you like, but it often consists of a single static image or a video recording of the podcast hosts and guests.







Why You Should Start A Video Podcast 



Before we explain how to create a video podcast, let’s cover why you should bother.







People love looking at faces



Humans are visual creatures. 30% of our brain is devoted to our eyes. And we particularly love faces. Infants begin to prefer looking at faces as soon as 24 hours after birth. That effect gets stronger as we get older because of the wealth of information we get from faces. According to some psychologists, facial features provide more data than spoken language. 



This means you can create more value for your audience and help them make deeper connections with your content by adding faces via video. 







Video opens you to a wider audience



As much as we like podcasts, there are plenty of people who prefer to consume video content. This should come as no surprise, YouTube is the second largest social media platform. By adding a video element to your podcast, you gain access to a massive audience of potential fans. 



Source: Oberlo



That’s exactly what happened to Andrea Raquelle, producer and content provider for the “Hey Frase” podcast. “Without video, we hit a plateau; we could not go past 10,000 [downloads],” she said. “When we started doing video recordings, we saw the best growth. It took two months to get to 35,000 [downloads]. We noticed other influencers and podcasters in the space [with big download numbers]. We can’t even compete with that if we don’t have video.”







Video is far more social



Ever notice that all the videos on social media are set to autoplay, but without sound? That’s because social media platforms are optimized for video, but not audio. The audio is mute by default.



Adding video to your podcast makes it a bit...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/video-podcast.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:14:55</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[How To Pitch, Book, And Be The Perfect Podcast Guest]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 05 Mar 2020 11:39:44 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/podcast-guests-kai-davis</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/podcast-guests-kai-davis</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>Pitching, booking, and being the perfect podcast guest takes persistence and practice. Appearing on different shows is a tried and true method to growing a following, but there’s a lot that goes into the process. This week on <a href="https://audience.castos.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audience</a>, we sat down with <a href="https://kaidavis.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Kai Davis</a> who is an expert on how to get the most out of podcast guest opportunities.</p>



<p>Davis been in the industry for over a decade. Through appearing and booking podcast guests, he helps podcasters, business owners, authors, and more achieve their marketing objectives. He’s the authority on how to standout from the sea of pitch emails, why your pitches are being ignored, and how to help listeners become customers. </p>



<p>In this episode, Craig interviews this professional podcast guest and learns a lot along the way. Listen to the full interview above then read on for our favorite Kai-approved tips.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What’s The Biggest Pain Point Of Finding Podcast Guests?</h2>



<p>Frustration. </p>



<p>Davis’ clients primarily come to him understanding the general pitching process but aren’t receiving any bookings. Or worse, no response at all. The time it takes to research, write an email, and find the host’s contact information is a commitment. And when that effort doesn’t bear any fruit, it is easy toss this strategy aside.</p>



<p>But there’s a better mindset to approaching podcast guests. Instead of a sprint, it is a marathon. Allocate a set amount of resources you can put towards booking guest appearances. Break it down by categories to keep yourself on track. Categories could include:</p>



<ul><li>Researching podcasts and finding the right contact information</li><li>Refining and improving the pitch email</li><li>Following up with potential podcast guest bookings</li><li>Fielding guest requests for your own show</li></ul>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What’s The Most Common Mistake When Pitching Podcast Guests?</h2>



<p>The primary way to get in touch with a host is via email. No matter if you’re pitching yourself or asking someone to appear on your podcast, the request typically follows a <a href="https://castos.com/invite-someone-to-an-interview/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">pitch template</a>. This pitch is where most podcasters make the biggest mistakes.</p>



<p>To fix poorly worded pitches and standout from the crowd, Davis recommends approaching the process with more empathy. So what does empathy in pitch emails look like? It boils down to two main components.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>The pitch angle</h3>



<p>Being a guest requires providing value to both the host of the show and their audience. How and why you can provide that value should be the angle of the pitch. Follow these three steps to get started:</p>



<ul><li>Research the show’s back catalog to find topics or themes that are referenced often. This likely means the host enjoys talking about that subject matter and the audience likes hearing about it.</li><li>Analyze how you can improve upon that topic and add more to the conversation. Are you an authority in a specific area or have experience overcoming a similar challenge? Figure out where you voice fits.</li><li>Focus the pitch on the value their audience gains and why you’re the only person to deliver that value. It’s also important to relate how what you have to say relates to the overall theme of the podcast and aligns with the host’s vision.</li></ul>



<p>All together, the perfect pitch has three legs. It’s composed of the thing you want to talk about, the overall theme of the podcast, and the inte...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
Pitching, booking, and being the perfect podcast guest takes persistence and practice. Appearing on different shows is a tried and true method to growing a following, but there’s a lot that goes into the process. This week on Audience, we sat down with Kai Davis who is an expert on how to get the most out of podcast guest opportunities.



Davis been in the industry for over a decade. Through appearing and booking podcast guests, he helps podcasters, business owners, authors, and more achieve their marketing objectives. He’s the authority on how to standout from the sea of pitch emails, why your pitches are being ignored, and how to help listeners become customers. 



In this episode, Craig interviews this professional podcast guest and learns a lot along the way. Listen to the full interview above then read on for our favorite Kai-approved tips.







What’s The Biggest Pain Point Of Finding Podcast Guests?



Frustration. 



Davis’ clients primarily come to him understanding the general pitching process but aren’t receiving any bookings. Or worse, no response at all. The time it takes to research, write an email, and find the host’s contact information is a commitment. And when that effort doesn’t bear any fruit, it is easy toss this strategy aside.



But there’s a better mindset to approaching podcast guests. Instead of a sprint, it is a marathon. Allocate a set amount of resources you can put towards booking guest appearances. Break it down by categories to keep yourself on track. Categories could include:



Researching podcasts and finding the right contact informationRefining and improving the pitch emailFollowing up with potential podcast guest bookingsFielding guest requests for your own show







What’s The Most Common Mistake When Pitching Podcast Guests?



The primary way to get in touch with a host is via email. No matter if you’re pitching yourself or asking someone to appear on your podcast, the request typically follows a pitch template. This pitch is where most podcasters make the biggest mistakes.



To fix poorly worded pitches and standout from the crowd, Davis recommends approaching the process with more empathy. So what does empathy in pitch emails look like? It boils down to two main components.














The pitch angle



Being a guest requires providing value to both the host of the show and their audience. How and why you can provide that value should be the angle of the pitch. Follow these three steps to get started:



Research the show’s back catalog to find topics or themes that are referenced often. This likely means the host enjoys talking about that subject matter and the audience likes hearing about it.Analyze how you can improve upon that topic and add more to the conversation. Are you an authority in a specific area or have experience overcoming a similar challenge? Figure out where you voice fits.Focus the pitch on the value their audience gains and why you’re the only person to deliver that value. It’s also important to relate how what you have to say relates to the overall theme of the podcast and aligns with the host’s vision.



All together, the perfect pitch has three legs. It’s composed of the thing you want to talk about, the overall theme of the podcast, and the inte...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[How To Pitch, Book, And Be The Perfect Podcast Guest]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>Pitching, booking, and being the perfect podcast guest takes persistence and practice. Appearing on different shows is a tried and true method to growing a following, but there’s a lot that goes into the process. This week on <a href="https://audience.castos.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audience</a>, we sat down with <a href="https://kaidavis.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Kai Davis</a> who is an expert on how to get the most out of podcast guest opportunities.</p>



<p>Davis been in the industry for over a decade. Through appearing and booking podcast guests, he helps podcasters, business owners, authors, and more achieve their marketing objectives. He’s the authority on how to standout from the sea of pitch emails, why your pitches are being ignored, and how to help listeners become customers. </p>



<p>In this episode, Craig interviews this professional podcast guest and learns a lot along the way. Listen to the full interview above then read on for our favorite Kai-approved tips.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What’s The Biggest Pain Point Of Finding Podcast Guests?</h2>



<p>Frustration. </p>



<p>Davis’ clients primarily come to him understanding the general pitching process but aren’t receiving any bookings. Or worse, no response at all. The time it takes to research, write an email, and find the host’s contact information is a commitment. And when that effort doesn’t bear any fruit, it is easy toss this strategy aside.</p>



<p>But there’s a better mindset to approaching podcast guests. Instead of a sprint, it is a marathon. Allocate a set amount of resources you can put towards booking guest appearances. Break it down by categories to keep yourself on track. Categories could include:</p>



<ul><li>Researching podcasts and finding the right contact information</li><li>Refining and improving the pitch email</li><li>Following up with potential podcast guest bookings</li><li>Fielding guest requests for your own show</li></ul>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What’s The Most Common Mistake When Pitching Podcast Guests?</h2>



<p>The primary way to get in touch with a host is via email. No matter if you’re pitching yourself or asking someone to appear on your podcast, the request typically follows a <a href="https://castos.com/invite-someone-to-an-interview/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">pitch template</a>. This pitch is where most podcasters make the biggest mistakes.</p>



<p>To fix poorly worded pitches and standout from the crowd, Davis recommends approaching the process with more empathy. So what does empathy in pitch emails look like? It boils down to two main components.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>The pitch angle</h3>



<p>Being a guest requires providing value to both the host of the show and their audience. How and why you can provide that value should be the angle of the pitch. Follow these three steps to get started:</p>



<ul><li>Research the show’s back catalog to find topics or themes that are referenced often. This likely means the host enjoys talking about that subject matter and the audience likes hearing about it.</li><li>Analyze how you can improve upon that topic and add more to the conversation. Are you an authority in a specific area or have experience overcoming a similar challenge? Figure out where you voice fits.</li><li>Focus the pitch on the value their audience gains and why you’re the only person to deliver that value. It’s also important to relate how what you have to say relates to the overall theme of the podcast and aligns with the host’s vision.</li></ul>



<p>All together, the perfect pitch has three legs. It’s composed of the thing you want to talk about, the overall theme of the podcast, and the interests, passions, or troubles of the audience. The legs need to be aligned, otherwise the guest opportunity won’t be successful. It doesn’t make sense for a guest to promote their new vegan cookbook on a podcast about barbecue</p>



<p>For example, you want to talk about your new vegan cookbook and found a podcast all about barbecue. While on the surface, it doesn’t appear there would be much overlap between each other’s audiences but you’ve done the research. The show’s host and audience are interested in grilling techniques and unique sauce combinations. You’ve noticed the host throws in ingredient substitution ideas throughout an episode to help listeners recreate the recipes with what’s already in their pantries.</p>



<p>Instead of angling the pitch around your favorite vegan dishes to directly promote the cookbook, you pitch the host on talking about popular meat substitutions and how to grill them to perfection. The audience wants doable recipes and techniques, the podcast’s theme is centered on barbecuing a range of foods, and you’re the authority on vegan eating. All three legs are aligned and the podcast guest spot is booked.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Invite the no and keep it brief</h3>



<p>You may be reading “invite the no” and think we’ve lost it, but stay with us. Inviting the no means giving the recipient an out if you’re not the right podcast guest for them. While it may sound counter-intuitive, it actually helps the pitch stand out. </p>



<p>When Davis pitches podcast hosts, he always includes this one-liner: “If this isn’t a fit, let me know and I’ll hold off on following up. But if it is, please reply with [details he needs to secure the booking] and we can continue chatting.”</p>



<p>This line does invite recipients to respond with “this doesn’t sound like a fit”. But on the upside, this is a response many pitches don’t even receive. With a “no” comes an opportunity to improve future pitches and reduce some frustration that comes along with never hearing back. Another bonus is not wasting a follow-up email on someone who has no intention of speaking further. You’ll avoid clogging their inbox with repetitive requests and can pop back up after refining your pitch with a better angle. </p>



<p>The last key piece of advice to pitching with empathy is respecting the host’s time. A pitch email is meant to get to the point and isn’t the time to craft multiple paragraphs to slowly request a podcast guest spot. Instead, keep the email under 400 words and use paragraph breaks or bullet points to break up the text. Guide the reader to the most important points of the pitch and drive your value home.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>How Do You Consistently Pitch Podcast Guests?</h2>



<p>Remember Kai’s first piece of advice: shift your mentality to thinking about podcast guest pitching as a marathon, not a sprint. From there, create a more sustainable interview system using the right tools.</p>



<p>The key to a consistent pitch process is delegating as much of the process as possible to a tool. Trying to keep track of everything in your head is a recipe for disaster. He recommends <a href="https://www.pipedrive.com/es" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Pipedrive</a>, a customer relationships management tool that can manage contacts and track their journey through the pitching process. A quick review of the dashboard is quicker and easier than clicking through hundreds of old email threads to find where you left the conversation. </p>



<p>Booking podcast guest interviews requires lots of back and forth so finding the right CRM tool can be critical to your success.</p>



<div class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://www.pipedrive.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/Screen-Shot-2020-03-04-at-5.02.08-PM-1024x465.png" alt="pipeline crm" class="wp-image-11190" /></a></div>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>How To Use Podcast Guest Interviews To Achieve Your Business Goals</h2>



<p>Being a podcast guest is an opportunity to further a marketing or business objective. Davis argues this being a guest is a brand awareness play and not a strategy that will drive thousands of new customers in the short run. But how do you encourage the podcast’s audience to take the next step with your brand? The right catcher’s mitt. </p>



<p>Kai says it’s your job as the podcast guest to catch the audience and provide the path to interact with your business. The catcher’s mitt should be a landing page specifically set up for the interview episode. Contextually mention the interview, include show notes, and organically weave in what action you want the audience to take when they land on that page. No matter your business objective, from email acquisition, to purchasing your new book, to attending a live show, this set up will work.</p>



<p>Once the landing page is set up, don’t forget to mention the URL in your sign-off. Kai recommends something like, “The best thing to do after listening to this episode is to go to [URL], and [action you want the audience to take, like sign up for my newsletter].” When the audience goes to that URL, the action you asked them to do is front and center.</p>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">Set up the landing page <em>before</em> sitting down for the interview. This way, you’ll have the URL secured and can include it in your call-to-action. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned In This Episode</h2>



<ul><li>Reach out to Kai Davis via Email at kai [at] kaidavis.com</li><li>Purchase <a href="https://podcastoutreach.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Outreach</a> </li><li><a href="https://kaidavis.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Subscribe</a> to the Daily Letter on Marketing for Consultants </li><li>Access the free <a href="https://kaidavis.com/free-outreach-course/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Email Outreach Course</a></li><li><a href="https://audience.castos.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Subscribe</a> to Audience</li></ul>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/kai-davis-guest-appearances.mp3" length="38055800"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
Pitching, booking, and being the perfect podcast guest takes persistence and practice. Appearing on different shows is a tried and true method to growing a following, but there’s a lot that goes into the process. This week on Audience, we sat down with Kai Davis who is an expert on how to get the most out of podcast guest opportunities.



Davis been in the industry for over a decade. Through appearing and booking podcast guests, he helps podcasters, business owners, authors, and more achieve their marketing objectives. He’s the authority on how to standout from the sea of pitch emails, why your pitches are being ignored, and how to help listeners become customers. 



In this episode, Craig interviews this professional podcast guest and learns a lot along the way. Listen to the full interview above then read on for our favorite Kai-approved tips.







What’s The Biggest Pain Point Of Finding Podcast Guests?



Frustration. 



Davis’ clients primarily come to him understanding the general pitching process but aren’t receiving any bookings. Or worse, no response at all. The time it takes to research, write an email, and find the host’s contact information is a commitment. And when that effort doesn’t bear any fruit, it is easy toss this strategy aside.



But there’s a better mindset to approaching podcast guests. Instead of a sprint, it is a marathon. Allocate a set amount of resources you can put towards booking guest appearances. Break it down by categories to keep yourself on track. Categories could include:



Researching podcasts and finding the right contact informationRefining and improving the pitch emailFollowing up with potential podcast guest bookingsFielding guest requests for your own show







What’s The Most Common Mistake When Pitching Podcast Guests?



The primary way to get in touch with a host is via email. No matter if you’re pitching yourself or asking someone to appear on your podcast, the request typically follows a pitch template. This pitch is where most podcasters make the biggest mistakes.



To fix poorly worded pitches and standout from the crowd, Davis recommends approaching the process with more empathy. So what does empathy in pitch emails look like? It boils down to two main components.














The pitch angle



Being a guest requires providing value to both the host of the show and their audience. How and why you can provide that value should be the angle of the pitch. Follow these three steps to get started:



Research the show’s back catalog to find topics or themes that are referenced often. This likely means the host enjoys talking about that subject matter and the audience likes hearing about it.Analyze how you can improve upon that topic and add more to the conversation. Are you an authority in a specific area or have experience overcoming a similar challenge? Figure out where you voice fits.Focus the pitch on the value their audience gains and why you’re the only person to deliver that value. It’s also important to relate how what you have to say relates to the overall theme of the podcast and aligns with the host’s vision.



All together, the perfect pitch has three legs. It’s composed of the thing you want to talk about, the overall theme of the podcast, and the inte...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/woman-inside-studio-3502498.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:39:38</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[What Is A Podcast Consultant With Mathew Passy]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 27 Feb 2020 05:00:12 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/podcast-consultant-mathew-passy</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/podcast-consultant-mathew-passy</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>Putting out the best podcast possible is the goal of every host. It typically starts with refining a show’s content and structure. But honing in on the mistakes and finalizing a game plan is where a podcast consultant comes in.</p>



<p>To help figure out the right path forward, it may be worth turning to a professional. Typically an auditing service, podcast consultants take both a high-level and detailed look at your podcast. The goal is to fix the pain points and elevate the pieces that are working. </p>



<p>Ahead, we sit down with <a href="https://www.thepodcastconsultant.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Mathew Passy</a> who is a professional podcast consultant. He specializes in training those launching new shows and comprehensive audits for others in the midst of producing a podcast. </p>



<p> We ask him the tough questions around his client’s successes and struggles and whether you should consider a professional for your own show. Tune in above for the full interview with Mathew then read on as we build upon some burning questions.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What’s The Secret Sauce Of Successful Podcasts?</h2>



<p>Mathew is undeniably an expert in what makes for a successful podcast so we couldn’t resist asking for his secret sauce. And what is all boils down to is being honest and realistic about your podcasting goals.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Analyze your approach</h3>



<p>First, analyze your approach. If you’ve uttered “I want to start a podcast but I don’t know what to talk about” or “I want to sound like Podcast X”, you may not be on the right path.  With this mindset, you won’t produce a show that fills an audience’s needs. Or worse, you’ll try a create a podcast already exists. In both cases, Mathew suggests taking a step back and rethinking podcasting altogether.</p>



<p>But if you’re someone who is bursting with ideas and curiosity, that is the time to explore if audio is the right medium to convey the information. Think about the dramatic effects like pauses or intonation changes audio story-telling provides. Weigh each creative avenue and take a pragmatic look at whether podcasting is the right path for you and your topic. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Set realistic goals</h3>



<p>Next, be realistic about your goals. Many hosts want to build the biggest following possible without dissecting whether that audience even exists. It’s difficult to start a podcast about a niche topic and aim for 50K followers. There simply may not be 50K people interested in that information. Instead, go into audience growth with a more realistic mindset.</p>



<p>Mathew’s advice is to focus on an audience of one. While it may sound counter-intuitive, the most successful podcasts have hosts who craft an intimate listening experience. When it feels like the speaker is sitting in your passenger seat, the listener will develop a closer bond with the show. That personal connection transforms listeners into advocates who will help organically spread the word. It’s these word of mouth recommendations that are the foundation of an engaged network of followers.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Actively ask for feedback</h3>



<p>The last big ingredient is being honest about the quality of your show. It’s difficult to objectively critique your own creative work. You’re too close to the subject matter and can easily miss things that are hindering your growth. While a podcast consultant is the perfect person to shine light on those areas, also take feedback from your audience and collaborators. Take each piece of advice with a grain of salt but use it to improve.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
Putting out the best podcast possible is the goal of every host. It typically starts with refining a show’s content and structure. But honing in on the mistakes and finalizing a game plan is where a podcast consultant comes in.



To help figure out the right path forward, it may be worth turning to a professional. Typically an auditing service, podcast consultants take both a high-level and detailed look at your podcast. The goal is to fix the pain points and elevate the pieces that are working. 



Ahead, we sit down with Mathew Passy who is a professional podcast consultant. He specializes in training those launching new shows and comprehensive audits for others in the midst of producing a podcast. 



 We ask him the tough questions around his client’s successes and struggles and whether you should consider a professional for your own show. Tune in above for the full interview with Mathew then read on as we build upon some burning questions.







What’s The Secret Sauce Of Successful Podcasts?



Mathew is undeniably an expert in what makes for a successful podcast so we couldn’t resist asking for his secret sauce. And what is all boils down to is being honest and realistic about your podcasting goals.







Analyze your approach



First, analyze your approach. If you’ve uttered “I want to start a podcast but I don’t know what to talk about” or “I want to sound like Podcast X”, you may not be on the right path.  With this mindset, you won’t produce a show that fills an audience’s needs. Or worse, you’ll try a create a podcast already exists. In both cases, Mathew suggests taking a step back and rethinking podcasting altogether.



But if you’re someone who is bursting with ideas and curiosity, that is the time to explore if audio is the right medium to convey the information. Think about the dramatic effects like pauses or intonation changes audio story-telling provides. Weigh each creative avenue and take a pragmatic look at whether podcasting is the right path for you and your topic. 







Set realistic goals



Next, be realistic about your goals. Many hosts want to build the biggest following possible without dissecting whether that audience even exists. It’s difficult to start a podcast about a niche topic and aim for 50K followers. There simply may not be 50K people interested in that information. Instead, go into audience growth with a more realistic mindset.



Mathew’s advice is to focus on an audience of one. While it may sound counter-intuitive, the most successful podcasts have hosts who craft an intimate listening experience. When it feels like the speaker is sitting in your passenger seat, the listener will develop a closer bond with the show. That personal connection transforms listeners into advocates who will help organically spread the word. It’s these word of mouth recommendations that are the foundation of an engaged network of followers.







Actively ask for feedback



The last big ingredient is being honest about the quality of your show. It’s difficult to objectively critique your own creative work. You’re too close to the subject matter and can easily miss things that are hindering your growth. While a podcast consultant is the perfect person to shine light on those areas, also take feedback from your audience and collaborators. Take each piece of advice with a grain of salt but use it to improve.














]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[What Is A Podcast Consultant With Mathew Passy]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>Putting out the best podcast possible is the goal of every host. It typically starts with refining a show’s content and structure. But honing in on the mistakes and finalizing a game plan is where a podcast consultant comes in.</p>



<p>To help figure out the right path forward, it may be worth turning to a professional. Typically an auditing service, podcast consultants take both a high-level and detailed look at your podcast. The goal is to fix the pain points and elevate the pieces that are working. </p>



<p>Ahead, we sit down with <a href="https://www.thepodcastconsultant.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Mathew Passy</a> who is a professional podcast consultant. He specializes in training those launching new shows and comprehensive audits for others in the midst of producing a podcast. </p>



<p> We ask him the tough questions around his client’s successes and struggles and whether you should consider a professional for your own show. Tune in above for the full interview with Mathew then read on as we build upon some burning questions.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What’s The Secret Sauce Of Successful Podcasts?</h2>



<p>Mathew is undeniably an expert in what makes for a successful podcast so we couldn’t resist asking for his secret sauce. And what is all boils down to is being honest and realistic about your podcasting goals.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Analyze your approach</h3>



<p>First, analyze your approach. If you’ve uttered “I want to start a podcast but I don’t know what to talk about” or “I want to sound like Podcast X”, you may not be on the right path.  With this mindset, you won’t produce a show that fills an audience’s needs. Or worse, you’ll try a create a podcast already exists. In both cases, Mathew suggests taking a step back and rethinking podcasting altogether.</p>



<p>But if you’re someone who is bursting with ideas and curiosity, that is the time to explore if audio is the right medium to convey the information. Think about the dramatic effects like pauses or intonation changes audio story-telling provides. Weigh each creative avenue and take a pragmatic look at whether podcasting is the right path for you and your topic. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Set realistic goals</h3>



<p>Next, be realistic about your goals. Many hosts want to build the biggest following possible without dissecting whether that audience even exists. It’s difficult to start a podcast about a niche topic and aim for 50K followers. There simply may not be 50K people interested in that information. Instead, go into audience growth with a more realistic mindset.</p>



<p>Mathew’s advice is to focus on an audience of one. While it may sound counter-intuitive, the most successful podcasts have hosts who craft an intimate listening experience. When it feels like the speaker is sitting in your passenger seat, the listener will develop a closer bond with the show. That personal connection transforms listeners into advocates who will help organically spread the word. It’s these word of mouth recommendations that are the foundation of an engaged network of followers.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Actively ask for feedback</h3>



<p>The last big ingredient is being honest about the quality of your show. It’s difficult to objectively critique your own creative work. You’re too close to the subject matter and can easily miss things that are hindering your growth. While a podcast consultant is the perfect person to shine light on those areas, also take feedback from your audience and collaborators. Take each piece of advice with a grain of salt but use it to improve.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Which Subscribe Buttons Should I Include On My Podcast’s Website?</h2>



<p>A common mistake Mathew sees is the difficulty in finding, subscribing, and listening to his client’s podcasts. Either the lack of subscribe buttons all together or only accounting for Apple Podcasts, there’s room for improvement.</p>



<p>He argues there are two types of people who will find your podcast: habitual listeners and those new to the medium. Given their past experiences either consuming podcasts or not, you need to encourage these listeners differently.</p>



<p>For the newbie listeners, they may have never tuned into a podcast ever. You need to educate these users on how to subscribe and make it easy for them to do so. To help push them along, include subscribe links to <a href="https://castos.com/submit-your-podcast-to-apple-podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apple Podcasts</a>, <a href="https://castos.com/how-to-submit-a-podcast-to-spotify/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a>, and <a href="https://castos.com/how-to-submit-your-podcast-to-google-play-music/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google Play</a>. These three podcast directories have brand name recognition and the user will likely be familiar with how to interact with their preferred platform. </p>



<p>On the other hand, the habitual podcast listener doesn’t need education. Instead, they want to consume your podcast on whichever platform they already use. Many power listeners use more <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-directories/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">niche listening platforms</a> so it’s important to include those subscribe links as well. From Pocket Casts to Overcast, you’re doing yourself a disservice by only thinking about the bigger directories.</p>



<p>All together, you’re aiming for the least friction between landing on your podcast’s website and subscribing to the show. That means including these subscribe links on the podcast’s landing page and each individual episode page. The easier it is to find, listen, and subscribe, the easier it will be to grow your audience.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Is A Podcast Consultant Right For Me?</h2>



<p>If you feel like you’re missing some nuances to podcast production or continue wondering why your show isn’t growing, it may be time for a podcast consultant. </p>



<p>Mathew’s approach is diving into what shows are doing right and wrong, then how to correct things moving forward. The goal is to provide a game plan to make the right fixes. Oftentimes, podcasters just don’t know where to start so a podcast consultant can get you on the right track.</p>



<p>While an audit won’t guarantee explosive growth, it’s a chance to  spot why listeners may be overlooking your show. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned In This Episode</h2>



<ul><li>Learn more at <a href="https://www.thepodcastconsultant.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Podcast Consultant </a></li><li>Follow <a href="https://twitter.com/MathewPassy" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">@MathewPassy</a> on Twitter</li><li>Follow <a href="https://linkedin.com/in/mathewpassy/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Mathew Passy</a> on LinkedIn </li><li>Subscribe to <a href="https://podnews.net/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podnews</a></li><li>Subscribe to <a href="https://podcastbusinessjournal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Business Journal</a></li><li>See past research from <a href="https://www.edisonresearch.com/the-infinite-dial/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Edison Research</a></li></ul>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Conducting-A-Podcast-Audit-with-Mathew-Passy.mp3" length="29650973"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
Putting out the best podcast possible is the goal of every host. It typically starts with refining a show’s content and structure. But honing in on the mistakes and finalizing a game plan is where a podcast consultant comes in.



To help figure out the right path forward, it may be worth turning to a professional. Typically an auditing service, podcast consultants take both a high-level and detailed look at your podcast. The goal is to fix the pain points and elevate the pieces that are working. 



Ahead, we sit down with Mathew Passy who is a professional podcast consultant. He specializes in training those launching new shows and comprehensive audits for others in the midst of producing a podcast. 



 We ask him the tough questions around his client’s successes and struggles and whether you should consider a professional for your own show. Tune in above for the full interview with Mathew then read on as we build upon some burning questions.







What’s The Secret Sauce Of Successful Podcasts?



Mathew is undeniably an expert in what makes for a successful podcast so we couldn’t resist asking for his secret sauce. And what is all boils down to is being honest and realistic about your podcasting goals.







Analyze your approach



First, analyze your approach. If you’ve uttered “I want to start a podcast but I don’t know what to talk about” or “I want to sound like Podcast X”, you may not be on the right path.  With this mindset, you won’t produce a show that fills an audience’s needs. Or worse, you’ll try a create a podcast already exists. In both cases, Mathew suggests taking a step back and rethinking podcasting altogether.



But if you’re someone who is bursting with ideas and curiosity, that is the time to explore if audio is the right medium to convey the information. Think about the dramatic effects like pauses or intonation changes audio story-telling provides. Weigh each creative avenue and take a pragmatic look at whether podcasting is the right path for you and your topic. 







Set realistic goals



Next, be realistic about your goals. Many hosts want to build the biggest following possible without dissecting whether that audience even exists. It’s difficult to start a podcast about a niche topic and aim for 50K followers. There simply may not be 50K people interested in that information. Instead, go into audience growth with a more realistic mindset.



Mathew’s advice is to focus on an audience of one. While it may sound counter-intuitive, the most successful podcasts have hosts who craft an intimate listening experience. When it feels like the speaker is sitting in your passenger seat, the listener will develop a closer bond with the show. That personal connection transforms listeners into advocates who will help organically spread the word. It’s these word of mouth recommendations that are the foundation of an engaged network of followers.







Actively ask for feedback



The last big ingredient is being honest about the quality of your show. It’s difficult to objectively critique your own creative work. You’re too close to the subject matter and can easily miss things that are hindering your growth. While a podcast consultant is the perfect person to shine light on those areas, also take feedback from your audience and collaborators. Take each piece of advice with a grain of salt but use it to improve.














]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/podcast-consultant.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:30:46</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Podcasting As Content Marketing With Ben Sailer From CoSchedule]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 20 Feb 2020 07:00:07 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/coschedule-podcasting-as-content-marketing</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/coschedule-podcasting-as-content-marketing</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>Content marketing has long been a primary way for brands to increase their website traffic and customer bases. And one of the best in the game is <a href="https://coschedule.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">CoSchedule</a>.</p>



<p>This software as a service (SaaS) tool allows marketers to organize, execute, and analyze every promotional campaign to get more done. To introduce CoSchedule to potential users, they create educational content about industry best practices and their product.</p>



<p>In this episode, we discuss how CoSchedule uses podcasting within their broader content marketing activities. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What Makes A Good Podcast?</h2>



<p>Framed as “what is the biggest mistake most content marketers make?” led Craig and Ben to discuss what makes a good podcast. </p>



<p>The answer: quality over quantity. Often times, creators are in a rush to produce as much content as possible. Thinking the more I put out there, the more chances people will have to interact with my podcast. But in reality, spending more time <a href="https://castos.com/engaging-podcast-content/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">creating engaging content</a> is the better strategy. </p>



<p>Creating a good podcast comes down to investing more resources  in-depth and useful pieces that don’t just scratch the surface. Ben suggests asking yourself “is this the best resource available on this topic?” for every new piece of content. If your answer is no, it’ll likely fall flat because users will go elsewhere to solve their problem. </p>



<p>For every episode of their Actionable Marketing podcast, the CoSchedule team aims to provide real-world insights and actions marketers can apply to their own work. If the episode has no takeaway, it’s scrapped. Simple as that.</p>



<p>But remember, making a great podcast has a learning curve. It’ll take more time to research, produce, and polish episodes that go deeper but there’s a payoff. CoSchedule’s content sees passive visits and listens for months and even years after it’s published because they we were willing to invest the time upfront. That ongoing engagement is what it takes to bring a podcast from good to great. </p>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">Focusing on <a href="https://castos.com/evergreen-episodes/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">evergreen content</a> is a great way to squeeze more engagement over time from a single episode. Timeless content stays fresher longer, driving more listens long after it’s first published. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>How Podcast Content Complements Your Marketing Mix</h2>



<p>Content marketing historically only included written mediums but audio content has recently entered the scene. Craig and Ben dug into how CoSchedule thinks about their podcast content and it differs from their other channels. </p>



<p>At a high level, CoSchedule creates content for marketers. Across written, spoken, and social content, the common theme is helping marketing professionals solve a problem. But their podcast content ideas have a slightly different spin than their other channels. </p>



<p>Content ideas for written and social platforms are typically focused on their SEO value or virality. The goal is to capitalize on keyword search volume or lead a trending social conversation to reach new customers. But podcasting allows CoSchedule to explore questions that can’t be positioned against these standard measures of success. Oftentimes, episodes solve problems listeners don’t know how to search for or answers questions they didn’t think to ask. </p>



<p>“Podcasts are a powerful way to connect with an audience for 20, 30, even 40 minutes,” Ben says. Compared the minutes it takes to engage with an article or social post, podcasts establish a stickier connection. There’s more opportunity to explore a topic in a conversat...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
Content marketing has long been a primary way for brands to increase their website traffic and customer bases. And one of the best in the game is CoSchedule.



This software as a service (SaaS) tool allows marketers to organize, execute, and analyze every promotional campaign to get more done. To introduce CoSchedule to potential users, they create educational content about industry best practices and their product.



In this episode, we discuss how CoSchedule uses podcasting within their broader content marketing activities. 







What Makes A Good Podcast?



Framed as “what is the biggest mistake most content marketers make?” led Craig and Ben to discuss what makes a good podcast. 



The answer: quality over quantity. Often times, creators are in a rush to produce as much content as possible. Thinking the more I put out there, the more chances people will have to interact with my podcast. But in reality, spending more time creating engaging content is the better strategy. 



Creating a good podcast comes down to investing more resources  in-depth and useful pieces that don’t just scratch the surface. Ben suggests asking yourself “is this the best resource available on this topic?” for every new piece of content. If your answer is no, it’ll likely fall flat because users will go elsewhere to solve their problem. 



For every episode of their Actionable Marketing podcast, the CoSchedule team aims to provide real-world insights and actions marketers can apply to their own work. If the episode has no takeaway, it’s scrapped. Simple as that.



But remember, making a great podcast has a learning curve. It’ll take more time to research, produce, and polish episodes that go deeper but there’s a payoff. CoSchedule’s content sees passive visits and listens for months and even years after it’s published because they we were willing to invest the time upfront. That ongoing engagement is what it takes to bring a podcast from good to great. 



Focusing on evergreen content is a great way to squeeze more engagement over time from a single episode. Timeless content stays fresher longer, driving more listens long after it’s first published. 







How Podcast Content Complements Your Marketing Mix



Content marketing historically only included written mediums but audio content has recently entered the scene. Craig and Ben dug into how CoSchedule thinks about their podcast content and it differs from their other channels. 



At a high level, CoSchedule creates content for marketers. Across written, spoken, and social content, the common theme is helping marketing professionals solve a problem. But their podcast content ideas have a slightly different spin than their other channels. 



Content ideas for written and social platforms are typically focused on their SEO value or virality. The goal is to capitalize on keyword search volume or lead a trending social conversation to reach new customers. But podcasting allows CoSchedule to explore questions that can’t be positioned against these standard measures of success. Oftentimes, episodes solve problems listeners don’t know how to search for or answers questions they didn’t think to ask. 



“Podcasts are a powerful way to connect with an audience for 20, 30, even 40 minutes,” Ben says. Compared the minutes it takes to engage with an article or social post, podcasts establish a stickier connection. There’s more opportunity to explore a topic in a conversat...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Podcasting As Content Marketing With Ben Sailer From CoSchedule]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>Content marketing has long been a primary way for brands to increase their website traffic and customer bases. And one of the best in the game is <a href="https://coschedule.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">CoSchedule</a>.</p>



<p>This software as a service (SaaS) tool allows marketers to organize, execute, and analyze every promotional campaign to get more done. To introduce CoSchedule to potential users, they create educational content about industry best practices and their product.</p>



<p>In this episode, we discuss how CoSchedule uses podcasting within their broader content marketing activities. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What Makes A Good Podcast?</h2>



<p>Framed as “what is the biggest mistake most content marketers make?” led Craig and Ben to discuss what makes a good podcast. </p>



<p>The answer: quality over quantity. Often times, creators are in a rush to produce as much content as possible. Thinking the more I put out there, the more chances people will have to interact with my podcast. But in reality, spending more time <a href="https://castos.com/engaging-podcast-content/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">creating engaging content</a> is the better strategy. </p>



<p>Creating a good podcast comes down to investing more resources  in-depth and useful pieces that don’t just scratch the surface. Ben suggests asking yourself “is this the best resource available on this topic?” for every new piece of content. If your answer is no, it’ll likely fall flat because users will go elsewhere to solve their problem. </p>



<p>For every episode of their Actionable Marketing podcast, the CoSchedule team aims to provide real-world insights and actions marketers can apply to their own work. If the episode has no takeaway, it’s scrapped. Simple as that.</p>



<p>But remember, making a great podcast has a learning curve. It’ll take more time to research, produce, and polish episodes that go deeper but there’s a payoff. CoSchedule’s content sees passive visits and listens for months and even years after it’s published because they we were willing to invest the time upfront. That ongoing engagement is what it takes to bring a podcast from good to great. </p>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">Focusing on <a href="https://castos.com/evergreen-episodes/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">evergreen content</a> is a great way to squeeze more engagement over time from a single episode. Timeless content stays fresher longer, driving more listens long after it’s first published. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>How Podcast Content Complements Your Marketing Mix</h2>



<p>Content marketing historically only included written mediums but audio content has recently entered the scene. Craig and Ben dug into how CoSchedule thinks about their podcast content and it differs from their other channels. </p>



<p>At a high level, CoSchedule creates content for marketers. Across written, spoken, and social content, the common theme is helping marketing professionals solve a problem. But their podcast content ideas have a slightly different spin than their other channels. </p>



<p>Content ideas for written and social platforms are typically focused on their SEO value or virality. The goal is to capitalize on keyword search volume or lead a trending social conversation to reach new customers. But podcasting allows CoSchedule to explore questions that can’t be positioned against these standard measures of success. Oftentimes, episodes solve problems listeners don’t know how to search for or answers questions they didn’t think to ask. </p>



<p>“Podcasts are a powerful way to connect with an audience for 20, 30, even 40 minutes,” Ben says. Compared the minutes it takes to engage with an article or social post, podcasts establish a stickier connection. There’s more opportunity to explore a topic in a conversational way with added personality. By not focusing on traditional marketing metrics, the Actionable Marketing Podcast helps produce brand loyalists and keep CoSchedule top of mind for potential customers.</p>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">Podcasts offer the opportunity to become part of someone’s routine. They may not visit your site each time a new article is published but they might habitually tune in to your new podcast content. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Podcast Driving Conversions</h2>



<p>A common struggle for marketers leveraging podcasts as part of a content marketing strategy is attribution. Meaning, how can we assess if the podcast is driving customers to our business?</p>



<p>How do we track someone who tunes into an episode, visits the website, and ultimately purchases the product. Moving between platforms and the amount of time between each action adds to the challenge.</p>



<p>One way that Ben suggests to look at this is simply the “are we better off now than before the podcast?”. This is a binary, more simplistic way of looking at your organization’s objective. But it does provide a clear yes or no answer and can be applied to any business metric.</p>



<p>Given the complexity of the problem, we don’t have the perfect answer. So this is where we throw it back to you, the listeners. What are you doing to attribute podcast listenership to activities happening on your site, in your business, or with your brand? Tell us in the comments below!</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned In This Episode</h2>



<ul><li>Subscribe to the <a href="https://coschedule.com/podcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Actionable Marketing Podcast</a></li><li>Read more from CoSchedule’s blog <a href="https://coschedule.com/blog/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a></li><li>Subscribe to <a href="https://audience.castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audience</a></li></ul>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/012-ben-sailer-coschedule.mp3" length="35394280"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
Content marketing has long been a primary way for brands to increase their website traffic and customer bases. And one of the best in the game is CoSchedule.



This software as a service (SaaS) tool allows marketers to organize, execute, and analyze every promotional campaign to get more done. To introduce CoSchedule to potential users, they create educational content about industry best practices and their product.



In this episode, we discuss how CoSchedule uses podcasting within their broader content marketing activities. 







What Makes A Good Podcast?



Framed as “what is the biggest mistake most content marketers make?” led Craig and Ben to discuss what makes a good podcast. 



The answer: quality over quantity. Often times, creators are in a rush to produce as much content as possible. Thinking the more I put out there, the more chances people will have to interact with my podcast. But in reality, spending more time creating engaging content is the better strategy. 



Creating a good podcast comes down to investing more resources  in-depth and useful pieces that don’t just scratch the surface. Ben suggests asking yourself “is this the best resource available on this topic?” for every new piece of content. If your answer is no, it’ll likely fall flat because users will go elsewhere to solve their problem. 



For every episode of their Actionable Marketing podcast, the CoSchedule team aims to provide real-world insights and actions marketers can apply to their own work. If the episode has no takeaway, it’s scrapped. Simple as that.



But remember, making a great podcast has a learning curve. It’ll take more time to research, produce, and polish episodes that go deeper but there’s a payoff. CoSchedule’s content sees passive visits and listens for months and even years after it’s published because they we were willing to invest the time upfront. That ongoing engagement is what it takes to bring a podcast from good to great. 



Focusing on evergreen content is a great way to squeeze more engagement over time from a single episode. Timeless content stays fresher longer, driving more listens long after it’s first published. 







How Podcast Content Complements Your Marketing Mix



Content marketing historically only included written mediums but audio content has recently entered the scene. Craig and Ben dug into how CoSchedule thinks about their podcast content and it differs from their other channels. 



At a high level, CoSchedule creates content for marketers. Across written, spoken, and social content, the common theme is helping marketing professionals solve a problem. But their podcast content ideas have a slightly different spin than their other channels. 



Content ideas for written and social platforms are typically focused on their SEO value or virality. The goal is to capitalize on keyword search volume or lead a trending social conversation to reach new customers. But podcasting allows CoSchedule to explore questions that can’t be positioned against these standard measures of success. Oftentimes, episodes solve problems listeners don’t know how to search for or answers questions they didn’t think to ask. 



“Podcasts are a powerful way to connect with an audience for 20, 30, even 40 minutes,” Ben says. Compared the minutes it takes to engage with an article or social post, podcasts establish a stickier connection. There’s more opportunity to explore a topic in a conversat...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/coschedule-actionable-marketing-podcast.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:52</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[How To Create A Narrative Podcast (& Why You Should Try It)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 13 Feb 2020 10:27:50 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/narrative-podcasts</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/narrative-podcasts</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>Six weeks into this experiment and a handful of data analyses later, we discovered our narrative style episodes were driving the most engagement. More listeners were tuning in the first day the episode dropped and the passive listens over time continue pouring in. </p>



<img src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/crafting-the-narrative-listening-stats-1024x540.png" alt="crafting the narrative audience episode stats" class="wp-image-10682" />212 people listened to Crafting The Narrative the day it was released.



<p>Keeping our eyes on the growth prize, we committed to producing more content our audience showed us they want to hear. But creating a narrative podcast requires a bit more preparation and intention than a standard interview. So in this episode of Audience, we’re unveiling what goes into producing a narrative episode to craft the most engaging story.</p>



<p>To dip our toes into these new waters, we first need to understand what makes a narrative podcast different from other formats.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What Is A Narrative Podcast?</h2>



<p>First things first, a definition. What is a narrative podcast? <a href="https://www.artofpodcast.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Art Of Podcast</a> defines it as an audio documentary that follows a story arch. Rather than including an interview in full, the episode is comprised of clips, scripted segments, and music to tell the story in a non-linear way.</p>



<p>When you think of narrative podcasts, you’re likely referencing a show produced by NPR or Gimlet Media. Both are the gold standards in this style of storytelling. If you close your eyes, you can probably hear Ira Glass or Jonathan Goldstein narrating an episode, cluing listeners into the most interesting parts of the interview.</p>



<p>Given the success of the shows produced by each of these powerhouse networks, narrative podcasts must be a lucrative way to engage an audience. But why?</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Why Narrative Podcasts Engage An Audience</h2>



<p>In 2014, The Harvard Business Review set out to figure out why storytelling is such a powerful way to convey information. Their research found “<a href="https://hbr.org/2014/10/why-your-brain-loves-good-storytelling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">character-driven stories</a> with emotional content result in a better understanding of the key points and enable better recall weeks later”. </p>



<p>We learned narrative storytelling follows a non-linear path, fleshing out characters and storylines. By ramping up the drama and suspense, the narrative format generates emotions in listeners, wiring them to connect more with the content. Their results mark a common thread between stories that produce engagement and narrative podcasts.</p>



<p>Even outside of the science, podcasters have found success with narrative episodes. As of this publication, <a href="https://chartable.com/charts/itunes/us-all-podcasts-podcasts" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">5 of the top 10 podcasts</a> in the US follow this format. As listeners, we gravitate towards shows where hosts lead us through the <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-structure/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">three acts of their story</a>, playing off our emotions every step of the way. </p>



<p>We think it’s safe say this style of storytelling is here to stay. To try your hand at this episode format, let’s get into how to create a narrative podcast.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>How To Create A Narrative Podcast</h2>



<p>Creating a narrative podcast happens at every stage of the process–before you start recording, when you’re actually recording the interview, and especia...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
Six weeks into this experiment and a handful of data analyses later, we discovered our narrative style episodes were driving the most engagement. More listeners were tuning in the first day the episode dropped and the passive listens over time continue pouring in. 



212 people listened to Crafting The Narrative the day it was released.



Keeping our eyes on the growth prize, we committed to producing more content our audience showed us they want to hear. But creating a narrative podcast requires a bit more preparation and intention than a standard interview. So in this episode of Audience, we’re unveiling what goes into producing a narrative episode to craft the most engaging story.



To dip our toes into these new waters, we first need to understand what makes a narrative podcast different from other formats.







What Is A Narrative Podcast?



First things first, a definition. What is a narrative podcast? The Art Of Podcast defines it as an audio documentary that follows a story arch. Rather than including an interview in full, the episode is comprised of clips, scripted segments, and music to tell the story in a non-linear way.



When you think of narrative podcasts, you’re likely referencing a show produced by NPR or Gimlet Media. Both are the gold standards in this style of storytelling. If you close your eyes, you can probably hear Ira Glass or Jonathan Goldstein narrating an episode, cluing listeners into the most interesting parts of the interview.



Given the success of the shows produced by each of these powerhouse networks, narrative podcasts must be a lucrative way to engage an audience. But why?







Why Narrative Podcasts Engage An Audience



In 2014, The Harvard Business Review set out to figure out why storytelling is such a powerful way to convey information. Their research found “character-driven stories with emotional content result in a better understanding of the key points and enable better recall weeks later”. 



We learned narrative storytelling follows a non-linear path, fleshing out characters and storylines. By ramping up the drama and suspense, the narrative format generates emotions in listeners, wiring them to connect more with the content. Their results mark a common thread between stories that produce engagement and narrative podcasts.



Even outside of the science, podcasters have found success with narrative episodes. As of this publication, 5 of the top 10 podcasts in the US follow this format. As listeners, we gravitate towards shows where hosts lead us through the three acts of their story, playing off our emotions every step of the way. 



We think it’s safe say this style of storytelling is here to stay. To try your hand at this episode format, let’s get into how to create a narrative podcast.














How To Create A Narrative Podcast



Creating a narrative podcast happens at every stage of the process–before you start recording, when you’re actually recording the interview, and especia...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[How To Create A Narrative Podcast (& Why You Should Try It)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>Six weeks into this experiment and a handful of data analyses later, we discovered our narrative style episodes were driving the most engagement. More listeners were tuning in the first day the episode dropped and the passive listens over time continue pouring in. </p>



<img src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/crafting-the-narrative-listening-stats-1024x540.png" alt="crafting the narrative audience episode stats" class="wp-image-10682" />212 people listened to Crafting The Narrative the day it was released.



<p>Keeping our eyes on the growth prize, we committed to producing more content our audience showed us they want to hear. But creating a narrative podcast requires a bit more preparation and intention than a standard interview. So in this episode of Audience, we’re unveiling what goes into producing a narrative episode to craft the most engaging story.</p>



<p>To dip our toes into these new waters, we first need to understand what makes a narrative podcast different from other formats.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>What Is A Narrative Podcast?</h2>



<p>First things first, a definition. What is a narrative podcast? <a href="https://www.artofpodcast.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Art Of Podcast</a> defines it as an audio documentary that follows a story arch. Rather than including an interview in full, the episode is comprised of clips, scripted segments, and music to tell the story in a non-linear way.</p>



<p>When you think of narrative podcasts, you’re likely referencing a show produced by NPR or Gimlet Media. Both are the gold standards in this style of storytelling. If you close your eyes, you can probably hear Ira Glass or Jonathan Goldstein narrating an episode, cluing listeners into the most interesting parts of the interview.</p>



<p>Given the success of the shows produced by each of these powerhouse networks, narrative podcasts must be a lucrative way to engage an audience. But why?</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Why Narrative Podcasts Engage An Audience</h2>



<p>In 2014, The Harvard Business Review set out to figure out why storytelling is such a powerful way to convey information. Their research found “<a href="https://hbr.org/2014/10/why-your-brain-loves-good-storytelling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">character-driven stories</a> with emotional content result in a better understanding of the key points and enable better recall weeks later”. </p>



<p>We learned narrative storytelling follows a non-linear path, fleshing out characters and storylines. By ramping up the drama and suspense, the narrative format generates emotions in listeners, wiring them to connect more with the content. Their results mark a common thread between stories that produce engagement and narrative podcasts.</p>



<p>Even outside of the science, podcasters have found success with narrative episodes. As of this publication, <a href="https://chartable.com/charts/itunes/us-all-podcasts-podcasts" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">5 of the top 10 podcasts</a> in the US follow this format. As listeners, we gravitate towards shows where hosts lead us through the <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-structure/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">three acts of their story</a>, playing off our emotions every step of the way. </p>



<p>We think it’s safe say this style of storytelling is here to stay. To try your hand at this episode format, let’s get into how to create a narrative podcast.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>How To Create A Narrative Podcast</h2>



<p>Creating a narrative podcast happens at every stage of the process–before you start recording, when you’re actually recording the interview, and especially within post-production. As a host, you’ll need to approach this episode style in a more intentional way. A narrative doesn’t typically come off the cuff. </p>



<p>Instead, you’ll need to manipulate and massage the raw files into the narrative you want to tell. Let’s get started with what to prepare before you even hit record.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Pre-production preparation</h3>



<p>Preparing to produce a narrative podcast episode follows similar <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-interview/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">guidelines you should use for every interview</a>. Use these two tips to get yourself ready:</p>



<ul><li>Do your homework: research your guest’s past interviews, latest blog posts, or tweets. Have a firm understanding of the topic you’ll talk about from recent news stories to how others in your industry are speaking about it. There’s no such thing as being over prepared here.</li><li>Draft and share your questions: outline your key questions and provide them to your guest so they can fine tune their soundbites. You’ll end up with more quote-worthy content and your guest will feel prepared going into the interview, win/win.</li></ul>



<p>As you’re finalizing the interview details, it’s also a good idea to remind them about the narrative style. Knowing their answers aren’t being repeated verbatim can take the pressure off some guests and make the interview more conversational. It’s then your job to include interjections to clarify miscellaneous points and package everything together.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">Use this <a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1XTrs2X2ptGIAFVckna_H42hHNQuhrfuZ0fiKyrnSFRk/edit?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Interview Preparation–Narrative Podcast template</a> to organize your research and questions ahead of each interview.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Episode recording preparation</h3>



<p>Interview preparation in hand, it’s time to head into the interview prepared and ready to capture your story. When you sit down with your guest, follow these tips to set yourself up for success:</p>



<ul><li>Let your outline guide you: use the content clusters you previously organized to set the scene and provide structure</li><li>Let the conversation have a life of its own: try going off script to probe into the why, how, and who to squeeze more from your guest’s answers</li><li>Let your guest be the storyteller: prop up your guest to take the reins in telling their story. Set them up to tell their story in the most compelling way.</li><li>Don’t be afraid of repeats: if you or your guest isn’t satisfied with an answer, repeat the whole response again until you get it right. Since you’re already planning on splicing the interview into parts, it’s easy to remove the mistakes and take less pressure on getting answers in one take.</li></ul>



<p>But our main tip is one that feels counter-intuitive. In a normal conversation, you acknowledge a person’s answer with your own interjection like ‘uh-huh’. But for a narrative interview, keep those normal conversation cues to a minimum.</p>



<p>Instead, take a beat after each answer and immediately follow it up with another question. It won’t sound like a natural conversation while you’re mid-interview, but the magic you work in post-production will make everything flow together.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Post-production preparation</h3>



<p>This is where the hard work really starts. You’ll cut up the interview, rearrange it, source outside clips, and weave in musical interludes to produce the final product. </p>



<p>In addition to the standard audio mastering work that goes into every episode, crafting a narrative podcast is time heavy.</p>



<a href="https://www.marketingshowrunners.com/blog/how-to-create-narrative-podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/editing-process-example-narrative-podcast.png" alt="how to edit a narrative podcast" class="wp-image-10684" /></a>How to approach editing a narrative podcast episode.



<p>To start, you’ll import the raw interview and music into your <a href="https://castos.com/4-popular-options-podcast-editing-software/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast editing tool</a>. Listen to the full recording and take notes with timestamps about where you want to include narration. Approach your narrations as a way to add more color to your guest’s answers or to provide your own take. </p>



<p>Then go back and make <em>all</em> of the narrations in one sitting. You’d be surprised at how much you voice can change throughout the day so to keep it consistent, capture it all at once. </p>



<p>Last, splice together the narrations, interview clips, and music transitions into one engaging story. Use music transitions to signal when you’re narrating versus when you were responding as the interviewer. </p>



<p>In the end, you’ll be left with a captivating narrative podcast that your listeners won’t be able to stop binging. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Episode Show Notes</h2>



<p>Our audience’s two favorite episodes to date featured highly produced interviews that featured a narrative storytelling style. In episode 11 of Audience, Creating A Narrative Style Interview, we dig into the details of what this format entails.</p>



<p>At the jump, we highlight clips from our previous episodes that embody a narrative podcast structure. We pick apart why the narrations helped create a more engaging story and reveal the editing process behind creating each clip.</p>



<p>Throughout, Craig also adds color on how to adopt a narrative podcast format for your own show. Starting with how to prepare for an interview then moving to coaxing your guest into telling an interesting story. At the end, we talk through to how to cut, splice, and manipulate your raw recordings into one cohesive narrative podcast. Grab a pen and paper, you’ll want to take notes during this section.</p>



<p>Tune into Audience now and take your storytelling skills to the next level. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned</h2>



<ul><li>Catch our interview with Jack Rhysider of Darknet Diaries <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/podcast-promotion-jack-rhysider/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a></li><li><a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1XTrs2X2ptGIAFVckna_H42hHNQuhrfuZ0fiKyrnSFRk/edit?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Interview Preparation–Narrative Podcasts template</a></li><li><a href="https://jessicaabel.com/out-on-the-wire/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Out on the Wire</a> by Jessica Abel</li><li>Additional resources on how to create a narrative podcast<ul><li><a href="https://www.glow.fm/guides-tutorials/creating-a-narrative-podcast-a-step-by-step-guide" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Creating A Narrative Podcast: A Step-By-Step Guide </a></li><li><a href="https://www.marketingshowrunners.com/blog/how-to-create-narrative-podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How To Create A Narrative Style Podcast: A Look Inside The Process</a></li><li><a href="https://copyblogger.com/better-podcast-interviews/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Conduct Better Podcast Interviews</a></li></ul></li><li><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasthackers/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Hackers</a> Facebook group</li><li>Subscribe to <a href="https://audience.castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audience</a> </li></ul>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/011-building-a-narrative-style-podcast.mp3" length="23056081"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
Six weeks into this experiment and a handful of data analyses later, we discovered our narrative style episodes were driving the most engagement. More listeners were tuning in the first day the episode dropped and the passive listens over time continue pouring in. 



212 people listened to Crafting The Narrative the day it was released.



Keeping our eyes on the growth prize, we committed to producing more content our audience showed us they want to hear. But creating a narrative podcast requires a bit more preparation and intention than a standard interview. So in this episode of Audience, we’re unveiling what goes into producing a narrative episode to craft the most engaging story.



To dip our toes into these new waters, we first need to understand what makes a narrative podcast different from other formats.







What Is A Narrative Podcast?



First things first, a definition. What is a narrative podcast? The Art Of Podcast defines it as an audio documentary that follows a story arch. Rather than including an interview in full, the episode is comprised of clips, scripted segments, and music to tell the story in a non-linear way.



When you think of narrative podcasts, you’re likely referencing a show produced by NPR or Gimlet Media. Both are the gold standards in this style of storytelling. If you close your eyes, you can probably hear Ira Glass or Jonathan Goldstein narrating an episode, cluing listeners into the most interesting parts of the interview.



Given the success of the shows produced by each of these powerhouse networks, narrative podcasts must be a lucrative way to engage an audience. But why?







Why Narrative Podcasts Engage An Audience



In 2014, The Harvard Business Review set out to figure out why storytelling is such a powerful way to convey information. Their research found “character-driven stories with emotional content result in a better understanding of the key points and enable better recall weeks later”. 



We learned narrative storytelling follows a non-linear path, fleshing out characters and storylines. By ramping up the drama and suspense, the narrative format generates emotions in listeners, wiring them to connect more with the content. Their results mark a common thread between stories that produce engagement and narrative podcasts.



Even outside of the science, podcasters have found success with narrative episodes. As of this publication, 5 of the top 10 podcasts in the US follow this format. As listeners, we gravitate towards shows where hosts lead us through the three acts of their story, playing off our emotions every step of the way. 



We think it’s safe say this style of storytelling is here to stay. To try your hand at this episode format, let’s get into how to create a narrative podcast.














How To Create A Narrative Podcast



Creating a narrative podcast happens at every stage of the process–before you start recording, when you’re actually recording the interview, and especia...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/how-to-create-a-narrative-podcast.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:24:00</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Jack Rhysider Talks Podcast Promotion & Darknet Diaries]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 06 Feb 2020 10:54:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/jack-rhysider-talks-podcast-promotion-darknet-diaries-1</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/jack-rhysider-talks-podcast-promotion-darknet-diaries-1</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Audience, I sit down with Jack Rhysider from the <a href="https://darknetdiaries.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Darknet Diaries podcast</a> and dig into his journey promoting his podcast.</p>
<p>With +200K listeners and counting, Jack is not only the host of an insanely popular podcast but he also talks transparently about how he grew a following using strategies any podcaster can leverage.</p>
<p>Ahead, we picked out few key topics from his interview that can help take your show to the next level. We explore Jack’s research on audience tipping points, effective podcast promotional strategies to build a <em>loyal</em> following, and what changes after your show starts to grow on its own.</p>
<p>When you’re done here, tune in to the full episode for more from Jack Rhysider and his trajectory to building a successful podcast.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<h2>What Is The Podcast Promotion Tipping Point?</h2>
<p>A tipping point is a series of small changes that become significant enough to cause large, important change. Some would argue podcasting in general has hit a tipping point, entering into mainstream as over <a href="https://www.edisonresearch.com/infinite-dial-2019/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">50</a><a href="https://www.edisonresearch.com/infinite-dial-2019/">% of Americans</a> have listened to a show.</p>
<p>Starting out from scratch, Jack began his podcast promotional brainstorm asking “How much do I have to promote my show until it starts growing itself with its own momentum?”. Essentially he wanted to know how many loyal listeners did he need to attract before he hit the tipping point.</p>
<p>Asking marketing experts and fellow podcasters turned up nothing so he set out to discover the “magic” number himself. What he found was at about 150 passionate followers, things started to pick up and the slow growth drip turned into a steady trickle.</p>
<p>Bolstered by <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Tipping_Point" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">evidence found by Malcolm Gladwell</a>, Jack stumbled upon the right number of listeners that would take his show from under the radar to the mainstream. At the 150 person tipping point, he didn’t see a dramatic, sudden increase in listeners. Instead, after pushing the boulder of growing a podcast audience on his own, he felt there was now a few extra hands to handle the weight. These hands would help drive incremental growth, provide more legitimacy to the show, and ultimately make Darknet Diaries the go-to podcast on the underbelly of the internet.</p>
<p>But how did he find those 150 engaged fans in first place?</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<h2>4 Effective Podcast Promotion Strategies That Helped Grow Darknet Diaries</h2>
<p>Effective podcast promotional strategies are all based on one common truth. If you’re passionate about the topic and believe in the value your podcast provides, it’s far easier to promote it. In this episode, we build off that concept and dive into four actionable strategies that helped grow Darknet Diaries into +200K listeners strong.</p>
<p>Tune in at 13:55 to hear Jack explain how he leveraged each of the below strategies to promote his podcast.</p>
<img src="https://darknetdiaries.com/imgs/stats2018a.png" alt="darknet diaries 2018 stats podcast promotion" width="1024" />
Darknet Diaries downloads per day in 2018.

<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:20px;"> </div>
<h3>1. Hone the craft</h3>
<p>You’ve heard it before, but we’re saying it again. The foundation of growing a podcast audience is <a href="https://castos.com/engaging-podcast-content/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">extraordinary content</a>.</p>
<p>Jack reiterates this point saying, “No one recommends a good podcast, they only the recommend great ones”. He charges his audience for setting word-of-mouth recommendations in motion but highlight...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode of Audience, I sit down with Jack Rhysider from the Darknet Diaries podcast and dig into his journey promoting his podcast.
With +200K listeners and counting, Jack is not only the host of an insanely popular podcast but he also talks transparently about how he grew a following using strategies any podcaster can leverage.
Ahead, we picked out few key topics from his interview that can help take your show to the next level. We explore Jack’s research on audience tipping points, effective podcast promotional strategies to build a loyal following, and what changes after your show starts to grow on its own.
When you’re done here, tune in to the full episode for more from Jack Rhysider and his trajectory to building a successful podcast.
 
What Is The Podcast Promotion Tipping Point?
A tipping point is a series of small changes that become significant enough to cause large, important change. Some would argue podcasting in general has hit a tipping point, entering into mainstream as over 50% of Americans have listened to a show.
Starting out from scratch, Jack began his podcast promotional brainstorm asking “How much do I have to promote my show until it starts growing itself with its own momentum?”. Essentially he wanted to know how many loyal listeners did he need to attract before he hit the tipping point.
Asking marketing experts and fellow podcasters turned up nothing so he set out to discover the “magic” number himself. What he found was at about 150 passionate followers, things started to pick up and the slow growth drip turned into a steady trickle.
Bolstered by evidence found by Malcolm Gladwell, Jack stumbled upon the right number of listeners that would take his show from under the radar to the mainstream. At the 150 person tipping point, he didn’t see a dramatic, sudden increase in listeners. Instead, after pushing the boulder of growing a podcast audience on his own, he felt there was now a few extra hands to handle the weight. These hands would help drive incremental growth, provide more legitimacy to the show, and ultimately make Darknet Diaries the go-to podcast on the underbelly of the internet.
But how did he find those 150 engaged fans in first place?
 
4 Effective Podcast Promotion Strategies That Helped Grow Darknet Diaries
Effective podcast promotional strategies are all based on one common truth. If you’re passionate about the topic and believe in the value your podcast provides, it’s far easier to promote it. In this episode, we build off that concept and dive into four actionable strategies that helped grow Darknet Diaries into +200K listeners strong.
Tune in at 13:55 to hear Jack explain how he leveraged each of the below strategies to promote his podcast.

Darknet Diaries downloads per day in 2018.

 
1. Hone the craft
You’ve heard it before, but we’re saying it again. The foundation of growing a podcast audience is extraordinary content.
Jack reiterates this point saying, “No one recommends a good podcast, they only the recommend great ones”. He charges his audience for setting word-of-mouth recommendations in motion but highlight...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Jack Rhysider Talks Podcast Promotion & Darknet Diaries]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Audience, I sit down with Jack Rhysider from the <a href="https://darknetdiaries.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Darknet Diaries podcast</a> and dig into his journey promoting his podcast.</p>
<p>With +200K listeners and counting, Jack is not only the host of an insanely popular podcast but he also talks transparently about how he grew a following using strategies any podcaster can leverage.</p>
<p>Ahead, we picked out few key topics from his interview that can help take your show to the next level. We explore Jack’s research on audience tipping points, effective podcast promotional strategies to build a <em>loyal</em> following, and what changes after your show starts to grow on its own.</p>
<p>When you’re done here, tune in to the full episode for more from Jack Rhysider and his trajectory to building a successful podcast.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<h2>What Is The Podcast Promotion Tipping Point?</h2>
<p>A tipping point is a series of small changes that become significant enough to cause large, important change. Some would argue podcasting in general has hit a tipping point, entering into mainstream as over <a href="https://www.edisonresearch.com/infinite-dial-2019/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">50</a><a href="https://www.edisonresearch.com/infinite-dial-2019/">% of Americans</a> have listened to a show.</p>
<p>Starting out from scratch, Jack began his podcast promotional brainstorm asking “How much do I have to promote my show until it starts growing itself with its own momentum?”. Essentially he wanted to know how many loyal listeners did he need to attract before he hit the tipping point.</p>
<p>Asking marketing experts and fellow podcasters turned up nothing so he set out to discover the “magic” number himself. What he found was at about 150 passionate followers, things started to pick up and the slow growth drip turned into a steady trickle.</p>
<p>Bolstered by <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Tipping_Point" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">evidence found by Malcolm Gladwell</a>, Jack stumbled upon the right number of listeners that would take his show from under the radar to the mainstream. At the 150 person tipping point, he didn’t see a dramatic, sudden increase in listeners. Instead, after pushing the boulder of growing a podcast audience on his own, he felt there was now a few extra hands to handle the weight. These hands would help drive incremental growth, provide more legitimacy to the show, and ultimately make Darknet Diaries the go-to podcast on the underbelly of the internet.</p>
<p>But how did he find those 150 engaged fans in first place?</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<h2>4 Effective Podcast Promotion Strategies That Helped Grow Darknet Diaries</h2>
<p>Effective podcast promotional strategies are all based on one common truth. If you’re passionate about the topic and believe in the value your podcast provides, it’s far easier to promote it. In this episode, we build off that concept and dive into four actionable strategies that helped grow Darknet Diaries into +200K listeners strong.</p>
<p>Tune in at 13:55 to hear Jack explain how he leveraged each of the below strategies to promote his podcast.</p>
<img src="https://darknetdiaries.com/imgs/stats2018a.png" alt="darknet diaries 2018 stats podcast promotion" width="1024" />
Darknet Diaries downloads per day in 2018.

<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:20px;"> </div>
<h3>1. Hone the craft</h3>
<p>You’ve heard it before, but we’re saying it again. The foundation of growing a podcast audience is <a href="https://castos.com/engaging-podcast-content/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">extraordinary content</a>.</p>
<p>Jack reiterates this point saying, “No one recommends a good podcast, they only the recommend great ones”. He charges his audience for setting word-of-mouth recommendations in motion but highlights that can only happen when a podcast is better than the rest.</p>
<p>He recommends reading <a href="https://jessicaabel.com/out-on-the-wire/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Out on the Wire</a> and consuming as much information as possible about podcasting. Being intentional about improving your craft will offer long-term benefits and only advance the show forward. Jack iterates his point saying, “You just can’t pick up a mic and think that you can be Joe Rogan the next day. There is a long road between here and there.” Preparation and practice goes into every great podcast.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:20px;"> </div>
<h3>2. Ask questions</h3>
<p>Anytime we start something new, there’s a learning curve to mastering each skill. Podcasting isn’t any different, so use those early days to your advantage. Ask your audience, even if it’s only friends and family, questions about what they like and dislike about the show. Process the critical feedback, make tweaks, and continue striving for a more polished show.</p>
<p>Jack suggests getting <em>specific</em>. General questions or critiques won’t help here. His favorite question to dig further is always “When did you stop listening to an episode?”. This one question helps him zoom in on exactly where his audience disengages so he can make edits to future episodes.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:20px;"> </div>
<h3>3. Once you have something great, set it on fire</h3>
<p>Connecting with journalists, podcasters, YouTubers, or anyone with a large following in your niche is critical to reaching the tipping point. Pitch your show or specific episodes to the influencers in your industry for the opportunity to be introduced to their audiences.</p>
<p>But remember, it’s a numbers game. Jack recalls reaching out to 100 people and only two gave him a shot–but they were two big fish. Getting written up in <a href="https://www.theguardian.com/tv-and-radio/2017/dec/17/grenfell-dust-on-our-lips-darknet-diaries-tip-off-observer-radio-reviews" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Guardian</a> and <a href="https://twitter.com/internetofshit/status/1019645281925771266?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw%7Ctwcamp%5Etweetembed%7Ctwterm%5E1019645281925771266&amp;ref_url=https%3A%2F%2Fdarknetdiaries.com%2Freviews%2F" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">tweeted by an account with 2M followers</a> gave Darknet Diaries more legitimacy. Even though it didn’t immediately bring in thousands of followers, the podcast was now recommended by two influential people in his community. Not bad for a 2% response rate!</p>

<div class="wp-block-embed__wrapper">
<blockquote class="twitter-tweet">
<p dir="ltr" lang="en" xml:lang="en">So I've been listening to Darknet Diaries, a podcast about…the kinds of shit I tweet and oh my, you are all going to love it <a href="https://t.co/gQ8EaXOiXU">https://t.co/gQ8EaXOiXU</a></p>
— Internet of Shit (@internetofshit) <a href="https://twitter.com/internetofshit/status/1019645281925771266?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw">July 18, 2018</a></blockquote>
</div>

<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:20px;"> </div>
<h3>4. Self promotion is your friend</h3>
<p>Self promotion can feel slimy and uncomfortable. But by all accounts, it’s an imperative part to effectively promoting a podcast. But when your podcast is a passion and you genuinely believe in the content, your dedication becomes palpable and your sales pitch turns into an authentic exchange.</p>
<p>Conviction about the quality of your work makes promoting your content much easier for those of who are uncomfortable with promotion. Tune in at 20:50 to hear Jack’s process in getting over feeling weird about self promoting his podcast.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"> </div>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<h2>What Changes When You Hit The Tipping Point?</h2>
<p>It’s easy to think that once a podcast hits its tipping point, the work will get easier and you can go on auto-pilot. Jack tell us that isn’t so.</p>
<p>While less resources are spent promoting each episode, more time is going into the show’s production. Always striving to introduce unique and engaging content to his audience, Jack has started hiring a team to help produce Darknet Diaries. Extra hands handling the production will allow him to focus on telling more interesting stories, whether that means investigative journalism or interviews with hard-to-nail-down experts.</p>
<p>But even with reaching the tipping point milestone, he still connects directly with his loyal fans to continue to stay in tune with what they want to hear.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<h2>Episode Show Notes</h2>
<p>Jack’s interview on Audience is chock full of actionable information on podcast promotion and how to build authority in your niche.</p>
<p>Listen now to learn more about tipping points and how Jack went about discovering how many avid fans he needed to put his growth on auto-pilot.</p>
<p>After chatting through the strategies he used to grow Darknet Diaries, reiterate the importance of engaging content. Jack walked us through how he finds and develops real-life events into interesting episode content. From Google Alerts to getting over the fear of publishing a less-than-stellar episode, he offers legitimate advice on what it takes to find and tell compelling stories.</p>
<p>And if you’re curious about how Jack produces Darknet Diaries each week, stick around for answers about his podcasting workflow. He lets us peak behind the curtains of how long it takes to finalize each episode, why he makes certain editing choices, and how pitching a potential guest for 8 months can lead to one awesome story.</p>
<p>At the end, we bring it back to the importance of nurturing a community within your audience. How building street cred within your niche and fostering direct connections with your most loyal listeners can deepen connections and bring a podcast to the next level.</p>
<p>Listen now to hear Jack Rhysider talk Darknet Diaries and podcast promotional strategies.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<h2>Resources Mentioned</h2>
<ul>
<li>Follow <a href="https://twitter.com/JackRhysider" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">@JackRhysider</a> on Twitter</li>
<li>Subscribe to <a href="https://darknetdiaries.com/episode/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Darknet Diaries</a> Podcast</li>
<li>Check out Jack’s blog at <a href="https://lime.link/blog/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lime.Link</a></li>
<li>Read <a href="https://jessicaabel.com/out-on-the-wire/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Out on the Wire</a></li>
<li>Subscribe to <a href="https://audience.castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audience</a></li>
</ul>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/010-Jack-Rhysider-Darknet-Diaries.mp3" length="32244454"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode of Audience, I sit down with Jack Rhysider from the Darknet Diaries podcast and dig into his journey promoting his podcast.
With +200K listeners and counting, Jack is not only the host of an insanely popular podcast but he also talks transparently about how he grew a following using strategies any podcaster can leverage.
Ahead, we picked out few key topics from his interview that can help take your show to the next level. We explore Jack’s research on audience tipping points, effective podcast promotional strategies to build a loyal following, and what changes after your show starts to grow on its own.
When you’re done here, tune in to the full episode for more from Jack Rhysider and his trajectory to building a successful podcast.
 
What Is The Podcast Promotion Tipping Point?
A tipping point is a series of small changes that become significant enough to cause large, important change. Some would argue podcasting in general has hit a tipping point, entering into mainstream as over 50% of Americans have listened to a show.
Starting out from scratch, Jack began his podcast promotional brainstorm asking “How much do I have to promote my show until it starts growing itself with its own momentum?”. Essentially he wanted to know how many loyal listeners did he need to attract before he hit the tipping point.
Asking marketing experts and fellow podcasters turned up nothing so he set out to discover the “magic” number himself. What he found was at about 150 passionate followers, things started to pick up and the slow growth drip turned into a steady trickle.
Bolstered by evidence found by Malcolm Gladwell, Jack stumbled upon the right number of listeners that would take his show from under the radar to the mainstream. At the 150 person tipping point, he didn’t see a dramatic, sudden increase in listeners. Instead, after pushing the boulder of growing a podcast audience on his own, he felt there was now a few extra hands to handle the weight. These hands would help drive incremental growth, provide more legitimacy to the show, and ultimately make Darknet Diaries the go-to podcast on the underbelly of the internet.
But how did he find those 150 engaged fans in first place?
 
4 Effective Podcast Promotion Strategies That Helped Grow Darknet Diaries
Effective podcast promotional strategies are all based on one common truth. If you’re passionate about the topic and believe in the value your podcast provides, it’s far easier to promote it. In this episode, we build off that concept and dive into four actionable strategies that helped grow Darknet Diaries into +200K listeners strong.
Tune in at 13:55 to hear Jack explain how he leveraged each of the below strategies to promote his podcast.

Darknet Diaries downloads per day in 2018.

 
1. Hone the craft
You’ve heard it before, but we’re saying it again. The foundation of growing a podcast audience is extraordinary content.
Jack reiterates this point saying, “No one recommends a good podcast, they only the recommend great ones”. He charges his audience for setting word-of-mouth recommendations in motion but highlight...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/jack.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:33:35</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Early Results And Growth Strategy Looking Ahead]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jan 2020 03:34:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/how-to-grow-a-podcast</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/how-to-grow-a-podcast</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Audience was born to be an unfiltered, raw look at one brand’s quest to test the most popular podcast growth strategies. To stay true to our word, we’re looking back at our results to date and detailing what lies ahead.</p>
<p>In the 10th episode, Early Results And Our Growth Strategy Looking Ahead, we’re diving into the important growth numbers to see how we’ve done.</p>
<p>Growing a podcast takes diligence, strategic thinking, and an eagerness to keep at it. We’re currently not hitting our goal of at least 1,000 listens per episode but with these strategies, we hope to get there soon.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<h2>Audience’s Podcast Format And Workflow</h2>
<p>In terms of the content mix, we’ve focused the format on monologues instead of interviews to start. This was because we wanted to cover a lot of technical and practical advice about podcasting. Our host, Craig, has years worth of podcasting experience to draw upon and we felt he was the perfect voice to get our listeners up to speed on podcasting basics.</p>
<p>We also wanted to get into the groove of our show’s workflow and figure out how to fit this project into the overall work we’re doing at Castos. Audience is one part of our content strategy, so we needed to find the balance of producing the show alongside our larger projects. At episode ten, our workflow looks like this:</p>
<ol>
<li>At the start of the month, plan the topics of the upcoming four episodes</li>
<li>Outline each episode’s script on the Monday the week of the episode’s release</li>
<li>Record the episode on Tuesday and edit on Wednesday</li>
<li>Write a blog post, show notes, and email blast on Wednesday after the episode is finalized. Generate a transcript of the episode using <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-transcription/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos’ automatic transcription feature</a>.</li>
<li>Publish the blog post, send the email, and promote the episode across social media on Thursday when the episode goes live</li>
</ol>
<p>We’re operating on a short timeline each week to allow for potential pivots if a more engaging content topic pops up unexpectedly. Outlining, recording, and editing an episode within one week may not work for most hosts but we’re getting our process down to a science. For hosts who are just starting out, we can’t stress enough how important it is to figure out your most efficient workflow from the start. This will help you create new episodes consistently and keep you from <a href="https://podcastbusinessjournal.com/podfade-what-it-is-and-how-to-avoid-it/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podfading</a>.</p>
<p>But now with nine episodes under our belt and the basics covered, we’re ready to transition more into the interview format. Future episodes promise to feature interviews with subject matter experts in key areas of podcasting.</p>
<p>These expert interviews should prove to be “really good radio”, and we hope you enjoy them too.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<h2>Audience’s Analytics To Date</h2>
<p>Here is where Audience differentiates itself from many of the other <a href="https://castos.com/best-podcasts-for-podcasters/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcasts about podcasting</a>. We’re transparently laying out our stats, including our successes and missteps.</p>
<p>At the start, our goal was to generate 1,000 listens per episode. We started out on the right foot but we have some major room for improvement to get there. As of publication, we have 3,984 total downloads from our first nine episodes. With a few promotional tactics up our sleeve, we hope to increase the number of downloads to our back catalog and new episodes.</p>
<p>Read on below for more color around how our audience is consuming Audience.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:20px;"> </div>
<h3>Audience’s most popular episode</h3>
<p>Our most popular episode, <a></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Audience was born to be an unfiltered, raw look at one brand’s quest to test the most popular podcast growth strategies. To stay true to our word, we’re looking back at our results to date and detailing what lies ahead.
In the 10th episode, Early Results And Our Growth Strategy Looking Ahead, we’re diving into the important growth numbers to see how we’ve done.
Growing a podcast takes diligence, strategic thinking, and an eagerness to keep at it. We’re currently not hitting our goal of at least 1,000 listens per episode but with these strategies, we hope to get there soon.
 
Audience’s Podcast Format And Workflow
In terms of the content mix, we’ve focused the format on monologues instead of interviews to start. This was because we wanted to cover a lot of technical and practical advice about podcasting. Our host, Craig, has years worth of podcasting experience to draw upon and we felt he was the perfect voice to get our listeners up to speed on podcasting basics.
We also wanted to get into the groove of our show’s workflow and figure out how to fit this project into the overall work we’re doing at Castos. Audience is one part of our content strategy, so we needed to find the balance of producing the show alongside our larger projects. At episode ten, our workflow looks like this:

At the start of the month, plan the topics of the upcoming four episodes
Outline each episode’s script on the Monday the week of the episode’s release
Record the episode on Tuesday and edit on Wednesday
Write a blog post, show notes, and email blast on Wednesday after the episode is finalized. Generate a transcript of the episode using Castos’ automatic transcription feature.
Publish the blog post, send the email, and promote the episode across social media on Thursday when the episode goes live

We’re operating on a short timeline each week to allow for potential pivots if a more engaging content topic pops up unexpectedly. Outlining, recording, and editing an episode within one week may not work for most hosts but we’re getting our process down to a science. For hosts who are just starting out, we can’t stress enough how important it is to figure out your most efficient workflow from the start. This will help you create new episodes consistently and keep you from podfading.
But now with nine episodes under our belt and the basics covered, we’re ready to transition more into the interview format. Future episodes promise to feature interviews with subject matter experts in key areas of podcasting.
These expert interviews should prove to be “really good radio”, and we hope you enjoy them too.
 
Audience’s Analytics To Date
Here is where Audience differentiates itself from many of the other podcasts about podcasting. We’re transparently laying out our stats, including our successes and missteps.
At the start, our goal was to generate 1,000 listens per episode. We started out on the right foot but we have some major room for improvement to get there. As of publication, we have 3,984 total downloads from our first nine episodes. With a few promotional tactics up our sleeve, we hope to increase the number of downloads to our back catalog and new episodes.
Read on below for more color around how our audience is consuming Audience.
 
Audience’s most popular episode
Our most popular episode, ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Early Results And Growth Strategy Looking Ahead]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Audience was born to be an unfiltered, raw look at one brand’s quest to test the most popular podcast growth strategies. To stay true to our word, we’re looking back at our results to date and detailing what lies ahead.</p>
<p>In the 10th episode, Early Results And Our Growth Strategy Looking Ahead, we’re diving into the important growth numbers to see how we’ve done.</p>
<p>Growing a podcast takes diligence, strategic thinking, and an eagerness to keep at it. We’re currently not hitting our goal of at least 1,000 listens per episode but with these strategies, we hope to get there soon.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<h2>Audience’s Podcast Format And Workflow</h2>
<p>In terms of the content mix, we’ve focused the format on monologues instead of interviews to start. This was because we wanted to cover a lot of technical and practical advice about podcasting. Our host, Craig, has years worth of podcasting experience to draw upon and we felt he was the perfect voice to get our listeners up to speed on podcasting basics.</p>
<p>We also wanted to get into the groove of our show’s workflow and figure out how to fit this project into the overall work we’re doing at Castos. Audience is one part of our content strategy, so we needed to find the balance of producing the show alongside our larger projects. At episode ten, our workflow looks like this:</p>
<ol>
<li>At the start of the month, plan the topics of the upcoming four episodes</li>
<li>Outline each episode’s script on the Monday the week of the episode’s release</li>
<li>Record the episode on Tuesday and edit on Wednesday</li>
<li>Write a blog post, show notes, and email blast on Wednesday after the episode is finalized. Generate a transcript of the episode using <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-transcription/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos’ automatic transcription feature</a>.</li>
<li>Publish the blog post, send the email, and promote the episode across social media on Thursday when the episode goes live</li>
</ol>
<p>We’re operating on a short timeline each week to allow for potential pivots if a more engaging content topic pops up unexpectedly. Outlining, recording, and editing an episode within one week may not work for most hosts but we’re getting our process down to a science. For hosts who are just starting out, we can’t stress enough how important it is to figure out your most efficient workflow from the start. This will help you create new episodes consistently and keep you from <a href="https://podcastbusinessjournal.com/podfade-what-it-is-and-how-to-avoid-it/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podfading</a>.</p>
<p>But now with nine episodes under our belt and the basics covered, we’re ready to transition more into the interview format. Future episodes promise to feature interviews with subject matter experts in key areas of podcasting.</p>
<p>These expert interviews should prove to be “really good radio”, and we hope you enjoy them too.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<h2>Audience’s Analytics To Date</h2>
<p>Here is where Audience differentiates itself from many of the other <a href="https://castos.com/best-podcasts-for-podcasters/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcasts about podcasting</a>. We’re transparently laying out our stats, including our successes and missteps.</p>
<p>At the start, our goal was to generate 1,000 listens per episode. We started out on the right foot but we have some major room for improvement to get there. As of publication, we have 3,984 total downloads from our first nine episodes. With a few promotional tactics up our sleeve, we hope to increase the number of downloads to our back catalog and new episodes.</p>
<p>Read on below for more color around how our audience is consuming Audience.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:20px;"> </div>
<h3>Audience’s most popular episode</h3>
<p>Our most popular episode, <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/crafting-the-narrative/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Crafting The Narrative</a>, has 646 total listens. This episode was released in our launch week and featured an engaging interview with two expert storytellers. The success of this episode is why we want to lean more into the interview format, offering actionable tips along the way.</p>
<p>A misstep we ran into with this interview was not finalizing how our interviewees would promote the episode after its release. We likely would have seen a higher listen count if we asked our guests to cross-promote the content to their channels.</p>
<p>Luckily there’s always the opportunity to re-promote your back catalog to gain additional listens at a later date! This episode sees a healthy amount of listens, even a month after its initial release. To capture even more listens, we’re planning a roundup of our favorite podcast interviews and see an opportunity to promote the episode within that blog piece.</p>
<img class="wp-image-10377" src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/audience-crafting-the-narrative-total-listens-1024x483.png" alt="Audience podcast total listens for crafting the narrative episode podcast analytics" />
Episode 3, Crafting The Narrative, has ongoing engagement over a month after its initial release.

<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">Learn from our misstep! Whenever you secure an interview for your podcast, be clear in how you’d like the guest to cross-promote the episode to their audience. Detail which channels (Facebook, newsletters, Instagram, etc.) everyone will use to promote. Go as far as providing sample copy points and imagery to make it even easier for your guest to talk about their appearance. </p>
<p>We were also excited to see how much engagement our <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/trailer/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Teaser</a> episode received. At 630 total listens, it’s our 2nd highest performing episode. It’s a great reminder that promoting a trailer before a show’s official launch can generate buzz for when the first episodes go live. It also acts as the perfect introduction for people who are unfamiliar with Castos to give the show a shot.</p>
<img class="wp-image-10373" src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/audience-listen-analytics-by-episode-1024x471.png" alt="Audience podcast total listens by episode podcast analytics" />
Audience’s top episodes by listen count as of January 29.

<p>While our trailer was 10 minutes long, many shows try shorter durations too. Make your teaser episode just long enough to give an overview of your podcast’s topic and format. And don’t forget to really hammer home exactly why someone should tune into your show by leading with what makes your podcast different from the rest. End the teaser with a call-to-action that encourages listeners to subscribe to the show.</p>
<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight action">Create a teaser episode to get your RSS feed started. Remember, you can’t submit a podcast to <a href="https://castos.com/submit-your-podcast-to-apple-podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apple Podcasts</a>, <a href="https://castos.com/how-to-submit-a-podcast-to-spotify/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a>, or any other podcast directory without at least one episode live. Use this as an opportunity to publish a trailer so your show is listed on every directory before you launch.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"> </div>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<h3>How our listeners are tuning in</h3>
<p>We’ve submitted Audience to every major <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-directories/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast directory</a>. But the listening habits of our users highlights why having a <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-website/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast website</a> is extremely important.</p>
<p>People tuning into Audience are primarily listening via a web or mobile browser like Chrome or Safari. Without a podcast website, we’d miss out on 67% of our total listens!</p>
<img class="wp-image-10381" src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/audience-podcast-listen-method-podcast-stats-1-1024x551.png" alt="audience podcast listening method podcast stats" />
The majority of Audience listeners are tuning in from their web or mobile browser.

<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight action">Learn from our success! A podcast website helps your listeners find and consume your show. If you’re a WordPress user, use <a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/seriously-simple-podcasting/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Seriously Simple Podcasting</a> to easily feature episodes on your website. <br /><br />Not a WordPress user? Don’t worry. Every Castos plan includes a customizable <a href="https://castos.com/customizable-podcast-webpage/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Page</a> that houses all of your podcast content. Make it easy for anyone to listen to your show by using Castos! </p>
<p>Unsurprisingly, even with the recent <a href="https://podnews.net/update/apple-vs-spotify-the-data?utm_source=castos.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">debate on Apple Podcasts versus Spotify analytics</a>, Apple Podcasts is our most popular podcast directory. We’re also seeing people consume episodes across <a href="https://overcast.fm/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Overcast</a>, <a href="https://www.pocketcasts.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Pocket Casts</a>, and <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.bambuna.podcastaddict" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Addict</a>.</p>
<p>This marks an important piece of advice for new podcasters. Submit your podcast to every platform people consume podcasts on. There is no advantage to making your show exclusive to one directory. Instead, put your show as many places as possible to increase its discoverability and allow potential listeners to tune in from which ever app they prefer to use.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<h2>How We Plan To Grow Audience Moving Forward</h2>
<p>Looking forward, in order to grow the podcast more effectively we are going to do two things:</p>
<ul>
<li>Create highly produced interview style episodes</li>
<li>Begin some proactive, paid acquisition marketing strategies</li>
<li>Make engaging our <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasthackers/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Hackers</a> Facebook community more of a priority</li>
</ul>
<p>Starting with adjusting our content strategy, we will commit more resources to producing interview episodes. These episodes will mirror the structure of Crafting The Narrative where we’ll spend time editing the content to feel like a <a href="https://www.thisamericanlife.org/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">This American Life</a> interview.</p>
<p>For paid acquisition, we recently purchased an ad spot on Overcast. We targeted the business category and spent $675 for a month-long placement. Currently, we have about 100 listeners who consume Audience via Overcast. We think there’s an opportunity to reach their larger user base with these ads.</p>
<a href="https://overcast.fm/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img class="wp-image-10383" src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/overcast-ad-setup.png" alt="overcast podcast ad placement business category podcast stats" width="1024" /></a>
We purchased a month-long ad placement with Overcast to promote Audience to their users.

<p>To set up, we had to submit a simple image and brief description. Overcast forecasts we should 90-100 additional subscriptions from the placement. Taking the lower ranger, at 90 new subscribers we will have acquired them at $7.50 per subscriber. On a future recap episode, we’ll detail the ad’s actual performance and see how many new listeners we attracted.</p>
<a href="https://overcast.fm/ads" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img class="wp-image-10384" src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/overcast-ads-estimated-performance.png" alt="overcast ads estimated performance" width="1024" /></a>
Overcast forecasts Audience should see 90-100 additional subscribers as a result of our ad placement.

<p>The last point we discussed in this episode was the importance of building a community around your podcast. Creating a <a href="https://castos.com/audience-participation-podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">two way dialogue with your audience</a> is a long-term strategy at keeping people engaged. We encourage new podcasters to think about how to cultivate a community for their listeners right out of the gate.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<h2>Episode Transcript</h2>
<p class="transcript-box">Speaker 1 00:06 Hello and welcome back to audience. I’m your host Craig Hewitt from Costos. Well it’s been a couple of months since we’ve launched the podcast and today in this episode we’re going to walk through some of our analytics. Uh, that’s kind of the whole point of the podcast here is to follow us on our journey as we build a podcast audience from scratch, uh, with only the resources we have kind of already built in within kind of our business and our brand and in our audience that that’s already existing outside of the podcast. So we have nine total podcast episodes that we’ve released. The first of which was a teaser episode, which I don’t really count as being an official episode. It was about 10 minutes in length and was kind of an episode zero is the terminology that a lot of folks in the podcasting world use. Uh, it was just to kind of set the stage, let folks know what the podcast is all about, uh, what they can expect out of listening to it and a way to kind of promote the podcast ahead of the official launch date. <br /> Speaker 1 00:57 Then on day zero, if you will, on the launch date of the podcast, we launched with three episodes, uh, two of which were monologues like this of me talking. And one was an interview, uh, with actually a customer of ours who, uh, is all about storytelling. So we called that episode crafting the narrative and that was all about how to tell an effective story, engage listeners and keep them kind of coming back for more, uh, and following along with you as you’re telling the story of your brand and the journey that you and your, your listeners are going on together. From there we had kind of a recap of what launch day looked like, how we launched the show, why we launched with three episodes, why we did a teaser episode, uh, why we had two monologues and an interview. Uh, and a little bit of content planning. <br /> Speaker 1 01:36 They’re talking a lot about just why we did what we did. We’ve been podcasting, you know, people in our group and our company and myself been podcasting for, for years. And along the way I’ve picked up, you know, a thing or two and kind of walked through some of the logic around why we did what we did and shared some very early, uh, kind of lessons and results of, of kind of how the, how the podcast launch went from there. We went into another interview was Shreeny Ralph from the unmistakable creative podcast talking about being a content leader. Uh, and so Shreeny really, uh, prides himself and rightfully so, and he should get a lot of accolades for, for standing by kind of what he believes and what he wants his podcast to be all about. Uh, and he mentioned Oprah in his interview and I really think that’s a good, uh, a really good analogy is, you know, she is very steadfast in what she believes in the kinds of people she has on her show and the types of content she creates. <br /> Speaker 1 02:27 And I think Shreeny is the same way and he has a very broad definition of creative and his show is called unmistakable creative, but it’s just really interesting people doing interesting things and again, kind of sticking with their guns. And, uh, and following through on what types of content they want to create and what kind of message they want to share with their audience. And then from there we followed up with a couple of more strategic, uh, content episodes, uh, talking about co effective podcast promotion as the next episode. And then a few tips about how to podcast more efficiently. I think one of the things that we all into is, you know, podcasting is hard work. There’s a lot of hurdles to to get over to get an episode out the door. And the more we can work to minimize those hurdles, make it easier for us to record content, edit it, produce it, get it out the door, uh, schedule guests is just going to make all of our lives easier, going to make our podcasts go out more consistently, which is one of the huge keys to growing our audience. <br /> Speaker 1 03:22 In the last episode before this one, we talked about the four best paid acquisition channels, uh, to grow your podcast audience and listenership and, and kind of when and where each of those paid acquisition channels might be best for you. And growing your show. Uh, and so here we are in episode 10, kind of talking about some of the results from, from our podcast thus far. Uh, I think in our first, uh, recap episode in our launch day episode, we talked about some of the early analytics around the show and want to follow that up today because one of the things when you talk about podcast analytics is it’s not just how many downloads did you get on the day and episode went out. Uh, that that’s an important thing because that’s kind of maybe like a surrogate for, for subscribers. How many listeners you might get say in the first 48 hours or something like that. <br /> Speaker 1 04:09 Something like that is, is a good indicator of how many people are subscribed to the episode. Because if you’re subscribed, the podcast downloads automatically when you’re in wifi. Uh, and so you, if you release a podcast on, you know, January 10th and on January 12th, you see that episode has 200 downloads, then you know, most of those probably are subscribers. Um, and so looking at those peaks that you’ll see in any analytics graph for a podcast of, of the number of downloads on those peak days is an interesting thing to look at. And you know, I think that’s, that’s kinda make it your core listenership or, or some percentage of your core listenership. But then the total listens for a podcast and about six weeks after an episode has been released is the thing that a lot of advertisers look at. You know, the, the number of weeks or the amount of time after a podcast has been released varies depending on which, uh, which sponsor or advertising platform you’re looking at. <br /> Speaker 1 05:05 But, but there is some time that you say, okay, I’m going to get most of the downloads from an episode in say four or six weeks. And you can look at after your podcast episode has been off for that amount of time. Okay, let’s look at kind of how it’s done, if you will. And so that’s why here in episode 10, we’re kind of looking back all the way at, at some of our original episodes and some of the more recent content to see how well things have done overall. And so today our most popular episode has been the, the crafting the narrative, uh, with the folks from storyboard media. Uh, this was a episode all about storytelling, uh, and was really, really interesting, really well done. Uh, from a, from a content perspective, it was really highly produced. I’ll say it was kind of an, an NPR or a Gimlet media style episode, which is really cool. <br /> Speaker 1 05:50 Um, as on the, on the production side, I’ll say it’s very difficult, uh, because what ends up happening there is you, you do the interview and then you basically go back and cut all of your part out because it’s just you asking questions, which are, we’re just kind of boring. And then you coming back in it and recording a bunch of little segments where you give some narrative around something that the guests just said. And then frame the question you asked and the response that they’re about to give. So if you go back to the crafting the narrative episode of the audience podcast, you’ll hear how we did that. And I think the results speak for itself. It’s our most popular episode by, by kind of a lot by say like 25%. And, and so I think the results and the thing that I will take away from this is one, an interview has been our most popular episode to a really highly produced, uh, interview was more popular than the only other interview we’ve done. <br /> Speaker 1 06:41 Um, so that’s interesting. Uh, there was several weeks in between those two. Uh, our next episode after this is going to be an interview and it’s going to be a really super interview with somebody that a lot of, you know, uh, so I’ll be very keen to see, uh, how the, the results of that turnout a few weeks after it’s been released. Um, but, but I’m sure that things are gonna kind of go up and spike after we release this next interview because it’s just with a really big name in the podcasting space and somebody whose show I’m sure a lot of folks listened to. So stay tuned there. Um, subscribe if you haven’t already subscribed to the audience podcast, uh, audience dot dot com so that you get that next episode right when it comes out. Uh, from there, you know, as I’m looking at our analytics, uh, the other thing I will notice is that, you know, obviously the, the most recent episodes have less listens than some of the older ones. <br /> Speaker 1 07:28 I think that’s normal, that long tail, even though the time after the episode has been released, every day they’ll get a few more listens, you know, new people subscribe, want to listen to the back catalog. So the more recent episodes have less lessons than some of the older ones, just by virtue of time. So today, our most popular episode has about 650 listens, which is, uh, which is okay. You know, I have to say, I was hoping that we would hit a thousand Mark here about, you know, six weeks after the podcast has been launched. I was hoping we would get about a thousand listens per episode at this point. And we’re not there, you know, we’re, we’re about halfway there maybe. Um, so that’s, that’s a little discouraging. Um, from a content perspective, I feel like we’ve been doing more solo episodes like this than interviews. And so that’s something we’re going to be changing up here going forward is we have several interviews with really interesting guests, both talking about tactical parts of, of audience building and podcasting and storytelling and creating effective content, um, but also kind of strategic and practical things you can do to be a better podcaster, um, just in terms of running your show. <br /> Speaker 1 08:33 So, so stay tuned there. We’re gonna be having more interviews. So from a content perspective, we’ve only had two of our nine episodes so far have been interviews. Uh, we’ll be having at least half and half going forward. Honestly, a big part of this is scheduling the scheduling interviews is just hard. It takes time. It takes discipline, it takes intentionality to, to get on somebody’s calendar. It’s usually not the next day that you can talk to them. So you have to get on their calendar two or three weeks ahead of time, you know, have your content calendar matching up with their timeline. And so this is something that we need to put a little bit more discipline and effort into to be producing episodes that are, that are interviews on a more regular basis. From a content perspective. I feel like we’ve intentionally been leaning more on the how to side of things. <br /> Speaker 1 09:19 And we’ve done this on purpose because we want to lay the foundation for, for how to podcast. Uh, there’s no sense in offering a lot of really advanced advice in interviewing people who are really top notch podcasters if we haven’t covered the basics of gear and storytelling and how to launch a podcast and effective promotional strategies and things like that. So, so we’ve laid some of the groundwork here in the first few episodes and, and I’m glad we’ve done that. I think that people who are already podcasting might see some of those episodes and say, that’s just not for me. So I think we might have alienated some of our audience by focusing more on the beginner aspect of things. Certainly everybody can learn from some of these core lessons, but I think that’s something I take away from, from looking at the numbers here saying like, okay, some of our more basic how to episodes might not have been as popular because some of our audiences just past that potentially. <br /> Speaker 1 10:12 So don’t want to talk about our, our marketing strategy and going forward. I talked a little about content, so we’re going to be inter in doing more interviews here going forward. Also going to be kind of moving the, the content strategy from, from beginners to I’ll say intermediate to advanced podcasters. I think even beginner podcasters can pick up some of these things that we’ll be talking about with more advanced podcasters. Uh, it certainly is more interesting to talk about the really cutting edge things that, that podcasters are doing, uh, as opposed to it’s covering the basics, which a lot of blog posts cover as well. So from a content perspective, more interviews, more advanced topics around growing your audience. And then from the marketing perspective, what we’ve been doing thus far is obviously, you know, poaching the podcasts. They’re in all the directories, Apple podcast, Stitcher, Spotify, Google play, and we’ve been publishing in is our blog as well. <br /> Speaker 1 11:00 So dot com slash podcast you’ll see all of our podcast episodes there. Uh, and then we’ve been sending out dedicated emails to our entire list announcing each of our new episodes. Uh, so the episodes go out on Thursdays. We also typically send out our emails on Thursdays. So the email has been going out to toy list saying, Hey, in this week’s episode of the audience podcasts, we talk about, uh, eight tips to more, uh, efficiently produce your podcast episodes or the four best paid acquisition channels to grow your listenership. Uh, and I think those have gotten really good reception. We have a lot of discussion in our podcast hackers, Facebook group about the episodes and things that I talk about and resources that I mentioned and people saying, Hey, do you use this or I like that better. And that’s really cool. I mean it, to me that tells me that, uh, they were striking a cord and that we’re, we’re hitting on things that people find interesting and useful. <br /> Speaker 1 11:50 And that’s great because honestly that is a big challenge in podcasting is a, it is in a lot of ways a one-way medium. You talk, people listen, unless you have a place like a Facebook group or a Slack channel or a, an in person event that you can go to, um, you’re talking, people are listening but they don’t have a chance to give you feedback. So if you haven’t enabled a mechanism for your listeners to give you feedback and continue to the discussion about your podcast episodes in between episodes, I definitely would do it. I think if you talk to a lot of really successful podcasters, they will say that building a community around their show is the best thing that they’ve done. And the flavor of that will be different for everybody. For us, it’s a Facebook group for you, it might be, you know, an in-person luncheon that you do once a month or something that might be another kind of online group, whatever it is. <br /> Speaker 1 12:43 Again, that will depend on you and your brand and where your audience typically hangs out and, and connects and things like that. Uh, but I definitely would suggest, uh, having a place where you can build a community around your show, uh, to, to kind of continue that engagement. So, so we’ve been publishing, we’re in all the directories, we send dedicated emails for all of our podcasts. We have been creating headliner videos for social media. Uh, we’re experimenting also with a tool called lumen five and I’ll put a link for that in the show notes as well. Um, automatically creates, um, kind of a similar looking video that, that something like headliner uses, but it’s slightly different. Uh, and we’ll put some examples of these in the show notes for this episode as well. I really like these videos. They have a lot, they’re more text heavy, uh, than an audiogram, uh, and they’re automatically generated using the lumen five tool. <br /> Speaker 1 13:32 So, uh, definitely kind of worth considering if you want to take a look at it. Uh, we’re really enjoying kind of doing a bit of both of these and sharing these on social media. The next thing that we’re going to be looking at is paid acquisition for the podcast. So we talked about the four best paid acquisition channels that we think are effective for growing podcast listenership in the last episode and those for our Facebook, the overcast podcasting app and a combination of Cora and Reddit. And the last one was other people’s podcast advertising, your podcast on other people’s shows. And the first one that we’re going to explore is promoting our podcast in the overcast app. Uh, and so we’re going to be promoting the audience podcast in the overcast app. We’re going to buy an ad spot as they’re available. We’re still looking into the availability depending on the category that we want to advertise in. <br /> Speaker 1 14:22 Again, overcast is a podcasting app and you can buy dedicated ad spots for the month in different categories of podcasts that people are listening to. So if you want to advertise in the business section, you, your ad would only show up for people listening to business related podcasts on their phone. Uh, so, so we’re exploring this and this is the first place that we’re going to go for the paid acquisition side of, of growth. Um, and typically they see somewhere between, you know, a couple of thousand impressions and then a couple of hundred new listeners, uh, per advertising cycle, so per month. Uh, and so for us, that would be good. That would move the needle quite a bit. I think if you’re a big podcast and you have 10,000 listeners already, this wouldn’t move the needle that much. And our guest next week, uh, has some experience with this and so we’ll be picking his brain more about how he’s grown his podcast in the organic, in the LSA partnership or collaborative arena and in the paid arena. <br /> Speaker 1 15:16 I think that that middle one, that partnership and collaborative, uh, aspect of, of audience growth, whether it’s for your podcast or any other kind of content that you’re doing is, is probably the most powerful one. So how can you partner with someone else and leverage their audience and them leverage your audience so that you can both grow your listenership, both grow your exposure, uh, and kind of further your brand. So this is the place we haven’t done as much work as, as I would like to and as we probably should have, the two folks that we’ve had on for interviews so far have shared the podcast out with their audience. That’s been great. And I think that’s the reason that the episodes are so popular and we just need to do a lot more of that because honestly that’s the best way to kind of cross pollinate your podcast with other people who don’t know who you are and don’t already follow you and your stuff and your show. <br /> Speaker 1 16:05 So this is a hit. This is a bit of a therapy session. I guess with me talking about how we’re doing, looking at the numbers is really healthy because it says, okay, this is working, this isn’t, we need to do more of this and less of that. And uh, and that’s the plan here going forward. So we’re going to be changing up the content a little bit. We’re going to be investing in some paid acquisition via overcast and we’re going to be really focusing on the guests and the promotion of our content through our guests. So having our guests really, uh, promote the episodes that they’re on as a way to spread the word about the show and hopefully folks in their audiences find it helpful and subscribe and follow along as well. So if that’s been an interesting look at our podcast and really being transparent about kind of how things are going with us so far, um, you know, I always wished the things were going better at, you know, wish we had tens of thousands of listeners already. <br /> Speaker 1 16:55 Uh, but that’s not practical. And I think that’s a, that’s a good lesson here is that building a large podcasting audience does not happen over time. If you plan on doing this for less than a year, uh, and having a big audience, I think you’re fooling yourself. Uh, unless you’re the one in a million that this kind of thing happens to a just out of the blue and poof, you have a big huge audience. It takes time. It takes putting in a effort and publishing the episodes every week and being really practical and strategic about how you go be a creating the content, who it’s for, how you can engage with other people’s audiences and how you can grow your, your listenership, uh, strategically and effectively. So I hope that’s helpful, uh, and entertaining. And, uh, if you have any questions or comments for us about this episode, please drop a comment in the show notes for this episode. dot com slash podcast and as always, our ask is if you’re enjoying the podcast, finding it in informational and entertaining and helpful for you and your podcasting journey. If you could share it with another podcast or you know, uh, that would be great. And help us kind of spread the word about our show and help other folks and follow along with our journey. Thanks so much, and we’ll see you next week.</p>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<h2>Resources Mentioned</h2>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://lumen5.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lumen5</a> (Check out our example video <a href="https://www.facebook.com/CastosHQ/videos/707258339808481/?__xts__%5B0%5D=68.ARA2K1s_4KwPE5Vxk_5gFX6sDk43iKJzMaFWUYEkUnud4unorEsNo7VybBl6NLWB5A-pB7ezAAobjb_zADF0BsuOmLibrorQcAOQtOZ8y3nKF2jtr3FTse6jd9GPjaa3-zcE-q7v7s8jikrEX85bubYanqINZwdTkArirHjt5iKzIJKQVRZmDKC4aGJTiuIlEV8fLCctzz0qhqDYdaCKblc19ixlR3XcLy3YtyTGksYBij97CHaCd40ZpunxYtznziE9k2br88SIiNuMT7NsqT6P3bP0Ym-5nAdChVxIIKCCtGWkXH14T5zh5meVyrOQ5P5ljiLmXz1a5nLhG--Pj2VXza3ARjre41k&amp;__tn__=-R" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a>)</li>
<li>Listen to <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/crafting-the-narrative/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Crafting The Narrative</a> and <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/becoming-a-content-leader-with-srini-rao/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Becoming A Content Leader with Srini Rao</a> interviews</li>
<li><a href="https://overcast.fm/ads" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Overcast App ad information</a></li>
</ul>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<h2>Get More From Audience</h2>
<p>If you’re enjoying Audience, consider sharing it with a fellow podcaster who is curious about how to get more podcast listeners. Learn from our successes and missteps to start building an engaged audience from day 1.</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://audience.castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Subscribe to Audience</a> wherever you listen to podcasts today!</li>
<li>Join the <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasthackers/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Hackers Facebook group</a></li>
</ul>
<div class="wp-block-spacer" style="height:40px;"> </div>
<div class="wp-block-media-text alignwide has-media-on-the-right is-stacked-on-mobile cta-block">
<img class="wp-image-10302" src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/Get-started-with-Castos-today-transparent-1024x481.png" alt="" />
<div class="wp-block-media-text__content">
<h2 style="text-align:left;">Get started with Castos today</h2>
<h4 style="text-align:left;">And see just how easy podcasting can be.</h4>
<div class="wp-block-button has-custom-size has-custom-transform" style="text-transform:uppercase;font-size:14px;"><a class="wp-block-button__link has-text-color has-seashell-color has-background has-desire-background-color" href="../../register">Start Your Free Trial</a></div>
<p class="cta-terms-txt has-custom-size" style="font-size:15px;text-align:center;">No Credit Card Required</p>
</div>
</div>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/009-early-results-and-plans-going-forward.mp3" length="17490489"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Audience was born to be an unfiltered, raw look at one brand’s quest to test the most popular podcast growth strategies. To stay true to our word, we’re looking back at our results to date and detailing what lies ahead.
In the 10th episode, Early Results And Our Growth Strategy Looking Ahead, we’re diving into the important growth numbers to see how we’ve done.
Growing a podcast takes diligence, strategic thinking, and an eagerness to keep at it. We’re currently not hitting our goal of at least 1,000 listens per episode but with these strategies, we hope to get there soon.
 
Audience’s Podcast Format And Workflow
In terms of the content mix, we’ve focused the format on monologues instead of interviews to start. This was because we wanted to cover a lot of technical and practical advice about podcasting. Our host, Craig, has years worth of podcasting experience to draw upon and we felt he was the perfect voice to get our listeners up to speed on podcasting basics.
We also wanted to get into the groove of our show’s workflow and figure out how to fit this project into the overall work we’re doing at Castos. Audience is one part of our content strategy, so we needed to find the balance of producing the show alongside our larger projects. At episode ten, our workflow looks like this:

At the start of the month, plan the topics of the upcoming four episodes
Outline each episode’s script on the Monday the week of the episode’s release
Record the episode on Tuesday and edit on Wednesday
Write a blog post, show notes, and email blast on Wednesday after the episode is finalized. Generate a transcript of the episode using Castos’ automatic transcription feature.
Publish the blog post, send the email, and promote the episode across social media on Thursday when the episode goes live

We’re operating on a short timeline each week to allow for potential pivots if a more engaging content topic pops up unexpectedly. Outlining, recording, and editing an episode within one week may not work for most hosts but we’re getting our process down to a science. For hosts who are just starting out, we can’t stress enough how important it is to figure out your most efficient workflow from the start. This will help you create new episodes consistently and keep you from podfading.
But now with nine episodes under our belt and the basics covered, we’re ready to transition more into the interview format. Future episodes promise to feature interviews with subject matter experts in key areas of podcasting.
These expert interviews should prove to be “really good radio”, and we hope you enjoy them too.
 
Audience’s Analytics To Date
Here is where Audience differentiates itself from many of the other podcasts about podcasting. We’re transparently laying out our stats, including our successes and missteps.
At the start, our goal was to generate 1,000 listens per episode. We started out on the right foot but we have some major room for improvement to get there. As of publication, we have 3,984 total downloads from our first nine episodes. With a few promotional tactics up our sleeve, we hope to increase the number of downloads to our back catalog and new episodes.
Read on below for more color around how our audience is consuming Audience.
 
Audience’s most popular episode
Our most popular episode, ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/audience-podcast-podcast-stats.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:18:13</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[The 4 Best Paid Acquisition Channels To Grow Your Listenership]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jan 2020 04:01:59 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/the-4-best-paid-acquisition-channels-to-grow-your-listenership</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/the-4-best-paid-acquisition-channels-to-grow-your-listenership</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>In this episode of Audience we talk through the 4 most common advertising platforms you can use to grow your podcast.</p>



<p>While the quality of your content is, and likely will always be, King if you have the budget to amplify that already-awesome content with advertising it can be a really effective way to accelerate the growth of your show. </p>



<p>In this episode we talk about the following ad platforms for your podcast:</p>



<ul><li>Facebook</li><li>Overcast</li><li>Quora and Reddit</li><li>Other podcasts</li></ul>



<p>But fair warning, good advertising will never make up for a lack of good content. We spent a few previous episodes talking about <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/crafting-the-narrative/">how to craft an interesting story</a>, and not to <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/becoming-a-content-leader-with-srini-rao/">follow your own narrative</a>, and now that we’ve got a good idea of what good content is we can look to start amplifying that with ads.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned</h2>



<ul><li><a href="https://overcast.fm/ads">Overcast.fm</a></li><li><a href="https://www.facebook.com/business/ads">Facebook Ads</a></li><li><a href="https://www.quora.com/business">Quora Ads</a></li></ul>
]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
In this episode of Audience we talk through the 4 most common advertising platforms you can use to grow your podcast.



While the quality of your content is, and likely will always be, King if you have the budget to amplify that already-awesome content with advertising it can be a really effective way to accelerate the growth of your show. 



In this episode we talk about the following ad platforms for your podcast:



FacebookOvercastQuora and RedditOther podcasts



But fair warning, good advertising will never make up for a lack of good content. We spent a few previous episodes talking about how to craft an interesting story, and not to follow your own narrative, and now that we’ve got a good idea of what good content is we can look to start amplifying that with ads.














Resources Mentioned



Overcast.fmFacebook AdsQuora Ads
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[The 4 Best Paid Acquisition Channels To Grow Your Listenership]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>In this episode of Audience we talk through the 4 most common advertising platforms you can use to grow your podcast.</p>



<p>While the quality of your content is, and likely will always be, King if you have the budget to amplify that already-awesome content with advertising it can be a really effective way to accelerate the growth of your show. </p>



<p>In this episode we talk about the following ad platforms for your podcast:</p>



<ul><li>Facebook</li><li>Overcast</li><li>Quora and Reddit</li><li>Other podcasts</li></ul>



<p>But fair warning, good advertising will never make up for a lack of good content. We spent a few previous episodes talking about <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/crafting-the-narrative/">how to craft an interesting story</a>, and not to <a href="https://castos.com/podcast/becoming-a-content-leader-with-srini-rao/">follow your own narrative</a>, and now that we’ve got a good idea of what good content is we can look to start amplifying that with ads.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned</h2>



<ul><li><a href="https://overcast.fm/ads">Overcast.fm</a></li><li><a href="https://www.facebook.com/business/ads">Facebook Ads</a></li><li><a href="https://www.quora.com/business">Quora Ads</a></li></ul>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/008-4-platforms-for-paid-advertising-for-your-podcast.mp3" length="22092652"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
In this episode of Audience we talk through the 4 most common advertising platforms you can use to grow your podcast.



While the quality of your content is, and likely will always be, King if you have the budget to amplify that already-awesome content with advertising it can be a really effective way to accelerate the growth of your show. 



In this episode we talk about the following ad platforms for your podcast:



FacebookOvercastQuora and RedditOther podcasts



But fair warning, good advertising will never make up for a lack of good content. We spent a few previous episodes talking about how to craft an interesting story, and not to follow your own narrative, and now that we’ve got a good idea of what good content is we can look to start amplifying that with ads.














Resources Mentioned



Overcast.fmFacebook AdsQuora Ads
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:23:00</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[8 Tips To Podcast More Efficiently]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 16 Jan 2020 12:24:35 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/8-tips-to-podcast-more-efficiently</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/8-tips-to-podcast-more-efficiently</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>When it comes to creating great content everything starts with consistency. </p>



<p>You’ve got to be able to publish episodes on schedule, week after week. </p>



<p>And a big part of that is having a system to allow you to create those episodes easily over time, with spending just the minimum amount of time necessary, so you can spend the rest of your time on higher value (and higher leverage) activities, like connecting with your audience, promoting your podcast, and growing your brand.</p>



<p>In this episode, we talk through the 8 tactics we use to create content for this show.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned</h2>



<ul><li><a href="https://calendly.com">Calendly</a></li><li><a href="https://booklikeaboss.com/">Book Like A Boss</a></li><li><a href="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Email-script-to-guests.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Guest Email Template</a></li></ul>



<h2>Episode Transcript</h2>



<p class="transcript-box">Craig:    00:08    Hello and welcome back to audience. I’m Craig Hewitt, your host from Castos. If you’re new to the podcast, we’ve been talking the last few episodes about creating great content and how that’s really a cornerstone of growing your podcast organically. We’re going to talk a lot about promotional and marketing efforts for, for growing your audience a bit later in the podcast, but in this episode we’re going to really focus on how to efficiently and effectively create your podcast content. There’s a lot that goes into creating really great content and a lot of it is a stylistic and artistic and creative to be, to be honest, but a lot of it comes down to creating good systems and processes for how to go about creating that content. So putting some structure around how you create content will make you more effective and efficient with the time you’re spending creating your content for your podcast. And today we’re going to dive into a handful of tactics and strategies that we like to use in creating the content for audience that you can use as well. So let’s dive in.  <br />
 Craig:    01:11    The first thing that we liked to look at is the concept of working in series a. So a series of a podcast is typically a grouping of episodes anywhere from, I’ll say six to, I don’t know, 20 episodes, but it has a predefined scope, do it, and duration typically. Uh, the nice thing about this is it gives you that kind of mental and emotional break that you know, is coming, uh, podcasting and perpetuity forever. Every week can be daunting to a lot of people. So to know that, okay, I’m gonna record 12 episodes for the season, then we’re going to take a break for three weeks and we’re going to come back with another season that might be themed differently or have something, a different topic you’re going to talk about, gives you and your audience a nice, uh, potential like mental break from the day to day or week to week grind, honestly, uh, of creating a podcast every week.  <br />
 Craig:    01:59    Uh, for those of you who have a podcast already, I’m sure you’ve experienced this where you say, I would love to just take this week off. Uh, I think if you’re working in seasons and you know that you’re only creating 12 episodes of content, it might be a little easier for you to say, okay, I only have three more weeks, then I have three weeks off. It also lets you form your content into a really cohesive grouping because you have again, say 12 episodes to talk about a particular topic and your overall subject area. And I think that it does allow for better cohesiveness and the grouping of, of your episodes when you’re talking about a particular aspect of your topic. So think about working in seasons and the big thing here is to let your audience know that your podcast is go...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
When it comes to creating great content everything starts with consistency. 



You’ve got to be able to publish episodes on schedule, week after week. 



And a big part of that is having a system to allow you to create those episodes easily over time, with spending just the minimum amount of time necessary, so you can spend the rest of your time on higher value (and higher leverage) activities, like connecting with your audience, promoting your podcast, and growing your brand.



In this episode, we talk through the 8 tactics we use to create content for this show.














Resources Mentioned



CalendlyBook Like A BossGuest Email Template



Episode Transcript



Craig:    00:08    Hello and welcome back to audience. I’m Craig Hewitt, your host from Castos. If you’re new to the podcast, we’ve been talking the last few episodes about creating great content and how that’s really a cornerstone of growing your podcast organically. We’re going to talk a lot about promotional and marketing efforts for, for growing your audience a bit later in the podcast, but in this episode we’re going to really focus on how to efficiently and effectively create your podcast content. There’s a lot that goes into creating really great content and a lot of it is a stylistic and artistic and creative to be, to be honest, but a lot of it comes down to creating good systems and processes for how to go about creating that content. So putting some structure around how you create content will make you more effective and efficient with the time you’re spending creating your content for your podcast. And today we’re going to dive into a handful of tactics and strategies that we like to use in creating the content for audience that you can use as well. So let’s dive in.  
 Craig:    01:11    The first thing that we liked to look at is the concept of working in series a. So a series of a podcast is typically a grouping of episodes anywhere from, I’ll say six to, I don’t know, 20 episodes, but it has a predefined scope, do it, and duration typically. Uh, the nice thing about this is it gives you that kind of mental and emotional break that you know, is coming, uh, podcasting and perpetuity forever. Every week can be daunting to a lot of people. So to know that, okay, I’m gonna record 12 episodes for the season, then we’re going to take a break for three weeks and we’re going to come back with another season that might be themed differently or have something, a different topic you’re going to talk about, gives you and your audience a nice, uh, potential like mental break from the day to day or week to week grind, honestly, uh, of creating a podcast every week.  
 Craig:    01:59    Uh, for those of you who have a podcast already, I’m sure you’ve experienced this where you say, I would love to just take this week off. Uh, I think if you’re working in seasons and you know that you’re only creating 12 episodes of content, it might be a little easier for you to say, okay, I only have three more weeks, then I have three weeks off. It also lets you form your content into a really cohesive grouping because you have again, say 12 episodes to talk about a particular topic and your overall subject area. And I think that it does allow for better cohesiveness and the grouping of, of your episodes when you’re talking about a particular aspect of your topic. So think about working in seasons and the big thing here is to let your audience know that your podcast is go...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[8 Tips To Podcast More Efficiently]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>When it comes to creating great content everything starts with consistency. </p>



<p>You’ve got to be able to publish episodes on schedule, week after week. </p>



<p>And a big part of that is having a system to allow you to create those episodes easily over time, with spending just the minimum amount of time necessary, so you can spend the rest of your time on higher value (and higher leverage) activities, like connecting with your audience, promoting your podcast, and growing your brand.</p>



<p>In this episode, we talk through the 8 tactics we use to create content for this show.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned</h2>



<ul><li><a href="https://calendly.com">Calendly</a></li><li><a href="https://booklikeaboss.com/">Book Like A Boss</a></li><li><a href="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Email-script-to-guests.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Guest Email Template</a></li></ul>



<h2>Episode Transcript</h2>



<p class="transcript-box">Craig:    00:08    Hello and welcome back to audience. I’m Craig Hewitt, your host from Castos. If you’re new to the podcast, we’ve been talking the last few episodes about creating great content and how that’s really a cornerstone of growing your podcast organically. We’re going to talk a lot about promotional and marketing efforts for, for growing your audience a bit later in the podcast, but in this episode we’re going to really focus on how to efficiently and effectively create your podcast content. There’s a lot that goes into creating really great content and a lot of it is a stylistic and artistic and creative to be, to be honest, but a lot of it comes down to creating good systems and processes for how to go about creating that content. So putting some structure around how you create content will make you more effective and efficient with the time you’re spending creating your content for your podcast. And today we’re going to dive into a handful of tactics and strategies that we like to use in creating the content for audience that you can use as well. So let’s dive in.  <br />
 Craig:    01:11    The first thing that we liked to look at is the concept of working in series a. So a series of a podcast is typically a grouping of episodes anywhere from, I’ll say six to, I don’t know, 20 episodes, but it has a predefined scope, do it, and duration typically. Uh, the nice thing about this is it gives you that kind of mental and emotional break that you know, is coming, uh, podcasting and perpetuity forever. Every week can be daunting to a lot of people. So to know that, okay, I’m gonna record 12 episodes for the season, then we’re going to take a break for three weeks and we’re going to come back with another season that might be themed differently or have something, a different topic you’re going to talk about, gives you and your audience a nice, uh, potential like mental break from the day to day or week to week grind, honestly, uh, of creating a podcast every week.  <br />
 Craig:    01:59    Uh, for those of you who have a podcast already, I’m sure you’ve experienced this where you say, I would love to just take this week off. Uh, I think if you’re working in seasons and you know that you’re only creating 12 episodes of content, it might be a little easier for you to say, okay, I only have three more weeks, then I have three weeks off. It also lets you form your content into a really cohesive grouping because you have again, say 12 episodes to talk about a particular topic and your overall subject area. And I think that it does allow for better cohesiveness and the grouping of, of your episodes when you’re talking about a particular aspect of your topic. So think about working in seasons and the big thing here is to let your audience know that your podcast is going to be a seasonal podcast.  <br />
 Craig:    02:41    So give your audience something to expect with respect to the seasonality of your podcasts. They were going to be on for 12 weeks. Then we’ll be off for a couple of weeks. Then we’re going to come back and talk about this other aspect of our topic. The next one is also kind of a format thing and it is to do solo episodes. Uh, I really like doing interviews because I learn a lot and I’m, and educated the people that I talk to for this podcast and other podcasts I’ve done have taught me a ton about podcasting and about business and about, about life to be honest. And, and I love interviews and talking to interesting people and podcasting is really a great excuse to have interesting conversations with these kinds of people. I think Shreeny Rao in our previous episode talked about that a lot. That, you know, he just loves talking to interesting people and that’s kind of, that’s his why, that’s his real purpose in life and in his business.  <br />
 Craig:    03:28    Uh, and for a lot of us that’s the case too. But I do think that practically and from a content strategy perspective, having solo episodes and monologues like this is, is actually really nice sometimes. One, it just creates some, uh, some variety to your listeners. They, they get the interviews and they get solo episodes and monologues like this, and that’s great to just kind of mix things up a little bit, but it also is just easier for you. Uh, I decided to record this episode today. And so I sit down, I recorded, it’ll take me an hour maybe to record this episode and, and edit it. And, and that’s it. There’s no scheduling guests and messing up your schedule and Oh, somebody canceled it. And then the production of your episode for this week is off and no, no. What do you do? Uh, if it’s just, you’re recording that content, you don’t have to be dependent on somebody else to, to create that content and get the episode out for that week.  <br />
 Craig:    04:16    So think about having some solo episodes. I will say that recording an episode by yourself is very difficult the first time you do it and you will, you will be amazed at how long it takes you to say something that you want to say. But the nice thing is we edit our podcast, right? So you can go back and edit it. And if you have to say the same thing 10 times to get it right, that’s okay. It just means he’ll spend a little longer in post production. We’ll talk about some tips around how to, how to record better so that in post production you’re spending your time more effectively. Uh, we’ll talk about that in a bit. The next one is to, to repurpose your content. So I think we’ve talked about our YouTube republishing feature within Castos. Uh, we also have automated transcripts to turn your audio content into a full blown word for word written account of your podcast episodes.  <br />
 Craig:    05:05    And I think these are both really powerful tools. Uh, there’s a reason we have these in the platform. It is because you can do these, uh, repurposing strategies really on autopilot. They happen every time you publish an episode and you don’t have to think about this at all. You don’t have to go in and create this other piece of, you know, marketing asset or go do this thing and popup, publish it to social media. Once you publish episodes, automatically creates a transcript, automatically inverts your audio to video and publishes to your YouTube channel. And I think there’s just a really great way to repurpose your content on autopilot. Another thing that we really like doing these days and I’ve talked about it in previous episodes, is using audio grams. So headliner is a really great tool for this. Another tool out there is called wave. And if you’re not creating audiograms, particularly for a social media promotion, I think that’s a really great way to repurpose your content for a marketing purpose and to be able to share really interesting pieces of social media for your podcast release really should help grow your, your audience there.  <br />
 Craig:    06:05    Speaking of social media, uh, the next thing that we really like doing in, and we are going to experiment a bit with this is going live, so either on Facebook or on YouTube, having live podcast recordings and you can turn these into fully produced and edited podcast episodes later if you want. But a lot of people go in and do a live recording that is audio and video and they do this on other Facebook or YouTube and then they can pull out just the audio later on for a more kind of highly produced podcast episode. But if you’re able to record video and you want to record video and the people you have on your podcast are able to do that, this is definitely something to to think about because having a live show is really interesting. It allows for audience engagement. People can chat in and ask questions and, and clarify points about what you and your guests are talking about.  <br />
 Craig:    06:53    Uh, and this is just a content format thing that you can do to, to kind of mix things up with your podcast. Because it is live, it does require scheduling and things like that. And that’s, we’re going to talk about in our next topic. If you’ve ever done the dance of uh, scheduling something with a guest that’s in a different time zone or especially multiple people in different time zones, you know how difficult this can be. The, the email ping pong that goes back and forth. Oh, can we do it at two o’clock Eastern time? Oh no, that’s, you know, 10 o’clock in the Pacific. It’s just, it’s a mess. And so a lot of people these days are using software to automate and clarify this. The, the tool we use is called Calendly. Uh, there’s others out there like book, like a boss that allow you to send the link that’s connected to your calendar, like in Gmail that says, okay, I’m available Monday, Tuesday and Thursday from 10 to three.  <br />
 Craig:    07:42    You can pick a time anywhere you’d like to schedule the podcast episode. And so that’s what we do here is we have separate calendar slots for podcasts. We have separate calendar slots for, for other things we do in our business. So when I send my calendar invite to somebody, they can pick why they’re scheduling time with me and then party and then they can pick a spot that fits their agenda and their calendar within the spots that are available, uh, that I’ve set in Calendly. So if you’re not using a tool like Calendly and you’re booking guests or scheduling with guests, your life’s about to be changed. It’s a really great thing. I highly encourage you to check out a tool like this for scheduling guests. Speaking of guests, there’s a term out there that an ounce of prevention is a pound of results, right?  <br />
 Craig:    08:24    I might be getting the, the exact, uh, quote wrong, but, but the idea here is that preparing your guests for the podcast episode, especially if they’re not a savvy and experienced podcaster, is probably the best thing you can do for increasing the quality of the content, your record with them. Uh, and I mean quality of the content, not just the, the things you’re talking about, but the sound they’re recording and how good things sound from a, from a audio recording standpoint. So tools like Calendly can send automated reminders to your guests ahead of, of the appointment that they have set with you. Uh, this can happen typically like a day ahead of time and then a couple of hours at a time. And so you can customize this email, this reminder email to say, Hey, this is a podcast episode. This is not just us calling to chat.  <br />
 Craig:    09:10    Uh, please be in a quiet place with a proper podcasting microphone. If you don’t have a popper podcasting microphone, at least use the Apple earbuds that come with your phone. Turn off all of your, your notifications and your phone. Um, and please be ready to, to record a high quality tool. We’ll be talking on Zencaster or we’ll be talking on zoom or we’ll be talking on squad cast and you’ll be able to include the links automatically for the appointment that they’ve set with you that’s unique just for them and that appointment. And these are all great things to, uh, to be able to prepare your guests for, for them to be successful honestly and for you to be successful with them. In the podcast, we’ll include a checklist that we like to send to all our guests that really prepare them. A lot of step-by-step things that I’ve mentioned here, but it’s kind of a checklist or an email template that you can use, uh, for sending to, to your guests ahead of a podcast recording while you’re recording.  <br />
 Craig:    10:05    If you’re using a tool like audacity or Adobe audition, a lot of these recording tools have the concept of markers. You can also use, you know, clicks or claps during a recording. And these are really just markers to let you go back and particularly pay attention to these areas during the editing process. So if you’ve said something that isn’t right or you want to restate something, then you can click or clap or use a marker and your audio recording tool to make sure you go back and focus specifically on that area. And then I think once you get really good at this and really diligent about dropping a marker or clicking every time you make a mistake, then you’ll be able to go back and postproduction you’ll be able to go back just to those areas because you know that the rest of the recording is good, but you need to pay particular attention to these few areas during your recording.  <br />
 Craig:    10:55    I know that a John Lee Dumas, yearly kind of famous podcaster uses this method a lot and uh, basically only edits those parts out that he’s dropped a marker in. So his editing process might just take 20 minutes for a 30 minute episode, whereas the rest of us probably take, you know, around two times the duration of the episodes. This episode will be, you know, 15 or 20 minutes. I’ll probably spend the better part of an hour editing it. But if you use something like markers, then you can say, Oh, I messed up at six minutes and 12 seconds. Then you get 13 minutes and five seconds and I can just go back and edit only those spots and then assume the rest of the podcast episode is good and I don’t need to go back and listen through the whole thing to, to edit it.  <br />
 Craig:    11:36    So using markers or clicks or claps or whatever kind of marker you choose is a good option for a first streamlining the post production process. And then similarly, using a tool like audacity or Hindenburg or Adobe audition, there are concepts of templates and workflows that automate a lot of the same things you do for every episode. So if you want to apply the same filters or apply the same leveling or normalization to all of your tracks that you’ve recorded, you can set these workflows and templates up in your editing tool to make your podcast sound the same every time. And once you get this dialed in the first time, it’s really easy to go back and apply these consistently the same time so that your podcast has the same kind of look and feel and sound for your listeners. So these are just a few of the things that we do on a regular basis and that other kind of savvy podcasters I know use on a regular basis to create content more easily and make the time that they’re spending on creating the podcast content for their show more effective.  <br />
 Craig:    12:38    And in essence, you don’t want to be spending time unnecessarily on, on doing something that you can automate or you can set up a template for so that you know every time, okay, this is my podcast checklist, I’m going to go through this, this and this. I have to send this email to my guests two days before times. So they know to be prepared. You know, a lot of these things will prevent some of the, the bad potential things from happening, especially when when guests are involved. But these things will make you a more effective producer of content, which is the name of the game really, because what we want to do is spend time doing creative things and interesting things and connecting with our audience and learning how to better promote our podcasts so that we can grow our show and it can be more successful for us.  <br />
 Craig:    13:16    However we measure that. And so I hope that this has given you some ideas and some thoughts around ways that you can more effectively create content so that you can spend more time doing the higher leverage and higher value things for your podcast and for your brand. I hope you enjoy the show notes for this episode are at audience dot  dot com and if you have any questions or comments for us, we’d love to connect with you on social media. We’re at  HQ on Facebook and Twitter. If you have any questions for us, please shoot us a message there. We’d love to hear from you. Thanks so much. </p>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/007-8-Tips-To-Podcast-More-Efficiently.mp3" length="13436253"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
When it comes to creating great content everything starts with consistency. 



You’ve got to be able to publish episodes on schedule, week after week. 



And a big part of that is having a system to allow you to create those episodes easily over time, with spending just the minimum amount of time necessary, so you can spend the rest of your time on higher value (and higher leverage) activities, like connecting with your audience, promoting your podcast, and growing your brand.



In this episode, we talk through the 8 tactics we use to create content for this show.














Resources Mentioned



CalendlyBook Like A BossGuest Email Template



Episode Transcript



Craig:    00:08    Hello and welcome back to audience. I’m Craig Hewitt, your host from Castos. If you’re new to the podcast, we’ve been talking the last few episodes about creating great content and how that’s really a cornerstone of growing your podcast organically. We’re going to talk a lot about promotional and marketing efforts for, for growing your audience a bit later in the podcast, but in this episode we’re going to really focus on how to efficiently and effectively create your podcast content. There’s a lot that goes into creating really great content and a lot of it is a stylistic and artistic and creative to be, to be honest, but a lot of it comes down to creating good systems and processes for how to go about creating that content. So putting some structure around how you create content will make you more effective and efficient with the time you’re spending creating your content for your podcast. And today we’re going to dive into a handful of tactics and strategies that we like to use in creating the content for audience that you can use as well. So let’s dive in.  
 Craig:    01:11    The first thing that we liked to look at is the concept of working in series a. So a series of a podcast is typically a grouping of episodes anywhere from, I’ll say six to, I don’t know, 20 episodes, but it has a predefined scope, do it, and duration typically. Uh, the nice thing about this is it gives you that kind of mental and emotional break that you know, is coming, uh, podcasting and perpetuity forever. Every week can be daunting to a lot of people. So to know that, okay, I’m gonna record 12 episodes for the season, then we’re going to take a break for three weeks and we’re going to come back with another season that might be themed differently or have something, a different topic you’re going to talk about, gives you and your audience a nice, uh, potential like mental break from the day to day or week to week grind, honestly, uh, of creating a podcast every week.  
 Craig:    01:59    Uh, for those of you who have a podcast already, I’m sure you’ve experienced this where you say, I would love to just take this week off. Uh, I think if you’re working in seasons and you know that you’re only creating 12 episodes of content, it might be a little easier for you to say, okay, I only have three more weeks, then I have three weeks off. It also lets you form your content into a really cohesive grouping because you have again, say 12 episodes to talk about a particular topic and your overall subject area. And I think that it does allow for better cohesiveness and the grouping of, of your episodes when you’re talking about a particular aspect of your topic. So think about working in seasons and the big thing here is to let your audience know that your podcast is go...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/8-tips-to-podcast-more-efficiently-cropped.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:13:59</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Effective Podcast Promotion Strategies]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 09 Jan 2020 02:00:41 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/effective-podcast-promotion-strategies</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/effective-podcast-promotion-strategies</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>In this our 6th episode of the Audience podcast we dive into the tactics you can use to broaden your listenership through better promoting your podcast.</p>



<p>Promoting your podcast comes down to finding new ways to reach prospective listeners outside of your existing audience circle.</p>



<p>Effective podcast promotion starts with knowing your ideal listener and the places where you can connect with them, and then building the systems and practices to connect with people in those communities every time you publish a new episode.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned:</h2>



<ul><li><a href="https://castos.com/listeneravatar/">Audience Persona Worksheet</a></li><li><a href="https://castos.com/how-to-promote-a-podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Promotion blog post</a></li><li><a href="https://castos.com/upload-a-podcast-to-youtube/">YouTube Republishing</a></li><li><a href="https://headliner.app">Headliner Audiograms</a></li><li><a href="https://castos.com/podcast-directories/">Podcasting Directories To Submit Your Show To</a></li><li><a href="https://castos.com/email-marketing-podcast/">Email Marketing for Podcasters</a></li></ul>



<h2>Episode Transcript</h2>



<p class="transcript-box"><strong>Speaker 1    00:05 </strong>   Welcome to audience. I’m your host Craig Hewitt from Castos. Here we uncover it the best tactics, strategies and plans you can use to grow your podcast from zero to a meaningful and impactful marketing asset for your brand. Here with audience, we’re using ourselves as kind of a crash test dummy to build a podcast from scratch, literally zero listeners just a month ago to a meaningful and impactful podcast and marketing tool for our brand Costos and today we’re going to be talking all about promotion of your podcast. We’ve covered a lot of the kind of nuts and bolts in the basis of what constitutes a good podcast here in the first six episodes. Covered a lot about storytelling and creating interesting and meaningful content that’s share worthy with your audience and other. We’ve covered that and the basics of how to get started. Podcasting and some of our first two episodes. We’re going to talk all about podcasts for promotion today.  <br /><strong> Speaker 1    01:08 </strong>   If you do a quick search for how to podcast on Google, you’ll find a lot of content out there about how to get started and rightfully so. This is a big barrier for a lot of folks. You know what podcasting microphone to use. What the heck is an RSS feed, where to host your files, how to submit to places like Apple podcast and Spotify. But a lot of the resource out there really stopped there and, and don’t talk about how to promote your podcast and how to grow your audience. And that’s really what this show is all about. A bit of fair warning here. This is a super tactical and practical episode. So, uh, if you’re, if you’re on the go, uh, you’ll probably want to come back and catch the show notes for this episode. We also reference one of our blog posts in here.  <br /><strong> Speaker 1    01:50 </strong>   That is a really good resource too. It’s going to give you a checklist of exactly how to, how we like to promote a podcast episode. We’re going to run through some of our favorite tactics and strategies, but first, I think from a very high level, it’s important to think about the two. We call them pillars of what makes a successful podcast. And the first is really high quality content. That’s the reason we spent two of our early interviews talking with subject matter experts in this field. The first talking about effective storytelling and creating that arc of a story that makes your podcast content interesting and people want to follow along with. And then we followed up with somebody who’s really an expert in kind of creating y...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
In this our 6th episode of the Audience podcast we dive into the tactics you can use to broaden your listenership through better promoting your podcast.



Promoting your podcast comes down to finding new ways to reach prospective listeners outside of your existing audience circle.



Effective podcast promotion starts with knowing your ideal listener and the places where you can connect with them, and then building the systems and practices to connect with people in those communities every time you publish a new episode.














Resources Mentioned:



Audience Persona WorksheetPodcast Promotion blog postYouTube RepublishingHeadliner AudiogramsPodcasting Directories To Submit Your Show ToEmail Marketing for Podcasters



Episode Transcript



Speaker 1    00:05    Welcome to audience. I’m your host Craig Hewitt from Castos. Here we uncover it the best tactics, strategies and plans you can use to grow your podcast from zero to a meaningful and impactful marketing asset for your brand. Here with audience, we’re using ourselves as kind of a crash test dummy to build a podcast from scratch, literally zero listeners just a month ago to a meaningful and impactful podcast and marketing tool for our brand Costos and today we’re going to be talking all about promotion of your podcast. We’ve covered a lot of the kind of nuts and bolts in the basis of what constitutes a good podcast here in the first six episodes. Covered a lot about storytelling and creating interesting and meaningful content that’s share worthy with your audience and other. We’ve covered that and the basics of how to get started. Podcasting and some of our first two episodes. We’re going to talk all about podcasts for promotion today.   Speaker 1    01:08    If you do a quick search for how to podcast on Google, you’ll find a lot of content out there about how to get started and rightfully so. This is a big barrier for a lot of folks. You know what podcasting microphone to use. What the heck is an RSS feed, where to host your files, how to submit to places like Apple podcast and Spotify. But a lot of the resource out there really stopped there and, and don’t talk about how to promote your podcast and how to grow your audience. And that’s really what this show is all about. A bit of fair warning here. This is a super tactical and practical episode. So, uh, if you’re, if you’re on the go, uh, you’ll probably want to come back and catch the show notes for this episode. We also reference one of our blog posts in here.   Speaker 1    01:50    That is a really good resource too. It’s going to give you a checklist of exactly how to, how we like to promote a podcast episode. We’re going to run through some of our favorite tactics and strategies, but first, I think from a very high level, it’s important to think about the two. We call them pillars of what makes a successful podcast. And the first is really high quality content. That’s the reason we spent two of our early interviews talking with subject matter experts in this field. The first talking about effective storytelling and creating that arc of a story that makes your podcast content interesting and people want to follow along with. And then we followed up with somebody who’s really an expert in kind of creating y...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Effective Podcast Promotion Strategies]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>In this our 6th episode of the Audience podcast we dive into the tactics you can use to broaden your listenership through better promoting your podcast.</p>



<p>Promoting your podcast comes down to finding new ways to reach prospective listeners outside of your existing audience circle.</p>



<p>Effective podcast promotion starts with knowing your ideal listener and the places where you can connect with them, and then building the systems and practices to connect with people in those communities every time you publish a new episode.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned:</h2>



<ul><li><a href="https://castos.com/listeneravatar/">Audience Persona Worksheet</a></li><li><a href="https://castos.com/how-to-promote-a-podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Promotion blog post</a></li><li><a href="https://castos.com/upload-a-podcast-to-youtube/">YouTube Republishing</a></li><li><a href="https://headliner.app">Headliner Audiograms</a></li><li><a href="https://castos.com/podcast-directories/">Podcasting Directories To Submit Your Show To</a></li><li><a href="https://castos.com/email-marketing-podcast/">Email Marketing for Podcasters</a></li></ul>



<h2>Episode Transcript</h2>



<p class="transcript-box"><strong>Speaker 1    00:05 </strong>   Welcome to audience. I’m your host Craig Hewitt from Castos. Here we uncover it the best tactics, strategies and plans you can use to grow your podcast from zero to a meaningful and impactful marketing asset for your brand. Here with audience, we’re using ourselves as kind of a crash test dummy to build a podcast from scratch, literally zero listeners just a month ago to a meaningful and impactful podcast and marketing tool for our brand Costos and today we’re going to be talking all about promotion of your podcast. We’ve covered a lot of the kind of nuts and bolts in the basis of what constitutes a good podcast here in the first six episodes. Covered a lot about storytelling and creating interesting and meaningful content that’s share worthy with your audience and other. We’ve covered that and the basics of how to get started. Podcasting and some of our first two episodes. We’re going to talk all about podcasts for promotion today.  <br /><strong> Speaker 1    01:08 </strong>   If you do a quick search for how to podcast on Google, you’ll find a lot of content out there about how to get started and rightfully so. This is a big barrier for a lot of folks. You know what podcasting microphone to use. What the heck is an RSS feed, where to host your files, how to submit to places like Apple podcast and Spotify. But a lot of the resource out there really stopped there and, and don’t talk about how to promote your podcast and how to grow your audience. And that’s really what this show is all about. A bit of fair warning here. This is a super tactical and practical episode. So, uh, if you’re, if you’re on the go, uh, you’ll probably want to come back and catch the show notes for this episode. We also reference one of our blog posts in here.  <br /><strong> Speaker 1    01:50 </strong>   That is a really good resource too. It’s going to give you a checklist of exactly how to, how we like to promote a podcast episode. We’re going to run through some of our favorite tactics and strategies, but first, I think from a very high level, it’s important to think about the two. We call them pillars of what makes a successful podcast. And the first is really high quality content. That’s the reason we spent two of our early interviews talking with subject matter experts in this field. The first talking about effective storytelling and creating that arc of a story that makes your podcast content interesting and people want to follow along with. And then we followed up with somebody who’s really an expert in kind of creating your own voice and creating content that you want to create and following your guiding light as far as the the kind of content you want to create and what it’s gonna do for your brand.  <br /> <strong>Speaker 1    02:39  </strong>  Those two episodes kind of drew a nice circle around what really good, meaningful and impactful content is for your podcast. And now we’re, we’re sitting back and kind of letting this simmer a little bit. The key now is is time and promotion. I put those two as kind of the, the, the two parts of the second pillar. The first one is really good content and the second is creating that content over and over and over every week like we’re doing in the audience podcast. We will not miss a week of of publishing our podcast, and that really is good for relaying to your audience that you are invested in this, that you are here to stay, that you’re not just a flash in the pan and you’re not going to go away in a couple of weeks. They can subscribe to your podcast feeling good, that you’re going to be there every week, giving them good content, connecting with them and providing value.  <br /><strong> Speaker 1    03:27  </strong>  And the second thing is effectively and consistently promoting your podcast to new audiences. So you would hope that the audience you’re already reaching via email list or social media channels are already subscribed your podcasts, that they’re already getting every episode. Now the key is to to promote and share your podcast content with in places where new people can find you. Subscribe and start listening. Now with this in mind, I think one of the important things is is thinking about who your audience really is. We have a an audience persona worksheet that we’ll include in the show notes for this episode. And I encourage everybody, whether you’re a new podcast or you’ve been podcasting for a while, I encourage you to download this and at least take a look at it, maybe print it out or on your computer, fill it out and think about specifically who your audience is, what they’re interested in, what their pains and their kind of desires are.  <br /> <strong>Speaker 1    04:19    </strong>And with that, that will focus a lot of the, the content that you create. It will also form a lot of your marketing efforts and your promotional efforts. It will help you think about where do my ideal listeners hang out, what social media channels maybe would be best to reach them on? How can I grow my email list through something like a giveaway or a campaign to, to help engage my podcast audience or my potential podcast audience better? So we’ll include a link for this audience persona document in the show notes. It’s a really great worksheet for you to, to dive in and start giving some real hard numbers around, uh, around kind of who your audiences and how you can best both create good content for them, but as well as as reach them and people like them  <br /> <strong>Speaker 0    05:00    </strong>don’t scale.  <br /> <strong>Speaker 1    05:06 </strong>   Okay. So let’s dive into the tactics that we’re going to use and that we think you could definitely use to promote your content. The first it has to do with the episodes that will release on launch day. Uh, so we definitely like to include a couple of episodes on launch day for the audience podcast. We had four episodes really for launch day. The first was a teaser episode that we launched about a week before our official launch day. This is about a 10 minute episode of me explaining what the podcast is going to be about and why we’re creating it and who it’s for and what people who are listening can expect. That’s a really great way to give a nice frame for the podcast as a whole of of what people can expect, why they should listen and give them a chance to subscribe is also a nice way to build some buzz ahead of the launch of your podcast.  <br /> <strong>Speaker 1    05:51   </strong> But when you do go to launch your podcast, you want to launch with at least two episodes. We launched with three because fit kind of the the content structure and strategy that we had, but we definitely encourage you to launch with at least two episodes. If you have the capacity to record more than too easily and you don’t think that you recording content will be a limiting factor in your production ability going forward, then I definitely would consider publishing as many as you can on launch day. The balancing part of this is, you know, say you, you released a hundred episodes on launch day that it’s very unlikely that a new subscriber would listen to all of those at one time, so you might want to save some of those for later. So at least two or three five is probably okay. Probably more than 10 would be would be too many.  <br /> <strong>Speaker 1    06:38    </strong>Uh, you have saved those for later. Have a backlog of episodes that are ready to go so you don’t have to worry about keeping up with the content creation as a, as you proceed after launch. The second strategy that we really like is converting your podcast episodes into YouTube videos. So if you’re using a service like Castillo’s that has YouTube republishing built in, then this is automatically done for you every time you publish an episode and cast as this is a one click, one time setup, you connect your cast account to your YouTube channel and playlist, upload a custom cover image that will be applied to the videos. And then every time you publish a new podcast episode automatically gets converted from audio format. Like we listen to podcasts in to a video and then publish to YouTube, to your YouTube channel directly for you automatically every time DOD not to think about it.  <br /> <strong>Speaker 1    07:27   </strong> I love these kinds of things because it’s on autopilot. It’s helping me repurpose my podcast content without me doing anything, literally every episode. So it’s on autopilot to no brainer. If you’re not doing this, you should be, uh, it’s just a, it’s a no brainer. YouTube is the second biggest search engine on the internet. And if you’re not there with your podcast content, you’re missing out on something. The third thing we really like is audio grams. So we use a tool called headliner. A headliner will be directly integrated into caseloads as well here shortly. It allows you to create these short video clips that are really great for social media. So these audiograms have the sound wave marching across the top as well as it transcribes the audio into text and has that at as closed captioning in the bottom. And these are great for giving a visual representation of your podcast episode for places like Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Instagram even because there are video files.  <br /><strong> Speaker 1    08:20  </strong>  So if you’re not using something like headliner, uh, you, you definitely should check it out. It will be, like I said, it will be integrated into cast here very shortly. And so this will just make this content creation so much easier. So it’ll just happen pretty automatically. When you publish a new episode, you just have to select the snippet that you want to create, an audiogram and two and we’ll take it from there. The next one is pretty self evident I think, but just wanted to touch on it and it is to to submit your podcast to the directories where your audience is already listening. So everybody thinks about Apple podcast as kind of the place for everybody to submit their podcast episode to and I would agree it’s still King of these days in most all places, the one that definitely everybody needs to be paying attention to these days as Spotify in some regions and in some countries, Spotify has actually taken over the market share from Apple at this point.  <br /> <strong>Speaker 1    09:10    </strong>So if your podcast isn’t on Spotify, you’re missing out on a lot of potential listeners. Definitely get on Spotify as soon as you can. Your podcast hosting providers should have a direct integration to this cast us does. It’s just a one click. Once you’ve created your podcast and your feed in your hosting platform, it’s just a one click submit to Spotify. The others to think about are a Stitcher, Google, play a tune in Deezer, iHeartRadio pod Bay and pod tail. If you have your podcast submitted to all of these directories, uh, I think you have your bases covered really well here. Some of the third party podcasting apps that a lot of people use will crawl directories like Apple podcast and automatically populate your podcast and their directories after a couple of days of your podcast being live in places like Apple podcast. The the third thing that a lot of people think about with with web content, like conventional web content, written written form, is SEO.  <br /><strong> Speaker 1    10:04   </strong> So search engine optimization. This is kind of a fancy term for tools like Google to be able to find your content after somebody searches for a term, and this really should apply to podcast episodes as well. If you’re not creating detailed show notes for your podcast episodes, then you’re missing out on Google. Being able to understand your podcast content in its written form and linking to it when people search for something that’s associated with what your podcast is about. And so this can, this can be really detailed and it can go a way into the weeds, but it doesn’t have to. So I think somebody would think of that about is like what is the title of your episode? What are some of the subheadings that you would have within the article that describes what your podcast is about? And then you just want to make sure that the relative keywords that describe what your podcast is about are in that description as well.  <br /> <strong>Speaker 1    10:52 </strong>   Of course, you don’t want to do things like keyword stuffing, cause then you’ll get in trouble with Google and then just make sure the content is relevant and describes what your audio content is all about. But the next one is, is a call to action. This typically happens at the end of a podcast episode. Our call to action here is not the typical a subscribe and leave a review, but ours is to share this podcast with someone who you think would like it as well. We like this call to action because I think it, it’s easier, it’s easier to do. Uh, you know, even on the native Apple podcast app, it’s kind of arduous to go leave a review these days and sometimes spilled. Don’t know how to do that, but everybody knows how to say, Hey Bob or Susie, you should go listen to the audience podcast.  <br /> <strong>Speaker 1    11:34</strong>    Just go search audience and Apple podcaster and overcast and and check it out. It’s by the dos team and that’s just a really easy thing to do. Everybody can do it on every medium. You don’t have to be kind of tech savvy or anything like sometimes you do to be able to leave a review. A reviews are cool and they give a lot of social proof in the directories, Apple podcasts. But for us a more impactful thing cause we just want to share this message with as many podcasters as we can. Thus the call to action for us is to, is to, if you’re enjoying this show, share it with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. The next tactic that we use is again, something that you said it once and forget it, is to to add a link to your podcast and your email signature.  <br /> <strong>Speaker 1    12:17</strong>    So presumably you have a an email address associated with whatever brand you’re podcasting for, whether that’s your, your hobby, your business, your church group, your special interest and all these tools, Gmail and all these email clients have a way for you to customize what the signature is in your email and just include a link to your podcast right there. And so you would have things like, this is my website and this is me on Twitter and LinkedIn. And then you say, Hey, subscribe or check out my podcast here is a really nice way for you to include a link to your podcast in a place that people might not see at otherwise. Again, really easy one time setup thing. The next one is really about guests and I think that the term is like leveraging a guests audience and encouraging them to share content and share episodes that they’re a part of.  <br /> <strong>Speaker 1    13:01</strong>    So if you have a guest who is on your show, contact them as your episode is going out. Give them some resources like an audiogram. If you’ve created one through headliner or if you have a custom image or tweetable quotes or things like that that you have for the episode, contact the guest given these resources, ask them to share it on their social media accounts. Maybe an email as well. Say, Hey, I was on this podcast. I really enjoyed it. You should check it out and this is just a really easy way to, to kind of spread your word and connect with other people’s audiences and kind of get out of the box maybe that that you’re operating in. We talked about email and the the value of email and and it being kind of a unique platform for you to reach your audience members.  <br /> <strong>Speaker 1    13:42 </strong>   Then in, I think our first episode, and this is a really big one, if you haven’t started an email list yet, I think anyone in the marketing space will tell you that you should start it today. It’s maybe the most important marketing asset that you have reaching your podcast audience via email. Even here in 2020 is the best place to reach them. Most consistent, probably the highest opening engagement rates and uh, there’s a ton of content out there. We have a really great article on the Castillo’s blog about email marketing for podcasting and encourage everybody to check that out. We’ll include a link for that in the show notes as well, but if you haven’t started an email list yet and you’re not announcing your podcast episodes on your email list to your subscribers, you definitely should do that. They’ll thank you. They’ll be able to check out an episode here or there if they haven’t already.  <br /> <strong>Speaker 1    14:29 </strong>   And it’s a great way to keep people up to date on what you’re doing with your podcast. Social media is something that is a little different for everybody, but I think the, the theme here that you can apply to your specific scenario in your specific case within the social media realm is to add value and be helpful. Uh, and so I think that you want to ask yourself, you know, kind of like what social media channels do I like hanging out on? Where do my potential audience members hang out? Is it Twitter, Facebook, LinkedIn, Instagram, Pinterest? And then how can you provide the most value to people in those communities so that they say, wow, you know, Craig really knows what he’s talking about. I should probably check out more of his stuff. Oh, I see. As a podcast all subscribe. I’m sure it’s great.  <br /> <strong>Speaker 1    15:13</strong>    Uh, this is kind of the natural link and progression that you want to build in people’s minds. Whether that’s in something like a community, like a Facebook group or a discourse group or a forum or something like that, or on conventional social media. I think the theme here is the same as to be there consistently add value, answer people’s questions, post interesting articles, and then when it’s time for people to want to check out new things, they’ll say, Oh, I remember that. You know, Gary was creating this, this awesome content in our community and OIC has a podcast. I’ll go check it out. We talked about guests being on our podcast as a way to expand our audience and I think the inverse is also true is that you can and should be a guest on other people’s podcasts, so if you’re not already actively and consistently reaching out to other podcasters in your niche or in adjacent niches, this is a great way to, to boost kind of the exposure you have to to you and your brand and your message and your theme, and so I would just kind of create a list of, okay, these are the top 10 or 20 or 50 podcasts I want to get on at some point and start connecting with those people.  <br /> <strong>Speaker 1    16:20</strong>    Again, maybe in your communities, maybe on social media, maybe directly via email and start booking those podcasts. We like to do this pretty consistently. I don’t think that doing the conventional kind of podcast tour where you’re going to be on a podcast all at once, all in one month or something, you would appear in 10 podcasts or something. I think that’s too much of a flash in the pan. I would much rather be on a podcast every month for 10 months. Then to do all of it right at once. Uh, the next one is something that we are definitely gonna be exploring once we have a, a bigger base of content is going to be to purchase paid ads for podcasting. Why do I say that? We’re only going to do this once you have a bigger base of content. I think part of it is a bit of social proof.  <br /> <strong>Speaker 1    17:07 </strong>   We want to be able to say, Hey, we have 20 or 50 episodes. We cover podcasting from a to, you know, where we are of, you know, X number of listeners and now we’re showing how to grow from there with, with paid advertising. So here we’re kind of laying the foundation for what a podcast is really going to be about how we’re building it and how we’re growing it organically at first. And then we’re going to layer on top of that some, some paid acquisition for podcast listeners. We’re going to do this through probably both Facebook, Cora and podcasting apps like overcast. So, uh, those are the, the few places I would look at originally. If you have a lot of content already and you feel like you’ve saturated a lot of the organic and natural acquisition channels, then I think you could look at doing this as a way to, uh, to kind of amplify that.  <br /> <strong>Speaker 1    17:55</strong>    Again, you have to have the budget and the resources to do this. If you do, that’s great. If you don’t, then there’s plenty of the, the previous strategies and tactics we use that really don’t cost any money and just take some of your time maybe to, to spread the word there and promote your podcast content. The last one I’ll mentioned that is, is kind of a corollary to, uh, to leveraging other people’s networks is influencer marketing. I think depending on the space that you’re in and the niche that you’re podcasting about, this could be a really big one. Uh, there are things like Instagram influencers that have hundreds of thousands or millions of followers. If you know them are able to get in touch with them and they’re able to mention something about your podcast, you will see a huge spike in your downloads because this is the ultimate form of social proof, right?  <br /> <strong>Speaker 1    18:41 </strong>   A bunch of people follow these influencers and listen to everything they have to say about their topic. And if you can get on your audiences radar via these influencers, then I think this is a really powerful way to boost your, your podcast exposure. This may be very difficult depending on the space that you’re in, but if you can pull this off or if you have an N or a way to do this, I think this is definitely worth exploring. So if there’s an influencer in your space and you know them, you’re able to get in touch with them. This is definitely something I would recommend. So we’ve covered a lot here and I know this has been a really practical and tactical episode, but, but wanted to to run through these to hopefully give you some ideas and a bit of a plan of how you can think about promoting your podcast.  <br /> <strong>Speaker 1    19:25</strong>    If you’re not doing all of these today, that’s okay. The good news is we have a lot of kind of room for improvement, right? But I think the goal is to kind of take stock mentally at least of what you’re doing already, what you’re maybe doing well, and then where you have some areas for improvement. If you’re not doing all of these, then you can take a look and say, okay, I’m not connecting with influencers already. I’m not being a guest on other podcasts. I don’t have an active email list. Those are all things I can do. As we’re starting a new year here, we’re all kind of anxious to, to improve ourselves and our podcasts. So this is a really great time to take stock of what you’re doing well. Um, maybe look at places where you could do a bit better and, and kind of grow from there.  <br /> <strong>Speaker 1    20:03</strong>    So have you’ve enjoyed this episode talking about podcast promotion strategies. If you have, our ask is to, uh, to share this with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. Whether that’s on social media, on email, in online communities, Facebook communities that you’re a part of. Uh, we would love for you to share the audience podcast with fellow podcasters or people that are looking to get into podcasting if you think they would enjoy it as well. You can check out the show notes for this episode and share it at audience dot  dot com thanks so much for listening  <br /> <strong>Speaker 0    20:34</strong>    and we’ll see you next month. </p>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/006-promoting-your-podcast.mp3" length="19910445"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
In this our 6th episode of the Audience podcast we dive into the tactics you can use to broaden your listenership through better promoting your podcast.



Promoting your podcast comes down to finding new ways to reach prospective listeners outside of your existing audience circle.



Effective podcast promotion starts with knowing your ideal listener and the places where you can connect with them, and then building the systems and practices to connect with people in those communities every time you publish a new episode.














Resources Mentioned:



Audience Persona WorksheetPodcast Promotion blog postYouTube RepublishingHeadliner AudiogramsPodcasting Directories To Submit Your Show ToEmail Marketing for Podcasters



Episode Transcript



Speaker 1    00:05    Welcome to audience. I’m your host Craig Hewitt from Castos. Here we uncover it the best tactics, strategies and plans you can use to grow your podcast from zero to a meaningful and impactful marketing asset for your brand. Here with audience, we’re using ourselves as kind of a crash test dummy to build a podcast from scratch, literally zero listeners just a month ago to a meaningful and impactful podcast and marketing tool for our brand Costos and today we’re going to be talking all about promotion of your podcast. We’ve covered a lot of the kind of nuts and bolts in the basis of what constitutes a good podcast here in the first six episodes. Covered a lot about storytelling and creating interesting and meaningful content that’s share worthy with your audience and other. We’ve covered that and the basics of how to get started. Podcasting and some of our first two episodes. We’re going to talk all about podcasts for promotion today.   Speaker 1    01:08    If you do a quick search for how to podcast on Google, you’ll find a lot of content out there about how to get started and rightfully so. This is a big barrier for a lot of folks. You know what podcasting microphone to use. What the heck is an RSS feed, where to host your files, how to submit to places like Apple podcast and Spotify. But a lot of the resource out there really stopped there and, and don’t talk about how to promote your podcast and how to grow your audience. And that’s really what this show is all about. A bit of fair warning here. This is a super tactical and practical episode. So, uh, if you’re, if you’re on the go, uh, you’ll probably want to come back and catch the show notes for this episode. We also reference one of our blog posts in here.   Speaker 1    01:50    That is a really good resource too. It’s going to give you a checklist of exactly how to, how we like to promote a podcast episode. We’re going to run through some of our favorite tactics and strategies, but first, I think from a very high level, it’s important to think about the two. We call them pillars of what makes a successful podcast. And the first is really high quality content. That’s the reason we spent two of our early interviews talking with subject matter experts in this field. The first talking about effective storytelling and creating that arc of a story that makes your podcast content interesting and people want to follow along with. And then we followed up with somebody who’s really an expert in kind of creating y...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/Depositphotos-81720984-xl-2015.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>20:44</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Becoming A Content Leader with Srini Rao]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 02 Jan 2020 12:37:24 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/becoming-a-content-leader-with-srini-rao</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/becoming-a-content-leader-with-srini-rao</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>Being a content leader (as opposed to a follower and copying what everyone else is doing) is scary, especially for first-time podcasters. In Audience’s episode 5,  we’re taking a closer look at podcast content tips. </p>



<p>But this “Blue Ocean” of content for your listeners creates an opportunity for you to explore what you really want to talk about on your podcast and creates for your audience that engaging, share-worthy material that they so desperately are looking for. </p>



<p>In this episode, I sit down with Srini Rao from the <a href="https://unmistakablecreative.com/podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Unmistakable Creative</a> podcast to talk about how he’s followed the ethos of their podcast brand to talk to interesting people who are forging their own paths.  In so doing he has built a large, and loyal, audience and their brand now includes a private social network, several courses, and a podcast library that is 700+ episodes strong.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned In This Episode</h2>



<ul><li><a href="https://unmistakablecreative.com">Unmistakable Creative</a></li><li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Audience-One-Reclaiming-Creativity-Sake/dp/B07F2LMX9G/">Audience Of One</a></li><li><a href="https://mightynetworks.com">Mighty Networks</a></li><li><a href="https://twitter.com/unmistakableceo">Srini Rao on Twitter</a></li></ul>



<h2>Episode Transcript</h2>



<p class="ghostkit-custom-ns0zx">Speaker 1    00:08    Hello and welcome back to audience, the podcast where you follow us as we build a podcast from scratch here. We’re early on a quest to find the best tactics and strategies to grow a podcast audience literally from zero to tens of thousands of listeners each episode. Today I’m joined by fellow podcaster Srini Rao from the unmistakable creative podcast. I really liked the conversation I had with Srini here because he talks about a lot of his kind of reason for creating content and the way that he creates it and a lot of the, the motivation behind the, the style he has with his content and where that’s going to driving his brand. I’ll let Srini talk a lot more about this in the episode, but wanted to continue this thread of what constitutes really good content. Uh, and our second interview here in the audience podcast because I think this is a real key driver of the organic growth side of your podcasts. Uh, we’ll experiment with a lot of different marketing tactics paid and organic, but I think creating really good content is the cornerstone of a lot of what makes our content shareable. And kind of go viral. So here to share more about kind of how he creates this kind of viral content that his audience obviously loves.  <br /> Speaker 1    01:23    Would you mind kind of sharing with folks who aren’t familiar with you and you’re in your show, kind of what you guys are all about?  <br /> Speaker 2    01:29    Yeah, I think that, you know, so it’s funny because Simon Sineck once told me that my why is that I am obsessed with people who are good at unusual things. And I think that if you look at the guests on unmistakable creative, that’s a pretty clear reflection of that. I mean our guests have ranged from bank robbers to drug dealers, to billionaires, you know, all sort of with this theme of, you know, unmistakable or something that they’re, you know, makes them very distinctive and interesting and fascinating. And I think the whole idea of creative is one of those things that I think we gave a very sort of broad definition to the word creative. And we did that on purpose because we wanted to make sure that our focus was interesting people. And I think that the problem is you nowadays, you see a lot of like early podcasts like, Oh, I want to get these like famous internet celebrities on my podcast cause they’re gonn...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
Being a content leader (as opposed to a follower and copying what everyone else is doing) is scary, especially for first-time podcasters. In Audience’s episode 5,  we’re taking a closer look at podcast content tips. 



But this “Blue Ocean” of content for your listeners creates an opportunity for you to explore what you really want to talk about on your podcast and creates for your audience that engaging, share-worthy material that they so desperately are looking for. 



In this episode, I sit down with Srini Rao from the Unmistakable Creative podcast to talk about how he’s followed the ethos of their podcast brand to talk to interesting people who are forging their own paths.  In so doing he has built a large, and loyal, audience and their brand now includes a private social network, several courses, and a podcast library that is 700+ episodes strong.














Resources Mentioned In This Episode



Unmistakable CreativeAudience Of OneMighty NetworksSrini Rao on Twitter



Episode Transcript



Speaker 1    00:08    Hello and welcome back to audience, the podcast where you follow us as we build a podcast from scratch here. We’re early on a quest to find the best tactics and strategies to grow a podcast audience literally from zero to tens of thousands of listeners each episode. Today I’m joined by fellow podcaster Srini Rao from the unmistakable creative podcast. I really liked the conversation I had with Srini here because he talks about a lot of his kind of reason for creating content and the way that he creates it and a lot of the, the motivation behind the, the style he has with his content and where that’s going to driving his brand. I’ll let Srini talk a lot more about this in the episode, but wanted to continue this thread of what constitutes really good content. Uh, and our second interview here in the audience podcast because I think this is a real key driver of the organic growth side of your podcasts. Uh, we’ll experiment with a lot of different marketing tactics paid and organic, but I think creating really good content is the cornerstone of a lot of what makes our content shareable. And kind of go viral. So here to share more about kind of how he creates this kind of viral content that his audience obviously loves.   Speaker 1    01:23    Would you mind kind of sharing with folks who aren’t familiar with you and you’re in your show, kind of what you guys are all about?   Speaker 2    01:29    Yeah, I think that, you know, so it’s funny because Simon Sineck once told me that my why is that I am obsessed with people who are good at unusual things. And I think that if you look at the guests on unmistakable creative, that’s a pretty clear reflection of that. I mean our guests have ranged from bank robbers to drug dealers, to billionaires, you know, all sort of with this theme of, you know, unmistakable or something that they’re, you know, makes them very distinctive and interesting and fascinating. And I think the whole idea of creative is one of those things that I think we gave a very sort of broad definition to the word creative. And we did that on purpose because we wanted to make sure that our focus was interesting people. And I think that the problem is you nowadays, you see a lot of like early podcasts like, Oh, I want to get these like famous internet celebrities on my podcast cause they’re gonn...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Becoming A Content Leader with Srini Rao]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>Being a content leader (as opposed to a follower and copying what everyone else is doing) is scary, especially for first-time podcasters. In Audience’s episode 5,  we’re taking a closer look at podcast content tips. </p>



<p>But this “Blue Ocean” of content for your listeners creates an opportunity for you to explore what you really want to talk about on your podcast and creates for your audience that engaging, share-worthy material that they so desperately are looking for. </p>



<p>In this episode, I sit down with Srini Rao from the <a href="https://unmistakablecreative.com/podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Unmistakable Creative</a> podcast to talk about how he’s followed the ethos of their podcast brand to talk to interesting people who are forging their own paths.  In so doing he has built a large, and loyal, audience and their brand now includes a private social network, several courses, and a podcast library that is 700+ episodes strong.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Resources Mentioned In This Episode</h2>



<ul><li><a href="https://unmistakablecreative.com">Unmistakable Creative</a></li><li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Audience-One-Reclaiming-Creativity-Sake/dp/B07F2LMX9G/">Audience Of One</a></li><li><a href="https://mightynetworks.com">Mighty Networks</a></li><li><a href="https://twitter.com/unmistakableceo">Srini Rao on Twitter</a></li></ul>



<h2>Episode Transcript</h2>



<p class="ghostkit-custom-ns0zx">Speaker 1    00:08    Hello and welcome back to audience, the podcast where you follow us as we build a podcast from scratch here. We’re early on a quest to find the best tactics and strategies to grow a podcast audience literally from zero to tens of thousands of listeners each episode. Today I’m joined by fellow podcaster Srini Rao from the unmistakable creative podcast. I really liked the conversation I had with Srini here because he talks about a lot of his kind of reason for creating content and the way that he creates it and a lot of the, the motivation behind the, the style he has with his content and where that’s going to driving his brand. I’ll let Srini talk a lot more about this in the episode, but wanted to continue this thread of what constitutes really good content. Uh, and our second interview here in the audience podcast because I think this is a real key driver of the organic growth side of your podcasts. Uh, we’ll experiment with a lot of different marketing tactics paid and organic, but I think creating really good content is the cornerstone of a lot of what makes our content shareable. And kind of go viral. So here to share more about kind of how he creates this kind of viral content that his audience obviously loves.  <br /> Speaker 1    01:23    Would you mind kind of sharing with folks who aren’t familiar with you and you’re in your show, kind of what you guys are all about?  <br /> Speaker 2    01:29    Yeah, I think that, you know, so it’s funny because Simon Sineck once told me that my why is that I am obsessed with people who are good at unusual things. And I think that if you look at the guests on unmistakable creative, that’s a pretty clear reflection of that. I mean our guests have ranged from bank robbers to drug dealers, to billionaires, you know, all sort of with this theme of, you know, unmistakable or something that they’re, you know, makes them very distinctive and interesting and fascinating. And I think the whole idea of creative is one of those things that I think we gave a very sort of broad definition to the word creative. And we did that on purpose because we wanted to make sure that our focus was interesting people. And I think that the problem is you nowadays, you see a lot of like early podcasts like, Oh, I want to get these like famous internet celebrities on my podcast cause they’re gonna make me like grow and you know, be really successful.  <br /> Speaker 2    02:14    But they don’t, that’s, that’s far the furthest thing from the truth. I know this only because that was my thought process when we first started. And you know, I, I got a rude awakening pretty quickly that that wasn’t going to be the case. Yeah. So we ended up basically starting in 2009 as this podcast for bloggers. And it kind of evolved and you know, today we have, you know, we’ve had I think more than 700 guests. I think the best summary of what we do is what some, one of our listeners said. They said if Ted talks meant Oprah, you’d have the unmistakable creative, which is like as flattering as it gets in terms of the compliment. But you know, it was one of those things where we’re like, yeah, that’s, that’s great. I mean, you couldn’t, you know, it makes sense in a lot of ways. Just based on the nature of the content  <br /> Speaker 1    02:49    and, and it sounds like this was kind of an organic growth of like what originally was podcasts on FM and then into the unmistakable creative. Was that kind of an intentional evolution on your perspective or on your end or was that something that was kind of grew  <br /> Speaker 2    03:04    now it got more intentional as time went on? I think it was one of those things where the more time we spent like the more it became clear cause I think that people have this idea when you start something you’re going to know exactly, you know how it’s all going to go, you’re going to have this sleep plan. And I mean life doesn’t go according to plan. So it was you know, largely accidental and organic. But I think what happened was with that sort of organic growth we started to become a lot more intentional about how you know, how things were going.  <br /> Speaker 1    03:28    Do you think that’s a reasonable thing for other people who are just starting out to, to kind of follow that playbook to say like kind of follow your heart, create something that you like, and then once it gets some traction, you can figure out, I’ll say what to do with it from there. Like how to add to make it a business, how to make it a real brand after it’s kind of successful. Here’s the thing, right?  <br /> Speaker 2    03:47    I think that if you go into it with this idea of, Oh, I’m going to create something that is, you know, based on what I think will get a lot of downloads is what I think will be popular. You’re going to make decisions based entirely on numbers right from the start. Now is that going to work? It might. I mean, I, I don’t, I don’t subscribe to that philosophy. It’s never worked for me. I mean, I wrote an entire book about why that’s a terrible idea. I think that if you go and look at the earliest creators, you know, or the, not even podcasters, but generally generally like some of the most successful creators world hell Oprah, right? One of the things that Oprah did was she refused to compromise on our values when, you know, Donahue and some of these sort of crazy people were going up in the ratings and she could have basically produced trash television and instead she decided to stick to her guns.  <br /> Speaker 2    04:26    And I think the results speak for themselves. I mean, she took a hit in the ratings in the short term. And so I think that that’s kind of one of the things we, you know, in the world we live in today, people don’t have hobbies, every hobby as a side hustle, you know? And so when you turn your hobby into a job, it kind of defeats the purpose of your hobby. And that’s kind of a sad thing. So it’s hard to say. I don’t know that I have prescriptive advice for somebody who wants to start a podcast. I think that prescriptive advice is, is dangerous because the problem with all prescriptive advice is that it’s formulaic. And the other problem with anything formulaic is there’s one variable that throws off every formula for success and that’s the person who’s applying the formula. So that’s, that’s something to think about. So I think that you have to kind of go towards what you are naturally interested in because there’s going to be a period of time in which you’re not going to see any traction and you’re not going to see any results. So if like you’re only doing this thing for some sort of external result, you’re going to have a hard time staying motivated when you’re not getting that result.  <br /> Speaker 1    05:24    The dip. Right. So I know you’ve had Seth Godin on your podcast before. That’s what kind of comes to mind when you talk about this time where you’re, you’re creating what you want for your own sake and it might not be kind of resonating with your audience yet. And that the sticktuitiveness to stay with that path to see it through to the other side of this dip is, is kind of where the people end up winning, right? Yeah, absolutely. I mean everybody, everybody starts with zero. As  <br /> Speaker 2    05:45    soon as every writer starts with zero readers, every company starts with zero customers. You know this from starting a company. So I think that, you know, this sort of idea of I’m going to be, you know, famous or I was like some, you know, I’m going to be the next Joe Rogan. I’m going to plug a microphone into a laptop and all that. You know, I don’t think people see everything that comes before, like these moments in the spotlight.  <br /> Speaker 1    06:03    So your book and audience of one reclaiming creativity for its own sake is just over a year old. So August of last year, 2018 how did the book come about and kind of how is it playing off what you’re doing with the podcast  <br /> Speaker 2    06:18    booking the podcast are kind of birds of a feather. You know, the book came about because I got a two book deal with penguin and one of the books was about this idea of writing a thousand words a day. And when we started to look at it and it just started to evolve more and more into a book about not just you know, writing, but a book about creativity in general. And so as a result, you end up with sort of this idea of the value of creativity for its own sake. So we’re, we’re in this interesting world where you can go from idea to execution at a record pace. The thing that that brings also though is unrealistic expectations and impatience. So people think, Oh, you know, I can start a podcast tomorrow. I can have everything up and running in a plug, a microphone in, and by the end of the week I’m going to have a million people listening to what I do.  <br /> Speaker 2    06:58    But that does not, that’s not how this works. And so, you know, the idea behind that book was really, Hey, you know, if you start with yourself and it’s kind of echoing what we just said, you know, when you’re talking about, you know, how should people start. But basically, you know, a lot of my ideas are often informed by my, my guests. You know, a lot of my thought process, a lot of my writing is inspired by the people that I interview. In fact, so much so that I’m right now in the process of pitching a new book proposal for a new idea that is as insane as a, you know, but friends seem to have really kind of started when I’ve told it to people. They get a good sort of like, Oh yeah, that sounds hilarious and amazing and entertaining. So, you know, the new book idea is called, this might not work.  <br /> Speaker 2    07:33    What I’ve learned from field testing, the life advice from 700 insanely interesting people as opposed to a book about sort of, you know, cause if you look at most books in this genre, right, what they focus on is, is you know, distilling information. None of these books are about implementation or experimentation, you know, they’re all prescriptive saying, Hey, you know, unlike, so the idea was not to give a prescriptive self help book but to write an experimental self help book based on all these ideas. And you know, when you’re sort of people that you’re field testing advice from is bank robbers and drug dealers and the world’s hot, you know, the new York’s highest paid dominatrix. That leads to some potentially interesting ways to feel test, you know what they’ve said.  <br /> Speaker 1    08:07    Do you feel like getting too much input on like the creative process or being around too many creative people is a hindrance to you actually being creative and coming up with unique perspectives and ideas on things?  <br /> Speaker 2    08:19    So no, not necessarily. This is, the way I would describe it right, is you basically take different ingredients from different people and come up with your own recipes. The problem is that most people look at something that works and they’re like, Oh well you know, X person did this. So you know, for example, this is a, this is an example that you know, we can use for the podcast walls. Like John Lee Dumas ended up starting, you know, entrepreneur on fire is like, Oh it’s a daily show and you know, within a matter of months he’s crushing it, making a ton of money. And suddenly you see all of these sort of copycat shows pop up, you know, all of which trying to do the exact same thing, falling in the format and you know, sounding exactly the same I that there is this sort of, you know, idea that, Oh, I’m just going to follow this person.  <br /> Speaker 2    08:59    Like, so here’s, here’s what I think is that if you, you know, imitation, you know, they say as the highest form of flattery but only in the short run, in the long run, it’s just laziness. Yeah. You want to learn from somebody else, but, and the only thing is you live, we’re in a world full of noise. You do that, you’re going to get washed up in, you know, sort of a sea of sameness. And then something like, I pulled different ideas from different people. And so I think that it’s really about mixing all of them. So no, I don’t think that being exposed to so many ideas actually prevents my creativity. In fact, I think back to the analogy that Robert Green once gave me, he said, you know, the analogy is biodiversity, the more species you have in an ecosystem, the richer that ecosystem. So like if you think of my brain as the ecosystem and the people that I talked to as the species, then you know, the more creative it makes me.  <br /> Speaker 1    09:40    Right, right. Yeah, no, I, I, I like to think about taking advice from a lot of different people and getting a bunch of different perspectives and then you have to frame it in the lens that those people are coming from and their experiences and the things that they’ve done well and the troubles they’ve had. And you take all of that with a bit of a grain of salt and know where someone is coming from to say like, okay, you know, this advice they gave me or this thing they said it makes sense for them in that and their context but might not be kind of universally applicable. You mentioned uh, John Lee Dumas and there’s several other people kind of in the online marketing world that do kind of similar things and you think a lot of podcasters start out with something like that in mind, you know, Hey I can, yeah, like you said, plug the mic in to the computer, publish it on iTunes, whatever, Apple podcasts and get a bunch of downloads and sponsors the next month. Do you think that’s why like going into it with that mindset, do you think that’s why people fail at podcasting at such a high rate? Or is there kind of something else to kind of why that doesn’t, more people aren’t successful with that kind of mindset?  <br /> Speaker 2    10:39    Okay, so there are a couple of things here. I mean this is like a very layered question, which you know, we can do an entire hour on just this question. So the thing that you have to realize is, is like go look at stuff that started a year, year and a half ago, right when everybody was like gung ho, you’ll see the feeds haven’t been updated in months. I only know cause I have, you know, podcasts that I’ve been on where that was the case or podcasts where you know, friends had said that they want to, even in my book launch, I had friends who had big audiences who were like, you know, on hiatus from their podcast and you know, many of them are like, Oh this is the last episode ever. And so that’s one thing, right, is attrition. That’s an inevitable sort of by-product. The other thing is consistency.  <br /> Speaker 2    11:16    So this is the example I always think of when you know, or I always kind of refer back to is you want your content to be a habit, not an interruption. So like, you know, think about it this way, right? For whatever, 13 years or however long it was on the air. Every Friday night or every Thursday night, we all got in front of our TV and we knew that NBC was going to have friends on the air. Now let’s say that you know, the writers or friends said, you know, like we’re going to only write episodes when we feel like it. Well, they would have never built an audience because how could an audience know that, Hey, you know, every Thursday night this thing comes out. Now how do you turn that into a habit that you produce consistently for years on end? I don’t think that people really want to do the actual work of mastery, right?  <br /> Speaker 2    11:52    Because this, one of the things I said, I wrote this on Facebook the other day, which seemed to really strike a chord with people. I said that, you know, don’t build a personal brand. Develop rare and valuable skills. And if you go and look sort of at the NPRs, right? Like you look at the  of the world or you look at iron glass or you’re looking at Alex Blumberg, you look at Sarah Kane egg, all that stuff was like years and years and years and years in the making of people working in public radio, getting really good at what they did, learning from people who are better than them and then basically launching, you know, this stuff like, you know, if you listen to the most recent episode of how I built this, it’s out. It’s with Alex Blumberg talking about his first job working at this American life for iron glass where he was just like a, an intern or Lackey or something.  <br /> Speaker 2    12:33    Like he didn’t really do anything glamorous. He wasn’t Alex Blumberg and you know, there’s a lot of grunt work. I’ve always thought that early podcasters should edit their own episodes. I think it’s a terrible idea for people to outsource their editing when they’re starting out. And the reason I believe that is because I think that editing my own episodes was one of those things that made me a substantially better interviewer because it forced me to go back and listen to every single thing I did multiple times. And I just kind of understood. The other thing is like you don’t understand how something is put together, it makes no sense for you to outsource it. You know? And the reality is that you can’t succeed in a noisy ecosystem by creating something that sounds the same as everything else. That’s, that’s, you know, sort of hard. And so those are the things that I think about, right? So I think the reason people fail is they’re numerous reasons, but I think one of the big ones is that they’re focused on metrics instead of mastery.  <br /> Speaker 1    13:22    Well, that’s a big one. Yeah. I, I, I can relate him. And as someone who runs a hosting an analytics platform, I think analytics is something that we have a lot of people are interested in for sure. And the people who are the most interested in it have 30 downloads an episode, which is really interesting because those are the people that should just be out there doing more of it.  <br /> Speaker 2    13:40    Exactly. So this is the paradox, right? I mean, I don’t think I, I’ve very rarely look at my analytics on your website. You know, it’s one of those things where I’m like, all right, you know what? I’m busy producing content. It’s this whole stupid idea that refreshing your analytics is going to make them go up. It’s like, no. What makes sure, you know, analytics go up is creating something worth listening to. But that’s a lot harder.  <br /> Speaker 1    13:58    Yeah, I mean that, that, that’s an even, I mean the, like you said, this is a whole nother kind of discussion, but I mean for folks who are really just starting out, I think that one of the really intimidating things about creating any kind of content and podcasting maybe in particular because there’s a limited amount of feedback you can get are limited ways that you can get feedback from podcasting. Because we talk and people listen and there’s not like this discussion. It’s not a Facebook group or something like that. Well what are, what are some things you might recommend to people who are just starting out to say like, okay, stick with your guns, create the content you want and like the people will come in the end. That’s kind of what I’m getting from you is like if, if the content is that good, it will all work out in the end. Um, is there any more kind of like specifics you would guide people to on that? Okay. So there are a lot of things, things  <br /> Speaker 2    14:44    that I think would be insane for me to tell you to reverse engineering cause there are a lot of factors here that nobody wants to admit. Play a role. Like luck played a role in me getting to this point. Like I started in 2009 like I, unless I, you know, this is one of the reasons I’m like, well I can teach a podcasting course cause what am I going to say? Hey, you know, get yourself a DeLorean and go back in time and start in 2009 like that’s not feasible. Yeah. It’s like, okay, I can’t help you reverse engineer that. Or Hey, hope that Glenn Beck finds your book on Amazon when he’s, you know, bruising it one day. Like these are all sort of weird inflection points. And so for me, like the only parts of this that I can actually reverse engineer are the process parts.  <br /> Speaker 2    15:21    So as far as feedback goes, you know, this is a complicated one you because you’re right, like how do you get feedback when you have nobody listening? I was really lucky in that I got some positive reinforcement early on from a very small group of people. It’s, yeah, I think, you know, Chris Guillebeau had this sort of idea of what he called a small army strategy. I even wrote a book about this called the small army strategy, which I think is more relevant today now when you’re competing for so much attention than it was when I wrote this book. So the idea was that, you know, if you have five people in your audience, you treat them like the most important person, people in the world because they are like, they’re the ones who are choosing to listen to you, you know? Then you know, and with podcasts you may not have their email addresses, whatever it is.  <br /> Speaker 2    15:59    So you go and you ask friends, you ask family, you ask anybody who will give you feedback to listen. You know what I mean? It’s that joke of Hey, you know, your first read on your blog is your mom. And you know, it’s funny, I think my mom to this day still reads my stuff. But yeah, I mean it’s your earliest readers are anybody who will talk to you says, I think that the idea that this is another one of those things, right, is you don’t start building an audience by interrupting strangers on the internet. Like that’s not how an audience game gets built. My earliest sort of blog readers were my family members, people that went to Pepperdine, some classmates of mine from Berkeley, my study abroad coordinator from Pepperdine. And that’s it. Like five or six people who used to read this stuff. There’s a guy who hired me to be, he was my first freelance client.  <br /> Speaker 2    16:41    He hired me for 50 bucks to come in and teach them a few things I knew about public speaking and social media, which I didn’t know much at that point. So I think it’s, you know, what I would say is okay, if you do have anybody there, treat them like the most important people in the world and then go out and actively seek feedback. I mean, one of the big pieces of feedback that led me to start the podcast was from my friends. It’s Avara who said, he’s like, you’re a much better interviewer than you are a writer and I think you’d be more successful if you actually took this interview series and spun it out into a separate site. So, you know, I think that there’s that whole thing, right? It’s, I wish I could tell you that there’s like some sort of formula.  <br /> Speaker 2    17:12    And the thing is, the formula is super seductive and there are tons of people who will sell it. Just go look at the sales pages for any podcasting course. It’s like, here’s my, you know, six step formula and how I’m going to tell you how to set this up. You know? And of course the person, this is one of those things that I think is something people need to consider, right? There’s these, all these people sort of saying, Oh, everybody should start a podcast. Well, yeah, okay. If somebody who has a course on podcast is saying everybody should start a podcast, then maybe you should consider context there. It’s kind of like those people who say, Oh, everybody should be on this app. And it’s like, well, of course you think everybody should be on the app. You have a massive equity stake in that company, you know?  <br /> Speaker 2    17:47    So I think that’s important to those kinds of things. And if anybody is looking for a shortcut, then they shouldn’t start at all. That’s my advice. Let’s just sum it up pretty simply. There are no shortcuts to this. You guys crossed a pretty big, uh, chasm recently, uh, to, to receive some funding for your podcasts. Talking about like ways, different ways that people can monetize their podcasts, you know, sponsorships or whatever. You guys received some funding from pod funds to just create more awesome content. Right? Well, I mean not just to create more awesome content. You know, and this is one of those things that I think that people, I remember the day that pod fund announced the fund because I was watching, you know, what was happening in the Facebook group for podcasters and the conversations were kind of insane because people were just talking about what they would do with the money.  <br /> Speaker 2    18:31    And the problem is with that, it’s like, Oh well if you don’t know what you would do with the money, nobody’s going to invest money in you. You know? Like I’d been really lucky in that I interviewed a lot of venture capitalists. I also, and we ran it as a business and you know, it had its challenges or even running it as a business. So I understood that if you were going to get funded, you had to make a business case. It wasn’t just going to be, Hey, create awesome content and we’ll give you money. You know, it was like, how are you going to generate money and how are you going to produce a return? So, you know, I understood this from having worked, you know, like I said, having had mentors who have invested in companies, having talked to literally every sort of person under the sun on the podcast itself, many of who were investors.  <br /> Speaker 2    19:08    And I had an idea of what these people look for in terms of a pitch deck. Like I went in with a pitch deck and said, okay, this is what we project as our financials. These are our financials before, these are the ways that we envision making money and these are the things that we will use the funding for. And this is our team. And you know, I literally, I treated it like I was going to apply at Y Combinator for funding from a VC. Not, Oh I’m, you know, people are funding your personal art project. So you know, as much as I wish, they were like, here’s some money to create awesome content. Now it’s here’s some money, how are you going to return it multiple times over? Yeah. Has taking the investment from pod fund changed how you run the business? Yeah, absolutely.  <br /> Speaker 2    19:48    In good ways and in a lot of good ways. One, it holds us accountable to a whole other standard. But the other thing, the big thing, the reason we took the funding was because it allows us to stop thinking short term. It allowed us to basically have a much more longterm perspective and, and think through initiatives because, you know, I was just finished reading Simon Sinex new book, the infinite game and you know, when you’re struggling to survive month to month, you know, you’re like, Oh if we’re going to run into cash, that makes it hard to have a longterm perspective and think strategically. So you just kind of do whatever you can to get cash in the door. You take any advertiser will pay you money. And you know, we, there are a lot of initiatives we couldn’t pursue because we just didn’t have the funding.  <br /> Speaker 2    20:24    So recently we hired a community manager, you know, cause we grew very organically, almost entirely through word of mouth and we thought, you know, it’s timely activate this word of mouth component because if we do this right and we saw what, you know, the hustle and the skim and all those folks had done with their word of mouth component. And so yeah, we, we basically, you know, hired a community manager is one of our listeners who’s been amazing and we’re building an entire network on mighty networks, like a private social networks specifically for our listeners. Uh, mainly because we want to get the hell off of Facebook because, you know, we want to be somewhere where you don’t have to pay to play and people actually see our damn content.  <br /> Speaker 1    20:56      that’s a whole, that’s another whole nother episode. But yeah, I mean I think communities around your podcast is by far the most powerful kind of Avenue people can take to continue that discussion.  <br /> Speaker 2    21:08    Well, not only that, you know, one of the things that we want is we want to get to a point where we can generate subscription revenue from the community. Because if you think about it, right, even the biggest media companies in the world, like the New York times are, you know, looking at advertising and saying, okay, you know what, we don’t want to be dependent on advertisers, you know, entirely. And the biggest issue with advertisers in general, when you look at it from like a New York times or you know standpoint or even, you know, mainstream media is that it’s very hard to have. You can’t have truly objective journalism when there’s advertisement interest involved. And you know, for me, and this is something I’ve held to and you know, we paid for it in terms of metrics is that I was, I said I will never compromise the editorial in order to hit the numbers.  <br /> Speaker 1    21:47    Yeah, no, for sure. And I think that like your, the, the growth of your podcast and the successes is a reflection of that, right? You get, you tell interesting stories, have compelling content and that that drives the success of the podcast, which then allows you to do interesting things with monetization and subscriptions and sell advertising spots, but not the other way around. Yeah, exactly. We took a small amount of investment earlier this year as well, and I absolutely agree on the longterm thinking aspect of what you’re talking about. And now we think in terms of years and not weeks or months, which is really nice. And I think we’re making much better decisions for our customers in like the longterm life of the business. So it’s been, it’s been a positive thing for us. Very cool. Yeah. Without kind of giving away the secret sauce, what is kind of the general plan for your show in terms of subscriptions and selling subscriptions?  <br /> Speaker 2    22:33    You know, I think that the thing with the subscriptions, right, is that, so let’s say that you, you, you were selling subscriptions. I think there’s this idea that, you know, you’re gonna basically go and you know, it’s like, Oh, I’m just going to put a bunch of people in here and they’re just going to pay for, you know, whatever. Your good well is like one thing we realized was that community manager position was like, this is a job. Like somebody needs to do it and somebody needs to own it. It is a straight up like OKR. It has to be because like, you know, w I’ve seen how much work is going into it. There’s no way that it can be like, Oh I’m, you know, the host of the podcast and I’ll just do this thing. Like, you know, on the side of it, it doesn’t work like that.  <br /> Speaker 2    23:08    Like you will not succeed like that. I saw it, you know, like anything else, it’s strategic. It involves, you know, really thinking through and having a plan. The other thing is is you know, what is the value that you’re providing to people inside of the community. Like, you know, Tim Ferris has, you know, no sponsor’s experiment was a failure, but then you go and look at what people got and I’m sure he probably made money off of it, but because he’s Tim Ferris, but then you looked at it and you’re like, okay, well there’s not a lot here that’s, you know, really worth whatever he was, you know, asking for. So anyways, yeah, that’s, that’s the gist of it. It’s, you know, it’s still in the works to be honest. So you know, part of it is like we were looking at the possibility of taking all of our online courses and moving them into that to the point where it’s like, okay, you don’t just get, you know, the, the community. But everything we create from this point forward as a course, you not only end up supporting the podcast, but then you also get all our courses too.  <br /> Speaker 1    23:57    Hmm. Interesting. Interesting. Kind of generally from a a content and kind of strategy perspective, looking forward with the funding and different monetization things you have kind of going on. What is the, what is the future for the unmistakable creative look like for the next year or two?  <br /> Speaker 2    24:12    Well, I think right now it’s, you know, increasing the size of the audience and hence, you know, increasing ad revenue. But alongside that also building this community aspect of it. And we really kind of pushing, I think that, you know, we want to get our listeners to the point where, you know, there, I would like our listeners to be our most effective source of marketing, not advertising, you know, LA in terms of growth. Like, you know, because if they do their job, you know, and the thing is, it’s not like, you know, we’re like holding a gun to their head and say, Hey, you’ve got to spread the word. But they’ve all, they’ve always been our biggest advocates. You know, it’s, it’s, these people are the ones that really make things happen for us. And so we knew, we’re like, okay, if we start this program, it’s going to take some time to build.  <br /> Speaker 2    24:47    But you know, if we do it right, it could be really valuable and have a pretty substantial payoff. And so, you know, I think that that’s one of those things. And you know, we, like I said, we hired a community manager who was really working hard to, to basically learn everything she needs to about how to properly build a community. And it’s funny cause she’s like a, not even a social media person. She’s a civil engineer. So we’ve been, that’s one focus of it. We’re planning on conference that’s coming that’s in April of this coming year is called the architects of reality. And you can find out about it at the architects of reality outcome are bringing you know, former podcast together to speak at the event of an inviting our listeners. And then, uh, you know, another thing that we’re doing is we’re playing with a new format of the show, which is more of an NPR style approach of, you know, instead of taking, you know, a person, let’s focus on an idea. And we just released the very first one, you know, this week or last week, it’s called the life changing magic of meeting people in person. You know, this one was kind of a shameless plug for the event, but we also wanted to see it. It’s like, okay, let us show you that we can do a hell of a lot more than do interviews. And I remember the feedback from a couple of our friends was like, wow, this sounds like Radiolab and this American life. I’m like, great, that’s, that’s a, you know, that’s a great compliment, you know? Yeah,  <br /> Speaker 1    25:52    yeah. It’s, it’s a, it’s gutsy to change the format of a podcast with how many episodes of hundreds and hundreds and hundreds.  <br /> Speaker 2    26:00    We’re not going to abandon the interviews. We just wanted to introduce a new format because I think that, you know, we want, here’s, you know, a 50 cent and Robert Greene wrote a book together called the 50th law. And one of the things they talk about is the need to continually reinvent yourself. You know, you don’t want to be a one trick pony. And to us later, we’ve always had other capabilities up our sleeves. And we’re like, okay, well let’s show people what we can do and show them we can do far more than, you know, an interview. Like we’ve got all these really interesting things we can do. And you know, the thing is that, you know, for the person who doesn’t want to listen to an interview, that opens up a whole other audience for us.  <br /> Speaker 1    26:29    Yup. I love it. Last question. You mentioned the tool that you’re using to kind of base your, your kind of internal private network or a social media network on, can you, uh, share more about kind of how you made that decision and you know, obviously the, the why to get off Facebook is clear, but,  <br /> Speaker 2    26:44    no, no. So, so we made that decision because of a podcast guest who told us it was Cal Newport who had talked about this sort of, you know what he called Longdale social media. And he wrote a lengthy blog post about it, but he did this thing where he just meant he dropped it, you know, and said, Hey, you know, like the neat thing about this is that it’s so, it’s social media that allows you to meet people, you know from your community in person. Cause you can see who’s nearby to you. And one of the things they encourage you is, you know, don’t post here more than like twice a week. Which is funny cause it’s the polar opposite of Facebook, which is like, you know, create as much content as possible. It’s funny cause Ryan holiday the other day was just telling me, he’s like, yeah, he’s like, you know, people wonder why they’re not productive, but they’re working for Twitter for free for six hours a day by tweeting constantly. And then people do the same thing with Facebook. And so, you know, Cal told us about it and we knew that if we had a community, if we’re going to launch this ambassador program, we needed a tool and it kind of fit the bill for all of them. It kind of was like, Oh, we can launch the ambassador program, have a community component and run this network in here. And so that’s where we’re at and we just launched the ambassador program about a week ago or actually this week. Awesome. Yeah,  <br /> Speaker 1    27:42    we’ll definitely link to that in the show notes for this episode. Sharnee for, for anybody who kind of wants to learn more about the ambassador program or what you guys are doing with the show, where’s the best place to,  <br /> Speaker 2    27:51    let’s connect so you can go to unmistakable creative.com and then I think if I remember correctly for the ambassador program is unmistakable creative.com/tribe  <br /> Speaker 1    28:06    hope you enjoyed that interview with Shreeny Ralph from the unmistakable creative. I really like what she needs doing with the brand and creating content for, for himself and for his brand and as a result it’s clear that the audience size is growing and listeners are coming in droves. As a result, they’re doing things like raising funding for their podcasts to, to make their podcast into a real business, which is I think a lot of the, the goals for a lot of us is to, to build, uh, an asset and a tool for our business or make it a business in and of itself. And Shreeny has certainly given us kind of a roadmap of how to get from just starting, even though he started years ago now, uh, to, to building something that’s really sustainable and a real asset to, to his brand. So I think this is a really good example of, of what this can be for all of us.  <br /> Speaker 1    28:51    And uh, I hope everybody enjoyed. We back again in the next episode with an update on some of our analytics or listenership as it’s growing here in the first a handful of episodes. And then we’ll be getting into our marketing plans for how we’re going to be growing both organically and in a paid way. Uh, with the, the audience podcast questions or comments for the subset are certainly welcome. Please go to  dot com slash podcast to leave a comment for this episode. And if you haven’t, please share this podcast with someone who you think would enjoy it as well. So new or existing podcasters who are looking to up their game and grow their audience, share the audience podcast with them. We would really appreciate it. And on kind of a personal note, happy new year to everyone. This episode will be going out on Thursday, January 2nd so here a fresh start, the new year. I hope everybody had a great holiday season and is rested and ready to go with their podcasts here in the new year. 2020 promises to be an extraordinary year, I think, for all of us. So a happy new year to everybody and happy podcasting. We’ll see you next time.  <br /> Speaker 0    29:56    . </p>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/005-srini-rao-unmistakable-creative.mp3" length="25287925"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
Being a content leader (as opposed to a follower and copying what everyone else is doing) is scary, especially for first-time podcasters. In Audience’s episode 5,  we’re taking a closer look at podcast content tips. 



But this “Blue Ocean” of content for your listeners creates an opportunity for you to explore what you really want to talk about on your podcast and creates for your audience that engaging, share-worthy material that they so desperately are looking for. 



In this episode, I sit down with Srini Rao from the Unmistakable Creative podcast to talk about how he’s followed the ethos of their podcast brand to talk to interesting people who are forging their own paths.  In so doing he has built a large, and loyal, audience and their brand now includes a private social network, several courses, and a podcast library that is 700+ episodes strong.














Resources Mentioned In This Episode



Unmistakable CreativeAudience Of OneMighty NetworksSrini Rao on Twitter



Episode Transcript



Speaker 1    00:08    Hello and welcome back to audience, the podcast where you follow us as we build a podcast from scratch here. We’re early on a quest to find the best tactics and strategies to grow a podcast audience literally from zero to tens of thousands of listeners each episode. Today I’m joined by fellow podcaster Srini Rao from the unmistakable creative podcast. I really liked the conversation I had with Srini here because he talks about a lot of his kind of reason for creating content and the way that he creates it and a lot of the, the motivation behind the, the style he has with his content and where that’s going to driving his brand. I’ll let Srini talk a lot more about this in the episode, but wanted to continue this thread of what constitutes really good content. Uh, and our second interview here in the audience podcast because I think this is a real key driver of the organic growth side of your podcasts. Uh, we’ll experiment with a lot of different marketing tactics paid and organic, but I think creating really good content is the cornerstone of a lot of what makes our content shareable. And kind of go viral. So here to share more about kind of how he creates this kind of viral content that his audience obviously loves.   Speaker 1    01:23    Would you mind kind of sharing with folks who aren’t familiar with you and you’re in your show, kind of what you guys are all about?   Speaker 2    01:29    Yeah, I think that, you know, so it’s funny because Simon Sineck once told me that my why is that I am obsessed with people who are good at unusual things. And I think that if you look at the guests on unmistakable creative, that’s a pretty clear reflection of that. I mean our guests have ranged from bank robbers to drug dealers, to billionaires, you know, all sort of with this theme of, you know, unmistakable or something that they’re, you know, makes them very distinctive and interesting and fascinating. And I think the whole idea of creative is one of those things that I think we gave a very sort of broad definition to the word creative. And we did that on purpose because we wanted to make sure that our focus was interesting people. And I think that the problem is you nowadays, you see a lot of like early podcasts like, Oh, I want to get these like famous internet celebrities on my podcast cause they’re gonn...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/Srini-Trestles-Bridge-WebRez.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>30:06</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Launch Day]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 26 Dec 2019 13:00:20 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/launch-day</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/launch-day</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>In this episode of Audience, we cover the results of our launch day, talk about how we approached launching the podcast, and what some of the early analytics around the launch day episodes are.  </p>



<p>From here the fun (and hard) part starts, where we will begin growing the listenership of this podcast.  A modest beginning of ~200 listeners in our inaugural episodes is a good starting point, but now comes the time to broaden the reach of this show to new listeners.</p>



<p>Our early plans to grow this show include both organic social media platform growth (Facebook and Twitter for us), and then we will begin experimenting with different paid acquisition channels for the show. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Episode Transcript</h2>



<p class="ghostkit-custom-Eba2w">Speaker 1    00:06    Hello and welcome back to audience, the podcast where you follow along as we build a real and impactful podcast audience from scratch. I’m your host Craig Hewitt from Castillo’s. Well, at this point, launch day has come and gone and we’ve learned a lot. In this episode we’re going to talk all about how we went about launching the podcast, some of the strategies and marketing tactics that you might use in launching your own podcast and some of the early results from our analytics to talk about how the launch went in those first few episodes. When it comes to launching a podcast. I think you really need to, to think about launching a podcast as you would any other product or initiative within a, within your business or brand or community. Uh, a podcast launch is, is a product in and of itself. And with that in mind, I think one of the first things that you think about is, is how you already reach your existing audience.  <br />
Speaker 1    00:55    So we’ll assume that we have some kind of audience if we’re going to be starting a podcast, if you’re truly starting from scratch. I think a lot of the same principles apply here, but they’re a little bit of guesswork. Uh, and in the, I mean, the first thing we think about is how do we reach our existing audience already for us at , it’s been primarily through email, a little bit of social media and through our Facebook group called podcast hackers. So with that in mind, the things that you might think about as you’re looking to, to launch a podcast are how do you already connect with your existing audience, whether it’s again, for your, your business or for your local community, religious organization, your passion project or hobby. How do you already connect with the people in your world? For a lot of people, this is a, some kind of digital or virtual environment, emails, social media, online communities, things like that.  <br />
Speaker 1    01:46    In person events always plays a big role in more local focused kind of, you know, brands and topics. So again, a religious organization, a sports community would be much more kind of geographically focused. And so in person events might play a bigger role here. Also things like networking events. Uh, if you’re really like in a B to B space from there, the choice of if you’re talking specifically about social media, I think the choice of social media platform plays a big role. Things like Twitter maybe are more lean more towards the technical crowd. Uh, things like startups and online business and things like that. Facebook is pretty ubiquitous. I think a lot of people hanging out on Facebook, um, whether we like Facebook or not these days. Um, Facebook as something that can apply to everybody in our view. Uh, and then things like Pinterest and Instagram are, you know, by their nature much more visually based and so are really good for things like travel and food bloggers and maybe more lifestyle brands.  <br />
Speaker 1    02:47    Email marketing has been somewhere that, that we’ve always focused a lot just because it’s one of the very few things that you own and control almost entirely. Uh, if yo...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
In this episode of Audience, we cover the results of our launch day, talk about how we approached launching the podcast, and what some of the early analytics around the launch day episodes are.  



From here the fun (and hard) part starts, where we will begin growing the listenership of this podcast.  A modest beginning of ~200 listeners in our inaugural episodes is a good starting point, but now comes the time to broaden the reach of this show to new listeners.



Our early plans to grow this show include both organic social media platform growth (Facebook and Twitter for us), and then we will begin experimenting with different paid acquisition channels for the show. 







Episode Transcript



Speaker 1    00:06    Hello and welcome back to audience, the podcast where you follow along as we build a real and impactful podcast audience from scratch. I’m your host Craig Hewitt from Castillo’s. Well, at this point, launch day has come and gone and we’ve learned a lot. In this episode we’re going to talk all about how we went about launching the podcast, some of the strategies and marketing tactics that you might use in launching your own podcast and some of the early results from our analytics to talk about how the launch went in those first few episodes. When it comes to launching a podcast. I think you really need to, to think about launching a podcast as you would any other product or initiative within a, within your business or brand or community. Uh, a podcast launch is, is a product in and of itself. And with that in mind, I think one of the first things that you think about is, is how you already reach your existing audience.  
Speaker 1    00:55    So we’ll assume that we have some kind of audience if we’re going to be starting a podcast, if you’re truly starting from scratch. I think a lot of the same principles apply here, but they’re a little bit of guesswork. Uh, and in the, I mean, the first thing we think about is how do we reach our existing audience already for us at , it’s been primarily through email, a little bit of social media and through our Facebook group called podcast hackers. So with that in mind, the things that you might think about as you’re looking to, to launch a podcast are how do you already connect with your existing audience, whether it’s again, for your, your business or for your local community, religious organization, your passion project or hobby. How do you already connect with the people in your world? For a lot of people, this is a, some kind of digital or virtual environment, emails, social media, online communities, things like that.  
Speaker 1    01:46    In person events always plays a big role in more local focused kind of, you know, brands and topics. So again, a religious organization, a sports community would be much more kind of geographically focused. And so in person events might play a bigger role here. Also things like networking events. Uh, if you’re really like in a B to B space from there, the choice of if you’re talking specifically about social media, I think the choice of social media platform plays a big role. Things like Twitter maybe are more lean more towards the technical crowd. Uh, things like startups and online business and things like that. Facebook is pretty ubiquitous. I think a lot of people hanging out on Facebook, um, whether we like Facebook or not these days. Um, Facebook as something that can apply to everybody in our view. Uh, and then things like Pinterest and Instagram are, you know, by their nature much more visually based and so are really good for things like travel and food bloggers and maybe more lifestyle brands.  
Speaker 1    02:47    Email marketing has been somewhere that, that we’ve always focused a lot just because it’s one of the very few things that you own and control almost entirely. Uh, if yo...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Launch Day]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>In this episode of Audience, we cover the results of our launch day, talk about how we approached launching the podcast, and what some of the early analytics around the launch day episodes are.  </p>



<p>From here the fun (and hard) part starts, where we will begin growing the listenership of this podcast.  A modest beginning of ~200 listeners in our inaugural episodes is a good starting point, but now comes the time to broaden the reach of this show to new listeners.</p>



<p>Our early plans to grow this show include both organic social media platform growth (Facebook and Twitter for us), and then we will begin experimenting with different paid acquisition channels for the show. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Episode Transcript</h2>



<p class="ghostkit-custom-Eba2w">Speaker 1    00:06    Hello and welcome back to audience, the podcast where you follow along as we build a real and impactful podcast audience from scratch. I’m your host Craig Hewitt from Castillo’s. Well, at this point, launch day has come and gone and we’ve learned a lot. In this episode we’re going to talk all about how we went about launching the podcast, some of the strategies and marketing tactics that you might use in launching your own podcast and some of the early results from our analytics to talk about how the launch went in those first few episodes. When it comes to launching a podcast. I think you really need to, to think about launching a podcast as you would any other product or initiative within a, within your business or brand or community. Uh, a podcast launch is, is a product in and of itself. And with that in mind, I think one of the first things that you think about is, is how you already reach your existing audience.  <br />
Speaker 1    00:55    So we’ll assume that we have some kind of audience if we’re going to be starting a podcast, if you’re truly starting from scratch. I think a lot of the same principles apply here, but they’re a little bit of guesswork. Uh, and in the, I mean, the first thing we think about is how do we reach our existing audience already for us at , it’s been primarily through email, a little bit of social media and through our Facebook group called podcast hackers. So with that in mind, the things that you might think about as you’re looking to, to launch a podcast are how do you already connect with your existing audience, whether it’s again, for your, your business or for your local community, religious organization, your passion project or hobby. How do you already connect with the people in your world? For a lot of people, this is a, some kind of digital or virtual environment, emails, social media, online communities, things like that.  <br />
Speaker 1    01:46    In person events always plays a big role in more local focused kind of, you know, brands and topics. So again, a religious organization, a sports community would be much more kind of geographically focused. And so in person events might play a bigger role here. Also things like networking events. Uh, if you’re really like in a B to B space from there, the choice of if you’re talking specifically about social media, I think the choice of social media platform plays a big role. Things like Twitter maybe are more lean more towards the technical crowd. Uh, things like startups and online business and things like that. Facebook is pretty ubiquitous. I think a lot of people hanging out on Facebook, um, whether we like Facebook or not these days. Um, Facebook as something that can apply to everybody in our view. Uh, and then things like Pinterest and Instagram are, you know, by their nature much more visually based and so are really good for things like travel and food bloggers and maybe more lifestyle brands.  <br />
Speaker 1    02:47    Email marketing has been somewhere that, that we’ve always focused a lot just because it’s one of the very few things that you own and control almost entirely. Uh, if you’re a building your, your kind of presence, say Facebook or Twitter, they update their algorithm and start not showing your content to certain audiences. There’s really nothing you can do about it. Whereas something like having your own website or having your own email list where you own those contacts and you own that domain is something that, uh, with, with rare exceptions, people can’t take away from you. So as you’re building your, your kind of marketing assets and your ability to reach your audience, this is definitely something to think about is, is the thing I’m building my, my house and my platform on something that I own or have a decently high degree of confidence in the control I have over this.  <br />
Speaker 1    03:34    The downside of this is there’s a less kind of network effect like you might see with Twitter, Facebook, Instagram like that. But when you build an email list on your own, you do control this. You do decide when and how you get in touch with these people, all the messaging and all the connection around that. Uh, this is, uh, a reason why we focused on email as a resource to grow our marketing reach a lot. And, uh, and we used it pretty heavily in launching the show when we thought about launching the podcast specifically in terms of the episode releases. We were pretty strategic about this and I’d love to hear how other people have launched their shows. But the approach that we took is, is to, to release a teaser episode a about a week ahead of time and then release three episodes on launch day.  <br />
Speaker 1    04:19    So, uh, we’re publishing the audience podcast on Thursdays. We chose to publish our teaser episode the Thursday before, uh, on December 12th. And then we released three episodes on launch day itself. Uh, the reason for the teaser episode is to, to build a bit of hype. We did send a dedicated email and a post in our Facebook group with a teaser episode that did have an audiogram associated with it. So we created an audiogram from the teaser episode. Uh, and for those of you who don’t know, an audiogram is a really cool, uh, kind of marketing social media tool. Um, we use, uh, an app called headliner, so headliner.app to create our audiograms. And this is a nice way to pull a short snippet. Ours were a minute or so long. So we posted this on all of our social media platforms as well as in our Facebook group.  <br />
Speaker 1    05:08    So this is a good thing to think about, not just for your launch episodes, but really if you have the time, it takes 10 or 15 minutes to build an audiogram. Uh, and I’m sure that everybody gets better over time. Uh, this is something that I think is a really good marketing tool for you to use, uh, as you’re looking to, to market your podcast specifically on social media channels. So check out headliner if you haven’t already, a headliner will be integrated directly into the Castillo’s platform here shortly after the beginning of the year. So stay tuned. That’s a really exciting development that we’re working on there. So in terms of launch episode scheduling, we had our teaser episode go out on December 12th the regular episodes went out on the 19th and we did have three of them. You might ask why three, why not one or even two?  <br />
Speaker 1    05:51    The reason was, is when I think about launching a podcast, I want to have a little bit of variety in format and topic and kind of angle on the subject that I’m going to be talking about for the podcast as a whole. So what you don’t want is to have two or three episodes all in the same format, talking generally about the same aspect of your topic. And so we tried to have as much variety as we could in these launch episodes and for us in this situation, that meant we needed three episodes. Um, so the first episode was talking all about the who and the why of your podcast. So why are you podcasting? Who is your target audience? Uh, these are really fundamental questions that we want to answer. The next episode was all about kind of gear and set up. So podcasting mikes and RSS feeds and hosting providers and editing tools.  <br />
Speaker 1    06:37    Uh, and these two episodes were, were just me talking in terms of format. So there were kind of a monologue, but they also were very kind of how to, in terms of format. So a lot of, uh, advice, a lot of tactical things like this. This didn’t really have a lot of variety, right? The format was the same. The, the style of the episodes was really the same. Uh, and so we wanted to mix it up a little bit and give folks a taste of something different in the, in their launch group of episodes. And we did this with an interview. Um, this is a really highly produced interview where I did the interview and then went back and added commentary around the most interesting segments. So the episode ended up being about 25 minutes, but this was from an interview that was about 40 minutes kind of in raw length.  <br />
Speaker 1    07:20    I can tell you these episodes take a lot longer to produce than a conventional interview where it’s just a, a really naturally flowing dialogue. But I think these are the really appealing to listen to and sound really neat. Uh, we had a lot of dynamic effects and things like that. So this might not be the format you would choose for your first podcast episode. It is pretty intimidating to do. Um, much like a, a monologue, like this is really hard to do. Uh, I’ve been podcasting for four years and this still takes me a very long time to record a 10 or 15 minute monologue like this just cause it’s not really natural for us to sit and stare at the microphone and record something perfect every time. Um, and on that line I would say, you know, make sure anytime you’re recording a podcast, give yourself some, some leeway and some grace and say, look, I’m going to edit this later.  <br />
Speaker 1    08:07    If you mess up, just take a pause, take a deep breath, have a sip of water, and then start again and restate your whole statement. Editing that later will be really easy. Whereas if you, if you run on from phrase to phrase and restate what you’re saying, all in a huge run on sentence, uh, you’ll really kind of kick yourself later in post production because splicing all that together and mixing it to sound natural is really difficult. So as you’re recording, if you mess up, just stop, take a deep breath and repeat the whole thought and phrase from the beginning and later in post-production you’ll find a real easy, okay. So we talked about the, the format of the episodes that we did on launch day. So we did teaser episode a week before we had three episodes on launch day. Uh, the first two were kind of monologue and how to tutorial kind of episodes.  <br />
Speaker 1    08:57    And the last one was an interview where we talked all about storytelling and building a narrative for your podcast. We did that because building a story and a narrative and a story arc as the folks from pressboard media talked about is super important to building the, the content that people really want to follow and it becomes viral and they share it and they talk about it at the water cooler, at work. Uh, and they, they want to tune in every week to hear what happened. And for us, with this podcast specifically, the, the, what happened is going to be, you know, how is the podcast going? What were the results of the launch day? What were the results of, uh, you know, this marketing experiment that we decided to run. And so that’s what we’re going to jump into a bit now is kind of what were some of the, the old early results.  <br />
Speaker 1    09:37    But before we get into that, want to talk about how we went about marketing this? We talked about the channels a little bit, uh, and the content that we released on the launch day. Now we’ll talk about specifically for us how we went about marketing this on, on launch day. So the teaser episode went out on December 12th. We sent a dedicated email for that on that Friday as well as opposed on our social media channels. And in our Facebook group on launch day, we did the same thing with a dedicated email to our list, a post on our Twitter and Facebook pages, our feeds and a post in our Facebook group, podcast hackers, uh, in terms of resources that, that we have available to us. I think one of the questions is, Oh, you know, Castillo’s podcast company, of course, it’s easier for them to launch a podcast with a bunch of listeners.  <br />
Speaker 1    10:22    You know, I am just starting out or I don’t have a huge audience or anything like that. The results that I should expect to see are not the same as they would see. So I’ll give you a little context about kind of what kind of assets we have that we’re playing with. So in terms of email, we have about 6,000 people on our email list, which is a, I think a moderately sized email list. I know plenty of people with tens and hundreds of thousands of people on their email list. That’s a, that’s a very different kind of tool than we have. And in terms of social media or Facebook group, podcast hackers has just under a thousand members in it and I think it’s pretty active. It’s a place we’re going to be focusing a lot here with the podcast to, to create a community and dialogue around the, the topics that we’re discussing here in the audience podcast.  <br />
Speaker 1    11:06    Uh, but a thousand people is a pretty good place to start there. In terms of regular social media channels, we get about 400 views on our Facebook page a month. And on Twitter, which is our only other active social media channel, we have just under 300 followers. So a, I, we have a lot of room to improve here on social media. It’s not somewhere we’ve focused a lot, but it is somewhere that we’re going to be exploring here going forward is our kind of organic social media channels. And I say organic because I want to differentiate that from paid social media traffic. So we will be experimenting with um, promoting posts and advertising this podcast on Facebook and Twitter. Um, but, but that’s not the same thing as us posting something to our Facebook page or a Twitter feed and people seeing that organically coming over and listening or subscribing to the podcast.  <br />
Speaker 1    11:56    So now I wanted to talk a little bit about the analytics from the podcast. So, uh, we had our teaser episode and then we had the three episodes on launch day. And in the spirit of transparency, which is a big part of what this podcast is all about, we want to share some of the numbers after just a few days after launch here. Can I give some timeframe around this because typically as you’re talking to sponsors, they will want to hear the numbers for your podcast between four and six weeks after each episode has been launched. This is a, this is very short, uh, and that kind of time span, um, or just a few days, not even a week after launch as I’m recording this, but I wanted to give some numbers around that for folks to listen to. So for our teaser episode here today, again, this is for the teaser episode.  <br />
Speaker 1    12:39    It’s been about a week and a half. We have a just under 300 listens for the episode. Each of our launch episodes is just under 200 listens per episode. So we’re definitely seeing a bump on the, the launch group of episodes relative to the teaser episode, especially since the teaser episode has been out a whole week more than the launch episodes. But we are really starting from scratch with this. As I look at our analytics, I am, uh, I’m humbled by, by kind of where we’re starting. Uh, we have not done a ton of work in terms of marketing. I think you can, you can really build up a really big buzz around launching a podcast and you can, uh, you can do a lot of things like a contest or a giveaway or specifically gather people’s email addresses. Just for the podcast we emailed our whole list, which I mentioned is about 6,000 people.  <br />
Speaker 1    13:26    Uh, and you know, the conversion rate I guess that we’re seeing on that as if we’re, if we have a email list of 6,000 and we’re getting 200 subscribers at this point, that’s only about a 3% conversion rate. So that is not something that we’re, that we’re thrilled with and we’re going to be working very hard to improve that here going forward. But we have to start somewhere. And I think that’s an important lesson for, for us all is to say like, okay, I want to start a podcast. But a lot of folks who are are wanting to start a podcast, a spirit, you know, here at the end of 2019, uh, it can be really intimidating cause there’s a lot of really good podcasts out there that are, that are very successful already, especially as you get into the more kind of mass market niches.  <br />
Speaker 1    14:03    Uh, I think, you know, going up against Joe Rogan and some of these true crime podcast is really intimidating. So you might want to say, Oh, I want to start a podcast. I really have a passion for this one thing. But then you look and say, yeah, but I’m going to hit killed by these people who have been doing this already. And that’s, that’s fair. But the lesson here for me is that we want to, you know, launch the podcast, get started, continue marketing and continue promoting the podcast as we go because you have to get started sometime. So going forward from launch day is really just the beginning. You know, we mentioned in one of the first episodes or in the teaser episode that the point of a podcast is not to launch, but it is to grow and have an impact with your podcast as a marketing channel and a vehicle for you to share your voice with the world and with your audience.  <br />
Speaker 1    14:47    And so we’re excited to, to have launched the podcast, gotten started. And now really the hard work starts. The hard work is to continue creating content that is interesting and engaging and helpful for, for you the folks that are listening and for us as a tool for our brand and our business, the podcast is, uh, is hopefully going to be a way for us to reach more people that aren’t already in our world. Uh, so we talked about sending emails and posting on social media for folks that already follow us. And that’s all well and good for reaching the people that already know about you and already know about. So in our case, but the goal with this is for us and and for a lot of people is to to have a podcast, to let new people find out about you and hear your message and find out about your brand.  <br />
Speaker 1    15:32    And that means these people aren’t on your email list or aren’t following you on social media already. And so now the strategy is not sharing the podcast with people who already know about you, but to find ways to introduce your podcast content to new people. And that’s going to be the focus of a lot of our work as far as marketing the podcast and growing the listenership here going forward after launch day. So launch day is done. We did, we did what we could do. Um, you know, as I’m, as I’m kind of looking back on this, I say we, we probably could have done more, but the goal with this podcast is not really to launch with a bang and have a huge showing right out of the gate. But the point is to, to start and have a good starting point and have a frame of reference and then go and learn from there to say, how can we, how can we grow the podcast, how can we find more people to, to listen to this, who would enjoy it and share it with their friends and things like that.  <br />
Speaker 1    16:22    And that’s our mission here going forward. You know, in the spirit of transparency, we wanted to share some of the numbers around the podcast. We want to let folks know kind of where we’re coming from in terms of the resources we have in terms of social media and email list and things like that so that you can say, okay, I have an email list like this or I was just a, a following that has this many people. I can expect something, you know, more or less. But we didn’t want to give some of the listenership numbers without any context of, of kind of where we were coming from. Uh, if I’m honest, I think this is a really humble beginning for us. Switches a kind of good and bad. It’s good because we have a lot of room to improve. We have a lot of upside in terms of our audience.  <br />
Speaker 1    17:00    I would have liked to have, you know, a thousand listeners or something here in the few days after we launched, but that’s not, we have, we have about 200 listeners per episode for our launch group and we’re going to be working hard to grow that here going forward. So I hope this was interesting and informative and a little inspirational maybe for folks who are, are just starting a podcast or have one that’s already going and really getting into the next few episodes. We’re going to be sharing a lot about the, the tactics and the strategies and the, the mindset that we have around growing the podcast. And, uh, we’ll be sharing everything we’re learning here with you and the audience podcast. If you’re enjoying the show, our ask is to share it with somebody who you think would enjoy it as well. So our, our goal here is to share a lot of really great information. And, uh, if you think we’re doing that, please share this podcast with a fellow podcaster that you know, who think would enjoy it as well. Show notes for this episode can be found at audience dot  dot com thanks so much. And we’ll see you next time. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Get More From Audience</h2>



<p>If you like what you hear, consider sharing Audience with a fellow podcasters in your network or joining the Podcast Hackers Facebook group. </p>



<p>And if you’re looking for more actionable podcasting tips, subscribe to our newsletter. Every Thursday we share additional resources as we publish new episodes each week. </p>



<ul><li><a href="https://audience.castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Subscribe to Audience</a> wherever you listen to podcasts today!</li><li>Join the <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasthackers/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podcast Hackers Facebook group</a></li></ul>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/004-launch-day.mp3" length="17375065"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
In this episode of Audience, we cover the results of our launch day, talk about how we approached launching the podcast, and what some of the early analytics around the launch day episodes are.  



From here the fun (and hard) part starts, where we will begin growing the listenership of this podcast.  A modest beginning of ~200 listeners in our inaugural episodes is a good starting point, but now comes the time to broaden the reach of this show to new listeners.



Our early plans to grow this show include both organic social media platform growth (Facebook and Twitter for us), and then we will begin experimenting with different paid acquisition channels for the show. 







Episode Transcript



Speaker 1    00:06    Hello and welcome back to audience, the podcast where you follow along as we build a real and impactful podcast audience from scratch. I’m your host Craig Hewitt from Castillo’s. Well, at this point, launch day has come and gone and we’ve learned a lot. In this episode we’re going to talk all about how we went about launching the podcast, some of the strategies and marketing tactics that you might use in launching your own podcast and some of the early results from our analytics to talk about how the launch went in those first few episodes. When it comes to launching a podcast. I think you really need to, to think about launching a podcast as you would any other product or initiative within a, within your business or brand or community. Uh, a podcast launch is, is a product in and of itself. And with that in mind, I think one of the first things that you think about is, is how you already reach your existing audience.  
Speaker 1    00:55    So we’ll assume that we have some kind of audience if we’re going to be starting a podcast, if you’re truly starting from scratch. I think a lot of the same principles apply here, but they’re a little bit of guesswork. Uh, and in the, I mean, the first thing we think about is how do we reach our existing audience already for us at , it’s been primarily through email, a little bit of social media and through our Facebook group called podcast hackers. So with that in mind, the things that you might think about as you’re looking to, to launch a podcast are how do you already connect with your existing audience, whether it’s again, for your, your business or for your local community, religious organization, your passion project or hobby. How do you already connect with the people in your world? For a lot of people, this is a, some kind of digital or virtual environment, emails, social media, online communities, things like that.  
Speaker 1    01:46    In person events always plays a big role in more local focused kind of, you know, brands and topics. So again, a religious organization, a sports community would be much more kind of geographically focused. And so in person events might play a bigger role here. Also things like networking events. Uh, if you’re really like in a B to B space from there, the choice of if you’re talking specifically about social media, I think the choice of social media platform plays a big role. Things like Twitter maybe are more lean more towards the technical crowd. Uh, things like startups and online business and things like that. Facebook is pretty ubiquitous. I think a lot of people hanging out on Facebook, um, whether we like Facebook or not these days. Um, Facebook as something that can apply to everybody in our view. Uh, and then things like Pinterest and Instagram are, you know, by their nature much more visually based and so are really good for things like travel and food bloggers and maybe more lifestyle brands.  
Speaker 1    02:47    Email marketing has been somewhere that, that we’ve always focused a lot just because it’s one of the very few things that you own and control almost entirely. Uh, if yo...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/Depositphotos-45909621-l-2015.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>18:07</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Crafting The Narrative]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 19 Dec 2019 08:30:16 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/crafting-the-narrative</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/crafting-the-narrative</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>In this episode, we talk through what makes up a good story for your podcast, and why it’s an essential step in creating engaging and shareworthy content.</p>



<p>These days creating the same content as the rest of the shows in your niche just isn’t good enough. We all need to be publishing 10x content that really stands out above and beyond what other shows are creating.  </p>



<p>To learn how the pros do this I sat down with Jared and Leah from Vancouver based <a href="https://www.pressboardmedia.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Pressboard Media</a>. </p>



<p>Jared and Leah are experts at crafting a story around their topic, and helping their guests share those really interesting and insightful moments during interviews.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>During this episode we discuss:</h2>



<ul><li>Why you can’t start out at a 10 when telling a story</li><li>How to be vulnerable without seeming negative</li><li>Why brands can tell just as good of a story as individuals</li><li>How to think about your competition (hint, it’s not often who you think it is)</li><li>How to go about crafting a story arc for your episodes</li></ul>



<h2>Episode Transcript</h2>



<p class="ghostkit-custom-294Nvi">Speaker 1    00:05    Hello and welcome back to audience. I’m Craig Hewitt, your host. This is the podcast where you follow the journey of one brand building their podcast audience from zero to a meaningful and impactful resource for their business. Today we’re talking all about storytelling. Storytelling is so important because it’s really what separates meaningful and engaging and dynamic content from everything else out there in the podcasting world. And today I’m joined by Leah and Jared from pressboard media.  <br />
Speaker 2    00:35    We’re in the business of telling stories. Everything we do is about telling stories. And because we’re a storytelling company, we’re always looking for new ways to reach both our audience and help our clients reach their audiences.  <br />
Speaker 1    00:48    Why talk about storytelling on a podcast about growing your podcast audience. You might ask, and that’s a fair question. And the reason is in this show we’re going to be exploring kind of all aspects of growing a listenership, uh, from paid advertising to content marketing, email marketing. But the core of it really is creating really excellent podcast content for your listeners. And storytelling is by far the best way to stand out from the crowd and really make your show different from everyone else out there. By sharing a narrative, building a story, and having an evolution of of your message over time, as podcasting gets more mature and frankly more competitive, we have to evolve the way we create content and the way we relate our message to our audience much in the way that the traditional marketing and advertising has changed over time. Jared Grimm from pressboard shares a analogy around this that I think will resonate with everybody.  <br />
Speaker 3    01:55    So when you think of moving from a banner ad saying, Hey, we’ve got great shoes and those shoes are on sale and you should buy those shoes to try to tell the story, it’s quite a bit different. So it’s the different, you’re using different marketing muscles and instead of looking to things like, you know, banner ads and print ads for inspiration, you start looking towards things like movies and TV shows and books because that’s where screenwriters and authors have created a story arc. And so the biggest challenge I find in working with brands is, is taking them from a place of you can’t turn your magazine ad into a story. You need to take inspiration from maybe your foundational story of the company or your customer’s story. Uh, and that’s what you’re going to market rather than deals and destinations t...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
In this episode, we talk through what makes up a good story for your podcast, and why it’s an essential step in creating engaging and shareworthy content.



These days creating the same content as the rest of the shows in your niche just isn’t good enough. We all need to be publishing 10x content that really stands out above and beyond what other shows are creating.  



To learn how the pros do this I sat down with Jared and Leah from Vancouver based Pressboard Media. 



Jared and Leah are experts at crafting a story around their topic, and helping their guests share those really interesting and insightful moments during interviews.














During this episode we discuss:



Why you can’t start out at a 10 when telling a storyHow to be vulnerable without seeming negativeWhy brands can tell just as good of a story as individualsHow to think about your competition (hint, it’s not often who you think it is)How to go about crafting a story arc for your episodes



Episode Transcript



Speaker 1    00:05    Hello and welcome back to audience. I’m Craig Hewitt, your host. This is the podcast where you follow the journey of one brand building their podcast audience from zero to a meaningful and impactful resource for their business. Today we’re talking all about storytelling. Storytelling is so important because it’s really what separates meaningful and engaging and dynamic content from everything else out there in the podcasting world. And today I’m joined by Leah and Jared from pressboard media.  
Speaker 2    00:35    We’re in the business of telling stories. Everything we do is about telling stories. And because we’re a storytelling company, we’re always looking for new ways to reach both our audience and help our clients reach their audiences.  
Speaker 1    00:48    Why talk about storytelling on a podcast about growing your podcast audience. You might ask, and that’s a fair question. And the reason is in this show we’re going to be exploring kind of all aspects of growing a listenership, uh, from paid advertising to content marketing, email marketing. But the core of it really is creating really excellent podcast content for your listeners. And storytelling is by far the best way to stand out from the crowd and really make your show different from everyone else out there. By sharing a narrative, building a story, and having an evolution of of your message over time, as podcasting gets more mature and frankly more competitive, we have to evolve the way we create content and the way we relate our message to our audience much in the way that the traditional marketing and advertising has changed over time. Jared Grimm from pressboard shares a analogy around this that I think will resonate with everybody.  
Speaker 3    01:55    So when you think of moving from a banner ad saying, Hey, we’ve got great shoes and those shoes are on sale and you should buy those shoes to try to tell the story, it’s quite a bit different. So it’s the different, you’re using different marketing muscles and instead of looking to things like, you know, banner ads and print ads for inspiration, you start looking towards things like movies and TV shows and books because that’s where screenwriters and authors have created a story arc. And so the biggest challenge I find in working with brands is, is taking them from a place of you can’t turn your magazine ad into a story. You need to take inspiration from maybe your foundational story of the company or your customer’s story. Uh, and that’s what you’re going to market rather than deals and destinations t...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Crafting The Narrative]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>In this episode, we talk through what makes up a good story for your podcast, and why it’s an essential step in creating engaging and shareworthy content.</p>



<p>These days creating the same content as the rest of the shows in your niche just isn’t good enough. We all need to be publishing 10x content that really stands out above and beyond what other shows are creating.  </p>



<p>To learn how the pros do this I sat down with Jared and Leah from Vancouver based <a href="https://www.pressboardmedia.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Pressboard Media</a>. </p>



<p>Jared and Leah are experts at crafting a story around their topic, and helping their guests share those really interesting and insightful moments during interviews.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>During this episode we discuss:</h2>



<ul><li>Why you can’t start out at a 10 when telling a story</li><li>How to be vulnerable without seeming negative</li><li>Why brands can tell just as good of a story as individuals</li><li>How to think about your competition (hint, it’s not often who you think it is)</li><li>How to go about crafting a story arc for your episodes</li></ul>



<h2>Episode Transcript</h2>



<p class="ghostkit-custom-294Nvi">Speaker 1    00:05    Hello and welcome back to audience. I’m Craig Hewitt, your host. This is the podcast where you follow the journey of one brand building their podcast audience from zero to a meaningful and impactful resource for their business. Today we’re talking all about storytelling. Storytelling is so important because it’s really what separates meaningful and engaging and dynamic content from everything else out there in the podcasting world. And today I’m joined by Leah and Jared from pressboard media.  <br />
Speaker 2    00:35    We’re in the business of telling stories. Everything we do is about telling stories. And because we’re a storytelling company, we’re always looking for new ways to reach both our audience and help our clients reach their audiences.  <br />
Speaker 1    00:48    Why talk about storytelling on a podcast about growing your podcast audience. You might ask, and that’s a fair question. And the reason is in this show we’re going to be exploring kind of all aspects of growing a listenership, uh, from paid advertising to content marketing, email marketing. But the core of it really is creating really excellent podcast content for your listeners. And storytelling is by far the best way to stand out from the crowd and really make your show different from everyone else out there. By sharing a narrative, building a story, and having an evolution of of your message over time, as podcasting gets more mature and frankly more competitive, we have to evolve the way we create content and the way we relate our message to our audience much in the way that the traditional marketing and advertising has changed over time. Jared Grimm from pressboard shares a analogy around this that I think will resonate with everybody.  <br />
Speaker 3    01:55    So when you think of moving from a banner ad saying, Hey, we’ve got great shoes and those shoes are on sale and you should buy those shoes to try to tell the story, it’s quite a bit different. So it’s the different, you’re using different marketing muscles and instead of looking to things like, you know, banner ads and print ads for inspiration, you start looking towards things like movies and TV shows and books because that’s where screenwriters and authors have created a story arc. And so the biggest challenge I find in working with brands is, is taking them from a place of you can’t turn your magazine ad into a story. You need to take inspiration from maybe your foundational story of the company or your customer’s story. Uh, and that’s what you’re going to market rather than deals and destinations to buy the products.  <br />
Speaker 1    02:47    Getting inspiration from outside of your realm and your world and your niche is really difficult sometimes. But often we find that’s the best place to find new and interesting ways to relay a message to your in a way that they can relate to. And again, that’s share worthy. And that ends up having this kind of viral aspect to it. Building an interesting and engaging dynamic story is not a coincidence or an accident. It, there’s a method behind it and there is a lot of science behind this. We see this in popular movies all the time, and our podcast should follow the same type of arc that we see in popular media to engage our audience and keep them wanting more all the time.  <br />
Speaker 3    03:30    We’ve even changed the way that we look at storytelling. So one thing that Leah brought on board was this idea of that a story has to, or it should be a three act play. Um, and I’m maybe Leah, you can speak to what a three act plays and it’s not something you learn in. I took marketing in school. You don’t learn about, you know, how people create movies and the three act play. And that is some of the science. And that applies to whether you’re writing something in text or you’re doing a video for branded content where you’re doing podcasts,  <br />
Speaker 1    04:02    but what does a three act play mean? And how do we go about creating this within our podcast?  <br />
Speaker 2    04:08    Yeah. So I think it’s important for any podcasts or storyteller, remember that you’re not just competing against other podcasts, you’re competing against any kind of entertainment, um, whether that’s movies, you know, the newest series on Netflix. So you always need to be thinking about how those pieces of content are structured and what makes them successful. Uh, and try to apply that to your own stories. So like Jared mentioned, we, we always try to keep the three act play in mind, which is just this idea that stakes needs to be raised over the course of your story to constantly sort of re-engage your audience. Um, if you start at a 10, uh, there’s nowhere for your story to go and there’s no reason for viewers or listeners to or readers to keep listening to the content. Do you need to make sure that your story has depth, um, and different moments where you’re re-engaging people.  <br />
Speaker 2    05:02    And then two other sort of main, uh, ideas that we try to incorporate into every story we tell is that you need to have a character that drives the action. So you need to have someone that you relate to that you care about, that you can follow through the story. Because that sort of personal connection is often what drives engagement. And then the third sort of thing. So you have the three act play, you have that strong character and then you need some kind of theme or message that readers can take away. You want them to bring something to the water cooler next day, talk about what their friends over dinner, something that sticks with them because if you tell a story that’s some amazing story, that’s great, but if it doesn’t mean anything then no one’s going to care about it a week or a month later.  <br />
Speaker 1    05:46    Giving meaning to our podcast content and the message we’re trying to relate really is the key to making it sticky and have it be something that carries over to the water cooler at work or to the sports field or to your church group where people are just talking about this all the time. I think about the cereal brand and the podcast kind of dynasty that they’ve created there and it really was around this concept of people can’t wait to hear the next episode. People are talking about it all the time. Social media in person, newspaper magazine, it’s everywhere. The story is really interesting and engaging and is really worth following along and people are are bought into the concept of this show. If you’re doing a podcast by yourself, this is easy to control and script and plan out. But if you have an interview based show, this is a little more difficult. Here’s where a little bit of planning thought and research goes a long way into prepping your guests for the particular audience and the topic that you want to talk about in that specific episode.  <br />
Speaker 2    06:49    But one of the things that we did this year for first season of the scientist storytelling was to select a theme before each episode. Make sure that the guests were aware of what we wanted to talk about. And in this case we talked to different, like I said, thought leaders about a specific campaign or story that they were telling. So inherently you have a story to talk about. The, for example, we spoke with Atlas Obscura, which is a site in the, in the U S about all these amazing travel destinations that you never knew existed. And they did a campaign with chase Sapphire, uh, where they gave chase Sapphire card holders access to these sort of ancient train cars that were formerly using the MTA and let them go on this sort of retro once in a lifetime experience train ride through New York subway system. So right away we have a story to talk about, which is that story within the campaign.  <br />
Speaker 2    07:44    And then from there, uh, we ask a few questions of our guests beforehand so you know, where, where did you get inspiration for this campaign? How did you get involved in the business so that we already have an idea of stories before we get to the recording studio. And then from there we can choose, you know, which stories compelled us, which ones do we want to sort of investigate more. And it just makes sure that everybody as well is aware of what they’re going to talk about and even have some anecdote prepared that they can share. So I definitely think that being prepared is really important though, of course spontaneity and having that sort of national conversation is really important as well.  <br />
Speaker 1    08:23    So do your homework ahead of time, prepare yourself and your guests for the episode you’re about to record and then let the conversation take its own natural course and let the guest to tell their story like they want to. Oftentimes, this is where the biggest surprises and the most interesting content will come out organically and naturally  <br />
Speaker 2    08:41    while we’re creating our podcast series. So a lot of times people are more interesting than company people within those companies. So a good example was we were interviewing Bexley from  <br />
Speaker 3    08:56    Bleacher report. Uh, and Bleacher report has an interesting story. You know, it started out as a, as an app that basically found could record and get highlights, cetera, crowdsource or Abba was really interesting about the podcast was Bakley who is heading up their branded content division. How he became is the role that he was in, how he got to that role. He was a high school basketball coach and he just loved basketball. Like love every part of it, like playing it, love coaching it, love watching it, like he sees himself as basketball in a lot of aspects of his life. And that was intriguing. So because it told the story of Bleacher report and why bleach report was important to people, but we were able to look at it through Besley’s eyes and it was really cool. Yeah. If you started as like a beat reporter doing a little bit of basketball coverage, who’s a basketball coach at a high school at the same time, and he was so passionate about the sport, he was able to easily talk about why police report made sense and why he wanted to work there. And that became really the story of the podcast. It would be really difficult to find that out on the spot during the podcast while you’re interviewing the person where you only have 20 to 40 minutes. But by knowing that that could be a nice three act play that could exist in there, uh, helped us at least have some really good guidelines on where we’re going.  <br />
Speaker 1    10:31    So we’re sold on good character development and a story arc being an important part of creating interesting content that our audience can relate to and will want to share with their friends. But how do we go about this? This is a really difficult thing to do if it’s not something that you’re familiar with and have a journalistic background. Jared gives a really great example that I think we all know and love and certainly can relate to.  <br />
Speaker 3    10:55    The easiest way to reference this is for most people is to look at movies. So if you like the matrix, if Neo would have started as the one solves all of the matrix problem, there wouldn’t be much of a movie there. So starting the character off in a baseline. So being a normal person that people can relate to and then identifying what the inciting incident was that brought them to a new normal. And so let’s reference back to the matrix scan, right? You know, takes the pill that’s being setting and goes on this journey with lots and lots of tension and challenge along the way. Finally realizes that he’s the one and then there’s the new normal. And so I think you want to start at how was this person before they are what they are now and what were the events that led them to the place that they are now. And that isn’t super interesting story arc and you can do it people, you can also do it with companies like the story of Uber is, is really like, there’s this folklore almost now, but Travis and his friend can’t get a cab. They decide, Hey, wouldn’t it be easier for you to just get like quickly on our phone? They, you know, decide to start Uber. Uber goes through a thousands of challenges along the way, including Travis being one of the biggest challenges to the company.  <br />
Speaker 1    12:19    So we don’t start off at a 10. We give the character some room to breathe and grow and be real. Uh, I like how Jared says that this can be a personal example or an example of a company. Many of us are podcasting for our brands and this is a, an entity bigger than just ourselves. So give yourself some space and the Liberty to talk about your organization or your brand as the entity and as the thing that’s experiencing these troubles and going through this journey, uh, itself, not just a person individually.  <br />
Speaker 3    12:50    It wouldn’t be very interesting to hear the story of Uber. If it was Uber dominated. It is worth billions of dollars and everything. Right? It’s much more interesting that it didn’t exist and that they ran into massive problems with their CEO and cofounder that they kicked him out of the company and that’s still going.  <br />
Speaker 1    13:08    One thing that the story of Uber reminds us of his image and brand and really who we’re competing with to develop and instill the, the image of our brand with our audience and with our listeners. And a lot of times we think of brand as is competing our brand versus another, but a lot of times competition comes in in a lot of different forms and isn’t always obvious to us as we’re sitting here today thinking about our podcasts versus the others in our space. We have to consider other types of media and other things that are vying for audience attention.  <br />
Speaker 3    13:44    Your brand story isn’t competing with other brands. It’s competing with entertainment that’s available in the world. So the storytelling around a brand or a company, you have to think of it in a way that it has to follow a lot of the same rules as entertainment cause that’s your constant, your competitive set when you’re building a podcast. The same thing. There is no shortage of podcasts out there. There is thousands of podcasts being created every hour. Um, but why is it that we listened to Malcolm Gladwell’s revisionist history, right? Why do we care about the NPR ones? Why is reply all from Gimlet interesting. Like why are these ones more interesting than other ones? Because they tell an interesting story  <br />
Speaker 1    14:23    and this is where the onus comes back on us as content creators to do our work and do our homework and sit down and think about the story that you can tell around your brand and your message and that your audience can relate to. Jared mentioned some of the best storytellers out there and the best content creators in the business and as podcasters, whether you’re just starting out or whether you have an established and growing show, the onus is really on us to up our and up the style of content that we’re creating too to match some of these best in class content creators. But we can only take this so far. We create the content, our audience listens and then forms their own opinions about our message and our brand.  <br />
Speaker 3    15:05    So one way to think about it is your brand story is a dinner party and you don’t get to the side what everybody at the table says, but you get to control your own voice, right? You get to control what you say and what you contribute to the conversation, which is your owned assets, right? It’s your, you know, you do a podcast because this is your viewpoint and you’re going to contribute that to the dinner party conversation. What other people say about your brand and the part you don’t control. And so you can only control your contribution to the conversation. And then other people are going to contribute to that story as well. So it makes sure that your voice is heard. You don’t want to sit at a dinner party and let everybody else talk and you not say anything. So make sure that you use your outlets to be able to say the part that you want to contribute.  <br />
Speaker 1    15:53    And as independent podcast creators, we often have an advantage over a lot of conventional media outlets here.  <br />
Speaker 2    15:59    One of the most exciting things about doing content for brands or as a brand is that you have access to stories that journalists have never heard of. You have access to data in your company that journalists don’t have access to. So there’s stories that people want to hear, they just don’t know exist. So for example, um, I think I read a story just recently, it was a small story by a local food delivery company that examined where people were ordering their food in the city and what kind of food they were ordering. So we live in Vancouver. So people in the West end of the city, uh, for the most part were ordering like falafels and in the East part of the city they were ordering, um, you know, Chinese food and subpar city. Most people are to sushi and um, that’s data that no journalist really has access to.  <br />
Speaker 2    16:50    But it’s for as this kind of conversation about, you know, what is the food preferences of the city? How does that reflect people’s personal taste, their demographics in the city? Um, so it was just sort of an interesting thing that I thought, Hm. Like who would have that information without putting a  or something. And so you want to think as a brand, not about necessarily how do I counter the narratives that other people are putting out there cause they’re gonna do whatever they want. But it’s more about what stories haven’t been told that I know represent my company exactly as I want it to be represented. And how do I tell those stories to the best of my ability?  <br />
Speaker 1    17:29    What story hasn’t been told or what story hasn’t been told in the way that you can tell it? I often think that the best podcast content out there is in an interview format at least of people that I’ve never heard about in a particular niche or people that we all know and have heard on many podcasts. But hearing them talk about you’ve never heard them discuss either way, you approach this way of creating a new angle on your content, whether it’s a story that’s not been told in your space before or having a guest on talking about an aspect of their life and their journey that you’ve never heard in another podcast they’ve been in before. Either way you attack this. I think this is a great strategy for creating interesting new and engaging content that your audience is going to love.  <br />
Speaker 3    18:15    Like my advice to everybody is the most interesting stories are the ones where you share these personal aspects because they are very relatable. Uh, I, I was lucky to learn this almost in the first week of starting the company, started the company, uh, both five years ago we had zero clients with zero products. Um, we had zero credibility, but all we had was that me and GM, my business partner took that big leap of faith. So I had just had, uh, I have two kids, we just had our second kid, Henry. So that’s, that’s like a big thing that happens in your life. We just bought a house in North Vancouver. We just have this big mortgage. So second kid mortgage, my wife’s going on mat leaves who have no income coming in from outside. And then I quit my job. So now we have zero income, a massive mortgage second kid.  <br />
Speaker 3    19:02    And we did that all in, up through period. Terrible idea. But I was like, okay, well we don’t have any, I’m just going to say it. I’ve got nothing to lose. Right? Like, and I, I posted something on LinkedIn and it was just like, Henry’s, you should have a baby, buy a house, what your job and start a company. And it’s still the most viewed piece of content that I’ve ever had, like on any blog post or anything that I’ve ever done, regardless published. And people still ask me about it. I think it was funny because my sister’s hairdresser, she lives in Edmondson, said, uh, Hey grim, do you know Jared? And she’s like, yeah, that’s my brother. And she’s like, I just read something LinkedIn on LinkedIn about when starting a company. I have no idea what they do. But that’s really interesting now. I mean it’s not like this was such a big story that everyone saw that she’s connected to my sister LinkedIn’s algorithm. But that was my first realization that something that’s really interesting is something that is like incredibly personal, incredibly vulnerable. And I found that’s like powerful from a marketing standpoint.  <br />
Speaker 1    20:07    Being vulnerable and telling a story from the heart is really the essence of good content. And I think this is something that’s scary for people who haven’t done it before, who’ve maybe kind of hid behind the veil of, of their organization or their brand or their company, but opening yourself up to really sharing how you feel. And what the journey was like in the high points and the low points and being emotional about sharing that experience with your audience is something that they are going to love you for. When you do this, you find that you have a deep connection with your listeners and they’ll reward you by sharing your podcast with their friends and their coworkers and people in their world.  <br />
Speaker 2    20:46    Vulnerability have to mean negativity. It just means talking about something, um, that you don’t have in your company bio that you don’t have on your company website and being fluid and able to sort of take the conversation where it goes.  <br />
Speaker 1    21:01    Jared and Leah from pressboard are experts at creating a story arc and telling a narrative around their message and we can be too. I think the, the onus is on us and it’s time for us to do a bit of homework on how to implement this storytelling method within our podcast and within the content that we’re already creating. Jared, share some more about how exactly they do this.  <br />
Speaker 3    21:21    One thing that we’ve started doing from a marketing standpoint, I think marketing applies to podcasts a lot is to draw out like screenwriters, write it as if it was a TV show or a movie or a book. So when you have a podcast, rather than having let’s say a series of 10 questions that you’re going to ask the other person, do some prep on the person or the story you want to tell, kind of sketch it out, right? Whether whatever your most, your favorite way of doing something, you can storyboard it and you can screen write it. Uh, you can, we do this three act play and we create a story arc and actually like events that are happening throughout it. It’s a very different way to approach any piece of content that you’re creating. But if I were to leave one tangible thing, that’s what it would be be to map this out as if this is your  of thing.  <br />
Speaker 1    22:11    But unfortunately our audience’s attention span and their tolerance to let you develop your story is getting shorter and shorter over time. So you have to catch your audience quickly and give them a reason to keep listening throughout the episode.  <br />
Speaker 2    22:24    So we interviewed were shell shark Tran awhile ago, who is a screenwriter and a producer and she says that if you don’t have the compelling incident in the script, if you can’t read that within the first 10% of the script, someone’s going to put it down. I think it’s like you have to have that sort of hook, that compelling incident within the first 10 pages of your script. So I think it’s important when you have a podcast, when you’re crossing that narrative, sure you don’t want to start at a 10, but you want to sort of hint at what does that exciting thing that we’re moving towards. That means it’s worthwhile to listen to the podcast. I think there’s, there’s like the meme where someone is in sort of like a crazy moment. There’s a fire happening in the background and an explosion and there’s a record scratch. Like you’re probably wondering how I got here. Finding a way to tease out those intriguing moments or, um, sort of drop that foam early in your story so that people know that there’s something that is worthwhile to listen to. It’s a really challenging skill. But if you can figure out a way to do that, I mean, you’re going to just set yourself up for success  <br />
Speaker 1    23:35    in this episode. I think we’re all inspired, educated, and entertained by Jared and Leah telling the story of storytelling. And this is something that we all definitely can and really should carry over into our own podcast. This is a massive part of growing a large audience, which again, is what this podcast is all about, which is creating an impactful and meaningful audience size for your brand so that you can help share the message through podcasting. And a big part of doing that is through good storytelling and good content and content that people want to share and want to engage with and want to follow in between the episodes in your Facebook group or in your email or in your local organizations. Uh, and so I think Jared and Leah from pressboard have done a great job of sharing with us how they go about creating that narrative and telling a story in their podcast and for their customers.  <br />
Speaker 1    24:30    And this is certainly something that all of us can and should carry over into our own shows as well. Uh, this is something that we’re going to be following along with and keeping ourselves accountable to in this podcast. We’re hoping that every episode here can be as engaging and as interesting as this episode. And so please let us know what you think. If you have comments for us for this episode or want to hear anything more about storytelling or kind of good content creation, please let us know. Drop a comment in and the post for this episode at  dot com slash podcast. </p>



<h2>Now Over To You</h2>



<p>We’d love to hear your stories about telling stories through your podcast. Drop a comment in below to tell all about the highs (and the lows) you’ve encountered in crafting an engaging narrative around your podcast topic.</p>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/03-Crafting-The-Narrative.mp3" length="24300073"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
In this episode, we talk through what makes up a good story for your podcast, and why it’s an essential step in creating engaging and shareworthy content.



These days creating the same content as the rest of the shows in your niche just isn’t good enough. We all need to be publishing 10x content that really stands out above and beyond what other shows are creating.  



To learn how the pros do this I sat down with Jared and Leah from Vancouver based Pressboard Media. 



Jared and Leah are experts at crafting a story around their topic, and helping their guests share those really interesting and insightful moments during interviews.














During this episode we discuss:



Why you can’t start out at a 10 when telling a storyHow to be vulnerable without seeming negativeWhy brands can tell just as good of a story as individualsHow to think about your competition (hint, it’s not often who you think it is)How to go about crafting a story arc for your episodes



Episode Transcript



Speaker 1    00:05    Hello and welcome back to audience. I’m Craig Hewitt, your host. This is the podcast where you follow the journey of one brand building their podcast audience from zero to a meaningful and impactful resource for their business. Today we’re talking all about storytelling. Storytelling is so important because it’s really what separates meaningful and engaging and dynamic content from everything else out there in the podcasting world. And today I’m joined by Leah and Jared from pressboard media.  
Speaker 2    00:35    We’re in the business of telling stories. Everything we do is about telling stories. And because we’re a storytelling company, we’re always looking for new ways to reach both our audience and help our clients reach their audiences.  
Speaker 1    00:48    Why talk about storytelling on a podcast about growing your podcast audience. You might ask, and that’s a fair question. And the reason is in this show we’re going to be exploring kind of all aspects of growing a listenership, uh, from paid advertising to content marketing, email marketing. But the core of it really is creating really excellent podcast content for your listeners. And storytelling is by far the best way to stand out from the crowd and really make your show different from everyone else out there. By sharing a narrative, building a story, and having an evolution of of your message over time, as podcasting gets more mature and frankly more competitive, we have to evolve the way we create content and the way we relate our message to our audience much in the way that the traditional marketing and advertising has changed over time. Jared Grimm from pressboard shares a analogy around this that I think will resonate with everybody.  
Speaker 3    01:55    So when you think of moving from a banner ad saying, Hey, we’ve got great shoes and those shoes are on sale and you should buy those shoes to try to tell the story, it’s quite a bit different. So it’s the different, you’re using different marketing muscles and instead of looking to things like, you know, banner ads and print ads for inspiration, you start looking towards things like movies and TV shows and books because that’s where screenwriters and authors have created a story arc. And so the biggest challenge I find in working with brands is, is taking them from a place of you can’t turn your magazine ad into a story. You need to take inspiration from maybe your foundational story of the company or your customer’s story. Uh, and that’s what you’re going to market rather than deals and destinations t...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/Depositphotos-79346366-l-2015.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>0:25:11</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Podcast Setup And Gear]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 19 Dec 2019 08:25:36 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/podcast-setup-and-gear</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/podcast-setup-and-gear</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>Everyone’s favorite topic, and an important one here at the beginning of your podcasting journey is a podcast’s setup.</p>



<p>If you’re new to recording high quality audio then sit down for a crash course in podcast setups. After this episode, you’ll be able to record the kind of sound that your audience will love listening to, and keep them coming back week after week.</p>



<p>In this episode we discuss:</p>



<ul><li>Podcast microphone suggestions</li><li>Audio recording and editing software</li><li>Podcast hosting providers</li><li>What an RSS feed is and why it’s important</li><li>Where we will be submitting our show for distribution</li></ul>



<p>Whether you’re new to podcasting or are a seasoned veteran we’d love to hear your experience with your own podcast setup.  They’re really important as you’re getting started and then, fortunately, we can kind of “set it and forget it” when it comes to our podcasting gear and setup.</p>



<p>Leave a comment below about your podcasting setup and what you’ve learned using it.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Episode Transcript</h2>



<p class="ghostkit-custom-J5B2X">Speaker 1    00:04    This will arguably be a lot of folks favorite episode because here we’re going to be geeking out on gear and set up and the nuts and bolts really of how to start a podcast. This is the only time probably will talk about this because again, this is not the most important thing to get on an ongoing basis. You have to make this decision once, get the gear, get things set up, and then everything is just in place from then on so you can focus on what’s really important, which is creating interesting and compelling content for your audience and connecting with them and grow in your brand.  <br />
Speaker 1    00:42    Welcome back to the audience podcast. I’m Craig Hewitt, your host, and here we’re going to be talking first about gear. A lot of folks favorite subject and for good reason. You don’t want to have a bad sounding podcast and this is an important thing to talk about as we’re getting started is you have to have a podcast that sounds good and is pleasing to your listeners. Podcasting is more and more competitive every day and now the minimum bar of audio quality is relatively high. The, you have to have a good sounding podcast that’s interesting and is is not kind of harsh for your listeners to listen to. You have to have something that sounds good. And really the first place that that starts is with a good podcasting microphone. We get pretty opinionated about podcasting and microphones here at Costos because we have a lot of experience on the post production side as well.  <br />
Speaker 1    01:28    Cast us productions is a done for you service inside of our hosting platform that allows you to just upload the raw recording files like this. And then our team takes care of all the editing, mixing and production of your podcast after that so you don’t have to do any of this work in audacity or Hindenburg or Adobe audition. And with that we’ve seen a lot of really good sounding audio and we’ve seen a lot of really bad sounding audio and we’ve done a lot of pattern matching around what makes a good sounding podcast and what doesn’t and what makes a podcast that our audio engineers have trouble with and that ultimately people just aren’t happy with the results of. And so here’s the skinny on recording, a good sounding podcast. The microphone is the most important thing and the microphone that we recommend to almost everybody is the audio Technica ATR 2100.  <br />
Speaker 1    02:14    If you’ve done any research about podcasting, you’ll see that this is the most recommended Mike by a lot of people. Um, it’s relatively inexpensive. It’s about $65 on Amazon right now and it plugs right into your computer so you don’t need any other kind o...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
Everyone’s favorite topic, and an important one here at the beginning of your podcasting journey is a podcast’s setup.



If you’re new to recording high quality audio then sit down for a crash course in podcast setups. After this episode, you’ll be able to record the kind of sound that your audience will love listening to, and keep them coming back week after week.



In this episode we discuss:



Podcast microphone suggestionsAudio recording and editing softwarePodcast hosting providersWhat an RSS feed is and why it’s importantWhere we will be submitting our show for distribution



Whether you’re new to podcasting or are a seasoned veteran we’d love to hear your experience with your own podcast setup.  They’re really important as you’re getting started and then, fortunately, we can kind of “set it and forget it” when it comes to our podcasting gear and setup.



Leave a comment below about your podcasting setup and what you’ve learned using it.














Episode Transcript



Speaker 1    00:04    This will arguably be a lot of folks favorite episode because here we’re going to be geeking out on gear and set up and the nuts and bolts really of how to start a podcast. This is the only time probably will talk about this because again, this is not the most important thing to get on an ongoing basis. You have to make this decision once, get the gear, get things set up, and then everything is just in place from then on so you can focus on what’s really important, which is creating interesting and compelling content for your audience and connecting with them and grow in your brand.  
Speaker 1    00:42    Welcome back to the audience podcast. I’m Craig Hewitt, your host, and here we’re going to be talking first about gear. A lot of folks favorite subject and for good reason. You don’t want to have a bad sounding podcast and this is an important thing to talk about as we’re getting started is you have to have a podcast that sounds good and is pleasing to your listeners. Podcasting is more and more competitive every day and now the minimum bar of audio quality is relatively high. The, you have to have a good sounding podcast that’s interesting and is is not kind of harsh for your listeners to listen to. You have to have something that sounds good. And really the first place that that starts is with a good podcasting microphone. We get pretty opinionated about podcasting and microphones here at Costos because we have a lot of experience on the post production side as well.  
Speaker 1    01:28    Cast us productions is a done for you service inside of our hosting platform that allows you to just upload the raw recording files like this. And then our team takes care of all the editing, mixing and production of your podcast after that so you don’t have to do any of this work in audacity or Hindenburg or Adobe audition. And with that we’ve seen a lot of really good sounding audio and we’ve seen a lot of really bad sounding audio and we’ve done a lot of pattern matching around what makes a good sounding podcast and what doesn’t and what makes a podcast that our audio engineers have trouble with and that ultimately people just aren’t happy with the results of. And so here’s the skinny on recording, a good sounding podcast. The microphone is the most important thing and the microphone that we recommend to almost everybody is the audio Technica ATR 2100.  
Speaker 1    02:14    If you’ve done any research about podcasting, you’ll see that this is the most recommended Mike by a lot of people. Um, it’s relatively inexpensive. It’s about $65 on Amazon right now and it plugs right into your computer so you don’t need any other kind o...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Podcast Setup And Gear]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>Everyone’s favorite topic, and an important one here at the beginning of your podcasting journey is a podcast’s setup.</p>



<p>If you’re new to recording high quality audio then sit down for a crash course in podcast setups. After this episode, you’ll be able to record the kind of sound that your audience will love listening to, and keep them coming back week after week.</p>



<p>In this episode we discuss:</p>



<ul><li>Podcast microphone suggestions</li><li>Audio recording and editing software</li><li>Podcast hosting providers</li><li>What an RSS feed is and why it’s important</li><li>Where we will be submitting our show for distribution</li></ul>



<p>Whether you’re new to podcasting or are a seasoned veteran we’d love to hear your experience with your own podcast setup.  They’re really important as you’re getting started and then, fortunately, we can kind of “set it and forget it” when it comes to our podcasting gear and setup.</p>



<p>Leave a comment below about your podcasting setup and what you’ve learned using it.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Episode Transcript</h2>



<p class="ghostkit-custom-J5B2X">Speaker 1    00:04    This will arguably be a lot of folks favorite episode because here we’re going to be geeking out on gear and set up and the nuts and bolts really of how to start a podcast. This is the only time probably will talk about this because again, this is not the most important thing to get on an ongoing basis. You have to make this decision once, get the gear, get things set up, and then everything is just in place from then on so you can focus on what’s really important, which is creating interesting and compelling content for your audience and connecting with them and grow in your brand.  <br />
Speaker 1    00:42    Welcome back to the audience podcast. I’m Craig Hewitt, your host, and here we’re going to be talking first about gear. A lot of folks favorite subject and for good reason. You don’t want to have a bad sounding podcast and this is an important thing to talk about as we’re getting started is you have to have a podcast that sounds good and is pleasing to your listeners. Podcasting is more and more competitive every day and now the minimum bar of audio quality is relatively high. The, you have to have a good sounding podcast that’s interesting and is is not kind of harsh for your listeners to listen to. You have to have something that sounds good. And really the first place that that starts is with a good podcasting microphone. We get pretty opinionated about podcasting and microphones here at Costos because we have a lot of experience on the post production side as well.  <br />
Speaker 1    01:28    Cast us productions is a done for you service inside of our hosting platform that allows you to just upload the raw recording files like this. And then our team takes care of all the editing, mixing and production of your podcast after that so you don’t have to do any of this work in audacity or Hindenburg or Adobe audition. And with that we’ve seen a lot of really good sounding audio and we’ve seen a lot of really bad sounding audio and we’ve done a lot of pattern matching around what makes a good sounding podcast and what doesn’t and what makes a podcast that our audio engineers have trouble with and that ultimately people just aren’t happy with the results of. And so here’s the skinny on recording, a good sounding podcast. The microphone is the most important thing and the microphone that we recommend to almost everybody is the audio Technica ATR 2100.  <br />
Speaker 1    02:14    If you’ve done any research about podcasting, you’ll see that this is the most recommended Mike by a lot of people. Um, it’s relatively inexpensive. It’s about $65 on Amazon right now and it plugs right into your computer so you don’t need any other kind of gear or stuff to use, like an audio interface or a mixer board or anything like that. You take the USB cable from the microphone, plug it into your computer, turn it on and go. We really like this microphone because it’s also really forgiving. Another popular microphone you’ll hear recommended a lot is the blue Yeti, and this is a really, really, really high quality microphone and that’s a really good thing. And it’s a really bad thing. Sometimes the blue Yeti is an excellent microphone if you are in an environment that is really good audio quality. And this would be something like a sound booth, like a professional sound booth where recording artists would record songs or voiceovers or things like that.  <br />
Speaker 1    03:08    The blue Yeti really shines here because a really deep sound to it, but if you are in a shared working space, a coworking space or in an office where there’s other stuff going on and there’s the door open in the trash man outside the blue Yeti is going to pick up all of this sound just from the type of microphone it is, and again, we’re not going to go into all the details of of audio physics here, but just to know that if you want to get a really high quality mic, the blue Yeti is a decent option. If you are in a perfect sound environment, if you are not, do not get that mic because it will pick up a lot of the environmental noise around you and it will make the postproduction process very difficult for you or the audio editor you’re working with.  <br />
Speaker 1    03:51    If you’re a real audio file and want to go up market a little bit from the audio Technica ATR 2100 that we recommend. The next step up there that we really like is the Shure SM seven B. Again, we’ll have links to all this in the show notes for this episode.  dot com slash podcast the Shure SM seven B is the workhorse of a lot of audio producers and it’s a really, really high quality Mike that has really great kind of depth of voice. You might pick up a little more quality to the recording with the Shure SM seven B than you would the audio Technica ATR 2100 but with this it is an XLR Mike, so the connection type on it is different, doesn’t plug right into your computer. You would need an audio interface between the microphone and your computer or your recording device. And so this could be something like a zoom H six which is like a portable recorder that has an XLR connection.  <br />
Speaker 1    04:41    So you could plug the sheer microphone right into that. Or you could use something like a Scarlet focus, right, which is a preamp that the microphone would plug into and then the Scarlet focus right would plug then into your computer for you to record on your digital workstation, so that’s podcasting microphones. The easy answer is by the audio Technica ATR 2100 that’s what I’m using in this podcast and it’s the one that a lot of podcasters get started with and it certainly is good enough for you to record high quality audio. There’s a couple of accessories that go along with this as well that make your life so much easier. Again, in terms of recording good quality audio and not doing a ton of work in post production. The first and most important of which is a pop filter. A pop filter is a screen that sits between the microphone and your mouth and dampens a lot of these really harsh P and T sounds.  <br />
Speaker 1    05:31    They’re called plosives and the audio engineering world. A pop filter reduces these P and T plosives down a lot kind of physically so that you don’t have to manually edit them out in post production process. The other is a boom arm. So regardless of the type of microphone you get, you want the microphone to be up at the level of your mouth in a comfortable position while you’re talking so that you can sit in a a normal, natural comfortable posture and the microphone is right in front of your mouth. A boom arm is some this kind of articulating arm that attaches to your desk or the table that you’re podcasting at and gets the mic at the perfect position for you to record in a comfortable way. While on the topic, we’ll talk a little bit about good Mike technique. Good mic techniques means where the microphone is and what you’re doing to record good quality audio.  <br />
Speaker 1    06:21    So typically you want the microphone pretty close to you, typically about a fist with the parts and maybe like an Apple space between your mouth and the microphone. You don’t want to get too close, but you don’t want to be too far. You want to be able to turn the microphone up loud enough to where when you’re talking and you’re looking at your recording tool, you’re getting all the way through the green aspect of the kind of voice register, not into the yellow and certainly not into the red work clipping occurs, so depending on the tool you’re using to record your audio, it will have this kind of register, this volume meter you want to be talking to where your voice gets into the green a little bit into the yellow but never into the red clipping is one of the very few things you can’t solve in the postproduction process.  <br />
Speaker 1    07:04    And so adjusting the volume of the input of your microphone and the space between your mouth and the microphone and how loud you’re talking to achieve this kind of volume setting a result is what you want to do. Recording it, this ideal kind of volume gives you a lot of flexibility in the postproduction process to to alter the sound that you’ve recorded and without sacrificing any of the natural sound of your voice. In terms of recording, you really have two scenarios that you’ll probably fall in. One is recording a something by yourself or just locally, and this is a scenario like this episode where it’s just me. I’m recording in my office and I’m recording in a tool called audacity. It’s a free open source tool that works both on windows and on Mac and it’s a really powerful audio editor as well. So audacity is a good tool for recording something locally like this where it’s just me.  <br />
Speaker 1    07:56    If you have two people in different locations and you’re on a call, like a zoom call, you could record each of you in audacity locally and then kind of sync those files up later. But typically if you’re doing a remote call, you want to use a specialized podcast recording tool for remote calls. The best out there that we see these days is called squad cast squad. Cast. Dot. FM is our preferred tool for doing remote podcast interviews. It’s a very specific tool. It’s extremely high quality because they do local recordings for both you and your guests. The person or people that you’re recording with, each of you get your own channel and it’s a local recording so it’s not dependent on internet speed or latency or lack of dropout or anything like that, like a zoom call or like a Google Hangouts or like a Skype call would be.  <br />
Speaker 1    08:44    So this brings up another really important aspect of recording high quality audio is that each channel, if you have multiple people on the call need to have their own recording. So if you’re on a zoom call, a zoom is a good example. By default, zoom is a conference calling service compiles all of the participants into one channel. There is a setting in there to record separate tracks for each participant. You would want to check that on. If you’re using zoom, typically we don’t recommend zoom in most situations because it doesn’t record a really high quality audio file that compresses the file down quite a bit to get it into be a manageable file size. But for podcasting, we want the best and biggest recording quality and fidelity that we can, which is why we typically don’t recommend zoom. But if you can’t or don’t want to use a tool like squad cast, zoom is another decent option.  <br />
Speaker 1    09:35    We particularly like zoom, if you have to call someone on the phone to record a podcast with them. Again, if you called someone on the phone, you probably wouldn’t have a podcasting microphone on their end. So this is not the most ideal situation. But I know a lot of times that this is just all that you have and as podcasters we have to kind of adapt to the the cards that we’re dealt. And so you don’t calling somebody to get their part of your podcast is is something you have to do. In that case, zoom is actually a good option because there are call in numbers for zoom and somebody on a phone can call in and do it there. And the thing we recommend if somebody has to be on the phone is to ask them to be in a quiet, calm place with some kind of earbuds.  <br />
Speaker 1    10:17    And whether it’s, you know, your Apple AirPods or the ear, the wired earbuds that come with your mobile phone, those will give a better sound than just the regular built in native microphone for a mobile phone. So we touched on gear a little bit. So the audio technical Mike is the one we use. I have a pop filter, a boom arm and I’m recording this, uh, this segment since it’s just myself and audacity. Uh, if you’re going to do remote calls, make sure you have separate tracks for each participant and we like squad cast.fm for doing podcast specific remote interviews. Once you have your podcast recorded, editing becomes the next step in creating your first podcast episode. We mentioned audacity as a free open source tool. It’s a tool we really like and use a lot for both recording and some light editing. If you want to use a more premium tool, you can look at either Adobe audition or Hindenburg as really a really kind of high quality, more premium tools.  <br />
Speaker 1    11:14    Both of them are paid, whereas audacity is a free and open source tool. From there we move onto the subject of an RSS feed and distribution into into podcasting directories, so your podcast really doesn’t exist without an RSS feed and what is an RSS feed? This is something that mystifies a lot of podcasters and we’ll cover it as as quickly and concisely as we do here because you do need to understand what it is because it is really the heart of your podcast. A podcast doesn’t exist without a feed and a feed is really composed of two kind of big groups. One is the meta information. This is the show information as a whole, so the title of your podcast and the description and the cover image that’s used and the categories it’s in and things like that. This tells a lot of the big picture information about your podcast.  <br />
Speaker 1    11:59    From there, each time you publish a new episode, it’s added as what’s called an item in your podcast and these are the individual episodes. So within an item is something like the title of the episode and the description of the episode, the media file that’s associated with it, and these get appended to your podcast feed. Typically with the most recent episode kind of at the top, and that’s how podcasting works. So you might say, okay, how do I make my RSS feed into Apple podcasts formerly called iTunes? And so the truth is that Apple podcasts and Spotify and Stitcher and Google podcasts and all these directories are really just aggregators of RSS feeds. And so you can think of your RSS feed as the place where your podcast really lives. And then a place like Apple podcast, Spotify, Google podcast, Stitcher, all these directories are really just reflections of your RSS feed.  <br />
Speaker 1    12:51    So when somebody says, I want to upload my podcast Apple podcast, what they’re really trying to say is they want to upload their podcast to the place where their RSS feed lives. In a lot of cases, this is either your website, so with us we have a WordPress plugin called seriously simple podcasting. This allows you to base and manage your podcast content from your WordPress site. And in this case, people’s podcast. RSS feed is based from their WordPress site, but also with Casto as you can choose to not use WordPress and have your RSS feed. And all of your content creation based in the casitas platform, and then your RSS feed is, is created and you manage it there. But either way, wherever your RSS feed is created, that’s where you publish your podcast content to. And then once you’ve submitted your podcast to those various directories like Apple podcasts and Spotify and Stitcher, every time you publish an episode or you change information about your show as a whole, those directories reflect that change and show the new image that you updated or the new episode you published.  <br />
Speaker 1    13:52    So once you’ve submitted your podcast to places like Apple podcasts or Spotify or Stitcher, if you want to change something about your podcast, change it where every RSS feed originates and those directories will see that change in your RSS feed and then reflect that change in their listing for your show. We have a lot of tutorials around specifically how to submit your podcast to these directories. If you go to  dot com slash blog you can search for them there and we’ll include some links in the show notes for this episode as well to all of the popular podcasting directories. Okay. So we’ve covered, uh, some gear, the microphone and set up how to record and edit your podcast and then what an RSS feed is and how to submit that to the various podcasting directories. I’ll touch on the directories one more time because I kind of touched lightly on them before, but a podcasting directory is really the place where people will find your show.  <br />
Speaker 1    14:44    So it is important to submit your podcast to all of the appropriate podcasting directories so that your audience doesn’t have to go out of their way to listen to your podcast. Do you want to put your podcast to where your audience already is so they can listen to your show kind of naturally and organically in the channel and the medium that they already listened to the rest of their shows. So we’ll include a full list of all the major podcasting directories in the show notes for this episode. But here’s a quick rundown on the most popular ones that you want to make sure your podcast is in. The first is Apple podcasts. It still is the King of podcasting. The next is Spotify. It’s the up and comer these days and is challenging a lot of things that Apple is doing with their podcasting and then comes Stitcher and Google podcasts.  <br />
Speaker 1    15:25    And from there a lot of syndication happens to third party apps. So you might say, Oh Craig, I listened to my podcast and overcast, overcast really takes information from Apple podcasts and crawls it and then ingest that information itself and lets you search and subscribe to podcasts from their mobile app. And so pocket casts and Castro and overcast downcast. A lot of tools like this that are mobile podcast catchers. A lot of tools like this that are just mobile podcast apps, we call them pod catchers, really get a lot of their information from Apple podcasts. So that’s really the place you need to be 100% for sure. Things like Spotify, Stitcher, Google podcasts are also really important. There’s some ancillary podcasting directories that depending on where you live and what your topic is about are also really important. And again, we’ll include those in the show notes for this episode.  <br />
Speaker 1    16:13    Go to cast those.com/podcast to get that full list. Okay, so we’ve covered a lot in this episode, a lot of really nitty gritty tactical information about gear and set up and editing and recording RSS feeds and podcasting directories. Again, all this is really important stuff that you just need to figure out one time. Hopefully we’ve given you a really simple and concise framework for how to do all of that here. If there’s a lot more information about all of this stuff on our blog, if you want to go to  dot com slash blog search for our how to start a podcast post, and it runs through all of this and a lot of detail, we have a lot of videos there as well. But suffice it to say, this is information that we need to figure out and get done once at the beginning, and then from there we’re going to focus all of our efforts on an ongoing basis with this show, with the audience podcast on creating awesome content and on connecting with our audience and growing our listenership. </p>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Gear-and-Setup.mp3" length="16826069"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
Everyone’s favorite topic, and an important one here at the beginning of your podcasting journey is a podcast’s setup.



If you’re new to recording high quality audio then sit down for a crash course in podcast setups. After this episode, you’ll be able to record the kind of sound that your audience will love listening to, and keep them coming back week after week.



In this episode we discuss:



Podcast microphone suggestionsAudio recording and editing softwarePodcast hosting providersWhat an RSS feed is and why it’s importantWhere we will be submitting our show for distribution



Whether you’re new to podcasting or are a seasoned veteran we’d love to hear your experience with your own podcast setup.  They’re really important as you’re getting started and then, fortunately, we can kind of “set it and forget it” when it comes to our podcasting gear and setup.



Leave a comment below about your podcasting setup and what you’ve learned using it.














Episode Transcript



Speaker 1    00:04    This will arguably be a lot of folks favorite episode because here we’re going to be geeking out on gear and set up and the nuts and bolts really of how to start a podcast. This is the only time probably will talk about this because again, this is not the most important thing to get on an ongoing basis. You have to make this decision once, get the gear, get things set up, and then everything is just in place from then on so you can focus on what’s really important, which is creating interesting and compelling content for your audience and connecting with them and grow in your brand.  
Speaker 1    00:42    Welcome back to the audience podcast. I’m Craig Hewitt, your host, and here we’re going to be talking first about gear. A lot of folks favorite subject and for good reason. You don’t want to have a bad sounding podcast and this is an important thing to talk about as we’re getting started is you have to have a podcast that sounds good and is pleasing to your listeners. Podcasting is more and more competitive every day and now the minimum bar of audio quality is relatively high. The, you have to have a good sounding podcast that’s interesting and is is not kind of harsh for your listeners to listen to. You have to have something that sounds good. And really the first place that that starts is with a good podcasting microphone. We get pretty opinionated about podcasting and microphones here at Costos because we have a lot of experience on the post production side as well.  
Speaker 1    01:28    Cast us productions is a done for you service inside of our hosting platform that allows you to just upload the raw recording files like this. And then our team takes care of all the editing, mixing and production of your podcast after that so you don’t have to do any of this work in audacity or Hindenburg or Adobe audition. And with that we’ve seen a lot of really good sounding audio and we’ve seen a lot of really bad sounding audio and we’ve done a lot of pattern matching around what makes a good sounding podcast and what doesn’t and what makes a podcast that our audio engineers have trouble with and that ultimately people just aren’t happy with the results of. And so here’s the skinny on recording, a good sounding podcast. The microphone is the most important thing and the microphone that we recommend to almost everybody is the audio Technica ATR 2100.  
Speaker 1    02:14    If you’ve done any research about podcasting, you’ll see that this is the most recommended Mike by a lot of people. Um, it’s relatively inexpensive. It’s about $65 on Amazon right now and it plugs right into your computer so you don’t need any other kind o...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/podcast-home-studio.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>0:17:26</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Why And For Whom We’re Podcasting]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 19 Dec 2019 08:20:17 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/why-were-podcasting</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/why-were-podcasting</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>These two questions are so essential that we put them into this inaugural episode of Audience.</p>



<p>If you don’t have a well thought out and defensible answer for:</p>



<ul><li>Why you’re podcasting</li><li>Who you’re podcasting for</li></ul>



<p>Then stop everything else now and let’s figure this out. </p>



<p>The answer to these two questions will guide almost all of the creative content decisions that you make with your show. Doing this will give you great alignment between the 3 pillars of a great podcast: what your audience is interested in, and specifically what your message is.</p>



<p>Getting a high degree of alignment between these two will give your listeners the feeling that you’re talking DIRECTLY to them. Almost like you had that one person in mind when you created your show….probably because you did.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Episode Transcript</h2>



<p class="ghostkit-custom-Z2mMF5c">Speaker 1    00:04    Hi there and welcome to the first episode of the audience podcast. I’m your host Craig Hewitt from Castos. Here in the first episode we’re going to be talking through two of the really fundamental questions that we as podcasters or any kind of content creators really need to answer before we embark on a new kind of form of content they were going to be creating for our brand. And again, you know, from, from our trailer episode, we’re going to use the term brand a lot here because the audience podcast is about building a successful and meeting full podcast for your brand. And a brand can be anything from a business to kind of a side hustle, a church or religious group and a charity or just a hobby. Uh, so, so it’s not just for businesses, it’s not just for hobbyists, it’s the things we’re learning here.  <br /> Speaker 1    00:49    And the principles apply to everyone. And the foundation of, of a good podcast that’s going to make an impact on your brand is, is something that, that reaches the right kind of people in the right way and delivers the right message to them. And so that’s what we’re going to cover here in this first episode or the questions that we have asked ourselves here at Castillo’s to kind of suss out why we’re here and why we’re doing this, who it’s for, and what we’re trying to achieve with recording and producing the audience podcast. Because there certainly are always other options that we all have in terms of what kind of content recreate and how we try to kind of further our brand and market our business or whatever. We write a lot of blog content, we have a YouTube channel that’s really active, but we feel that podcasting is really the best way that we can share what we’re learning and what we know with folks out there that are doing the same thing.  <br /> Speaker 1    01:45    And I think for us, the, the consistency between the podcasting medium and talking about podcasting is really clear. But for other folks out there. Well, and I say that because you know, podcasting about podcasting is kind of meta, but we think that we’re showing in this podcast not just you know, that we can podcast and that it sounds good and then it’s highly produced it, you know, it’s obviously live in places like Apple podcasts and Spotify and all these things, but also, you know, the type of content that we’re creating here. So it’s, so it’s really both. We mentioned in the trailer episode that starting a podcast really is not that hard. It’s creating a successful podcast and one that has meaning and impact to your brand. That is really an achievement and something that a lot of people never get to. And so I think maybe it’s worth putting down some guardrails around what a successful podcast is.  <br /> Speaker 1    02:38    And the answer is it’ll be different for everybody, but we’ll give some kind of maybe rules of thumbs or benchm...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
These two questions are so essential that we put them into this inaugural episode of Audience.



If you don’t have a well thought out and defensible answer for:



Why you’re podcastingWho you’re podcasting for



Then stop everything else now and let’s figure this out. 



The answer to these two questions will guide almost all of the creative content decisions that you make with your show. Doing this will give you great alignment between the 3 pillars of a great podcast: what your audience is interested in, and specifically what your message is.



Getting a high degree of alignment between these two will give your listeners the feeling that you’re talking DIRECTLY to them. Almost like you had that one person in mind when you created your show….probably because you did.














Episode Transcript



Speaker 1    00:04    Hi there and welcome to the first episode of the audience podcast. I’m your host Craig Hewitt from Castos. Here in the first episode we’re going to be talking through two of the really fundamental questions that we as podcasters or any kind of content creators really need to answer before we embark on a new kind of form of content they were going to be creating for our brand. And again, you know, from, from our trailer episode, we’re going to use the term brand a lot here because the audience podcast is about building a successful and meeting full podcast for your brand. And a brand can be anything from a business to kind of a side hustle, a church or religious group and a charity or just a hobby. Uh, so, so it’s not just for businesses, it’s not just for hobbyists, it’s the things we’re learning here.   Speaker 1    00:49    And the principles apply to everyone. And the foundation of, of a good podcast that’s going to make an impact on your brand is, is something that, that reaches the right kind of people in the right way and delivers the right message to them. And so that’s what we’re going to cover here in this first episode or the questions that we have asked ourselves here at Castillo’s to kind of suss out why we’re here and why we’re doing this, who it’s for, and what we’re trying to achieve with recording and producing the audience podcast. Because there certainly are always other options that we all have in terms of what kind of content recreate and how we try to kind of further our brand and market our business or whatever. We write a lot of blog content, we have a YouTube channel that’s really active, but we feel that podcasting is really the best way that we can share what we’re learning and what we know with folks out there that are doing the same thing.   Speaker 1    01:45    And I think for us, the, the consistency between the podcasting medium and talking about podcasting is really clear. But for other folks out there. Well, and I say that because you know, podcasting about podcasting is kind of meta, but we think that we’re showing in this podcast not just you know, that we can podcast and that it sounds good and then it’s highly produced it, you know, it’s obviously live in places like Apple podcasts and Spotify and all these things, but also, you know, the type of content that we’re creating here. So it’s, so it’s really both. We mentioned in the trailer episode that starting a podcast really is not that hard. It’s creating a successful podcast and one that has meaning and impact to your brand. That is really an achievement and something that a lot of people never get to. And so I think maybe it’s worth putting down some guardrails around what a successful podcast is.   Speaker 1    02:38    And the answer is it’ll be different for everybody, but we’ll give some kind of maybe rules of thumbs or benchm...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Why And For Whom We’re Podcasting]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>These two questions are so essential that we put them into this inaugural episode of Audience.</p>



<p>If you don’t have a well thought out and defensible answer for:</p>



<ul><li>Why you’re podcasting</li><li>Who you’re podcasting for</li></ul>



<p>Then stop everything else now and let’s figure this out. </p>



<p>The answer to these two questions will guide almost all of the creative content decisions that you make with your show. Doing this will give you great alignment between the 3 pillars of a great podcast: what your audience is interested in, and specifically what your message is.</p>



<p>Getting a high degree of alignment between these two will give your listeners the feeling that you’re talking DIRECTLY to them. Almost like you had that one person in mind when you created your show….probably because you did.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>


<div class="rm-area-rm-audience-listener"></div>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Episode Transcript</h2>



<p class="ghostkit-custom-Z2mMF5c">Speaker 1    00:04    Hi there and welcome to the first episode of the audience podcast. I’m your host Craig Hewitt from Castos. Here in the first episode we’re going to be talking through two of the really fundamental questions that we as podcasters or any kind of content creators really need to answer before we embark on a new kind of form of content they were going to be creating for our brand. And again, you know, from, from our trailer episode, we’re going to use the term brand a lot here because the audience podcast is about building a successful and meeting full podcast for your brand. And a brand can be anything from a business to kind of a side hustle, a church or religious group and a charity or just a hobby. Uh, so, so it’s not just for businesses, it’s not just for hobbyists, it’s the things we’re learning here.  <br /> Speaker 1    00:49    And the principles apply to everyone. And the foundation of, of a good podcast that’s going to make an impact on your brand is, is something that, that reaches the right kind of people in the right way and delivers the right message to them. And so that’s what we’re going to cover here in this first episode or the questions that we have asked ourselves here at Castillo’s to kind of suss out why we’re here and why we’re doing this, who it’s for, and what we’re trying to achieve with recording and producing the audience podcast. Because there certainly are always other options that we all have in terms of what kind of content recreate and how we try to kind of further our brand and market our business or whatever. We write a lot of blog content, we have a YouTube channel that’s really active, but we feel that podcasting is really the best way that we can share what we’re learning and what we know with folks out there that are doing the same thing.  <br /> Speaker 1    01:45    And I think for us, the, the consistency between the podcasting medium and talking about podcasting is really clear. But for other folks out there. Well, and I say that because you know, podcasting about podcasting is kind of meta, but we think that we’re showing in this podcast not just you know, that we can podcast and that it sounds good and then it’s highly produced it, you know, it’s obviously live in places like Apple podcasts and Spotify and all these things, but also, you know, the type of content that we’re creating here. So it’s, so it’s really both. We mentioned in the trailer episode that starting a podcast really is not that hard. It’s creating a successful podcast and one that has meaning and impact to your brand. That is really an achievement and something that a lot of people never get to. And so I think maybe it’s worth putting down some guardrails around what a successful podcast is.  <br /> Speaker 1    02:38    And the answer is it’ll be different for everybody, but we’ll give some kind of maybe rules of thumbs or benchmarks that you could use in terms of analytics to give yourself a quantitative look at what a successful podcast is and when you know you’ve gotten there. Before we do that, I think it’s important to kind of break podcasting and audiences of your podcasts down into a couple of different buckets. We’ll start with the most specific one, which I think is first super niche businesses or audiences. And that is, you know, say your a consultancy in Tennessee in the United States catering to, you know, government contracts. Maybe, and this is really specific and kind of bizarre maybe, but you can imagine that the potential audience for this podcast would be much smaller than, you know, this American life or the serial podcast or you know, pick your favorite kind of mass media podcast out there that probably gets hundreds of thousands or millions of downloads.  <br /> Speaker 1    03:39    Uh, it, this podcast being successful does not mean the same thing that you know, again, this American life or cereal or a startup needs to get in order to be successful. And so I’ll give some benchmarks and these are a little arbitrary, but I think that these are useful in terms of if you are that you know, niche consultancy in Tennessee working with government contracts and you start a podcast. If you have a thousand downloads per episode, then you should consider the podcast to be very successful. Again, it’s a little bar arbitrary, but just a kind of order of magnitude benchmark there for what you should be shooting for. Maybe the next kind of broad category I would use is maybe something like this podcast where it’s a bit niche but has broad market appeal. A lot of different types of people could listen to it and certainly this podcast is not just for people who we think could be our customers here at cast us.  <br /> Speaker 1    04:30    This is for the podcasting community at large but is not for everyone in the world or everyone in the United States. And so when you have a podcast like this, I think that a successful podcast, and really what we’re going to use as the benchmark of when we have created a successful podcast is something like 25,000 downloads per episode. When we get to 25,000 downloads per episode, we will know that we will have reached pretty large audience. We will have created really compelling content that people want to share with other people and want to keep listening to every episode. And so that’s kind of the benchmark that we’re using for the audience podcast here to say, okay, we’re working towards this milestone 25,000 downloads an episode. When we get there, we know that we will have been successful, you know, by some measure, but, but that’s kind of a quantitative stake in the ground that we’re using for our podcast here.  <br /> Speaker 1    05:21    And the third kind of general category that I would use is this kind of mass media mass market podcast that that a lot of folks are doing. And this includes all of the, the true crime. It would include any kind of news or politics that really anyone in the world or in the United States or in wherever you live could listen to and the the numbers that you would need to have an impactful podcast here are maybe a little different depending on how mass market and mass media you go in this spectrum. But if you’re going for something like a true crime podcasts that literally anyone regardless of religious or political affiliations or perspectives couldn’t and would want to listen to, I think you need to be looking at something like a hundred thousand downloads per episode to make it really impactful. So those are kind of the three very general buckets that I put podcasts into, but just wanted to give a couple of analytics milestones for all of us and depending on kind of which bucket you’re in and kind of which side of each of those spectrums, your end, this is kind of a a number that you can have in your mind to shoot for.  <br /> Speaker 1    06:25    Again, we’re not going to get super hung up on analytics here because I think it’s not the most important thing. Again, the whole point of this is to create a podcast that’s meaningful to your brand. We want to put some numbers around that, but I think that that having a, an impactful podcast is something that you’ll know when it happens, but these are some numbers that help us kind of guide our progress along the way. So I think this is a good time to also reflect back on why we’re podcasting. We have a lot of other options of types of content that we can create and how we can educate and inform and inspire our audience. Things like blog content, things like social media, things like YouTube channels are all very valid options here at Casios. We do all of those and I think that this is, this is kind of a lesson for a lot of us, is that if you’re trying to build a really big and impactful, meaningful brand, you probably need to be engaging in most of these forms of content and of marketing as a way to reach your audience.  <br /> Speaker 1    07:23    And the lesson here for us is that some people are podcast listeners and some people are not. Some people like to watch YouTube videos, some people like to just read emails or blog posts. And so I think that allowing your audience to consume your content where and how they like is a a really nice thing for them. But also kind of necessary to say like, okay, I’m creating a podcast but you might not be a podcast list or you might not have a commute every day. You might work from home where listening to podcast is not really convenient, but it’s kind of on your lunch break or you know, sitting on the couch watching Netflix, you might want to scroll through a blog post. And so that’s why we tried to create a lot of our content in multiple different forms and we certainly create different forms or media of content across the podcasting spectrum.  <br /> Speaker 1    08:12    Again, that’s kind of our topic that we talk about a lot is podcasting obviously. And so I would kind of challenge and question you as listener, you know, someone who’s creating a podcast or already have a podcast and looking to to really further it is what other content are you creating out there and how does maybe your podcast fit in with that other content. And the question here I think is there are types of things that you would talk about subjects maybe within your overall topic that are better suited for podcasts and there are certain things that are better suited for video and there are certain things that are better suited for social media and for blog posts. And the decision is specific to you and your topic. But I think that’s a question to ask yourself is if want to create this piece of content, the media and the format that it’s in should be specific to that one piece.  <br /> Speaker 1    09:01    For us talking through this podcast and having everyone follow along with our journey to build the audience podcast just makes sense in a podcast format because we’re going to be talking about this and how we’re feeling and what we’re learning and what’s working and what’s not. Sharing our analytics and our progress along the way. And that’s just kind of a natural fit for the podcasting and audio medium. Something like a video explaining how to use a feature in your product or showcasing, you know, these unboxing videos, showcasing a new feature for a site that might be like an affiliate site that obviously is a better fit for video. And then something like food bloggers do a lot of video as well because you want to show people either in pictures. So something like Pinterest would work well or Instagram or in videos on YouTube to show people how you’re cooking this thing.  <br /> Speaker 1    09:50    And then the last one is something like a case study really is probably best matched for written content and your blog. So I think that when you’re looking at creating a particular type of content, think about which media, which format. It’s best delivered in and best consumed by your audience. And again, so our podcast here is a story really and it’s a story of us starting a podcast from scratch from zero listeners and building it up to, you know, we use this benchmark before like 25,000 listeners per episode is our goal and that’s the point where we think we’ll have a successful podcast. Doing that and sharing this story in audio content in the form of a podcast is the best fit for us for this project. We do a bunch of other stuff at Costos in terms of content and we make the decision on which content media best fits the piece we want to create and we create it in that media.  <br /> Speaker 1    10:39    So I think the same question should be asked of yourselves when you’re creating new content and then kind of tailor that content format decision to the type of piece that you’re creating. And I think a big part of this is obviously knowing your audience too. If your audience is podcast listeners, then maybe you would tend towards making more podcasts type of content. If your audience is definitely not audio listeners or audio learners, then you might not create as much podcast content. You might sway more towards the blog post or the email or the social media. Again, it’s a lot of the, the type of content that you’re creating and how your audience typically likes to consume that content or that type of content. And then the second question that we ask ourselves around kind of why we’re podcasting is who we’re podcasting for. So we ask ourselves why we’re here.  <br /> Speaker 1    11:26    What we’re doing here with the audience podcast, and a really important question is who is this podcast for? And if you haven’t asked yourself that question and gone through this exercise of creating a unique listener avatar for your show, you need to do it. Don’t record another episode until you’ve done this because doing this exercise and listing out exactly who your ideal audience member is will inform a lot of the creative and content decisions that you make going forward and creating compelling and interesting content for your podcast. A few things to think about when you’re creating this listener avatar are things like other demographics. So where do they live? What do they do for a living? Maybe things like age and gender as well. Are they married, are they not? Did they have kids or do they not? But then things like what are they interested in?  <br /> Speaker 1    12:15    What are their pains? What are things that they wish they had in their lives and are kind of longing for? What are things they’re really grateful for and, and kinda cherish and celebrate in their lives? When you define these kind of handful or dozen points, you’ll start getting a really clear picture of an exact specific one person that is your podcast listener. And with this you’ll be able to ask yourself, okay, you know, Pete, the podcast listener maybe, or you know, you call the person whatever you want, you know, Pete, the podcast listener. Well what is Pete like? What is he struggling with in his life that I can help him with in terms of inspiration or education? What is he interested in, what challenges does he have in his work life or social life? And once you really defined on this one unique listener avatar, you’ll be able to really easily say, okay, I want to create a, I’ll use our show as an example.  <br /> Speaker 1    13:11    Again, this show is really kind of a Petri dish of the whole kind of podcasting experience. So let’s take the audience podcast as an example. Who is this podcast for? This podcast is for people who want to start a podcast or who have already started one but aren’t happy with the success of it and the impact that it’s making on their brand. So these people are typically some form of content creators that have some kind of brand or cause that they’re already involved in. Again, we use the term brand to include anything from a religious organization to a hobby, to a side hustle, to a business or you know, an entrepreneurial project. It can be anything along those lines. So this fits into really, it should, it should apply to any podcaster but, but if they have to have a thing, they’re podcasting for favorite sports team is maybe another good example.  <br /> Speaker 1    14:02    And so we think about a lot of the things that podcasters, in our case that’s our listener avatar kind of focus group things that podcasters like, things that they have troubles with and that they are interested in. And we can tell from our Facebook group, and we have a Facebook group here at Castillo’s called podcast hackers, that the thing that everybody that has a podcast wants to do more and better of is to have a bigger audience. And I think that this is the reason that we created the podcast like we’re doing, is to say we want to do a podcast that’s really a live test experiment on how to grow an audience. So our ideal listener is podcasters, existing podcasters, people that want to start a podcast, even who their main focus is growing a bigger and more engaged and more meaningful audience for their brand.  <br /> Speaker 1    14:55    With that unique listener avatar in mind, we then are able to make really easy kind of content decisions about what we want to talk about in the podcast here and what we don’t want to talk about. So with our listener avatar in mind, we’re going to talk pretty specifically about podcasting. This is not a kind of how to start a podcast podcast because we’re going to talk through that in this episode and in the next one. And then from there it’s going to be all about growing an audience. So in terms of the things we talk about, it’s not going to be, you know, 18 reviews on podcasting microphones because we have two recommendations there and we’re going to go through those in the next episode and we’re going to move on because it turns out the microphone is not going to make the podcast.  <br /> Speaker 1    15:36    The content and the engagement with your audience is what makes your podcast also, you know, we know what podcasters, our target audience, podcasters or aspiring podcasters want is to grow an audience. It’s their pain and it’s their desire. So we’re going to talk a lot about all different forms of growing an audience. And we’re gonna talk about things from, you know, organic acquisition. So SEO, email marketing, content, repurposing, all the way to paid acquisition, Facebook, overcast Cora may be. And so, you know, we’re going to explore all those different avenues. What’s the most cost effective, what’s the most impactful, and has the best alignment between our brand, the podcasters that we want to, and what has the best alignment between our brand, the podcasters that we want to listen to this show. And then the kind of full circle of that back to our message.  <br /> Speaker 1    16:28    And those are really the three pillars of acquiring meaningful listeners, is you want people coming to listen to your show, who care about your message that are aligned with your brand. And those three things should be aligned very tightly for you to have a successful podcast. So we’ll include a link in the show notes to this episode. If you go to  dot com slash podcast we have a worksheet that talks through all of the steps that we’ve kind of gone through here verbally to build your ideal listener avatar. It’s super important in there as well is a worksheet for you to download and work through in terms of defining exactly why you’re podcasting and then the listener avatar part is who you’re podcasting for. I mentioned in here are our Facebook group as well. If you have questions or comments about this episode, we’d love to hear from you.  <br /> Speaker 1    17:12    Please drop a comment in the post for this episode. So again, go to  dot com slash podcast so we’d love to hear your experiences and things that you’ve learned along the way of kind of defining why you’re podcasting and who you’re podcasting for. I think this is a fundamental question is why this is the first episode of our podcast here is you have to get this right, and there’s no sense in doing any of the other stuff of gear and RSS feeds and hosts and set up and Apple podcasts and Spotify if you don’t have this down. And if you don’t get this right from the beginning. So that’s why we put this first. We’d love to hear your experiences with defining your ideal listener and your listener avatar, as well as the why of why you’re podcasting. Drop a comment in the post for this episode. Go to  dot com slash podcast and drop a comment and about your experiences with going through this process, which you learned along the way, both the good and the bad. We’re sharing the good and the bad here on our show, so we’d love to hear from you and the things that you’ve learned along the way as well. </p>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Why-And-For-Whom-You-re-Podcasting.mp3" length="17855519"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
These two questions are so essential that we put them into this inaugural episode of Audience.



If you don’t have a well thought out and defensible answer for:



Why you’re podcastingWho you’re podcasting for



Then stop everything else now and let’s figure this out. 



The answer to these two questions will guide almost all of the creative content decisions that you make with your show. Doing this will give you great alignment between the 3 pillars of a great podcast: what your audience is interested in, and specifically what your message is.



Getting a high degree of alignment between these two will give your listeners the feeling that you’re talking DIRECTLY to them. Almost like you had that one person in mind when you created your show….probably because you did.














Episode Transcript



Speaker 1    00:04    Hi there and welcome to the first episode of the audience podcast. I’m your host Craig Hewitt from Castos. Here in the first episode we’re going to be talking through two of the really fundamental questions that we as podcasters or any kind of content creators really need to answer before we embark on a new kind of form of content they were going to be creating for our brand. And again, you know, from, from our trailer episode, we’re going to use the term brand a lot here because the audience podcast is about building a successful and meeting full podcast for your brand. And a brand can be anything from a business to kind of a side hustle, a church or religious group and a charity or just a hobby. Uh, so, so it’s not just for businesses, it’s not just for hobbyists, it’s the things we’re learning here.   Speaker 1    00:49    And the principles apply to everyone. And the foundation of, of a good podcast that’s going to make an impact on your brand is, is something that, that reaches the right kind of people in the right way and delivers the right message to them. And so that’s what we’re going to cover here in this first episode or the questions that we have asked ourselves here at Castillo’s to kind of suss out why we’re here and why we’re doing this, who it’s for, and what we’re trying to achieve with recording and producing the audience podcast. Because there certainly are always other options that we all have in terms of what kind of content recreate and how we try to kind of further our brand and market our business or whatever. We write a lot of blog content, we have a YouTube channel that’s really active, but we feel that podcasting is really the best way that we can share what we’re learning and what we know with folks out there that are doing the same thing.   Speaker 1    01:45    And I think for us, the, the consistency between the podcasting medium and talking about podcasting is really clear. But for other folks out there. Well, and I say that because you know, podcasting about podcasting is kind of meta, but we think that we’re showing in this podcast not just you know, that we can podcast and that it sounds good and then it’s highly produced it, you know, it’s obviously live in places like Apple podcasts and Spotify and all these things, but also, you know, the type of content that we’re creating here. So it’s, so it’s really both. We mentioned in the trailer episode that starting a podcast really is not that hard. It’s creating a successful podcast and one that has meaning and impact to your brand. That is really an achievement and something that a lot of people never get to. And so I think maybe it’s worth putting down some guardrails around what a successful podcast is.   Speaker 1    02:38    And the answer is it’ll be different for everybody, but we’ll give some kind of maybe rules of thumbs or benchm...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/Depositphotos-71498769-l-2015.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>0:18:31</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Trailer]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 12 Dec 2019 12:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/trailer</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/trailer</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode we set the stage for the Audience podcast. Here we talk through why we’re doing this show, what it’s aim is, and who the podcast is for. </p>
<p>Through the course of this show we’re going to explore all of the ways to grow a podcast audience. From zero listeners through to what constitutes a successful and impactful podcast for our brand. </p>
<p>Follow along as we share the best ideas and newest strategies around growing a podcast audience…real, unfiltered, and transparently.</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode we set the stage for the Audience podcast. Here we talk through why we’re doing this show, what it’s aim is, and who the podcast is for. 
Through the course of this show we’re going to explore all of the ways to grow a podcast audience. From zero listeners through to what constitutes a successful and impactful podcast for our brand. 
Follow along as we share the best ideas and newest strategies around growing a podcast audience…real, unfiltered, and transparently.]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Trailer]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode we set the stage for the Audience podcast. Here we talk through why we’re doing this show, what it’s aim is, and who the podcast is for. </p>
<p>Through the course of this show we’re going to explore all of the ways to grow a podcast audience. From zero listeners through to what constitutes a successful and impactful podcast for our brand. </p>
<p>Follow along as we share the best ideas and newest strategies around growing a podcast audience…real, unfiltered, and transparently.</p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/00-trailer.mp3" length="9878964"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode we set the stage for the Audience podcast. Here we talk through why we’re doing this show, what it’s aim is, and who the podcast is for. 
Through the course of this show we’re going to explore all of the ways to grow a podcast audience. From zero listeners through to what constitutes a successful and impactful podcast for our brand. 
Follow along as we share the best ideas and newest strategies around growing a podcast audience…real, unfiltered, and transparently.]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/audience-podcast-cover-image.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Teaser]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 10 Dec 2019 17:13:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/teaser-3</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/teaser-3</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode we set the stage for the Audience podcast. Here we talk through why we're doing this show, what it's aim is, and who the podcast is for. </p>
<p>Through the course of this show we're going to explore all of the ways to grow a podcast audience. From zero listeners through to what constitutes a successful and impactful podcast for our brand. </p>
<p>Follow along as we share the best ideas and newest strategies around growing a podcast audience...real, unfiltered, and transparently.</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode we set the stage for the Audience podcast. Here we talk through why we're doing this show, what it's aim is, and who the podcast is for. 
Through the course of this show we're going to explore all of the ways to grow a podcast audience. From zero listeners through to what constitutes a successful and impactful podcast for our brand. 
Follow along as we share the best ideas and newest strategies around growing a podcast audience...real, unfiltered, and transparently.]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Teaser]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode we set the stage for the Audience podcast. Here we talk through why we're doing this show, what it's aim is, and who the podcast is for. </p>
<p>Through the course of this show we're going to explore all of the ways to grow a podcast audience. From zero listeners through to what constitutes a successful and impactful podcast for our brand. </p>
<p>Follow along as we share the best ideas and newest strategies around growing a podcast audience...real, unfiltered, and transparently.</p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/00-trailer.mp3" length="9878964"
                        type="audio/mp3">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode we set the stage for the Audience podcast. Here we talk through why we're doing this show, what it's aim is, and who the podcast is for. 
Through the course of this show we're going to explore all of the ways to grow a podcast audience. From zero listeners through to what constitutes a successful and impactful podcast for our brand. 
Follow along as we share the best ideas and newest strategies around growing a podcast audience...real, unfiltered, and transparently.]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:10:17</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[21 Podcast Recording Tips For Polished Episodes]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jul 2019 04:00:30 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/podcast-recording-tips</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/podcast-recording-tips</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>Recording great audio takes some practice, but you can skip a lot of the trial-and-error with these podcast recording tips. No amount of editing will make terrible source audio sound great so practice these to-the-point strategies to capture clean podcast recordings from the start.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>The Top Podcast Recording Tips</h2>



<p>Great podcast recordings come down to the host’s ability to produce the right sound. These tips are all about creating the perfect recording environment and actionable techniques you can put to use every time you sit down to create an episode. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>1. Use the right equipment</h3>



<p>You can record a podcast with your laptop’s microphone, but we don’t recommend it. You’ll need a few pieces of <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-gear-recommendations/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast equipment</a> to record professional and clear audio. This is the easiest of all our podcast recording tips and it has the biggest impact on your audio quality. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>2. Don’t forget to warm up</h3>



<p>To state the obvious, recording a podcast episodes requires a bit of talking. Rather than going into your session cold, warm up your mouth and vocal cords by practicing your script or saying a few tongue twisters. Properly warming up will improve your dictation and keep you from stumbling over words. There’s nothing better than delivering your points flawlessly the first time around.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>3. Record in a small, quiet room</h3>



<p>Record episodes in the smallest and quietest room possible to reduce outside noise and echoes. Shut your windows and doors, turn off any machines or devices that make a constant noise, and put your pets somewhere they won’t disturb you for a couple hours. Fill your recording environment with soft items (couches, pillows, carpet, etc.) that absorb sound to muffle any errant noises.  </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>4. Create a brief noise profile</h3>



<p>Pause for four or five seconds at the beginning of your recording to create a noise profile. Stay absolutely silent and eliminate all environmental noise. You can use this moment of silence during editing to identify and remove any background noise by following The <a href="https://theaudacitytopodcast.com/tap012-how-to-remove-noise-with-audacity/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audacity To Podcast’s</a> tutorial on removing noise using Audacity. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>5. Adopt proper microphone techniques</h3>



<p>First, place your microphone at the same height as your mouth. Then sit a few inches back and have the pop filter between your mouth and the mic. Next, focus on your mouth’s distance from the microphone setup and adjust your body for the desired volume level. Remember, the closer you are the mic, the louder your voice will sound. While you can alter your voice’s volume level during post-production to keep it consistent, reduce your editing time by keeping your mouth the same distance from the mic while recording.</p>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight action">Having the right microphone isn’t enough, you have to know how to use it. Watch our Podcast Like A Pro video tutorial on how to achieve the perfect mic technique!</p>



<div class="wp-block-embed__wrapper">

</div>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>6. Watch your volume levels</h3>



<p>As you keep your microphone distance consistent, you can monitor the volume levels while you record. Most recording softwares display your levels as a scale from green, yellow, to red. Keep your volume in the green section for your normal conversational tone and yellow secti...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
Recording great audio takes some practice, but you can skip a lot of the trial-and-error with these podcast recording tips. No amount of editing will make terrible source audio sound great so practice these to-the-point strategies to capture clean podcast recordings from the start.







The Top Podcast Recording Tips



Great podcast recordings come down to the host’s ability to produce the right sound. These tips are all about creating the perfect recording environment and actionable techniques you can put to use every time you sit down to create an episode. 







1. Use the right equipment



You can record a podcast with your laptop’s microphone, but we don’t recommend it. You’ll need a few pieces of podcast equipment to record professional and clear audio. This is the easiest of all our podcast recording tips and it has the biggest impact on your audio quality. 







2. Don’t forget to warm up



To state the obvious, recording a podcast episodes requires a bit of talking. Rather than going into your session cold, warm up your mouth and vocal cords by practicing your script or saying a few tongue twisters. Properly warming up will improve your dictation and keep you from stumbling over words. There’s nothing better than delivering your points flawlessly the first time around.







3. Record in a small, quiet room



Record episodes in the smallest and quietest room possible to reduce outside noise and echoes. Shut your windows and doors, turn off any machines or devices that make a constant noise, and put your pets somewhere they won’t disturb you for a couple hours. Fill your recording environment with soft items (couches, pillows, carpet, etc.) that absorb sound to muffle any errant noises.  







4. Create a brief noise profile



Pause for four or five seconds at the beginning of your recording to create a noise profile. Stay absolutely silent and eliminate all environmental noise. You can use this moment of silence during editing to identify and remove any background noise by following The Audacity To Podcast’s tutorial on removing noise using Audacity. 







5. Adopt proper microphone techniques



First, place your microphone at the same height as your mouth. Then sit a few inches back and have the pop filter between your mouth and the mic. Next, focus on your mouth’s distance from the microphone setup and adjust your body for the desired volume level. Remember, the closer you are the mic, the louder your voice will sound. While you can alter your voice’s volume level during post-production to keep it consistent, reduce your editing time by keeping your mouth the same distance from the mic while recording.



Having the right microphone isn’t enough, you have to know how to use it. Watch our Podcast Like A Pro video tutorial on how to achieve the perfect mic technique!













6. Watch your volume levels



As you keep your microphone distance consistent, you can monitor the volume levels while you record. Most recording softwares display your levels as a scale from green, yellow, to red. Keep your volume in the green section for your normal conversational tone and yellow secti...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[21 Podcast Recording Tips For Polished Episodes]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>Recording great audio takes some practice, but you can skip a lot of the trial-and-error with these podcast recording tips. No amount of editing will make terrible source audio sound great so practice these to-the-point strategies to capture clean podcast recordings from the start.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>The Top Podcast Recording Tips</h2>



<p>Great podcast recordings come down to the host’s ability to produce the right sound. These tips are all about creating the perfect recording environment and actionable techniques you can put to use every time you sit down to create an episode. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>1. Use the right equipment</h3>



<p>You can record a podcast with your laptop’s microphone, but we don’t recommend it. You’ll need a few pieces of <a href="https://castos.com/podcast-gear-recommendations/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">podcast equipment</a> to record professional and clear audio. This is the easiest of all our podcast recording tips and it has the biggest impact on your audio quality. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>2. Don’t forget to warm up</h3>



<p>To state the obvious, recording a podcast episodes requires a bit of talking. Rather than going into your session cold, warm up your mouth and vocal cords by practicing your script or saying a few tongue twisters. Properly warming up will improve your dictation and keep you from stumbling over words. There’s nothing better than delivering your points flawlessly the first time around.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>3. Record in a small, quiet room</h3>



<p>Record episodes in the smallest and quietest room possible to reduce outside noise and echoes. Shut your windows and doors, turn off any machines or devices that make a constant noise, and put your pets somewhere they won’t disturb you for a couple hours. Fill your recording environment with soft items (couches, pillows, carpet, etc.) that absorb sound to muffle any errant noises.  </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>4. Create a brief noise profile</h3>



<p>Pause for four or five seconds at the beginning of your recording to create a noise profile. Stay absolutely silent and eliminate all environmental noise. You can use this moment of silence during editing to identify and remove any background noise by following The <a href="https://theaudacitytopodcast.com/tap012-how-to-remove-noise-with-audacity/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Audacity To Podcast’s</a> tutorial on removing noise using Audacity. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>5. Adopt proper microphone techniques</h3>



<p>First, place your microphone at the same height as your mouth. Then sit a few inches back and have the pop filter between your mouth and the mic. Next, focus on your mouth’s distance from the microphone setup and adjust your body for the desired volume level. Remember, the closer you are the mic, the louder your voice will sound. While you can alter your voice’s volume level during post-production to keep it consistent, reduce your editing time by keeping your mouth the same distance from the mic while recording.</p>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight action">Having the right microphone isn’t enough, you have to know how to use it. Watch our Podcast Like A Pro video tutorial on how to achieve the perfect mic technique!</p>



<div class="wp-block-embed__wrapper">

</div>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>6. Watch your volume levels</h3>



<p>As you keep your microphone distance consistent, you can monitor the volume levels while you record. Most recording softwares display your levels as a scale from green, yellow, to red. Keep your volume in the green section for your normal conversational tone and yellow sections when you need to add emphasis. Stay out of the red section or your sound will be distorted. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>7. Watch your breath</h3>



<p>We all need to breathe but controlling the sound of your inhales and exhales will stop any big gusts of wind from sneaking into your recording. For quieter inhales, sit up straight, try taking smaller breaths, or completely move your mouth away from the mic when you need to take a big breath.  </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>8. Keep your body still</h3>



<p>Moving your body around creates background noise while recording. This happens a lot if you use earbud headphones. The wire lays close to your chest which causes the microphone to rub against your shirt and collar. Try to stay still in your chair with your feet planted. Avoid moving things around on your desk. If you print your notes on paper, move them around as silently as possible too. </p>



<div class="rm-box"><div class="rm-area-blog"></div></div>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>9. Resolve sound issues early</h3>



<p>Make a test recording before you officially start to dive into your episode. If there’s a problem with your guest’s microphone or you can hear construction crew outside, don’t try to power through. Identify and resolve audio issues from the start or even wait to record. The worst case scenario is recording a full episode only to find there’s a larger issue you can’t fix in editing.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>10. Record with headphones (your guest too)</h3>



<p>While it’s possible to record a podcast episode without headphones, you’ll probably catch a lot of audio feedback. Have everyone wear headphones so you don’t have to waste precious editing hours cleaning it up.</p>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">While set of earbud headphones will do, we recommend ones that fully cover the ears. Our favorite pair is from Sony. </p>



<div class="wp-block-media-text has-media-on-the-right product-block"><img width="1024" height="1024" src="https://castos.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/sony-headphones-1-1024x1024.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-9396 size-full" /><div class="wp-block-media-text__content">
<h5><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Sony-MDR7506-Professional-Diaphragm-Headphone/dp/B000AJIF4E">Sony MDR7506 Headphones</a></h5>



<p>Professional Large Diaphragm Headphones</p>
</div></div>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>11. Stay quiet while your guests speak</h3>



<p>It’s tempting to drop in simple phrases like “yes” and “right” and “okay” while your guests speak. Those are natural parts of language that we use without realizing, but they can distract your listeners. Yes, you can remove them during editing, but that’s a lot of unnecessary work. It’s easier to train yourself to limit interjections and allow your guest or co-host to complete their thought.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>12. Leave audio cues for mistakes</h3>



<p>Mistakes happen. They aren’t stuck in your episode forever because you aren’t performing live. Slicing out mistakes is basic podcast editing, but you need to give yourself a cue to find them in the track. </p>



<p>Fortunately, there are a few ways to do this. You can add a spoken marker where you say “remove the story about the pizza restaurant.” Then give a few second pause and keep going. During editing, find those pauses, and remove the mistakes. Another option is a high-pitch sound marker, like a dog clicker, that will produce a spike in the volume level. Click it a few times after the mistake occurs then find the spikes when editing.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>13. Mute when you aren’t speaking</h3>



<p>Save yourself some editing work by muting your microphone when your co-host or guest is speaking. This way you won’t pick up their voice in your microphone and it’s less noise that you’ll have to remove later.</p>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight">Pro Tip: Every podcaster needs a background noise cancellation tool in their toolbox. Use <a href="https://krisp.ai" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Krisp</a> to have high quality podcasting experience without background noise and echo. Krisp automatically removes background noises as you’re <a href="https://krisp.ai/blog/how-to-record-podcast-remotely/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">recording your podcasts</a> or video interviews. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>14. Use production elements sparingly</h3>



<p>Sound effects have their place. They can add life and uniqueness to your show. But they can also distract and cheapen used them too often. Use sound effects <em>only</em> when the content calls for it and stick to effects that match your brand.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>15. Stay hydrated</h3>



<p>Drink at least eight ounces of water before you record. This will settle your stomach, loosen your mouth, and help your focus. It’ll also reduce any mouth clicks, the natural clicking and popping noises we make as our mouths dry.</p>



<p>Our stance is it’s better to drink more water and pause to use the bathroom once or twice than suffer the effects of dehydration. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>16. Record a separate channel for each person</h3>



<p>If you have multiple people speaking on your show, record each on their own channel. This will give you control over their individual volumes and noise profiles during editing. </p>



<p>You can have each person record themselves on their own computer (sometimes called a “double ender”) or use recording software with a multi-track recording feature. </p>



<p>If you use Zoom to record remote interviews, check out the video tutorial on how to record separate channels:</p>



<div class="wp-block-embed__wrapper">

</div>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>17. Record under a blanket</h3>



<p>If you’re stuck in a noisy environment, an easy way to eliminate background noise is to drape a blanket over you and your microphone. It’s a crude technique, but it works. This is useful if you’re forced to record in a busy hotel, your car, or apartment building. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>18. Don’t be afraid to take a break</h3>



<p>Try breaking your show into segments with logical places for you to take a break. It’s perfect time double check the audio for any issues, grab more water, and stretch to stay loose for your entire recording session.  </p>



<p>Breaks are also good opportunities to discuss what’s next with your co-host or guest. You can plan your conversation, review notes, and even rehearse. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>19. Maximize your internet bandwidth</h3>



<p>If you’re conducting an interview or conversation over the internet, it’s vital that you boost your connection as much as possible. This will improve the quality of the audio your recording software captures. </p>



<p>How do you increase your bandwidth? Well, other than upgrading with your internet provider, all you can do is plug directly into your router (instead of connecting wirelessly) and close any application that uses the web that you don’t absolutely need. </p>



<p>Make sure to instruct your guests to sit in a place with a strong connection and plug directly into their router if possible too. </p>



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">Run a speed test for your internet connection to check the bandwidth using <a href="https://www.speedtest.net/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">this free resource</a>. Generally, a good internet speed is at or above 25 Mbps.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>20. Trust your ears and take notes</h3>



<p>The bottom line is trust your ears and don’t over think it. Although just about everyone hates the sound of their own voice initially, it’s important to listen to everything you record. When you playback the audio files, follow your instincts when something sounds off. As you produce more episodes and start liking the final cut, take notes of the recording setup and work to mimic it each time you get behind the mic. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>21. Don’t forget about the content</h3>



<p>The cleanest, most professional sounding recording is all for nothing it doesn’t contain <a href="https://castos.com/engaging-podcast-content/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">engaging content</a>. In addition to focusing on your technique, don’t forget to spend time on understanding what makes a podcast episode interesting. While an unpolished recording can turn off new listeners, a podcast that isn’t compelling will deter even the most loyal fan. </p>



<div class="rm-box"><div class="rm-area-blog"></div></div>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/21-Tips-To-Record-Better-Audio-Every-Time.mp3" length="13691656"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
Recording great audio takes some practice, but you can skip a lot of the trial-and-error with these podcast recording tips. No amount of editing will make terrible source audio sound great so practice these to-the-point strategies to capture clean podcast recordings from the start.







The Top Podcast Recording Tips



Great podcast recordings come down to the host’s ability to produce the right sound. These tips are all about creating the perfect recording environment and actionable techniques you can put to use every time you sit down to create an episode. 







1. Use the right equipment



You can record a podcast with your laptop’s microphone, but we don’t recommend it. You’ll need a few pieces of podcast equipment to record professional and clear audio. This is the easiest of all our podcast recording tips and it has the biggest impact on your audio quality. 







2. Don’t forget to warm up



To state the obvious, recording a podcast episodes requires a bit of talking. Rather than going into your session cold, warm up your mouth and vocal cords by practicing your script or saying a few tongue twisters. Properly warming up will improve your dictation and keep you from stumbling over words. There’s nothing better than delivering your points flawlessly the first time around.







3. Record in a small, quiet room



Record episodes in the smallest and quietest room possible to reduce outside noise and echoes. Shut your windows and doors, turn off any machines or devices that make a constant noise, and put your pets somewhere they won’t disturb you for a couple hours. Fill your recording environment with soft items (couches, pillows, carpet, etc.) that absorb sound to muffle any errant noises.  







4. Create a brief noise profile



Pause for four or five seconds at the beginning of your recording to create a noise profile. Stay absolutely silent and eliminate all environmental noise. You can use this moment of silence during editing to identify and remove any background noise by following The Audacity To Podcast’s tutorial on removing noise using Audacity. 







5. Adopt proper microphone techniques



First, place your microphone at the same height as your mouth. Then sit a few inches back and have the pop filter between your mouth and the mic. Next, focus on your mouth’s distance from the microphone setup and adjust your body for the desired volume level. Remember, the closer you are the mic, the louder your voice will sound. While you can alter your voice’s volume level during post-production to keep it consistent, reduce your editing time by keeping your mouth the same distance from the mic while recording.



Having the right microphone isn’t enough, you have to know how to use it. Watch our Podcast Like A Pro video tutorial on how to achieve the perfect mic technique!













6. Watch your volume levels



As you keep your microphone distance consistent, you can monitor the volume levels while you record. Most recording softwares display your levels as a scale from green, yellow, to red. Keep your volume in the green section for your normal conversational tone and yellow secti...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/Podcast-Recording-Tips.jpg"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:14:15</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[How Email Marketing Can Help You Grow Your Podcast]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 11 Jul 2019 06:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Castos Productions</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="true">
                    https://audience.castos.com/podcasts/4310/episodes/email-marketing-podcast</guid>
                                    <link>https://audience.castos.com/episodes/email-marketing-podcast</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[
<p>You're all set up with your microphone, headphones, and hosting software. You're creating awesome podcast content. People will listen to you because of that, right? Unfortunately, no.</p>



<p>In the past year, podcasters have added <a href="https://musicoomph.com/podcast-statistics/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">10.5 million</a> new episodes to 150,000 new shows, bringing the total to 700,000 active podcasts with 29 million episodes.</p>



<p>Competition is fierce, and you have your work cut out for you to compete with the <a href="https://learn.g2.com/50-best-podcasts-by-category" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">best podcasts</a>. But you can do it. And email can help.</p>



<p>There are a few <a href="https://getvoip.com/blog/2016/11/30/crm-essential-email-marketing/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">essential email marketing</a> methods you need to get familiar with in order to actually see results. This article will give you a complete, step-by-step guide to how you can ensure your podcast succeeds with an effective <a href="https://www.omnisend.com/blog/email-marketing-automation/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">email marketing strategy</a> and tactics.</p>



<p>But first, we'll dive into why this channel is important piece to your podcast marketing strategy.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Why Email Marketing?</h2>



<p>It's simple. Email marketing works.Between <a href="https://www.oberlo.ca/blog/email-marketing-statistics" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">$32</a> and <a href="https://www.campaignmonitor.com/company/annual-report/2016/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">$44</a> is made for every $1 spent on email marketing (depending on who you ask).</p>



<p><a href="https://www.oberlo.ca/blog/email-marketing-statistics" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">49%</a> of consumers say they're happy to receive promotional emails from the companies they like at least once a week.</p>



<p>To make matters even better, <a href="https://www.procurious.com/procurement-news/will-millennials-kill-the-email" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">73%</a> of millennials say email is their preferred business communication platform, and it's the preferred platform compared to post, social media, texting, or phone calls:</p>



<div class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://getcodeless.com/open-your-saas-emails/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img src="https://castos.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/image8-1.png" alt="" class="wp-image-8079" width="1024" height="576" /></a>The majority of respondents preferred to receive B2C communications via email. </div>



<p>There were 281.1 billion emails sent and received each day in 2018. By 2022, email experts anticipate that number <a href="https://www.broadbandsearch.net/blog/internet-statistics" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">to hit 333.2 billion.</a> </p>



<p>To stand out as a podcaster who effectively drives listeners and customers with email marketing, you have to do it well. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>How To Build An Email Marketing Strategy </h2>



<p>Email marketing has its own set of tactics and best practices that differentiate it from social media or paid advertising. Building a subscriber bases asks more from the user than just clicking on an ad. Ahead, we've laid out the essential steps to start building your list and effectively marketing your podcast.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Step 1: Build an email list for your podcast</h3>



<p>Lead generation, or email list building, is often a full-time job for a marketer who provides <a href="https://www.lyfemarketing.com/professional-services-marketing/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">professional marketing services</a>.</p>



<p>So you can do it all while creating great podcast content, here are...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
You're all set up with your microphone, headphones, and hosting software. You're creating awesome podcast content. People will listen to you because of that, right? Unfortunately, no.



In the past year, podcasters have added 10.5 million new episodes to 150,000 new shows, bringing the total to 700,000 active podcasts with 29 million episodes.



Competition is fierce, and you have your work cut out for you to compete with the best podcasts. But you can do it. And email can help.



There are a few essential email marketing methods you need to get familiar with in order to actually see results. This article will give you a complete, step-by-step guide to how you can ensure your podcast succeeds with an effective email marketing strategy and tactics.



But first, we'll dive into why this channel is important piece to your podcast marketing strategy.







Why Email Marketing?



It's simple. Email marketing works.Between $32 and $44 is made for every $1 spent on email marketing (depending on who you ask).



49% of consumers say they're happy to receive promotional emails from the companies they like at least once a week.



To make matters even better, 73% of millennials say email is their preferred business communication platform, and it's the preferred platform compared to post, social media, texting, or phone calls:



The majority of respondents preferred to receive B2C communications via email. 



There were 281.1 billion emails sent and received each day in 2018. By 2022, email experts anticipate that number to hit 333.2 billion. 



To stand out as a podcaster who effectively drives listeners and customers with email marketing, you have to do it well. 







How To Build An Email Marketing Strategy 



Email marketing has its own set of tactics and best practices that differentiate it from social media or paid advertising. Building a subscriber bases asks more from the user than just clicking on an ad. Ahead, we've laid out the essential steps to start building your list and effectively marketing your podcast.







Step 1: Build an email list for your podcast



Lead generation, or email list building, is often a full-time job for a marketer who provides professional marketing services.



So you can do it all while creating great podcast content, here are...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[How Email Marketing Can Help You Grow Your Podcast]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[
<p>You're all set up with your microphone, headphones, and hosting software. You're creating awesome podcast content. People will listen to you because of that, right? Unfortunately, no.</p>



<p>In the past year, podcasters have added <a href="https://musicoomph.com/podcast-statistics/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">10.5 million</a> new episodes to 150,000 new shows, bringing the total to 700,000 active podcasts with 29 million episodes.</p>



<p>Competition is fierce, and you have your work cut out for you to compete with the <a href="https://learn.g2.com/50-best-podcasts-by-category" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">best podcasts</a>. But you can do it. And email can help.</p>



<p>There are a few <a href="https://getvoip.com/blog/2016/11/30/crm-essential-email-marketing/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">essential email marketing</a> methods you need to get familiar with in order to actually see results. This article will give you a complete, step-by-step guide to how you can ensure your podcast succeeds with an effective <a href="https://www.omnisend.com/blog/email-marketing-automation/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">email marketing strategy</a> and tactics.</p>



<p>But first, we'll dive into why this channel is important piece to your podcast marketing strategy.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Why Email Marketing?</h2>



<p>It's simple. Email marketing works.Between <a href="https://www.oberlo.ca/blog/email-marketing-statistics" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">$32</a> and <a href="https://www.campaignmonitor.com/company/annual-report/2016/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">$44</a> is made for every $1 spent on email marketing (depending on who you ask).</p>



<p><a href="https://www.oberlo.ca/blog/email-marketing-statistics" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">49%</a> of consumers say they're happy to receive promotional emails from the companies they like at least once a week.</p>



<p>To make matters even better, <a href="https://www.procurious.com/procurement-news/will-millennials-kill-the-email" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">73%</a> of millennials say email is their preferred business communication platform, and it's the preferred platform compared to post, social media, texting, or phone calls:</p>



<div class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://getcodeless.com/open-your-saas-emails/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img src="https://castos.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/image8-1.png" alt="" class="wp-image-8079" width="1024" height="576" /></a>The majority of respondents preferred to receive B2C communications via email. </div>



<p>There were 281.1 billion emails sent and received each day in 2018. By 2022, email experts anticipate that number <a href="https://www.broadbandsearch.net/blog/internet-statistics" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">to hit 333.2 billion.</a> </p>



<p>To stand out as a podcaster who effectively drives listeners and customers with email marketing, you have to do it well. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>How To Build An Email Marketing Strategy </h2>



<p>Email marketing has its own set of tactics and best practices that differentiate it from social media or paid advertising. Building a subscriber bases asks more from the user than just clicking on an ad. Ahead, we've laid out the essential steps to start building your list and effectively marketing your podcast.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Step 1: Build an email list for your podcast</h3>



<p>Lead generation, or email list building, is often a full-time job for a marketer who provides <a href="https://www.lyfemarketing.com/professional-services-marketing/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">professional marketing services</a>.</p>



<p>So you can do it all while creating great podcast content, here are the key elements to generating email subscribers.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h4>Create a lead magnet</h4>



<p>A "lead magnet" is a piece of valuable information that you provide to people in exchange for their contact information. In this case, we're looking for their email address.</p>



<p>Here are a few lead magnet best practices:</p>



<ul><li>If you have existing content related to your podcast subject (blog articles, for instance), compile that content into a single, comprehensive resource.</li><li>Create a lead magnet related to your podcast subject. If you try to promote your entrepreneurship podcast to Justin Bieber fans, you're going to have a bad time.</li><li>Make your lead magnet comprehensive. If you decide to <a href="https://www.wpbeginner.com/start-a-wordpress-blog/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">start a blog</a>, it's best practice to promote your lead magnet within your posts. Consider language like "For a complete guide to [subject], check out our new ebook, "[Title]."</li></ul>



<p>If you need to start a new website to house your lead magnet, use <a href="https://www.adamenfroy.com/best-website-builder" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">one of the top website builders</a> like WordPress, Wix, Squarespace, or Weebly to create a website without having to be a coder or designer. </p>



<p>If you already have a website, you can add a new landing page for your lead magnet using a page builder plug-in. </p>



<p>Next, you'll need a tool which enables you to create lead magnets worth providing an email address for.</p>



<p><a href="https://www.google.com/slides/about/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google Slides</a> can be an effective ebook creation tool. The best way to get started is to download an ebook from a publisher you love then put their pages side-by-side to Google Slides, and try to duplicate what you see.</p>



<div class="rm-box"><div class="rm-area-blog"></div></div>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Step 2: Develop custom landing pages for higher conversion rates</h3>



<p>Once you have your lead magnet, you need to put it behind an email-gate on an optimized landing page, and then drive traffic to it.</p>



<ul><li><strong>An email gate</strong> is a simple tool which delivers your lead magnet content after people provide the required information (in this case, an email address).</li><li><strong>A landing page</strong> is simply that, the optimized page you send people to in order to access your lead magnet content.</li></ul>



<p>Landing pages can be created in-house by your developer, but most podcasters and digital marketers use a <a href="https://blog.useproof.com/best-landing-page-builders/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">landing page builder</a>. These tools create templates that are optimized for conversion.</p>



<p>Some landing page optimizations include:</p>



<ul><li>A value proposition or unique selling point, which makes it very clear what value your visitors can expect to get from your lead magnet</li><li>A single call-to-action (CTA), which focuses your visitor's attention on your goal (submitting their email address in order to get your lead magnet)</li><li>Limited navigation options, so your visitors don't get distracted by other links</li><li>Visual cues like high-contrast color on the objects you want to draw attention to</li><li>Hidden, or few forms. The example below, for instance, includes a click popup which will only show when the landing page visitor clicks on the CTA button "Book Free Demo."</li></ul>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h4>Examples of optimized landing pages</h4>



<p>Here are a couple great examples, which are optimized for conversion that you can draw inspiration from. </p>



<h5><a href="https://housecallpro.com/industries/plumbing-software/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Housecall Pro</strong></a></h5>



<div class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://housecallpro.com/industries/plumbing-software/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/image4-1.png" alt="Housecall Pro optimized landing page" class="wp-image-8080" width="1024" height="576" /></a>Housecall Pro's optimized landing page to collect email addresses. </div>



<p>Housecall Pro is a software provider for plumbers. This landing page is simple and clean, with a clear value proposition and high-contrast CTA.</p>



<p>Clicking the CTA opens up the email-gate/form: </p>



<img src="https://castos.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/image7-1.png" alt="" class="wp-image-8081" width="1024" height="576" />Housecall Pro popup lead magnet form example.



<p class="wp-block-coblocks-highlight tip">It's important you only ask for the information you'll need to turn your new contact into a podcast listener (name and email address). More form fields tend to <a href="https://www.jotform.com/blog/conversion-rate-influencers/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">result</a> in fewer conversions.</p>



<h5><a href="https://www.lendio.com/business-loans/merchant-financing/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lendio</a></h5>



<a href="https://www.lendio.com/business-loans/merchant-financing/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img src="https://mk0mekulela2vq47ka9y.kinstacdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/image6-1-1024x557.png" alt="Lendio's homepage landing page example." class="wp-image-8082" height="576" /></a>Lendio's homepage optimized for users to complete a questionnaire. 



<p>Lendio, a new business financing tool also keep their landing pages simple. It tells visitors exactly what to expect and has a contrasting CTA button and four-piece benefit-list above-the-fold.</p>



<p>The call to action here sends visitors through to a secondary step, a questionnaire, but this page is focused only on the single objective: viewing loan options.</p>



<p>To do this, you're going to need a good landing page tool. For that, we recommend <a href="https://optinmonster.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">OptinMonster</a>, <a href="https://unbounce.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Unbounce</a>, or <a href="https://instapage.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Instapage</a>. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Step 3: Drive traffic to your landing page with social media</h3>



<p>Now that you have your lead magnet and landing page, it's time to start driving traffic. The first option to do that is with social media.</p>



<p>No matter your podcast's subject, whether it be a marketing podcast or politics podcast, your prospective listeners (and prospective email subscribers) will be on social media.</p>



<p>But wait, why should I turn social media users into email subscribers? It's a good question, but there's a simple answer:</p>



<p>Email is better than social media at driving listeners to your podcast, and it's not even close.</p>



<div class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://optinmonster.com/email-marketing-vs-social-media-performance-2016-2019-statistics/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img src="https://castos.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/image3-1.png" alt="Chart showing effectiveness of email marketing versus social media." class="wp-image-8083" width="1024" height="576" /></a>Email marketing engagement versus social media.</div>



<p>If you get someone to subscribe to your email list, you'll average a <a href="https://optinmonster.com/email-marketing-vs-social-media-performance-2016-2019-statistics/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">22% open rate</a>. With social media? You're lucky to have 1% even <em>see</em> your posts when you release a new podcast episode.</p>



<p>Use a <a href="https://www.socialpilot.co/social-media-scheduling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">social media scheduler</a> and batch out your content to automatically post so you can easily drive social media users to your lead magnets.</p>



<p>Build a Facebook, Instagram, and Pinterest profile for your podcast, then focus on creating awesome posts focused on the value your lead magnet delivers.</p>



<p>Share at least seven posts per lead magnet you create:</p>



<ul><li><strong>3 Audiograms/Gifs:</strong> Audiograms are static images made into videos/gifs by placing audio and transcriptions over them. Record snapshots of your lead magnet content to create these. Audiograms have shown to generate <a href="https://www.headliner.app/blog/2018/06/25/facebook-ad-test-static-image-vs-headliner-videos/?utm_source=podnews.net&amp;utm_medium=web&amp;utm_campaign=podnews.net:2018-06-26" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">5X</a> the traffic than static posts.</li><li><strong>4 Image Quotes:</strong> See below for examples. Consider including people in your images, as this has shown to increase conversions by up to <a href="https://neilpatel.com/blog/boost-conversions-using-images/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">95%</a>.</li></ul>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Step 4: Drive traffic to your landing page with PPC</h3>



<p>If you have a bit of budget and are pushing for a big launch of your new podcast, PPC may be the way to go.</p>



<p>There's no more effective way to drive targeted traffic to your lead magnet and email list than with Facebook Ads or Adwords display ads.</p>



<p>Here's an example from <a href="https://adespresso.com/blog/what-kind-of-lead-magnet-should-you-make/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">AdEspresso</a>, advertising their new lead magnet:</p>



<div class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://adespresso.com/blog/what-kind-of-lead-magnet-should-you-make/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img src="https://castos.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/image2-1.png" alt="Exmaple of AdEspresso's Instagram ad promotion an ebook." class="wp-image-8085" width="1024" height="576" /></a>AdEspresso advertising their free e-book that requires users enter their email address to receive the content.</div>



<p>Through PPC you can funnel in tons of traffic to build your email list and turn them into everyday listeners. </p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Use Email Marketing To Turn Your Subscribers Into Listeners</h2>



<p>You can't just write "Go listen to my podcast" in an email and expect your new list to head straight there.</p>



<p>This section will give you a step-by-step guide to turning the contacts you got with your lead magnet into podcast listeners.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Write better content</h3>



<p>The quality of your email content will dictate whether users will regularly open and engage with your messaging. Use the below best practices to write better copy:</p>



<ul><li><strong>Write for intent: </strong>What do your email recipients want to learn? Communicate the value of your podcast at the top of every email.</li><li><strong>Write for your audience: </strong>Who is your audience? Are they young professionals, or older management-types? Should your tone be casual with emojis, or professional?</li><li><strong>Use emotion: </strong>People respond to emotion far more than neutral language.</li><li><strong>A/B test your subject lines: </strong>Nothing has a more significant impact on your email effectiveness than the rate at which your new subscribers are opening your emails. Be sure you're using an email tool which enables subject line A/B testing, and keep track of what works!</li></ul>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Personalize each email</h3>



<p>If you ask for the first name of your new email subscribers, use it!</p>



<p>A simple merge tag could have a huge influence on your email's open rates. Let alone the effect on reduced unsubscribe rates, click-rates, and general loyalty to your podcast.</p>



<p><em>"<a href="https://freshdesk.com/customer-service-skills/writing-great-emails-blog/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">79%</a> of companies that exceeded their revenue goals also have a documented strategy for personalization."</em> </p>



<p>Always use personalization to your advantage. </p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Send thank you and welcome emails</h3>



<p>With an average open rate of <a href="https://getcodeless.com/open-your-saas-emails/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">61.73%</a>, thank you emails are between 400 and 500% more impactful than regular emails. </p>



<p>Welcome emails are even better, with a reported <a href="https://www.oberlo.ca/blog/email-marketing-statistics" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">82%</a> average open rate.</p>



<p>As soon as someone subscribes, send a thank you or welcome email with a call-to-action to subscribe to your podcast.</p>



<div class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://getcodeless.com/open-your-saas-emails/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img src="https://castos.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/image10-1.png" alt="Chart depicting open rate and click through rates of welcome and thank you emails" class="wp-image-8086" width="1024" height="576" /></a>Open and click through rates of welcome and thank you email campaigns.</div>



<p>They may be the only email they ever open from you. Make sure that email prompts them to check out your podcast.</p>



<div class="rm-box"><div class="rm-area-blog"></div></div>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Track your successes and misses</h3>



<p>Keep track of what's working in your emails. What types of subject lines drive more listeners, which call to actions garner the best engagement, what images work best?</p>



<p>Here are a few relevant tools to turn email subscribers into listeners:</p>



<ul><li><a href="https://www.grammarly.com/"><strong>Grammarly</strong></a>: Grammarly's "set goals" feature allows you to tell the tool what you're looking to achieve with your email. After setting your goals, copy and paste your emails into Grammarly before you hit send to make sure our copy lines up with your objectives.</li><li><a href="https://hunter.io/mailtracker" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MailTracker</strong></a>: MailTracker by Hunter is a simple and free email tracker for Gmail that lets you find out who opens your emails. Once you've added the extension, your emails are tracked via Gmail. Then once someone opens your email, you can check out the details and assess what emails are working or not.</li></ul>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Use Email Marketing To Turn Podcast Listeners Into Customers</h2>



<p>Many may stop here, wanting to focus on getting more listeners to get paid ads or monetize later. If your goal is increased sales in addition to listeners, you'll have to take it a step further.</p>



<p>This section will give you a step-by-step breakdown of how you can use email marketing to turn podcast listeners and email subscribers into customers.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Don't send bad emails</h3>



<p>This may seem like common sense, but you'd be surprised.</p>



<p>The first and most important thing to remember when using email marketing for podcasting is to avoid losing subscribers you've worked hard to get.</p>



<p>You can't monetize your email list if your unsubscribe rates are through the roof.</p>



<p>From a tool perspective, it's important to choose a provider with high, and consistent <a href="https://www.emailtooltester.com/en/blog/email-deliverability-september-2020/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">email deliverability</a>.</p>



<p>Here's an example of a good podcast email from <a href="https://www.hotjar.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hotjar</a>:</p>



<div class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://www.hotjar.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img src="https://castos.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/image9-2.png" alt="" class="wp-image-8088" width="1024" height="576" /></a>Email example from Hotjar promoting their podcast episode.</div>



<p>What's good in this email? Let's break it down: </p>



<ul><li>The quote at the top of this email is an example of pure emotion. There's no way to more effectively grab your email subscribers than with emotion.</li><li>The high-contrast pink draws the eye very effectively to both links to the podcast. And having two links is also best practice.</li><li>Though it's not shown (as this is an example taken directly from Hotjar's email marketing tool), the space before the comma at the top shows us there would normally be a first name merge tag there. Personalization is crucial to continued engagement from your contacts.</li><li>Starting with a question. Questions are fantastic hooks, as they inspire people to keep reading - either to see if the question is answered or (having answered it themselves) to see if they got it right.</li></ul>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Reward subscribers with discounts</h3>



<p>You could choose to make your subscribers automatic <a href="https://castos.com/premium/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">premium members</a>, or prompt them to pay to access your premium podcast content.</p>



<p>Either way, keep your subscribers loyal with additional value exclusive to them. And don't beat around the bush when you talk about the offer's exclusivity. </p>



<p>Exclusivity is part of a psychological phenomenon called the <a href="https://www.investopedia.com/terms/s/scarcity-principle.asp" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">scarcity principle</a>, which states that the rarer something is, the more valuable it is (even if there's no real additional value).</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Use the P.S.</h3>



<p>If the main call to action in your emails is to listen to your podcasts, your second should be to complete some kind of purchase or advance down your business' sales funnel.</p>



<p>And that call to action should go in the P.S. of your email.</p>



<p>There's something called the <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zeigarnik_effect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Zeigarnik effect</a>, which says that humans have a desire to complete tasks. Uncompleted tasks (like not reading the P.S. in an email) creates tension. </p>



<p>In short, people pay close attention to the P.S. in your emails, so make sure they see the value of making a purchase.</p>



<div style="height:20px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3>Relevant tools to turn podcast listeners into customers</h3>



<p>You're going to need a good email tool, either to send single emails or to automate once you get too many for individual emails to be scalable. </p>



<p>Here are the top two email marketing software options.</p>



<h4><a href="https://mailchimp.com/">Mailchimp</a></h4>



<p>Mailchimp is the premier email marketing option for early-stage business owners and entrepreneurs. <br /><br />They offer beautiful email templates and simple automation, alongside a free plan for up to 2000 email subscribers.</p>



<h4><a href="https://www.hubspot.com/">Hubspot</a></h4>



<p>Hubspot is described in Intercom's ultimate marketing stack as <em>"As a low-cost (and in some cases free) platform, it's particularly popular with small businesses who can’t afford the wealth of software options that more mature companies can." </em>- <a href="https://www.intercom.com/blog/the-ultimate-marketing-technology-stack/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Intercom</a></p>



<p>Hubspot offers offer a wide variety of plans that give their customers everything from basic email and CRM integrations all the way to enterprise-level marketing automation.</p>



<div style="height:40px;" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2>Conclusion</h2>



<p>Email marketing can be the difference between a successful podcast and a flop. Use multiple channels to generate more traffic and convert them via lead magnets.</p>



<p>Then, craft compelling, personalized emails to ensure your podcasts get the attention they deserve.</p>
]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/Email-Marketing-Best-Practices.mp3" length="13967541"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
You're all set up with your microphone, headphones, and hosting software. You're creating awesome podcast content. People will listen to you because of that, right? Unfortunately, no.



In the past year, podcasters have added 10.5 million new episodes to 150,000 new shows, bringing the total to 700,000 active podcasts with 29 million episodes.



Competition is fierce, and you have your work cut out for you to compete with the best podcasts. But you can do it. And email can help.



There are a few essential email marketing methods you need to get familiar with in order to actually see results. This article will give you a complete, step-by-step guide to how you can ensure your podcast succeeds with an effective email marketing strategy and tactics.



But first, we'll dive into why this channel is important piece to your podcast marketing strategy.







Why Email Marketing?



It's simple. Email marketing works.Between $32 and $44 is made for every $1 spent on email marketing (depending on who you ask).



49% of consumers say they're happy to receive promotional emails from the companies they like at least once a week.



To make matters even better, 73% of millennials say email is their preferred business communication platform, and it's the preferred platform compared to post, social media, texting, or phone calls:



The majority of respondents preferred to receive B2C communications via email. 



There were 281.1 billion emails sent and received each day in 2018. By 2022, email experts anticipate that number to hit 333.2 billion. 



To stand out as a podcaster who effectively drives listeners and customers with email marketing, you have to do it well. 







How To Build An Email Marketing Strategy 



Email marketing has its own set of tactics and best practices that differentiate it from social media or paid advertising. Building a subscriber bases asks more from the user than just clicking on an ad. Ahead, we've laid out the essential steps to start building your list and effectively marketing your podcast.







Step 1: Build an email list for your podcast



Lead generation, or email list building, is often a full-time job for a marketer who provides professional marketing services.



So you can do it all while creating great podcast content, here are...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/audience/images/image3-1.png"></itunes:image>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:14:32</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Castos Productions]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
            </channel>
</rss>
